Skip to main content

Full text of "Bibliography of bibliographies on chemistry and chemical technology, 1900-1924;"

See other formats


For Reference 



Not to be taken from this room 



^ook^o. IG4-G7 




'^tbrarg 
IB an iBtlnston 



BULLETIN 

OF THE 

RATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL 

Vol.9, Part 3 March 1925 Number 50 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON CHEMISTRY 

AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY 

1900-1924- 

Compiled for Research Information Service 

BY 

Clarence J. West 

Associate Editor, International Critical Tables, 

National Research Council 

AND 

, D. D. Berolzheimer 

Consulting Bibliographer, 
Woodmere, N. Y. 



CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Intriduction 3 

Sertals A.ND General Works Searched 7 

Part I. General Bibliographies 9 

Part II. Abstract Journals and Year Books 12 

Part III. General Indexes of Serials 15 

Past IV. Bibliographies on Special Subjects 19 

Part V. Personal Bibliographies 304 

1 



11 

Nil (^ 

y\d5d 



INTRODUCTION 

" Chemical literature is the storehouse of the available published infor- 
mation of chemical science and chemical industry." The data on any given 
subject may be and usually are scattered through a great number and a 
wide variety of books, serials, and so forth, which fact has led to the com- 
pilation of lists of references, more or less complete, on various phases of 
chemistry. As a rule, these lists, or bibliographies, are not issued as separate 
publications but are found as footnotes or appendixes to books and to 
articles in the various scientific publications. Although a few of these lists 
may be located through abstract journals or through the bibliographical 
entries on the Library of Congress cards, most of them are not to be dis- 
covered by consulting the ordinary sources of information available to the 
research worker. This fact, it is believed, fully justifies the present 
compilation. 

This work is the third of a series of collective bibliographies, the prep- 
aration of which has been undertaken by the Research Information Service 
of the National Research Council. The first of these deals with geology 
(Edward B. Mathews, Catalogue of Published Bibliographies in Geology, 
1896-1920. Bulletin of the National Research Council, No. Z6, i. e., VA. . . 
pt. 5, 1923) ; the second covers the field of physics (Karl K. Darrow, i^iassi" 
Hed List of Published Bibliographies in Physics, IQ10-1922. Bulletin of 
the National Research Council, No. 47, i. e.. Vol. 8, pt. 4, 1924). Many 
bibliographies of interest to the chemist and chemical engineer, whose work 
often takes them far from the realms of pure chemistry, will be found in 
the above named publications for, in general, the entries of the one are not 
reproduced in the other. There is, however, some duplication in the 
present compilation. The chemist is interested in the occurrence of mineral 
and metal deposits, a field which primarily belongs to geology ; and manu- 
facturing operations, properties and uses of minerals and metals are often 
covered by bibliographies occurring in geological literature. Such topics 
as radioactivity, isotopes, surface tension, etc., are equally important to the 
chemist and physicist ; bibliographies covering both aspects of these subjects 
may be found in this work as well as in the compilation on physics, although 
the purely physical aspects of these topics will be found in Darrow's com- 
pilation only. 

It must be emphasized that this compilation is in no sense a complete list 
of published bibliographies on chemistry and chemical technology, even for 
the period indicated. lii such a complete bibliography every known chemical 



iC4ft7 



4 • INTRODUCTION 

compound, every property of those compounds and every chemical process 
might properly be considered an entry. Many of these have so little interest 
that their inclusion is not justified. Again, bibliographies on chemical and 
related subjects may be found in practically every known serial ; in many 
cases to discover a single bibliography would involve the searching of 
many hundred printed pages. For the purpose of this compilation it was 
felt that the results thus obtained would not be commensurate with the time 
required for the search. Few bibliographies appearing before 1900 have 
been included because it is believed that references to such lists will be 
found in the publications herein listed. 

Part I includes the few general bibliographies which could not be con- 
veniently classified under the special subject headings in Part IV because 
of the collective nature of the references included. 

Part II contains a list of general abstract journals and year books deal- 
ing with chemistry. Those publications covering a specialized field of 
chemistry will be found under the proper subject entry in Part IV. In 
each case an efifort has been made to indicate the scope of the field covered, 
so that an investigator interested in a special field of chemistry may know 
which of the various publications will give him the most information. 

Part III gives a partial list of the collective indexes of serials which have 
been published. It is felt that the simple form of entry which has been 
adopted (that is, giving the inclusive volumes and years covered by the 
index) will give all the needed information ; no effort has been made to 
reproduce the title page of each index. A list of technical indexes and 
bibliographies appearing serially was issued by the Carnegie Library of 
Pittsburgh in 1910. 

Part IV is devoted to the listing of bibliographies on special subjects. 
In this section a straight alphabetical arrangement by subjects has been used. 
Under each subject the entries are arranged alphabetically. The liberal use 
of cross references has made it possible to avoid the repetition of individual 
entries. With but few exceptions, the number of entries under each subject 
is sufficiently small so that the reader will have no difficulty in finding a 
bibliography on a particular phase of the subject. In this section an effort 
has been made to distinguish between two general types of bibliographies. 
Those entries in which the word " footnotes " is used contain bibliographic 
data as footnotes, the name of the author and the place of publication being 
the only information given ; those in which the word " references " is 
used indicate that the entries are collected at the end of the article and that 
the title of each reference is given and in addition the author's name and the 
place of publication. No systematic attempt has been made to give the 
number of footnotes or references. This information has been included in 
those entries where the footnotes or references have been numbered con- 
secutively. 



INTRODUCTION 5 

Part V contains a list of those personal bibliographies which have come 
to the attention of the compilers during their searches. It is in no sense 
complete, as special effort was not made to trace such bibliographies. 

It is hoped that those who use this work and who have references to 
bibliographies not listed herein will forward them to the compilers. If a 
sufficient number of these are collected they may be published as a supple- 
ment to the present work. 

It is a pleasure to make the following acknowledgments: Mr. J. David 
Thompson, Director of the Research Information Service, for his continued 
interest and counsel ; Mr. Harrison E. Graver, Director of the Engineering 
Societies Library, for placing at our disposal the facilities of his library; 
Dr. Glenn V. Brown, Bucknell University, who made available to us his 
collection of bibliographies ; Dr. Jerome Alexander, who checked the list 
of bibliographies on Adhesives, Gelatin and Glue ; Dr. C. A, Browne, who 
checked the list of bibHographies on Alchemy ; Dr. H. V. Arny, who 
checked the bibliographies on Alkaloids and Pharmacy. 

Clarence J. West 
D. D. Berolzheimer 
March 1, 1925. 



LIST OF SERIALS AND GENERAL WORKS SEARCHED 

(The standard abbreviations adopted by Chemical Abstracts have been used through- 
out this compilation.) 

Abderhalden, Emil. Biochemisches Handlexikon, vols. 1-10 (1911-1923). 
Abderhalden, Emil. Handbuch der biologischen Arbeitsmethoden, parts 1-116 (1921- 

1924). 
Abegg, R., and Auerbach, Fr. Handbuch der anorganischen Chemie, vols. 2-4 (in 6 

parts) (1906-1921). 
Abstracts of Bacteriology, vols. 1-7 (1917-1923). 
American Chemical Journal, vols. 23-50 (1900-1913). 
American Journal of Botany, vols. 1-9 (1914-1922). 
American Journal of Public Health, vols. 1-12 (1911-1922). 
Annalen der Chemie, Justin Liebig's, vols. 310-340 (1900-1924). 
Annali di chimica applicata, vols. 1-12 (1914-1918). 
Annals of the Missouri Botanical Gardens, vols. 1-8 (1912-1921). 
Archiv fiir die gesamte Physiologie des Menschen und der Tiere, vols. 125-193 

(1900-1922). 
Archiv der Pharmacie, vols. 238-259 (1900-1922). 
Archives of Internal Medicine, vols. 1-29 (1908-1922). 
Arkiv for Kemi, Mineralogi och Geologi, vols. 1-7 (1914-1920). 
Barker, Lewellyn F. Endocrinology and Metabolism, vols. 1-5 (1922). Vol. 5 is a 

general bibliography and index. 
Biochemical Bulletin, vols. 1-5 (1910-1915). 
Biochemisches Zentralblatt, vols. 1-8 (1902-1910). 
Botanical Gazette, vols. 49-73 (1910-1922). 

British Association for the Advancement of Science. Reports. 1900-1923. 
British Association for the Advancement of Science. Chemical Section. Reports on 

Colloid Chemistry and its General Industrial Applications Nos. 1-5 (1917- 

1923). 
Bulletin de la societe chimique de Belgique, vols. 23-31 (1909-1922). 
Bulletin de la societe chimique de France, ser. 3, vol. 23, ser. 4, vol. 35 (1900-1924). 
Bulletin of the Imperial Institute, vols. 1-22 (1903-1924). 
Bulletin of the National Research Council, vols. 1-6 (1919-1924). 
CaHche, vols. 1-3 (1919-1922). 

Chemical and Metallurgical Engineering, vols. 1-30 (1902-1924). 
Chemiker-Zeitung, vols. 24-48 (1900-1924). 
Chemische Umschau auf dem Gebiete der Fette, Oele, Wasche und Harze, vols. 9-29 

(1902-1922). 
Chemische Zeitschrift, vols. 1-5 (1901-1906). 
Chimie & Industrie, vols. 1-10 (1919-1923). 

Doelter, C. Handbuch der Mineralchemie, vols. 1-3 (in 5 parts) (1912-1921). 
Edel-Erzen und -Erde, vols. 1-2 (1920-1921). 
Elektrochemische Zeitschrift, vols. 7-26 (1901-1920). 
Endocrinology, vols. 1-7 (1917-1923). 
Ergebnisse der Physiologie, vols. 1-22 (1902-1923). 
Experiment Station Record, vols. 19-48 (1907-1923). 

Fortschritte der Chemie, Physik und physikalischen Chemie, vols. 1-17 (1909-1923). 
Fortschritte der Mineralogie, Kristallographie und Petrographie, vols. 1-7 (1911- 

1922). 
Fremy, E. Encyclopedic chimique (1882-1905). 
Friend, J. Newton. A Textbook of Inorganic Chemistry. To be issued in 10 volumes. 

(Those appearing up to 1925 have been covered). 
Gesammelte Abhandlungen zur Kenntniss der Kohle, vols. 1-6 (1917-1921). 
Giornale di chimica industriale ed applicata, vols. 1-4 (1919-1922). 
Gliickauf, Berg- und Hiitenmannische Zeitschrift, vols. 44-56 (1908-1920). 
Gmelin-Kraut's Handbuch der anorganischen Chemie. 7th ed., edited by C. Fried- 

heim. Vols. 1-5 (in 10 parts) (1906-1915). 
Helvetica Chimica Acta, vols. 1-7 (1918-1924). 
Ion, vols. 1-2 (1908-1910). 

7 



8 LIST OF SERIALS AND GENERAL WORKS SEARCHED 

Iron and Steel Institute (London), Carnegie Scholarship Memoirs, vols. 1-13 (1909- 

1924). 
Jahrbuch der Radioaktivitat und Elektronik, vols. 1-17 (1905-1921). 
Journal fiir praktische Chemie, vols. 61-108 (1900-1924). 
Journal of Agricultural Research, vols. 1-27 (1913-1924). 
Journal of Bacteriology, vols. 1-5 (1916-1920). 
Journal of Biological Chemistry, vols. 1-60 (1905-1924). 
Journal of Dairy Science, vols. 1-6 (1918-1923). 
Journal of General Physiology, vols. 1-7 (1918-1924). 
Journal of Hygiene, vols. 1-18 (1901-1918). 

Journal of Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, vols. 1-16 (1909-1924). 
Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine, vols. 1-7 (1916-1922). 
Journal of MetaboHc Research, vols. 1-3 (1922-1924). 
Journal of the American Ceramic Society, vols. 1-7 (1918-1924). 
Journal of the American Chemical Society, vols. 22-46 (1900-1924). 
Journal of the American Leather Chemists' Association, vols. 1-19 (1906-1924). 
Journal of the American Pharmaceutical Association, vols. 1-13 (1912-1924). 
Journal of the American Society of Agronomy, vols. 1-16 (1909-1924). 
Journal of the Franklin Institute, vols. 150-197 (1900-1924). 
Journal of the Institute of Metals, vols. 1-31 (1909-1924). 
Journal of the Institution of Petroleum Technologists, vols. 1-10 (1915-1924). 
Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry, vols. 19-43 (1900-1924). 
Journal of the Society of Glass Technology, vols. 1-7 (1916-1923). 
Kolloidchemische Beihefte, vols. 1-12 (1909-1923). 
Kolloid-Zetschrift, vols. 1-28 (1906-1921). 
Mellor, J. W. A Comprehensive Treatise on Inorganic and Theoretical Chemistry, 

vols. 1-5 (1922-1924). 
Meyer, Victor, and Jacobsen, Paul. Lehrbuch der organischen Chemie, vols. 1-2 

(1902-1924). 
Moissan, H. Traite de chimie minerale (1904-1906). 
Naturwissenschaften, vols. 1-12 (1913-1924). 

Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geologie und Palaontologie, vols. 30-45 (1910-1921). 
Oppenheimer, Carl. Handbuch der Biochemie des Menschen und der Tiere, vols. 
1-5 (1909-1913). Part of the 2nd ed. has been issued. 

Paper, vols. 1-36 (1910-1924). 

Paper Trade Journal, vols. 71-79 (1920-1924). 

Philippine Journal of Science, vols. 1-22 (1906-1924). 

Physiological Reviews, vols. 1-4 (1921-1924). 

Recueil des travaux chimiques des Pays-Bas, vols. 34-43 (1915-1923). 

Soil Science, vols. 1-16 (1916-1923). 

Surgeon General's Office, Index Catalogue, ser. 1, vols. 1-12; ser. 2, vols. 1-14; 
ser. 3, vols. 1-4 (1880-1924). 

Transactions of the American Ceramic Society, vols. 1-19 (1898-1917). 

Transactions of the American Electrochemical Society, vols. 1-46 (1902-1924). 

Transactions of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers, vols. 1-15 (1908- 
1924). 

Transactions of the American Institute of Metals, vols. 1-12 (1907-1918). 

Transactions of the American Institute of Mining and Metallurgical Engineers, 
vols. 32-69 (1901-1923). 

Transactions of the American Society for Steel Treating, vols. 1-4 (1920-1924). 

Transactions of the Faraday Society, vols. 1-17 (1905-1922). 

United States, Bureau of Mines, Bulletins Nos. 1-214 (1910-1924). 

United States, Bureau of Mines, Technical Papers Nos. 1-364 (1911-1924). 

United States, Bureau of Standards, Bulletin, vols. 1-19 (Scientific Papers 1-489) 
(1904-1924). 

United States, Bureau of Standards, Technologic Papers Nos. 1-257 (1911-1924). 

United States, Department of Agriculture, Bureau of Chemistry, Bulletin, Nos. 85-147 
(1904-1912). 

United States, Geological Survey, Professional Papers Nos. 1-135 (1902-1924). 

Zeitschrift fiir angewandte Chemie, vols. 13-37 (1900-1924). 

Zeitschrift fiir anorganische und allgemeine Chemie. vols. 29-131 (1900-1923). 

Zeitschrift fiir Elektrochemie, vols. 7-29 (1900-1923). 

Zeitschrift fiir Untersuchungen der Nahrungs- und Genussmittel, vols. 13-30 (1907- 
1915). 

Zeitschrift fiir physikalische Chemie, vols. 32-100 (1900-1922). 



PART I. GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHIES 



(See also general headings in Part IV, such as Analytical Chemistry, Biochemistry, 
Inorganic Chemistiy, Organic Chemistry.) 



Barrows, Frank E. Investigation of the 
chemical literature. Chem. Met. Eng. 
24: 423-428, 477-479, 517-521 (1921). 
Discussion of general reference works. 

Bibliographica Chemica. Internation- 
aler Literatur-Anzeiger fiir Chemie, 
chemische Technologic und alle 
Grenzgebiete. Berlin, Verlag Chemie, 
G. M. B. H. Vol. 1 appeared in 1922. 
Contains a classified list of books and a 
list of papers appearing in current 
German publications. 

Bolton, Henry C. A select bibliography 
of chemistry, 1492-1892. Smithsonian 
Misc. Coll. Pub. No. 850. 1893. 1212 
p. First supplement, 1492-1897. Pub. 
No. 1170. 1899. 489 p. Second sup- 
plement, 1492-1902. Pub. No. 1253. 
1904. 462 p. Section VIII. Academic 
dissertations. Pub. No. 1253. 1901. 
534 p. 

Bolton, Henry C. Bibliography of 
chemistry for the years 1880-1888. In 
Smithsonian Institution, Annual Repts., 
1880: 289-297; 1881: 381-390; 1882: 
509-531; 1883: 629-659; 1884: 491- 
542; 1885: 637-686; 1887: 387-447; 
1888 : 425-453. 

British Science Guild. A catalogue of 
British scientific and technical books, 
covering every branch of science and 
technology, -carefully selected and in- 
dexed. London, 1921. 376 p. Chem- 
istry, p. 122-135 ; applied and indus- 
trial chemistry, p. 136-lSl. 

Brown, Raymond N. Recent technical 
bibliographies. Special Libraries 15 : 
32-37, 58-61 (1924). Contains many 
references to chemistry and technical 
subjects. Covers principally 1922-1923. 

Chemical Society, London. Library. A 
catalogue of the library of the chemical 
society, arranged according to authors, 
with a subject index. London, Gurney, 
1903. 324 p. Earlier catalogues were 
issued in 1850, 1861, 1869, 1874, 1886. 

Chemiker-Verein, Hamburg. Sammel- 
katalog der in Hamburger offentlichen 
Bibliotheken vorhandenen Literatur 
aus der Chemie und aus verwandten 
Wissenschaften. Hamburg, Boysen, 
1901. 108 p. 



Chemical Engineering Catalog. Tech- 
nical and scientific books section. In 
9th. ed., p. 968-1079. 1924. Arranged 
by authors with subject index. Practi- 
cally complete list of books in English 
dealing with chemistry and chemical 
engineering. 

Chemische Novitaten. Bibliographische 
Monatsschrift fiir die neuerscheinende 
Literatur auf dem Gesamtgebiet der 
reinen und ausgewandten Chemie und 
der chemischen Technologic. Leipzig, 
Foch, 1904- . The first four volumes 
contain 5340 book titles. 

Courtney, Wm. P. A register of na- 
tional bibliography. London, Constable, 

1905. 2 vols. 631 p. Bibliographies are 
classified by subject, with author index. 
References are to books only. Chem- 
istry, p. 110-112. See also special head- 
ings through the work. 

Crane, Walter M. Index of mining 
engineering literature, comprising an 
index of mining, metallurgical, civil, 
mechanical, electrical and chemical 
engineering subjects as related to min- 
ing engineering. New York, Wiley, 
1909-1912. 2 vols. Chemistry, p. 35-45 
and 20-27. Clays, p. 53-55 and 29-30. 
Fuels, p. 316-328 and 209-214. Con- 
crete, p. 99-105 and 46-48. Metals, p. 
579-583 and 345-346. Minerals p. 583- 
593 and 346-348. 

Engineering Index, 1884-1905. New 
York, Engineering magazine, 1892- 

1906. 4 vols. An alphabetical subject 
index, with no author index, to about 
250 technical and engineering periodi- 
cals. Continued as an annual publica- 
tion. 

Engineering Index Annual, 1906-1924. 
New York, Engineering magazine, 
1907-1918. Am. Soc. Mech. Eng., 
1919-1924. 1 vol. a year, cumulating 
monthly issues in Mechanical Engi- 
neering. Contains many references of 
chemical and chemical engineering in- 
terest. 

EscHER, P. Observations on chemical 
bibliographies. Chem. Bull. 7 : 43-45, 
73-77 (1920). 



10 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



FucHS, Georg F. C. Repertorium der 
chemischeii Literatur von 494 von 
Christi Geburt bis 1806, in chronolog- 
ischer Ordnung aufgestellt. Jena, 1806- 
1811. 2 vols. 648 and 694 p. 

Glenn, Earl R. Chemistry references 
for students and teachers. Columbia 
Univ., Lincoln School of Teachers Col- 
lege, 1921. 5 p. 

Gt. Britain. Patent office. Subject list 
of works on chemistry (including 
alchemy, electrochemistry and radio- 
activity) in the Patent Office. 1911. 
200 p. 

Hamor, W. a., et al. Chemical reading 
courses prepared by the committees on 
the preparation of a recommended list 
of chemical texts for libraries. J. Ind. 
Eng. Chem. 12: 701-705, 806-807 
(1920). 

Helvetica Chimica Acta. " Liste bibli- 
ographique des travaux de chimie 
faits en Suisse." 1918- . Published in 
each number. 

Herrero Ducloux, Enrique. Los estu- 
dios quimicos en la Republica Argen- 
tina, 1810-1910. Buenos Aires, Coni 
Hermanos, 1912. 431 p. BibL, p. 38- 
431. 

Industrial Arts Index. Subject index 
to a selected list of engineering and 
trade periodicals. 1913-1924. New 
York, Wilson, _ 1913-1925. Indexes 
mainly material in English, but from 
1919 on includes some foreign journals. 
Material classified by subjects. Con- 
tains much of chemical and chemical 
engineering interest. 

International Catalogue of Scientific 
Literature. Section D, Chemistry. 
Annually from 1901-1914. Primary 
divisions : General, specific chemistry 
of the elements, laboratory processes, 
organic chemistry, analytical chemis- 
try, chemistry of manufacturing pro- 
cesses, theoretical and physical chem- 
istry, physiological chemistry, agricul- 
tural chemistry. Section C deals with 
physics ; G with mineralogy and crys- 
tallography, Q with physiological chem- 
istry and pharmacology ; R with bac- 
teriological chemistry. 

The German titles for this work 
were published under the title : " Biblio- 
graphie der deutschen naturwissen- 
schaftlichen Literatur " and cover the 
period 1901-1914 ; the French titles ap- 
peared in : " Bibliographic scientifique 
frangaise mensuel," and cover 190l- 
1918. 

John Crerar Library. A list of bibliog- 
raphies on special subjects. Chicago, 
1902. 504 p. Chemistry, p. 168-183; 
chemical technology, p. 347-359. 



Jorissen, W. p., et al. Chemisch Jaar- 
boekje. Tevens Jaarboekje der Neder- 
landsche Chemische Vereeniging. Deel 
III. 1920. Amsterdam, Centen, 1920. 
" Boekenlijst," p. 176-650. Classified 
by subject with an author index. 
Covers the entire field of chemistry 
and its applications. 

Menshutkin, B. N. [Russian chemical 
bibliography for 1917 and 1918.] J. 
Russ. Phys. Chem. Soc. 51, pt. 2: 1-22 
(1920). 

Newark Free Public Library. Chem- 
istry ; books and periodicals relating 
to chemistry in all its aspects, espe- 
cially in its industrial applications and 
the marketing of chemicals and chemi- 
cal products. Newark, 1921. 15 p. 
Classified. 

New York Public Library. Selected 
list of books on engineering, industrial 
arts and trades. New York, 1913. 81 p. 
Sanitarj' engineering, p. 34-37 ; metal- 
lurgy, p. 38-40; chemical technology, 
p. 48-52; textile industries, p. 52-54; 
foundry practice, p. 63-65 ; paper 
manufacture, p. 65-66. 

Repertorium der technischen Journal 
Literatur, hrsg. im Kaiserlichen Pa- 
tentamt, 1874-1909. Berlin, Heymann, 
1875-1909. 35 vols. A subject index 
to more than 400 periodicals, arranged 
alphabetically by the German word fol- 
lowed, in vols, from 1892 on, by the 
French and English equivalents. Each 
volume has a detailed subject index to 
this subject list; vols, from 1897 on 
have an author index also. 

This is a continuation of a similar 
compilation by F. Schubarth, cover- 
ing the years 1823-1853 (Berlin, 1856. 
1049 p.) and by Bruno Iverl, covering 
the years 1854-1868 (Leipzig, 1871- 
1878). It was continued in Fortschritte 
der Technik, of which only 2 vols, 
were issued, covering 1910-1911. 

Ruprecht, Rud. Bibliotheca chemica et 
pharmaceutica. . . . 1858 bis ende 1870. 
Gottingen, 1872. 125 p. Continuation 
of Zuchold's Bibliotheca (v. infra). 

SoHON, Julian A., and Schaaf, Wm. L. 
A reference list of bibliographies : 
Chemistry, chemical technology and 
chemical engineering since 1900. New 
York, Wilson, 1924. 100 p. 

Sparks, Marion E. Qiemical literature 
and its use ; notes of a course of lec- 
tures. 2d ed. Urbana, III, 1921. 80 p. 

Stein, Henri. Manuel de bibliographic 
generale (Bibliotheca bibliographica 
nova). Paris, Picard, 1897. 895 p. 
Chemistry, p. 148-152; hygiene, p. 229- 
230; pharmacology, p. 234-235. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



11 



Trommsdorff, Johann B. Versuch 
einer systematischen Darstellung der 
gesammten chemischen Literatur, oder 
Verzeichniss der in das Gebiet der 
Chemie gehorenden Schriften welche 
von Anfang 1800 bis zum Schluss des 
Jahres 1894, in Deutschland, England, 
Amerika, Frankreich, Holland, Scliwed- 
en, Danemark und Italien wirklich 
erschienen sind. In his Aljgemeine 
chemische Bibliothek der neunzehnten 
Jahrhundert, vol. 5, pt. 1 : 93-200. 

Recueil des Travaux Chimiques des 
Pays-Bas. " Bibliographie primaire 
des ouvrages et des essais originaux 
chimiques neerlandaises ou ecrites par 
des neerlands." Published in each 
number. 

U. S. Surgeon-General's Office. Li- 
brary. Index-catalogue of the library 
of the Surgeon-General's office, United 
States Army. Authors and subjects. 
Washington, Govt, print, off., 1880- . 
1st sen, 1880-1895; 2nd ser., 1896-1916; 
3rd ser., 1918- . Contains much of in- 
terest to the biological chemist, phar- 
macologist, etc. 

Weigel, Christian E. Grundriss der 
reinen und angewandten Chemie. Zum 
Gebrauch academischer Vorlesungen. 



Greifswald, 1777. 2 vols. Classified 
bibl. ; alphabetical list of authors and 
their vi^ritings. 

West, Clarence J., and Hull, Callie. 
Manuscript bibliographies in chemistry 
and chemical technology. J. Ind. Eng. 
Chem. 14: 1075-1078, 1148-1151 (1922). 
National Research Council, Reprint 
and Circular Series, No. 36. 17 p. 

Young, James. Bibliotheca chimica ; a 
catalogue of the alchemical, chemical 
and pharmaceutical books in the col- 
lection of the late James Young of 
Kelly and Durris. Glasgow, Macle- 
hose, 1906. 2 vols. 

Zeitlinger, H., and Sotheran, H. C. 
Bibliotheca chemico-mathematica. Cat- 
alogue of works in man}^ tongues on 
exact and applied sciences, with a sub- 
ject index. 2 vols. London, Sotheran, 
1921. 

ZucHOLD, Ernst A. Bibliotheca chemica. 
Verzeichniss der auf dem Gebiete der 
reinen, pharmaceutischen, physiolog- 
ischen und technischen Chemie in den 
Jahren 1840 bis Mitte 1858 in Deutsch- 
land und im Auslande erschienenen 
Schriften. Gottingen, Vandenhoeck, 
1859. Continued by Ruprecht's Biblio- 
theca (v. supra). 



PART II. ABSTRACT JOURNALS AND YEAR BOOKS 



Anales de la Sociedad Espanola de 
FisicA Y QuiMicA. Since 1912 (vol. 
10) each volume consists of two parts ; 
the second part contains abstracts and 
reviews. 

Berichte der deutschen chemischen Ge- 
sellschaft. Vols. 1-29 (1868-1896) 
contained abstracts (Referate) paged 
separately. Discontinued when the 
Society acquired the Chemisches Cen- 
tralblatt. 

Bulletin de la Societe Chimique de 
France. 1858- . Since 1892 the ab- 
stracts have been segregated and fill 
even-numbered vols. Qassified under 
the headings : General, mineral, or- 
ganic, biological, analytical. 

Bulletin of the Imperial Institute. 
Each number contains " Recent prog- 
ress in agriculture and the development 
of natural resources," classified under 
the headings : Agriculture, soils, food- 
stuffs, oils and oil seeds, essential oils, 
rubber, fibers, forestry, tanning mate- 
rials, economic minerals. 

Chemical Abstracts. 1907- . In 
1922, 1010 serials were abstracted ; they 
cover practically every chemical jour- 
nal as well as those in the related fields 
of engineering, biology, medicine, 
geology, etc. Chemical patents of all 
countries are covered. New books are 
listed with review notices. The ab- 
stracts are classified under 30 heads : 
Apparatus ; general and physical chem- 
istry ; sub-atomic phenomena and radio- 
chemistry; electrochemistry; photog- 
raphy; inorganic chemistry; analyti- 
cal chemistry; mineralogical and geo- 
logical chemistry ; metallurgy and met- 
allography; organic chemistry; bio- 
logical chemistry ; foods ; general in- 
dustrial chemistry and chemical engi- 
neering ; water, sewage and sanitation ; 
soils, fertilizers and agricultural poi- 
sons ; fermentation industries ; pharma- 
ceutical chemistry; acids, alkalis, salts 
and sundries ; glass, clay products, re- 
fractories and enameled metals ; cement 
and other building materials ; fuels, 
gas, tar and coke ; petroleum, asphalt 
and wood products ; cellulose and 
paper ; explosives and explosions ; 
dyes and textile chemistry; paints, var- 
nishes and resins ; fats, fatty oils and 
soaps ; sugar, starch and gums ; leather 
and glue; rubber and allied substances. 



Chemical Society. Annual reports on 
the progress of chemistry. London. 
1904- . The object of these reports 
is to present an epitome of the prin- 
cipal steps in advance which have been 
accomplished in the preceding year. 
The material is classified under the 
following sections : General and physi- 
cal chemastry ; inorganic chemistry ; 
organic chemistry — aliphatic, homocy- 
clic and heterocyclic divisions ; analyti- 
cal chemistry; agricultural chemistry 
and vegetable physiology ; crystallog- 
raphy and metallurgy; radioactivity. 

Chemisches Repertorium. Beilage der 
Chemiker Zeitung. " Uebersicht iiber 
das Gesamtgebiet der reinen and ange- 
wandten Chemie." 1896- . Classi- 
fied as follows : History, laboratory ; 
physical chemistry ; inorganic chem- 
istry ; mineralogy; general analysis ; or- 
ganic chemistry ; chemistry of plants 
and animals, agricultural chemistry ; 
foods and feedingstufifs ; bacteriology, 
disinfection ; pharmacy ; hygiene ; ap- 
paratus ; fuels ; lighting and heating ; 
water; fertilizers; glass, ceramics; 
gases, dry distillation, tar products; 
petroleum, asphalt, explosives ; organic 
preparations ; sugar, starch, dextrin ; 
fermentation industry ; tannins ; oils, 
fats, soaps ; varnishes, resins, rubber ; 
terpenes and ethereal oils ; fibers, cellu- 
lose, paper ; dyes and dyeing ; iron ; 
metals ; photochemistry and photog- 
raphy ; electrochemistry. 

Chemisch-technischen Mittheilung- 
en. Edited by L.Eisner. 1846-1875 ( ?). 
Covers both inorganic and organic 
chemistry. 

Chemisches Zentralblatt. Vollstandig- 
es Repertorium fiir alle zweige der 
reiner und angewandte Chemie. 1830- 
. ( Pharmaceutisches Centralblatt, 
1830-1850 ; Chemisch-Pharmaceutisches 
Centralblatt, 1850-1956; in 1919 the 
scope of the journal was enlarged to in- 
clude technical chemistry, the abstracts 
being published simultaneously in 
Zeitschrift fiir angewandte Chemie.) 
At present the scientific section covers : 
General chemistry ; physical chemis- 
try ; inorganic chemistry ; mineralogi- 
cal and geological chemistry ; organic 
chemistry ; biochemistry — plant chem- 
istry, plant physiology, bacteriology, 
animal chemistry, animal physiology. 



12 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



13 



physiology and pathology of the body 
constituents. The technical section 
covers : Analysis ; laboratory ; general 
chemical technology ; water ; inorganic 
chemistry; fertilizers and soils; metal- 
lurgy and metallography ; organic 
preparations ; dyes ; resins, lakes, inks ; 
glues ; rubber ; sugar, starches, etc. ; 
fermentation industries ; foods ; fats, 
waxes, soaps ; fibers and spinning mate- 
rials, paper, cellulose; fuels; explo- 
sives ; pharmacology, disinfection ; 
photography. 

Chimie & Industrie. 1919- . The ab- 
stracts are classified as follows : Phy- 
sical chemistry ; organic chemistry ; 
analytical chemistry; apparatus; comr 
bustion ; heating and lighting ; water ; 
laboratory equipment ; mining and met- 
allurgy; industrial chemistry; electro- 
chemistry; nitrogen and its com- 
pounds ; lime, cement, etc. ; ceramics 
and glass ; dyes ; photography ; rubber ; 
oils, fats and waxes ; paints, varnishes, 
e);c. ; plastics and artificial textiles ; 
foods ; sugar ; tanning ; cellulose ; es- 
sential oils ; explosives ; pharmaceuti- 
cals; radioactivity; industrial hygiene; 
refrigeration ; fuels ; patents. 

Experiment Station Record. 1892- 
Since 1911, the subject index carries 
a heading " bibliography," which in- 
cludes a reference to each bibliography 
mentioned in the text. The headings 
of chemical interest are : Agricultural 
chemistry; soils; fertilizers; foods; 
human nutrition ; dairying. 

Jahrbuch der Chemie; Bericht iiber die 
wichtigsten Fortschritte der reinen 
und angewandten Chemie. 1891- 
The following classification is used : 
Inorganic ; organic ; physiological ; 
pharmaceutical ; foods ; agriculture ; 
fuels ; explosives ; metallurgy ; sugar ; 
fermentation ; fats ; dyes ; fibers ; pho- 
tography ; physical chemistry ; selected 
topics. 

Jahrbuch der Elektrochemie und ange- 
wandten physikalischen Chemie. 1894- 
1907. Abstracts classified under the 
headings: Scientific and industrial; 
heterogeneous equilibria ; homogene- 
ous equilibria; reaction velocity and 
catalysis ; photochemistry ; electrical 
conductivity ; chemical and electrical 
energy ; polarization and electrolysis ; 
radioactivity; colloids; accumulators; 
organic compounds ; electroplating ; 
technical applications of mass action 
law ; inorganic electrochemistry ; alkali 
chlorides ; electrolysis. 

Jahrbuch der Erfindungen und Fort- 
schritte an dem Gebieten der physikal- 
ische Chemie, Technologic, etc. 1865- 



1901. Edited by Hirzel, Gretschel, and 
others. 

Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte der 
Chemie und Mineralogie. 1822-1849. 
Edited by Jacob Berzelius. 

Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte der 
reinen, pharmaceutischen und techni- 
schen Chemie, Physik, Mineralogie und 
Geologic. (Liebig and Kopp.) 1847- 
1910. This work is divided into inor- 
ganic and organic sections ; the mate- 
rial is classified under the usual head- 
ings for those fields. References are 
in the form of footnotes. 

Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte auf 
dem Gebiete der reinen Chemie. 1873- 
1881 (?). Edited by Wilhelm Staedel. 
Classified. 

Japanese Journal of Chemistry. 1921- , 
Published in English and gives ab- 
stracts of all papers appearing in Japa- 
nese journals. 

Journal of the Chemical Society. 
1870- . The abstract section was 
separated in 1878 (vol. 34) ; it was 
divided into two parts in 1893 (vol. 
64). Part I contains: Organic chem- 
istry; physiological chemistry; chem- 
istry of vegetable physiology and agri- 
culture. Part II contains : General and 
physical chemistry ; inorganic chemis- 
try; mineralogical chemistry; analyti- 
cal chemistry. 

Journal of the Society of Chemical 
Industry. 1882- . The classification 
used in 1923 follows : General, plant, 
machinery ; fuels, gas, mineral oils and 
waxes ; destructive distillation, heating, 
lighting; tar and tar products ; coloring 
matters and dyes ; fibers, textiles, cellu- 
lose, paper ; bleaching, dyeing, finishing, 
printing ; acids, alkalis, salts, non-me- 
tallic elements ; glass, ceramics ; build- 
ing materials ; metals, metallurgy, in- 
cluding electrometallurgy ; electro- 
chemistry ; fats, oils, waxes ; paints, 
varnishes, pigments, resins ; india rub- 
ber, gutta-percha ; leather, bone, horn, 
glue; soils, fertilizers; sugar, starches, 
gums ; fermentation industries ; foods ; 
water purification, sanitation ; organic 
products, medicinal substances, essen- 
tial oils ; photographic materials and 
processes ; explosives, matches ; anal- 
ysis. 

Physikalisch-chemisches Central- 
blatt. 1903-1909 (?). 

Review of American Chemical Re- 
search. 1895-1906. Vols. 1-7 formed a 
part of the Technology Quarterly. 
Continued as Chemical Abstracts. 

Repertoire Generale de Chimie Pure 
ET Appliquee. 1899-1918. Covers the 
entire field of chemistry under the 



14 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES 



headings : Apparatus, general and phy- 
sical, inorganic, organic (various sub- 
headings used), analytical, vegetable, 
pharmaceutical, biological, bacteriologi- 
cal, metabolism, etc. 
For abstract journals and year books 
dealing with special fields of chemistry 
consult the following topics in Part 
IV : Agricultural Chemistry, Ana- 
lytical Chemistry, Biochemistry, 
Botanical Chemistry, Brewing, Cel- 
lulose, Ceramics, Colloids, Crystal- 



lography, Electrochemistry, Fats, 
Fermentation, Foods, Fuels, Indus- 
trial Chemistry, Inorganic Chem- 
istry, Leather, Metallurgy, Miner- 
alogy, Organic Chemistry, Paper, 
Peat, Petroleum, Pharmacology, 
Pharmacy, Photography, Physical 
Chemistry, Physiological Chemis- 
try, Radium and Radioactivity, Rub- 
ber, Sanitation, Soils, Sugar, Tex- 
tiles, Water. 



PART III. GENERAL INDEXES OF SERIALS 



American Chemical Journal. 1-10 (1879- 
1888) ; 11-20 (1889-1898) ; 21-50 (1889- 
1913). 

American Tournal of Pharmacy. 43-52 
1871-1880); 53-62 (1881-1890). 

American Journal of Physiology. 1-30 
(1898-1912); 31-60 (1912-1922). 

American Journal of Science. Ser. 1, 1-49 
(1819-1845) in vol. 50; ser. 2, 1-10 
(1846-1850); 11-20 (1851-1855); 21- 
30 (1856-1860) ; 31-40 (1861-1865) ; 41- 
50 (1866-1870) ; ser. 3, 1-10 (1871- 
1875) ; 11-20 (1876-1880) ; 21-30 (1881- 
1885) ; 31-40 (1886-1890) ; 41-50 (1891- 
1895) ; ser. 4, 1-10 (1896-1900) ; 11-20 
(1901-1905) ; 21-30 (1906-1910) ; 31- 
40 (1911-1915) ; 41-50 (1916-1920). 

Analyst. 1-20 (1877-1896) ; 21-30 (1896- 
1905); 31-40 (1906-1915). 

Annalen der Chemie, Justus Liebig's. 1- 
100 (1832-1856); 101-116 (1857-1860); 
117-164, suppl. vols. 1-8 (1861-1872) ; 
165-220 (1873-1883) ; 221-276 (1884- 
1893) ; 277-328 (1893-1903) ; 329-380 
(1903-1911); 381-430 (1912-1923). 

Annalen der Physik. 1-15 (1877-1891); 
16-30 (1892-1906); 31-43 (1907-1919). 

Annalen der Physik und Chemie (Con- 
tinuation of Annalen der Physik und 
der physikalische Chemie, vols. 77-2Z6 
edited by Poggendorff. n. s., 1-69, 
edited by Widemann). 1-120, Erganz- 
ungsband 2-4 (1799-1877) ; 1-150 
(author only) ; 121-150 (subject only) ; 
1-160, Erganzungsband 1-8, Jubelband 
der Poggendorffschen Folge, 1824-1877 
(subject only) ; 151-160, n. s. 1-50 
(1877-1893) (subject onlv) ; 51-69 
(1894-1899); 1-30 (1900-1909). 

Annalen der Physik und der physikalische 
Chemie (Continuation of Annalen der 
Physik, 1799-1819); vols. 1-62 known 
as Gilbert's Annalen der Physik). 1- 
76 (1799-1824). Continued as Annalen 
der Physik und Chemie. 

Annales d'hygiene publique et de medi- 
cine legale. Ser. 3, 1-50 (1879-1903). 

Annales de chimie et de physique. 1-30 
(1789-1799) ; 31-60 (1799-1806) ; 61-96 
(1807-1815) ; (published as vols. 97- 
99); ser. 2, 1-30 (1816-1825); 31-60 
(1826-1835) ; 61-78 (1836-1840) ; ser. 3, 
1-30 (1841-1850) ; 31-69 (1851-1863) ; 
ser. 4, 1-30 (1864-1873); ser. 5, 1-30 
(1874-1883) ; ser. 6, 1-30 (1884-1893) ; 
ser. 7, 1-30 (1894-1903). 



Annales des Mines. Ser. 1, 1-28 (1795- 
1810) ; ser. 1-2, 39-59 (1816-1830) ; 
ser. 3, 60-79 (1832-1841) ; ser. 4, 80-99 
(1842-1851); ser. 5, 100-119 (1852- 
1861) ; ser. 6, 120-139 (1862-1871) ; ser. 
7, 140-159 (1872-1881); ser. 8, 160-179 
(1882-1891) ; ser. 9, 180-199 (1892- 
1901); ser. 10, 200-219 (1902-1911). 

Annals of Botany. 1-10 (1887-1896) ; 11- 
20 (1897-1906); 21-30 (1907-1916). 

Archiv fiir die gesamte Physiologic des 
Menschen und der Tiere. 1-30 (1868- 
1883) ; 31-70 (1883-1898) ; 71-140 
(1898-1911). 

Archiv fiir experimentelle Pathologic 
und Pharmacologic. 1-50 (1873-1903) ; 
51-60 (1903-1909) in vol. 61; 61-70 
(1909-1913) in vol. 71; 71-80 (1913- 
1916) in vol. 81. 

Archiv fiir Hygiene. 1-10 (1883-1890) ; 
1-40 (1883-1901). 

Archiv fiir pathologische Anatomie und 
Physiologic und fiir klinische Medicin 
(Virchow). 1-100 (1847-1885); 101- 
110 (1885-1887) in vol. 110; 110-120 
(1887-1890) in vol. 120; 121-130 (1890- 
1895) in vol. 130; 131-140 (1892-1895) 
in vol. 140; 141-150 (1895-1897) in vol. 
150; 151-160 (1898-1900) in vol. 160; 
161-170 (1900-1902) in vol. 170; 171- 
180 (1902-1905) in vol. 180; 150-200 
(1898-1910) in vol. 200; 201-210 (1910- 
1912) in vol. 210; 211-220 (1912-1915) 
in vol. 220. 

Archief voor de Suikerindustrie in Ne- 
derlandsch-Indic. 1893-1902; 1893-1912. 

Archiv der Pharmacie. 1-130 (1822- 
1857) ; 143-203 (1858-1873). 

Astrophysical Journal. 1-25 (1895-1907). 

Atti della R. Accademia di science in 
Padova. 1779-1900. 

Bcrichte der deutschcn chemischen Gc- 
scllschaft. 1-10 (1868-1877) ; 11-20 
(1878-1887); 21-29 (1888-1896); 30-40 
(1897-1907); 41-50 (1908-1917). 

Berichte von Schimmel und Co. 1910- 
1914. 

Biedermann's Ccntralblatt fiir Agricul- 
turchemic und rationellen Landwirth- 
schaftsbetrieb. 1-25 (1872-1896). 

Biochemical Journal. 1-10 (1907-1916). 

Biochemische Zeitschrift. 1-30 (1906- 
1911) ; 31-60 (1911-1914) ; 61-90 (1914- 
1918); 91-120 (1918-1921). 

Botanical Abstracts. 1-10 (1918-1922). 



IS 



16 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



Botanische Centralblatt. 1-60 (1880- 
1896). 

British Association for the Advancement 
of Science. 1831-1860; 1861-1890. 

Bulletin de I'academie royale des sciences, 
des lettres et des beaux-arts de Belgi- 
que. Ser. 1, 1-23 (1832-1856); sen 2, 
1-20 (1857-1866) ; 21-50 (1867-1880) ; 
ser. 3, 1-30 (1881-1895). 

Bulletin de la societe chimique de France. 
1858-1874; 1875-1888; 1889-1898; 1899- 
1906. 

Bulletin de la societe Frangaise de min- 
eralogie. 1-10 (1878-1887) ; 11-20 
(1888-1897) ; 21-30 (1898-1907). 

Bulletin de pharmacie (et des sciences 
accessoires). 1-16 (1809-1830). 

Bulletin of the Bureau of Standards. 1- 
10 (1904-1914). 

Bulletin societe industrielle de Mulhouse. 
1-60 (1826-1890). 

Bulletin societe industrielle de Rouen. 1- 
16 (1873-1888). 

Canada. Department of Mines. Mines 
branch. Catalog of publications of the 
Mines branch (1907-1911). In its pub- 
lication No. 104. 1912. 

Canada. Geological Survey. Annotated 
catalogue of and guide to the publica- 
tions of the Geological Survey, Canada. 
(1845-1917). hi its publication no. 1723. 
1920. 

Canada. Geological Survey. Reports of 
Progress. 1843-1852; 1863-1884; 1885- 
1906. 

Centralblatt fiir Agriculturchemie. See 
Biedermann. 

Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, Parasiten- 
kunde und Infektionskrankheiten. II. 
Abt. 1-10 (1895-1903); 11-20 (1903- 
1908) ; 21-30 (1908-1911) ; 31-40 (1911- 
1914). 

Chemical Abstracts. 1-10 (1907-1916). 

Chemical News. 1-100 (1806-1909). 

Chemisch-technischen Mittheilungen der 
neuesten Zeit. 1-20 (1846-1871) (sub- 
jects only). 

Chemisch-technisches Repertorium. Bei- 
lage zur Chemiker-Zeitung. 1-5 (1862- 
1866); 6-10 (1867-1871); 11-15 (1872- 
1876) ; 16-20 (1877-1881) ; 21-25 (1882- 
1886) ; 26-30 (1887-1891) ; 31-35 (1892- 
1896). 

Chemische Zentralblatt. Ser. 3, 1-12 
(1870-1881); ser. 5, 1-5 (1897-1901): 
6-10 (1902-1906); 11-15 (1907-1911); 
16-20 (1912-1916); 21-25 (1917-1921). 

Comptes rend us hebdomadaires des 
seances de I'academie des sciences. 1- 
31 (1835-1850); 32-61 (1851-1865); 
62-91 (1866-1880) ; 92-121 (1881-1895). 

Dinglers polytechnisches Journal. 1-78 
(1820-1840); 79-118 (1841-1850); 119- 
158 (1851-1860); 159-198 (1861-1870). 



Elektrotechnische Zeitschrift. 1880-1902. 

Experiment Station Record. 1-12 (1889- 
1901) ; 13-25 (1901-1911). 

Gazzetta chimica italiana. 1-20 (1871- 
1890). 

Gliickauf, Berg- und Hiittenmannische 
Zeitschrift. 31-40 (1895-1904). 

India Rubber Journal. 1-10 (1884-1894). 

Jahrbuch der Chemie. Bericht iiber die 
wichtigsten Fortschritte der reinen und 
angewandten Chemie. 1-10 (1891-1900). 

Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geologic und 
Palaontologie. 1830-1839; 1840-1849; 
1850-1859; 1860-1869; 1870-1879; 1880- 
1884 and Beilagebande 1-2; 1885-1889 
and Beilagebande 3-6; 1890-1894 and 
Beilagebande 7-8; 1895-1899 and Bei- 
lagebande 9-12; 1900-1904 and Bei- 
lagebande 13-20; 1905-1909 and Bei- 
lagebande 21-28. 

Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte auf 
dem Gesamtgebiete der Agricultur 
Chemie. 1-20 (1858-1877); 21-40 
(1878-1897). 

Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte der 
Chemie und Mineralogie. 1-17 (1821- 
1837); 1-25 (1821-1845). 

Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte der 
Chemie und verwandter Telle anderer 
Wissenschaften. 1847-1856; 1857-1866; 
1867-1876; 1877-1886; 1887-1896; 1897- 
1906. 

Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte der 
Tierchemie. 1-10 (1871-1880) ; 11-20 
(1881-1890); 21-30 (1891-1900); 31-40 
(1901-1910). 

Jahresbericht iiber die Leistungen der 
chemischen Technologic. 1-10 (1855- 
1864) ; 11-20 (1865-1874) ; 21-30 (1875- 
1884) ; 31-40 (1885-1894) ; 41-50 (1895- 
1905). 

Jahresberichte iiber die Untersuchungen 
und Fortschritte auf dem Gesammtge- 
biete der Zuckerfabrikation. 1-12 (1861- 
1872); 13-26 (1873-1885); 1-40 (1861- 
1901). 

Journal de pharmacie et de chemie. 
Series 3, 1-46 (1841-1864) ; ser. 4, 1-30 
(1865-1879); ser. 5, 1-30 (1880-1894). 

Journal fiir Gasbeleuchtung. 1-16 (1858- 
1873) ; 17-31 (1874-1888) ; 32-46 (1889- 
1903). 

Journal fiir praktische Chemie. 1-30 
(1834-1843) ; 31-60 (1844-1853) ; 61-90 
(1854-1863) ; 91-108 (1864-1869) ; n. s., 
1-50 (1870-1894); 51-100 (1895-1920). 

Journal of Biological Chemistry. 1-25 
(1905-1916); 26-50 (1916-1921). 

Journal of Pharmacology and experimen- 
tal Therapeutics. 1-20 (1907-1922). 

Journal of the American Chemical 
Society. 1-20 (1879-1898). 

Journal of the American leather Chem- 
ists' Association. 1-10 (1906-1915). 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



17 



Journal of the American Medical Asso- 
ciation. 1-24 (1883-1906). 

Journal of the Chemical Society. 1-25 
(1848-1872), memoirs and proceedings 
(1841-1847) ; 26-42 (1873-1882) ; 43-62 
(1883-1892) : 63-82 (1893-1902) ; 83- 
102 (1903-1912); 103-122 (1913-1922). 

Journal of the Franklin Institute. 1-120 
(1826-1885) ; 121-140 (1886-1895) ; 141- 
160 (1896-1905). 

Journal of the Institute of Brewing. 
Collective Index, covering various pub- 
lications, 1887-1910; 1911-1923. 

Journal of the Institute of Metals. 1-25 
(1909-1921). 

Journal of the Russian Physical-Chemical 
Society. 41-50 (1909-1918). 

Journal of the Society of Chemical In- 
dustry. 1-14 (1882-1895) ; 15-24 (1896- 
1905). 

Landwirtschaftlichen Versuchsstationen. 
21-50 (1878-1898) in vol. 50. 

Mineralogical Magazine and Journal of 
the Mineralogical Society. 1-10 (1876- 
1894). 

Missouri Geological Survey. Index of 
publications up to 1914 in St. Louis 
Public Library Mo. Bull. n. s. 12, no. 
5: 120-132 (1914). 

Monatshefte fiir Chemie. 1-10 (1880- 
1889) ; 11-22 (1890-1901) ; 23-30 (1902- 
1909). 

Nuovo cimento. Ser. 1, vol. 1 to ser. 4, 
vol. 12 (1843-1900). 

Ohio, Geological Survey. Publications 
from 1838-1906. In its Bull. 6, pt. 1: 
1-234 (1906). 

Ontario, Department of Mines. Reports. 
1-16 (1891-1907); 1-25 (1891-1916). 

Paper. 1-10 (1910-1912) in vol. 10. 

Pennsylvania Agricultural Experiment 
Station. Author index in Bull. no. 
180 (1923). Classified by subjects. _ 

Pharmaceutical Journal and Pharmacist. 
1-15 (1841-1856); 16 to ser. 2, vol. 9 
(1856-1868) ; ser. 2, vol. 10 to ser. 3, 
vol. 8 (1868-1878). 

Philippine Journal of Science. 1-10 
(1906-1915). 

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural 
Sciences of Philadelphia. 1871-1910._ 

Proceedings of the American Gas Insti- 
tute. 1-10 (1906-1915). 

Proceedings of the American Pharma- 
ceutical Association. 1-8 (1852-1859) 
in vol. 10; 9-17 (1860-1869) in vol. 
19; 18-30 (1870-1882) in vol. 32; 31- 
38 (1883-1890) in vol. 39. 

Proceedings of the American Philosoph- 
ical Society. 1-50 (1838-1911). 

Proceedings of the American Society 
for Testing Materials. 1-12 (] 
1912); 13-25 (1913-1922). 
2 



Proceedings of the Iron and Steel 
Institute. 1869-1881; 1882-1889; 1-50 
(1869-1896) (author index); 36-58 
(1890-1900) ; 59-82 (1901-1910) and 
Carnegie Scholarship Memoirs 1-2; 
83-104 (1911-1921) and Carnegie 
Scholarship Memoirs 3-10. 

Proceedings and Transactions of the 
Royal Society of Canada. Ser. 1, 1-12; 
ser. 2, 1-12 (1882-1906). 

Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Sci- 
ence. 1-8, n. s., 1-28 (1853-1880) ; 29- 
61 (1888-1916) in vol. 61. 

Rendiconti reale istituto Lombardo di 
scienze e lettere. 1803-1888; 1889-1900. 

Repertorium fiir die Pharmacie. 1-100 
(1815-1848). 

Revue d'hygiene et de police sanitaire. 
1-23 (1879-1901). 

Revue universelle des mines de la metal- 
lurgie des travaux publics, des sciences 
et des arts appliques a I'industrie. 
1857-1876; 1877-1887; 1888-1902. 

Royal Canadian Institute. General index 
to publications, 1852-1912. Toronto, 
1914. 518 p. 

Royal Irish Academy. Serial publica- 
tions, 1786-1906. 

School of Mines Quarterly. 1-10 (1879- 
1888) in vol. 10; 11-20 (1889-1899) ; 
21-30 (1899-1909) in vol. 31. 

Scientific Proceedings and Transactions 
of the Royal Dublin Society. Pro- 
ceedings 1-8, Transactions 1-6 (1877- 
1898) ; Proceedings 9-11, Transactions 
7-9 (1898-1909). 

Stahl und Risen. 1-26 (1881-1906) ; 27- 
38 (1907-1918). 

Transactions of the American Ceramic 
Society. 1-19 (1899-1917). 

Transactions of the American Electro- 
chemical Society'. 1-20 (1902-1911); 
21-40 (1911-1921) in preparation. 

Transactions of the American Institute 
of Mining and Metallurgical Engi- 
neers. 1-35 (1871-1904); 36-55 (1905- 
1916) ; various partial indexes have 
also been published. 

Transactions of the American Micro- 
scopical Society. 1-25 (1878-1902) in 
vol. 25. 

Transactions of the American Philo- 
sophical Society. 1768-1888. 

Transactions of the Cambridge Philo- 
sophical Society. 1-12 (1820-j-). 

Transactions of the Canadian Mining 
Institute. 1-10 (1898-1907). 

Transactions of the Incorporated Gas 
Institute. 1865-1893. 

Transactions of the Institution of Min- 
ing and Metallurgy. 1-15 (1892-1906). 

Transactions of the Royal Sanitary Insti- 
tute. 1-15 (1876-1894). 



18 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES 



Transactions of the Royal Society of 
Edinburgh. 1-34 (1783-1888) ; 35-46 
(1889-1908). 

Transactions of the Royal Society of 
South Australia. 1-24 (1877-1900). 

Transactions of the Wisconsin Academy 
of Sciences, Arts and Letters. 1-20 
(1870-1921). 

United States. Bureau of Mines. Index 
of publications. 1922. 37 p. 

United States. Department of Agricul- 
ture. Annual Reports. 1837-1893. In 
Div. Pub. Bull. No. 1. 1896. 

United States. Department of Agricul- 
ture. Farmers Bulletins. Nos. 1-250; 
in Div. Pub. Bull. No. 8 (1907) ; 1- 
500 (1916) ; 1-1000 (1920). 

United States. Department of Agricul- 
ture. Yearbook. 1901-1905, in Div. 
Pub. Bull. No. 9 (1908); 1906-1910. 
in Bull. No. 10 (1913); 1911-1915. 

Zeitschrift fur analytische Chemie. 1-10 
(1862-1871); 11-20 (1872-1881); 21- 
30 (1882-1891); 31-40 (1892-1901); 
41-50 (1902-1911). 

Zeitschrift fiir angewandte Chemie und 
Zentralblatt fiir technischen Chemie. 
1-20 (1887-1907). 

Zeitschrift fiir anorganische und allge- 
meine Chemie (formerly Zeitschrift 
fiir anorganische Chemie). 1-50 (1892- 
1906); 51-100 (1906-1917). 

Zeitschrift des Vereines deutscher Inge- 
nieure. 1-10 (1851-1860); 53-62 (1903- 
1912). 

Zeitschrift fiir das Berg-, Hiitten- und 
Salinenwesen in dem preussischen 
Staate. 1-10 (1853-1862) in vol. 10; 
1-25 (1853-1877); 1-50 (1853-1902). 



Zeitschrift fiir den physikalischen und 
chemischen Unterricht. 1-10 (1887- 
1897); 11-20 (1898-1907). 

Zeitschrift fiir Elektrochemie und ange- 
wandte physikalische Chemie. 1-10 
(1894-1904). 

Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene und Infektions- 
krankheiten. 1-30 (1886-1899) in vol. 
30; 1-60 (1886-1908); 61-100 (1908- 
1924). 

Zeitschrift fiir Krystallographie und 
Mineralogie. 1-10 (1876-1885); 11-20 
(1885-1891); 21-30 (1891-1897); 31- 
40 (1897-1902); 1-50 (1877-1912). 

Zeitschrift fiir physikalische Chemie, 
Stochiometrie und Verwandtschafts- 
lehre. 1-24 (1887-1897) ; 25-50 (1898- 
1904); 51-75 (1905-1911); 75-78 in 
vol. 78; 79-82 in vol. 82; 91-100 (1916- 
1922) in vol. 100. 

Zeitschrift fiir physiologische Chemie. 
1-30 (1877-1900); 31-60 (1900-1908); 
61-100 (1908-1917). 

Zeitschrift fiir Untersuchungen der 
Nahrungs- und Genussmittel sowie der 
Gebrauchsgegenstiinde. 1-16 (1898- 
1908). 

Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Mikro- 
skopie und fiir mikroskopische Tech- 
nik. 1-10 (1884-1893); 11-20 (1894- 
1903) ; 21-30 (1904-1913). 

Zeitschrift fiir Zuckerindustrie der 
cechoslovakischen Republik. 1-25 
(1876-1901). 

Zentralblatt fiir Biochemie und Bio- 
physik. II. Biophysikalisches Zen- 
tralblatt. 1-4 (1905-1910). 



PART IV. BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON SPECIAL SUBJECTS 



ABIETIC ACID 

Levy, Paul. Betrachtungen ueber die 
Konstitution der Abietinsaure. Z. 
anorg. Chem. 81: 145-155 (1912). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

PooTH, Peter. Zur Kenntniss der Abie- 
tinsaure. Farben-Ztg. 20: 1056-1059 
(1915). 17 footnotes. 

TscHiRCH, A. Abietinsaure. In his Die 
Harze und die Harzbehalter, 1906, 
p. 548-596. Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Pinabietic acid, Resins. 
ABRASIVES 

Haenig, a. Emery and the emery in- 
dustry. London, Scott, 1912. 103 p. 
Bibl., p. 103, 14 references. 

Ladoo, Raymond B. Garnet. U. S. 
Bur. Mines, Repts. of Investigations, 
No. 2347, 1922. 16 p., mimeographed. 
Bibl., p. 15-16, 23 references. 

Lewis, J. Volney. Abrasives. Mineral 
Ind. 28: 1-10 (1919); 29: 1-11 
(1920). 16 references. 

Magnus, Harry C. Abrasives of New^ 
York State. N. Y. State Museum, 
57th Annual Rept. 1 : 178-179 (1903). 
45 references. 
ABSORPTION: Physical. See Adsorp- 
tion. 
ABSORPTION: Physiological. 

Fekete, Alex. v. Ueber die Fettresorp- 
tion. Arch. ges. Physiol. 139: 232- 
233 (1911). 

Friedmann, U. Parenterale Resorp- 
tion. In Oppenheimer, Handb. Bio- 
chem. 3, pt. 2: 243-298 (1909). 252 
footnotes. 

GoLDSCHMiDT, Samuel. Mechanism of 
absorption from the intestines. Phys- 
iol. Rev. 1: 449-453 (1921). 148 
references. 

MuNK, Immanuel. Resorption. Er- 
geb. Physiol. 1: 296-299 (1902). 137 
references. 

Overton, E. Ueber den Mechanismus 
der Resorption und der Sekretion. 
In Nagel, Handb. Physiol. 2 : 744-899 
(1907). Bibl. footnotes. 

Starling, Ernest H. Die Resorption 
vom Verdauungskanal aus. In Op- 
penheimer, Handb. Biochem. 3, pt. 2 : 
208-242 (1909). 72 footnotes. 

See also Metabolism. 
ABSORPTION SPECTRA. See Spectra. 
ACCELERATORS. See Vulcanization. 
ACENAPHTHENE 

Hahn, Dorothy A., and Holmes, 
Harriet E. The chemistry of ace- 



naphthene and its derivatives. J. Ind. 
Eng. Chem. 13: 822-830 (1921). 117 
footnotes. 
ACETALDEHYDE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Acetaldehyd. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 708-715 
(1907). Bibl. footnotes. 

Peterson, W. H., and Fred, E. B. Pro- 
duction of acetaldehyde by certain 
pentose-forming bacteria. J. Biol. 
Chem. 44: 29 (1920). 30 references. 

Thiele, Albrecht. Acetaldehyd. Essig- 
saurealdehyd. In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 1 : 765-768 (1911). 100 
footnotes. 
ACETALS 

Meyer-Jacobson. Acetale. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 61-70 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Skrabal, Anton, and Schiffrer, An- 
ton. Ueber die Hydrolysegeschwind- 
igkeit der Acetale. Z. physik. Chem. 
99: 290-313 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 
ACETANILIDE 

" Acetanilide." Ind. -Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
ser., 1 : 99-100 (1918). Includes toxi- 
cology. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Acetanilid. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 187-188 
(1895). Bibl. footnotes. 
ACETATES 

Gutbier, a. Acetate. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 3 : 
695-701 (1911). References through 
text. 

See also Acetic acid. 
ACETIC ACID 

Deschiens, Maurice. Fabrication de 
I'acide acetique synthetique au de- 
part du carbure de calcium. Chimie 
& industrie 5: 526-528 (1921). 
About 30 references and 110 patents. 

Klar, M. Technologic der Holzver- 
kohlung, unter besonderer Beriick- 
sichtigung der Herstellung von samt- 
lichen Halb- und Ganzfabrikaten aus 
den Erstlings-destillaten. Berlin, 
Springer, 1910. 429 p. About 300 
patents on p. 404-419 on wood dis- 
tillation, acetic acid, acetone, methyl 
alcohol and turpentine. 

Lafar, Franz. Die Essigsauregarung. 
In his Handb. tech. Mykologie 5 : 
626-62>Z (1905-1914). 

Meyer-Jacobson. Essigsaure. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1: 517-528 
(1907). Bibl. footnotes. 



19 



20 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



ACETIC A-CID— Cont'd 

Schmidt, Ernst. Essigsaure. Athan- 
saure. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 1 : 930-951 (1911). About 400 
footnotes (includes derivatives). 

Sec also Acetates, Wood distillation. 
ACETIC ACID: Toxicology. 

" Acid, acetic, toxicology of." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 1st ser., 1 : 75 (1880) ; 2nd 
sen, 1 : 101 (1896) ; 3rd ser., 1 : 106- 
107 (1918). 
ACETOACETIC ACID 

Thiele, a. Acetessigsaure. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 1088-1091 
(1911). 70 footnotes. 
ACETOACETIC ESTER. See Ethyl 

acetoacetate. 
ACETONE 

" Acetone." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 1: 72, (1880); 2nd sen, 1: 99- 
100 (1896) ; 3rd ser., 1 : 100-101 
(1918). Includes toxicology. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Aceton. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1: 72,1-72,7 
(1907). Bibl. footnotes. 

Remler, Raymond F. Acetone, its 
properties and uses. Bradford, Pa., 
National Wood Chemical Assoc, 
1924. 26 p. Bibl., p. 22-24. 

Thiele, Albrecht. Aceton. Dimethyl- 
keton. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 1: 783-797 (1911). 300 foot- 
notes. 

'Wagner, Ignatius A. The condensa- 
tion products of acetone. Disserta- 
tion, Catholic Univ., Washington, 
D. C, 1913. References in tabular 
form and as footnotes. 

Worden, Edward C. Acetone and the 
ketones. In his Technology of cellu- 
lose esters 1: 2393-2401 (1921). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Acetic Acid (Klar). 
ACETONE: Analytical. 

Hubbard, Roger S. Determination of 
the acetone bodies in urine and in 
blood. J. Biol. Chem. 49: 37, 357, 
375 (1921). 30 references. 

Lillig, R. Ueber den Nachweis der /3- 
Oxybuttersiiure, der Acetessigsaure 
und des Acetous im Harn. Pharm. 
Ztg. 64: 696-697, 707-709 (1919). 
66 footnotes. 
ACETONE: Halogen Derivatives. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Halogenderivate der 
Ketone. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 
1, pt. 2: 878-884 (1913). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
ACETONE: Physiological. 

" Acetonuria." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
ser., 1: 101 (1918). 

FiJRTH, Otto V. Acetone bodies. In 
his Chem. of metabolism, 1916, 431- 
451. 60 footnotes. 

See also Diabetes, Glycosuria, Me- 



ACETONE DICARBOXYLIC ACIDS 

Meyer-Jacobson. Acetondicarbon- 
saure. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, 
pt. 2: 1216-1218 (1913). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
ACETOPHENONE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Acetophenon. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 
492-494 (1902). 24 references. 

Morgan, J. L. R., and Lammert, 
Olive M. Physical constants of ace- 
tophenone. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 46: 
882-883 (1924). 43 references. 

WiTTE, E. Acetophenon. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1: 862-867 
(1911). 140 footnotes. 
ACETPHENETIDINE 

KoNANTZ, Wm. A. Manufacture of 

acetphenetidine. J. Am. Pharm. 

Assoc. 8: 284-290, 362-385 (1919). 

83 references. 

ACETYL CELLULOSE. See Cellulose 

ACETATE. 

ACETYLENE 

"Acetylene." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
sen, 1: 102 (1918). Includes toxi- 
cology. 

Ludwig, a. Fiihrer durch die gesamm- 
te Calciumcarbid- und Acetylenlit- 
eratur. Bibliographie der auf diesen 
Gebieten bisher erschienenen Biicher, 
Journale, Aufsatze in Zeitschriften, 
Abhandlungen und wichtigeren 
Patentschriften. Berlin, Calvary, 
1899. 51 p. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Acetylen. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1: 848-876 
(1907). Bibl. footnotes. 

Panaotovic, Jovan P. Calciumcarbid 
und Acetylen in Vergangenheit, 
Gegenwart und Zukunft. Leipzig, 
Barth, 1897. Patents, p. 103-124. 
References, p. 125. 

Pond, George C. Calcium carbide and 
acetylene. Penn. State College, 
Chem. Dept., Bull., 1917. Bibl., p. 
121-139. About 800 references. Re- 
vision of Bull. 57 (1900). 

Straus, Fritz. Zur Kenntniss der 
Acetylenbindung. Ann. 342: 190-265 
(1905). 139 footnotes. 

Vogel, Johann J. Das Acetylen, seine 
Eigenschaften, seine Herstellung und 
Verwendung. 2nd Ed. Leipzig, 
Spamer, 1923. 424 p. Bibl., p. 406- 
409, also bibl. footnotes. 

Serial 
Jahrbuch fi.ir Acetylen und Carbid. Ber- 
ichte iiber die wissenschaftlichen und 
technischen Fortschritte. 1899- 
Sce also Acetic Acid (Deschiens), 
Calcium carbide, Carbides. 
ACETYLIDENE COMPOUNDS 

Lavvrie, James W. Constitution of 
the acetylidene compounds. Am. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



21 



Chem. J. 36: 487-510 (1906). 40 
references. 
ACID AMIDES 

Meyer-Jacobson. Ammoniakderivate 
der Fettsauren. In their Lehrb. org. 
Chem. 1, pt. 1: 599-625 (1907). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
ACIDOSIS 

" Acidosis." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
sen, 1: 130-131 (1918). 

" Diabetes, acidosis in." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 3rd ser., 4: 467-468 (1922). 

EwiNG, James. Acidosis and related 
conditions. Arch. Inter. Med. 2 : 353- 
354, 474-476, 501-503 (1908). 

Frothingham, Channing, Jr. Aci- 
dosis in acute and chronic disease. 
Arch. Inter. Med. 18: 717-732 (1916). 
42 footnotes. 

Sellaeds, Andrew W. The principles 
of acidosis and clinical methods for 
its study. Cambridge, Harvard Univ. 
Press, 1917. 117 p. 71 references, p. 
112-117. 

Van Slyke, Donald D. Acidosis. In 
Barker, Endocrinology and metabo- 
lism 4: 51-93; references, 5: 511-694 
(1922). 

Wells, C. A., and Ewlng, P. V. Aci- 
dosis and cotton seed meal injury. 
Georgia Agr. Expt. Sta., Bull. 119: 
35-64 (1916). 215 references. 
ACIDS, ALKALIS, SALTS 

Brauer, Adolf, and d'Ans, J. Fort- 
schritte in der anorganisch-chem- 
ischen Industrie an Hand der deut- 
schen Reichspatente. Band I, 1877- 
1917. 3 parts, 1184, 1443 and 1285 p. 
Berlin, Springer, 1921-1923. Lists of 
patents through text, together with 
the specifications. 

" Fortschritte der anorganisches Gross- 
industrie wahrend des Weltkrieges." 
Chem.-Ztg. 43 : 745, 769, 813, 833, 861, 
881, 890 (1917). 698 footnotes. 

Holbling, V. Fortschritte in der Fab- 
rikation der anorganischen Sauren, 
der Alkalien, des Ammoniaks und 
verwandter Industriezweige. 1895- 
1903. Berlin, Springer, 1905. 763 p. 
Lists of German patents with specifi- 
cations. 

Keler, H. v. Die wichtigsten Fort- 
schritte auf dem Gebiete der anor- 
ganischen Grossindustrie, 1908-1915. 
Z. angew. Chem. 22: 1396, 1445 
(1909); 108 footnotes. 23: 624-642 
(1910); 96 footnotes. 24: 532, 579 
(1911); 132 footnotes. 25: 454, 518 
(1912); 146 footnotes. 26: 209-227 
(1913); 215 footnotes. 27: 225, 244 
(1914) ; 253 footnotes. 28: 177, 201, 
214 (1915); 237 footnotes. 29: 113, 
131, 142 (1916) ; 180 footnotes. 



Lunge, Georg. The manufacture of 
acids and alkalis. London, Gurney, 
1923 — . Contains bibliographies. 

Munroe, Charles E., and Chatard, 
Thomas M. Chemicals and allied 
products. In 12th Census of the 
U. S., Census Bull. No. 210, 1902. 306 
p. Digest of U. S. patents by Story 
B. Ladd, p. 163-306. Also in Census 
reports, 10 (manufactures, pt. 4) : 
523-679, 831-978. 

Partington, J. R. The alkali industry. 
London, Bailliere, 1918. 304 p. Brief 
bibl. at end of each chapter. 

Rauter, Gustav. Die Fortschritte der 
chemischen Grossindustrie und der 
Industrie anorganischer Praparate. 
Chem.-Z. 2: 273, 305, 335, 527, 597, 
635 (1903) ; 227 footnotes. 3: 12, 39, 
163, 291, 503, 531, 654 (1904) ; 335 
footnotes. 4: 49, 76, 120, 145, 268, 
291, 384 (1905) ; 362 footnotes. 

Reusch, K. Jahresbericht ueber die 
Industrie der Mineralsauren und des 
Chlorkalkes. Chem.-Ztg. 27: 185- 
191 (1903); 105 footnotes. 28: 418- 
423 (1904); 110 footnotes. 29: 399- 
405 (1905); 179 footnotes. 30: 326- 
328 (1906); 47 footnotes. 31: 199- 
203 (1907) ; 69 footnotes. 32 : 217, 230 
(1908): 46 footnotes. ZZ: 189, 198, 
207 (1909); 87 footnotes. 34: 253, 
263 (1910); 104 footnotes. 35: 274, 
298, 307 (1911); 164 footnotes. 36: 
195, 213, 218, 242 (1912) ; 150 foot- 
notes. 37: 295, 321, 344 (1913) ; 187 
footnotes. 38: 385, 415, 441, 463 
(1914) ; 192 footnotes. 39: 281, 342, 
386, 398 (1915); 186 footnotes. 40: 
337, 348, 374 (1916); 171 footnotes. 
41: 437, 463, 490 (1917); 155 foot- 
notes. 43: 341, 358, 377, 410, 414, 434 
(1919) ; 243 footnotes. 44: 485, 517, 
533, 542 (1920) ; 175 footnotes. 

Society of Chemical Industry. Acids, 
alkalis and salts. In its Reports of 
the progress of applied chemistry, 1 
108-132 (1916) ; 147 footnotes. 2 
175-203 (1917) ; 167 footnotes. 3 
162-183 (1918); 141 footnotes. 4 
149-169 (1919) ; 149 footnotes. 5 
162-184 (1920); 162 footnotes. 6 
166-197 (1921) ; 150 footnotes. 7 
162-183 (1922) ; 72 footnotes. 8 
184-204 (1923) ; 80 footnotes. 9 
178-213 (1924); 161 footnotes. 

Waser, Bruno. Fortschritte der anor- 
ganischen Grossindustrie, 1905-1921. 
Chem.-Ztg. 37: 1097, 1102, 1218, 1286, 
1347, 1370, 1396, 1414, 1462, 1520, 1543, 
1567, 1578, 1589 (1913) ; 586 foot- 
notes. 39: 741, 750, 782, 848, 886, 902, 
915, 934, 957, 967, 977, 983 (1915); 
1756 footnotes. 46: 229, 234, 277, 317, 



22 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



ACIDS, ALILA.LIS, SALTS— Cont'd 

322, 366, 410, 435, 453, 474, 482, 498 
(1922) ; 621 footnotes. 

See also the names of the individual 
acids, alkalis and salts. 
ACIDS: Organic. 

DoHRN, Max, and Thiele, Albrecht. 
Sauren der aromatischen Reihe. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
1183-1377 (1911). Many hundred 
footnotes. 

Meyer- Jacobson. Die gesattigten ein- 
basichen Carbonsauren oder Fett- 
sauren. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 
1, pt. 1: 488-557 (1907). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Die gesattigten Di- 
carbonsauren. In their Lehrb. org. 
Chem. 1, pt. 2: 292-407 (1913). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Oxysauren oder Al- 
koholsauren. I. Die Hydroxylde- 
rivate der einbasischen Sauren. II. 
Die Hydroxylderivate der mehr- 
basischen Sauren. In their Lehrb. 
org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 532-719 (1913). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Schmidt, Ernst. Sauren der aliphat- 
ischen Reihe. In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 1: 912-1022 (1911). 
Many hundred footnotes. 

Schmidt, Ernst. Ungesattigte Sauren 
der aliphatischen Reihe. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 1023-1052 
(1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

Thiele, Albrecht. Oxysauren und 
Polycarbonsauren der aliphatischen 
Reihe. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 1: 1053-1091 (1911). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Thiele, Albrecht. Zweibasische 
Sauren (Dicarbonsauren). In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
1092-1148 (1911). Many hundred 
footnotes. 

Thiele, Albrecht. Drei- und mehrwer- 
tige zweibasische Sauren (Oxydicar- 
bonsauren). In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 1: 1149-1169 (1911). 
About 400 footnotes. 

Thiele, Albrecht. Dreibasische 
Sauren. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 1: 1170-1173 (1911). 65 foot- 
notes. 
ACONITE 

" Aconite and aconitine." Ind.-Cat. S. 
G. O., 1st sen, 1: 100-102 (1880); 
2nd sen, 1: 127-129 (1896); 3rd 
sen, 1: 143 (1918). Includes toxi- 
cology. 

Schulze, Heinrich. Ueber das Akon- 
itin und das Akonin aus Aconitum 
Napellus. Arch. Pharm. 244: 136- 
159 (1906). Bibl. footnotes. 



Taylor, Frank O. Bibliography of 
aconite and the aconite alkaloids 
from 1890. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 1: 
565-567 (1909). 69 references, to pa- 
pers of chemical character only. 

See also Alkaloids. 
ACONITIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Aconitsaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2 : 461 
(1913). 56 references. 

Thiele, A. Aconitsaure. hi Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 1: 1171-1173 
(1911). 33 footnotes. 
ACRIDINE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Die Acridin-Gruppe. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3 : 
1081-1103(1918). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Quinine (Laqueur). 
ACROLEIN 

Lockemann, Georg, and Liesche, 
Otto. Ueber die Akroleindarstellung 
nach dem Borsaureverfahren. J. 
prakt. Chem. 179: 474-496 (1905). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. A.crolein. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 996-1000 
(1907). Bibl. footnotes. 
ACRYLIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Acrylsaure Reihe. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 
929-979 (1907). Bibl. footnotes. 
ACTINIUM 

GoDLEWSKi, T. Ueber die Eigenschaft- 
en des Aktiniums. Jahrb. Radioakt. 
Elektronik 3: 134-135 (1906). 29 
references. 

Hevesy, G. v. Die Eigenschaften der 
Emanationen. Jahrb. Radioakt. Elek- 
tronik 10: 198-199 (1913). 24 refer- 
ences. 

Little, H. F. V. Actinium and its dis- 
integration products. In Friend, 
Textbook, 4: 441-455 (1917). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Lucas, Richard. Aktinium. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 
2:40-45 (1908). References through 
text. 

Mellor, J. W. Actinium and its puta- 
tive parent. In his Inorg. theor. 
chem. 4: 137-138, 146-147 (1923). 
About 200 references. 

Neuburger, Maximilian C. Das Prob- 
lem der Genesis des Actiniums. 
Sammlung chem. chem.-tech. Vor- 
trage 26: 376-378 (1922). 70 refer- 
ences. Also issued as a separate, 
Stuttgart, Enke, 1922. 

See also Radium. 
ACTINOCHEMISTRY. See Photochem- 
istry. 
ADALIN 

" Adalin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd sen, 
1: 162-163 (1918). 

See also Sedatives. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



23 



ADENASE. See Amidase. 
ADENINE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Adenin. In their 

Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3 : 1327-1331 
(1920). Bibl. footnotes. 
See also Purines. 
ADHESIVES 
Andes, Louis E. Neuerungen auf dem 

Gebiete der Herstellung von Klebe- 

mitteln. Chem.-Ztg. 25: 1060-1062 
(1901); 30 footnotes. 26: 459-460 

(1902) ; 20 footnotes. 
H.ALEN, S. Die in Deutschland pat- 

entierten Verfahren zur Herstellung 

von Klebstoffen (ausser Leim). 

Kunststoffe 11: 81-83, 90-93, 99-100 

(1921). Patents. 
Kausch, O. Klebstoffe und Bindemit- 

tel. Kunststoffe 3: 63-66, 89-92, 110- 

112,127-130 (1913). Patents. 
Marzahn, R. Literatur-Verzeichnis 

fiber Klebstoffe. Farben-Ztg. 20 : 

1241-1242 (1915). About 60 books 

listed. 
ScHOLL, M. Kitte, Kleb und Bindemit- 

tel. Kunststoffe 7: 57-59, 75-77 

(1917). Continued by Halen, Ibid. 

9: 129-131, 146-147 (1919). Patents. 
See also Casein, Gelatin, Glue, 

Sodium silicate. Sulfite waste 

LIQUORS (Johnsen). 
ADIPIC ACID 

MIeyer-Jacobson. Adipinsaure. In 

their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2 : 394- 

400 (1913). 
Thiele, a. Adipinsaure. In Abder- 

halden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 1138-1141 

(1911). 50 footnotes. 
ADIPOCERE 
"Adipocere." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 

sen, 1: 115-116 (1880) ; 2nd sen, 1: 

151 (1896); 3rd sen, 1:174 (1918). 
ADRENALINE 

Aldrich, T. B. Adrenaline. J. Am. 

Chem. Soc. 27: 1070-1071 (1905). 34 

references. 
Crawford^ Albert C. The use of 

suprarenal glands in the physiological 

testing of drug plants. U. S. Dept. 

Agr., Bur. Plant Ind., Bull. No. 112, 

1907, 32 p. Bibl. footnotes. 
Faust, Edwin S. Adrenalin. In Ab- 

derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 5 : 454- 

456 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 
Faust, Edwin S. Adrenalin. In Ab- 

derhalden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm., 

Abt. 4, pt. 7: 758-766 (1923). Bibl. 

footnotes. 
FuRTH, O. V. Suprarenin (Adrenalin). 

In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 5 : 

495-506 (1911). 165 footnotes. 
Gruber,_ Charles M. The significance 

of epinephrine in muscular activity. 

Endocrinology 3 : 145-153 (1919). 49 

references. 



Gruber, Charles M. The effect of 
epinephrine on the digestive tract. J. 
Pharmacol. 20: 321-357 (1922),. 64 
references. 

HosKiNS, R. G. The relation of the 
adrenals to the circulation. Physiol. 
Rev. 2: 343-360 (1922). 56 refer- 
ences. 

Hultgren and Andersson. Studien 
ueber die Physiologic und Aiaatomie 
der Nebennieren. Skand. Arch. Phys- 
iol. 9: 72-313 (1899). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

KuRiYAMA, S. Epinephrine content of 
the adrenals under various experi- 
mental conditions. J. Biol. Chem. 34 : 
299 (1918). 45 references. 

RoGOFF, J. M. Liberation of epinephrin 
from the adrenal glands. J. Lab. 
Clin. Med. 3: 209-219 (1918). 41 
references. 

ScHULTZ, Wm. H. Quantitative phar- 
macological studies : adrenalin and 
adrenalin bodies. U. S. Hyg. Lab., 
Bull. No. 55, 1909. 77 p. Bibl. p. 
71-74. 

Stewart, G. N. Adrenalectomy and the 
relation of the adrenal bodies to 
metabolism. Physiol. Rev. 4: 189- 
190 (1924). 73 references. 

Trendelenburg, P. Die Adrenalinse- 
kretion unter normalen und gestorten 
Bedingungen. Ergebnisse Physiol. 
21, pt. 2: 500-505 (1923). 243 refer- 
ences. 

Trendelenburg, P. Adrenalin und ad- 
renalinverwandte Substanzen. In 
Heffter, Handb. exp. Pharmakologie, 
2, 2nd half: 1130-1293 (1924). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

See also Suprarbnals. 
ADSORPTION 

Bancroft, Wilder D. Adsorption. In 
his Applied colloid chemistry, 1921, p. 
3-128. Bibl. footnotes. 

Bemmelen, J. M. VAN. Die Absorp- 
tion. Dresden, Steinkopff, 1910. 548 
p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Bemmelen, J. M. van. Die Absorp- 
tion von Stoffe aus Losungen. Z. 
anorg. Chem. 23: 321-372 (1900T. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Freundlich, Herbert. Ueber die Ad- 
sorption in Losungen. Z. physik. 
Chem. 57: 385-470 (1907). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Gustaver, Bror. Die Sorption von 
Dampfen durch Kohle. Kolloid- 
chem. Beihefte 15: 185-338 (1922). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Hober, Rudolf. Die Erscheinungen an 
den Grenzf^achen. In his Physikal- 
ische Chemie der Zelle und der Ge- 
webe, 4th ed., p. 198-225 (1914). 
Bibl. footnotes. 



24 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



ADSORPTION— Coni^d 

H(X)KER, Marian O., and Fischer, 
Martin H. Ueber die Aufnahme 
von Wasser durch das Nervenge- 
webe. Kolloid-Z. 10: 283-294 (1912). 
45 footnotes. 

KoLTHOFF, I. M. [The rise and evalu- 
ation of adsorbents.] Pharm. Week- 
blad 56: 207-225, 237-258 (1919). 50 
references. 

Krulla, Rudolf. Adsorption mit be- 
sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Ver- 
haltnisse beim Aufsteigen von Salz- 
losungen in Filtrierpapier. Z. physik. 
Chem. 66: 307-312 (1909). 47 titles, 
covering 1861-1908. 

Mathews, Albert P. Adsorption. 
Physiol. Rev. 1: 594-597 (1921). 80 
references. 

Mellor, J. W. The adsorption of 
gases, etc., by carbon. In his Inorg. 
theor. chem. 5: 807-811 (1924). 

Patten, Harrison E. Energy changes 
accompanying absorption. Trans. 
Am. Electrochem. Soc. 11 : 387-405 
(1907). 50 footnotes. 

ScHERiNGA, K. [Surface condensation 
(adsorption) of water vapor and 
gases and the resultant error in 
weighing.] Pharm. Weekblad 56: 
94-107 (1919). 61 footnotes. 

ScHULEMANN, Werner. Die vitale Far- 
bung mit sauren Farbstoffen in ihrer 
Bedeutung fiir Anatomic, Physiol- 
ogie. Pathologic und Pharmakologie. 
Biochem. Z. 80: 1-140 (1917). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

See also Charcoal, Colloids. 
AGAR-AGAR 

" Agar-agar." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
sen, 1: 185 (1918). 10 references. 

Fellers, Carl R. Some bacteriological 
studies on agar-agar. Soil Science 3 : 
255-290 (1916) ; J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 
8: 1128 (1916). 33 references. 

Whittaker, H. a. The source, manu- 
facture and composition of commer- 
cial agar-agar. ). Am. Pub. Health 
Assoc. 1 : 639 (1911). 10 references. 
AGGLUTININS. See Immunity. 
AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY 

Blanck, E. Agrikulturchemie. Fort- 
schritte Chem. 4: 211-229 (1911); 
6: 69-90 (1912-13) ; 8: 159-168, 227- 
247 (1913); 10: 113-125, 145-158 
(1914-15); 11: 193-200, 229-242 
(1915-16); 13: 75-92 (1917-18) 14: 
1-23 (1918); 15: 99-120 (1919-20). 
References through text. 

Brehm, Hans. Ueber die Fortschritte 
und Aussichten der j lingerer Agri- 
kulturchemie (speziell der Boden- 
chemie) scit Anwendung der neuer- 
en Ergebnisse der physikalischen 
Chemie, besonders der Kolloidchem- 



ie. Kolloid-Z 13: 33-35 (1913). 94 
references. 

Chemical Society. Agricultural chem- 
istry and vegetable physiology. In 
Annual Reports on the Progress of 
Chemistry, vol. 1+. 1904 to date. 
Bibl. footnotes, comprising a selected 
bibl. of the subject. 

Ehrenberg, Paul. Die Beziehungen 
der Kolloidforschung zur Agrikul- 
turchemie. Kolloid-Z. 3: 193-200 
(1908); 4, 76-86 (1909). 167 foot- 
notes. 

Ehrenberg, Paul. Fortschritte auf 
dem Gebiete der Agrikulturchemie. 
Chem.-Ztg. 38: 953, 1013, 1022, 1038 
(1914) ; 260 footnotes. 39: 453, 470 
(1915); 249 footnotes. 40: 1029, 
1050, 1060 (1916) ; 386 footnotes. 

Engels, O. Agrikulturchemie. Fort- 
schritte Chem. 16: 151-173 (1921); 
17: 85-110 (1921). References 
through text. 

Hebebrand, a. Fortschritte der Agri- 
kulturchemie. Qiem.-Ztg. 24: 995, 
1016 (1900); 120 footnotes. 25: 
1025-1027 (1901) ; 70 footnotes. 

Honcamp, F. and Nolte, O. Agrikul- 
turchemie. Dresden, Steinkopff, 1924. 
160 p. Covers literature from 1914 
to 1923. 

Kappen, H. Agrikulturchemie. Fort- 
schritte Chem. 1: 153-156, 213-218 
(1909); 2: 307-319 (1910). Refer- 
ences through text. 

Lemmermann, Otto. Die Agrikultur- 
chemie im 1903. Chem.-Z. 3 : 136, 
172, 204 (1904). 103 footnotes. 

List of publications of the Department 
of Agriculture, 1862-1902, with ana- 
lytic index. Washington, Govt, print, 
off., 1904. 623 p. (Bibl. of U. S. 
Public Documents. Dept. list no. 1). 

Mach, F. Fortschritte der Agrikul- 
turchemie. Chem.-Ztg. 26: 996-1001 
(1902); 177 footnotes. 27: 417-422 
(1903) ; 234 footnotes. 

Pfeiffer, Thi. Die Agrikulturchemie 
im 1902. Chem.-Z. 2: 13, 51, 85, 343, 
366, 399 (1903). 179 footnotes. 

Russell, E. J. Report on the part 
played by colloids in agricultural 
phenomena. In Second report on col- 
loid chemistry (British Assoc. Adv. 
Sci.), p. 79-81 (1919). Classified by 
subject. 

Society of Chemical Industry. Agri- 
cultural chemistry, hi Reports of 
the progress of applied chemistry, 3 : 
342-361 (1918); 88 footnotes. 4: 
365-376 (1919); 87 footnotes. 5: 
370-388 (1920) ; 67 footnotes. 9: 
426-450 (1924) ; 182 footnotes. 

Stutzer, a. Bericht ueber die wesent- 
lichen Fortschritte der Agrikultur- 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



25 



chemie. Chem.-Ztg. 28: 149-152 
(1904); 84 footnotes. 29: 257-261 
(1905); 117 footnotes. 30: 313-316 
(1906); 105 footnotes, 31: 547-549, 
561-562 (1907); 106 footnotes. 32: 
466-468 (1908); 60 footnotes. 33- 
217-218, 230-231 (1909) ; 43 foot- 
notes. 34: 1181-1182, 1191-1192 
(1910); 77 footnotes. 36: 849-851, 
870-872 (1912) ; 109 footnotes. 
ZiELSTORFF, W. Agrikulturchemie. 
Chem.-Z. 4: 178, 198, 219, 491, 505 
(1905); 6: 1-6, 65-70 (1907). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Serial 

Agricultural index. New York. 1916- 
. Cumulates every three years. 
Indexes journals devoted to agricul- 
ture as well as a large number of 
reports and bulletins from govern- 
ment sources and organizations in 
leading agricultural centers of the 
world. Contains many entries of 
chemical interest. 

Centralblatt fiir Agrikulturchemie und 
rationellen Landwirtschaftsbetrieb 
(Biedermann's). 1872- . Classified. 
Rather complete abstracts. 

Chemical abstracts. See Part II. 

Experiment station record. See Part 
II. 

Jahresbericht fiir Agrikulturchemie. 
Berlin, 1858- . Abstracts and lists 
of references. Classified as follows : 
Plant production ; sources of plant 
food — atmosphere, water, soil, fer- 
tilizers ; plant growth, physiology, 
constituents of plants, plant culture ; 
animal production ; foods and feed- 
ingstuffs ; chemical physiology; me- 
tabolism and nutrition ; milk, butter 
and cheese; agricultural by-products ; 
flour, bread, starch, sugar ; fermenta- 
tion, wines ; methods of analysis. 

See also Fertilizers, Soils, etc. 
AIR 

" Air." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 1 : 
132-143 (1880) ; 2nd ser., 1: 172-183 
(1896); 3rd sen, 1: 195-201 (1918). 
Includes compressed and rarified air, 
effects of air, purification of air, 
moisture of air, sea air, etc. 

Benedict, Francis G. The composi- 
tion of the atmosphere with special 
reference to the oxygen content. 
Carnegie Inst., Pub. No. 166. Wash- 
ington, 1912. 115 p. Numerous ref- 
erences on air analysis. 

Chance, Edwin A. Partial list of pa- 
pers and books bearing upon the sub- 
ject of air and air analysis. J. 
Franklin Inst. 172: 490-494 (1911). 
100 references. 



Hebert, a. Air atmospherique. In 
Moissan, Chim. min. 1 : 662-685 
(1904). 242 footnotes. 

Prandtl, W. Die atmospharische Luft. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 1, pt. 1: 50-63 (1907). Refer- 
ences through text. 

See also Foods (Vereinbarungen). 
AIR: Liquid. 

Howell, S. P., Paul, J. W., and Sher- 
RiCK, J. L. Progress of investiga- 
tions on liquid-oxygen explosives. 
U. S. Bur. Mines, Tech. Paper No. 
294. Washington, 1923. 91 p. " Se- 
lected bibl. on liquid air," p. 81-85. 

Prandtl, W. Fliissige Luft. In Gmel- 
in-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
1 : 63-65 (1907). References through 
text. 

See also Oxygen. 
AIR CONDITIONING 

Slobod, a. Air conditioning. Carnegie 
Library of Pittsburgh, 1914. 55 p. 
Relates only to air supplies for build- 
ings. 
AIRPLANE DOPES. See Cellulose ace- 
tate. 
ALANINE 

Meyer- Jacobson. a-Aminopropion- 
saure. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 
1, pt. 2: 754-756 (1913). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Alanin. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 4: 486-522 
(1911); 9: 92-100 (1914). About 
500 footnotes. (Includes deriva- 
tives.) 

Zemplen, Geza. j3- Alanin In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 4: 730-738 
(1911); 9: 160-161 (1914). 35 foot- 
notes. 
ALBITE 

Jacoby, R. Albit. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 1 : 277- 
278 (1912). References through text. 
ALBUMIN 

[Chemistry and physiology of albu- 
min.] Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
1: 160-162 (1880) ; 2nd sen, 1 : 202- 
206 (1896); 3rd sen, 1: 221-231 
(1918). Includes digestion of albu- 
min. 

Samuely, Franz. Albumine. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 4: 58-80 
(1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

Strauss, Eduard. Albuminoide. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 4 : 
169-197 (1910). 170 footnotes. 

Strauss, Eduard. Proteinoide. In Ab- 
derhalden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm., 
1, pt. 8: 551-576 (1921). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

See also Proteins. 



26 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



ALBUMINURIA 

" Albuminuria, chemistry and semei- 
ology of." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
1 : 167-168 (1880) ; 2nd sen, 1 : 206- 
214 (1896); 3rd sen, 1: 231-240 
(1918). 
ALCHEMY 

" Alchemy and hermetic medicine." 
Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 1 : 170- 
172 (1880); 2nd sen, 1: 214-216 
(1896) ; 3rd sen, 1: 214-243 (1918). 

B'ACciONi, G. B. Dall 'alchimia alia 
chimica. Con figure nel teste. Tor- 
ino, Bocca, 1903. 446 p. Bibl., p. 417- 
436. 

Barrett, Francis. The lives of al- 
chemystical philosophers ; with a 
critical catalogue of books in occult 
chemistry and a selection of the most 
celebrated treatises on the theory and 
practice of the hermetic art. London, 
Luckington, Allen and Co., 1815. 384 
p. " Alchemical books," p. 95-112. 

Bolton, Henry C. Alchemy. In his 
Select bibliography of chemistry, 
1492-1892 (Smithsonian Inst., Misc. 
Coll., No. 850), p. 943-1067; 2nd 
suppL, p. 200-218 (1904). 

Bolton, Henry C. Catalogue of works 
on alchemy and chemistry, exhibited 
at the Grolier Club, New York, Jan. 
16 to Jan. 26, 1891. New York, De 
Vinne press, 1891. 32 p. 110 titles, 
annotated. 

Bolton, Henry C. The literature of 
alchemy. Pharm. Rev., 19, nos. 4-5 
(1901). 11 p. 

Ferguson, John. Bibliotheca chemica: 
A catalog of the alchemical, chemi- 
cal and pharmaceutical books in the 
collection of the late James Young of 
Kelly and Durris. Glasgow, Micle- 
hose, 1906. 2 vols. 

Jollivet-Castelot, Francois. Com- 
ment on devicHt alchimiste ; traite 
d'hermetisme et d'art spagyrique 
base sur les clefs du tarot. Paris, 
Chamuel, 1897. 417 p. Bibl., p. 401- 
407. 

Kopp, Hermann. Die Alchemic in al- 
terer und neuerer Zeit. Ein Beitrag 
zur Culturgeschichte. Heidelberg, 
Winter, 1886. 2 vols. Bibl., vol. 2: 
308-396. 

LippMANN, Edmund O. Entstehung 
und Ausbreitung der Alchemic. Ber- 
lin, Springer, 1919. 742 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Redgrove, Herbert S. Alchemy : an- 
cient and modern, being a brief ac- 
count of the alchemistic doctrines 
and their relations, to mysticism on 
the one hand, and to recent discov- 
eries in physical science on the other ; 
together with some particulars re- 



garding the lives and teachings of the 
most noted alchemists. 2nd ed. Lon- 
don, Rider, 1922. 141 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

ScHMiEDER, Karl C. Geschichte der 
Alchemic. Halle, 1832. 613 p. Con- 
tains bibl. of the various alchemists. 

Waite, Arthur E. Lives of alchemys- 
tical philosophers based on mate- 
rials collected in 1815 and supple- 
mented by recent researches with a 
philosophical demonstration of the 
true principles of the magnum opus 
or great work of alchemical recon- 
struction and some account of the 
spiritual chemistry. To which is 
added a bibliography of alchemy and 
hermetic philosophy. London, Red- 
way, 1883. 315 p. " An alphabetical 
catalog of works on hermetic phi- 
losophy and alchemy," p. 276-306. 

Sec also History. 
ALCOHOL. Sec Ethyl alcohol. 
ALCOHOL as MOTOR FUEL 

Ellis, C, and Meigs, J. V. Alcohol as 
motor fuel. /;; their Gasoline and 
other motor fuels, 1921, p. 564-566. 
54 references. 

Farmer, R. C. Industrial and power 
alcohol. London, Pitman, 1921. 110 
p. Bibl. 

Leslie, E. H. Alcohol, a motor fuel of 
the future. In his Motor fuels, 1923, 
p. 482-508. Bibl., p. 504-508. 

Monier- Williams, G. W. Power al- 
cohol, its production and utilization. 
London, Frowde, 1922. 323 p. Bibl. 
at end of chapters. 
ALCOHOLS 

Brunel, R. F., Crenshaw, J. L., and 
Tobin, E. Purification and some 
physical properties of certain ali- 
phatic alcohols. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 
43: 561-577 (1921). 35 references on 
p. 576 and bibl. footnotes. 

Gerngross, Otto. Alkohole. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 368-482 
(1911). Many hundred footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Die einwertigen Al- 
kohole der Grenzreihe. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1: 193-266 
(1907). 

PiNcussoHN, L. Ungesattigte einwer- 
tige Alkohole der aliphatischen 
Reihe. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 1: 483-494 (1911). 100 foot- 
notes. 

PiNcussoHN, Ludwig. Alkoholc der 
aromatischen Reihe. /;;. Abderhalden, 
Biochem. Handl. 1: 705-751 (1911). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Weil, Arthur. Qualitativer und quan- 
tativer Nachweis der einzelnen bio- 
logisch wichtigen hochmolekularen 
Alkohole. In Abderhalden, Handb. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



27 



biol. Arbeitsm. 1, pt. 4: 179-191 
(1920). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also names of individual alcohols, 
e. g. Methyl, Ethyl, Propyl, etc. ; 
Phenols. 
ALDEHYDES 

" Aldehydes and derivatives." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 1st sen, 1 : 184 (1880) ; 2nd 
ser., 1 : 243 (1896) ; 3rd sen, 1 : 280- 
281 (1918). 

Feinberg. B. G. Quantitative study of 
some aldehyde reactions. Am. Chem. 
J. 49: 111-116 (1913). 115 refer- 
ences, covering 1853-1911. 

Meyer- Jacobson. Die gesattigten ein- 
wertigen Aldehyde und Ketone. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 639- 
785 (1907). Bibl. footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Aromatische Alde- 
hyde. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, 
pt. 1: 478-488 (1896). Bibl. foot- 
notes, 

Thiele, Albrecht. Aldehyde der ali- 
phatischen Reihe. In Abderhalden, 
Biochem. Handl. 1: 752-783 (1911). 
Many hundred footnotes. 

Witte, E. Aldehyde der aromatischen 
Reihe. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 1: 808-861 (1911). Many 
hundred footnotes. 

See also names of individual aldehydes. 
Soil aldehydes. 
ALEUDRIN 

"Aleudrin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
sen, 1 : 283 (1918). 10 references. 
ALGAE 

Hoagland, D. R., and Lieb, L. L. Com- 
plex carbohydrates and forms of 
sulfur in marine algae of the Pa- 
cific Coast. J. Biol. Chem. 23 : 287- 
297 (1915). 30 references. 

See also Fertilizers. 
ALIZARIN 

Meyer-Jacobson. Alizarin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 2 : 552 
(1903). 34 references. 

See also Dyes. 
ALKALI METALS 

MiELLOR, J. W. The alkalis. In his 
Inorg. theor. chem. 2 : 421-880 (1922). 
History, p. 422, 30 references ; oc- 
currence, p. 427, 50 references ; prep- 
aration, p. 450, 150 references; prop- 
erties, p. 474, 600 references ; alloys, 
p. 481, 15 references ; hydrides, p. 
484, 35 references ; oxides, p. 493, 100 
references ; hydroxides, p. 509, 300 
references ; fluorides, p. 518, 100 ref- 
erences ; chlorides, p. 555, 800 refer- 
ences ; bromides, p. 588, 200 refer- 
ences; iodides, p. 612, 400 references ; 
sulfides, p. 628, 100 references ; poly- 
sulfides, p. 640, 100 references ; hy- 
drosulfides, p. 645, 25 references ; sul- 
fates, p. 673, 400 references; hydro- 



sulfates, p. 692, 300 references ; car- 
bonates, occurrence, p. 725, 300 ref- 
erences ; carbonates, properties, p 
769, 250 references ; bicarbonates, p 
779, 150 references ; nitrates, p. 821 
400 references ; orthophosphates, p 
851, 300 references; pyrophosphates 
p. 866, 50 references ; metaphos- 
phates, p. 871, 25 references. 
See also Cesium, Lithium, Potassium, 
Rubidium, Sodium. 
ALKALINE EARTH METALS 

Mellor, J. W. The alkaline earths. In 
his Inorg. theor. chem. 3 : 619-908 
(1923). History, p. 621, 20 refer- 
ences ; occurrence, p. 625, 60 refer- 
ences ; preparation, p. 630, 50 refer- 
ences ; properties, p. 644, 200 refer- 
ences ; atomic vi^eights, p. 648, 50 ref- 
erences ; bromides, p. 733, 75 refer- 
ences ; carbonates, p. 847, 450 refer- 
ences ; chlorides, p. 723, 400 refer- 
ences ; fluorides, p. 695, 150 refer- 
ences ; hydroxides, p. 686, 200 refer- 
ences ; iodides, p. 740, 75 references ; 
nitrates, p. 863, 200 references ; ox- 
ides, p. 652, 250 references ; phos- 
phates, p. 864, 400 references ; sul- 
fates, p. 760, 450 references; sulfides, 
p. 740, 200 references. 

See also Barium, Calcium, Magne- 
sium, Strontium. 
ALKALIS. See Acids, alkalis, salts ; 
Alkali metals ; Alkaline earths ; 
names of individual alkalis. 
ALKALOIDS 

"Alkaloids." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 1: 194-195 (1880) ; 2nd sen, 1: 
257-258 (1896); 3rd sen, 1: 293-295 
(1918). 

Arny, H. V. Principles of pharmacy. 
2nd ed., p. 839-842. 253 titles. 

Bacon, Raymond F. Physiologically 
active constituents of certain Philip- 
pine medicinal plants. Philipp. J. Sci. 
1: 1007-1036 (1906). 48 footnotes. 

Bauer, H. Der heutige Stand der Syn- 
these von Pflanzenalkaloiden. Bruns- 
wick, 1913. 144 p. 

Bauer, K. H. [Alkaloidal chemistry 
for 1921.] Sikideutsche Apoth.-Ztg. 
62: 119-121, 130-132, 137-138, 143- 
144 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

Bruhl, Wilh. Die pflanzen Alkaloide. 
Braunschweig, Vieweg, 1900. 586 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

DuEY, . Les alcaloides. Paris, 

1887. About 4000 references. 

Einbeck, H. Alkaloidchemie. Fort- 
schritte Chem. 2: 75-82 (1910); 3: 
283-294 (1910-11); 5: 175-187 
(1912) ; 7: 71-80 (1913) ; 9: 189-203 
(1914): 11: 185-192 (1914-15); 14: 
79-94 (1918-19). References through 
text. 



28 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



ALKALOIDS— Cont'd 

GossLiNG, W. Die Fortschritte der Al- 
kaloidchemie. Chem.-Ztg. 32 : 389, 
406, 420 (1908); 74 footnotes. 33: 
817, 825, 835, 842, 852 (1909) ; 83 
footnotes. 34: 909, 917, 923 (1910) ; 
59 footnotes. 

GuARESCHi, IciTio. Alkaloidc. Ein- 
fiihrung in das Studium der Alka- 
loide mit besonderer Beriicksichtig- 
ung der vegetabilischen Alkaloide 
und der Ptomaine. Berlin, 1896-1897. 
657 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Henry, Thomas A. The plant alka- 
loids. 2nd ed. Philadelphia, Blakis- 
ton, 1924. 456 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

HiJBNER, Otto. Die Alkaloidchemie in 
den Jahren 1910-1911. Chem.-Ztg., 
35: 1369-1370, 1395-1397 (1911); 22, 
footnotes. 36: 1493-1495, 1505-1507 
(1912) ; 36 footnotes. 

Langenhan, Henry A. The alkaloidal 
content of stramonium leaves. Bull. 
Univ. Wisconsin, No. 692 (Science 
ser., 4, no. 6), p. 19-33. 50 references, 
covering 1891-1914. 

PoLONOvsKi, Michel. Mode de forma- 
tion et role des alcaloides dans la 
plante. Bull. soc. chim. (4) 35: 
1399-1403 (1924). 

Pope, F. G. Modern research in or- 
ganic chemistry. London, Methuen, 
1912. 342 p. p. 196-199 give a se- 
lected bibl. of about 200 titles. 

Schmidt, Julius. Die Alkaloidchemie 
inden Jahren 1900-1904. 114 p. 1904- 
1907. 146 p. 1907-1911. 284 p. Stutt- 
gart, Enke, 1904-1911. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Schmidt, Julius. Pflanzenalkaloide. 
In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 5 : 
1-452 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

Spiegel, L. Die Fortschritte der Alka- 
loidchemie seit Beginn des Jahrhund- 
erts. Biochem. Centr. 5: 97-104, 149- 
166 (1906). 142 references. 

Trier, Georg. Die Alkaloidchemie in 
den Jahren 1912 bis 1918. Chem.- 
Ztg. 43: 146, 158, 173, 189 (1919). 
256 footnotes. 

Werner, A. Unsere Kenntniss ueber 
Konstitution und Synthese des Al- 
kaloide bis Juni 1902. Chem.-Z. 2 : 
3, 42, 77, 109, 139, 171 (1902-1903). 
147 footnotes. 

Wolffenstein, Richard. Die Pflan- 
zenalkaloide. 3rd ed. Berlin, 
Springer, 1922. 506 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Sec also names of individual alka- 
loids; Pharmaceuticals (Soc. 
Chem. Ind.) ; Toxicology. 
ALKALOIDS: Analytical. 

Bauer, H. Analytische Chemie der Al- 
kaloide. Berlin, Borntraeger, 1921. 
425 p. Bibl. footnotes. 



Herzig, Paul. Die Methoden der quan- 
titativen Bestimmung der Alkaloide. 
Arch. Pharm. 259: 249-308 (1921). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Linde, O. Die massanalytische Bestimm- 
ung der Alkaloide. Arch. Pharm. 
238: 102-135 (1900). Bibl. footnotes. 

Murrill, Paul I. Alkaloidal estima- 
tion : a bibliographical index of 
chemical research prepared from 
original literature for the committee 
of revision and publication of the 
Pharmacopoeia of the U. S. A., 1890- 
1900. Ann Arbor, 1898. 58 p. Covers 
1877-1897. 
ALKAPTONURIA 

Falta, W. Die Alkaptonuria. Bio- 
chem. Centr. 3: 174-176 (1904). 16 
titles. 

Frommherz, K. Neuere Forschungen 
auf dem Gebiet der Alkaptonurie. 
Biochem. Centr. 8: 1-9 (1908). 51 
references. 

Pincussohn, Ludwig. Alkaptonurie. 
Ergeb. inneren Medizin 8: 454-458 
(1912). 144 references. 

Rosenbloom, Jacob, and Kahn, Max. 
Alkaptonuria. In Barker, Endocrin- 
ology and metabolism 4: 501-514; 
bibl., 5: 511-694 (1922). 
ALKYL AMINES 

Meyer-Jacobson. Alkylamine. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1: 340-381 
(1907). Bibl. footnotes. 
ALKYL ESTERS 

Worden, Edward C. Alkyl esters. In 
his Technology of cellulose esters 
1 : 2496-2509 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 
ALKYL ETHERS 

Meyer-Jacobson. Einfache und ge- 
mischte Alkylather. In their Lehrb. 
org. Chem. 1, pt. 1: 283-298 (1907). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Ethyl ether, etc. 
ALKYL HALIDES 

Meyer-Jacobson. Alkylhalogenide. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 267- 
283 (1907). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also names of individual com- 
pounds. 
ALKYL NITRATES 

Meyer-Jacobson. Ester der Saltpeter- 
saure. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, 
pt. 1: 310-314 (1907). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
ALKYL SULFATES 

Meyer-Jacobson. Schwefelsaureester. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 
304-308 (1907). Bibl. footnotes. 
ALKYLENE DIHALIDES 

Meyer Jacobson. Vcrbindungen vom 
Typus des Athylenchlorids. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 29-46 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 190G-1924 



29 



ALKYLENES 

Meyer-Jacobson. Alkylene. Iti their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1: 813-892 
(1907). Bibl. footnotes. 
ALLANTOIN 

Brahm, Carl. Allantoin. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 4: ll.Sl-1156 
(1911); 9: 322-324 (1915). 70 foot- 
notes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Allantoin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3; 458-463 
(1916). Bibl. footnotes. 
ALLOTROPY 

CopiSARow, Maurice. A theory of allo- 
tropy. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 43: 1870- 
1888 (1921). 150 footnotes. 

Damiens, M. a. L'AIlotropie. Bull, 
soc. chim. (4) 35: 87-125 (1924). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Mey'er, Julius. Die Allotropie der 
chemischen Elemente. Sammlung 
chem. chem.-tech. Vortrage 15 : 43- 
108 (1910). Bibl. footnotes. 

Smits, a. The theory of allotropy. 
New York, Longmans, 1922. 397 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 
ALLOXAN 

Meyer-Jacobson. Alloxan. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3 : 1200-1206 
(1920). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Pyrimidines. 
ALLOYS 

Anderson, R. J. Contraction and 
shrinkage of nonferrous alloys as re- 
lated to casting practice. U. S. Bur. 
Mines, Repts. of Investigations, No. 
2410. Nov., 1922. 45 references. 

Desch, Cecil H. Colloidal systems in 
solid crystalline media. Fourth Re- 
port on Colloid Chemistry, 1922, 33- 
40. 26 references. 

Desch, Cecil H. Intermetallic com- 
pounds. New York, Longmans, 1914. 
116 p, Bibl., p. 109-113. 201 titles. 

EsTES, Clarence. Bibliography of al- 
loys, binary, ternary, and quaternary 
systems, whose equilibria have been 
investigated. Met. Chem. Eng. 16 : 
273-282 (1917): 18: 312 (1918). 
Covers 420 alloys. 

Gilbert, Karl. Versuche ueber die 
Volumenanderung von binaren 
Metallegierungen. Z. Metallkunde 
14: 245-253 (1922). 

GiUA, M., and Giua-Sollini, C. Com- 
binazioni chimichi fra metalli. Milan, 
Hoepli, 1917. 446 p. 

GuiLLET, Leon. Le methodes d'etude 
des alliages metalliques. Paris, Du- 
nod, 1923. 503 p. Bibl. at end of each 
chapter. 

Gulliver, Gilbert H. Metallic alloys : 
their structure and constitution. 4th. 
ed. London, Griffin, 1921. 439 p. 
Bibl. at end of chapters. 



HoFMAN, H. O. Alloys. In his General 
metallurgy, 1913, p. 33-69. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Houghton, John L. Typical alloy sys- 
tems. In Glazebrook, Dictionary of 
Applied Physics, 5: 221-245 (1923). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Janecke, E. Employment of physical 
chemistry in metallography. Ion 1 : 
136-155, 209-229 _ (1909). Classified 
bibl., supplementing that of Sack. 

Law, Edward F. Alloys and their in- 
dustrial applications. London, Griffin, 
1917. 332 p. Bibl. at end of chapters. 

Reinglass, Paul. Chemische Technol- 
ogie der Legierungen. I. Die Legier- 
ungen mit Ausnahme der Eisen- 
KohlenstofF Legierungen. Leipzig, 
Spamer, 1919. 483 p. Bibl. footnotes. 
Patents listed through text. 

RosENHAiN, Walter. An introduction 
to the study of physical metallurgy. 
NewYork, Van Nostrand, 1915. 368 
p. Bibl. at end of chapters. 

Sack, M. Bibliographic der Metall- 
legierungen. Z. anorg. Chem. 35 : 
249-328 (1903). Also as separate, 
Hamburg, Voss, 1903. 77 p. 880 
references by authors, with subject 
index by elements. 

Tamman, G. H. Lehrbuch der Metal- 
lographie, Chemie und Physik der 
Metalle und ihre Legierungen. 2nd 
ed. Leipzig. Voss, 1921. 402 p. Bibl. 
footnotes. Bibl., p. 383-385, 391-397. 

Yensen, Trygoe. Preparation of pure 
alloys for magnetic purposes. Trans. 
Am. Electrochem. Soc. 32 : 163-182 
(1917). 

See also names of metals. Metallog- 
raphy, Metallurgy. 
ALLOYS: Physical Properties. 

Broniewski, W. Sur les proprietes 
thermo-electriques des alliages. Rev. 
metal. 7: 360-367 (1910). Chrono- 
logical, 1822-1909. 

Broniewski, W. Sur la conductivity 
electrique des alliages. Rev. metal. 
8: 328-334 (1911); J. Soc. Chem. 
Ind. 30: 550-552 (1911). Covers 
1827-1910. 

Drewitz, Curt. Ueber einige physi- 
kalische Eigenschaften von Legier- 
ungen, die durch Einschmelzen und 
durch hohe Drucke aus Pulvern 
hergestellt sind. Rostock, Winter- 
berg, 1902. 46 p. Bibl, p. 45-46. 

" Erstarrungskurven binarer Legier- 
ungen." In Landolt-Bornstein, Ta- 
bellen, 4th ed., 1912, p. 640-697; 5th 
ed., 1923, p. 525-587. 

Guertler, W. Ueber die elektrische 
Leitfahigkeit der Legierungen. Z. 
anorg. Chem. 51: 397-433 (1906); 
54: 58-87 (1907). 80 references. 



30 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



ALLOYS : Physical Properties — Cont'd 
LuDwiK, P. Ueber die Harte von Metal- 
legierungen. Z. anorg. Chem. 94: 
161-192 (1916). Bibl. footnotes. 
Smith, Alpheus W. Thermal, elec- 
trical and magnetic properties of al- 
loys. Ohio State Univ., Eng. Expt. 
Sta., Bull. No. 20, 1921. 177 refer- 
ences as footnotes and throughout 
text. 
Tammann, G. Die chemischen und 
galvanischen Eigenschaften von 
Mischkristallreihen und ihre Atom- 
verteilung. Z. anorg. allgem. Chem. 
107: 1-239 (1919). Bibl. footnotes. 
See also name of property. 
ALLYL ALCOHOL 

Meyer-Jacobson. Allylalkohol. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1 ; 906- 
911 (1907). Bibl. footnotes. 
PiNcussoHN, L. Allylalkohol. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 483- 
486 (1911). 50 footnotes. 
ALOES 

" Aloes." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
1 : 202-203 (1880) ; 2nd ser., 1 : 271 
(1896) ; 3rd sen, 1: 303 (1918). In- 
cludes toxicology. 
ALOIN 

" Aloin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd ser., 
1: 271-272 (1896); 3rd sen, 1: 303 
(1918). 
ALSTONITE. See Calcium barium car- 
bonate. 
ALUM 

" Alum." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
1: 208 (1880); 2nd sen, 1: 282 
(1896); 3rd sen, 1: 318 (1918). 
See also Baking powder. 
ALUMINATES 

Mellor, J. W. Aluminates. In his 
Inorg. theor. chem. 5: 298-300 
(1924). 
ALUMINIUM 

" Aluminium." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
ser.. 1 : 208 (1880) ; 2nd ser., 1 : 282 
(1896) ; 3rd sen, 1 : 318 (1918). In- 
cludes toxicology. 
Anderson, Robert J. Aluminium and 
bauxite. Mineral Ind. 30: 9-32 
(1921). 45 references. 
Anderson, Robert J. Metallography 
of aluminium. J. Franklin Inst. 187 : 
44-47 (1919). 61 references. 
Baerwind, E. Tonerdeverbindungen. 
In Brauer and d'Ans, Fortschritte 1 : 
3256-3259 (1923). German patents. 
Ephraim, Fritz. Aluminium. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Qiem. 
2, pt. 2: 556-698 (1909). References 
through text. 
Fonzes-Diacon. Aluminium. In Mois- 
san, Chim. min. 4: 1-60 (1905). 505 
footnotes. 



Guillet, Leon. Bibliographic de 
I'aluminium et de ses alliages. Rev. 
Metal. 18: 517-526 (1921); Bull, 
soc. encour. ind. nat. 133 : 683-762 
(1921). 

Langworthy, C. L., and Austen, P. T. 
The occurrence of aluminium in 
vegetable products, animal products 
and natural waters. New York, 
Wiley, 1904. 168 p. 671 references. 

Little, H. F. V. Aluminium. In 
Friend, Textbook inorg. chem. 4 : 
47-102 (1917). Bibl. footnotes. 

Margottet, M. Aluminium. In Fremy, 
Enc. chim. 3, 4" cahier, p. 258-262 
(1884). 

Mellor, J. W. Aluminium. In his 
Inorg. theor. chem. 5 : 148-372 
(1924). History, p. 152-153; occur- 
rence, p. 157-160; production and 
preparation, p. 170-173; physical 
properties, p. 197-202 ; chemical prop- 
erties, p. 223-227. 

Peters, Franz. Forschung und Fort- 
schritte auf dem Gebiet der Elek- 
trometallurgy des Aluminiums, 1906- 
1915. Gliickauf 52: 65, 81, 111, 129, 
141 (1916). Bibl. footnotes. 

Phalen, W. C. Bauxite and alumin- 
ium. U. S. Geol. Sur., Mineral Re- 
sources, 1914, pt. 1: 208-209 (1916). 
46 titles, covering 1892-1910. 

Rohland, p., and Russ, — . Alumin- 
iummetall. In Abegg, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 3, pt. 1 : 93-94 (1906). 63 ref- 
erences. 

Rohland, P., and Abegg, R. Alumin- 
iumverbindungen. In Abegg, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 1: 94-96 (1906). 
70 references. 
ALUMINIUM: Alloys 

Anderson, R. J. Aluminium copper 
alloys. Trans. Am. Electrochem. 
Soc. 40: 431-434 (1921). 62 ref- 
erences. 

Anderson, R. J. Casting of light alu- 
minium alloys. Iron Age 107 : 433- 
436 (1921). 

Broniewski, Witold. Recherches sur 
les proprietes electriques des alliages 
d'aluminium. Paris, 1911. Bibl., p. 
123-139. 225 references. 

Mellor, J. W. Alloys and intermetal- 
lic compounds of aluminium. In his 
Inorg. theor. chem. 5 : 243-246 
(1924). 

U. S. Bureau of Standards. Alumin- 
ium and its light alloys. Circular 
No. 76, 1919. 120 p. Bibl. p. 109- 
120. Also in Chem. Met. Eng. 19: 
729-732, 780-785 (1918). 506 ref- 
erences, classified. 

See also Duraluminium, Heusles 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



31 



ALUMINIUM: Analytical. 

Blum, Wm. Determination of alumin- 
ium as oxide. J. Am. Qiem. Soc. 38 : 
1282-1292 (1916) ; U. S. Bur. Stas- 
dards, Sci. Paper No. 286, 1916. 20 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Ephraim, Fritz. Aluminium : Analyt- 
isches. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 2, pt. 2 : 587-590 (1909). 
ALUMINIUM: Galvanizing. 

Regelsberger, F. Altes und neues 
ueber die Galvanisierung des Alu- 
miniums. Elektrochem. Z. 19: 214- 
220 (1912). 56 references, including 
patents. 
ALUMINIUM BROMIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Aluminiumbromid. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 2, pt. 2: 632-635 (1909). Ref- 
erences through text. 
ALUMINIUM CHLORIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Aluminiumchlorid. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 2, pt. 2: 621-632 (1909). Ref- 
erences through text. 

Gangloff, Wilmek C. The action of 
anhydrous aluminium chloride upon 
unsaturated organic compounds. 
Thesis, Ohio State Univ., 1917. 31 p. 
Bibl., p. 26-31. 

Melxor, J. W. Aluminium chloride. 
In his Inorg. theor. chem. 5 : 323- 
324 (1924). 

Ralston, Oliver C. Anhydrous alu- 
minium chloride. U. S., Bur. Mines, 
Tech. Paper No. 321, 1923. 38 p. 81 
patents given on p. 38, each of which 
is discussed in the text. 
ALUMINIUM FLUORIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Aluminiumfluorid. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 2, pt. 2: 618-621 (1909). Ref- 
erences through text. 
ALUMINIUM HYDROXIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Aluminiumhydroxid. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 2, pt. 2: 595-602 (1909). Ref- 
erences through text. 

Mellor, J. W. Aluminium hydroxides 
and peroxides. In his Inorg. theor. 
chem. 5: 283-284 (1924). 
ALUMINIUM NITRIDE 

Coutagne, G. [Bibliographic notes on 
aluminium nitride.] Houille blanche 
11: 299; Rev. electrochem. 6, 78-83. 

Ephraim, Fritz. Aluminiumnitrid. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 2: 602-604 (1909). References 
through text. 

ToNiOLO, C. I problemi dell 'azoto : 
tentativi industriali della fabbrica- 
zione del nitruro di alluminio. Giorn. 
chim. ind. appl. 3 :_ 360-368 (1921). 
100 references to literature and pa- 
tents. 



ALUMINIUM OXIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Aluminiumoxyd. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

2, pt. 2: 590-595 (1909). References 
through text. 

Mellor, J. W. Aluminium oxide. In 
his Inorg. theor. chem. 5 : 247-272 
(1924). 
ALUMINIUM PHOSPHATES 

Ephraim, Fritz. Aluminiumphosphate. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 2, pt. 2: 636-642 (1909). Ref- 
erences through text. 

Leitmeier, H. Tonerdephosphate. In 
Doelter, Handb. Mineralchem. 3, 
pt. 1: 456-526 (1918). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Mellor, J. W. The aluminium phos- 
phates. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 5 : 
371-372 (1924). 
ALUMINIUM SILICATES 

Doelter, C. Aluminiumsilicate. In his 
Handb. Mineralchem. 2, pt. 2: 1-29 
(1917). Bibl. footnotes. 

Doelter, C. Komplexe Silicate von 
Aluminium (Eisen) mit einwertigen 
Alkalimetallen. In his Handb. Min- 
eralchem. 2, ot. 2: 193-208 (1917). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Jacoby, R. Aluminiumsilikate. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

3, pt. 1: 262-264 (1912). References 
through text. 

Schneiderhohn, Hans. Ueber die 
Umbildung von Tonerdesilikaten un- 
ter dem Einfluss von Salzldsungen 
bei Temperaturen bis 200°. Neues 
Jahrb. Min. Geol. 40: 163-228 (1915- 
16). Bibl. footnotes. 
Stremme, H. Wasserhaltige Alumin- 
iumsilicate. In Doelter, Handb. Min- 
eralchem. 2, pt. 2: 30-94 (1917). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
ALUMINIUM SULFATE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Aluminiumsulfat. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 2: 607-614 (1909). References 
through text. 
Mellor. J. W. Aluminium sulfate. In 
his Inorg. theor. chem. 5 : 332-357 
(1924). 
ALUNDUN. See Refractories. 
ALYPIN 

" Alypin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd ser., 
1: 320-321 (1918). 
AMALGAMS 

Andre, G. Mercure. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 5: 196-485 (1906). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
Dudley, Wm. L. The nature of amal- 
gams. Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Sec- 
tion _C, 1890, p. 145-171. " Index to 
the literature on amalgams," p. 161- 
171. 



32 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



AMALGAMS— CoM/'d 

Fenchel, Ad. Metallurgy. London, 
Bale, 1911. 273 p. Bibl., p. 256-267. 

GiESY, Paul M., and Withrow, 
James R. Electropreparation of solid 
alkali amalgams in quantity. Ind. 
Eng. Chem. 15: 57-59 (1923). 23 ref- 
erences. 

Mellor, J. W. Amalgams. In his 
Inorg. theor. chem. 4: 1009-1010, 
1020-1022, 1029-1030, 1034-1035, 1037, 
1046-1048 (1923). About 750 ref- 
erences. 

Peters, F., and Lowenstein, W. Allge- 
meines iiber Legierungen. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 2 : 
A0AA\7 (1914). For particular amal- 
gams, see: Ag, 1267-1274; Al, 1109- 
1114; Au, 1285-1286; Ba, 1073-1078; 
Bi, 1168-1171 ; Ca, 1094-1097 ; Cd, 1189- 
1200; Ce, 1025-1027; Co, 1239-1240; 
Cr, 1118; Cu, 1250-1254; Fe, 1229- 
1232; K, 978-987; Li, 1036-1040; Mg, 
1103-1105; Mn, 1147-1148; Na, 1043- 
1058; Ni, 1235-1236; Pb, 1218-1226; 
Rb, 1021-1022; Sb, 1160-1162; Sn, 
1205-1213; Sr, 1085-1090; Te, 1165- 
1166; Th, 1215-1217; Zn, 1171-1183. 
References through text. 

Richards, Theodore W. Electrochemi- 
cal investigation of liquid amalgams 
of thallium, indium, tin, zinc, cad- 
mium, lead, copper and lithium. 
Carnegie Inst, Pub. No. 118. Wash- 
ington, 1909. 72 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Richards, T. W., and Conant, J. B. 
The electrochemical behavior of 
liquid sodium amalgams. J. Am. 
Chem. Soc. 44; 610-611 (1922). 
About 40 references. 

Richards, T. W., and Forbes, G. S. 
Energy changes involved in the dilu- 
tion of zinc and cadmium amalgams. 
Carnegie Inst., Pub. No. 56. Wash- 
ington, 1906. 68 p. Z. physik. Chem. 
58: 683 (1907). Bibl. footnotes. 

Smith, G. M. Constitution of amal- 
gams. Am. Chem. J. 36: 124-135 
(1906). 30 footnotes. 
AMIDASES 

Effront, J. "Amidases." In his Bio- 
chemical catalysts, 1917, p. 558-561. 

See also Enzymes. 
AMINES 

" Amines and derivatives." Ind. -Cat. 
S. G. O., 2nd sen, 1 : 305-306 (1896) ; 
3rd ser., 1: 340-343 (1918). Includes 
metabolic relations. 

Fries, A. Ueber die Einwirkung von 
Brom auf aromatische Amine. Sub- 
stitutionsprodukte und Perbromide. 
Ann. 346: 128-219 (1906). 67 foot- 
notes. 

Guggenheim, M. Biogene Amine. In 
Abderhalden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 



1, pt. 7: 295-502 (1922). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Guggenheim, M. Die biogenen Amine. 
Berlin, Springer, 1920. 376 p. Bibl., 
p. 298-369. 

Guggenheim, M., and Hottinger, A. 
Die biogenen Amine im Harn. In 
Abderhalden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 
4, pt. 5, no. 3: 271-362 (1924). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Rona, Peter. Aliphatische Amine. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 4 : 
801-812 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

Winterstein, E., and Trier, G. Aro- 
matische Amine. In Abderhalden, 
Biochem. Handl. 4: 813-817 (1911). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Amine. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 11: 271- 
294 (1924). Bibl. footnotes. 
AMINO ACIDS 

Abderhalden, Emil. Aliphatische 
und isocyclische Aminosauren und 
ihre Derivate. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem., 2nd ed., 1: 159- 
185 (1923). 86 footnotes. 

Eckweiler, Herbert. Noyes, Helen 
M., and Falk, K. George. The am- 
photeric properties of some amino 
acids and polypeptides. J. Gen. 
Physiol. 3: 291-308 (1920-21). 26 
footnotes. 

HiRSCH, Paul. Die Einwirkung von 
Mikroorganismen auf die Eiweiss- 
korper. Berlin, Borntraeger, 1918. 
255 p. 632 footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Aminoderivative 
der Carbonsauren (Aminosauren). 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 
729-798 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Neubauer, Otto. Abbau der Amino- 
sauren im Organismus. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 4: 360-390 
(1911). 220 references. 

Scheibler, Helmuth. Aliphatische 
Aminosauren. In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 4: 391-760 (1911); 
9: 65-165 (1915). Many hundred 
footnotes. 

Schulze, E., and Winterstein, E. 
Ueber die bei der Spaltung der 
Eiweisssubstanzen entstehenden bas- 
ischen Produkte. Ergeb. Physiol. 1 : 
32-35 (1902). 72 references. 

Trier, Georg. Abbau- und Aufbau- 
versuche auf dem Gebiete der meth- 
ylierten Aminosauren. hi Abder- 
halden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 1, pt. 
7: 533-552 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

Trier, Georg. Nachweis, Darstellung 
und Bestimmung methylierter Ami- 
nosauren und Betaine in Tier- und 
Pflanzengeweben. In Abderhalden, 
Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 1, pt. 7: 503- 
532 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



ZZ 



Underhill, Frank P. The physiology 
of the amino acids. New Haven, 
Yale Univ. Press, 1915. 169 p. Bibl. 
at end of chapters. 

Waser, Ernst B. H. Biologisch wich- 
tige Aminosauren die im Eiweiss 
nicht vorkommen. In Abderhalden, 
Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 1, pt. 7: 567- 
778 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. See also 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 11 : 
320-464 (1924). Bibl. footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Aminosauren. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 11: 47- 
201 (1924). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also names of the individual 
acids. Proteins, etc. 
AMINO ALCOHOLS 

Meyer- Jacobson. Aminoalkohole, 
deren Ather und Ester. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 265-280 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
AMMONIA 

" Ammonia, including compounds." Ind.- 
Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 1: 234-236 
(1880) ; 2nd sen, 1 : 307-309 (1896) ; 
3rd ser., 1: 344-346 (1918). Includes 
toxicology. 

Bertelsmann, W. Ammoniak und 
seine Verbindungen. In Brauer and 
d'Ans, Fortschritte, 1: 1671-1679 
(1922). German patents. 

Braun, J. v. Ammoniak. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 3 : 52-87 
(1907). 210 references. 

Cragoe, Carl S., McKelvey, E. C, 
and O'Connor, G. F. Specific vol- 
ume of saturated ammonia vapor. 
U. S., Bur. Standards, Sci. Paper 
No. 467, 1923. 29 p. Bibl., p. 735. 

Cragoe. Cakl S., Meyer, Cyril H., 
and Taylor, Cyril S. Vapor pres- 
sure of ammonia. U. S. Bur. Stand- 
ards, Bull. 16: 1-35 (1920); Sci. 
Paper No. 369. 37 footnotes. 

Franklin, E. C. The ammonia sys- 
tem of acids, bases and salts. Am. 
Chem. J. 47: 285-317 (1912). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Goodenough, G. a., and Mosher, 
Wm. Earl. Properties of saturated 
and superheated ammonia vapor. 
Univ. 111., Eng. Expt. Sta., Bull. No. 
66, 1913. 94 p. 86 references on p. 
92^94. 

Holst, G. Equation of state ... of 
ammonia and methyl chloride. Assoc. 
int. froid. Bull. 6: 69-70 (1915). 61 
references. 

JuRiscH, K. W. [Ammonia.] In his 
Salpeter und sein Ersatz, 1908, p. 
197-227. Covers 1830-1908. 

Krassa, p., and d'Ans, J. Ammonia- 
synthese. In Brauer and d'Ans, 
Fortschritte 1, 1616-1617 (1922). 
57 German patents. 



McKelvey, E. C. Composition and 
testing of commercial liquid am- 
monia. J. Am. Soc. Refrig. Eng. 3 : 
48 (1917). 23 references, 1892-1916. 

McKelvey, E. C, and Taylor, C. S. 
Composition, purification and certain 
constants of ammonia. U. S., Bur. 
Standards, Sci. Paper No. 465, 1923. 
Bibl., p. 691-693. Also in Refrig. 
Eng. 9: 213-225 (1923). 60 foot- 
notes. 

Maurer, Eduard. Berechnungen zum 
Ammoniakgasgleichgewicht. Z. anorg. 
allgem. Chem. 108: 273-302 (1919). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Schlenk, W. Ammoniak. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
1: 196-224 (1907). References 
through text. 

Schuchart, G. Die technische Ge- 
winnung von Stickstoff, Ammoniak 
und schwefelsaurem Ammonium. 
Sammlung chem. chem. -tech. Vcir- 
trage 25: 240-260 (1919). Patents. 

Spiegel, Leopold. Ammoniak. In his 
Der Stickstoff, 1903, p. 378-426. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Urbain, M. Ammoniaque. In Fremy, 
Enc. chim. 2, T cahier : 442-444 
(1885). 

See also Acids, Alkalis, Salts ; Coal 
Tar (Lunge); Nitrogen; etc. 
AMMONIA: Analytical. See Nitrogen, 

analytical. 
AMMONIA: Oxidation. 

BoYCE, John C. Bibliography of the 
production of synthetic nitric acid 
and synthetic ammonia. Chem. Met. 
Eng. 17: 328-337 (1917). 

DoNATH, E. [Production of nitric 
acid from ammonia.] Z. ges. 
Schiess-Sprengstoffw. 11 : 170-172 
(1916). Patents. 

DoNATH, Edward, and Indra, A. Die 
Oxydation des Ammoniak zu Sal- 
petersaure und salpetriger Saure. 
Sammlung chem. chem. -tech Vor- 
trage 19: 143-250 (1913). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

See also Nitrogen fixation. 
AMMONIA: Physiological. 

Albertoni, Pietro. Die physiologische 
Bedeutung von Ammoniaks. Ergeb. 
Physiol. 19: 594-597 (1921). 74 ref- 
erences. 

Iversen, Poul. Experimentelle under- 
sjzigelser over ammoniums forhold i 
organismen, dets indvirkning paa 
denne og dets udskillelsesforhold. 
Thesis, Copenhagen, 1918. 139 p. 
Bibl., p. 136-139. 
AMMONIFICATIONi See Nitrifica- 



34 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



AMMONIUM ACETATE 

GuTBiER, A. Ammoniumacetate. In 

Gmelin-Kraut. Handb. anorg. Chem. 

1, pt. 3: 769-775 (1911). 
AMMONIUM AMALGAMS. See Amal- 
gams. 
AMMONIUM BICARBONATE 

Wegscheider, R. Teschemacherit. In 

Doelter, Handb. Mineralchem. 1 : 

209-212 (1912). 35 footnotes. 
See also Ammonium carbonate. 
AMMONIUM BROMIDE 

DiTZ, Hugo. Ammoniumbromid. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

1, pt. 2: 268-271 (1909). References 

through text. 
Mellor, J. W. Ammonium bromide. 

hi his Inorg. theor. chem. 2: 590- 

596 (1922). 100 references. 
AMMONIUM CARBONATE 

GuTBiER, A. Ammoniumkarbonate. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

1, pt. 3: 753-768 (1911). References 

through text. 
Mellor, J. W. Ammonium carbonate. 

In his Inorg. theor. chem. 2 : 780- 

791 (1922). 200 references. 
Terres, Ernst, and Weiser, Hans. 

Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Am- 

monia-Kohlensaureverbindungen in 

Gleichgewicht mit ihren wasserigen 

Losungen. Z. Elektrochem. 27 : 177- 

193 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 
AMMONIUM CHLORIDE 

DiTZ. Hugo. Ammoniumchlorid. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

1, pt. 2: 169-181 (1909). References 

through text. 
HiBERT, A. Chlorure d'ammonium. In 

Moissan, Chim. min. 3 : 210-214 

(1904). 55 footnotes. 
Mellor, J. W. Ammonium chloride. 

In his Inorg. theor. Chem. 2: 561- 

577 (1922). 400 references. 
AMMONIUM CYANIDE 

Gutbier, a. Ammoniumcyanid. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

1, pt. 3: 749-753 (1911). References 

through text. 
AMMONIUM FLUORIDE 

Mellor, J. W. Ammonium fluoride. 

In his Inorg. theor. chem. 2: 519- 

521 (1922). 25 references. 
AMMONIUM IODIDE 

Mellor, J. W. Ammonium iodide. In 

his Inorg. theor. chem. 2: 615-621 

(1922). 75 references. 
AMMONIUM NITRATE 

JuRiscH, K. W. [Ammonium ni- 
trate.] In his Salpeter und sein 

Ersatz, 1908, p. 107-112. 
Mellor, J. W. Ammonium nitrate. 

In his Inorg. theor. chem. 2: 829-846 

(1922). 200 references. 



Oelker, a. Verfahren zur Herstell- 
ung von Ammoniumnitrat. Z. ges. 
Schiess.-Sprengstoffw. 9: 80-83 
(1914). Chronological list of patents 
from 1888 to 1912. 

ScHLENK, W. Ammoniumnitrat. In 
GmeHn-Kraut. Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 1: 322-326 (1907). References 
through text. 

See also Ammonia (Bertelsmann), 
Nitric acid (Cottrell). 
AMMONIUM OXALATE 

Gutbier, A. Ammoniumoxalate. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 3: 775-783 (1911). Refer- 
ences through text. 
AMMONIUM PHOSPHATES 

Mellor, J. W. Ammonium phos- 
phates. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 
2: 871-879 (1922). 100 references. 
AMMONIUM SALTS 

Pick, — . Ammoniumsalze. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 3 : 346- 
360 (1907). 794 references. 

ViLLiERS, M. a. Ammonium, sels 
ammoniacaux. In Fremy, Enc. 
chim. 3, 3" cahier: 141-144 (1884). 

Walker, A. J. Ammonium com- 
pounds. In Friend, Textbook 2 : 211- 
241 (1924). Bibl. footnotes. 
AMMONIUM SULFATE 

LiNNE, Br. Ammoniumsulfat. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 1: 651-665 (1907). References 
through text. 

Mellor, J. W. Ammonium sulfate. 
In his Inorg. theor. Chem. 2 : 694- 
710 (1922). 250 references. 

Way, a. B. Bibliography of ammon- 
ium sulfate. Proc. Am. Gas. Inst. 
6: 223-227 (1911). 70 references. 

See also Ammonia (Bertelsmann, 
Schuchart). 
AMMONIUM SULFIDES 

LiNNE, Br. Ammoniumsulfid. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 1: 625-639 (1907). References 
through text. 

Mellor, J. W. Ammonium . sulfides. 
/;^ his Inorg. theor. chem. 2: 645- 
655 (1922). 100 references. 
AMMONIUM SULFITE 

LiNNE, Br. Ammoniumsulfit. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 1: 647-651 (1907). References 
through text. 
AMMONIUM SULFOCARBONATE 

Gutbier, A. Ammoniumsulfokarbonat. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 1, pt. 3: 791-793 (1911). Ref- 
erences through text. 
AMMONIUM TARTRATE 

Gutbier, A. Ammoniumsalze der 
Weinsaure. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



35 



anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 3: 784-789 
(1911). References through text. 
AMMONIUM THIOCYANATE 

GuTBiER, A. Ammoniumrhodanid. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1. pt. 3: 803-809 (1911). References 
through text. 
AMMONIUM TRINITRIDE 

Browne, H. A., and Houlehan, A. E. 

Action of ammonium trinitride on 

certain metals. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 

33: 1742-1752 (1911). 50 references. 

AMMONIUM TUNGSTATE 

KiESER, A. J. Ammoniumwolframate. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 3, pt. 1 : 739-745 (1912). Ref- 
erences through text. 
AMMONO CARBONIC ACIDS 

Franklin, E. C. The ammono car- 
bonic acids. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 44 : 
486-509 (1922). 50 references. 
AMNIOTIC FLUID 

Uyeno, Doko. Physical properties and 
chemical composition of human am- 
niotic fluid. J. Biol. Chem. 37 : 77 
(1919). 37 references. 

Wolff, Bruno. Fruchtwasser. In 

Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem. 3, 

pt. 1: 709-741 (1910). 91 footnotes. 

AMPHOTERIC ELECTROLYTES. See 

Electrolytes. 
AMYGDALIN 

EuLER, H., and Lundberg, J. Amyg- 
dalin. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 2: 707-711 (1911); 8: 356- 
359 (1914). 85 footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Amygdalin. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 10: 892- 
897 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Amygdalin. In Ab- 
derhalden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 
1, pt. 5: 1016-1017 (1922). 50 ref- 
erences. 
AMYL ACETATE 

Worden, E. C. Amyl acetate. In his 
Technology of cellulose esters 1 : 
2486-2496 (1921). Bibl. footnotes 
AMYL ALCOHOL 

Gerngross, Otto. Normaler Amylal- 
kohol. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 1: 442-444 (1911). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Amylalkohole. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 
238-243 (1907). Bibl. footnotes. 

Worden, E. C. Amyl alcohol. In his 
Technology of cellulose esters 1 : 
2446-2486 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 
Includes industrial applications. 
AMYL FORMATE 

Worden, E. C. Amyl formate. In his 
Technology of cellulose esters 1 : 
2496-2497 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 



AMYLASE 

" Amylase." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
sen, 1: 373-374 (1918). 

Harter, L. L. Amylase of Rhisopus 
tritici, with a consideration of its 
secretion and action. J. Agr. Res. 
20: 784-786 (1921). 

LiJERs, Heinrich, and Wasmund, 
Wilhelm. tjber die Wirkungsweise 
der Amylase. Fermentsforschung 
5: 169-235 (1921-22). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

MoHR, D., and Kloss, R. Die Arbeit- 
en liber Amylase in den letzten 10 
Jahren. Woch. Brauerei 30 : 429- 
433, 439-440, 448-450 (1913). Ill 
footnotes. 

Sherman, H. C, et al. Studies on 
amylases. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 32 : 
1073-1086, 1087-1103; 33: 1195-1204; 
34: 1104-1110; 35: 1617-1623, 1784- 
1790, 1790-1794; 37: 623-643, 643- 
648, 1305-1319 (1912-1915). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Watanabe, C. K. Studies on animal 
diastases. Effect of the administra- 
tion of various substances on the 
blood diastase of rabbits. Am. J. 
Physiol. 45: 30-43 (1917). 40 ref- 
erences. 

ZuNz, Edgard. Amylase. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 5: 551-560 
(1911). About 250 footnotes. 

See also Enzymes. 
AMYLBENZENE 

Bygden, Artur. [Physical properties 
of amylbenzene.] Ber. 45 : 3483 
(1912). 25 references. 

See also Hydrocarbons. 
AMYLENE 

" Amylene." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
ser., 1 : 279 (1880) ; 2nd ser., 1 : 337- 
338 (1896) ; 3rd sen, 1: 374 (1918). 

See also Hydrocarbons. 
AMYL NITRITE 

" Nitrite of amyl." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st ser., 1 : 278-279 (1880) ; 2nd ser., 
1: 337 (1896); 3rd sen, 1: 373 
(1918). 
ANALCIM 

Jacoby, R. Analcim. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 
1: 274-277 (1912). References 
through text. 
ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 

Bolton, H. C. Bibliography of analyt- 
ical chemistry for 1886-1892. J 
Anal. Chem. 1: 277-280 (1887); 2 
63-67 (1888) ; 3: 403-410 (1889) ; 4 
48-53 (1890) ; 5: 145-151 (1891) ; 6 
61-71 (1892); 7: 19-26 (1893). 
Books and new journals only. 



36 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY— Cowfd 

Brearley, Harry, and Ibbotson, 
Fred. Analysis of steel works ma- 
terials. New York, Longmans, 1902. 
501 p. Bibl. of 1858 references, p. 
359-495. Most important subjects 
are : C, 193 references ; Si, 104 ; Mn, 
245; S, 186; P, 220; Cr, 140; Ni, 
115; Co, 70; Mo, 40; Fe, 112; W, 
72 ; V, 65 ; Ti, 57 ; Al, 67 ; Cu, 165. 

Brunck, O. Fortschritte auf dem 
Gebiete der Metallanalyse. Chem.- 
Ztg. 26: 515-520 (1902); 66 foot- 
notes. 27: 399-403 (1903); 75 
references. 28: 510-514 (1904); 69 
references. 29: 856-861 (1905); 80 
references. 30: 777-780 (1906); 75 
references. 31: 567-570 (1907); 56 
footnotes. 32: 562-564 (1908); 71 
references. 

Chemical Society. Anal3rtical chem- 
istry. In Annual Reports on the 
Progress of Chemistry, vol. 1+. 
1904 to date. Numerous footnotes 
in each volume refer to the more 
important articles appearing each 
year. 

CuMMiNG, Alex. C, and Kay, S. A. 
Textbook of quantitative chemical 
analysis. 4th ed. London, Gurney, 
1922. 432 p. " General references," 
p. 421-424. 

Doring, Th. Fortschritte auf dem 
Gebiete der Metallanalyse, 1908-1923. 
Chem.-Ztg. 2,2,: 809, 818, 826 (1909) ; 
105 footnotes. 34: 729, 746, 759 
(1910) ; 104 footnotes. 35: 785, 802, 
821, 840 (1911); 105 footnotes. 36: 
681, 737, 759 (1912) ; 104 footnotes. 
27: 961, 1018, 1046 (1913) ; 103 foot- 
notes. 38 : 893, 965, 993, 1006 (1914) ; 
107 footnotes. 39: 725, 734 (1915); 
77 footnotes. 40: 817, 830, 855 
(1916); 77 footnotes. 41: 633, 650 
(1917); 85 footnotes. 43: 545, 578, 
601, 626, 653, 682 (1919) ; 221 foot- 
notes. 44: 893, 933, 961, 967 (1920) ; 
122 footnotes. 45 : 1217, 1250 ( 1921 ) ; 
89 footnotes. 46: 937, 981, 1021, 
1046, 1069 (1922) ; 140 footnotes. 
47 : 605, 622, 630, 650, 666, 675, 689, 
694 (1923); 174 footnotes. 48: 525, 
557, 589, 609, 634, 677, 747, 777, 786 
(1924) ; 204 footnotes. 

FuRMAN, N. Howell. Electrometric 
methods in analytical chemistry. In 
Taylor, Treatise on physical chemis- 
try 2: 823-863 (1924). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Griffin, Roger C. Technical methods 
of analysis as employed in the lab- 
oratories of Arthur D. Little, Cam- 
bridge, Mass. New York, McGraw, 
1921. 666 p. Bibl, p. 627-633. Books 
only. 



Grossmann, H. Analytische Chemie. 
Fortschritte Chem. 5: 87-97 (1912). 
References through text. 

Grossmann, H., and Stern, E. An- 
alytische Chemie. Fortschritte Chem. 
1: 134-145 (1909). References 
through text. 

GuTBiER, A. Analytische Chemie der 
Metalloide. 1900-1915. Chem.-Ztg. 
34: 985, 1007, 1017, 1029, 1038 
(1910); 207 footnotes. 35: 229-230 
(1911); 21 footnotes. 36: 53, 66, 
94 (1912); 86 footnotes. 27: 205, 
223, 239, 278, 290 (1913) ; 99 foot- 
notes. 38: 185, 195, 226, 291, 307 
(1914) ; 136 footnotes. 39: 597, 622, 
635, 650, 675 (1915) ; 168 footnotes. 
40: 245, 276, 303, 315, 326 (1916); 
117 footnotes. 

GuTBiER, A., and Miller, A. Fort- 
schritte auf dem Gebiete der analy- 
tischen Chemie der Metalloide, 1916- 
1920. Chem.-Ztg. 45: 853, 878, 902, 
950, 974, 978, 1022, 1046, 1053 
(1921) ; 362 footnotes. 

Huybrechts, M. Revue des travaux 
de chimie analytique minerale, 1906- 
1913. Bull. soc. chim. Belg. 21 : 222- 
350 (1907) ; bibl. footnotes. 22 
367-389 (1908) ; 69 footnotes. 23 
346-366 (1909) ; 61 footnotes. 24 
283-302, 313-326 (1910); 107 foot- 
notes. 25: 328-352 (1911); 74 foot- 
notes. 26: 435-463 (1912); 82 foot- 
notes. 27: 252-273 (1913); 79 foot- 
notes. 28: 276-287, 314-330 (1914- 
19) ; 122 footnotes. 

Kindscher, E. Analytische Chemie. 
Fortschritte Chem. 7: 17-30 (1913) ; 
9: 95-108 (1914) ; 11 : 119-131 (1914- 
15); 13: 33-44, 189-198 (1917-18); 
14: 97-110 (1918-19). References 
through text. 

Kling, a., and Lassieur, A. Revue de 
chemie analytique. Chimie & Indus- 
trie 4: 151-164, 457-466 (1920); 6: 
746-764 (1921); 7: 34-48 (1921); 
10: 30-48, 221-244 (1923). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Medicus, L. Bericht ueber Fort- 
schritte der analytischen Chemie. 
1902-1904. Chem.-Z. 3: 8-11, 193- 
196, 424-426, 445-446, 722-725 (1903- 
1904); 4: 245-249, 532-534 (1905). 
550 footnotes. 

Meyer, Hans J. L. Analyse und Kon- 
stitutionsermittlung organischer Ver- 
bindungen. 4th ed. Berlin, Springer, 
1922. 1191 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Moore, Richard B., et al. Analytical 
methods for certain metals including 
cerium, thorium, molybdenum, tungs- 
ten, radium, uranium, vanadium, 
titanium and zirconium. U. S. Bur. 
Mines, Bull. No. 212, 1923. 325 p. 
Contains various bibl. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



37 



MusATTY, I. I progressi deH'analisi 
elettrolitica nell 'anno 1913. Ann. 
chim. appl. 2: 172-188 (1914). 100 
footnotes. 

RosENKRANZ, W. Analj'tische Chemie. 
Fortschritte Chem. 3: 173-186, 385- 
400 (1910-11). References through 
text. 

RosENTHALER, L. Der Nachweis organ- 
ischer Verbindungen. Ausgewahlte 
Reaktionen und Verfahren. Stutt- 
gart, Enke, 1914. 1070 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Sherman, Henry C. Methods of or- 
ganic analysis. 2nd ed. New York, 
Macmillan. 1912. 407 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes and bibl. at end of each chap- 
ter. 

Society of Chemical Industry. An- 
alytical chemistry. In Annual re- 
ports on the progress of applied 
chemistry, 4: 574-592 (1919); 107 
footnotes. 5: 566-580 (1920); 95 
footnotes. 

Stern, E. Analytische Chemie. Fort- 
schritte Chem. 2: 39-48 (1910). Ref- 
erences through text. 

Wallis, T. E. Analytical miscroscopy. 
New York, Longman, 1923. 149 p. 
Bibl., p. 139-143. 

Whitman, J. L. Bibliography on elec- 
trometric determinations. In Popoff, 
Quantitative analysis (Philadelphia, 
Blakiston's, 1924), p. 309-321. 

Serial 

Analyst; the journal of the Society of 
Public Analysts and other analytical 
chemists. London. 1877- . Classi- 
fied as follows : Food and drug 
analysis ; biochemical, bacteriologi- 
cal, etc. ; water analysis ; agricultural 
analysis ; organic analysis ; physical 
methods, apparatus, etc. ; toxicologi- 
cal and forensic; book reviews. 

Annales de chimie analytique et de 
chimie appHquee et revue de chimie 
analytique reunies. 1896- . Each 
number contains " Revue des publi- 
cations frangaises et estrangeres." 

Annales des falsifications et des f raudes. 
Organe officiel de la " Societe des 
e.xperts-chimistes de France." Paris. 
Each number contains " Index biblio- 
graphique." Classified. 

Chemical abstracts. See Part IL 

Zeitschrift fiir analytische Chemie. 
Wiesbaden. 1862- . Classifica- 
tion : General analytical chemistry ; 
inorganic analysis ; organic analysis ; 
elementary, qualitative and quantita- 
tive ; special methods ; biological 
materials ; industrial ; pharmacy. 



The school of mines quarterly. 1880- 
1915. Each volume contains abstracts 
on analytical chemistry. 

See also Catalysis (Woker) ; names 
of various compounds ; special re- 
agents, such as Cupferron, Hy- 
drazine ; Electro-analysis ; Spec- 
troscope ; Stoichiometry. 
ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY: Micro- 
chemistry. 

Emich, Friedrich. Lehrbuch der Mi- 
krochemie. Wiesbaden, Bergmann, 
1911. 212 p. Bibl. footnotes; p. 65- 
77 contain special tests for anions 
and cations with references. 

Emich, Friedrich. Mikrochemisches 
Praktikum. Fine Anleitung zur 
Ausfiihrung der wichtigsten mikro- 
chemischen Handgriffe, Reaktionen 
und Bestimmung. Miinchen, Berg- 
mann, 1924. 177 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Emich, F. tJber Mikrochemie, mit 
besonderer Beriicksichtigung der 
Arbeiten von H. Behrens. Ber. 43: 
10-45 (1910). About 160 footnotes. 

Emich, F. Ueber die Fortschritte der 
Mikrochemie seit H. Behrens. Chem.- 
Ztg. 35: 637-639, 663-665 (1911). 64 
footnotes. 

Emich, F. Ueber die Fortschritte der 
Mikrochemie, 1911-1914. Chem.- 
Ztg. 37; 1461, 1494, 1502, 1522 
(1913) ; 159 footnotes. 39: 789, 838 
(1915). 159 footnotes. 

Macallum, a. B. Die Methode und 
Ergebnisse der Mikrochemie in der 
biologischen Forschung. Ergeb. Phy- 
siol. 7: 552-562 (1908). 246 titles. 
ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY: Thermal. 

Kremann, R. Ueber die Anwendung 
der thermische Analyse zum Nach- 
weis chemise her Verbindungen. 
Sammlung chem. chem. -tech. Vor- 
trage 14: 213-288 (1909). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
ANAPHYLAXIS 

" Anaphylaxis." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
ser., 1: 434-448 (1918). 

Boughton, T. Harris. Anaphylaxis 
and allied phenomena in relation to 
disease. J. Lab. Clin. Med. 5 : 579- 
608 (1920). 118 references. 

Doerr. R. Der gegenwartige Stand 
der Lehre von der Anaphylaxie. Z. 
Immunitat. II, 2: 124-132 (1910). 
232 titles. 

LoNGCOPE, Warfield T. Anti-anaphy- 
laxis and desensitization. Physiol. 
Rev. 3: 240-274 (1923). 156 ref- 
erences. 

LoNGCOPE, Warfield T., and Mac- 
kenzie, George M. Anaphylaxis, 
hypersensitiveness and protein in- 
toxication. In Barker, Endocrin- 
ology and metabolism, 4 : 197-236 ; 
references, 5: 511-694 (1922). 



38 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



ANAPHYLAXIS— Conf'J 

LuMiERE, AuGUSTE. Role des colloides 
chez les etres vivants. Essai de bio- 
colloidologie. Paris, Masson, 1921. 
311 p. Bibl., p. 15S-283. 

MicHAELis, Leonor. Anapliylaxic. In 
Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem. 2 : 
689-715 (1908). 52 footnotes. 

Seligmann, Erich. Anaphylaxie. In 
Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem., 
Erganzungsband, 1913, 248-326. 457 
footnotes. 

Wells, H. G. Anaphylaxis or allergy. 
In his Chemical pathology, 4th ed., 
191-203 (1920). 70 footnotes. 
ANATAS 

Haas, G. Anatas. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 1 : 35-36 
(1912). References through text. 

Henglein, M. Anatas. In Doelter, 
Handb. Mineralchem. 3, pt. 1 : 28-33 
(1918). Bibl. footnotes. 
ANDESIN 

Doelter, C. Andesin. In Doelter, 
Handb. Mineralchem. 2, pt. 3 : 237- 
254 (1921). 131 analyses with ref- 
erences. 
ANEMIA: Pernicious. 

Squier, Theodore L. Chemistry of 
pernicious anemia. J. Lab. Clin. 
Med. 2: 552-569 (1917). 82 refer- 
ences. 
ANESTHETICS 

"Anesthetics." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 1: 285-295 (1880); 2nd sen, 
1: 349-363 (1896) ; 3rd sen, 1: 426- 
431 (1918). Includes history of 
anesthetics, local anesthetics and 
uses. See also the heading " Anes- 
thesia " in the same volumes. 

Baskerville, Charles. Chemistry of 
anesthetics. J. Franklin Inst. 172: 
113-141 (1911). 43 footnotes. 

Bock, Franz. Experimentelle Unter- 
suchungen ueber die Folgen der 
langandauernden Chloroform-Nar- 
kosen. Wiesbaden, Isselbacher, 1910. 
99 p. Bibl., p. 97-99. 

Brunn, Max von. Die Allgemein- 
narkose. Stuttgart, Enke, 1913. 477 
p. Bibl, p. 417-477. 

GwATHMEY, James T. Anesthesia. 
2nd ed. New York, Macmillan, 1924. 
799 p. Contains bibliographies. 

Haas, A. R. C. Effect of anesthetics 
upon respiration. Bot. Gaz. 67 : 402- 
404 (1919). 31 titles. 

See also Chloroform, Ethyl chlo- 
ride, Ethyl ether, etc. 
ANETHOL 

Einbeck, H. Anethol. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 1: 598-603 
(1911). 100 footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Anethol. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 432-433 
(1896). 26 references. 



ANGELIC ACID 

Talbot, Henry P. An index to the 
literature of angelic and tiglic acids 
from 1842-1892. Tech. Quarterly 5: 
80-103 (1892). 85 references. Lit- 
erature discussed in text. 
ANHALONIUM 

" Anhalonium." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
2nd ser., 1 : 489 (1896) ; 3rd ser., 1 : 
539 (1918). 22 references. 
Sec also Alkaloids. 
ANILINE 

"AniHne." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 1: 421-422 (1880) ; 2nd sen, 1: 
490-491 (1896) ; 3rd sen, 1: 539-540 
(1918). 
Baum, Fritz. Anilin. In Abderhalden, 
Biochem. Handl. 1: 207-215 (1911). 
140 references. 
GiBBS, H. D. The compounds which 
cause the red coloration of aniline. 
I, II. Philipp. J. Sci. 5: 9-16, 419-435 
(1910). 50 footnotes. 
Meyer-Jacobson. Das Anilin und 
seine Derivate. In their Lehrb. org. 
Chem. 2, pt. 1: 164-218 (1895). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
ANIMAL PIGMENTS. See Pigments. 
ANIMAL POISONS. See Poisons. 
ANIMAL TOXINS. See Toxins. 
ANISALDEHYDE 

Witte, E. Anisaldehyd. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 1: 833-836 
(1911). 60 footnotes. 
ANORTHIT. See Granite. 
ANTHELMINTICS 

" Anthelmintics." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st ser., 1 : 436-437 (1880) ; 2nd sen, 
1: 507 (1896). 
Cains, J. F., and Mhaskar, K. S. 
Chemical composition of anthelmin- 
tics. Indian J. Med. Research 7 : 
461-463 (1919). 47 references. 
Hall, Maurice C, and Shillinger, 
J. E. Miscellaneous tests of carbon 
tetrachloride as an anthelmintic. J. 
Agn Res. 23: 191-192 (1923). 
Ransom, B. H., and Hall, M. C. The 
action of anthelmintics on parasites 
located outside of the alimentary 
canal. U. S., Dept. Agr., Bur. Ani- 
mal Ind., Bull. No. 153, 1912. 23 p. 
ANTHOCYANS 

Buscaliono, L., and Pollacci, G. 
[Anthocyanin and its biological sig- 
nificance in plants.] Atti 1st Bot. 
Univ. Pavia, sen 2, 8: 135-511 
(1904). About 1000 references. 
Onslow, Muriel Wheldale. The an- 
thocyanin pigments of plants. Cam- 
bridge, Univ. Press, 1916. 318 p. 
Bibl, p. 227-304. 
Wheldale, M. Nature of anthocyanin. 
Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc. 15: 137- 
168 (1909). 
See also Plant Pigments. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



39 



ANTHRACENE 

AuERBACH, G. Das Anthracen und 
seine Derivate fiir Technik und 
Wissenschaft. Braunschweig, Vie- 
weg, 1880. Bibl, p. 231-275. Ar- 
ranged by compounds. 

Baum, Fritz. Anthracen. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1: 344-352 
(1911). 123 references. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Anthracen. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt . 2 : 512 
(1903). 50 references. 
ANTHRANIL 

Bamberger, Eug. Weiteres ueber An- 
thranil und Methyl-anthranil. Ber. 
48: 537-582 (1915). Bibl. footnotes. 

Heller, Gustav. Ueber die Konstitu- 
tion des Anthranils. J. prakt. Chem. 
185: 145-164 (1908). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Heller, Gustav. Ueber die Konstitu- 
tion des Anthranils. Sammlung chem. 
chem.-tech. Vortrage 23 : 327-410 
(1917). Bibl. footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Anthranil. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 514-518 
(1916). Bibl. footnotes. 
ANTHRANILIC ACID 

DoHRN, M., and Thiele, A. Anthranil- 
saure. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 1: 1203-1207 (1911). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
ANTHRAQUINONE 

Grandmougin, Eug. La chimie de 
I'anthraquinone. Chimie & Indus- 
trie 7: 627-633, 879-885; 8: 47-56 
(1922). Bibl. footnotes and tabular 
references. About 100 in all. 
ANTHRAQUINONE SULFONIC ACID 

Goldberg, Irma, and Friedmann, Her- 
mann. Die Sulfosauren des Anthra- 
chinons und seiner Derivate. Berlin, 
Waidmannsche Buchhandlung, 1909. 
46 p. Literature and patents listed 
opposite each compound. 
ANTIGENS 

Lasseur, a. Philippe, and Spill- 
MANN, L. Reactions anticorps. 
£tude quantitative de la fixation de 
I'alexine. Paris, Maloine, 1921 " In- 
dex bibliographique " : fasc. 1, p. 
199-211. 

Sachs, Hans. Antigene und Anti- 
korper, unter besonderer Beriick- 
sichtigung der Toxinwirkung und 
der antitoxischen Immunitat. In 
Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem. 2 : 
275-353 (1908). 296 footnotes. 

Weichardt, W. Antigene und Anti- 
korper. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 5: 510-537 (1911). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
ANTIMONY 

" Antimony and compounds." Ind.- 
Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 1: 444-449 



(1880) ; 2nd sen, 1 : 537-539 (1896) ; 
3rd sen, 1: 598-599 (1918). 

Ephraim, F. Antimon. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Qiem. 3, pt. 2 : 
643-851 (1908). References through 
text. 

Gt. Brit. Imperial mineral resources 
bureau. The mineral industry of 
the British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. War period. Antimony. (1913- 
1919). London, H. M. S. Off., 1921. 
34 p. Bibl., p. 31-34. 

Groschuff, E. Reines Antimon. Z. 
anorg. allgem. Chem. 103: 164-188 
(1918). Bibl. footnotes. 

GuNTZ, M. Antimoine. In Fremy, 
Enc. chim. 3, IP cahier : 403-412 
(1884). 

Lebeau, p. Antimoine. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 2: 1-54 (1905). 845 foot- 
notes. 

Michel, H. Gediegen Antimon. In 
Doelter, Handb. Mineralchem. 3, pt. 
1: 743-756 (1918). Bibl. footnotes. 

ScHENK, — . Antimon und seine 
Verbindungen. In Abegg, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 3 : 623-627 
(1907). Classified. 

U. S. Tariff Commission. Antimony. 
In its Tariff information survey. No. 
21, p. 44-46 (1920). 55 references. 

Wang, Chung Yu. Antimony, its his- 
tory, chemistry, mineralogy, geol- 
ogy, metallurgy, uses, preparation, 
analysis, production and valuation ; 
with complete bibliographies. 2nd 
ed. London, Griffin, 1919. 217 p. 
674 references. 1817-1908. 

Wang, Chung Yu. Bibliography of 
antimony from 1909-1917. Shanghai, 
Commercial Press, 1917. 26 p. 250 
references. Continuation of the 
above bibl. 
ANTIMONY: Analytical. 

Darling, Elton R. A bibliography on 
the analysis of antimony. Chem. 
Engn 27: 11-12, 21, 41-42, 63 (1919). 
160 references. . 

Ephraim, F. Antimon : Analytisches. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 3, pt. 2: 664-667 (1908). 
Classified. 

Wobling, H. Die Bestimmungsme- 
thoden des Arsens, Antimons und 
Zinns und ihre Trennung von an- 
deren Elementen. Stuttgart, Enke, 
1914. 2>77 p. Bibl. footnotes. 
ANTIMONY: Organic Compounds. 

Morgan, Gilbert T. Organic com- 
pounds of arsenic and antimony. 
New York, Longmans, 1918. 375 p. 
Bibl, p. 351-360. 200 references. 



40 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



ANTIMONY: Pharmacological. 

Schmidt, Hans. Antimon in der 

neueren Medizin. Beihefte, Arch. 

Schiffs-Tropen-Hyg. 26, No. 1: 13- 

68 (1922). Classified with author 

index. 
ANTIMONY CHLORIDES 

Ephraim, F. Antimonpentachlorid. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

3, pt. 2: 743-750 (1908). References 

through text. 
Ephraim, F. Antimontrichlorid. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

3, pt. 2: 736-743 (1908). References 

through text. 
ANTIMONY OXIDES 

Ephraim, F. Antimonpentoxyd. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

3, pt. 2: 688-696 (1908). References 

through text. 
Ephraim, F. Antimontrioxyd. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

3, pt. 2: 678-688 (1908). References 

through text. 
Michel, H. Antimonoxyde. In Doel- 

ter, Handb. Mineralchem. 3, pt. 1 : 

756-765 (1918). Bibl. footnotes. 
ANTIMONY SULFIDES 

Ephraim, F. Antimonpentasulfid. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

3, pt. 2: 717-727 (1908). References 

through text. 
Ephraim, F. Antimontrisulfid. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

3, pt. 2: 698-716 (1908). References 

through text. 
ANTIPYRETICS 

" Antiphlogistics and antipyretics." 

Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 1 : 449- 

450 (1880); 2nd sen, 1: 539-541 

(1896) ; 3rd ser., 1: 600-601 (1918). 
Kebler, Lyman F., Morgan, F. P., 

and Rupp, P. The harmful effects 

of acetanilid, antipyrin and phenace- 

tin. U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Chem., 

Bull. No. 120, 1909. 85 p. Bibl., p. 

21-85. 
ANTIPYRINE 

" Antipyrine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 

ser., 1: 541-546 (1896) ; 3rd ser., 1: 

601-603 (1918). Includes toxicology. 
EccLES, David C. Antipyrin and its 

derivatives. School of Mines Quart. 

22: 297-302 (1901). Covers period 

1884-1900. 
Meyer-Jacobson. Antipyrin. In their 

Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 386-391 

(1916). Bibl. footnotes. 
ANTISEPTICS 

"Antiseptics." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 

ser., 1 : 455 (1880) ; 2nd sen, 1 : 546- 

551 (1896); 3rd ser., 1: 604-606 
(1918). 
Hakvey, Ellery H. Bibliography of 

articles bearing on the bactericidal 



action of organic dyes. Am. J. 
Pharm. 96: 588-589 (1924). 32 ref- 
erences. 

See also Disineectants ; Pharma- 
ceuticals (Soc. Chem. Ind.). 
ANTITOXINS 

Crawford, Albert C., and Foster, 
M. G. The chemistry of diphtheria 
antitoxin. A review. Am. J. Pharm. 
90: 765-782 (1918). 134 footnotes. 

Oppenheimer. Carl. Ueber Anti- 
toxine und ihre Beziehungen zu den 
Toxinen. In Oppenheimer, Biochem. 
Handl. 2: 356-376 (1908). 52 foot- 
notes. 

See also Antigens, Immunity. 
APATITE. See Calcium phosphate. 
APIOL 

ZwALUWENBERG, A. VAN. Bibliog- 
raphy of apiol. Pharm. Arch. 2 : 
23-25 (1899). 
APOMORPHINE 

" Apomorphia." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
ser., 1 : 489 (1880) ; 2nd ser., 1 : 582- 
583 (1896) ; 3rd sen, 1: 685 (1918). 

See also Alkaloids, Morphine. 
APOPHYLLIT. See Calcium fluorohy- 

drosilicate. 
APOSAFRANINE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Aposafranin. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 
1402-1405 (1920). Bibl. footnotes. 
APPLES 

Bigelow, W. D., Gore, H. C, and 

Howard, B. J. Studies on apples. 

U. S. Dept. Agn, Bun Chem., Bull. 

No. 94, 1902. 100 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

ARABIN 

Grafe, Viktor. Arabin. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 2 : 2-28 
(1911). 225 footnotes. Includes re- 
lated compounds. 
ARABINOSE 

Harding, T. Swann. Arabinose. 
Sugar 24: 657 (1922). 25 references. 

Lippmann, E. O. v. /-Arabinose. In 
his Chemie der Zuckerarten, 1 : 43- 
105 (1895). Bibl. footnotes. 

Neuberg, Carl, and Rewald, B. Ara- 
binose. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 2: 279-289 (1911); 8: 112- 
114 (1914). About 200 footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Arabinose. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 10: 378- 
382 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Zemplen, (^eza. Arabinose. In Ab- 
derhalden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 1, 
pt. 5: 919-923 (1922). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

See also Carbohydrates. 
ARAGONITE 

Leitmeier, H. Aragonite. In Doelter, 
Handb. Mineralchem. 1 : 337-352 
(1912). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Calcium carbonate. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



41 



ARGININE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Arginin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 1424- 
1427 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

WiNTERSTEiN, Ernst, and Trier, 
Georg. Arginin. In Abderhalden, 
Biochem. Handl. 4: 619-630 (1911) ; 
9: 123 (1915). About 200 footnotes. 

See also Amino acids ; Proteins 
(Plimmer). 
ARGON 

Briscoe, H. Vincent. Argon. In 
Friend, Textbook, 1, pt. 2: 330-345 
(1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

Parker, C. LeRoy. Partial bibli- 
ography of argon. J. Am. Chem. 
Soc. 19: 133-138 (1897). 90 refer- 
ences. 

Prandtl, W. Argon. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
1: 158-166 (1907). References 
through text. 

See also Rare gases. 
ARKANSITE 

Haas, Gustav. Arkansit. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 1 : 
34-35 (1912). References through 
text. 
ARROW-POISON. See Poisons, Ven- 
oms. 
ARSANILIC ACID 

Baum, Fritz. /'-Aminophenylarsin- 
saure, Arsanilsaure. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 226-231 
(1911). 60 references. 

See also Arsenic, organic compounds. 
ARSENIC 

" Arsenic and compounds." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 1st ser., 1 : 564-579 (1880) ; 
2nd ser., 1 : 672-681 (1896) ; 3rd ser., 
2: 2-19 (1920). Includes physiologi- 
cal _ and therapeutic efifects, tests, 
toxicology and uses. 

Ephraim, F. Arsen. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 2: 411- 
642 (1908). References through 
text. 

Gt. Brit. Imperial Mineral Resources 
Bureau. Mineral Resources of the 
British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. War period. Arsenic. (1913- 
1919). 1920. 19 p. Bibl., p. 19. 

Gutbier, a., and Krautle, Nora. 
Ueber kolloides Arsen. Kolloid-Z. 
20: 186-194 (1917). 24 footnotes. 

Jones, Chester H. Pure metallic ar- 
senic. Chem. Met. Eng. 23: 959-960 
(1920). 40 references. 

Lebeau, P. Arsenic. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 1: 803-855 (1904). 749 
footnotes. 

Michel, H. Gediegen Arsen. In Doel- 
ter, Handb. Mineralchem. 3, pt. 1 : 
596-610 (1918). Bibl. footnotes. 



ScHENK, — . Arsen. In Abegg, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 3 : 553-556 
(1907). 150 references. 

Urbain, M. Arsenic. In Fremy, Enc. 
chim. 2, 2' cahier: 567-568 (1885). 
ARSENIC: Analytical. 

De Koninck, L. L. a propos de la 
precipitation de I'arsenic par I'acide 
sulfhydrique. Bull. soc. chim. Belg. 
23: 88-94 (1909). 42 references. 

Ephraim, F. Arsen — Analytisches. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
3, pt. 2: 427-430 (1908). Classified. 

Holland, E. B. Determination of ar- 
senic in insecticides. J. Ind. Eng. 
Chem. 3: 168-171 (1911). 25 foot- 
notes. 

Myers, Chester N. Determination 
and distribution of arsenic in cer- 
tain body fluids after the injection of 
arsenobenzol, salvarsan and neosal- 
varsan. Public Health Reports, 34: 
881-889 (1919). Reprint No. 520. 
1919. 12 p. Bibl., p. 11-12. 

RoARK, R. C, and McDonnell, C. C. 
Reduction of As'' to As"^ by cup- 
rous chloride and the determination 
of arsenic by distillation as AsCls. 
J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 8: 327-332 
(1916). 50 footnotes. 
ARSENIC: Organic componds. 

Bertheim, a. Handbuch der organ- 
ischen Arsenverbindungen. Stutt- 
gart, Enke, 1913. 238 p. Bibl. 
through text. 

Lewis, W. Lee. Recent developments 
in the organic chemistry of arsenic. 
Ind. Eng. Chem. 15: 17-19 (1923). 
38 references. 

Mannheim, Emil. Ueber tetraalkyl- 
irte Arsoniumbasen. Ann. 341 : 182- 
225 (1905). 60 footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Verbindungen des 
Arsens. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 
1, pt. 1: 433-441 (1907). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

NiERENSTEiN, M. Organische Arsen- 
verbindungen und ihre chemethera- 
peutische Bedeutung. Sammlung 
chem. chem. -tech. Vortrage 19 : 47- 
140 (1912). Bibl. footnotes. 

Raiziss, George W., and Gavron, 
Joseph L. Organic arsenic com- 
pounds. New York, Chem. Catalog 
Co., 1923. 570 p. Bibl., p. 519-533. 
1594 references. Author index, p. 
535-536. 

See also Antimony, organic com- 
pounds; Arsphenamine; etc. 
ARSENIC OXIDES 

Ephraim, F. Arsen und Sauerstoff. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 3, pt. 2 : 439-463 (1908). Ref- 
erences through text. 



42 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



ARSENIC OXIDES— Co^i'd 

Michel, H. Arsenoxyde. In Doelter, 
Handb. Mineralchem. 3, pt. 1 : 610- 
619 (1918). Bibl. footnotes. 
ARSENIC SULFIDES 

Ephraim, F. Arsen und Schwefel. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
3, pt. 2: 469-480 (1908). References 
through text. 
ARSENIC TRICHLORIDE 

Ephraim, F. Arsentrichlorid. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
3, pt. 2: 493-500 (1908). References 
through text. 
ARSENICALS 

Ampola, G., and Tommasi, G. I com- 
post! di arsenico in agricoltura. Staz. 
chim.-agar. sperim., Ann. Rpt. 5: 
241-377 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

Cook, F. C, and McIndoo, N._ E. 
Chemical, physical and insecticidal 
properties of arsenicals. U. S. Dept. 
Agr., Bull. No. 1147 (1923). 58 p. 
Bibl., p. 55-57. 53 references. 

Swingle, D. B., Morris, H. E., and 
Burke, Edmund. Injury to foliage 
by arsenical spray mixtures. J. Agr. 
Res. 24: 535-537 (1923). 27 refer- 
ences. 

See also Insecticides. 
ARSINES 

Dehn, Wm. M. Primary arsines. Am. 
Chem. J. 33: 101-153 (1905). 150 
footnotes. 

Dehn, Wm. M. Reactions of the ar- 
sines. Am. Chem. J. 40: 88-127 
(1908). Bibl. footnotes. 

Ephraim, F. Arsen und Wasserstoff. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 3, pt. 2: 431-439 (1908). Ref- 
erences through text. 
ARSONIC ACIDS 

Dehn, Wm. M., and McGrath, S. J. 
Arsonic and arsinic acids. J. Am. 
Chem. Soc. 28: 347-361 (1906). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
ARSPHENAMINE 

Ellis, Arthur W. M. Review of 
American literature on salvarsan ap- 
pearing Oct., 1911, to Oct., 1912. 
Z. Chemotherap. 2: 55-61 (1913). 
154 references. 

Emery, E. Bibliographic y compris les 
communications faites en juillet, 
1912 aux societes savantes et pub- 
liees apres la redaction du dernier 
referat. Z. Chemotherap. 2: 407-414 
(1913). 

Finzi, C. Arso-derivati e salvarsan. 
Giorn. chim. ind. appl. 2 : 49-59 
(1920). 40 footnotes. 

Fordyce, John A. Bericlit iiber die 
amerikanische Salvarsan-literatur. Z. 
Chemotherap. 1: 115-123 (1912)'. 
156 references. 



Gennerich, W. Arbeiten iiber Salvar- 
san und Neosalvarsan. Z. Chemo- 
tlierap. 1: 685-686; 2: 37-39; 3: 35- 
38 (1913-1914). 

Iversen, Jul. Sammelreferat der rus- 
sichen Arbeiten iiber Salvarsan und 
Neosalvarsan. Z. Chemotherap. 1 : 
169-172; 2: 415-418; 3: 1103-1104 
(1912-1914). 189 references. 

Lewis, H. F. A review of the Ameri- 
can patent literature on arsphena- 
mine (salvarsan) and other arseni- 
cals. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 11: 141-145 
(1919). 75 footnotes. _ 

McIntosh, James. Bericht iiber die 
englische Literatur iiber Salvarsan. 
Z. Chemotherap. 1: 167-168 (1912). 
31 references. 

Myers, C. N., and Du Metz, A. G. 
Qualitative and quantitative tests 
for arsphenamine and neoarsphena- 
mine. Public Health Reports 33 : 
1003-1108 (1918). Reprint No. 472. 
Bibl., p. 14-16. 

" Register der Salvarsan Literatur." 
Z. Chemotherap. 1: 96-125 (1912). 

VoEGTLiN, Carl. Arsphenamine and 
related arsenicals. Physiol. Rev. 5 : 
92-94 (1925). 87 references. 

See also Arsenic, organic com- 
pounds. 
ARTIFICIAL LEATHER. See Leather. 
ARTIFICIAL PLASTICS. See Plastics. 
ARTIFICIAL SILK. See Cellulose 

ESTERS, Silk, Viscose, etc. 
ARYLHYDROXYLAMINES 

Bamberger, Eugen. Arylhydroxyla- 
mine und arylazide - eine Parallele. 
Ann. 424: 233-296 (1921). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
ASBESTOS 

Bowles, Oliver. Asbestos. Mineral 
Ind. 30: 46-54 (1921). 7 references. 

Cirkel, Fritz. Chrysotile asbestos, its 
occurrence, exploitation, milling and 
uses. 2nd ed. Canada, Dept. of 
Mines, Mines branch. Bull. No. 69, 
1910. 316 p. Bibl., p. 290-291. 23 
titles. 1st ed. issued in 1905. 

Doelter, C. Asbest. In his Handb. 
Mineralchem. 2, pt. 1: 603-610 
(1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

Diller, J. S. The types, mode of oc- 
currence and important deposits of 
asbestos in the United States. U. S. 
Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 470, 1911. Bibl., 
p. 523-524. 17 references. 

Gt. Brit. Imperial Mineral Resources 
Bureau. Mineral industry of the 
British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. War period. Asbestos. (1913- 
1919). 1921. 34 p. Bibl., p. 34. 

Hall, Arthur L. Asbestos in the 
L^^nion of South Africa. Union of 
South Africa, Geol. Sur., Mem. 12, 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



43 



1918. 152 p. Bibl., p. 141-142. 46 
titles. 

Meyer, H. H. B. Brief list of refer- 
ences on the asbestos industry. Mim- 
eographed. U. S. Library of Con- 
gress, 1920. 68 references. 
ASPARAGIN 

" Asparagin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
ser., 1: 721 (1896); 3rd sen, 2: 91- 
92 (1920). 

Meyer-Jacobson. Asparagin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 780-782 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Pringsheim, Hans. Asparagin. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 4: 
597-606 (1911); 9: 113-115 (1915). 
About 200 footnotes. 
ASPARAGINIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Asparaginsaure. /n 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 778- 
779 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Pringsheim, Hans. Asparaginsaure. 
in Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 
4: 587-597 (1911); 9: 110-113 
(1915). About 200 footnotes. 

See also Amino acids. 
ASPHALT 

Abraham, Herbert. Asphalts and al- 
lied substances, their occurrence, 
mode of production, uses in the arts 
and methods of testing. 2nd ed. 
New York, Van Nostrand, 1920. 
608 p. Bibl. footnotes, p. 583-586, 
list of books, 1841-1920. 

Day, David T. Asphalt, U. S. Geologi- 
cal Survey publications. U. S. Geol. 
Sun, Mineral Resources, 1913, pt. 2 : 
543-544 ; 1914, pt. 2 : 362. 24 entries. 

Fischer, J. Die kiinstlichen Peche und 
Asphalte. Kunststoffe 1: 447-452, 
471-474 (1911). Patents. 

Fischer, Emil J. Technische Asphalt- 
und Pechpraparate. Kunststoffe 10 : 
31-32,39-43 (1920). 112 patents. Re- 
printed in Marcusson, J., Die natiir- 
lichen und kunstlichen Asphalte. 
Leipzig, Engelmann, 1921. 262 p. 

Markfeldt, O. [Asphalt and tar in- 
dustries in 1913-1914.] Asph. Teer- 
ind. Ztg. 15 : 265, 282, 297, 316, 345, 
363, 379, 394, 409, 427, 442, 473, 489, 
538 (1915); 16: 7, 65, 82 (1916). 
About 200 footnotes. 

Schmidt, Carl. Asphalt. Steinsalz, 
Erze. BerHn, Spring, 1907. Re- 
printed from Handworterbuch der 
Schweizen Volkswirtschaft Sozial- 
politik und Verwaltung, 3, p. 91-92, 
103-107, 112-154. Bibl. at end of each 
article. 

Swoboda, Julius. Der Asphalt und 
seine Verwendung, Hamburg, 1904. 
Patents, p. 157-162. 

See also Bitumens, Petroleum (Red- 
wood). 



ASPIDUM. See Oleoresins. 
ASPIRIN 

" Aspirin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd sen, 
2: 98-99 (1920). 
ASSAYING 

Smith, Ernest A. Early methods of 
assaying. Bull. Inst. Mining Eng., 
1924, No. 232 : 1-57. 
ATMOSPHERE 
Friend, J. N., and Twiss, Douglas F. 
The atmosphere. In Friend, Text- 
book 7, pt. 1: 156-204 (1924). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
Lucas, Richard. Die radioaktiven 
Erscheinungen der Atmosphare. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
3, pt. 2: 46-48 (1908). References 
through text. 
See also Air, Oxygen, etc. 
ATOMIC STRUCTURE 

Andrade, Edward N. da C. The 
structure of the atom. London, Bell, 

1923. 314 p. Bibl. at end of chapters. 
Auwers, O. v. Magnetismus und 

Atombau. Jahrb. Radioakt. Elek- 
tronik 17: 181-186 (1921). 223 ref- 
erences. 

Born, Max. Das Atom. Naturwis- 
senschaften 8: 226 (1920). 33 ref- 
erences. 

Brunetti, Rila. II nucleo atomico. 
Nuovo Cimento 22: 242-245 (1921). 
70 references. 

Clay, J. [The structure of the atom.] 
Chem. Weekblad 13: 1078-1103 
(1916). 

Debye, p. Laue-Interferenzen und 
Atombau. Naturwissenchaf ten 10 : 
390-391 (1922). 51 references. 

Fajans, K. [The periodic system of 
the elements, the radioactive trans- 
formations and the structure of the 
atom.] Physik. Z. 16: 456-486 
(1915). 

Harkins, W. D., and Wilson, E. D. 
Recent work on the structure of the 
atom. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 37: 1420- 
1421 (1915). 60 references. 

Lepape, Adolphe. La discontinuite 
et I'unite de la matiere. Bull. soc. 
chim. 31: 1-94 (1922). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

McLennan, J. C. Atomic nuclei. 
Science 55: 219-232 (1922); Ra- 
dium (N. S.) 1: 333-347 (1923). 35 
footnotes. 

Mellor, J. W. The architecture of the 
atom. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 4 : 
155-203 (1923). Bibl. through chap- 
ter. 

Smith, John D. M. Chemistry and 
atomic structure. London, Benn, 

1924. 221 p. Bibl., p. 207-209. 
Stock, Alfred. Structure of atoms. 

New York, Dutton, 1923. 88 p. 
See also Electronics, Valence. 



44 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



ATOMIC THEORY 

Meldrum, a. N. The development of 
the atomic theory. Proc. Manchester 
Lit. Phil. Soc. 54, 7: 1-16 (1909); 
55. 3: 1-12; 4: 1-15; 5: 1-22; 6: 
1-18; 19: 1-10; 22: 1-11 (1911-1912). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
ATOMIC VOLUME 

Mellor. J. W. Atomic, molecular and 
specific volumes. In his Inorg. theor. 
chem. 1: 228-247 (1922). 100 refer- 
ences. 

Traube, J. Ueber Volumtheorie. 
Jahrb. Radioak. Elektronik 3 : 168- 
184 (1906). Bibl. footnotes. 
ATOMIC WEIGHTS 

Becker, George F. Atomic weight 
determinations, a digest of the in- 
vestigations published since 1814. 
Smithsonian Misc. Coll. No. 358. 
Washington, 1880. 149 p. Classified 
by elements. 

Brauner, B. Atomgewicht. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem., under each 
element. 

Clarke, Frank C. Constants of na- 
ture. V. Recalculation of atomic 
weights. 4th ed., Mem. Nat. Acad. 
Sci., No. 16, 3rd memoir, 1920. 418 
p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Friend. J. N. Atomic weights. In his 
Textbook, 1, pt. 1: 229-264 (1914). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Gmelin-Kraut. Atomgewicht. In 
their Handb. anorg. Chem.. under 
the name of each element. 

Hinrichsen, F. W., and Kindscher, E. 
Atomgewichtsforschung. Fort- 
schritte Chem. 1: 355-359 (1909); 
3: 199-206 (1910-1911). References 
through text. 

Kindscher, E. Atomgewichtsforschung. 
Fortschritte Chem. 5: 1-8 (1912); 
7: 41-51 (1913) ; 9: 1-4 (1914) ; 10: 
261-270 (1914-1915) ; 11 : 243-256 
(1915-1916); 13: 97-105 (1917- 
1918); 14: 65-77 (1918-1919). Ref- 
erences through text. 

Kothner, F., and Tiede, R. Atomge- 
wichtsforschung. Fortschritte Chem. 
1: 1-7 (1909). References through 
text. 

Landolt-Bornstein. Atomgewichts- 
bestimmung. In their Tabellen, 5th 
ed., 2-11 (1923). 

Richards, T. W. Account of the re- 
searches on atomic weights at Harv- 
ard University. J. chim. phys. 6 : 
131-136 (1908). 62 references. 

Richards, Theodore W. Atomic 
weights and isotopes. Chem. Rev. 1 : 
37-40 (1924). 51 references. 

See also Annual report of the Interna- 
tional Committee on Atomic Weights, 
published annually in the various 
chemical journals. 



ATOPHAN 

"Atophan." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
sen, 2: 169-170 (1920). 
ATOXYL 

" Atoxyl." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd ser., 
2: 170-171 (1920). 

See also Arsenic, Organic com- 
pounds. 
ATROPINE 

" Atropine, physiological action of." 
Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser.. 1 : 676- 
678 (1880); 2nd ser., 1: 778-780 
(1896) ; 3rd ser., 2: 186-188 (1920). 
Includes toxicology. 

Schmidt, Julius. Atropin. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 5: 78-83 
(1911). 35 footnotes. 

Sec also Alkaloids. 
AUGITE. See Calcium silicates. 
AURAMINE 

Semper, Leopold. Die Konstitution 
des Auramins. Ann. 381 : 234-264 
(1911). Bibl. footnotes. 
AUTOINTOXICATION 

Alvarez, Walter C. Intestinal auto- 
intoxication. Physiol. Rev. 4 : 383- 
393 (1924). Contains references to 
bibls. on particular phases of the 
problem. 
AUTOLYSIS 

"Autolysis." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
sen, 2: 221-223 (1920). 

Bradley, H. C. Autolysis and atrophy. 
Physiol. Rev. 2: 415-439 (1922). 156 
references. 

Dernby, Karl G. Study of autolysis 
of animal tissues. J. Biol. Chem. 35 : 
179 (1918). 45 references. 

FiJRTH, Otto v. Autolysis. In his 
Chemistry of metabolism, 1916, p. 
75-96. 55 footnotes. References to 
earlier bibl. 

Wells, H. G. Autolysis. In his Chemi- 
cal pathology, 4th ed., 1920, p. 76- 
100. 90 footnotes. 

ZuNZ, Edgard. Autolytische Fermente. 
In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 5 : 
604-608 (1911). 90 footnotes. 
AUTOMOBILE TIRES. See Tires. 
AUTOOXIDATION 

Engler, C, and Weisberg, — . Krit- 
ische Studien iiber die Vorgange der 
Autoxydation. Braunschweig, Vie- 
weg, 1904. 204 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Engler, C, and Wohler, L. Pseudo- 
katalytische Sauerstoffiibertragung. 
Z. anorg. Chem. 29: 1-21 (1902). 60 
footnotes. 

Meyer, Julius. Zur Theorie der Au- 
toxydation. J. prakt. Chem. 180: 
278-296 (1905). Bibl. footnotes. 

Prandtl, W. Autoxydation und Aktiv- 
ierung des Sauerstoffs. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
26-28 (1907). References through 
text. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



45 



Traube, Moritz. Zur Lehre von der 
Autoxydation. Ber. 22: 1496-1514, 
3057-3062 (1889). 60 footnotes. 
AUXOCHROMES 

Kauffmann, Hugo. Die Auxochrome. 
Sammlung chem. chem.-tech. Vor- 
trage 12: 1-112 (1907). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
AVOGADRO'S THEORY 

Graebe, C. Der Entwicklungsgang der 
Avogadroschen Theorie. J. prakt. 
Chem. 195: 145-208 (1913). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

See also History. 
AZELAIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Azelainsaure. hi 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 404 
(1913). 40 references. 

Thiele, Albrecht. Azelainsaure. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Hand!. 1 : 
1140-1142 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 
AZOBENZENE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Azobenzol. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 255 
(1895). 
AZOXY COMPOUNDS 

Angeli, Angelo. Ueber die Konstitu- 
tion der Azoxyverbindungen. Samm- 
lung chem. chem.-tech. Vortrage 19 : 
447-478 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
AZURITE. See Copper carbonate. 
BACTERIA 

" Bacteria." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 2: 15-19 (1897) ; 3rd sen, 2: 
272-273, 279-281 (1920). Chemistry 
and chemical products of bacteria. 
Effects of physical and chemical 
agents. 

Clark, W. M., and Lubs, H. A. 
Improved chemical methods for dif- 
ferentiating bacteria of the Coli- 
aerogenes family. J. Biol. Chem. 30 : 
209-234 (1917). 44 references. 

Falk, I. S. Role of certain ions in 
bacterial physiology. Abstr. Bact. 7 : 
133-147 (1923). 

Fowler, Gilbert J. An introduction 
to bacteriological and enzyme chem- 
istry. London, Arnold, 1911. 328 p. 
Bibl., p. 312-317. 

Kendall, Arthur L Bacterial metab- 
olism. Physiol. Rev. 3: 438-445 
(1923). 23 references. 

Kendall, Arthur I. Bacterial metab- 
olism, normal and abnormal, within 
the body. In Barker, Endocrinology 
and metabolism 3 : 663-715 ; refer- 
ences, 5: 345-509 (1922). 

Leach, Mary F. Chemistry of Bacil- 
lus coli communis. J. Biol. Chem. 1 : 
493-502 (1906). 200 references. 

DE Schweinitz, Emil a., and Dor- 
set, M. Chemical examination of 
various tubercle bacilli. U. S. Dept. 



Agr., Bur. Animal Ind., Cir. No. 52, 
p. 99-105. Bibl., p. 104-105. 

Wells, H. G. Chemistry of bacteria 
and their products. In his Chemical 
pathology, 4th ed., p. 101-127 (1920). 
167 footnotes. 

Wheeler, Sybil M. Chemistry of 
bacterial cellular proteins. J. Biol. 
Chem. 6: 550-552 (1909). 50 refer- 
ences. 
BACTERIAL PIGMENTS 

Sullivan, M. V. Synthetic culture 
media and the biochemistry of bac- 
terial pigments. J. Med. Res. 14: 
153-160 (1905). Chronological. 
BAKING POWDER 

" Baking powders." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
2nd sen, 2: 63 (1897) ; 3rd sen, 2: 
323 (1920). 

See also Alum. 
BAKELITE. See Plastics, artificial. 
BALSAMS 

"Balsams." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 1: 748 (1880); 2nd sen, 2: 79 
(1897) ; 3rd sen, 2: ^2,2-2,2,2, (1920). 

Dieterich, K. Analysis of resins, 
balsams and gum resins. 2nd ed. 
London, 1920. 431 p. " Bibl. of dl 
balsams, resins, and gum resins." 
BANANAS 

Gore, H. C. Changes in composition 
of peel and pulp of ripening bananas. 
J. Agr. Res. 3: 187-203 (1914). 22 
references. 
BARBITURIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Barbitursaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3 : 
1194-1199 (1920). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Pyrimidines. 
BARIUM 

" Barium." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
1: 767 (1880) ; 2nd sen, 2: 101-102 
(1897) ; 3rd ser., 2: 348-349 (1920). 

CoPAUx, H. Baryum. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 3: 623-683 (1904). 438 
footnotes. 

Ephraim, Fritz. Baryum. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 2, pt. 2 : 
1-124 (1909). References through 
text. 

Gt. Brit. Imperial Mineral Resources 
Bureau. Mineral industry of the 
British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. War period. Barium metals. 
(1913-1919). 1921. 26 p. Bibl., p. 
24-26. 

Sackur, Otto. Barium. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 2, pt. 2 : 290- 
298 (1905). 416 references. 

See also Alkaline earths (Mellor). 
BARIUM ARSENATE 

Ephraim, F. Baryumarsenate. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
3, pt. 2: 551-554 (1908). References 
through text. 



46 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



BARIUM CARBONATE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Baryumcarbonat. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

2, pt. 2: 101-107 (1909). References 

through text. 
Leitmeir, H. Bariumcarbonat. In 

Doelter, Handb. Mineralchem. 1 : 

490-501 (1912). Bibl. footnotes. 
Sec also Alkaline earths (Mellor). 
BARIUM CARBONATE: Toxicity. 

Schwartze, E. W. Toxicity of bar- 
ium carbonate to rats. U. S. Dept. 

Agr., Bull. No. 915. 1920. 11 p. 

Bibl., p. 10-11. 20 references. 
BARIUM CHLORIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Baryumchlorid. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

2, pt. 2: 58-65 (1909). References 

through text. 
See also Alkaline earths (Mellor). 
BARIUM HYDROXIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Baryumhydroxid. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

2, pt. 2: 16-20 (1909). References 

through text. 
See also Alkaline e.\kths (Mellor). 
BARIUM NITRATE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Baryumnitrat. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

2, pt. 2: 30-33 (1909). References 

through text. 
Kailan, a. Bariumnitrat. In Doelter, 

Handb. Mineralchem. 3, pt. 1 : 293- 

297 (1918). Bibl. footnotes. 
See also Alkaline earths (Mellor). 
BARIUM OXIDE 

Brauer, a. Bariumoxyd. In Briiuer 

and d'Ans, Fortschritte, 1 : 1516 

(1921). German patents. 
Ephraim, Fritz. Baryumoxid. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

2, pt. 2: 15-16 (1909). 
Sec also Alkaline earths (Mellor). 
BARIUM PEROXIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Baryumdioxid. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

2, pt. 2: 20-25 (1909). References 

through text. 
BARIUM PHOSPHATES 

Ephraim, Fritz. Baryum hypo-, 

ortho-, meta- und pyrophosphate. 

In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 

Chem. 2, pt. 2: 83-92 (1909). 
Sec also Alkaline eakths (Mellor). 
BARIUM SULFATE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Baryumsulfat. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Flandb. anorg. Chem. 

2, pt. 2: 39-47 (1909). References 

through text. 
Horn, D. W. Barium sulfate in 

gravimetric analysis. Am. Chem. J. 

27: 495-500 (1902). 100 footnotes. 
Weiser, Harry B. Effect of adsorp- 
tion on the physical character of 

precipitated barium sulfate. J. Phys. 



Chem. 21: 314-333 (1917). 29 foot- 
notes. 

See also Alkaline earths (Mellor), 
Barytes. 
BARIUM SULFIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Baryumsulfid. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

2, pt. 2: 33-39 (1909). References 
through text. 

See also Alkaline earths (Mellor). 
BARYTES 

Allen, M. M., and Butler, G. M. 
Barytes. Univ. Arizona, Bull. No. 
99 (Min. tech. series. Bull. No. 22), 
1919. 18 p. 22 references. 

Hill, James M. Barytes. U. S. Geol. 
Sur., Mineral Resources, 1913, pt. 2 : 
172-173; 1914, pt. 2: 65. About 40 
references to " important articles of 
recent date." 

Phalen, W. C. Barytes. U. S. Geol. 
Sur., Mineral Resources, 1911, pt. 2: 
969-970. 19 titles, 1904-1911. 

Tarr, W. a. The barite deposits of 
Missouri and the geology of the 
barite district. Univ. Mo., Studies, 

3, No. 1, 1918. Ill p. Bibl., p. 106- 
111. 88 references. 

Watson, Thomas L., and Grasty, 
J. S. Barite of the Appalachian 
States. Trans. Am. Inst. ]\Iining 
Eng. 51: 557-559 (1915); Chem. 
Eng. 21: 142-143 (1915). 37 refer- 
ences. 

Sec also Barium sulfate. 
BASES: Organic. 

Barger, George. The simpler natural 
bases. New York, Longmans, 1914. 
215 p. Bibl., p. 167-211. 

Dalmer, Otto. Stickstoffbasen (Tier- 
ische Alkaloide). In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem., 2nd ed., 1: 198- 
212 (1924). 80 footnotes. 

See also names of individual organic 
bases. Amines, Amino acids, Be- 
taines, etc. 
BAUDOUIN TEST 

PYeig, C. [Review and bibliography 
of Baudouin, Villaveccia and Fabris 
test.] Ann. chim. anal. appl. 14: 132- 
138 (1920). 
BAUXITE 

Branner, J. C. Bibliography of baux- 
ite. J. Geol. 5: 285-289 (1897). 93 
references. 

DiTTLER, E., and Doelter, C. Bauxite, 
ein naturliches Tonerdehvdrogel. 
Kolloid-Z. 9: 282-290 (1911). 28 
footnotes. 

Phalen, W. C. Bauxite and alumin- 
ium. U. S. Geol. Sur., Mineral Re- 
sources, 1914, pt. 1 : 208-209. 46 ref- 
erences, 1892-1911. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



47 



Watson, O. L. Preliminary report on 
the bauxite deposits of Georgia. 
Georgia Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 11, 
1904. 169 p. Bibl., p. 159-164. 82 
references. 
BAYER 205 

FouRNEAU, E., et al. [Chemothera- 
peutic researches in the series 
" Baj'er 205."] Ann. Inst. Pasteur 
38: 81-114 (1924). 
BEATING. See Pulp, beating. 
BECKMANN REARRANGEMENT 

Jones, Lauder W. Beckmann rear- 
rangement of hydroxamic acids. 
Am. Chem. J. 48: 1-26 (1912). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Stieglitz, Julius. Beckmann rear- 
rangement. Am. Chem. J. 29 : 49-68 
(1903). 56 footnotes. 
BEER 

" Beer." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
1: 838-840 (1880) ; 2nd sen, 2: 191- 
193 (1897); 3rd sen, 2: 418-419 
(1920). 

See also Beverages, Brewing, Foods 
(Vereinbarungen) . 
BEES-WAX 

Wiley, H. W. Bees-wax and waxes 
used in adulterating bees-wax. U. S. 
Dept. Agn, Bur. Chem., Bull. No. 
13, pt. 6: 866-871 (1892). Chrono- 
logical, 1848-1891. 
BEETS : Analysis. 

Bryan, A. Hugh. Bibliography of 
chemical literature on methods of 
analyzing beets, 1839-1906. In U. S. 
Dept. Agr., Bur. Chem., Bull. No. 
146, p. 40-48 (1911). 
BELLADONNA 

" Belladonna." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
ser., 1: 855-859 (1880) ; 2nd sen, 2: 
213-214 (1897) ; 3rd sen, 2: 432-433 
(1920). 

RiPERT, Jean. Sur la variation et le 
role des alcaloides de la belladone. 
Rennes, Impr. Oberthiir, 1922. 152 p. 
Bibl. at end of chapters. 

See also Alkaloids. 
BENCE JONES PROTEIN 

RosENBLOOM, Jacob. A Contribution to 
the study of the nature and origin 
of the Bence Jones protein. Thesis, 
Columbia Univ., 1909. 64 p. Bibl., 
p. 49-64. 

Rosenbloom, Jacob. Review of the 
history of Bence Jones protein and 
multiple myeloma. Biochem. Bull. 
1: 161-173 (1911). 87 references. 

Rosenbloom, Jacob. Bence-Jones pro- 
tein, hi Barker, Endocrinology and 
metabolism, 4: 485-500; references, 
5: 511-694 (1922). 
BENTONITE 

Spence, Hugh S. Bentonite. Canada, 
Dept. Mines, Mines Br., 1924. 35 p. 
Bibl., p. 32-35. 



BENZALDEHYDE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Benzaldehyd. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 484 
(1902). Bibl. footnotes. 

WiTTE, E. Benzaldehyd. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1: 808-812 
(1911). 130 footnotes. 
BENZALDOXIME 

Meyer-Jacobson. Benzaldoxime. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1: 511 
(1902). Bibl. footnotes. 
BENZENE 

Baum, Fritz. Benzol. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 1: 157-175 
(1911). About 350 footnotes. 

"Benzene." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 1 : 873 (1880) ; 2nd sen, 2: 235- 
236 (1897); 3rd sen, 2: 447-448 
(1920). Includes toxicology. 

LiFSCHiTZ, J. Alte und neue Benzol- 
formeln. Z. angew. Chem. 24: 1153- 
1161 (1911). 51 footnotes. 

Marckwald, Willy. Die Benzol- 
theorie. Sammlung chem. ch'em.- 
tech. Vortrage 2: 1-34 (1898). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Der aromatische 
Charakter und die Constitution der 
Benzols. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 
2, pt. 1: 41-113 (1895). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Schwalbe, Carl. Benzoltabellen. Dar- 
stellungsmethoden und Eigenschaf- 
ten der einfacheren, technich wichtig- 
en Benzolderivaten imd der Literatur 
zusammengestellt. Berlin, Borntrae- 
ger, 1903. 266 p. Compounds ar- 
ranged by groups with references. 

See also Gasoline (Howard) ; Hydro- 
carbons. 
BENZENE: Motor fuel. 

Ellis, C, and Meigs, J. V. Benzol as 
a motor fuel. In their Gasoline and 
other motor fuels, 1921, p. 541-543. 
50 references. 
BENZENECARBOXYLIC ACIDS 

Treibs, Wilhelm. Ueber die Eigen- 
schaften der Benzolkarbonsauren. 
Ges. Abhandlungen zur Kenntniss 
der Kohle 5: 577-619 (1922). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
BENZENESULFINIC ACIDS 

Meyer-Jacobson. Benzolsulfinsaure. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 
141 (1895). 
BENZENESULFONIC ACIDS 

Meyer- Jacobson. Benzolsulfosauren. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 
130-139 (1895). Bibl. footnotes. 
BENZIMIDAZOLE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Benzimidazol- 
gruppe. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 
2, pt. 3: 485-495 (1916). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 



48 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



BENZINE 

" Benzine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 2: 235 (1897) ; 3rd ser., 2: 446- 
447 (1920). Toxicology. 

See also Gasoline, Petroleum. 
BENZOACRIDINES 

Meyejj-Jacobson. Benzoacridin. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3 : 
1120-1121 (1918). Bibl. footnotes. 
BENZOIC ACID 

" Benzoic acid." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st sen, 1: 75 (1880) ; 2nd sen, 1: 
101-102 (1896); 3rd sen, 1: 107-108 
(1918). 

DoHRN, M., and Thiele, A. Benzoe- 
saure. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 1: 1185-1211 (1911). About 
500 footnotes, covering the acid and 
its derivatives. 

McKee, Ralph H., and Strauss, 
Frank A. Synthesis of chlorine- 
free benzoic acid from benzene. 
Chem. Met. Eng. 24: 638-644 (1921). 
71 footnotes. See also Strauss, 
Thesis, Columbia Univ., 1920, 40 p. 
" Bibl. of the formate method of 
synthesizing aromatic acids," p. 38- 
39. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Benzoesaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 
536-542 (1896). Bibl. footnotes. 
BENZOIC ACID: Physiological. 

Gerlach, V. Physiologische Wirkung 
der Benzoesaure und des benzoe- 
sauren Natronn. Wiesbaden, 1909. 
95 p. 

" Influence of sodium benzoate on the 
nutrition and health of man." In 
U. S. Dept. Agr., Rept. No. 88, p. 
771-784 (1909). Annotated. 

Lehmann, K. B. Die Benzoesaure. 
Der gegenwartige Stand unseres 
Wissen ueber die Wirkung und hy- 
gienische Zulassigkeit dieses Kon- 
servierungsmittels. Chem.-Ztg. 32 : 
949-952 (1908). 2,7 footnotes. 

Lehmann, K. B. Die neuesten Arbeit- 
en ueber Bestimmung, Konservier- 
ungskraft und Zulassigkeit der 
Benzoesaure (1908-1911). Chem.- 
Ztg. 35: 1297-1299, 1314-1317 
(1911). 80 footnotes. 

RosT, E., Franz, F., and Weitzel, A. 
[The study of the efifects of benzoic 
acid and its sodium salt upon the 
animal organism.] Arb. kais. 
Gesundh. 45: 425-490 (1913). 
BENZOPYRANE COMPOUNDS 

Meyer-Jacobson. Benzopyran-Korper. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3 : 
724-752 (1917). Bibl. footnotes. 
BENZOPYRONE. See Chromones. 
BENZOQUINONE. See Quinone. 



BENZOTHIAZOL 

Meyer-Jacobson. Benzothiazol- 
Korper. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 
2, pt. 3: 549-558 (1916). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
BENZOYLACETIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Benzoylessigsiiure. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 
725 (1902). 
BENZOYL CHLORIDE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Benzoylchlorid. hi 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 
545-548 (1902). Bibl. footnotes. 
BENZYL ALCOHOL 

Meyer-Jacobson. Benzylalkohol. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 466- 
467 (1896). Bibl. footnotes. 

Pincussohn, L. Benzylalkohol. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
705-719 (1911). 200 footnotes. In- 
cludes derivatives. 
BENZYLAMINE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Benzylamine. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 
241-243 (1895). Bibl. footnotes. 
BERBERINE 

RuPE, H., and Altenburg, H. Ber- 
berin. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 6: 132-140 (1911). 40 foot- 
notes. 

See also Alkaloids. 
BERI-BERI. See Vitamins. 
BERYLLIUM 

Cleve, p. T. Le glucinium et ses 
composes. In Fremy, Enc. Chim. 3, 
5" cahier: 23-25 (1884). 

Dawson, H. M. Beryllium. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 2, pt. 2 : 24-25 
(1905). 57 references, 1798-1904. 

Engle, E. a., and Hopkins, B. S. 
The metallurgy and alloys of beryl- 
lium. Trans. Am. Electrochem. 
Soc. 45: 255-262 (1924). 23 foot- 
notes. 

Ephraim, Fritz. Beryllium. In 
Gmelin-Kraut. Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 2: 515-555 (1909). References 
through text. 

Lebeau, p. Glucinium. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 3: 886-905 (1904). 220 
footnotes. 

Mellor, J. W. Beryllium or glucin- 
ium. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 4 : 
204-248 (1923). References through 
chapter. 

Negru, J. S. Glucinum. Chem. Met. 
Eng. 21: 353-359 (1919). Z2, refer- 
ences. 

Parsons, C. L. Chemistry and litera- 
ture of beryllium. Easton, Chem. 
Pub. Co., 1909. 180 p. Bibl., p. 72- 
168. 
BERYLLIUM SILICATES 

DoELTER, C. Beryllium-Aluminiumsili- 
cate. In Iiis Handb. Mineralchem. 2, 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



49 



pt. 2: 583-602 (1917). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

DoELTER, C. Berylliumsilicate. In his 
Handb. Mineralchem. 2, pt. 1 : 276- 
288 (1914). Bibl. footnotes. 
BERYLLIUM SULFATE 

Krauss, R, and Gerlach, H. Zur 
Kenntniss des Berylliumsulfates und 
seiner Hydrate. Z. anorg. allgem. 
Chem. 140: 79-80 (1924). 41 refer- 
ences. 
BETAINE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Betain. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 751-752 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Amines, Bases, Choline. 
BEVERAGES 

" Alcoholic drinks." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 2nd sen, 1: 223-230 (1896). 

" Beverages." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 2: 286 (1897) ; 3rd ser., 2: 
493-494 (1920). 

NowAK, Carl A. New fields for 
brewers and others active in the 
fermentation and allied industries. 
St. Louis, Nowak, 1917. Bibl. of re- 
lated literature, p. 269-300. 

Nowak, Carl A. Non-intoxicants, a 
practical manual on the manufacture 
of soft drink extracts and cereal 
beverages. St. Louis, Nowak, 1922. 
295 p. Bibl. of related literature, 
p. 277-295. 

See also Beer, Coffee, Cocoa, Dis- 
tilled LIQUORS, Tea, Wines, etc. 
BILE 

"Bile." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 
2: 48-52 (1881); 2nd sen, 2: 318- 
322 (1897); 3rd sen, 2: 511-518 
(1920). Includes bile acids, anti- 
septic and bactericidal power, chem- 
istry, pigments, salts, secretion and 
elimination, therapeutic use. 

" Bile and its constituents in therapy." 
In Merck's Annual Reports 28 : 1- 
74 (1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

Hammersten, Olof. Zur Chemie der 
Galle. Ergeb. Physiol. 4: 1-2 
(1905). 42 references. 

Whipple, G. H. The origin and sig- 
nificance of the constituents of the 
bile. Physiol. Rev. 2: 440-459 
(1922). 66 references. 

Wohlgemuth, Julius. Leber und 
Galle. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 3, pt. 1: 150-223 (1910). 
Liver, 315 footnotes. Bile, 100 foot- 
notes. 
BILE ACIDS 

Borsche, W. Methoden der Abbau- 

und Aufbaustudien auf dem Gebiete 

der Gallensauren. In Abderhalden, 

Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 1, pt. 6: 249- 

• 284 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 



Foster, M. G., and Hooper, C. W. 
Quantitative method for analysis of 
bile acids in dog's bile. J. Biol. 
Chem. 38: 355 (1919). 24 references. 

Hammersten, Olof. Darstellung der 
Gallensauren und ihrer wichtigsten 
Abbauprodukte und ihr Nachweis. 
In Abderhalden, Handb. biol. Ar- 
beitsm. 1, pt. 6: 211-248 (1922). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Klanhardt, F. Die Gallensauren. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 10 : 
182-212 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Knoop, Franz, and Fodor, A. Die 
Gallensauren. In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 3: 310-330 (1911); 8: 
494-500 (1914). About 165 refer- 
ences. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Gallensauren. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 4 : 233- 
261 (1924). Bibl. footnotes. 
BILE PIGMENTS 

BoRRiEN, Victor. Contribution a I'etude 
chimique des pigments biliaries en 
coprologie. Univ. Paris, ficole supe- 
rieure de pharmacie, 1910-1911, Pub. 
No. 8. 83 p. Bibl., p. 81-83. 

KusTER, Wm. Uber den Chemismus 
der Bildung des Gallenfarbstoffs aus 
der eisenhaltigen Componente des 
Blutfarbstofifs. Arch. Pharm. 253: 
494-497 (1915). 90 references. 

KusTER, Wm. Gallenfarbstoffe. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 10 : 
33-38 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Muller, Franz. Die Gallenfarbstoffe. 
In Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem. 
1: 730-735 (1909). 18 footnotes. 

Reinhold, B. v. Gallenfarbstoffe. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 6: 
277-292 (1911); 9: 388-399 (1915). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Bilirubin, Blood pigments. 
BILIRUBIN 

"Bilirubin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
sen, 2: 535 (1920). 

Reinhold, B. v. Bilirubin. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 6: 277-284 
(1911); 9: 388-391 (1915). 115 
footnotes. 
BINARY SYSTEMS 

AuwERS, O. V. Magnetismus und 
Atombau. Jahrb. Radioakt. Elek- 
tronik. 17: 181-229 (1921). p. 216- 
223 lists binary systems with refer- 
ences. 

Kremann, R. Die Eigenschaften der 
binaren Fliissigkeitsgemische, ein 
Beitrag zur Theorie der konzen- 
trierten Systeme. Sammlung chem. 
chem. -tech. Vortrage 23 : 1-266 
(1916). Bibl. footnotes. 

Kuenen, J. P. Theorie der Verdampf- 
ung und Verfliissigung von Ge- 
mischen und der fraktionierten Des- 



50 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



BINARY SYSTEMS— Co^rrf 

tillation. Leipzig, Barth, 1906. 244 
p. Binary mixtures, p. 48, 181. Criti- 
cal phenomena, p. 94, 183. Vapor 
pressure, p. 133-134. Volume change, 
p. 142-143. 

Menshutkin, B. N. [Binary systems 
having at least one organic compo- 
nent which have been studied by the 
method of thermal analysis.] T. 
chim. phys. 9: 641-652 (1911); 11: 
674-702 (1913). 
BIOCHEMISTRY: General. 

Abderhalden, Emil. Biochemisches 
Handlexikon. 10 vol. Berlin, 
Springer, 1909-1923. Covers the 
chemistry of all organic compounds 
of interest to the biochemist and 
contains thousands of references. 

Abderhalden, Emil. Handbuch der 
biochemischen Arbeitsmethoden. 9 
vol. Berlin, Urban, 1910-1919. Con- 
tains many references to the meth- 
ods used in biochemical research. 

Abderhalden, Emil. Handbuch der 
biologischen Arbeitsmethoden. Ber- 
lin, Urban, 1920+. A comprehen- 
sive work, covering experimental 
methods in all biological sciences, in- 
cluding biochemistry. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

HoBER, Rudolf. Physikalische Chemie 
der Zelle und der Gewebe. 5th ed. 
Leipzig, Engelmann, 1923. Bibl. 
footnotes. 

McClendon, J. F. Physical chemistry 
of vital phenomena for students and 
investigators in the biological and 
medical sciences. Princeton, Prince- 
ton Univ. Press, 1917. 240 p. Bibl, 
p. 198-233. 

Oppenheimer, Carl. Handbuch der 
Biochemie des Menschen und der 
Tiere. 5 vol. Jena, Fischer, 1909- 
1913. 2nd ed., 1923+. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Robertson, Thorburn B. Principles 
of biochemistry, for students of 
medicine, agriculture and related 
sciences. 2nd ed. Philadelphia, Lea, 
1924. 796 p. References at end of 
chapters. 

Serial 

Abstracts of bacteriology. Baltimore. 
1917- . Includes: Bacterial metab- 
olism and nutrition ; industrial bac- 
teriology ; agricultural bacteriology ; 
public health bacteriology (sanita- 
tion, disinfection, water, food, etc.) ; 
immunology; chemotherapy. 

Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, Parasit- 
enkunde und Infektionskrankheiten. 
I Abteilung. Jena. 1877- . ( Since 
1902 in 2 parts, " Originale " and 
" Referate ") . Classified. 



Centralblatt fiir Physiologic. 1887- 
Classification used : General ; plant 
physiology ; physical chemistry ; en- 
zymes : pharmacology and toxicolo- 
gy ; immunity ; methods ; respiration ; 
digestion ; internal secretions ; me- 
tabolism; intermediate metabolism; 
growth ; carbohydrates ; proteins ; 
fats and lipoids. 

Index Medicus. A classified record of 
the current medical literature of the 
world. 1879- . Material classified 
by subjects with annual author index. 
Includes deficiency diseases, immun- 
ology, metabolism, pharmacology, 
physiologj', therapeutics, toxicology. 

Jahresbericht itber die Fortschritte der 
Physiologie. 1892-1912. (Edited by 
L. Hermann.) 

Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte der 
Tierchemie, oder der physiologischen, 
pathologischen und immuno-Chemie 
und der Pharmakologie. Wiesbaden. 
1871- . Present classification : Pro- 
teins, fats, carbohydrates, blood, 
milk, urine, digestion, liver and bile, 
bones, muscles and nerves, various 
organs, lower animals, oxidation and 
respiration, metabolism, plant physi- 
ology, pathological chemistry, en- 
zymes, pharmacology, immunity. 

Jahresbericht iiber die gesamte Physi- 
ologie und experimentelle Pharma- 
kologie. 1920- . Classification : 
General ; methods ; physics ; physical 
chemistry; colloid chemistry; de- 
scriptive biochemistry ; food chemis- 
try ; plant physiology ; agricultural 
chemistry ; metabolism ; secretions ; 
respiration ; ferments ; and fermenta- 
tion ; hygiene ; immunity ; pharma- 
cology ; toxicology. 

Medical sciences. London. 1919- 
Contains reviews with brief bibliog- 
raphies and abstracts, which include 
biochemistry. 

Physiological abstracts. 1916- . Ab- 
stracts cover general field of bio- 
chemistry and physiology. Classifi- 
cation varies in different numbers. 

Quarterly cumulative index to current 
medical literature. 1916- . Con- 
tains much of biochemical interest. 

Zentralblatt fiir Biochemie und Bio- 
physik, mit Einschluss der theoret- 
ischen Immunitatsforschung. Leip- 
zig. 1903- . (Earlier volumes, 
1903-1909, bore the titles " Biochem-- 
isches Centralblatt '" and " Biophysi- 
kalisches Centralblatt"). Abstracts 
classified under appropriate headings. 
BIOLUMINESCENCE 

Harvey, E. N. Mechanism of the pro- 
duction of light during the oxida- 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



51 



tion of pvrogallol. J. Biol. Chem. 31 : 
311 (1917). 23 references. 

Harvey, E. N. The nature of animal 
light. Philadelphia, Lippincott, 1920. 
182 p. Bibl., p. 162-178. 
BIOS 

Tanner, Fred W. The " Bios " ques- 

-"TTon. Chem. Rev. 1: 466-472 (1925). 
BIOTIT. See Mica. 
BIPHENYL 

Meyer-Jacobson. Diphenyl. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 2 : 25-27 
(1903). 30 references, 

Schlenk, Wilhelm. Ueber chinoide 
Biphenvlderivative. Ann. 363 : 313- 
339 (1908). 38 footnotes. 

Ullmann, Fritz. Ueber symmetrische 
Biphenylderivate. Ann. 332: 38-81 
(1904). 58 fcotnotes. 
BISMUTH 

Allen, Robert. Bismuth ores. (Im- 
perial institute. Monographs on min- 
eral resources, with special refer- 
ence to the British Empire). London, 
Murray, 1925. 62 p. Bibl., p. 57-62. 

>" Bismuth." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 2: 73-74 (1881); 2nd ser., 2: 
355-356 (1897) ; 3rd sen, 2: 563-566 
(1920). Includes toxicology, thera- 
peutic and diagnostic uses. 

Bouchonnet, a. Bismuth, etain, 
plomb. Paris, Doin, 1920. Bibl., p. 
353-365. 

Godefroy, M. L. Le bismuth et ses 
composes. In Fremy, Enc. chim. 3, 
13" cahier, pt. 1: 113-143 (1887). 
Chronological (1413-1887) and by 
author. 

Herz, — . Wismuth. In Abegg, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 3 : 671-678 
(1907). 300 references. 

Michel, H. Gediegen Wismut. In 
Doelter, Handb. Mineralchem. 3, pt. 
1: 787-814 (1918). Bibl. footnotes. 

Prandtl, W. Wismut. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, 'Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 
2: 934-1047 (1908). References 
through text. 

Thomas, V. Bismuth. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 2: 55-97 (1905). 559 
footnotes. 
BISMUTH: Analytical. 

MosER, L. Die Bestimmungsmethoden 
des Wismuts und seine Trennung 
von der anderen Elementen. Stutt- 
gart, Enke, 1909. 123 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Prandtl, W. Wismut : Analytisches. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 3, pt. 2: 949-950 (1908). 
BISMUTH CARBONATE 

Kreutz, St. Wismutcarbonat. In 
Doelter, Handb. Mineralchem. 1 : 
540-544 (1912). Bibl. footnotes. 



BISMUTH CHLORIDE 

Eggink, B. G. Die Schmelzkurven 
der Systeme Wismut-Chlor und 
Wismut-Brom. Z. physikal. Chem. 
64: 449-505 (1908). Bibl. footnotes. 

Prandtl, W. Wismuttrichlorid. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
3, pt. 2: 987-992 (1908). References 
through text. 

Weinland, R. F., Alber, A., and 
ScHWEiGER, J. Ueber Doppelsalze 
des Wismuttrichlorids mit Chlorid- 
en zweiwertigen Metalle. Arch. 
Pharm. 254: 521-536 (1916). 
BISMUTH NITRATE 

Prandtl, W. Wismutnitrate. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
3, pt. 2: 969-974 (1908). References 
through text. 
BISMUTH SULFATE 

Prandtl, W. Wismutsulfate. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
3, pt. 2: 981-984 (1908). References 
through text. 
BISMUTH SULFIDES 

Prandtl, W. Wismut und Schwefel. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 3, pt. 2: 974-980 (1908). Ref- 
erences through text. 
BISMUTH TRIOXIDE 

Prandtl, W. Wismuttrioxyd. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
3, pt. 2 : 953-961 (1908). References 
through text. 

Rutten, G. M., and van Bemmelen, 
J. M. Das System Wismutoxyd, 
SalpetersJiure und Wasser. Z. anorg. 
Chem. 30: 342-405 (1902). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
BITTER PRINCIPLES 

Oesterle, O. a. Die Bitterstoffe. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 7 : 
229-265 (1912). 400 footnotes. 
BITUMENS 

Baum, Fritz. [Natural bitumens-] In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
8-21 (1911). About 100 footnotes. 

Henning, Emile. Bituminous mate- 
rials and paving blocks. In his 
Plastics and moulded electrical in- 
sulators, 1923, p. 127-135. Patents 
only. 

Knapp, I. Natural gas, with incidental 
reference to other bitumens. J. 
Franklin Inst. 174: 477-498, 639-662 
(1912). 71 footnotes. 

See also Asphalts ; Hydrocarbons, 
n.-vtural; Petroleum (Redwood). 
BLAST FURNACE 

Clements, Fred. British blast furnace 
practice. Iron Steel Inst. 101 : 144- 
148 (1920). Chronological list of 
works in English. 

Field, Alex L. Viscosity of blast fur- 
nace slag and its relation to iron 



52 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



BLAST FJJRN ACE— Cont'd 

metallurgy. Trans. Faraday Soc. 13 : 
3-35 (1917). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Metallurgy. 
BLEACHING 

HiGGiNS, Sidney H. Bleaching. New 
York, Longmans, 1921. 137 p. Ref- 
erences through text. 

HiGGiNS, S. H. Cotton bleaching and 
finishing. J. Soc. Dyers & Colourists 
40: 413-418 (1924). 

Matthews, J. Merritt. Bleaching 
and related processes as applied to 
textile fibers and other materials. 
New York, Chem. Cat. Co., 1921. 
676 p. Bibl., p. 659-661. 110 titles. 

Society of Chemical Industry. 
Bleaching, dyeing, printing and fin- 
ishing. Ifi Annual reports of the 
progress of applied chemistry 2 : 
159-174 (1917); 114 footnotes. 3: 
147-161 (1918); 81 footnotes. 4: 
137-148 (1919); 91 footnotes. 5: 
150-161 (1920); 57 footnotes. 6: 
158-165 (1921); 64 footnotes. 7: 
149-161 (1922); 80 footnotes. 8: 
162-183 (1923); 135 footnotes. 9: 
160-177 (1924); 162 footnotes. 

See also Paper, bleaching. 
BLEACHING POWDER 

Ephraim, Fritz. Chlorkalk. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 2: 265-273 (1909). References 
through text. 

Hooker, A. R. Chloride of lime in 
sanitation. New York, Wiley, 1913. 
231 p. 442 references. 

Mellor, J. W. Bleaching powder. In 
his Inorg. theor. chem. 2 : 258-267 
(1922). 125 references. 
BLOOD 

"Blood." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
2: 133-175 (1881) ; 2nd sen, 2: 429- 
478 (1897); 3rd sen, 3: 1-111 
(1922). 

Boruttau, H. Blut und Lymphe. In 
Nagel, Handb. Physiol. Menschen 5 : 
1-84 (1910). Bibl. footnotes. 

Egerer-Seham, Crete, and Nixon, 
C. E. Comparative studies in the 
chemistry of blood and spinal fluid. 
Arch. Int. Med. 28: 561-585 (1921). 
62 footnotes. 

Gerhartz, Heinrich. Chemie der post- 
embryonalen Organe der Blutzell- 
enbildung. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 2, pt. 2: 163-177 (1909). 
68 footnotes. 2nd ed., 4: 209-221 
(1923). 69 footnotes. 

Gerhartz, Heinrich. Chemie der 
Lymphe. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem., 2nd ed., 4: 166-184 (1923). 
91 footnotes. 

Gerhartz, Heinrich. Chemie der 
Transsudate und Exsudate. In Op- 



penheimer, Handb. Biochem., 2nd 
ed.,;4: 185-208 (1923). 121 footnotes. 

Hammett, Frederick S. Variation in 
the chemical composition of human 
blood. J. Biol. Soc. 41: 599 (1920). 
33 references. 

Hastings, A. B., and Murray, H. A. 
Observations on parathyroidecto- 
mized dogs. J. Biol. Chem. 46: 233 
(1921). 50 references. 

HoBER, Rudolf. Physikalische Chemie 
des Blutes und der Lymphe. In Op- 
penheimer, Handb. Biochem. 2, pt. 
2: 1-39 (1909). 139 footnotes. 

HuRwiTz, Samuel H. Pathological 
metabolism of the blood and blood- 
forming organs. In Barker, Endo- 
crinology and metabolism, 4 : 553- 
605; references, 5: 511-694 (1922). 

Kanitz, Aristides. Blutkorperchen. In 
Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem. 2 : 
259-274 (1908) ; Erganzungsband, 
1913, 105-111. About 75 footnotes. 

Morawitz, Paul. Blutplasma und 
Blutserum. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 2, pt. 2: 70-98 (1909). 300 
footnotes. 2nd ed., 4: 78-125 (1923). 
380 footnotes. 

Myers, Victor C. Body tissues and 
fluids. In Barker, Endocrinology 
and metabolism 3: 423-479; refer- 
ences, 5: 345-509 (1922). 

Myers, Victor C. Chemical changes 
in the blood in disease. J. Lab. Clin. 
Med. 5: 343, 418, 490, 566, 640, 700, 
776 (1920); 6: 17-22 (1920). 220 
references. 

Myers, Victor C. Chemical changes 
in the blood and their clinical sig- 
nificance. Physiol. Rev. 4: 318-328 
(1924). 

Pincussen, Ludwig. Physikalische 
Chemie des Blutes und der Lymphe. 
In Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem., 
2nd ed., 4: 1-43 (1923). 198 foot- 
notes. 

Sachs, H. Ueber Beziehungen zwis- 
chen physikalisch-chemischer Kon- 
stitution und Biologic des Blut- 
serums. Kolloid-Z. 24: 113-128 
(1919). 76 footnotes. 

ScHULTZ, N. Bildung von Lymphe. In 
Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem. 2nd 
ed., 4: 143-165 (1923). Ill foot- 
notes. 

Seemann, J. Die blutbildenden Or- 
gane. Ergeb. Physiol. 3: 1-11 
(1904). 290 references. 

Stepp, Wilhelm. Der Restkohlen- 
stoff des Blutes und seine Bedeutung 
fiir Physiologic und Pathologic. 
Ergeb. Physiol. 19: 291-292 (1921). 
32 references. 

Wells, H. G. Disturbances of circu- 
lation and diseases of the blood. In 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



53 



his Chemical pathology, 4th ed., p. 
290-329 (1920). 234 footnotes. 

Wesselow, O. L. V. DE. Biochemistry 
of blood in relation to calcium and 
phosphates. Med. Sci. 6: 470-482 
(1922). 
BLOOD: Amino acids. 

Bock, Jos. C. Determination and oc- 
currence of amino acids in the blood. 
Thesis, Cornell Univ., 1917. 47 p. 
Bibl., p. 32-47. 

Greene, Carl H., Sandiford, K., and 
Ross, Helen. The amino acid con- 
tent of the blood in normal and 
pathologic conditions. J. Biol. Chem. 
58: 855-857 (1924). 31 references. 

Gyorgy, p., and Zunz, E. Amino acid 
content of the blood. J. Biol. Chem. 
21: 511-537 (1915). 68 references. 
BLOOD : Ammonia. 

" Blood, ammonia in." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 3rd ser., 3: 5 (1922). 21 titles. 

Nash, Thomas P., and Benedict, 
Stanley R. The ammonia content 
of the blood and its bearing on the 
mechanism of acid neutralization in 
the animal organism. J. Biol. Chem. 
48: 463 (1921). Also in Nash, 
Thesis, Cornell Univ., 1922. 44 ref- 
erences. 
BLOOD: Analysis. 

" Blood, analysis and chemistry of." 
Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 2: 137- 
140 (1881); 2nd ser., 2: 435-438 

^^ (1897) ; 3rd ser., 3: 9-11 (1922). 

"Blood (detection of, clinical), by 
chemical methods." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 3rd sen, 3: 59-60 (1922). 72 ref- 
erences. 

Kastle, J. H. Chemical tests for blood. 
In U. S. Hyg. Lab. Bull. No. 51, 
1909. Bibl., p. 51-59. 212 references. 

Myers, Victor C. Practical chemical 
analysis of blood. 2nd ed. St. 
Louis, Mosby, 1924. 232 p. Bibl. at 
end of chapters. 

Pfeiffer, Herman. Der biologische 
Blutnachweis. In Abderhalden^ 
Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 4, pt. 12: 
105-176 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Richter-Quittner, M. [Methods of 
chemical blood analysis.] Biochem. 
Z. 95: 179-204; 96: 92-105 (1919). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Urine (Neuberg). 
BLOOD: Bile in. 

"Blood, bile in." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
3rd sen, 3: 7-8 (1922). 50 entries. 
BLOOD: Calcium in. 

" Blood, calcium in." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 3rd sen, 3: 8 (1922). 30 refer- 
ences. 
BLOOD: Cholesterol. See Cholesterol. 
BLOOD: Coagulation. 

" Blood, coagulation of, including effect 
of physical and chemical agents." 



Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 2: 148- 
149 (1881); 2nd sen, 2: 445-447 
(1897) ; 3rd sen, 3: 23-30 (1922). 

Cohen, Myer S. The coagulation 
time of blood as affected by various 
conditions. Arch. Int. Med. 8: 844- 
850 (1911). 

Howell, Wm. H. The coagulation of 
blood. In Harvey Lectures, 1916- 
1917, p. 272-323. 58 references. 

LoEB, Leo. Einige neuere Arbeiten 
ueber die Blutgerinnung bei Wirbel- 
losen und bei Wirbeltieren. Biochem. 
Centr. 6: 829-850, 889-912 (1907). 
175 references. 

Morawitz, P. Die Blutgerinnung. 
Methoden ihrer Erforschung. In 
Abderhalden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 
4, pt. 3: 187-262 (1921). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Morawitz, P. Die Chemie der Blut- 
gerinnung. Ergeb. Physiol. 4 : 307- 
323 (1905). 490 references. 

Morawitz, Paul. Die Gerinnung des 
Blutes. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 2, pt. 2: 40-69 (1909). 243 
footnotes. 2nd ed., 4: 47-77 (1923). 
189 footnotes. 

Stuebel, Hans. Die Fibringerinnung 
als Krystallisationsvorgang. Arch, 
ges. Physiol. 181: 285-309 (1920). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
BLOOD: Enzymes. 

Senter, George. Das Wasserstoff- 
superoxyd-zersetzende Enzym des 
Blutes. Z. physikal. Chem. 44: 257- 
318 (1903). Bibl. footnotes. 

Wertheimer, Ernst. Blutfermente. 
Die Abderhalden'sche Reaktion. In 
Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem., 2nd 
ed., 4: 126-142 (1923). 109 foot- 
notes. 

See also Catalase. 
BLOOD: Equilibrium. 

Gt. Brit. Medical research council. 
Hemoglobin committee. The acid- 
base equilibrium of the blood. Spe- 
cial report ser. No. 72. 1923. 70 p. 
Bibl., p. 43-44, 69-70. 

Henderson, Lawrence J. Das Gleich- 
gewicht zwischen Basen und Sauren 
im tierischen Organismus. Ergeb. 
Physiol. 8: 254-257 (1907). 113 ref- 
erences. 

KuGELMASS, I. Newton, and Shohl, 
A. T. The determination of the 
equilibria involving calcium, hydro- 
gen, carbonate, bicarbonate and 
primary, secondary and tertiary 
phosphate ions. J. Biol. Chem. 58: 
665-666 (1924). 36 references. 

Van Slyke, D. D. Normal and ab- 
normal variations in the acid-base 
balance of the blood. J. Biol. Chem. 
48: 172-176 (1921). About 60 refer- 
ences. 



54 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



BLOOD: Equilibrium — Cont'd 

Van Slyke, D. D., and Cullen, 
Glenn E. Bicarbonate concentra- 
tion of the blood plasnaa. J. Biol. 
Chem. 30: 346 (1917). 48 references. 

Van Slyke, D. D., Wu, H., and Mc- 
Lean, F. C. Factors controlling the 
electrolyte and water distribution in 
the blood. J. Biol. Chem. 56: 848- 
849 (1923). 37 references. 

Wilson, D. Wright. Neutrality regu- 
lations in the body. Physiol. Rev. 3 : 
328-334 (1923). 
BLOOD: Food value. 

" Blood as food or medicine." Ind.- 
Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 2: 174-175 
(1881) ; 2nd ser., 2: 477-478 (1897) ; 
3rd sen, 3: 110-111 (1922). 
BLOOD: Gases. 

Barcroft, Joseph. Zur Lehre von 
Blutgaswechsel in den verschieden 
Organen. Ergeb. Physiol. 7 : 701- 
702 (1908). 54 references. 

" Blood, carbon dioxide in." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 3rd sen, 3: 8-9 (1922). 35 
references. 

" Blood, carbon monoxide in." Ind.- 
Cat. S. G. O., 3rd ser., 3: 9 (1922). 
25 references. 

" Blood, gases in." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st sen, 2: 157-158 (1881) ; 2nd sen. 
2: 456 (1897) ; 3rd sen, 3 : 76 (1922). 

" Blood, oxygen in." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
3rd sen, 3: 81 (1922). 55 references. 

BoHR, Christian. Blutgase und res- 
piratorischer Gaswechsel. In Nagel, 
Handb. Physiol. Menschen 1 : 54-222 
(1905). Bibl. footnotes. 

LoEWY, A. Die Gase des Korpers. In 
Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem. 4, 
pt. 1: 10-132 (1911). 334 footnotes. 
BLOOD: Iron in, 

" Blood, iron in." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
3rd sen, 3: 78-79 (1922). 35 refer- 
ences. 
BLOOD: Nitrogen. 

" Blood, nitrogen in." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 3rd ser., 3: 79-80, 90 (1922). 90 
references. 

FoLiN, Otto. Non-protein nitrogen of 
blood in health and disease. Physiol. 
Rev. 2: 460-478 (1922). 45 refer- 
ences. 

Karsner, H. T. The behavior of cer- 
tain nitrogeneous metabolites in the 
blood in nephritis. J. Lab. Clin. Med. 
1: 910-916 (1916). 

See also Blood, Amino Acids ; Blood, 
Proteins. 
BLOOD: Osmotic pressure. 

" Osmotic pressure of blood." Ind.- 
Cat. S. G. O., 3rd sen, 3: 80-81 
(1922). 40 references. 



BLOOD: Pigments. 

" Blood, color and coloring matters 
of." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 2: 
149-150 (1881) ; 2nd ser., 2: 447-448 
(1897) ; 3rd sen, 3: 30-31 (1922). 

Fischer, Hans. Ueber Blut und Gall- 
enfarbstoff. Ergeb. Physiol. 15: 185- 
191 (1916). 180 references. 

Kayser, Heinrich G. J. Die Farb- 
stoffe von Blut, Harn, Galle. In his 
Handb. der Spectroscopic 4 : 99-190 
(1908). Bibl. footnotes. 

KiJSTER, Wm. Blutfarbstoffe. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 10 : 1-33 
(1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

MiJLLER, Franz. Die respiratorischen 
Farbstoffe. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 1: 662-729 (1909). 202 
footnotes. See also Erganzungsband, 
1913, 113-132. 42 footnotes. 2nd ed., 
1: 405-476 (1924). 269 footnotes. 

Reinbold, B. v. Blutfarbstoffe. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 6: 
188-277 0911); 9: 188-277 (1915). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Wells, H. G. Blood pigments. In his 
Chemical pathology, 4th ed., p. 481- 
488 (1920). 50 footnotes. 

Zaleskii, I. [Chemistry of the col- 
oring matter of the blood.] J. Russ. 
Phys. Chem. Soc. 48: 1337-1653 
(1916). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Hemoglobin; Urine (Neu- 
berg). 
BLOOD : Pressure. 

" Effects of chemical and physical 
agents on blood pressure." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 3rd ser., 3: 128-129 (1922). 
60 references. 
BLOOD: Proteins. 

Hammarsten, Olof. Ueber die 
Eiweissstoffe des Blutserums. Ergeb. 
Physiol. 1: 330-332 (1902). 52 ref- 
erences. 

" Blood, proteins of." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 3rd sen, 3: 84, 90-91 (1922). 

Rowe, Albert H. The albumin and 
globulin content of human blood 
serum. Arch. Int. Med. 18: 455-473 
(1916). 66 footnotes. 
BLOOD: Refractive index. 

" Blood, refractometry of." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 3rd sen, 3: 85 (1922). 25 
references. 
BLOOD: Urea in. 

" Blood, urea in." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
3rd sen, 3: 104 (1922). 40 refer- 
ences. 
BLOOD: Uric acid in. 

" Blood, uric acid in." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 3rd sen, 3: 104-105 (1922). 30 
references. 
BLOOD: Viscosity. 

" Blood, viscosity of." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



55 



O., 3rd sen, 3: 105-107 (1922). 115 
references. 
BLOOD STAINS 

[Chemical and microscopical identifica- 
tion of blood stains.] Ind.-Cat. S. 
G. O., 3rd sen, 3: 139-140 (1922). 
90 references. 
BLOOD SUGAR 

Gray, Horace. Blood sugar standards ; 
normal and diabetic persons. Arch. 
Inten Med. 31: 241-262 (1923). 

Macleod, J. J. R. The sugar of the 
blood. Physiol. Rev. 1: 236-238 
(1921). Univ. Toronto Studies, 
Physiol, ser.. No. 40, p. 236-238. 65 
references. 

Mertz, Albrecht. Blutzuckerunter- 
suchungen im Sauglings- und Kindes- 
alter. Arch. Kinderheilk. 68: 265 
(1921). 46 references. 

PoLLAK, Leo. Physiologic und Blut- 
zuckerregulation. Ergeb. innere Med- 
izin 23: 338-348 (1923). 465 refer- 
ences. 

Scott, Ernest L. The content of 
sugar in the blood under common 
laboratory conditions. Am. J. Phy- 
siol. 34: 308-311 (1914). Thesis, 
Columbia Univ., 1914. 

Stepp, Wilhelm. Ueber einige den 
Blutzucker betreffende Fragen im 
Lichte neuerer Forschungsergeb- 
nisse. Ergeb. Physiol. 20: 108-109 
(1922). 31 references. 

" Blood, sugar in." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st sen, 2: 166-167 (1881) ; 2nd sen, 
2: 472-473 (1897); 3rd sen, 3: 94- 
98 (1922). 
BLOTTING PAPER. See Paper, blot- 
ting.) 
BOILING POINTS. See Vapor Pres- 
sure. 
BONE BLACK 

HoRNE, W. D. United States patents 
on bone black and decolorizing car- 
bons. Ind. Eng. Chem. 16: 670 
(1924). 
BONES 

Aron, Hans. Stiitzgewebe und Integ- 
uments der Wirbeltiere. In Oppen- 
heimer, Handb. Biochem. 2, pt. 2 : 
178-228 (1909). 152 footnotes. 2nd 
ed., 4 : 222-269 (1923). 221 footnotes. 

" Bones, chemistry of." Ind.-Cat. S. 
G. O., 2nd sen, 2: 539 (1897); 3rd 
sen, 3: 189 (1922). 28 references. 

ScHULZ, N. Stijtzsubstanzen und Integ- 
umente niederer Tiere. In Oppen- 
heimer, Handb. Biochem. 2, pt. 2 : 
229-243 (1909). 51 footnotes. 2nd 
ed., 4: 270-287 (1923). 91 footnotes. 

Wells, H. G. Calcification and ossi- 
fication. Arch. Int. Med. 7: 721-753 
(1911) ; Harvey Lectures, 1910-1911, 
102-146. 76 footnotes. 



BOOKS: Disinfection. 

" Books, disinfection of." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 3rd ser., 3: 237 (1922). 27 
references. 

Nice, L. B. Experiments in book dis- 
infection. J. Am. Pub. Health 
Assoc. 1: 777 (1911). 12 references. 
BORATES 

DuKELSKi, M. Ueber Borate. Z. 
anorg. Chem. 50: 38-48 (1906). 31 
references on the Na, K and Li salts. 

Gt. Brit. Imperial Mineral Resources 
Bureau. Mineral industry of the 
British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. War period. Borates. (1913- 
1919). 1920. 24 p. Bibl, p. 23-24. 
BORAX 

Bailey, G. E. Saline deposits of Cali- 
fornia. Calif. State Min. Bur., Bull. 
No. 24, 1902. 216 p. Bibl., p. 193-194. 
41 references. 

Nasini, Raffaello. I soffioni boraci- 
feri e la industria dell'acido borica 
in Toscana. Rome, Bertero, 1907. 
124 p. Bibl., p. 119-124. 

Yale, Chas. G., and Gale, Hoyt S. 
Borax. U. S. Geol. Sur., Mineral 
Resources, 1913, pt. 2: 523-536; 1914, 
pt. 2: 289-290. About 150 titles. 
BORDEAUX MIXTURE 

Foex, E. Resume des discussions rela- 
tives au pouvoir anticryptogamique 
des sels de cuivre. Rev. vit. 55 : 74- 
76 (1921). 50 references. 

Hawkins, L. A. Some factors influ- 
encing the efficiency of Bordeaux 
mixture. U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. 
Plant Ind., Bull. No. 265, 1913. 29 p. 

Hedrick, W. p. Bordeaux injury. 
N. Y. State Agr. Expt. Sta., Bull. 
No. 287, 1907. Bibl., p. 186-189. 66 
references. 

Lutman, Benjamin F. Some studies 
on Bordeaux mixtures. Vermont 
Agr. Expt. Sta., Bull. No. 196, 1916. 
Bibl, p. 79-80. 

See also Insecticides. 
BORIC ACID 

" Boric acid." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 1: 74-75 (1880) ; 2nd sen, 1: 
102 (1896); 3rd sen, 1: 108-109 
(1918). 

Gutbier, a. Borsaure. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 3 : 
413-436 (1911). References through 
text. 

Mellor, J. W. Boric acid and borates. 
In his Inorg. theor. chem. 5 : 62-64, 
81-83, 85, 94-95, 101-102, 104, 106- 
107. Ill, 115 (1924). 
BORIC ACID: Analytical. 

Gutbier, A. Nachweis, Bestimmung 
und Trennung der Borsaure und 
Borate. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 3: 434-436, 875- 
876 (1911). Classified. 



56 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



BORIC ACID: Analytical— Co nfd 
Sargent, G. W. The quantitative esti- 
mation of boric acid in tourmaline. 

J. Am. Chem. Soc. 21: 858-888 

(1899). 47 references. 
WiNDiscH, K. [The determination of 

boric acid.] Z. Nahr. Genussm. 9: 

641-660 (1905). 
WoGRiNZ, Alfred, and Kittel, J. 

Ueber die Bestimmung von Borsaure 

in Nickelbadern. Chem.-Ztg. 36: 

433-434 (1912). Bibl. footnotes. 
BORIC OXIDE 

Mellor, J. W. Boric oxide. In his 

Inorg. theor. chem. 5: 45-46 (1924). 
BORIDES 

Watts, Oliver P. Investigations of 

the borides and siHcides. Wisconsin 

Univ., Eng. Sen, Bull No. 3 : 314- 

318 (1906). 55 references, 1808- 

1906. 
BORNEOL 

Bartlett, K. Borneol. In Abderhal- 

den, Biochem. Handl. 7: 398-404 

(1912). 100 footnotes. 
Meyer-Jacobson. Borneol. In their 

Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 1031-1034 

(1902). Bibl. footnotes. 
See also Essential Oils. 
BORON 

Gautier, Henrl Bore. In Moissan, 

Chim. min. 2: 153-186 (1905). 161 

footnotes. 
GuTBiER, A. Bor. In Gmelin-Kraut, 

Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 3 : 386- 

398 (1911). References through 

text. 
Herz, — . Bor und seine Verbindungen. 

In Abegg, Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, 

pt. 1: 48-53 (1906). 223 references. 
JoLY, A. Bore. In Fremy, Enc. chim. 

2, 3' cahier: p. 105-107 (1884). 
Little, H. F. V. Boron. In Friend, 

Textbook, 4: 6-46 (1917). Bibl. 

footnotes. 
Mellor, J. W. Boron. In his Inorg. 

theor. chem. 5: 1-147 (1924). Bibl. 

through text. 
BORON BROMIDE 

GuTBiER, A. Bor und Brom. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

1, pt. 3: 463-465 (1911). References 

through text. 
BORON CARBIDE 

GuTBiER, A. Borkarbide. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 

3: 812-815 (1911). References 

through text. 
BORON CHLORIDE 

GuTBiER, A. Bor und Chlor. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

1, pt. 3: 457-463 (1911). References 

through text. 



BORON HYDRIDE 

GuTBiER, A. Borwasserstoff. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 3: 398-402 (1911). References 
through text. 
BORON NITRIDE 

GuTBiER, A. Bor und Stickstoff. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 3: 436-440 (1911). References 
through text. 
BORON SULFIDES 

GuTBiER, A. Bor und Schwefel. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 3: 444-449 (1911). References 
through text. 
BORON TRIOXIDE 

GuTBiER, A. Bortrioxyd. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 3: 
402-413 (1911). References through 
text. 
BOTANICAL CHEMISTRY 

Czapek, Friedrich. Biochemie der 
pflanzen. 3rd ed. Jena, Fischer, 
1922-j-. Numerous bibl. footnotes. 

Grafe, Viktor. Chemie der Pflanzen- 
zelle. Berlin, Borntraeger, 1922. 420 
p. Bibl., p. 395-412. 

MoLiscH, H. Mikrochemie der Pflanze. 
2nd ed. Jena, Fischer, 1921. 434 p. 
Bibl. at end of chapters. 

Onslow, Muriel. Practical plant bio- 
chemistry. 2nd ed. Cambridge, 
Univ. Press, 1923. 194 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Trier, Georg. Chemie der Pflanzen- 
stoffe. Berlin, Borntraeger, 1924. 
605 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Wehner, Carl. Die Pflanzenstoffe 
botanisch-systematisch bearb. Chem- 
ische Bestandteile und Zusammen- 
setzung der einzelnen Pflanzenarten. 
Jena, Fischer, 1911. 937 p. Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Serial 

Botanical abstracts. Baltimore. 1918- 
. Includes pharmaceutical botany 
and pharmacognosy ; physiology ; soil 
science; agronomy. 
BRAIN 

" Brain, chemistry of." Jnd.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 1st sen, 2: 336-337 (1882) ; 
2nd sen, 2: 633 (1897) ; 3rd sen, 3: 
322-323 (1922). About 125 refer- 
ences. 

See also Lipoids. 
BRASILIN 

Rupe, H., and Altenburg, H. Brasilin. 
In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 6: 
150-158 (1911). About 100 foot- 
notes. 

See also Plant pigments. 
BRASS. See Copper alloys. 
BREAD 

" Bread and bread making." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 1st sen, 2: 411-413 (1881) ; 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



57 



2nd ser., 2: 754-757 (1897) ; 3rd sen, 
3: 452-456 (1922). Includes analysis, 
digestibility, nutritional value, sub- 
stitutes and war bread. 

Grant, J. The chemistry of bread 
making. 3rd ed. New York, Long- 
mans, 1920. 230 p. Bibl., p. 217- 
218. 

MoHORCic, H. [The use of apples and 
pears in bread making.] Arch. Hyg. 
88: 56-89 (1918). 77 references. 

Whymper, R. Colloid problems in 
bread making. In Third report on 
colloid chemistry, p. 61-74 (1920). 
References through text. 

See also Flour. 
BREWING 

Bird, Wm. H. Catalogue of the Li- 
brary of the London Section (of the 
Institute of Brewing). London, 1914. 
43 p. 

FiJRNROHR, O. Umschau auf dem 
gesamten Brauereigebiete. 1906- 
1911. Chem.-Ztg. 36: 1481, 1495 
(1912). 176 footnotes. 

ScHNEGG, — . Fortschritte auf dem 
Gebiete der Brauerei u. Malzerei. 
Chem.-Ztg. 30: 351-354 (1906). 186 
footnotes. 

VoGEL, — , and Luff, G. Neuerungen 
auf dem Gebiete der Brauerei und 
Malzerei. Chem.-Ztg. 26, 422-462 
(1902). 210 footnotes. 

Wahl, Robert, and Henius, Max. 
American handy book of the brew- 
ing, malting and auxiliary trades. 
3rd ed. Chicago, Wahl-Henius Inst., 
1908. 2 vols. Bibl., vol. 1 : 716-774. 

Serial 

Journal of the institute of brewing. 
London. 1895- . Each number 
contains " Abstracts of current lit- 
erature." 

See also Fermentation. 
BRICK 

Carnegie Library of Pittsburgh. 
Brick manufacture and bricklaying. 
In their Monthly Bulletin 17: No. 1 
(Jan., 1912). 24 p. Does not cover 
fire brick. 

National Brick Manufacturers' As- 
sociation, U. S. A study of the chemi- 
cal status of the carbon, iron and 
sulfur in clays during the various 
stages of burning. Third report of 
the Committee on technical investi- 
gation. Indianapolis, Randall, 1908. 
108 p. Bibl., p. 20-21. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Searle, a. B. Clayworkers' handbook. 
2nd ed. London, 1911. 394 p. 

See also Sand-lime Brick, Ceramics. 



BRICK, SILICA 

Cellerier, — . Resume des travaux sur 
la fabrication des briques de silice. 
Paris, 1919. 
BRIQUETS 

Stillman, Albert L. Briquetting. 
Easton, Chem. Pub. Co., 1923. 466 p. 
Bibl. at end of chapters. 

Wright, Charles. Briquetting tests 
at the U. S. fuel testing plant, Nor- 
folk, Va., 1907-1908. U. S. Geol. 
Sur., Bull. No. 385, 1909. Bibl., p. 38- 
41. 126 titles, chronological from 
1899 to 1908. 

Wright, Charles L. Briquetting 
tests of lignite at Pittsburgh, Pa., 
1908-1909, with a chapter on sulfite- 
pitch binder. U. S. Bur. Mines, Bull. 
No. 14, 1911. Bibl., p. 57-62. Chron- 
ological from 1899 to 1910. 

Wright, Charles L. Fuel briquetting 
investigations, July, 1904, to July, 

1912. U. S. Bur. Mines, Bull. 58, 

1913. Bibl., p. 266-270. 148 titles, 
from 1899 to 1912. 

BROMIC ACID 

DiTZ, Hugo. Bromsaure. HBrOs. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 2: 261-268 (1909). References 
through text. 

Mellor, J. W. Bromic acid. In his 
Inorg. theor. chem. 2 : 296-370 
(1922). Covers preparation, proper- 
ties and salts. 
BROMINE 

Abel, E. Brom. In Abegg, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 2 : 321-332 
(1912). 495 references. 

Brauer, a. Brom. In Brauer and 
d'Ans, Fortschritte, 1 : 345-346 
(1921). German patents. 

" Bromine and the bromides." Ind.- 
Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 2: 471-472 
(1881) ; 2nd sen, 2: 826-827 (1897) ; 
3rd sen, 3: 523-525 (1922). 250 ref- 
erences. 

DiTZ, Hugo. Brom. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 2 : 217- 
236 (1909). References through 
text. 

Gautier, a. Brome. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 1: 129-150 (1904). 155 
footnotes. 

JoLY, A. Brome. In Fremy, Enc. 
chim. 2, 1" cahier: 604-605 (1885). 

Martin, G., and Dancaster, E. A. 
Bromine. In Friend, Textbook 4 : 
141-188 (1915). Bibl. footnotes. 

Mellor, J. W. Bromine. In his Inorg. 
theon Chem. 2: 15-126 (1922). Oc- 
currence, 20 references ; history, 7 
references ; preparation, 40 refer- 
ences ; properties. 150 references; 
chemical properties, 35 references. 



58 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



BROMOFORM 

Baum, Fritz. Boroform. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 40-42 
(1911). 38 footnotes. 
BROMURAL , 

" Bromural." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
ser., 3: 527 (1922). 2)2i references. 
BRONZE. See Copper, alloys. 
BROOKITE 

Haas, Gustav. Brookit. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 1 : 
33-34 (1912). 

Henglein, M. Brookit. In Doelter, 
Handb. Mineralchem. 3, pt. 1 : 33-36 
(1918). Bibl. footnotes. 
BROWNIAN MOVEMENT 

Bancroft, W. D. Brownian move- 
ments. J. Phys. Chem. 22: 273-299 
(1918); J. Franklin Inst. 185: 221- 
224 (1918). Bibl. footnotes. 

" Brownian movements." Ind.-Cat. S. 
G. O., 2nd ser., 2: 857 (1897) ; 3rd 
ser., 3: 561 (1922). 

FuRTH, Reinhold. Bericht ueber 
neuere Untersuchnngen auf dem 
Gebiete der Brownschen Bewegung. 
Jahrb. Radioakt. Elektronik 16: 
359-361 (1919-1920). 68 references. 

Mellor, J. W. Brownian movement. 
In his Inorg. theor. chem. 1 : 779- 
782 (1922). About 250 references. 

SvEDBERG, The. The Brownian move- 
ment. Ion 1: 2>7Z-?>7A (1909). 54 
references. 

SvEDBERG, The. Neuere Untersuchung- 
en ueber die Brownsche Bewegung. 
Jahrb. Radioakt. Elektronik 10 : 467- 
474 (1913). 130 references, 1900- 
1913. 

See also Colloids. 
BRUCINE 

" Brucine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
2: 495 (1881) ; 2nd ser., 2: 860 
(1897); 3rd sen, 3: 563-564 (1922). 

Schmidt, Julius. Brucin. hi Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 5: 178-187 
(1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Alkaloids. 
BUFFER MIXTURES. See Hydrogen 

Ion Concentration. 
BUTADIENE. See Rubber, synthetic. 
BUTANE 

Baum, Fritz. Butan. In Abderhalden, 
Biochem. Handl. 1 : 86-89 (1911). 60 
footnotes. 

Sec also Hydrocarbons. 
BUTINE 

NoYES, Arthur A. Index to the lit- 
erature of butines and their halogen 
addition products. 1863-1888. Tech. 
Quart., Dec, 1888. 
BUTTER 

" Butter." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
2: 562-563 (1881) ; 2nd sen, 2: 947- 
948 (1897); 3rd sen, 3: 625-630 



(1922). Includes adulterations, sub- 
stitutes, analysis, fat and fatty acids 
of, preservation, rancidity and steril- 
ization. 

Mock, H., and Blum, A. List of U. S., 
British and German patents covering 
the manufacture of butter substi- 
tutes, hydrogenated oils and various 
oils and milk products. New York, 
Mock and Blum, 1918. 120 p. 

Rahn, O., Brown, C. W., and Smith, 
L. M. Keeping qualities of butter. 
II. The influence of salt. III. The 
decomposition of proteins. Mich. 
Agn Expt. Sta., Tech. Bull. No. 2: 
5-44 (1909). 

Sayer, W. S., Rahn, O., and Farrand, 
Bell. Keeping qualities of butter. 
I. General studies. Mich. Agr. Expt. 
Sta., Tech., Bull. No. 1 : 5-61 (1908). 

Sommer, H. H., and Smit, B. J. The 
fleshy flavor of butter. Wis. Agr. 
Expt. Sta., Res. Bull. No. 57, 1923. 
51 p. 136 references. 

Waller, Elwyn, Martin, E. W., 
Moeller, W., and Moore, R. W. 
Butter. In N. Y. Dairy Commission, 
2nd Annual Rept., p. 283-290 (1882). 

See also Dairy products, Margarine, 
Milk. 
BUTTER: Analytical. 

Holland, E. B., and Buckley, J. P., 
Jr. Determination of fatty acids in 
butter fat. J. Agn Res. 12: 719-732 
(1918). 30 references. 

Schoohjans, a. Les limites d'erreurs 
experimentales dans le dosage de 
I'eau dans les beurres. Bull. soc. 
chim. Belg. 22: 342-360 (1908). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
BUTYL ALCOHOL 

Gerngross, Otto. Butylalkohol. /;; 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
432-442 (1911). 150 footnotes, in- 
cluding derivatives. 

WoRDEN, E. C. Butyl alcohol. In his 
Technologv of cellulose esters 1 : 
2437-2446 "(1921). Bibl. footnotes. 

Sec also Alcohols. 
BUTYRIC ACID 

Schmidt, Ernst. Buttersiiure. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 958- 
968 (1911). 200 footnotes, including 
derivatives. 

See also Acids, organic. 
CACAO 

Bohme, R. Fortschritte auf dem 
Gebiete der Kakao- und Schokola- 
denfabrikation in den Jahren 1905- 
1912. Chem.-Ztg. 37: 517-519, 54Z- 
544, 574-575 (1913). 131 footnotes. 

" Cacao." Ind.-Cat.'i S. G. O., 1st ser., 
2: 568 (1881) ; 2nd sen, 3: 4 (1898) ; 
3rd sen, 3: 636-637 (1922). 100 ref- 
erences. Includes analytical methods. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



59 



Dekker, Johan. Literatur iiber Cacao. 
In his Ueber einige Bestandteile des 
Cacao und ihre Bestimmung. Am- 
sterdam, DeBussy, 1902. Bibl., p. 64- 
81. 150 references. Chronological. 

Knapp, Arthur W. Cocoa and choco- 
late, their history from plantation to 
consumer. London, Chapman, 1920. 
210 p. Bibl., p. 189-203. 

Mortimer, W. Golden. History of 
cocoa. New York, Vail, 1901. 576 p. 
Bibl., p. 519-544. 

Spencer, G. L. Bibliography of the 
literature on tea, coffee and cocoa 
preparations. U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. 
Chem., Bull. No. 13, pt. 7: 995-997 
(1892). 

Ulrich, Chr. Der Nachweis von 
Schalen in Kakao und in seinem 
Praparaten. Arch. Pharm. 249 : 526- 
597 (1911). Dissertation, Braun- 
schweig, 1911. 97 p. 78 footnotes. 

Whymper, Robert. Cocoa and choco- 
late, their chemistry and manufac- 
ture. London, Churchill, 1912, 327 p. 
Bibl., p. 315-316. 

See also Foods (Vereinbarungen). 
CADAVERINE. See Amines, Bases. 
CADMIUM 

BuGDEN, Norman F. Cadmium, its 
metallurgy, properties and uses. 
London, Griffin, 1924. 239 p. Con- 
tains bibls. 

Drucker, K. Kadmium. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 2, pt. 2 : 519- 
533 (1905). 721 references. 

GiRAN, H. Cadmium. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 3: 1057-1075 (1904). 336 
footnotes. 

Hoffman, H. O. Metallurgy of zinc 
and cadmium. New York, McGraw, 
1922. 341 p. Bibl. footnotes. Zn, p. 
1-306; Cd, p. 307-332. 

Mathers, Frank C, and Marble, 
Hugh M. Electrodeposition of cad- 
mium. Trans. Am. Electrochem. Soc. 
25: 297-318 (1914). 84 footnotes. 

Mellor, J. W. Zinc and cadmium. In 
his Inorg. theor. chem. 4: 398-694 
(1923). Bibl. through chapter. 

Roth, W. Cadm.ium. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 1 : 
107-185, 777-956 (1911). References 
through text. 

Sabatier, Paul. Cadmium. In Fremy, 
Enc. chim. 3, 6" cahier : p. 323-324 
(1885). 

Siebenthal, C. E., and Stole, A. 
Cadmium in 1920. U. S. Geol. Sur., 
INIineral Resources 1920, pt. 1 : 6 
(1921). 23 references. 
CADMIUM: Alloys. 

Mellor, J. W. Alloys and intermetallic 
compounds of the cadmium and zinc 
families. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 



4: 689-694 (1923). About 750 ref- 
erences. 

See also Alloys. 
CADMIUM BROMIDE 

Mellor, J. W. Zinc and cadmium bro- 
mides. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 4 : 
573-574 (1923). About 200 refer- 
ences. 

Roth, W. Cadmiumbromid. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
4, pt. 1: 139-142, 858-865 (1911). 
References through text. 
CADMIUM CARBONATE 

Mellor, J. W. Zinc and cadmium car- 
bonates. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 
4: 648-650 (1923). About 160 refer- 
ences. 
CADMIUM CHLORIDE 

Mellor, J. W. Zinc and cadmium 
chlorides. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 
4: 560-564 (1923). About 500 ref- 
erences. 

Roth, W. Cadmiumchlorid. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
4, pt. 1: 135-139, 843-853 (1911). 
References through text. 

Sudhaus, Kathe. Ueber die Gleich- 
gewichte der Doppelsalze von 
Cadmiumchlorid-Natriumchlorid und 
Cadmiumchlorid-Kaliumchlorid mit 
ihren wasserigen Losungen. Neues 
Jahrb. Mineral. Geol. 37: 1-50 
(1914). Bibl. footnotes. 
CADMIUM HYDROXIDE 

Mellor, J. W. The hydroxides and 
peroxides of zinc and cadmium. In 
his Inorg. theor. chem. 4 : 532-533 
(1923). About 150 references. 
CADMIUM IODIDE 

Mellor, J. W. Zinc and cadmium 
iodides. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 4 : 
584-586 (1923). About 275 refer- 
ences. 

Roth, W. Cadmiumjodid. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 
1: 142-145, 865-878 (1911). Refer- 
ences through text. 
CADMIUM NITRATE 

Mellor, J. W. Zinc and cadmium ni- 
trates. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 4 : 
656-657 (1923). About 150 refer- 
cnccs. 
CADMIUM OXIDE 

Mellor, J. W. Zinc and cadmium 
oxides and suboxides. In his Inorg. 
theor. chem. 4: 508-510, 519-521 
(1923). About 400 references. 
CADMIUM SULFATE 

Mellor, J. W. Zinc and cadmium sul- 
fates. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 4 : 
628-633 (1923). About 600 refer- 
ences. 

Mellor, J. W. The ammino- and com- 
plex salts of zinc and cadmium sul- 
fates. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 4 : 



60 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



CADMIMUM SULFATE— CoMi'd 

641-642 (1923). About 125 refer- 
ences. 

Roth, W. Cadmiumsulfat. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 
1: 125-128, 829-840 (1911). Refer- 
ences through text. 
CADMIUM SULFIDE 

Mellor, J. W. Zinc and cadmium 
sulfides. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 
4: 608-612 (1923). About 600 ref- 
erences. 
CAFFEINE 

Brahm, C, and Schmid, J. Kaffein. 
In Abderhalden, Biochem. Hand!. 4 : 
1068-1093 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

" Caffeine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser. 
2: 602 (1881); 2nd ser., 3: 45-46 
(1898) ; 3rd sen, 3: 676-678 (1922). 
Includes physiological effects, thera- 
peutic uses and toxicology. 

Lendrich, K., and Nottbohm, E. 
Ueber den Coffeingehalt des Kaffees 
und den Coffeinverlust beim Rosten 
der Kaffees. Z. Nahr.-Genussm. 18: 
299-308 (1909). 30 footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Kaffein. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3 : 1291-1298 
(1920). Bibl. footnotes. 

Sec also Alkaloids, Purines. 
CAFFEINE: Analytical. 

Fendler, G., and Stuber, W. Coffein- 
bestimmung in Kaffee. Z. Nahr.- 
Genussm. 28: 9-20 (1914). 25 foot- 
notes. 

Lendrich, K., and Nottbohm, E. Ver- 
fahren zur Bestimmung des Coffeins 
im Kaffee. Z. Nahr.- Genussm. 17 : 
241-265 (1909). Bibl. footnotes. 

Spencer, G. L. Caffein analysis. In 
U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Chem., Bull. 
No. 13, pt. 7: 1004-1009 (1892). 
CAFFEINE: Pharmacology. 

Salant, W., and Rieger, J. B. The 
toxicity of caffein. An experimental 
study on different species of animals. 
U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Chem., Bull. 
No. 148, 1912. 98 p. Bibl., p. 97-98. 

Salant, W., and Rieger, J. B. The 
elimination of caffein ; an experi- 
mental study of herbivora and carniv- 
ora. U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Chem., 
Bull., No. 157. 1912. 23 p. 16 ref- 
erences. 

Salant, W., and Rieger, J. B. The 
elimination and toxicity of caffein in 
nephrectomized rabbits. U. S. Dept. 
Agr., Bur. Chem., Bull. No. 166. 
1913. 31 p. 30 references. 

Secher, Knud I. A. Coffeins og be- 
slaegtede stoffers indflydelse paa den 
tvaerstribebe muskulatur ; eksperi- 
mentelle unders^gelser. Thesis, Co- 
penhagen, 1913. 108 p. Bibl., p. 97- 
105. 



CALCIFICATION 

Wells, H. G. Calcification, concretions 

and incrustations. In his Chem. 

Pathology, 4th ed., p. 439-470 (1920). 

161 footnotes. 
CALCITE. See Calcium carbonate. 
CALCIUM 

Brace, P. H. Some notes on calcium. 

J. Inst. Metals 25: 153-168 (1921); 

Chem. Met. Eng. 25: 105-109 (1921). 

45 footnotes. 
" Calcium and salts." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 

O., 1st sen, 2: 607-609 (1881) ; 2nd 

sen, 3: 51-53 (1898) ; 3rd sen, 3: 

688-692 (1922). 
CoPAUX, H. Calcium. In Moissan, 

Chim. min. 3: 508-589 (1904). 824 

footnotes. 
Ephraim, Fritz. Calcium. In Gmelin- 

Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem., 2, pt. 

2: 188-362 (1909). References 

through text. 
Frary, Francis C, and Badger, W. L. 

Preparation of calcium. Trans. Am. 

Electrochem. Soc. 16: 185-195 

(1909). 37 footnotes. 
Sackur, Otto. Calcium. In Abegg, 

Handb. anorg. Chem. 2, pt. 2 : 164- 

174 (1905). 609 references. 
See also Alkaline e^arths (Mellor). 
CALCIUM: Alloys. 

Breckenridge, James M. Some alloys 

of calcium. Univ. Wisconsin, Bull. 

No. 438 (Eng. sen 6, no. 6), 1911. 37 

p. Bibl., p. 34-37. 66 titles. 
See also Alloys. 
CALCIUM: AnalyticaL 
Clark, Guy C. The micro determina- 
tion of calcium in whole blood, 

plasma and serum by direct precipi- 
tation. J. Biol. Chem. 49: 487 

(1921). 41 references. 
Ephraim, Fritz. Calcium : Analyt- 

isches. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 

anorg. Chem. 2, pt. 2: 198-200 

(1909). 
CALCIUM ALUMINIUM SILICATES 
GoLDSCHLAG, M. Calcium-Aluminium- 

silicate. In Doelter, Handb. Mineral- 

chem. 2, pt. 2: 790-878 (1917). Bibl. 

footnotes. 
Jacoby, R. Calciumaluminiumsilikate. 

In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 

Chem. 3, pt. 1 : 286-302 (1912). Ref- 
erences through text. 
CALCIUM ARSENATE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Calciumarsenate. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

3, pt. 2: 568-570 (1908). References 

through text. 
Leitmeier, H. Calciumarsenate. In 

Doelter, Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 

1: 634-653 (1918). Bibl. footnotes. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



61 



CALCIUM ARSENITE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Calciumarsenit. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
3, pt. 2: 565-568 (1908). References 
through text. 
CALCIUM BARIUM CARBONATE 

Kreutz, Step. Calcium-Bariumcar- 
bonat. In Doelter, Handb. Mineral- 
chem. 1: 501-507 (1912). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
CALCIUM BORATE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Calciumborate. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 2: 312-317 (1909). References 
through text. 
CALCIUM BROMIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Calciumbromid. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 2: 277-281 (1909). References 
through text. 

See also Alkaline earths (Mellor). 
CALCIUM CARBIDE 

Brocket, A. Industrie de carbure de 
calcium. In Moissan, Chim. min. 3 : 
690-701 (1904). 103 footnotes. 

Ephraim, Fritz. Calciumcarbid. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 2: 319-324 (1909). References 
through text. 

See also Acetic acid (Deschiens), 
Acetylene, Carbides. 
CALCIUM CARBONATE 

BuTSCHLi, O. Untersuchungen iiber 
organische Kalkgebilde nebst Bemerk- 
ung iiber organische Kieselgebilde. 
Abhandl. Konigl. Gesel. Wiss. Got- 
tingen, Math.-Phys.-Kl. 6: 165-174 
(1908). 

Ephraim, Fritz. Calciumkarbonate. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 2, pt. 2 : 324-336 (1909). Ref- 
erences through text. 

GoLDSCHMiDT, V., and Wright, F. E. 
Ueber Aetzfiguren, Lichtfiguren und 
Losungskorper mit Beobachtungen 
an Calcit. Neues Jahrb. Mineral. 
Geol. 17: 356-362 (1903). 155 titles. 

Lang, Richard. Lublinit, die mono- 
kline Modifikation des Calciumcar- 
bonats. Neues Jahrb. Mineral. Geol. 
38: 121-184 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Leitmeier, H. Calciumcarbonat. In 
Doelter, Handb. Mineralchem. 1 : 
272-336 (1912). Bibl. footnotes. 

LiNCK, G. Ueber die Bildung der Car- 
bonate des Calciums, Magnesiums 
und Eisens. In Doelter, Handb. Min- 
eralchem. 1: 113-135 (1912). 75 foot- 
notes. 

Rogers, A. F. A list of the crystal 
forms of calcite with their interfacial 
angles. School Mines Quart. 22 : 447- 
448 (1901). 39 references. 

ScHiEBOLD, Ernst. Die Verwendung 
der Lauediagramme zur Bestimmung 



der Strukter des Kalkspates. Sachs. 
Akad. Wissensch., Leipzig, Abh., 36, 
No. 2. 213 p. Bibl., p. 212-213. 61 
references. 

Whitlock, H. p. Calcites of New 
York. N. Y. State Mus., Mem. No. 
13, 1910. 190 p. Bibl., p. 10-19. 196 
references. 

See also Alkaline earths (Mellor), 
Aragonite, Marble. 
CALCIUM CHLORIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Calciumchlorid. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 2: 252-273 (1909). References 
through text. 

See also Alkaline earths (Mellor). 
CALCIUM CYANAMIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Calciumcyanamid. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 2: 342-343 (1909). 

Jacob, K. D., Krase, H. J., and Bra- 
ham, J. M. Decomposition of cal- 
cium cyanamide on storage. Ind. 
Eng. Chem. 16: 680 (1924). 35 ref- 
erences. 

See also Nitrogen fixation. 
CALCIUM FLUORIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Calciumfluorid. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 2: 248-252 (1909). References 
through text. 

See also Alkaline earths (Mellor). 
CALCIUM HYDROXIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Calciumhydroxid. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 2: 205-210 (1909). References 
through text. 

See also Alkaline earths (Mellor). 
CALCIUM NITRATE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Calciumnitrat. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 2: 213-217 (1909). References 
through text. 

Kailan, a. Calciumnitrat. In Doel- 
ter, Handb. Mineralchem. 3, pt. 1 : 
290-293 (1918). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Alkaline earths (Mellor), 
Nitric acid (Cottrell). 
CALCIUM OXIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Calciumoxyd. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 2: 202-205 (1909). References 
through text. 

See also Alkaline earths (Mellor) ; 
Lime. 
CALCIUM PHOSPHATES 

Bassett, Henry, Jr. Beitrage zum 
Studium der Calciumphosphate. Z. 
anorg. Chem. 59: 1-55 (1908). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Brauns, R. Ueber den Apatit aus dem 
Laacher Seegebiet. Sulfatapatit und 
Carbonatapatit. Neues Jahrb. Min- 
eral. Geol. 41: 60-92 (1916-1917). 
Bibl. footnotes. 



62 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



CALCIUM PHOSPHATES— CoMi'd 

Ephraim, Fkitz. Calcium und Phos- 
phor. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 2, pt. 2 : 286-307 
(1909). References through text. 

Penrose, R. A. F. Nature and origm 
of deposits of phosphate of lime. 
U. S. Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 46, 1888. 
Bibl., p. 129-140. 

Robinson, C. S. The use of solutions 
of ammonium citrate for the esti- 
mation of reverted calcium phos- 
phate. Mich. Agr. Expt. Sta., Bull. 
No. 46, 3-29 (1919). 54 references. 

Seebach, M. Calciumphosphate. In 
Doelter, Handb. Mineralchem. 3, pt. 
1: ZZi-ZSZ (1918). Bibl. footnotes. 

Sec also Alkaline earths (Mellor), 
Fertilizers, Phosphorite. 
CALCIUM SILICATE 

Doelter, C. Calciumsilicate. In his 
Handb. Mineralchem. 2, pt. 1 : 445- 
500 (1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

Doelter, C. Calciummagnesiummeta- 
silicate. In his Handb. Mineralchem. 
2, pt. 1: 500-711 (1914). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Galkin, Xenia. Chemische Unter- 
suchungen einiger Hornblenden und 
Augite aus Basalten der Rhon. 
Neues Jahrb. Mineral. Geol. 29 : 681- 
682 (1910). 21 references. 

Himmelbauer, a. Calciumfluorohy- 
drosilicate. In Doelter, Handb. Min- 
eralchem. 2, pt. 1: 472-484 (1914). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Jacoby, R. Calciumsilikate. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 1 : 
244-253 (1912). References through 
text. 

See also Calcium aluminium sili- 
cate. 
CALCIUM SODIUM CARBONATE. See 

Gaylussit, Pirssonit. 
CALCIUM SULFATE 

Cameron, F. K., and Bell, J. M. Cal- 
cium sulfate in aqueous solution, a 
contribution to the study of alkali 
deposits. U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. 
Soils, Bull. No. 33, 1906. 71 p. Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Ephraim, Fritz. Calciumsulfat. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 2: 227-244 (1909). References 
through text. 

See also Alkaline earths (Mellor). 
CALCIUM SULFIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Calciummonosulfid. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 2, pt. 2: 217-221 (1909). Ref- 
erences through text. 

Sec also Alkaline earths (Mellor). 
CALCULUS. See Gall stones. 
CALOMEL ELECTRODE. Sec Elec- 
trodes. 



CALORIMETRY 

" Calorimetry." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
ser., 3: 94 (1898) ; 3rd ser., 3: 767- 
768 (1922). 87 references. 

Cox, Alvin J. Calorimetry. Philipp. J. 
Sci. 4: 200-201 (1909). 

Dickinson, H. C. Combustion calorim- 
etry and the heats of combustion of 
cane sugar, benzoic acid and naph- 
thalene. U. S. Bur. Standards, Bull. 
11: 256-257 (1914); Sci. Paper No. 
230. 41 selected references. 

Estreicher, T. Ueber die Kalorimetrie 
der niedrigen Temperaturen. Samm- 
lung chem. chem.-tech. Vortrage 20 : 
353-416 (1914). Bibl. footnotes. 
CAMPHENE 

Bartelt, K. Camphen. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Hand!. 7: 332-344 
(1912). 110 footnotes. 
CAMPHOR 

Aschan, Ossian. Ueber die Konstitu- 
tion des Kamphers : Eine stereo- 
chemische Studie. Ann. 316: 196- 
241 (1900). 65 footnotes. 

Aschan, Ossian. Die Konstitution des 
Kamphers und seiner wichtigsten 
Derivate. Braunschweig, Vieweg, 
1903. 117 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Bartelt, K. Campher. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 7: 473-509 
(1912). 300 footnotes. 

Blanc, M. B. Le camphre. Bull. soc. 
chim. France (4) 5: i-xviii (1909). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Bredt, Julius, and Perkin, Wm. H., 
Jr. Ueber Epicampher (/3-Cam- 
pher). J. prakt. Chem. 197: 209-257 
(1913-1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

" Camphor and derivatives." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 1st ser., 2: 659-661 (1881) ; 
2nd sen, 3: 105-106 (1898) ; 3rd ser., 
3: 774-776 (1922). Includes physi- 
ological effects, therapeutic uses, 
toxicology and synthetic product. 

GiGLioLi, I. La canfora Italiana. Re- 
ports of 6th Int. Congr. Appl. Chem., 
Rome, 1906, 4: 200-342. Bibl., classi- 
fied. 

Houseman, Percy A. Camphor — nat- 
ural and synthetic. Am. J. Pharm. 
87 : 49-59 (1915) ; Chem. Eng. 21 : 81 
(1915). 

Kausch, Oskar. Die Verfahren zur 
Herstellung von Kampfer auf syn- 
thetischem Wege. Kunststoffe 4: 1-4, 
24-25 (1914). Patents. 

Klimont, I. M. Der technisch syn- 
thetische Campher. Leipzig, Spamer, 
1921. 132 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Meyer, Andre. Le camphre synthe- 
tique son etat actuel. Bull. soc. chim. 
35: 12-16 (1924). 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



63 



Meyer-Jacobson. Campher. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 1000-1029 
(1902). Bibl. footnotes. 

Perrot, E., and Gatin, V. Le cam- 
phrier et ses produits. Min. Com. et 
Indus., Off. Natl. Matieres Veg., No- 
tice 4, 1920. 60 p. Bibl, p. 55-57. 

Pond, F. J. Synthesis of camphor. J. 
Soc. Chem. Ind. 26: 383-386 (1907). 
40 references. 

Wekner, a., and Pfeiffer, — . Fort- 
schritte in der Chemie des Camphers 
bis Dezember, 1904. Chem.-Z. 4: 97, 
124, 149 (1905). 59 footnotes. 

Witte, E. Die Camphersynthese nach 
der Patentliteratur. Chem.-Ztg. 45 : 
118-121 (1921). 67 footnotes. 

Worden, E. C. Natural and synthetic 
camphor. In his Technology of cell- 
ulose esters 1: 2510-2517, 2520-2535 
(1921). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Essential oils. 
CAMPHOR SUBSTITUTES 

WoRDEN, E. C. Camphor substitutes. 
In his Technology of cellulose esters 
1: 2535-2550 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 

Sec also Celluloid. 
CAMPHORIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. d-Camphersaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 
1014-1019 (1902). Bibl. footnotes. 
CAMPHORONIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson Camphoronsaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 456- 
457 (1913). 22 references. 
CANCER 

" Cancer, chemistry of." Ind.-Cat. S. 
G. O., 3rd sen, "3: 788-789 (1922). 
26 references. 
CANNING and PRESERVING 

BuTZ, G. C. Canning of fruits and 
vegetables. Pa. State Dept. Agr., 
Bull. No. 91, 1902. 58 p. Bibl., p. 46. 

Cruess, W. V. Commercial fruit and 
vegetable products. New York, Mc- 
Graw, 1924. 530 p. Bibl. at end of 
chapters. 

Cruess, Wm. V., and Christie, A. W. 
Laboratory manual of fruit and 
vegetable products. New York, Mc- 
Graw, 1922. 109 p. Bibl., p. 107-109. 

Rousset, Henri. Les confitures ; tech- 
nologic menagere et industrielle des 
gelees, confitures, pates de fruits, 
compotes, sirops, miels, marmelades 
et fruits confits. 2nd ed. Paris, Des- 
forges, 1922. 192 p. Bibl., p. 182-184. 

Savage, Wm. G. Canned food in re- 
lation to health. Cambridge, Univ. 
Press, 1923. 146 p. Bibl., p. 137-44. 
CANTHARIDIN 

" Cantharides and cantharidin." Ind.- 
Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 2: 692-695 
(1881) ; 2nd ser., 3: 148-149 (1898) ; 
3rd ser., 3: 838-839 (1922). 



Coffey, Samuel. The constitution of 
cantharidin. Rec. trav. chim. 42: 
387-436 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Dohrn, M., and Thiele, A. Canthari- 
din. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 1: 1344-1348 (1911). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Kneip, a., Ney, N._, and Reimers, F. 
Quantitative Bestimmung des Can- 
tharidins in Cantharides und Can- 
tharidentinktur. Arch. Pharm. 249: 
259-285 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 
CAOUTCHOUC. See Rubber. 
CAPILLARITY 

" Capillaritat." In Landolt-Bornstein, 
Tabellen, 4th ed., 1912, p. 132; 60 
references. 5th ed., 1923, p. 245. 100 
references. 

Freltndlich, Herbert. Kapillarchemie. 
3rd ed. Leipzig, Akad. Verlags., 
1923. 1225 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Lloyd John U. References to capil- 
larity. In A study in pharmacy, 
1895-1896. " Exhaustive bibl." 

Lloyd, John U. References to capil- 
larity to the end of the year 1900. 
Collected and abstracted by Sigmund 
Waldbott. Lloyd Library of Botany, 
Pharm. Ser. No. 1 ; Bull, pharm. and 
materia medica ser.. No. 4, 1902, p. 
101-212. 

Macallum, Archibald B. Surface- 
tension and vital phenomena. Univ. 
Toronto Studies, Physiol, ser.. No. 8, 
1912. Bibl., p. 72-80. Reprinted from 
Ergeb. Physiol., vol. 11. 

Walden, p., and Swinne, R. Beitrage 
zur Kenntniss der Kapillaritatskon- 
stanten von fliissigen Estern. Z. 
physik. Chem. 79: 700-758 (1912). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Surface tension. 
CAPROIC ACID 

Schmidt, E. »-Capronsaure. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 986- 
989_ (1911). 60 footnotes. Includes 
derivatives. 

See also Acids, organic. 
capsicum. See Oleoresins. 
CARBAMIC ACID 

Mellor, J. W. Carbamic acid. In his 
Inorg. theor. chem. 2 : 792-797 
(1922). 50 references. 
CARBAZOLE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Carbazol. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 335-344 
(1915). Bibl. footnotes. 
CARBIDES 

Ehrlich, v., and Mader, R. Carbide. 
In Brauer and d'Ans, Fortschritte 1 : 
2468-2470 (1922). German patents. 

Gutbier, a. Metallkarbide. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 3: 
543-546 (1911). References through 
text. 



64 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



CARBIDES— Cont'd 

HoNiGSCHMiD, Otto. Karbide und 
Silizide. Halle, Knapp, 1914. 263 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Mathews, J. A. Review and bibli- 
ography of the metallic carbides. 
Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 38, pt. 7 
(Pub. No. 1090), 1898. 32 p. 

Mellor, J. W. The carbides. In his 
Inorg. theor. chem. 5: 844-904 
(1924). 

Meyer- Jacobson. Metallderivate des 
Acetylens (Carbide). In their hehrh. 
org. Chem. 1, pt. 1: 862-870 (1907). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Acetylene ; names of indi- 
vidual carbides. 
CARBOHYDRATES 

Armstrong, E. Frankland. The sim- 
ple carbohydrates and the glucosides. 
4th ed. New York, Longmans, 1924. 
293 p. Bibl., p. 245-284. 

Bridel, Marc. La synthese biochimique 
des hexobioses. Bull. soc. chim. biol. 
4: 329-354 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

" Carbohydrates." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st ser., 2: 700 (1881) ; 2nd sen, 3: 
158 (1898); 3rd ser., 3: 844-846 
(1922). 

Chemical Society. Carbohydrates. In 
Annual Reports on the progress of 
chemistry, v. 1+ • 1904 to date. 
Bibl. footnotes. Reprinted in part, 
since 1916, in Intern. Sugar J. 

Hepburn, Joseph S. Recent progress 
in the chemistry of the sugars. J. 
Franklin Inst. 170: 85-116 (1910). 
88 references. 

Karrer, p. Der Aufbau der polymeren 
Kohlenhydrate. Ergeb. Physiol. 20 : 
433-476 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

Lindhardt, Kurt. Stickstoffhaltige 
Kohlenhydrate. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem., 2nd ed., 1 : 542- 
554 (1924). 62 footnotes. 

Lippmann, Edmund O. v. Die Chemie 
der Zuckerarten. 3rd ed. Braun- 
schweig, Vieweg, 1904. 2 parts. 2003 
p. Bibl. through text. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Kohlenhydrate. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 906- 
1067 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Nef, J. U. Dissociationsvorgange in 
der Zuckergruppe. I. Ueber das 
Verhalten der Zuckerarten gegen die 
Fehling'sche Losung sowie gegen an- 
derer Oxydationsmittel. Ann. 357 : 
214-312 (1907). 68 footnotes. 

Neuberg, C. Kohlenhydrate. In Op- 
penheimer, Handb. Biochem. 1 : 159- 
225 (1909) ; 233 references. 2nd ed., 
1: 477-541 (1924). 321 references. 

Neuberg, C, and Rewald, Bruno. Die 
einfachen Zuckerarten. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 2: 265-526 



(1911); 8: 96-279 (1914). Many 
hundred footnotes. 

PringsheiMjHans. Die Polysaccharide. 
2nd ed. Berlin, Springer, 1923. 234 
p. 553 footnotes. 

Pringsheim, Hans. Pflanzliche hohere 
Kohlenhydrate. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem., 2nd ed., 1 : 961-990 
(1923). 178 references on cellulose, 
starch, glycogen and inulin. 

" Sugar." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
13: 859-862 (1892) ; 2nd sen, 17: 12- 
19 (1912). 

Tollens, B. Kurze Handbuch der 
Kohlenhydrate. Breslau, 1888. Bibl., 
p. 231-260. 

Werner, A. Fortschritte in der 
Chemie der Zucker. Chem.-Z. 2 : 
493-495, 525-527, 595-597, 633-635 
(1903). 196 footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Die einfachen Zuck- 
erarten. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 10: 357-720 (1923). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Kohlenhydrate. Ar- 
beiten allgemeinen Inhalts. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 10 : 
213-219 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Kohlenhydrate der 
Inulingruppe. In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 10: 275-282 (1923). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Stickstoffhaltige 
Kohlenhydrate. In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 10: 721-742 (1923). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Die wichtigsten phy- 
sikalischen, physikalisch-chemischen 
und chemischen Eigenschaften der 
Kohlenhydrate und Glykosiden. In 
Abderhalden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 
1, pt. 5: 919-972 (1922). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Kohlenhydrate — Syn- 
thetische Methoden. In Abderhal- 
den, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 1, pt. 5 : 
465-753 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Sugar and names of indi- 
vidual carbohydrates, e. g., Glucose, 
Fructose, Man nose, Xylose, etc. 
CARBOHYDRATES: Acetyl derivatives. 

Hudson, C. S. The acetyl derivatives 
of the sugars. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 
8: 380-382 (1916). 40 footnotes. 
CARBOHYDRATES : Analytical. 

Beyersdorfer, p. [The Ost copper 
carbonate solution and its suitability 
for the determination of invert 
sugar in the products of the sugar 
industry.] Z. Ver. deut. Zuckerin- 
dus. 1919, No. 765, II ; 403-443. Bibl. 

Browne, Charles A. A handbook of 
sugar analysis : a practical and de- 
scriptive treatise for use in research, 
technical and control laboratories. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



65 



Nevy York, Wiley, 1912. Bibl., p. 
vii-ix. 

Bryan, A. H. Analyses of sugar beets, 
1905-1910, together with methods of 
sugar determinations. U. S. Dept. 
Agr., Bur. Chem., Bull. No. 146. 
1911. 48 p. Chronological bibl. 

Davis, Wm. A. The use of enzymes 
and special yeasts in carbohydrate 
analysis. J. Soc. Chem. Ind. 35 : 
201-209 (1916). Bibl. footnotes. 

Dehn, Wm. M., and Hartman, 
Frank A. Picrate colorimetric 
method for the estimation of carbo- 
hydrates. J. Am. Chem. Soc 36 : 403 
(1914). 40 references. 

Haar. O. W. van der. Nachweis, zur 
Trennung und Bestimmung der rein- 
en und aus Glukosiden usw. erhal- 
tenen Monosaccharide und Aldehyd- 
sauren. Berlin, Borntraeger, 1920. 
345 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Lewis, R. C, and Benedict, S. R. 
Method for the estimation of sugar 
in small quantities of blood. J. Biol. 
Chem. 20: 61-72 (1915). 45 foot- 
notes. 

QuisuMBiNG, F. A., and Thomas, 
A. W. Conditions affecting the 
quantitative determination of redu- 
cing sugars by Fehling solution. 
J. Am. Chem. Soc. 43: 1503-1527 
(1921). 45 footnotes. 

" Saccharometer." Ind. -Cat. S. G. O., 
2nd sen, 15: 5 (1910). 

WiECHMANN, Ferdinand G. Sugar 
analysis. New York, Wiley, 1893. 
Bibl., p. 110-112. 

Zemplen, Geza. Kohlenhydrate — 
Allgemeine und spezielle Methoden 
zu ihrem Nachweis. In Abderhal- 
den. Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 1, pt. 5: 
1-353 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 
CARBOHYDRATES: Hydrolysis. 

Caldwell, Robert J. The hydrolysis 
of sugars. Rept. Brit. Assoc. Adv. 
Sci. 1906: 289-292. Chronological. 
CARBOHYDRATES: Metabolism. 

Albertoni, Pietro. Verhalten und 
Wirkung des Zuckers im Organis- 
mus. Ergeb. Physiol. 14: 432-439 
(1914). 196 references. 

CzAPEK, R. Die Saccharide im Stoff- 
wechsel der Pflanzen. In his Bio- 
chemie der Pflanzen, 3rd ed., 1 : 240- 
708 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

Greenwald, Isidor. Disturbances of 
carbohydrate metabolism, other than 
in diabetes mellitus. In Barker, En- 
docrinology and metabolism, 4 : 289- 
307; references, 5: 511-694 (1922). 

Magnus-Levy, A. Stoffwechsel der 
Kohlehydrate ausser Glykose. In 
Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem. 4, 
pt. 1: 369-412 (1911). 278 footnotes. 



Magnus-Levy, A. Die Kohlenhydrate 
im Stoffwechsel. Kohlenhydratestoff- 
wechsel im Allgemeinen. Trauben- 
zucker. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 4. pt. 1: 307-368 ri911). 
384 footnotes. 2nd ed. 8: 338-421 
(1924). 978 footnotes. 

Neuberg, Carl. Der Zuckerumsatz 
der Zelle. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem., Erganzungsband, 1913 : 
569-609. 145 footnotes. 

Ringer, A. I., and Baumann, Emil J. 
The carbohydrates and their metab- 
olism. In Barker, Endocrinology 
and metabolism, 3: 213-272; refer- 
ences, 5: 345-509 (1922). 

Shaffer, Philip A. Intermediary 
metabolism of carbohydrates. Phy- 
siol. Rev. 3: 394-437 (1923). 202 
references. 
CARBOHYDRATES: Mutarotation. 

Hudson, C. S. Review of the discov- 
eries on the mutarotation of the 
sugars. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 32 : 889- 
894 (1910). 40 references. 
CARBON 

Caven, R. M. Carbon and its com- 
pounds. In Friend, Textbook 5 : 23- 
175 (1917). Bibl. footnotes. 

Gutbier, a. Kohlenstoff. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
3: 472-543 (1911). References 
through text. 

Mellor, J. W. Carbon. In his Inorg. 
theor. chem. 5: 710-978 (1924). Bibl. 
through chapter. 

MoissAN, H. Carbone. In his Chim. 
min. 2: 187-262 (1905). 507 foot- 
notes. 

Niggermann, Hermann. Die bisheri- 
gen Ergebnisse der ^inwirkung 
chemischer Agenzien auf Kohle und 
Kohlenstoff. Chem.-Ztg. 41: 337, 
354, 374 (1917) ; Ges. Abh. Kennt. 
Kohle 1: 1-21 (1917). 79 footnotes. 

Thiele, Albrecht. Kohlenstoff. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
1-7 (1911). About 150 references. 

Thorne, p. C. L. Kolloide Losungen 
von Kohlenstoff im Wasser. Kol- 
loid-Z. 31: 119-132 (1922). 71 foot- 
notes. 

Weigert, — . Kohlenstoff. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 2 : 253- 
276 (1909). 1307 references. 
CARBON: Adsorbent. See Charcoal. 
CARBON: Analytical. 

Gutbier, A. Nachweis und Bestimm- 
ung des Kohlenstoft's. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
3: 538-543, 886 (1911). 
CARBON BLACK 

Neal, R. O., and Perrott, G. St. J. 
Carbon black, its manufacture, prop- 
erties and uses. U. S. Bur. Mines, 



66 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



CARBON BLACK— Cont'd 

Bull. No. 192, 1922. 95 p. Bibl., p. 
80-91. 

Sec also Carbon (Mellor) ; Lamp- 
black. 
CARBON DIOXIDE 

AuERBACH, E. B. Kohlensaure. In 
Brauer and d'Ans, Fortschritte, 1 : 
2382-2384 (1922). German patents. 

" Dioxide of carbon." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 3rd ser., 3: 847-850 (1922). In- 
cludes estimation, physiology, poi- 
soning by and therapeutic uses. 

" Carbonic acid." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st/ sen, 1: 78-80 (1880); 2nd ser., 
1: 109-110 (1896). 

GuTBiER, A. Kohlendioxyd, CO2. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 3: 586-694 (1911). References 
through text. 

Hebert, a. Anhydride carbonique. In 
Moissan, Chim. min. 2: 283-300 
(1905). 185 footnotes. 

Letts, E. A., and Blake, R. F. The 
carbonic anhydride of the atmos- 
phere. Sci. Proc. Royal Dublin Soc, 
N. S., 9: 232-278 (1900). 

LoEWY, A. Kohlensaure. In Heffter, 
Handb. exp. Pharmakologie, 1 : 73- 
121 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Thiei.e, Albrecht. Kohlendioxyd. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
1092-1107 (1911). 400 footnotes. 

WiEGERT, — . Kohlendioxyd. In Abegg, 
Hand, anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 2 : 253-276 
(1909). 260 references. 
CARBON DIOXIDE: Analytical. 

GuTBiER, A. Nachweis und Bestimm- 
ung des Kohlendioxyd, der Kar- 
bonate und Perkarbonate. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
3: 687-694, 898-899 (1911). 

Johnston, John. Determination of 
carbonic acid, combined and free, in 
solution, particularly in natural 
waters. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 38: 948- 
975 (1916). Bibl. footnotes. 
CARBON DISULFIDE 

Hebert, A. Bisulfure de carbone. In 
Moissan, Chim. min. 2 : 307-317 
(1905). 244 footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Schwefelkohlenstoff. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 
1356-1361 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Rassow, B., and Hoffmann, K. 
Ueber die Bildung von Schwefel- 
kohlenstoff bei der Einwirkung von 
Schwefeldioxyd auf Kohle. J. prakt. 
Chem. 104: 207-240 (1922). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

RiCHTER, Geo. A. Manufacture of car- 
bon disulfide. Trans. Am. Electro- 
chem. Soc. 42: 252-266 (1922). Ref- 
erences to specific heat and heat of 
formation. 

See also Carbon (Weigert). 



CARBON ELECTRODES. See Elec- 
trodes. 
CARBON MONOXIDE 

BocK, J. Das Kohlenoxyd. In Heflfter, 
Handb. exp. Pharmakologie, 1 : 1-72 
(1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

" Carbon monoxide." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 2nd ser., 3: 160-162 (1898) ; 3rd 
ser., 3: 850-853 (1922). Includes 
poisoning by CO. 

Gutbier, a. Kohlenoxyd, CO. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 3: 549-586 (1911). References 
through text. 

Hebert, A. Oxyde de carbone. In 
Moissan, Chim. min. 2 : 275-283 
(1905). 140 footnotes. 

Mellor, J. W. Carbon monoxide. In 
his 'inorg. theor. chem. 5: 907-949 
(1924). 

Thiele, Albrecht. Kohlenoxyd. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
1107-1114 (1911). 175 footnotes. 

See also Carbon (Weigert). 
CARBON MONOXIDE: Analytical. 

Gutbier, A. Nachweis und Bestimm- 
ung des Kohlenoxyds. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
3: 585-587, 891-892 (1911). 
CARBON SUBOXIDE 

Donath, Ed., and Burian, Otto. Die 
Kohlensuboxyde. In Sammhmg 
chem. chem. -tech. Vor'trage 27 : 469- 
486 (1924). Bibl. footnotes. 

Mellor, J. W. Carbon suboxide. In 
his Inorg. theor. chem. 5: 904-907 
(1924). 
CARBON TETRACHLORIDE 

Baum, Fritz. Tetrachlorkohlenstoff. 
In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
36-40 (1911). 105 footnotes. 

Hebert, A. Tetrachlorure de carbone. 
In Moissan, Chim. min. 2 : 263-266 
(1905). 65 footnotes. 

Margosches, B. M. Der Tetrachlor- 
kohlenstoff. Sammlung chem. chem.- 
tech. Vortrage 10: 243-258 (1905). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Margosches, B. M. Der Tetrachlor- 
kohlenstoff, unter besonderer Beriick- 
sichtigung seiner Verwendung als 
Losungs- bzw. Extraktionsmittel in 
der Industrie der Fette und ver- 
wandter Gebiete. Stuttgart, Enke, 
1905. 115 p. 

Mbyer-Jacobson, Tetrachlorkohlen- 
stoff. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, 
pt. 2: 19-23 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
CARBONIC ACID. See Carbon dioxide. 
CARBONIZATION. See Charcoal; 

Coal, Carbonization. 
CARBONYL CHLORIDE. See Phosgene. 
CARBONYL SULFIDE 

Mellor, J. W. Carbonyl sulfide. In 
his Inorg. theor. chem. 5: 971-978 
(1924). 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



67 



CARBONYLS 

Mellor, J. W. The metal carbonyls. 
In his Inorg. theor. chem. 5 : 961-962 
(1924). 
CARBORUNDUM. See Abrasives. 
CARMINIC ACID 

Samuely, Franz. Carminsaure. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 6 : 
325-332 (1911). 32 footnotes. 
CARNALLITE 
Ephraim, Fritz. Kaliummagnesium- 
chlorid (Carnalit). In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 2, pt. 
2: 481-483 (1909). References 
through text. 
CARNAUBON. See Cerebrosides. 
CARNOSINE 

Baumann, L., and Ingvaldsen, T. 
Histidine and carnosine. The syn- 
thesis of carnosine. J. Biol. Chem. 
35: 263 (1918). 25 references. 
CARD'S ACID. See Pekmonosulfuric 

ACID. 

CAROTIN 

EscHER, Heinrich H. Zur Kenntniss 
des Carotins und des Lycopins. 
Promotionsarbeit, Tech. Hochschule, 
Zurich, 1909. 102 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Palmer, Leroy S., and Eckles, C. H. 
Carotin, the principal natural color- 
ing pigment of milk fat. I-IV. Mis- 
souri Agr. Expt. Sta., Research 
Bull. No. 9: 313-336; No. 10: 339- 
387; No. 11: 391-411; No. 12: 415- 
450 (1914). Also Palmer, Thesis, 
Univ. Missouri, 1915. Bibl. at end 
of each part. 

Palmer, Leroy S. Carotinoids and 
related pigments ; the chromolipoids. 
New York, Chem. Cat. Co., 1922. 
316 p. Bibl., p. 279-295. 

See also Plant pigments. 
CARVACROL 

EiNBECK, H. Carvacrol. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1: 580-584 
(1911). 85 footnotes. 
CARVONE 

Bartelt, K. Carvon. In Abderhalden, 
Biochem. Handl. 7: 459-470 (1912). 
90 footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Carvon. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 938-944 
(1902). Bibl. footnotes. 
CASCARA 

Johnson, C. W., and Hindman, 
Edith. Rhamnus purshiana. Am. 
J. Pharm. 86: 405-413 (1914). 
Chronological. 
CASE HARDENING 

Carnegie Library of Pittsburgh. 
Case hardening. In its Monthly 
Bull. 23: 128-136 (1918). 

Giolitti, F. Case hardening of steel. 
Intern. Eng. Congr., Metallurgy, 87- 
88 (1915). 18 references. 



White, A. H., and Hood, H. T. Gas 
as a case hardening agent. Michi- 
gan Gas Assoc, 24th annual meet- 
ing, 1915. 32 p. Am. Gas Lighting 
J. 103: 266 (1915). 30 references. 
CASEIN 

" Caseine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
2: 733 (1881); 2nd sen, 3: 195-196 
(1898) ; 3rd ser., 3: 873-874 (1922). 
About 140 references. 
Dunn, Max S., and Lewis, How- 
ard B. Action of nitrous acid on 
casein. J. Biol. Chem. 49: 327 
(1921). 34 references. 
Hemming, Emile. Casein products. In 
his Plastics, 1923, p. 113-116. Patents 
only. 
Marotta, Domenico. [Casein and its 
technical applications.] Ann. chim. 
appl. 6: 165-176 (1916). 
Osborne, T. B., and Guest, H. H. 
Hydrolysis of casein. J. Biol. Chem. 
9: 333-353 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 
Samuely, Franz. Casein. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 4: 103-118 
(1910); 9: 20-23 (1915). 250 foot- 
notes. 
U. S._ Forest Products Laboratory. 
Bibliography on casein and casein 
glues. Technical Note F-6, 1919. 
Chem. Met. Eng. 21: 138 (1919). 
National Adv. Com. for Aeronautics, 
Rept. No. 66: 15 (1920). 37 refer- 
ences. 
U. S. Library of Congress. Division 
of bibliography. List of references 
on casein. 1923. 7 p., mimeographed. 
67 references. 
See also Glues; Lactose (Beltzer). 
CASSIUS'S PURPLE 

Vanino, L. Cassius' Goldpurpur. 
Gewohnliches Goldpurpur. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
5, pt. 2: 254-260 (1914). 
CATALASE 

Battelli, F., and Stern, L. Die 
Katalase. Ergeb. Physiol. 10: 531- 
538 (1919). 195 references. 
Becking, L. G. M. B., and Hampton, 
H. C. Measurement of the catalytic 
power of catalase. Am. J. Botany 7 : 
261-274 (1920). 25 footnotes. 
Begemann, Otto H. K. Beitrage zur 
Kenntniss pfianzlischer Oxydations- 
fermente. Arch. ges. Physiol. 161 : 
226-232 (1915). 115 references. 
Chronological. 
"Blood, catalyse in." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 

O., 3rd ser., 3: 9 (1922). 
"Catalase." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
ser., 3: 883-884 (1922). 70 refer- 
ences. 



68 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



CATALASE— Coni'c? 

DuTCHER, R. Adams. Catalase activity 
of tissues in avian polyneuritis. J. 
Biol. Chem. 36: 63 (1918). 38 ref- 
erences. 

Freedericksz, Wladimir. Role phy- 
siologique de la catalase. Bui. soc. 
bot. Geneve (2) 3: 112-115 (1911). 
92 references. 

NoRGAARD, Axel V. S. Om luftvol- 
umetrisk katalasebestemmelse i fil- 
trater fra fordjzijelseskanalens ind- 
hold hos voksne. Thesis, Copenhagen, 
1919. 286 p. Bibl., p. 277-286. 

ZuNZ, Edgard. Katalase. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 5: 646-650 
(1911). 90 footnotes. 
CATALYSIS 

Abel, E. Katalyse. Z. Elektrochem. 
19: 933-951 (1913). 

Agree, S. F. [Mechanism of organic 
reactions.] See a series of papers in 
Am. Chem. J. vols. 27 to 48 (1902- 
1912). 

Agree, S. F. Catalytic reactions in- 
duced by enzymes. J. Am. Chem. 
Soc. 30: 1755-1760 (1908). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Bancroft, Wilder D. Contact cataly- 
sis. Trans. Am. Electrochem. Soc. 
Z7: 21-53 (1920). 93 footnotes. 

Bancroft, Wilder D. First report of 
the Committee on contact catalysis. 
J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 14 : 326, 444, 545, 
642 (1922). Reprint and Circular 
Series, Nat. Research Council, No. 
30. 43 p. About 120 footnotes. 

Bancroft, Wilder D. The poisoning 
of catalytic agents. Trans. Am. 
Electrochem. Soc. 32 : 439-464 (1917). 
56 footnotes. 

Bancroft, Wilder D. Theory of con- 
tact catalysis. Trans. Am. Electro- 
chem. Soc. 32: 475-494 (1917). 45 
footnotes. 

Bary, Paul. Reactions catalytiques 
obtenues par le platine et les metaux 
de son groupe. In his Les colloides 
metalliques, 1920, p. 87-93. 

" Catalysis." Ind. -Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
sen, 3: 885-886 (1922). 

Czapek , F. Katalyse. In his Bio- 
chemie der Pflanzen, 3rd ed., 1 : 84- 
95 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

Effront, Jean. Les catalyseurs bio- 
chemiques dans la vie et dans I'in- 
dustrie. Paris, Dunod, 1914. 772 p. 
Translation, 1917, 752 p. Bibl. at 
ends of chapters. 

Fajans, Kasimir. Ueber die stereo- 
chemische Spezifizitat der Kataly- 
satorcn (Optische Aktivierung durch 
asymmetrische Katalyse). Z. physik. 
Chem. 73: 25-96 (1910). Disserta- 
tion. Heidelberg, 1910. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 



Falk, K. George. Catalytic action. 
New York, Chem. Cat. Co., 1922. 
172 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Halen, S. Edelmetalle und Verbin- 
dungen der seltenen Erden als Kon- 
taktstoffe. Edel-Erden u. Erze 1 : 51, 
76, 89, 102, 111 (1920). Largely 
patents through text. 

Huff, Wilbert J. The thermal prob- 
lem in organic contact catalysis. 
Trans. Am. Electrochem. Soc. 36: 
183-186 (1919). 20 references. 

Meerwein, Hans. Katalyse. In Hou- 
ben, Methoden der organischen 
Chemie 2: 388-475 (1922). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

pRiNS, H. J. Zur Kenntniss der 
katalytischen Wirkung. Synthese 
einiger Chlorpropane und ihrer De- 
rivate. J. prakt. Chem. 197: 415-451 
(1913-1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

Reid, E. E. Organic catalysis. J. Ind. 
Eng. Chem. 14: 838-839 (1922). 2,B 
references. 

Ride.\l, Eric K. Catalysis in theory 
and practice. London, Macmillan, 
1919. 496 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Rosenmund, K. W. Katalyse. Fort- 
schritte Chem. 15: 41-52 (1919- 
1920). References through text. 

Sabatier, Paul. Catalysis in organic 
chemistry. New York, Van Nos- 
trand, 1922. 406 p. Bibl. footnotes, 

Sterba, Johann St. Bericht ueber die 
chemische Wirkung der Kathoden- 
strahlen. Jahrb. Radioakt. Elek- 
tronik 4: 306-307 (1908). 44 refer- 
ences. 

Stern, E. Katalyse. Fortschritte < 
Chem. 1 : 28, 65, 316 (1909) ; 3: 25- 
2,2 (1910-11); 4: 15-23 (1911); 8: 
249-254 (1913). References through 
text. 

Warburg, E. Ueber chemische Reak- 
tionen, welche durch die stille Entlad- 
ung in gasformigen Korpern 
herbeigefiihrt werden. Jahrb. Ra- 
dioakt. Elektronik6: 181-184 (1909). 
55 titles. 

Woker, Gertrud. Die Katalyse. Die 
Rolle der Katalyse in der analyt- 
ischen Chemie. 1. Allgemeiner Teil. 
2, pt. 1. [Inorganic catalysts.] 
Stuttgart, Enke, 1910, 1915. 645 and 
803 p. Numerous bibl. footnotes. 

Woker, Gertrud. Die Katalyse. II. 
Spezieller Teil. Zwcite Abteilung. 
Biologische Katalysatoren. I Halfte. 
Hydrolvsierende Fermente. Stuttgart, 
Enke, 1924. 583 p. Bibl. footnotes. 
Author index. 

Sec also Electronics. 
CATAPHORESIS 

Burton, E. F. Cataphoresis. The mo- 
tion of colloidal particles in an elec- 
tric field. Fourth Report on colloid 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



69 



chemistry, 1922, p. 23-32. 27 refer- 
ences. 

See also Colloids. 
CATECHOL 

NiERENSTEiN, M. Catechin. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 7 : 2)-6 
(1912). 50 footnotes. 
CELITE. See Diatomaceous earth. 
CELLOBIOSE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Cellobiose. In their 
Lehrb. or^. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 1010 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Cellobiose. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 10: 598^ 
600 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 
CELLS 

" Cell, chemistry of." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 2nd ser., 3: 278 (1898) ; 3rd sen, 
3: 935-936 (1922). 100 references. 

" Cell, effects of chemical and physical 
agents on." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
sen, 3: 939-940 (1922). 42 refer- 
ences. 

HoBER, Rudolf. Physikalische Chemie 
der Zelle und der Gewebe. Sth ed. 
Leipzig, Engelmann, 1922. Part 1, 
544 p. Bibl. footnotes. (4th ed., 1914. 
808 p.) 

KoNiG, J., and Rump, E. Chemie und 
Struktur der Pflanzen-Zellmembran- 
en. Z. Nahn-Genussm. 28: 177-222 
(1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

Spiro, Karl. Physikalische Chemie 
der Zelle. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 2: 1-78 (1908). 151 foot- 
notes. 
CELLS: Standard. See Standard cells. 
CELLULOID 

Andes, Louis E. Ueber Neuerungen 
auf dem Gebiete der Celluloid Fabri- 
kation. Chem.-Ztg. 26: 475-477 
(1902); 27: 218-220 (1903). 76 
footnotes. 

Halen, S. Verfahren zur Herstellung 
von Zelluloid oder zelluloidartigen 
Massen. Kunststoffe 4: 329-332 
(1914). Patents. 

Main, W. Le celluloid et ses suc- 
cedanes. Paris, Gauthier, 1913. 163 p. 

Sachs, Albert P., and Byron, Oscar. 
Camphor substitutes in the manufac- 
ture of celluloid. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 
13: 897-901 (1921). 213 patents. 

Schall, M. Die Herstellung von Zell- 
uloidlacken. Kunststoffe 1 : 201-204 
(1911); 6: 113-115 (1916). Patents. 

Schmidt, — . Neuerungen auf dem 
Gebiete der Herstellung von Zelluloid 
und Zelluloidersatzstoffen. Kunst- 
stoffe 14: 129-133 (1924). Patents 
through text. 

Stokes, H. N., and Weber, H. C. P. 
Effects of heat on celluloid and simi- 
lar materials. U. S. Bur. Standards, 



Tech. Paper No. 98, 1917. Bibl., p. 
40. 16 references. 

See also Lacquers ; Pyroxylin. 
CELLULOSE 

" Cellulose." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 2: 803 (1881) ; 2nd ser., 3: 284 
(1898) ; 3rd sen, 3: 946-947 (1922). 

Clifford, Percy H., and Fargher, 
Robert G. Oxycellulose : its forma- 
tion and reactions. A summary of 
the; literature. J. Text. Inst. 13: 189- 
204 (1922); Am. Dyestuff Rep. 11: 
405, 427 (1922). 90 references. 

Collins, George E. The swelling of 
cotton cellulose. Shirley Inst. Mem. 
2: 213-216 (1923) ; J. Text. Inst. 14: 
264-276T (1923) ; Am. Dyestuff Rep. 
12: 669-677 (1923). 200 references. 

Crane, Jasper E. Cellulose industries. 
In Roger, Manual of Industrial 
Chemistry, 3rd ed., 1067-1069. 75 se- 
lected references. 

Czapek, F. Die Zellhautgeriist der 
Phanerogamen : Die Cellulose. In his 
Biochemie der Pflanzen, 3rd ed., I : 
645-665 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

Dorr, E. [The present position of 
cellulose research.] Z. angew. Chem. 
36: 399-402 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Hagglund, Erik. Die Hydrolyse des 
Zellstoffs und des Holzes. Sammlung 
chem. chem. -tech. Vortrage 22 : 454- 
456 (1916). 

Halle, — . [Paper and cellulose 
masses.] Kunststoffe 6 : 269-273, 289- 
292 (1916). Patents. 

Hess, Kurt, Weltzien, W., and 
Messmer, E. Ueber Cellulose. Ann. 
435: 1-144 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Hibbert, Harold. Chemistry of cellu- 
lose. I. Constitution of cellulose. J. 
Ind. Eng. Chem. 13: 256-260, 334- 
342 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 

Sander, A. Chemie und Industrie der 
Cellulose. Fortschritte Chem. 4 : 
293-307 (1911). References through 
text. 

Schwalbe, Carl G. Die Chemie der 
Cellulose. Berlin, Borntraeger, 1911. 
665 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

WoRDEN, Edwin C. Technology of 
cellulose esters. Vol. 1 in 5 parts. 
New York, Van Nostrand, 1921. 
p. 1-388 have 13,665 references (in- 
cluding patents) on cellulose. 

Zemplen, Geza. Cellulosen. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 2: 198- 
233 (1911) ; 8: 49-80 (1914); 10: 
283-328 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Serial 

Cellulosechemie. Wissenschaftliche Bei- 

blatter zu der Zeitschrift " Der Pa- 

pierfabrikant." Berlin, Eisner. Not 

sold separately. 1920- . Abstracts 



70 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



CELLULOSE— Confd 

are given of the important articles on 
the chemistry of cellulose, lignin and 
related compounds. 

See also Cotton, Fibers, Paper. 
CELLULOSE: Action of bacteria. 

Alexabdrowicz, Jerzy S. Zur Kennt- 
niss des Cellulose und des cellu- 
loselosenden Fermentes im Hepato- 
pankreassaft der Schnecke (Helix 
pomatia). Arch. ges. Physiol. 150: 
57-86 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Daszewska, Wanda. Etude sur la 
desagregation de la cellulose dans la 
terre de bruyere et la tourbe. Bull, 
soc. bot. Geneve (2) 4: 315-316 
(1912). 49 references. 

McBeth, I. G. Decomposition of 
cellulose in soils. Soil Science 1 : 
481-487 (1916). 99 references. 

McBeth, I. G., and Scales, F. M. The 
destruction of cellulose by bacteria 
and filamentous fungi. U. S. Dept. 
Agr., Bur. Plant Ind., Bull. 266, 
1913. 52 p. Bibl., p. 47-50. 
CELLULOSE: Analytical. 

Renker, Max. Ueber Bestimmungs- 
methoden des Cellulose. Z. angew. 
Chem. 23: 193-198 (1910). 34 foot- 
notes. 

Vandevblde, a. J. J. Sur le residu in- 
soluble cellulosique. Bull. soc. chim. 
Belg. 29: 258-284 (1920). 140 foot- 
notes. 

West, C. J. Recent literature on the 
determination of cellulose. Paper 
Trade J. 72, No. 17: 50-54 (Apr. 21, 
1921). 
CELLULOSE: Digestion. 

LoHRiscH, Hans. tJber die Bedeutung 
der Cellulose im Haushalte des 
Menschen. Z. physiol. Chem. 47 : 
248-252 (1906). 85 references. 

LoHRiscH, H. tJber der Verdauung 
und Verwertung der Rohfaser und 
Zellulose im tierischem und mensch- 
lichem Organismus. Z. ges. Phvsiol. 
Path. Stoffwechsels, n. s., 2: 820-822 
(1907). 54 references. 

LoHRiscH, H. Der Vorgang der Cellu- 
lose- und Hemicelluloseverdauung 
beim Menschen und der Niihrwert 
dieser Substanzen fiir den mensch- 
lichen Organismus. Z. exp. Path. 
Then 5: 535-539 (1909). 104 ref- 
erences. 
CELLULOSE ACETATE 

Cochrane, J. R. S. Airplane dopes. 
I. Materials, plant and process for 
production of cellulose acetate. 
Commonwealth Australia Munitions 
Supply Board, Tech. Repts., 1920- 
1921, 20. 

Drinker, Philip. European practice 
in cellulose acetate and dopes during 



the war. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 13: 835- 
836 (1921). 38 footnotes. 

Clement, L., and Riviere, C Azetyl- 
cellulosen. Kunststofife 4: 148-152, 
166-168, 186-188 (1914). Patents. 

EicHENGRUEjg-, A. Acetylccllulosen. In 
Ullmann, Enzyk. tech. Chem. 1 : 114- 
130 (1914). Patents through text. 
Bibl., p. 130. 

Fischer, E. J. _ Zelluloseacetate und 
andere organische Saureester der 
Zellulose. Kunststoffe 2: 48-52, 64- 
69 (1912); 4: 102-105, 123-126 
(1914). Patents. 

ScHWALBE, Carl G. S. Die Acetylie- 
rung der Baumwollcellulose. Z. 
angew. Chem. 23: 433-441 (1910). 
48 footnotes. 

WoRDEN, Edward C. Carbohydrate 
carboxylates. New York, Van Nos- 
trand, 1916. 575 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

WoRDEN, Edward C. Cellulose acetate. 
J. Soc. Chem. Ind. 38: 374T (1919). 
About 100 references and patents. 

WoRDEN, Edward C. Cellulose acetate. 
In his Technologv of cellulose esters 
1: 2987-3014 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Cellulose esters. 
CELLULOSE ESTERS 

Sproxton, Foster. Cellulose esters. In 
Third report on colloid chemistry, 
1920, p. 89-90. 

WoRDEN, Edward C. Cellulose esters. 
In his Technology of cellulose esters 
1: 2377-3083 (1921). 28,316 refer- 
ences, including patents. Solvents 
for esters are discussed on p. 2382- 
2510. 
CELLULOSE FORMATE 

WoRDEN, E. C. Formylated cellulose. 
J. Soc. Chem. Ind. 31: 1064-1068 
(1912); Kunststoffe 2: 325-328 
(1912). 334 references in 65 foot- 
notes. 

WoRDEN, E. C. Cellulose formate. In 
his Technology of cellulose esters 1 : 
3015-3018 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Cellulose esters. 
CELLULOSE NITRATE 

LipscHiTZ, Adolf. Beitriige zur Kennt- 
niss der Einwirkung der Salpeter- 
saure auf Baumwollcellulose. Zu- 
rich, Leeman, 1913. 66 p. Bibl. 
footnotes. 

WoRDEN, Edward C. Analysis of cellu- 
lose nitrates. In his Technology of 
cellulose esters, 1: 2273-2381 (1921). 
1216 references. 

Worden, Edward C. Nitration of cot- 
ton. In his Technology of cellulose 
esters, 1: 1933-2271 (1921). 1014 
references. 

Worden, Edward C. Nitrocellulose in- 
dustry. 2 vol. New York, Van Nos- 
trand, 1911. 8000 references. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



n 



CELLULOSE XANTHATE. See Viscose. 

CELTIUM. See Hafnium. 

CEMENT 

Abrams, Duff A. Effect of storage on 
cement. Structural materials re- 
search laboratory, Lewis Inst, Bull. 
6, 1924. 2nd ed. 38 p. Bibl., p. 35-38. 

Arlt, Ferdinand R. v. Allgemeines 
ueber Zemente. In Doelter. Hand. 
Mineralchem. 1: 851-854 (1912). 106 
references to books. 

Atwood, Wm. G., and Johnson, A. A. 
Disintegration of cement in sea 
water. Proc. Am. Soc. Civil Eng. 
49: 1058-1064 (1923). 114 refer- 
ences. Also in their Marine struc- 
tures, 1924, p. 496-519. 

Bates, P. H., Phillips, A. J., and 
Wig, R. J. Action of the salts in 
alkali waters and sea water on ce- 
ments. U. S. Bur. Standards, Tech. 
Paper No. 12, 1912. 157 p. Bibl., 
p. 103-105. 100 references. 

BuRCHARTz, R. F. [The use of trass 
for cement and as an addition to 
concrete.] Zement 12 : 269-271 
(1923). 

Candlot, E. Ciments et chaux hy- 
drauliques, fabrication — proprietes — 
emploi. 3rd ed. Paris. Beranger, 
1906. 531 p. Bibl., p. 523-525. 

Cochran, Jerome. A treatise on ce- 
ment specifications. New York, Van 
Nostrand, 1912. 101 p. Bibl., p. 82- 
94. 

Dittler, E. Die Silicate und Alum- 
inate des Zements. In Doelter, 
Handb. Mineralchem. 1: 804-814 
(1912). Bibl. footnotes. 

Eckel, Edward C. Cements, limes 
and plasters ; their materials, manu- 
facture and properties. 2nd ed. 
New York, Wiley, 1922. 655 p. Ref- 
erences at ends of chapters. 

EcKET., C. E. Portland cement mate- 
rials and industry in the United 
States. U. S. Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 
522. Bibl, p. 375-381. 125 refer- 
ences, 1888-1912. 

Endell, K. Wichtigste Literatur ueber 
Zementforschung seit 1908. Z. 
angew Chem. 31: 240 (1918). 59 
references. 

Government and state publications on 
cement materials, cement and con- 
crete. U. S. Geol. Sur., Mineral Re- 
sources, 1916, pt. 2: 371-375. 138 
references, 1888-1917. 

Halen, S. Im Gewerbe, in der Indus- 
trie und im Haushalt verwendbare 
Kitte. Kunststoffe 2: 321-325, 368- 
371 (1912). Patents. 

Hemming, Emile. Calcareous cements 
and artificial stones. In his Plastics, 
1923, 42-90. Patents. 



HuRSCH, R. K. Cements, limes and 
plasters. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 13 : 
477-478 (1921). 

Kallauner, O. [Portland cement 
and magnesium salts.] Tonind.-Ztg. 
36: 1335-1336. 

Klein, A. A., and Phillips, A. J. 
Hydration of Portland cement. 
U. S. Bur. Standards, Tech. Paper 
No. 43, 1914. 71 p. 60 footnotes. 

Platzmann, C. R. [Progress of ce- 
ment research.] Zement 12: 73-76, 
79-82 (1923). 

Portland Cement Association. Li- 
brary. Catalog of books, periodicals 
and pamphlets in the library of the 
Portland cement association. Chi- 
cago, 1918. 59 p. 

Witt, J. C. Effect of electrolytes on 
cement, as reported by a number of 
investigators. Philipp. J. Sci. 13 : 30- 
^34 (1918). 60 references. 

See also Soil alkalies. 
CEMENTS: Dental. 

VoELKER, Chas. C. Dental silicate ce- 
ments in theory and practice. Den- 
tal Cosmos 58: 1110-1111 (1916). 40 
references. 
CEMENTS: Magnesia. 

RoARK, R. J. Physical properties of 
magnesia cements and magnesium 
cement compounds. Wisconsin Univ., 
Eng. Expt. Sta., Bull. 8, No. 5 : 247- 
332. Bibl, p. 326-327. 25 references. 

West, G. H., Sebastian, R. L., and 
Darrow, W. a. Bibliography of 
magnesian cements. U. _S. Bur. 
Mines, Repts. of Investigations, No. 
2534. Oct., 1923. 17 p., mimeo- 
graphed. 211 references, classified. 
CEPHALIN 

"Cephalin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
ser., 3: 951 (1922). 25 references. 

See also Lipoids. 
CERAMICS 

Bollenbach, H. Die Fortschritte der 
Feinkeramik. Chem.-Ztg. 35 : 653- 
654 (1911); 43 footnotes. 37: 1129- 
1130, 1183-1185 (1913). 61 footnotes. 

Branner, John C. A bibliography of 
clays and the ceramic arts. Am. 
Ceramic Soc, 1906. 451 p. 6027 ref- 
erences. " An alphabetical arrange- 
ment, supposed to cover the art from 
early times to the year 1906." Revis- 
ion of U. S. Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 
143, 1896. 

Fenaroli, Piero. Progress! nella 
chimica e tecnologia delle arti cera- 
miche nei 1913. Ann. chim. appl. 2: 
374-390 (1914). 95 footnotes. 

Funk, W. Fortschritte der Keramik. 
Chem.-Ztg. 47: 673, 701, 718, 734, 
742 (1923). 174 footnotes. 



72 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



CERAMICS— Conf'rf 

Geyer, L. E. Revised list of publica- 
tions on ceramic investigations, Bu- 
reau of Mines. U. S. Bureau of 
Mines, Repts. of Investigations, No. 
2645. 1924. 7 p., mimeographed. 90 
titles. First list issued as Report 
2437, 1923. 
Gt. Brit. Patent office. Subject list 
of works on the silicate industries 
(ceramics and glass) in the library 
of the Patent Office. London, Patent 
Office, 1914. 77 p. 
Reference list of ceramic books. J. Am. 
Ceram. Soc. 6: 322-348 (1923). 
Classified. 
RiECKE, R. Neuere Fortschritte auf 
dem Gebiete der keramischen Chemie. 
Fortschritte chem. 6: 141-156, 185- 
200 (1912-1913). References through 
text. 
Solon, Louis M. E. Ceramic litera- 
ture : an analytical index to the 
works published in all languages on 
the history and technology of the 
ceramic art. London, Griffin, 1910. 
660 p. 
Solon, M. L. List of books on the his- 
tory and technology of the ceramic 
art Trans. English Ceram. Soc. 11 : 
65-104 (1911-1912). Supplements the 
above book. 
Society of Chemical Industry. 
Ceramics and building materials. Jn 
Reports of the progress of applied 
chemistry, 1: 133-149 (1916); 84 
references. 2: 204-241 (1917); 131 
footnotes. 4: 189-201 (1919); 54 
references. 5: 215-228 (1920); 84 
footnotes. 6: 228-256 (1921); 101 
footnotes. 7: 197-215 (1922); 78 
footnotes. 8: 218-232 (1923); 39 
footnotes. 9: 278-303 (1924); 95 
footnotes. 
Trenton, N. J. Free Public Library. 
List of books on ceramics. Trenton, 
1906. 30 p. 
Washburn, E. W., Parmalee, C. W., 
and HuRSH, R. K. Selected list of 
books in the English language deal- 
ing with ceramics. Dept. Ceramic 
Eng., Univ. 111., Bull. No. 42, 1921. 
J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 13: 476-478 
(1921). 
VoGT, G. Ceramique. hi Moissan, 
Chim. min. 4: 61-112 (1905). 107 
footnotes. 

Serial 
Ceramic abstracts. Easton, Pa., Am. 
Ceramic Soc. 1922- . (Abstracts 
were included in the Journal of the 
Am. Ceramic Soc. without separate 
paging in vol. 2, no. 6-vol. 4 (June, 
1919 to Dec, 1921). Covers: Abra- 
sives ; cement, lime and plasters ; 
enamels ; glass ; heavy clay products ; 



refractories; terra cotta; whiteware; 
apparatus and equipment ; kilns, fur- 
naces, fuels and combustion; geolo- 
gy ; chemistry ; physics ; general. In- 
cludes patents. 
Silikat-Zeitschrift. Archiv fiir Wis- 
senschaft und Technik der Silikate 
und keramisches Zentralblatt. 1913- 
References classified under 
headings: Silicate investigations: 
methods ; firing technique ; raw ma- 
terials ; glass ; enamels ; heavy clay 
products ; lime and cement ; miscel- 
laneous. 
See also Abrasives, Brick, Clay, 
Glass, Refractories, etc. 
CEREBROSIDES 

" Cerebrin and cerebrosides." Ind.- 
Cat. S. G. O., 2nd ser.. 3 : 305 (1898) ; 
3rd ser., 3: 973 (1922). 23 refer- 
ences. 
Cramer, W., and Fuchs, D. Protagon, 
Cerebroside und verwandte Sub- 
stanzen. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 3: 250-267 (1911); 8: 469- 
472 (1914). 115 footnotes. 
Posner, Edward R., and Gies, Wm. J. 
Is protagon a mechanical mixture of 
substances or a definite chemical 
compound. J. Biol. Chem. 1 : 59-112 
(1905). 35 references. 
"Protagon." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 11: 713 (1890); 2nd sen, 13: 
899 (1908). 24 references. 
ScHULZ, Fr. N. Cerebroside. In Op- 
penheimer, Handb. Biochem., 2nd ed., 
1: 991-997 (1924). 31 references. 
Thierfelder, H. Cerebroside. In Ab- 
derhalden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 1, 
pt. 6: 145-168 (1922). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
Sec also Brain, Lipoids. 
CEREBRO-SPINAL FLUID 

Blumenthal, Ferdinand. Ueber Cere- 
brospinalfliissigkeit. Ergeb. Physiol. 
1: 285-286 (1902). 42 references. 
" Cerebrospinal fluid, chemistry of 
the." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd sen, 
3: 974-975 (1922). 40 references. 
ScHUMM, O. Methoden zur Unter- 
suchungen des Liquor cerebrospina- 
lis. Einige spezielle chemische 
Methoden.' In Abderhalden, Handb. 
biol. Arbeitsm. 5, pt. 5 B: 25-72 
(1923). Bibl. footnotes. 
CERESIN. See Hydrocarbons; Petro- 
leum (Redwood). 
CERIUM 

Hirsch, Alcan. Metallic cerium, its 
preparation and properties, with spe- 
cial reference to its commercial ap- 
plications. Trans. Am. Electrochem. 
Soc. 20: 101-102 (1911) ; J. Soc. 
Chem. Ind. 31: 477 (1922). 61 ref- 
erences. 



CHEMISTRY AND CH'EMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



72, 



BoNAKDi, J. P. Selected bibliography 
on the qualitative and quantitative 
chemistry of cerium and thorium. 
In U. S. Bur. Mines, Bull. No. 212, 
1923, p. 66-70. 105 references. 

Little, H. F. V. Cerium. In Friend, 
Textbook, 4: 376-404 (1917). Bibl 
footnotes. 

Magee, W. H. Indexes to the litera- 
ture of cerium (1751-1894) and 
lanthanum (1839-1894). Smithsonian 
Misc. Coll., No. 971, 1895. 43 p. 
Cerium, p. 5-31. 500 references. 
Chronological with author index. 

Mellor, J. W. Cerium family of rare 
earths. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 5 : 
586-676 (1924). Bibl. through chap- 
ter. 

Wolff, Hermann. Ueber einige Salze 
des Ceriums. Z. anorg. Chem., 45 : 
89-115 (1905). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Rare earths. 
CERUSSITE. See Lead carbonate. 
CESIUM 

Chabrie, C. Coesium. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 3: 1-11 (1904). 78 foot- 
notes. 

Ephraim, Fritz. Casium. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 
215-233 (1906). References through 
text. 

Walker, A. J. Cesium. In Friend, 
Textbook, 2: 200-210 (1924). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

See also Alkali metals. 
CETYL ALCOHOL 

Alexrad, Sol. A wool fat (lanolin) 
substitute and the preparation of 
cetyl alcohol. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 9 : 
1123-1125 (1917). 

See also Alcohols. 
CHABASITE 

GoLDSCHLAG, M. Chabasit. In Doelter, 
Handb. Mineralchem. 2, pt. 3 : 73- 
129 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Zeolites. 
CHALCEDONY 

Leitmeier, H. Chalcedon (Si02.xH20). 
In Doelter, Handb. Mineralchem. 2, 
pt. 1: 165-185 (1914). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

See also Quartz. 
CHARCOAL 

Bancroft, Wilder D. Charcoal before 
the war. J. Phys. Chem. 24: 127- 
146, 201-224, 342-366 (1920). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Halen, J. Die Herstellung aktiver 
Kohlen. Kunststoffe 9 : 23-27 ( 1919) . 
36 patents. 

Liesgang, Raphael Ed. Kohle f iir Ad- 
sorptionszwecke, 1914-1919. Chem.- 
Ztg. 44: 89-90 (1920). 44 footnotes. 

McKee, R. H., and Horton, P. M. 
Adsorbent carbons for many indus- 



tries. Chem. Met. Eng. 32 : 16 (1925). 
23 patents and 22 journal references. 

Ray, Arthur B. Activated carbon. 
Chem. Met. Eng. 29: 354-359 (1923). 
44 references. Trans. Am. Inst. 
Chem. Eng. 15, pt. 1: 345-346 
(1924). 33 references. 

See also Adsorption, Carbon. 
CHAULMOOGRA OIL 

Read, Bernard E. The toxicity of 
chaulmoogra oil (Oleum hydno- 
carpi). J. Pharmacol. 24: 257-258 
(1924). 39 references. 

Warren, L. E. Chemistry and thera- 
peutic properties of chaulmoogra oil. 
J. Am. Pharm. Assoc. 10: 510-521 
(1921). 39 references. 
CHEESE 

" Cheese." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 
2: 867 (1881) : 2nd sen, 3: 359-360 
(1898); 3rd sen, -3: 1010-1013 
(1922). Includes bacteriology and 
chemistry. 

Ellbrecht, G. Ost und Osteproduk- 
tion. Copenhagen, 1911. 264 p. 

FiSK, W. W. Study of some factors 
influencing the yield and the mois- 
ture content of Cheddar cheese. 
N. Y. Cornell Agr. Expt. Sta., Bull. 
No. 334: 515-538 (1913). 

FiSK, W. W. Methods of making some 
of the soft cheeses. N. Y. Cornell 
Agr. Expt. Sta., Circ. No. 30: 41- 
62 (1915). 28 references. 

Harrison, F. C. The ripening of 
cheese and the role of microorgan- 
isms in the process. Trans. Canadian 
Inst. 7, 1: 103-134 (1901). 

Hart, E. B. Relation of the action of 
certain bacteria to the ripening of 
cheese of the Cheddar type. J. Agr. 
Res. 2: 214-216 (1914). 32 refer- 
ences. 

HucKER, G. J. The bacteriological as- 
pects of cheese ripening. Abst. Bact. 
5: 287-303 (1921). 242 references. 
Also in N. Y. Agr. Expt. Sta., Tech. 
Bull. No. 89, 1922. 36 p. 

HuppERT, Otto. Beitrage zur Kennt- 
niss der Stickstofifverbindungen des 
Magerkases. Promotionsarbeit, 
Tech. Hochschule, Zurich, 1920. 51 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Reuchlin, E., and Rachel, F. Bei- 
trage zur Kaseuntersuchungen. Z. 
Nahn- Genussm. 26: 20-38 (1913). 
46 references. 

Thom, C. Camembert cheese prob- 
lems in the U. S. Conn. Storrs Agr. 
Expt. Sta. Bull. No. 58: 317-374. 
U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Animal Ind., 
Bull. No. 115, 1909. 54 p. 



74 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



CREESE— Cont'd 

Thom, Charles, and Fisk, Walter W. 
The book of cheese. New York, 
Macmillan, 1918. 392 p. Contains 
bibls. 

Van Slyke, L. L., and Publow, C. A. 
The science and practice of cheese 
making. New York, Orange Judd, 
1909. 483 p. Bibl., p. 454-462. 109 
references to Expt. Sta. Repts-, with 
subject index, 463-471. 

WiTTE, GusTAV A. Die Heiztech- 
nischen Einrichtungen der Kaserei. 
Bern, Wyss, 1911. 688 p. Bibl., p. 
577-594. 

See also Dairy products, M,ilk. 
CHEMICAL APPARATUS 

Die Entwicklung des Apparatewesen 
auf dem Gebiete der anorganisch- 
chemischen Grossindustrie wahrend 
des Weltkrieges. Chem.-Ztg. 43 : 
273, 293, 313, 330, 349 (1919). 299 
footnotes. 

Society of Chemical Industry. Plant 
and machinery. In Annual reports 
on the progress of applied chemis- 
try, 3: 7-17 (1918); 37 footnotes. 
4: 7-19 (1919) ; 30 footnotes. 5: 5- 
17 (1920); 38 footnotes. 6: 5-10 
(1921); 27 footnotes. 7: 5-12 
(1922); 31 footnotes. 8: 5-11 
(1923) ; 28 footnotes. 

See also Laboratory Apparatus, 
Platinum. 
CHEMICAL EDUCATION 

Marion, G. E. Bibliography on the 
training and education of the chem- 
ist and chemical engineer. J. Ind. 
Eng. Chem. 7: 269 (1915). About 
75 references. 
CHEMICAL EQUILIBRIUM 

Bruyn, B. R. Beitrag zur Kenntniss 
der Gleichgewichte mit zwei fliissig- 
en Phasen in Systemen von einem 
Alkalisalz, Wasser und Alkohol. Z. 
physikal. Chem. 34: 62-115 (1900). 
75 footnotes. 

" Equilibres chimiques." In Tables 
Annuelles, 1: 436-445 (1910); 2: 
495-503 (1911); 3: 350-356 (1912); 

^ 4: 850-880 (1913-1916). 

"Gleichgewichte je zwei organischer 
Stoffe." In Landolt-Bornstein, Ta- 
bellen, 5th ed., 1923, 704-706 (1923). 
165 references. 

Herz, Walter G. Chemische Ver- 
wandtschaftslehre : die Lehre von 
den Gleichgewichten in homogenen 
und heterogenen Systemen und 
von der Reaktionsgeschwindigkeit. 
Sammlung chem. -chem. -tech, Vor- 
triige 8: 349-408 (1903). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Kremann, R. Chemische Gleichge- 
wichtslehre. Fortschritte Chem. 13 : 



177-188 (1917-1918); 15: 23-39 
(1919-20); 17: 1-22, 65-80, 113-134 
(1921-23). References through text. 

Mellor, J. W. Effect of temperature 
on chemical equilibria. In his Inorg. 
theor. chem. 1: 732-739 (1922). 50 
references. 
CHEMICAL laNETICS 

Abel, E. Kinetik der Wasserstoff- 
superoxyd-Jod-Reaktion. Z. physik. 
Chem. 96: 1-197 (1920). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Bredig, G. Die Elemente der chem- 
ischen Kinetik, mit besonderer Be- 
riicksichtigung der Katalyse und der 
Fermentwirkung. Ergeb. Physiol. 1 : 
134-212 (1902). Bibl. footnotes. 

Freundlich, H., and Kjjestovni- 
KOFF, A. Ueber die Kinetik der 
Umwandlung von Chloralkylaminen 
in heterozyklisch Verbindungen. Z. 
physikal. Chem. 76: 79-104 (1911); 
79: 681-699 (1912). Bibl. footnotes. 

Kremann, R. Chemische Dynamik 
und Kinetik. Fortschritte Chem. 1 : 
161-172, 236-250 (1909); 2: 93-106 
(1910) ; 3: 35-51, 321-337 (1910-11),; 
4: 161-175 (1911); 5: 115-129 
(1912) ; 6: 105-124 (1912-13) ; 7 : 97- 
112 (1913) ; 8: 85-106 (1913); 9: 
151-175 (1914); 10: 161-182 (1914- 
15); 11: 133-146 (1915-16). Refer- 
ences through text. 

Kremann, R. Chemische Geschwind- 
igkeitslehre. Fortschritte Chem. 13 : 
1-6 (1917-1918); 15: 131-137 (1919- 
20) ; 17: 23-32, 81-83 (1920). 

Mellor, J. W. Chemical statics and 
dynamics, including the theories of 
chemical changes, catalysis and ex- 
plosions. New York, Longmans, 
1909. 528 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Rice, Francis O. Reaction velocity in 
homogeneous systems. In Taylor, 
Treatise on physical chemistry 2 : 
865-931 (1924). Bibl. footnotes. 

Taylor, Hugh S. Reaction velocity in 
heterogeneous systems, ht his Trea- 
tise on physical chemistry 2 : 933- 
1004 (1924). Bibl. footnotes. 

" Vitesse de reaction." In Tables An- 
nuelles 1: 445-459 (1910); 2: 504- 
516 (1911) ; 3: 357-374 (1912) ; 4: 
881-930 (1913-16). 

Warder, Robert B. Literature of the 
speed of chemical reactions. Proc. 
Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 32, 156-158 
(1884). 
CHEMICAL PATHOLOGY 

Wells, H. Gideon. Chemical path- 
ology — discussion of general path- 
ology from the standpoint of the 
chemical processes involved. 4th ed. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1920. Bibl. 
footnotes. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



75 



CHEMICAL WARFARE 

Berolzheimer, D. D. Gases used in 
warfare : references to the standard 
reference books. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 
11: 256 (1919). 80 references. 

Haferkorn, Henry E., and Neumann, 
Felix. Poisonous gas in warfare : 
application, prevention, defense and 
medical treatment. Prof. Mem., 
Corps of Engineers, 9: No. 48 
(1917) ; reprinted in 1918. 42 p. 
267 references, annotated. 

West, Clarence J. Chemical warfare. 
Special Libraries 10: 225-236 (1919). 
A. D. Little, Inc., Bibl. Series No. 1, 
1919. 12 p. About 550 references. 

See also names of gases, such as 
Phosgene. 
CHEMOTHERAPY 

" Chemotherapy." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
3rd sen, 3: 1035-1036 (1922). 75 ref- 
erences. 

Dale, H. H. Chemotherapy. Physiol. 
Rev. 3: 390-393 (1923). 

FoRNEAU, E. £tat actuel de la chemio- 
therapie. Bull. soc. chim. (4) 37: 
23-30 (1925). References classified 
by compounds. 

Harrison, L. W. Critical review. The 
treatment of syphilis. Quart. J. 
Med. 10: 291-360 (1917). 150 refer- 
ences. 

See also Arsenic, organic compounds ; 
Mercury, organic compounds. 
CHICLE 

U. S. Library of Congress. List of 
references on chicle and chewing 
gum. 1922. 4 p. mimeographed. 
CHINESE WOOD OIL. See Tung oil. 
CHITIN 

Viehoever, Arno. Detection of molds 
in drugs, foods and spices. J. Am. 
Pharm. Assoc. 6: 518-524 (1917). 
32 references. 

Wester, D. H. Studien ueber das 
Chitin. Arch. Pharm. 247: 305-307 
(1909). 129 references. 

Zemplen, Geza. Chitin. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 2 : 527-536 
(1911) ; 8: 280-281 (1914) ; 10: 721- 
723 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 
CHLORAL 

" Chloral." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
2: 962-968 (1882) ; 2nd ser., 3: 482- 
484 (1898); 3rd ser.,. 3: 1108-1109 
(1922). Includes effects of, thera- 
peutic use and toxicology. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Chloral. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 867-874 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Sedatives. 
CHLORALOSE 

" Chloralose." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 3: 485 (1898) ; 3rd ser., 3: 1109 
(1922). 60 references. 



CHLORAMINE 

" Chloramine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
sen, 3: 1109 (1922). 17 references. 

Monsanto Chemical Works. Use 
and properties of chloramine-T and 
associated chlorinated products. St. 
Louis, Monsanto, 1923. 23 p. Bibl., 
p. 20-23. 

See also Darin's solution. 
CHLORANIL. See Tetrachloroquinone. 
CHLORATES 

" Chlorate und perchlorate." In Ull- 
mann, Enzyk. tech. Chem. 3 : 442-454 
(1916). References through text. 

Knibbs, N. V. S., and Palfreeman, H. 
Theory of electrochemical chlorate 
and perchlorate formation. Trans. 
Faraday Soc. 16: 432-433 (1920). 41 
references. 

See also Chloric acid. 
CHLORETONE 

" Chloretone." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
sen, 3: 1109-1110 (1922). 30 refer- 
ences. 
CHLORIC ACID 

DiTZ, Hugo. Chlorsaure, HCIO3. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 2: 138-152 (1909). References 
through text. 

Mellor, J. W. Chloric acid, hi his 
Inorg. theor. chem. 2 : 296-370 
(1922). Covers preparation, proper- 
ties and salts. 
CHLORINE 

Brallier, p. S. a survey of products 
that afford industrial outlets for 
chlorine. Chem. Met. Eng. 30: 508, 
542, 624 (1924). Bibl. footnotes. 

" Chlorine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
2: 969 (1881) ; 2nd. ser., 3: 485-486 
(1898); 3rd sen, 3: 1111-1112 
(1922). 

DiTZ, Hugo. Chlor. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 42-74 
(1909). References through text. 

DiTZ, Hugo. Chlor. In Ullmann, Enzyk. 
tech. Chem. 3: 371-403 (1916). Ref- 
erences through text. 

Gautier, Henri. Chlore. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 1: 87-115 (1904). 141 
footnotes. 

JoLY, M. A. Chlore. In Fremy, Enc. 
chim. II, 1^ cahier: 562-564 (1885). 

KoTZ, A. Chlor. In Abegg, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 2: 202-213 
(1912). 506 references. 

Martin, G., and Dancaster, E. A. 
Chlorine. In Friend, Textbook 3 : 
51-140 (1915). Bibl. footnotes. 

Mellor, J. W. Chlorine. In his Inorg. 
theon chem. 2: 15-126 (1922). Oc- 
currence, 10 references ; history, 25 
references ; preparation, 150 refer- 
ences ; properties , 150 references; 
chemical properties, 35 references. 



Id 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



CHLORINE— CoMi'd 

Rabe, R. Chlor. In Brjiuer and d'Ans. 
Fortschritte 1: 150-151 (1921). Ger- 
man patents. 
CHLORINE: AnalyticaL 

DiTZ, Hugo. Chlor — Analytisches. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 2: 74, 115-117, 416, 420-421 
(1909). 
CHLORINE DIOXIDE 

DiTZ, Hugo. Chlordioxyd, Chlor- 
peroxyd (CIO2). In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 134- 
138 (1909). 

Mellor, J. W. Chlorine dioxide. In 
his Inorg. theor. chem. 2 : 287-291 
(1922). 50 references. 
CHLORINE MONOXIDE 

DiTZ, Hugo. Chlormonoxyd. In 
GmeHn-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 2: 118-120 (1909). 

Mellor, J. W. Chlorine monoxide. In 
his Inorg. theor. Chem. 2: 240-242 
(1922). 20 references. 
CHLOROACETIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Chloressigsaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 
482-483, 494-495 (1913). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
CHLOROCROTONIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Chlorcrotonsaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 515- 
518 (1913). 60 references. 
CHLOROFORM 

Baskerville, Charles, and Hamor, 
W. A. The chemistry of anesthetics. 
IV. Chloroform. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 
4 : 212-220, 278-288, 362-372, 422-429, 
499-506, 571-581 (1912). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Baum, Fritz. Chloroform. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 30-36 
(1911). 150 references. 

" Chloroform." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 2: 969-982 (1881) ; 2nd ser., 3: 
487-497 (1898): 3rd sen, 3: 1112- 
1124 (1922). 

Meyer-Jacobson. Chloroform. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 11-16 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Anesthetics. 
CHLOROPHYLL 

" Chlorophyll." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
ser., 3 : 498 (1898) ; 3rd ser., 3 : 1126- 
1127 (1922). 

CusMANo, G. La clorofilla. Ann. chim. 
appl. 5: 97-117 (1916). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Czapek, F. Die Pigmente der Chloro- 
plasten. In his Biochemie der Pflanz- 
en, 3rd ed., 1: 55-585 (1922). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Hug, Ernst. Die Isolierung von reinem 
Chlorophyll. Promotion s-arbeit, 
Tech. Hochschule, Ziirich, 1911. 68 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 



Marchlevvski, L. Die Chemie des 
Chlorophylls. Hamburg, 1895. 

Mary, Albert, fitudes analytiques et 
synthetiques sur la chlorophylle. 
Paris, Maloine, 1917. 37 p. Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Meyer, Erwin W. Fortschritte auf 
dem Gebiete der Chlorophyllchemie. 
Chem.-Ztg. 35: 1341-1343, 1354-1356, 
1364-1365 (1911). 44 footnotes. 

Ruth, W. A. The effect of Bordeaux 
mixture upon the chlorophyll con- 
tent of the primordial leaves of the 
common bean, Phaseolus vulgaris L. 
Am. J. Bot. 9: 535-550 (1922). 42 
references. 

ScHERTZ, Frank M. Chemical and 
physiological study of mottling of 
leaves. Thesis, Univ. Chicago, 1918. 
Bot. Gaz. 71: 128-130 (1921). 53 
references. 

Stoll, Arthur. Ueber Chlorophyllase 
und die Chlorophyllide. Promo- 
tionsarbeit, Tech. Hochschule, Zu- 
rich, 1912. 101 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

West, Clarence J. Review of Will- 
stiitter's researches on chlorophyll. 
Biochem. Bull. 3: 229-258 (1914). 
45 footnotes. 

WiLLSTATTER, RicHARD. Ucber Pflan- 
zenfarbstoffe. Ber. 47: 2831-2874 
(1914) ; J. Am. Chem. Soc. 37: 323- 
345 (1915). Bibl. footnotes. 

WiLLSTATTER, RicHARD. Chlorophyll. 
In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl 6 : 
1-22 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

WiLLSTATTER, RiCHARD, and StOLL, 

Arthur. Untersuchungen ueber 

Chlorophyll ; Methoden und Ergeb- 

nisse. Berlin, Springer, 1913. 424 p. 

Bibl. footnotes. 
CHLOROPLATINIC ACID 

Lowenstein, W. Platinchloridchlor- 

wasserstoffe. In Gmelin-Kraut, 

Handb. anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 3 : 298- 

303 (1915). References through 

text. 
See also Platinum. 
CHLOROSUCCINIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Chlorbernsteinsaure. 

1)1 their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 

521 (1913). 36 references. 
CHLOROSULFONIC ACID 

DiTZ, Hugo. Chlor sulfonsaure. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

1, pt. 2: 204-206 (1909). References 

through text. 
CHOCOLATE. See Cacao. 
CHOLESTEROL 

" Cholesterine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 

sen, 3: 152 (1882) ; 2nd sen, 3: 608 

(1898); 3rd sen, 3: 1157-1159 

(1922). 
Czapek, F. Die Sterinolipoide der 

Pflanzen. In his Biochemie der 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



77 



Pflanzen, 3rd ed., 1: 784-802 (1922). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Dalmer, O. Cholesterin. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 10: 156-177 
(1923) ._ Bibl. footnotes. Includes 
derivatives. 

" Eye, cholesterol in." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 1st sen, 4: 471-472 (1883) ; 2nd 
sen, 5: 265 (1900). 

Glikin, W. Ueber Cholesterine und 
verwandte Stoffe. Biochem. Centr. 
7: 289-306, 357-377 (1908). 156 ref- 
erences. 

Hepburn, Joseph S. Biochemical 
studies of cholesterol. J. Franklin 
Inst. 176: 405-452 (1913). Thesis, 
Columbia Univ., 1913, 56 p. 104 ref- 
erences. 

Marcusson, J. Die Sterine und ihre 
Bedeutung. Chem.-Ztg. 41: 577-580, 
590-591 (1917). 43 footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Sterine. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 4: 181-232 
(1924). Bibl. footnotes. 

Steinkopf, Wilhelm. Ueber die 
Kontaktzersetzung des Cholesterins. 
J. prakt. Chem. 208: 65-85 (1920). 
37 footnotes. 

Thaysen, Thorvald E. H. Bidrag til 
cholesterinets og cholesterinccthernes 
fysiologiske kemi. Thesis, Copen- 
hagen, 1913. 149 p. Bibl., p. 141-149. 

WiNDAUS, A. Abbau- und Aufbauver- 
suche im Gebiete der Sterine. In Ab- 
derhalden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. I, 
pt. 6: 169-210 (1922). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

WiNDAUs, A., and Fodor, A. Sterine. 
In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 3 : 
268-309 (1911); 8: 473-493 (1914). 
About 450 footnotes. 
CHOLESTEROL: AnalyticaL 

LuDEN, Georgine. Influence of bile 
derivatives in Bloor's cholesterol de- 
termination. J. Biol. Chem. 29: 463- 
476 (1917). 21 references. 

Weston, Paul G. Colorimetric meth- 
ods for determining serum choles- 
terol. J. Biol. Chem. 28: 383 (1917). 
11 references. 
CHOLESTEROL: Blood. 

" Blood, cholesterol in." Ind.-Cat. S. 
G. O., 3rd sen, 3: 11-12 (1922). 65 
entries. 

Dewey, Kaethe. Experimental hyper- 
cholesterolemia. Arch. Int. Med. 17 : 

■ 757-785 (1916). 48 footnotes. 

GoRHAM, F. D., and Meyer, V. C. 
Cholesterol content of human blood. 
Arch. Int. Med. 20: 599-612 (1917). 
29 footnotes. 

LupEN, Georgine. Changes in choles- 
terol content of blood. J. Biol. Chem. 
27: 273-297 (1916). 28 references. 



LuDEN,, Georgine. Relation of the 

diet, the blood cholesterol and the 

lymphoid defense. J. Lab. Clin. 

Med. 3: 141-174 (1917). 61 refer- 
ences. 
LuDEN, Georgine. Blood cholesterol 

in malignant diseases and the effect 

of radium on the blood cholesterol. 

J. Lab. Clin. Med. 4: 849-864 (1918). 

72 references. 
Myers, V. C. Chemical changes in the 

blood in disease. VI. Cholesterol. 

J. Lab. Clin. Med. 5: 776-783 

(1919-1920). 
CHOLESTEROL: Pathology. 

LuDEN, Georgine. Observations on 

cholesterol retention as a factor in 

cell proliferation. J. Lab. Clin. Med. 

1: 662-676 (1916). 
Neilson, Chas. H., and Wheelon, 

Homer. Relation of cholesterol to 

the resistance of the red blood cells 

to the hemolytic action of sapotoxin. 

J. Lab. CHn Med. 6: 568-578 

(1921). 81 references. 
Small, J. C. The role of cholesterol 

in pathology. J. Lab. Clin. Med. 1 : 

809-815 (1916). 
CHOLIC ACID. See Bile acids. 
CHOLINE 

"Choline." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 

sen, 3: 1160-1161 (1922). 
KiNOSHiTA, TosAKU. Ucbcr den Chol- 

ingehalt tierischer Gewebe. Arch. 

ges. Physiol. 132: 607-631 (1910). 

Bibl. footnotes. 
Meyer-Jacobson. Cholin. In their 

Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2 : 273-276 

(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
RoNA, Peter. Cholin, Betain, Neurin, 

Muscarin, Trigonellin, Stachydrin. 

In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 4 : 

828-839 (1911); 9: 211-226 (1915). 

About 300 footnotes. 
Zemplen, Geza. Cholin, Betain, Neur- 
in, Muscarin, usw. In Abderhalden, 

Biochem. Handl. 11: 295-311 (1924). 

Bibl. footnotes. 
See also Amines; Bases, organic. 
CHRISTOBALITE 
Jacoby, R. Christobalit. In Gmelin- 

Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 

1: 135-136 (1912). Referencei 

through text. 
See also Quartz, Silica. 
CHROME REFRACTORIES. See Re- 
fractories. 
CHROMIUM 
Dolbear, Samuel H. Chromium. 

Mineral Ind. 25: 100-105 (1916); 

26: 88-93 (1917) ; 27: 87-92 (1918) ; 

28: 77-82 (1919); 29: 88-92 (1920). 

60 references. 
Gt. Brit. Imperial Mineral Resources 

Bureau. Mineral industry of the 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



CHROMIUM— Con^'cf 

British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. War period. Chrome ore and 
chromium. (1913-1919). 1920. 29 p. 
Bib!., p. 26-29. 

Hebert, a. Chrome. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 4: 595-684 (1905). 930 
footnotes. 

Jander, G. Kolloide Chromverbind- 
ungen. In Abegg, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 4, pt. 1, 2nd half : 475 (1919). 
20 references. 

KoppEL, I. Chrom. In Abegg, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 1, 2nd half: 438- 
467 (1919). 1408 references, 1798- 
1919. 

Moissan, H. Le chrome et ses com- 
poses. In Fremy, Enc. chim. 3, 9^ 
cahier: p. 327-345 (1884). Chrono- 
logical, then alphabetically by au- 
thor. 

Stern, Dora. Chrom. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 
1: 311-701, 1319-1394 (1912). Ref- 
erences through text. 
CHROMIUM AMMINES 

KoppEL, I. Chromiammine. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 1, 2nd 
half: 449-451 (1919). 70 references. 

Pfeiffer p. Chromiake. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 
1: 489-490, 1361-1369 (1912). 

Pfeiffer, P. Ueber Chromiake. Z. 
anorg. Chem. 29: 107-137 (1902). 
40 references on p. 111-112. 
CHROMIUM: Analytical. 

Dehn, Wm. M. Colorimetric studies 
on the nature of chromate solutions. 
J. Am. Chem. Soc. 36: 829-847 
(1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

Stern, Dora. Chrom : Analytisches. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 3, pt. 1: 336-341, 1326-1327 
(1912). 

TowNSEND, A. S. Rapid methods for 
the determination of chromium in 
steels. Forging and Heat Treating 
8: 304-305 (1922). 
CHROMIUM CHLORIDES 

BjERRUM, Niels. Studien iiber Chromi- 
chlorid. Z. physikal. Chem. 59: 
336-383, 581-604 (1907). 50 foot- 
notes. 

Darling, Elton R. Notes on the 
chemistry of chromyl chloride. 
Chem. Met. Eng. 26: 59 (1922). 

Stern, Dora. Chromichlorid. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
3, pt. 1: 424-440 (1912). References 
through text. 
CHROMIUM ORES 

RuMBOLD, W. G. Chromium ores. 
(Imperial Inst. Monograph). Lon- 
don, Murray, 1921. Bibl., p. 56-58. 
51 references, 1908-1920. 



CHROMIUM OXIDE 

Stern, Dora. Chrom und Sauerstoff. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 3, pt. 1 : 343-378 (1912). Ref- 
erences through text. 
CHROMIUM STEELS. See Steel. 
CHROMIUM SULFATE 

Graham, Minnie A. Study of the 
change from violet to green in solu- 
tions of chromium sulfate. Am. 
Chem. J. 48: 187-190 (1912). 
Chronological bibl., 1841-1908, of 50 
references. 

Stern, Dora. Chromisulfate. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
3, pt. 1: 401-414 (1912). 
CHROMOISOMERISM 

Dehn, Wm. M., and McBride, Lois. 
Chromoisomerism of methyl orange. 
J. Am. Chem. Soc. 39: 1348-1377 
(1917). Bibl. footnotes. 
CHROMONES 

Meyer-Jacobson. Chromon. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 729-733 
(1916). Bibl. footnotes. 

SiMONis, H. Die Chromone. Samm- 
lung chem. chem. -tech. Vortrage 
24: 313-469 (1917). Bibl. footnotes. 
CHRYSAROBIN 

Eder, Robert. Ueber das Chrysarobin 
des Handels. Arch. Pharm. 253: 1- 
22 (1915). Bibl. footnotes. 
CHRYSENE 

Baum, Fritz. Chrysen. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 362-365 
(1911). 35 references. 
CHYMASE 

ZuNZ, Edgard. Chymase. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 5 : 618-625 
(1911). 175 footnotes. 

See also Enzymes. 
CICUTOXIN 

Jacobson, C. a. Water hemlock 
(Cicuta). Nevada Agr. Expt. Sta., 
Tech. Bull. 81: 7-46 (1915). 83 ref- 
erences. 
CINCHONA 

AcHNER, Adolph. Beitrage zur 
Kenntniss der flachen Cinarinden. 
Dissertation, Univ. Bern, 1904. 108 
p. Bibl., p. 103-108. 

" Chinchona and its alkaloids." Ind.- 
Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 3: 186-191 
(1882); 2nd ser., 3: 643-648 
(1898); 3rd ser., 3: 1206-1208 
(1922). 

Comanducci-Neapel, Ezio. Die Kon- 
stitution der Chinaalkaloide. Samm- 
lung chem. chem. -tech. Vortrage 
16: 141-306 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

Markham, Clements R. Peruvian 
bark. A popular account of the in- 
troduction of chinchona cultivation 
into British India. London, Murray, 
1880. Bibl. of cinchona, p. 487-516. 

See also Alkaloids. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



79 



CINEOL 

Meyer- Jacobson. Cineol. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1: 910 
(1902). 
CINNAMIC ACID 

DoHRN, M., and Thiele, A. Zimt- 
saure. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 1: 1230-1232 (1911). 60 ref- 
erences. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Zimtsaure. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2 pt. 1: 604-615 
(1902). Bibl. footnotes. 
CINNAMIC ALDEHYDE 

WiTTE, W. Zimtaldehyde. In Abder- 
halden, Bio'cherr^. Handl. 1 : 846- 
851 (1911). 95 footnotes. 

See also Aldehydes. 
CITRAL 

Bartelt, K. Citral. In Abderhalden, 
Biochem. Handl. 7: 421-431 (1912). 
90 footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Citral. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1: 1010 
(1907). 50 references. 

Thiele, Albrecht. Citral. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1: 778-781 
(1911). 60 footnotes. 
CITRIC ACID 

Camp, Arthur F. Citric acid as a 
source of carbon for certain citric 
fruit destroying fungi. Ann. Mis- 
souri Botan. Garden 10: 294-298 
(1923). 70 references. 

Hallerbach, Wilhelm. Die Citron- 
ensaure und ihre Derivate. Berlin, 
Springer, 1911. 104 p. About 400 
footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Citronensaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 
1005 (1907). 

Thiele, Albrecht. Citronensaure. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem . Handl. 1 : 
1174-1181 (1911). 190 footnotes. 
CITRONELLAL 

Meyer-Jacobson. Citronellal. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1: 1005 
(1907). 30 references. 

Thiele, Albrecht. Citronellal. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
781-783 (1911). 30 references. 
CITRONELLOL 

Bartelt, K. Citronellol. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 7 : 363-365 
(1912). 40 footnotes. 
CITRUS FRUITS 

CoiT, J. E. Citrus fruits. New York, 
Macmillan, 1915. 520 p. Bibl. and 
references to other bibls. 

San Bernardino, Free public library. 
Citrus fruits and their culture. The 
Library, 1913. 24 p. 

ZoLLER, Harper F. Some constituents 
of the American grape fruit. J. Ind. 
Eng. Chem. 10: 2,7Z-Z7A (1918). 42 
references. 



CLAY 

Ashley, Harrison E. The colloid 
matter of clay and its measurement. 
U. S. Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 388, 
1909. 65 p. Bibl., p. 59-62; 87 ref- 
erences, covering 1854-1908. 

Bradfibld, Richard. The chemical 
nature of a colloidal clay. Thesis, 
Ohio State Univ., 1922. 60 p. Bibl., 
p. 58-60. 

Branner, John C. A bibliography of 
clay and the ceramic arts. Am. 
Ceramic Soc, 1906. 451 p. 6027 ref- 
erences. 

Buckman, H. O. The chemical and 
physical processes involved in the 
formation of residual clays. Trans. 
Am. Ceram. Soc. 13: 364-384 (1921). 
181 references, covering 1821-1910. 

Davis, N. B. Plasticity of clay. Trans. 
Am. Ceram. Soc. 16: 65-79 (1914). 
46 footnotes. 

Davis, N. B. The plasticity of clay 
and its relation to mode of origin. 
Bull. Am. Inst. Mining Eng., No. 
98, 301-330 (1915). 88 footnotes. 

Hance, J. H. Note on the occurrence 
and use of fire clay. U. S. Geol. 
Sur., Mineral Resources, 1913, pt. 2: 
645-647. 19 references. 

Heath, Fred T. Bibliography and ab- 
stracts on the utilization of pebbly 
clays for heavy clay products manu- 
facture. Bull. Am. Ceram. Soc. 4: 
165-188 (1925). 49 references with 
extensive abstracts. 

Ladd, G. E. a preliminary report on 
a part of the clays of Georgia. 
Georgia Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 6A, 
1898. 204 p. Bibl., p. 193-199. 93 
references. 

Little, H. E. V. Clay and ceramics. 
In Friend, Textbook, 4 : 103-134 
(1917). Bibl. footnotes. 

Middleton, J. Clay working indus- 
tries. \J. S. Geol. Sur.. Mineral Re- 
sources, 1913, pt. 2: 635-637; 1914, 
pt. 2 : 545-548. 58 references to gov- 
ernment publications. 

Ries, Heinrich. Clays of New York : 
their properties and uses. N. Y. 
State Museum, Bull. No. 35, 1900. 
944 p. Bibl., p. 908-912. 80 refer- 
ences. 

RiES, H. Report on the clays of 
Maryland. Md. Geol. Sur., 4: 488- 
493 (1902). 74 references. 

RiES, H., Bayley, W. S. et al. High 
grade clays of the Eastern United 
States with notes on some Western 
clays. U. S. Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 
708, 1922. 305 p. 145 footnotes. 

Ries, H., and Kummel, H. B. The 
clays and clay industry of New 
Jersey. N. J. Geol. Sur. Final Rept. 



80 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



CLAY— Cont'd 

6, 1904. 548 p. Bibl., p. 513-518. 76 
references. 

RiES, H., and Leighton, Henry. His- 
tory of the clay working industry 
in the United States. New York, 
1909. 270 p. Bibl. p. 241-245. 172 
references. 

RoHLAND, P. Tone. In Abegg, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 1: 118-119 
(1906). 67 references. 

Searle, a. B. Clay and clay products. 
In Third report on colloid chem- 
istry, 1920, p. 153-154. 

Searle, Alfred B. The clayworker's 
handbook. A manual for all en- 
gaged in the manufacture of articles 
from clay. London, Griffith, 1921. 
Bibl., p. 344-354. 326 titles. 

Wheeler, H. A. Clay deposits. Mis- 
souri Geol. Sur., 11. 622 p. Bibl., 
p. 603-610. 174 titles. 

Yeates, W. S. Clay arrd its manufac- 
ture. Georgia Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 
6A, 1898. Bibl., p. 193-199. 93 ref- 
erences. 

See also Ceramics, Laterite, Paper- 
making, Refractories. 
COAGULATION 

Freundlich, H. Zur Theorie der 
Koagulationsgeschwindigkeit. Kol- 
loid-Z. 23: 163-173 (1918). 41 foot- 
notes. 

Oden, Sven. Fraktionierte Koagula- 
tion. Beziehungen Zwischen Teil- 
chengrosse und Stabilitat disperser 
Systeme. Z. physikal. Chem. 78 : 
682-707 (1912). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Colloids. 
COAL 

AuDiBERT, E., and Raineau, A. 
[Modern theories of the chemical 
constitution of solid fuels.] Rev 
ind. minerale, 1924: 127-172. 51 ref- 
erences. 

Bone, Wm. A. Coal and its scientific 
uses. London, Longman, 1918. 491 
p. Bibl., p. 481-483. 54 references. 

Brooks, A. H. Alaska coal and its 
utilization. U. S. Geol. Sur., Bull 
No. 442, 1910. Bibl., p. 95-100. 105 
references. 

Donath, Eduard, and Lissner, A. 
Kohle und Erdol. Sammlung chem. 
chem.-tech. Vortrage 26: 37-144 
(1920). Bibl., p. 139-144. 

Florentin, Daniel. [Recent prog- 
ress in the chemistry of carbon and 
coal.] Bull. soc. chim. 31 : 721-752 
(1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

Gluud, W. Alteres Ergebnisse auf 
dem Gebiet der Kohlenextraktion. 
Ges. Abh. Kennt. Kohle 1 : 43-53 
(1917). Bibl. footnotes. 



Lee, W. T., and Nickles, J. M. Classi- 
fied list of papers dealing with coal, 
coke, lignite and peat contained in 
the publications of U. S. Geol. Sur., 
except those on Alaska. U. S. Geol. 
Sur., Bull. No. 341: 419-436 (1909). 
362 entries. Earlier list in Bull. No. 
316: 518-532 (1907). 

Lees, James H. Bibliography of Iowa 
coals. Iowa Geol. Sur., 19: 659-687 
(1909). 750 references. 

McClelland, E. H. Literature of the 
coal industry. Reprinted from the 
" Coal Industry " by the Library of 
the Carnegie Institute of Pittsburgh. 
" Classified list of the more impor- 
tant books, serials and trade publi- 
cations during the year with a few 
of earlier date not previously an- 
nounced." Appeared annually since 
1921. 

MooRE, Edward S. Coal, its proper- 
ties, analysis, classification, geology, 
extraction, uses and distribution. 
New York, Wiley, 1922. 462 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Nickles, J. M., and Lee, W. T. 
Classified list of papers dealing with 
coal, coke, lignite and peat contained 
in publication of U. S. Geol. Sur. 
LI. S. Geol. Sur., Mineral Resources, 
1910: 226-242; 1913:, pt. 2: 926-928; 
1914, pt. 2: 744-746. 508 titles. 

Porter, John B. An investigation of 
the coals of Canada with reference 
to their economic qualities. Canada, 
Dept. Mines, Mines Br., Rept. No. 
83, 1912-1915. 7 v. Bibl., 7: 184-188. 

Robertson, John B. The chemistry 
of coal. London, Gurney, 1919, 96 
p. Bibl., p. 92-94. 

Ronaldson, James H. Coal. (Imper- 
ial Inst. Monograph.) London, 
Murray, 1920. 166 p. Bibl., p. 160- 
166. 172 references. 

Stevenson, John J. The formation 
of coal beds. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 
50: 1-116 (1911). Ill footnotes. 

Stevenson, John J. Interrelation of 
the fossil fuels. Proc. Am. Phil. 
Soc. 55, No. 2, 1916. 203 p. 265 foot- 
notes. 

Stopes, Marie C, and Wheeler, 
R. V. Monograph on the constitu- 
tion of coal. London, Dept. Sci. 
Ind. Res., 1918. 58 p. Bibl, p. 46-57. 
About 400 references. 

Stopes, Marie C, and Wheeler, R. V. 
Constitution of coal. Fuel in Science 
and Practice 3: 439-452 (1924). 542 
references. 

Strache, Otto, and Lant, Richard. 
Kohlenchemie. Entstehung und 
chcmisches Verhalten der Kohlen 
und ihrer Bestandteile. Leipzig, 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 81 



Akad. Verlags, 1924. 599 p. Bibl. 

footnotes. 
U. S. Library of Congress. List of 

bibliographies on coal. 1920. 11 p., 

mimeographed. 105 titles. Largely 

economic in character. 
U. S. Library of Congress. Select list 

of references on coal, 1904-1913. 

1913. 14 p., mimeographed. 
Wagner, Frederick H. Coal and 

coke. New York, McGraw, 1916. 
431 p. Bibl., p. 417-418. 

Weithofer, K. a. Die historische 
Entwicklung der Ansichten ueber 
die Entstehung der Kohlen und 
Kohlenfloze. Neues Jahrb. Mineral. 
Geol. 41: 149-232 (1916-17). Bibl. 
footnotes, with author index. 

White, David. The effect of oxygen 
in coal. U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. No. 
382, 1909. 74 p. Bibl., p. 73-74. 

See also Carbon. 
COAL: Analytical. 

FiELDNER, A. C, et al. Analysis of 
mine and car samples of coal col- 
lected in the fiscal years 1911-1913. 
U. S. Bureau of Mines, Bull. No. 85, 

1914. 444 p. Bibl., p. 417-424. 146 
references. 

FiELDNER, A. C, et al. Analysis of 
mine and car samples of coal col- 
lected in the fiscal years 1913-1916. 
U. S. Bur. Mines, Bull. No. 123, 
1918. 478 p. Bibl., p. 440-453. 

FiELDNER, A. C, Selvig, W. A., and 
Paul, J. W. Analysis of mine and 
car samples of coal collected in the 
fiscal years 1916-1919. U. S. Bur. 
Mines, Bull. No. 193, 1922. 391 p. 
Bibl., p. 353-373. 

Groppel, Heinrich. Ueber Kohlen- 
analysen und eine neue Form der 
Kohlenuntersuchungen. Ges. Abh. 
Kennt. Kohle 2: 185-202 (1918). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
COAL: Carbonization. 

Davis, Joseph D. Review of published 
information on the low temperature 
carbonization of coal. Am. Gas 
Assoc, Tech. Sec, 2nd Ann. Con- 
vention, 105-138 (1920). 35 foot- 
notes. 

Fischer, F. Der heutige Stand der 
Kohlenforschung. Stahl u. Eisen 
37: 372-373 (1917). 38 titles. 

Groppel, Heinrich. Wissenschaft- 
liche und technische Literatur ueber 
die Destination der Steinkohle bei 
neiderer Temperatur und gewohn- 
lichem Druck. Ges. Abh. Kennt. 
Kohle 1: 92-113 (1917). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

McCulloch, Andrew, and Simpkin, 
Neville. Low temperature carboni- 
sation of bituminous coal. London, 



Witherby, 1923. 248 p. Bibl., p. 227- 
236. 125 references. 
Parr, S. W., and Olin, H. L. Coking 
of coal at low temperatures. Univ. 
111., Eng. Expt. Sta., Bull. No. 60, 
1912. 46 p. Bibl. footnotes. 
Porter, Horace C. Coal carboniza- 
tion. New York, Chem. Cat. Co., 
1924. 442 p. Bibl. footnotes, with 
author index. 
COAL: Gases. 

Parr, S. W., and Barker, Perry. 
The occluded gases in coal. Univ. 
111., Eng. Expt. Sta., Bull. No. 32, 
1909. 28 p. 22 footnotes. 
COAL: Nitrogen. 

Bertelsmann, — . Der Stickstoff der 
Steinkohle. Sammlung chem. chem.- 
tech. Vortrage 9: 410-414 (1904). 
191 references. 
COAL: Pulverized. 

Craig, Helen M. Pulverized coal. 
Mechan. Eng. 36: Iv-lviii (1914). 
About 150 references, between 
1875-1913. 
Engineering Societies Library. Pul- 
verized coal. Mechan. Eng. 43 : 136 
(1921). 283 references, covering the 
years 1910-1920. Annotated. 
Harvey, Leonard C. Pulverized coal 
systems in America. 2nd ed. Lon- 
don, Dept. Sci. Ind. Res., Fuel Res. 
Board, Special Rept. No. 1, 1922. 
117 p. Bibl., p. 95-117. About 175 
references. 3rd ed., 1923. 131 p. 
Bibl., p. 106-131. 
Herington, C. F. Powdered coal as 
a fuel. 2nd ed. New York, Van 
Nostrand, 1920. 338 p. Bibl., p. 305- 
324. About 300 references. 
COAL: Storage. 
American Engineering Council. In- 
dustrial coal : Purchase, delivery and 
storage. Report of a Committee of 
the American Engineering Council. 
New York, Ronald, 1924. 419 p. 
Bibl. on storage of coal, deteriora- 
tion, spontaneous combustion, etc. 
Park, S. W. Effects of storage upon 
the properties of coal. Univ. 111., 
Eng. Expt. Sta., Bull. No. 97, 1917. 
44 p. Bibl. footnotes. 
Parr, S. W., and Kressmann, F. W. 
The spontaneous combustion of coal. 
Univ. 111., Eng. Expt. Sta., Bull. No. 
46, 1910. " Historical review," p. 
57-87. 40 footnotes. 
Stopes, Marie C. C, and Wheeler, 
Richard V. The spontaneous com- 
bustion of coal. London, Colliery 
Guardian, 1923. 125 p. Bibl., p. 118- 
125. 
U. S. Library of Congress. List of 
references on the storage of coal. 
1920. 10 p., mimeographed. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



COAL: Weathering. 

Porter, J. B. Weathering of coal. 
Canada, Dept. Mines, Mines Br., 
Kept. No. 83, Suppl., 1915. Bibl., p. 
184-188. 100 references. 
COAL ASH 

FiELDNER, A. C, Hall, A. E., and 
Field, A. L. The fusibility of coal 
ash and the determination of the 
softening temperature. U. S. Bur. 
Mines, Bull. No. 129, 1918. 146 p. 
Bibl., p. 119-138. 187 annotated ref- 
erences. 
COAL DUST 

Rice, George S., et al. Coal dust ex- 
plosion tests in the experimental 
mine, 1913-1918, inclusive. U. S. 
Bur. Mines, Bull. No. 167, 1922. 
639 p. Bibl., p. 591-625. In part in 
Bull. No. 20, 1911, p. 184-199, and 
U. S. Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 425, 
1910, p. 168-182. 
COAL TAR 

Caro, H. Ueber die Entwickelung der 
Teerf arben-Industrie. Ber. 25 : 955- 
1105 (1892). 558 references, includ- 
ing patents. 

Faber, Alfred. Entwicklung und 
Fortschritte in der Urteergewinnung 
und -verarbeitung. Z. angew. Chem. 
36: 1-3, 11-14 (1923). 61 footnotes. 

Lunge, George. Coal-tar and am- 
monia. 3 vols. New York, Van Nos- 
trand, 1916. References through 
text, with index of names. 

Morgan, J. J., and Soule, Roland P. 
The examination of low tempera- 
ture coal tars. Ind. Eng. Chem. 15: 
587-693 (1923). 61 footnotes. 

Morgan, J. J., and Soule, R. P. 
Studies in the carbonization of coal : 
characteristics of low temperature 
coal tar. Chem. Met. Eng. 26: 923, 
978 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

Spielmann, Percy E. The constitu- 
ents of coal tar. New York, Long- 
mans, 1924. 219 p. Bibl., p. 193-207. 
525 references. 

Warnes, Arthur R. Coal-tar distilla- 
tion and working up of tar products. 
2nd ed. London, Gas World, 1914. 
315 p. 

Weissgerber, R. Chemische Tech- 
nologic des Steinkohlenteers mit 
BeriJcksichtigung der Koksbereit- 
ung. Leipzig, Spamer, 1923, 139 p. 

See also Dyes; Intermediates. 
COALESCENCE 

Bancroft, Wilder D. Coalescence. In 
his Applied Colloid Chemistry, p. 
146-171 (1921). 175 footnotes. 
COBALT 

CoPAUX, H. Cobalt. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 4: 144-244 (1905). 675 
footnotes. 



Drury, Charles W. Cobalt, its oc- 
currence, metallurgy, uses and alloys. 
Rept. Ontario Bur. Mines, 27, pt. 3, 
sec. 1. 1918. 133 p. Contains bibls. 

Drury, C. W. Cobalt. Mineral Ind. 
28: 137-139 (1919); 29: 139-141 
(1920) ; 30: 142-145 (1921). 34 ref- 
erences. 

Friend, J. Newton. Cobalt. In his 
Textbook, 9, pt. 1: 19-77 (1920). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Gt. Brit. Imperial Mineral Resources 
Bureau. Mineral industry of the 
British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. Cobalt. (1913-1919.) 1921. 
22 p. Bibl., p. 20-22. 

Halse, Edward. Cobalt ores. (Impe- 
rial Inst. Monograph.) London, 
Murray, 1924. 54 p. 

Kalmus, H. T., Harper, C. H., and 
Savell, W. L. Electroplating with 
cobalt. Trans. Am. Electrochem. 
Soc. 37: 75-130 (1915). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Meunier, M. J. Cobalt, hi Fremy, 
Enc. chim. 3, 12" cahier : p. 267-273 
(1889). 

Roth, W. Kobalt. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 1 : 190- 
586, 1441-1544 (1909). References 
through text. 

Watts, Oliver P. The electrodeposi- 
tion of cobalt and nickel. Trans. 
Am. Electrochem. Soc. 23: 150-152 
(1913). 100 references. 
COBALT: Analytical. 

Grossmann, H. Die Bestimmungs- 
methoden der Nickels und Kobalts 
und ihre Trennung von den anderer 
Elementen. Stuttgart, Enke, 1913. 
140 p. Bibl. footnotes. 
COBALTAMMINES 

Pfeiffer, p. Kobaltiake. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 
1: 297-512, 1452-1528 (1909). Ref- 
erences through text. 

See also Complex compounds. 
COBALT CARBONATE 

Leitmeier, H. Kobaltcarbonat. In 
Doelter, Handb. Mineralchem. 1 : 
440-442 (1912). Bibl. footnotes. 

Roth, W. Kobatlkarbonate. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
5, pt. 1, 247-262 (1909). References 
through text. 
COBALT CHLORIDE 

Roth, W. Kobalt und Chlor. In 
Gmelin-Kraut. Handb. anorg. Chem. 
5, pt. 1: 247-262 (1909). 
COBALT OXIDE 

Huttner, Ervvin. Beitrage zur Kennt- 
niss der Oxyde des Kobalts. Z. 
anorg. Chem. 27: 81-124 (1901). 50 
footnotes. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



83 



Roth, W. Kobalt und Sauerstoff. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
5, pt. 1: 204-214 (1909). References 
through text. 

WiTTEVEEN, H. J., and Farnua, E. F. 
Colors developed by cobalt oxides. 
J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 13: 1061-1066 
(1921). 
COBALT SULFATE 

Roth, W. Kobaltsulfate. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 
1: 235-240 (1909). References 
through text. 
COCAINE 

" Cocaine and salts." Ind. -Cat. S. G. 
O., 2nd sen, 3: 701-709 (1898) ; 3rd 
ser.; 3: 1249-1253 (1922). Includes 
toxicology. 

Pelz, Richard. Entgiftung des Co- 
cains im Tierkorper unter der v. 
Esmarch'schen Ligatur. Disserta- 
tion, Bern, 1908. 104 p. Bibl., p. 
65-76. 

Roth, George B. Pharmacological 
studies with cocaine and novocaine. 
U. S. Hyg. Lab., Bull. No. 109, 1916. 
Bibl., p. 65-67. 45 references. 

Schmidt, Julius. Alkaloide der Co- 
cablatter. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 5: 93-108 (1911). 90 foot- 
notes. 

See also Alkaloids. 
CODEINE 

" Codein." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
3: 242 (1882); 2nd ser.. 3: 715 
(1898) ; 3rd ser., 3: 1259 (1922). 60 
references. 

Schmidt, Julius. Codein. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 5: 277-296 
(1911). 90 footnotes. 

See also Alkaloids. 
COD-LIVER OIL 

" Cod-liver oil." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st ser., 3: 242-244 (1882) ; 2nd ser., 
3: 716-717 (1898) ; 3rd sen, 3: 1261 
(1922). Includes therapeutic use. 

See also Fats, oils, v^axes. 
COFFEE 

BouTiLLY, V. Le cafeier de Liberia, 
sa culture et sa manipulation. 
Paris, Challamel, 1900. 137 p. 

" Coffee." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 
3: 245-247 (1882) ; 2nd sen, 3: 720- 
722 (1898) ; 3rd sen, 4: 1-2 (1923). 
Includes adulteration and substitu- 
tes. 

Spencer, G. L. Bibliography of the 
literature on coffee. U. S. Dept. 
Agr., Bun Chem., Bull. No. 13, pt. 
7: 993-995 (1892). 

Trigg, Charles W. Aging green 
coffee. Tea and Coffee Trade J. 39 : 
440-442 (1920). 15 patents quoted. 



Ukers, Wm. H. All about coffee. 
New York, Tea and Coffee Trade 
J., 1922. Bibl. p. 738-768. 

See also Foods (Vereinbarungen). 
COHENIT. See Iron Carbide. 
COKE 

■ Colquhoun, W. Some economic con- 
siderations in coke oven practice. 
Proc. Am. Inst. Min. Eng. 56 : 61- 
90, 153-162 (1919). 165 references. 

George, Wm. H. Moisture in blast 
furnace coke. J. Soc. Chem. Ind. 38 : 
394-396T (1919). 

HoFMAN, H. O. Coke. In his General 
metallurgy, p. 225-284 (1913). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

McClelland, E. H. By-product cok- 
ing ; references to books and maga- 
zine articles. Carnegie Library of 
Pittsburgh, 1915. 40 p. Mimeo- 
graphed supplement covering May, 
1915, to June, 1921, issued in 1921. 

SiMMERSBACH, O. Koks-Chemie. 2nd 
ed. Berlin, Springer, 1914. 314 p. 

See also Coal, Gas manufacture. 
COLCHICINE 

" Colchicin and colchicum." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 1st ser., 3: 253-254 (1882) ; 
2nd ser., 3: 733-734 (1898). 

See also Alkaloids. 
COLLARGOL 

Boltenstern, O. v. Das Kollargol. Z. 
Chemotherap. 3: 763-787 (1914). 

"Collargol." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 15: 636-638 (1910); 3rd sen, 
4: 20 (1923). 
COLLODION 

Bigelow, S. L., and Gemberling, A. 
Collodion membranes. J. Am. Chem. 
Soc. 29: 1576-1589 (1907). 25 ref- 
erences. 

" Collodion." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 0., 1st 
sen, 3: 297-298 (1882) ; 2nd sen, 3: 
759 (1898); 3rd sen, 4: 24 (1923). 

Eggerth, Arnold H. Preparation and 
standardization of collodion mem- 
branes. J. Biol. Chem. 48: 203 
(1921). 12 references. 

Worden, Edward C. Celloidin or 
collodion sacs. Pharmaceutical col- 
lodions. Collodion in the photo- 
graphic art. In his Technology of 
cellulose esters 1: 2784-2795 (1921). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Lacquers (Worden). 
COLLOIDS 

Alexander, Jerome. The colloidal 
state in metals and alloys. In Col- 
loid symposium monograph, Univ. 
Wisconsin, 1923, p. 297-317. 42 
footnotes. 

Arndt, Kurt. Die Bedeutung der 
Kolloide fiir die Technik, allgemein- 
verstandlich dargestellt. Dresden, 



84 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



COLLOIDS— CoM^d 

Steinkopfif, 1920. 53 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Aron, Hans. Ueber organische Kol- 
loide. I. Die kolloidalen Losungen. 
II. Die kolloidalen Zustandsander- 
ungen und ihre Beziehungen zu 
einigen biologischen Fragen. Bio- 
chem. Centr. 3: 461-468, 501-512 
(1904); 4: 505-514, 553-561 (1905). 
326 references. 

Bachmann, Wilhelm. Ueber den 
Feinbau der Gele. Kolloid-Z. 23 : 
85-101 (1918). 60 footnotes. 

Bachmann, W. Methoden zur Er- 
forschung der feineren Struktur von 
Gelen und Gallerten. In Abderhal- 
den, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 3B : 1-31 
(1920). Bibl. footnotes. 

Bachmann, W. Ultramikroskopische 
Studien an Seifenlosungen und 
-gallerten. Kolloid-Z. 11: 145-157 
(1912). Bibl. footnotes. 

Bancroft, Wilder D. Applied colloid 
chemistry, general theory. New 
York, McGraw, 1921. 345 p. Many 
hundred footnotes. 

Bancroft, W. D. Colloid chemistry 
and electrochemistry. Trans. Am. 
Electrochem. Soc. ?,7 : 55-70 (1920). 
63 footnotes. 

Bancroft, Wilder D. Outline of 
colloid chemistry. J. Franklin Inst. 
185: 29-57, 199-230, Z72-m (1918). 
400 footnotes. 

Bary, Paul. Les colloides. Paris, 
Dunod, 1921. 495 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Beans, H. T., and Eastlack, H. E. 
Electrical synthesis of colloids. J. 
Am. Chem. Soc. 37: 2667-2683 
(1915). Bibl. footnotes. 

Bogue, Robert H., ed. The theory and 
application of colloidal behavior, 
contributed by the foremost authori- 
ties in each division of the subject. 
New York, McGraw, 1924. 2 v. 
Bibl. at end of chapters. 

Brossa, a., and Freundlich, H. 
Flockung und Peptisierung von 
Albuminsolen durch Suspensions- 
kolloide in elcktrolythaltigen Los- 
ungen. Z. physikal. Chem. 89: 306- 
337 (1914-15). Bibl. footnotes. 

Burton, Eli F. The physical proper- 
ties of colloidal solutions. 2nd ed. 
New York, Longmans, 1921. 221 p. 

"Colloids." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
sen, 4: 25-32 (1923). 

CzAPEK, F. Allgemeine Betrachtung- 
en ueber Kolloide. In his Bio- 
chemie der Pfianze, 3rd ed., 1 : 24- 
50 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

Doelter, C, and Cornu, F. Die An- 
wendung der Kolloidchemie auf 



Mineralogie und Geologie. Kolloid- 
Z. 4: 275-285 (1909). 35 references. 

DucLAUx, Jacques. Die Filtration 
kolloider Losungen. Kolloid-Z. 3 : 
126-134 (1908). 40 footnotes. 

DuMANSKij, A. V. [Bibliographic 
des colloids.] Kijev, 1909. 81 p. 
(In Russian). 

Free, E. E. Colloids and colloidal 
slimes. Eng. Min. J. 101: 249-254, 
429-432, 509-512, 681-686 (1916). 
About 100 references. 

Freundlich, Herbert. Kapillarchemie. 
2nd ed. Leipzig, 1922. 1181 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Gann, John A. Ueber die Koagula- 
tionsgeschwindigkeit des A1(0H)3 
sols. Kolloidchem. Beihefte 8 : 63- 
138 (1916). Bibl. footnotes. 

Gutbier, a., Huber, J., and Kri- 
voss, Z. Allgemeine kolloidchem- 
ische Untersuchungen ueber den 
Tragantschleim. Kolloid-Z. 18 : 141- 
152 (1916). 48 footnotes. 

Gutbier, A., Huber, A., and Kuhn, E. 
Allgemeine kolloidchemie Unter- 
suchungen ueber den Leimsamen- 
schleim. Kolloid-Z. 18: 201-210 
(1916). 39 footnotes. 

Gutbier, A., and Krautle, Nora. 
Allgemeine kolloidchemische Unter- 
suchungen ueber den Salepschleim. 
Kolloid-Z. 20: 83-101 (1917). 49 
footnotes. 

Hahn, Friedrich V. v. Ueber die 
Herstellung und Stabilitat kolloider 
Losungen anorganischer Stoffe (mit 
besonderer Beriicksichtigung der 
Sulfidsole). Sammlung chem. chem.- 
tech. Vortrage 26: 379-453 (1922). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Handovsky, Hans. Der kolloide Zu- 
stand. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem., 2nd ed., 2: 48-110 (1923). 
193 footnotes. 

Himmelbauer, Alfred. Die Bedeut- 
ung der Kolloidchemie fiir die Min- 
eralogie. Fortschr. Mineral. 3 : 32- 
37 (1913). 127 references. 

Hober, Rudolf. Die Kolloide. In his 
Physikalische Chemie der Zelle, 4th 
ed., p. 255-348 (1914). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Holmes, Harry N. Bibliography of 
colloid chemistry. Washington, Na- 
tional Research Council, 1923. 135 p., 
mimeographed. About 1800 refer- 
ences. 

Holmes, Harry N. Formation of 
crystals in gels. J. Franklin Inst. 
184: 7A3-773 (1917). 38 footnotes. 

Katz, J. R. Die Gesetze der Quellung. 
I. Die Quellung in Wasser ohne 
Komplikationen. Kolloidchem. Bei- 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



85 



hefte 9: 1-182 (1917). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

KiNDSCHER, E. Kolloidchemie. Fort- 
schritte Chem. 7: 281-292 (1913); 
10: 129-143 (1914-15); 11: 171-184 
(1915-16) ; 13: 59-74. 129-142 (1917- 
18); 16: 61-72 (1920). References 
through text. 

KoPACZEWSKi, W. Theorie et pra- 
tique des colloides en biologic et en 
medicine. Paris, Vigot, 1923, 308 p. 
Bibl., p. 287-300. 

Kruyt, H. R. Stromungspotentials 
und Kolloidstabilitat. Kolloid-Z. 22 : 
81-98 (1918). 50 footnotes. 

KuHN, A. [Survey of our present 
knowledge of hydration in colloids.] 
Kolloid-Z. 35: 275-294 (1924). 112 
references. 

LiESEGANG, Raphael Ed. Kolloid- 
chemie, 1914-1922. Dresden, Stein- 
kopff, 1922. 100 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

LiESEGANG, Raphael Ed. Kolloide in 
der Technik. Dresden, Steinkopff, 
1923. 157 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

LiESEGANG, Raphael Ed. Spezielle 
Methoden der Diffusion in Gallerten. 
In Abderhalden, Handb. biol. Ar- 
beitsm. 3B : 33-130 (1920). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Literatur-Uebersicht. Kolloid-Z. 6: 
51, 123. 225. 274 (1910) ; 7 : 49, 103, 
167, 227, 308 (1910) ; 8 : 49, 101, 167, 
211, 260, 326 (1911) ; 9: 29, 86, 138, 
195, 244, 308 (1911); 10: 49, 105, 
198, 253, 306 (1912) ; 11 : 43, 84, 124, 

200, 242, 294 (1912) ; 12: 55, 99, 158, 

201, 317 (1913) ; 13: 68, 172, 272 
(1913) ; 14: 50, 196 (1914); 15: 51, 
98 (1914); 16: 22, 82, 162 (1915); 
17: 53, 148 (1915); 18: 20, 210 
(1916) ; 19: 50, 191 (1916) ; 20 : 46 
(1917); 21: 32 (1917); 24: 72>, 104 
(1919) ; 25: 161, 247 (1919) ; 26: 
180, 225 (1920); 27: 326 (1920). 
About 325 pages of bibl., forming a 
practically complete, classified list 
for the period 1910-1920. 

LoTTERMOSER, A. Die Arbeiten mit 
Schutzkolloiden. In Abderhalden, 
Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 3B : 221-294 
(1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

LoTTERMOSER, A. Methodcn der Her- 
stellung koUoider Losungen. In Ab- 
derhalden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 
3B: 131-220 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

LoTTERMOSER, A. Ucbcr die Darstell- 
ung kolloider Elemente. Z. angew. 
Chem. 21: 632-639 (1908). 59 foot- 
notes. 

Mellor, J. W. Colloidal solutions. In 
his Inorg. theor. Chem. 3 : 536-564 
(1923). Flocculation and defloccu- 
lation, 200 references ; preparation, 
50 references ; colloidal gold, silver, 
copper, 125 references. 



Mueller, A. Kolloidchemie. Fort- 
schritte Chem. 1: 80-92 (1909); 2: 
169-180 (1910); 3: 283-294 (1910- 
11). References through text. 

MiJLLER, Arthur. Bibliographic der 
Kolloide. Z. anorg. Chem. 39 : 122- 
151 (1904). Also as separate, Ham- 
burg, Voss, 1904. 32 p. 356 refer- 
ences by authors with subject index. 

MiJLLER, Arthur. Allgemeinc Chemie 
der Kolloide. Leipzig, Barth, 1907. 
204 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

MuKHERjEE, J. N. The origin of the 
charge on a colloidal particle and its 
neutralization by electrolytes. Trans. 
Faraday Soc. 16: 103-115 (1921). 30 
references. 

MuNK, Fritz. Die Bedeutung der 
Kolloide im Organismus und ihre 
chemische Beeinflussung. Z. Chemo- 
therap. 1: 983-985 (1912). 62 refer- 
ences. 

OsTWALD, Wolfgang. Die wichtigsten 
Eigenschaften des kolloiden Zu- 
standes der Stoffe. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem. 1: 839-922 (1909). 
120 references. 

OsTWALD, W. Grundriss der Kolloid- 
chemie. Dresden, Steinkopff, 1910. 
525 p. Bibl. footnotes. Bibl., p. 74- 
76. 

Pauli, W. Allgemeine physico- 
chemie der Zellen und Gewebe. 
Eigenschaften organischer Gallerten. 
Ergeb. Physiol. 3: 154-155 (1904). 
24 references. Quellung und Erstar- 
rung von Gallerten unter Beteilig- 
ung von Kristalloiden. Ibid. 6: 
106-7 (1907). 23 references. 

PoscHL, Viktor. Einfiihrung in die 
Kolloidchemie. 5th ed. Leipzig, 
Steinkopff, 1919. 148 p. Bibl., p. 
138-140. 

Ralston, Oliver C. The control of 
ore slimes. Eng. Mining J. 101 : 
763, 890, 990 (1916). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

RiDEAL, Eric K. Colloid phenomena 
in bacteriology. In 5th report on 
colloid chemistry, 31-38 (1923). 26 
references. 

Samec, Max. Studien iiber Pflanzen- 
kolloide. (Starch). Kolloidchem. 
Beihefte 3: 125-160 (1912); 4: 132- 
174 (1912) ; 5: 141-210 (1913) ; 6: 
23-54 (1914); 7: 137-171 (1915). 
About 225 footnotes. 

Svedberg, The. Die Ergebnisse der 
Kolloid-Forschung. Ber. 47: 12-38 
(1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

Svedberg, The. Colloid chemistry 
technique. In Colloid symposium 
monograph, Univ. Wisconsin, 1923, 
p. 75-94. 56 footnotes. 



86 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



COLLOIDS— Cowi'J 

SvEDBERG, The. Colloid chemistry; 
Wisconsin lectures. New York, 
Chem. Cat. Co., 1924. 265 p. Bibl., 
p. 251-257. 319 references. 
SvEDBERG, The. Die Methoden zur 
Herstellung kolloider Losungen 
anorganischer Stoffe. Ein Hand- 
und Hilfsbuch fiir die Chemie und 
Industrie der Kolloide. Dresden, 
Steinkopff, 1909. 512 p. Bibl. at be- 
ginning of chapters. 

SvEDBERG, The. The formation of 
colloids. London, Churchill, 1921. 
127 p. Bibl. at end of chapters. 

SvEDBERG, The. Short survey of the 
physics and chemistry of colloids. 
Trans. Faraday Soc. 16, suppl. : 2-13 
(1921). 57 references. 

TscHUMANOFF, S. Bibliographic der 
kolloiden Metalloxyde und Metall- 
hydroxyde. Kolloid-Z. 10: 255-260 
(1922). 180 references, arranged by 
elements. 

Vanzetti, B. L. Alcuni fatti nuovi 
nella chimica dei colloidi. Ann. 
chim. appl. 3: 37-61 (1915). 80 
footnotes. 

Varga, Georg. Beitrag zur Kenntniss 
der elektrischen Eigenschaften 
sowei der Peptisation von Kolloide. 
Kolloidchem. Beiheft 11: 1-33 
(1919). Bibl. footnotes. 

Weimarn, p. p. von. Russische Ar- 
beiten auf dem Gebiete der Kolloid 
Chemie, 1869-1907. Kolloid-Z. 2: 
xxviii-xxxi (1907). 

Weiser, Harry B. The formation of 
inorganic jellies. In Colloid sym- 
posium monograph, Univ. Wiscon- 
sin, 1923, p. 38-61. 50 footnotes. 

Whitney, W. R., and Ober, J. E. 
An index to the literature of col- 
loids. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 23 : 856- 
863 (1910). 149 references. Chron- 
ological 1851-1901. 

Wilson, John A. The electrical 
charge on colloids. In Third report 
on colloid chemistry, 1920, p. 50-51. 

ZsiGMONDY, Richard A. Kolloid- 
chemie ; ein Lehrbuch, 4th ed. 
Leipzig, Spamer, 1922. 429 p. Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Serial 
Kolloid-Zeitschrift. Zeitschrift fiirwis- 
senschaftliche und technische Kol- 
loidchemie. Leipzig, Steinkopf. 1906- 
. " Ref erate " : General capillary 
physics; general capillary chemistry; 
general colloid chemistry ; special ex- 
perimental colloid chemistry ; meth- 
ods ; mineralogy and agricultural 
chemistry ; biochemistry and physi- 
ology ; medicine and pharmacology ; 



technical — subdivided according to 
industries. 

Revue generale des colloides et de leurs 
applications industrielles. Paris, Du- 
nod. 1923- . Classification : Gen- 
eral, analytical, biology, metals and 
alloys, ceramics, textiles, paper, wood, 
artificial textiles, dyes, oils, fats and 
waxes, resins, paints and varnishes, 
photochemistry, photography, tan- 
ning and leather, glue, rubber, arti- 
ficial plastics, medical products, foods, 
filtration, electrochemistry, mineral 
colloids. 

See also Adsorption, Arsenic, Baux- 
ite, Bread, Carbon, Chromium, 
Clay, Coagulation, Collargol, 
Copper, Dairy products. Dyes, 
Electroplating, Enzymes, Fer- 
mentation, Fibers, Flocculation, 
Flotation, Gelatine, Gels, Glue, 
Gold, Ink, Iodine, Liesgang phe- 
nomenon. Lipoids, Manganese, 
Mercury, Milk, Molybdenum, 
Muscle, Nitrocellulose, Paint, 
Palladium, Pectin, Peptization, 
Photography, Physiology, Plant 
slime. Platinum, Proteins, Pro- 
toplasm, Radium, Rubber, Silicic 
acid gel, Silicon, Silver, Soap, 
Soil colloids. Sulfur, Tannin and 
Tanning, Tin, Tungsten. 
COLOR 

CuRTiss, Richard S. The cause of 
color in organic compounds. J. Am. 
Chem. Soc. 32: 795-809 (1910). 75 
references. 

Gebhadd, Kurt. Zusammenhang 
zwischen Lichtempfindlichkeit und 
Konstitution von Farbstoffen. J. 
prakt. Chem. 192: 561-625 (1911). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Kaufmann, Hugo. Ueber den Zu- 
sammenhang zwischen Farbe und 
Konstitution bei organischen Ver- 
bindungen. Sammlung chem. chem.- 
tech. Vortrage 9: 277-328 (1904). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Ley, H. Ueber die Beziehungen 
zwischen Lichtabsorption und chem- 
ischer Konstitution bei organischen 
Verbindungen. Z. angew. Chem. 20 : 
1303-1321 (1907). 66 footnotes. 

Stobbe, Hans. Beziehungen zwischen 
der Farbe und der Constitution un- 
gesattigter Ketone und ihrer Salze. 
Ann. 370: 93-141 (1909). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Watson, E. R. Color in relation to 
chemical constitution. New York, 
Longmans, 1918. 197 p. Bibl., p. 
181-190, 225 references, classified. 

See also Dyes. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



87 



COLORIMETRY 

Dehn, Wm. M. Fallacies in colorim- 
etry. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 39: 1392- 
1398 (1917). SO references, chrono- 
logical by journal. 

Dehn, Wm. M., and Ball, Olive A. 
Colorimetric studies of picrate so- 
lutions. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 39: 1381- 
1392 (1917). 100 references. 

Klett Mfg. Co. Colorimetric methods. 
In " The Kober " nephelometer- 
colorimeter, n. d., p. 10-12. 34 ref- 
erences on colorimetric methods, 16 
on nephelometric methods. 

Troland, L. T. Report of committee 
on colorimetry for 1920-1921. J. 
Optical Soc. Am. 6: 592-596 (1922). 
98 references. 
COLOSTRUM 

Bauer, J. Die Biologic des Kolostrums 
(einschliesslich Fermente). Ergeb. 
Physiol. 11: 104-106 (1911). 44 ref- 
erences. 

Burr, A., Berberich, F. M., and 
Berg, A. Untersuchungen iiber 
Kolostralmilch, mit spezieller Beriick- 
sichtigung des Spontanserums und 
des Fettes. Chem.-Ztg. 37: 69, 97, 
146 (1913). 45 footnotes. 

"Colostrum." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
sen, 4: 70-71 (1923). 

Engel, St. Die Biochemie des Kolos- 
trums. Ergeb. Physiol. 11: 42-44 
(1912). 77 titles. 

Weber, E. [Investigation on the colos- 
tral milk of the cow, the goat and 
the sheep.] Milchw. Zentrbl. 6: 433, 
491, 543 (1910). 164 references. 

See also Milk, Urine (Neuberg). 
COLUMBIUM 

Chilesotti, — . Niob. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 3 : 837- 
838 (1907). 58 references. 

Traphagen, Frank W. Index to the 
literature of columbium, 1801-1887. 
Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 34, No. 3 
(Pub. 663), 1888. 27 p. 

MoNiOTTE, M. Niobium. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 2: 124-142 (1905). 155 
footnotes. 
COMBUSTION 

Friend, John A. N. The chemistry of 
combustion. London, Gurney, 1922. 
110 p. Bibl., p. 101-107. 

See also Coal, Coke, Fuels, Surface 
combustion. 
COMPLEX COMPOUNDS 

BiLTZ, Wilhelm. Ueber das Vermog- 
en kristallisierter Salze Ammoniak 
zu binden. Z. anorg. allgem. Chem. 
130: 93-139 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Ephraim, F. Chemische Komplex- 
verbindungen. Fortschritte Chem. 
3: 221-231 (1910-11); 4: 341-358 
(1911); 6: 167-183 (1912-13); 8: 



195-208 (1913); 10: 209-214, 243- 
259 (1914-15); 13: 7-32 (1917-18). 
References through text. 

Grossmann, H. Chemische Komplex- 
verbindungen. Fortschritte Chem. 
1: 250-261 (1909). 

GuTBiER, A. Chemie de Verbindung- 
en hoherer Ordung im Jahre 1915. 
Z. angew. Chem. 29: 161-166 (1916). 
41 footnotes. 

Mellor, J. W. Double and complex 
salts, hi his Inorg. theor. chem. 2 : 
223-228 (1922). 50 references. 

Michel, E. Chemische Komplexver- 
bindungen. Fortschritte Chem. 15 : 
53-88 (1919-20). 

Pfeiffer, p. Hexaminsalze und Hept- 
aminsalze u.s.w. Z. anorg. Chem. 
24: 302-304 (1900). 45 references. 

Pfeiffer, Paul. Organische Molekiil- 
verbindungen. Stuttgart, Enke, 1922. 
328 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Rosenheim, A. Heteropolysauren. In 
Abegg, Handb. anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 
1, 2nd half: 1054-1064 (1920). 500 
references. 

Schwarz, Robert. The chemistry of 
the inorganic complex compounds ; 
an introduction to Werner's co- 
ordination theory. Nevir York, 
Wiley, 1923. 82 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Thomas, Wm. Complex salts. New 
York, Van Nostrand, 1924. 122 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Werner, Alfred. Beitrag zur Konsti- 
tution anorganischer Verbindungen. 
XV. Ueber Chlorosalze. Z. anorg. 
Chem. 19: 158-178 (1899). 265 ref- 
erences. 

See also Calcium sulfate (Mellor) ; 
Copper chlorides; Cuprammonium 
SALTS ; Halides, double ; Mercuric 
ammonium compounds ; Mercuric 
chloride; Mercuric iodide. 
COMPRESSIBILITY 

Landolt-Bornstein. Kompressibili- 
tat fliissiger und gasformiger Kor- 
per. In their Tabellen, 4th ed., 1912, 
p. 67-68; 5th ed., 1923, 102-103, 119. 
About 125 references. 

Richards, Theodore W. Present as- 
pects of the hypothesis of compres- 
sible atoms. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 36: 
2419-2439 (1916). Bibl. footnotes 
and list of 22 papers by Richards. 
See also Ibid 36: 624-625 (1914). 
20 references. 
CONCRETE 

Abrams, Duff A. Effect of curing 
conditions on the wear and strength 
of concrete. Structural Materials 
Res. Lab., Lewis Inst. Chicago, Bull. 
No. 2. Proc. Am. Railway Engr. 
Assoc, 29 (1919). Bibl., p. 27-32. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



CONCRETE— Cont'd 

Abrams, Duff A. Effect of tannic 
acid on the strength of concrete. 
Structural Materials Res. Lab., 
Lewis Inst., Chicago, Bull. No. 7. 
29 p. Reprinted from Proc. Am. 
Soc. Testing Materials, 20, pt. 1 : 
309-339 (1920). Bibl., p. 27-29. 

Abrams, Duff A. Effect of hydrated 
lime and other powdered admixtures 
in concrete. Structural Materials 
Res. Lab., Lewis Inst., Chicago, Bull. 
No. 8, 1920. 74 p. Bibl., p. 54-55. 

Brooklyn Public Library. Concrete 
and cement. A list of books in the 
Brooklyn Public Library. 1918. 
12 p. 

Elliott, G. R. B. Effects of organic 
decomposition products from high 
vegetable content soils upon con- 
crete drain tile. J. Agr. Res. 24 : 
499-500 (1923). 

Faber, Oscar, and Childe, H. K. Bib- 
liography of concrete and reinforced 
concrete. In Concrete year book, 
1924: 116-124. 

HoYT, W. A. [The effect of tempera- 
ture on concrete.] Tonind. Ztg. 38: 
552-553. 

Humphrey, Richard L. Waterproof 
concrete. Trans. Intern. Engr. 
Congr. 1915, Material of Engr. Con- 
struction, p. 313-320. 

Portland Cement Association. Cata- 
log of books, periodicals and pam- 
phlets in the Librarj^ of the P. C. A. 
Chicago, 1918. 47 p. Classified by 
uses. Author index. 

Thompson, Sanford E. Concrete ag- 
gregates. Trans. Intern. Engr. 
Congr., 1915, Materials of Engr. 
Construction, p. 217-219. 45 refer- 
ences. 

White, A. H. Volume changes in 
concrete. Trans. Intern. Engr. 
Congr., 1915, Materials of Engr. 
Construction, p. 271-273. 33 refer- 
ences. 

Sec also Cement. 
CONCRETE: Electrolysis. 

Rosa, E. B., et al. Electrolysis in con- 
crete. U. S. Bur. Standards, Tech. 
Paper No. 18, 1919. 24 references. 
CONCRETE: Reinforced. 

American Society of Civil En- 
gineers. Bibliography of reinforced 
concrete posts and telegraph poles, 
1903-1914. Bull. Am. Railway Eng. 
Assoc. 18: 395-399 (1916). 70 ref- 
erences. 

American Society of _ Civil En- 
gineers. List of articles on the 
manufacture and use of concrete 
pipe, 1908-1914. Proc. Am. Railway 



Bridge and Building Assoc. 25 : 296- 
307 (1914). Chronological. 

American Society of Civil En- 
gineers. List of articles on the 
manufacture and use of concrete 
piles. Proc. Am. Railway Bridge 
and Building Assoc. 25: 275-283 
(1915). Covers 1908-1914. Chrono- 
logical. 

Colby, Albert L. Reinforced con- 
crete in Europe, including its appli- 
cation, economies and endurance ; 
. . . and finally a complete bibliog- 
raphy of books and periodicals on 
reinforced concrete and cement. 
South Bethlehem, Pa., 1909. 260 p. 

Feret, Rene, fitude experimentale du 
ciment arme. Paris, 1906. 777 p. 
Bibl, p. 338-480. 

FiTziNGER, A. Zeitschriftenschau der 
gesamten Eisenbetonliteratur 1913. 
Berlin, Ernst, 1914. 86 p. Classified. 

Hoffmann, — . Die Eisenbetonlitera- 
tur bis ende 1910. Beton u. Eisen, 
1911. 39 p. 

Morel, Marie A. Le ciment arme et 
ses applications. Paris, 1902. 158 p. 
Bibl., p. 153-155. 
CONDENSATION NUCLEI 

Strong, W. W. Relation between elec- 
trification and chemical reactions 
and the properties of condensation 
nuclei. Am. Chem. J. 50: 100-131 
(1913). 100 references. 
CONDENSERS 

Friedrichs, Fritz. Ueber Kiihler. Z. 
angew. Chem. 2,Z\ 29-32 (1920). 45 
footnotes. 

See also Chemical apparatus. 
CONDIMENTS. See Foods (Vereinbar- 

ungen). 
CONDUCTIVITY. See Electrical con- 
ductivity. Thermal conductivity. 
CONDUCTIVITY WATER 

Kendall, James. Preparation of con- 
ductivity water. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 
38: 1480-1497, 2460-2466 (1916). 25 
references. 

Klut, Hartwig. Gegenwartiger Stand 
unserer Kenntniss iiberdie Bedeutung 
der freien Kohlensaure im Leitungs- 
wasser. Zentr. ges. Hyg. 3 : 185-186 
(1923). 70 references. 
CONFECTIONERY. See Canning and 

Preserving (Rousset). 
CONIINE 

" Coniine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
3: 338 (1882); 2nd ser., 3: 814-815 
(1898) ; 3rd sen, 4: 99 (1923). 

Schmidt, Julius. a-Coniin. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 5: 7-10 
(1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Alkaloids. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



89 



COPPER 

Bennett, C. W. The electrodeposition 
of copper. Trans. Am. Electrochem. 
Soc. 23: 233-250 (1913). 65 refer- 
ences. 

" Copper and its salts." Ind.-Cat. S. 
G. O., 1st sen, 3: 408-411 (1882); 
2nd sen, 3: 913-914; 3rd sen, 4: 
171-172 (1923). 

DoNNAN, F. G. Kupfer. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 638- 
654 (1907). 754 references. 

Gt. Brit. Imperial mineral resources 
bureau. The mineral industry of the 
British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. War period. Copper. (1913- 
1919.) 1922. 203 p. Bibl., p. 173-203. 

Gutbier, a., and Sauer, E. Ueber 
kolloides Kupfer. KoUoid-Z. 25 : 
145 (1919). 28 references. 

Lottermoser, — . Kolloidchemie des 
Kupfers. In Abegg, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 2, pt. 1: 663-664 (1907). 33 
references. 

Mellor, J. W. Copper. In his Inorg. 
theon chem. 3: 1-295 (1923). His- 
tory, p. 4, 35 references ; occurrence, 
p. 8-10, 500 references ; separation, 
p. 19-21, 400 references ; physical 
properties, p. 60-69, 800 references ; 
chemical properties, p. 104-110, 700 
references; atomic weight, p. 113, 50 
references. 

Penzer, N. M. Copper. In his Non- 
ferrous metals and other minerals, 
1924. Bibl., p. 224-227. 

Peters, Franz. Kupfer. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 5 :587- 
1384, 1545-1595 (1909). References 
through text. 

Rousseau, Gustave. Le cuivre et ses 
composes. In Fremy, Enc. chim. 3, 
14^ cahier: p. 124-127 (1885). 

Sabatier, p. Cuivre. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 5: 1-151 (1906). 1595 
footnotes. 

SiEVERTS, A., and Wippelmann, W. 
Die Struktur des elektrolytisch ab- 
geschiedenen Kupfers. Z. anorg. 
Chem. 91: 1-45 (1915). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

U. S. Bureau of Standards. Copper. 
Circular No. 73, 2nd ed., 1922. Bibl, 
p. 102-108. 303 references. Bibl. of 
1st ed. appeared in Chem. Met. Eng. 
18: 409-415 (1918). 

Weed, Walter H. Copper. Mineral 
Ind. 25: 150-264 (1916) ; 26: 133-205 
(1917) ; 27: 142-237 (1918) ; 28: 
140-224 (1919) ; 29: 142-224 (1920) ; 
30: 146-223 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 
COPPER: Alloys. 

Cambi, Livio. [Action of the solvent 
and of the electrolyte on the electro- 
motive force of the alloy, copper- 



zinc] Rend. ist. Lombardo (2) 48: 
826-840 (1915). 

HoYT, S. L. Ternary alloys of copper, 
tin and zinc. The kalchoids. Trans. 
Am. Inst. Metals 9: 364-390 (1915). 
27 footnotes. 

McClelland, E. H. Brass : its me- 
chanical properties, forging and heat 
treatment. Forging-Heat Treating, 
June, 1922, p. 260-261. 

Peters, Franz. [Copper alloys.] In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
5, pt. 1 (1909). Al, 1158-1170; As, 
1221-1225; Fe, 1330-1333, 1358-1361; 
Mg, 1154-1156; Mn, 1211-1214; Ni, 
1361-1366, 1370-1378; Sb. 1243-1247; 
Si, 1173-1180; Sn, 1297-1318; Te, 
1256-1258; Zn, 1262-1285. 

Pittsburgh Testing Laboratory. 
Bibliography of patents covering 
union of copper or its alloys with 
iron or steel, by the aid of heat. J. 
Ind. Eng. Chem. 5:893-895 (1913). 

Take, E. Properties of aluminium 
manganese bronze. Trans. Faraday 
Soc. 8: 169-180 (1912). 45 footnotes. 

See also Alloys. 
COPPER: Analytical. 

Croasdale, Stuart. Electrolytic assay 
of copper. J. anal. Chem. 5 : 133-140 
(1891). 60 footnotes. _ 

Peters, Franz. Nachweis, Bestimmung 
und Trennung des Kupfers. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
5, pt. 1: 706-721 (1909). Classified. 

Van Barneveld, Charles E. Sulfur 
dioxide method for determining 
copper minerals in partly oxidized 
ores. U. S. Bur. Mines, Tech. Paper 
198, 1918. 14 p. Bibl., p. 12-14. 
COPPER: Metallurgy. 

Clark, John D. A chemical study of 
the enrichment of copper sulfide 
ores. Univ. New Mexico, Bull. No. 
75 (Chem. series, 1, No. 2), 1914. 
Bibl., p. 142-148. " Covers the most 
important publications on enrich- 
ment." 

Goodrich, Robert R. The hydro- 
electrolytic treatment of copper ores. 
Trans. Am. Electrochem. Soc. 25 : 
207-242 (1914). References through 
text. 

HoFMAN, H. O. The metallurgy of 
copper. 2nd ed. New York, Mc- 
Graw, 1924. 419 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Laist, Frederick. Advances in copper 
smelting. Trans. Inter. Eng. Congr., 
1915, Metallurgy, p. 111-114. 56 ref- 
erences. 

Levy, Donald M. Modern copper 
smelting. London, Griffin, 1912, 259 
p. Bibl. at ends of chapters. 

LuTRELL, Estelle. Bibliography of 
Arizona mining, metallurgy and 



90 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



COPPER : Metallurgy— Co«.rd 

geology. Univ. Arizona, Bull. 23 
(Econ. series, No. 7), 1915. 49 p. 
Peters, Franz. Neuerungen in der 
Elektrometalkirgie des Kupfers 
Gluckauf 41: 757-761 (1905); 42: 
1644-1653 (1906); 45: 515-520 
(1909); 51: 797, 827, 845, 875, 893, 
920 (1915). Bibl. footnotes. 
COPPER: Ores. 
Allen, Robert. Copper ores. (Impe- 
rial Inst. Monographs.) London, 
Murray, 1923. 221 p. Bibl., p. 206- 
221. 
COPPER BROMIDES 

Mellor, J. W. Copper bromides. In 
his Inorg. theor. chem. 3 : 192-201 
(1923). 100 references. 
Peters, Franz. Kupfer und Brom. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
5, pt. 1: 934-944 (1909). 
COPPER CARBONATES 

Himmelbauer, a. Kupfercarbonat. In 
Doelter, Handb. Mineralchem. 1 : 
459-477 (1912). Bibl. footnotes. 
Mellor, J. W. Copper carbonates. In 
his Inorg. theor. chem. 3 : 267-280 
(1923). 250 references. 
Peters, Franz. Kupferkarbonat. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. chem. 
5, pt. 1: 990-998 (1909). 
COPPER CHLORIDES 

Mellor, J. W. Copper chlorides. In 
his Inorg. theor. chem. 3 : 157-191 
(1923). 650 references on cuprous 
and cupric chlorides and complex 
salts. 
Peters, Franz. Kupfer und Chlor. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
5, pt. 1: 887-910 (1909). 
COPPER FLUORIDES 

Mellor, J. W. Copper fluorides. In 
his Inorg. theor. chem. 3 : 154-156 
(1923). 40 references. 
Peters, Franz. Kupfer und Fluor. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
5, pt. 1: 884-887 (1909). 
COPPER HYDROXIDES 

Mellor, J. W. Copper hydroxides. In 
his Inorg. theor. chem. 3: 141-147 
(1923). 100 references. 
See also Copper oxide. 
COPPER IODIDES 

Mellor, J. W. Cupric and cuprous 
iodides. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 
3: 201-210 (1923). 75 references. 
Peters, Franz. Kupfer und Jod. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handlx anorg. Chem. 
5, pt. 1: 944-958 (1909). 
COPPER NITRATES 

Mellor, J. W. Copper nitrates. In his 
Inorg. theor. chem. 3: 280-287 
(1923). 100 references. 
Peters, Franz. Cuprinitrate. I)i 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
5. pt. 1: 798-806 (1909). 



COPPER OXIDES .- 

Mellor, J. W. Copper suboxides ; 
cupric oxide. In his Inorg. theor.. 
chem. 3: 116-141 (1923). 600 ref- 
erences. 

Peters, Franz. Kupfer und Sauer- 
stoff. ■ In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 1: 723-789 
(1909). 
COPPER PHOSPHATES 

Mellor, J. W. Copper phosphates. In 
his Inorg. theor. chem. 3 : 287-294 
(1923). 100 references. 

Peters, Franz. Kupfer, Phosphor 
und Sauerstoff. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 1 : 968- 
976 (1909). 
COPPER SILICATES 

Doelter, C. Kupfersilicate. In his 
Handb. Mineralchem. 2, pt. 1 : 775- 
780 (1914). 
COPPER SULFATES 

Mellor, J. W. Cuprous and cupric 
sulfates. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 
3: 234-267 (1923). 500 references. 

Peters, Franz. Cupro- und Cuprisul- 
fate. hi Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 1: 830-858 
(1909). 
COPPER SULFIDES 

Mellor, J. W. Cuprous and cupric 
sulfides. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 
3: 210-231 (1923). 450 references. 

Peters, Franz. Kupfersulfide. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
5, pt. 1: 806-824 (1909). 

PosNjAK, E., Allen, E. T., and Mer- 
wiN, H. E. Die Sulfide des Kupfers. 
Z. anorg. Chem. 94: 95-138 (1916). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
COPROSTEROL. See Cholesterol. 
CORK 

Freund, — . Der Kork, seine Entsteh- 
ung, Eigenschaften, Gewinnung und 
Verwertung. Pharm. Zentralhalle 
55: 547, 573, 595, 624 (1914). Bibl. 
through text. 

Kausch, Oscar. Verfahren zur Her- 
stellung von Kunstkorkmassen. 
Kunststoffe 1: 141-143 (1911); 3: 
328-329 (1913). Patents. 
CORN 

Burtt-Davy, J. Maize, its history, 
cultivation, handling and use. Lon- 
don, 1914. 831 p. 430 titles. 

Keith, M. Helen. Bibliography of 
investigations bearing on the com- 
position and nutritive value of corn 
and corn products. Washington, Na- 
tional Research Council, 1920. 178 
p., mimeographed. 

Rammstedt, O. Die Bedeutung des 
Maiskorns als Nahrungsmittel. Z. 
oeffentl. Chem. 19: 288-294, 305-316, 
327-334 (1913). 62 footnotes. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



91 



Ver Hulst, J. H., Peterson, W. H., 
and Fred, E. B. Distribution of 
pentosans in the corn plant at va- 
rious stages of growth. J. Agr. Res. 
23: 662-663 (1923). 
CORROSION 

American Committee on Electroly- 
sis. A preliminary report on elec- 
trolysis. Bull. Am. Railway Eng. 
Assoc. 18: 305-308 (1916). "A se- 
lected list of permanent value." 

Anderegg, F. O., and Achatz, R. V. 
Bibliography of the self-corrosion 
of lead. Bull. Purdue Univ., 8, No. 
5: 41-45 (1924). 63 references. 

" Bibliography on electrolysis." Bull. 
Am. Inst. Chem. Eng., 15, pt. 1 : 
164. 60 references. 

Brow NELL, Elijah E. Report on the 
electric street railways of Milwau- 
kee, Wis. 2nd ed. Philadelphia, the 
author, 1920. 184 p. Bibl., p. 149- 
156. 

Calcott, W. S., and Whetzel, J. C. 
Laboratory corrosion tests. Trans. 
Am. Inst. Chem. Eng., 15, pt. 1 : 
85-103 (1924). Also in Calcott, 
Whetzel and Whittaker, Mono- 
graph on corrosion tests and ma- 
terials of construction for chemical 
engineering apparatus. New York, 
1923. 

Carnegie Library of Pittsburgh. 
Bibliography of metal corrosion and 
protection. 2nd ed. Mo. Bull, Li- 
brary, July, 1909. 61 p. Also in 
Cushman and Gardner, Corrosion 
and preservation of iron and steel, 
1910; in part in Sang, Corrosion of 
iron and steel, 1910; and as a French 
translation in Rev. Metal. 11: 267- 
296 (1914). A supplement was pub- 
lished in Proc. Engineer's Soc. 
Western Pa. 31: 193-222 (1915). 

Clark, H. W., and Gage, Stephen 
DeM. Studies of the relative cor- 
rosion of metal pipes by water, es- 
pecially before and after purification. 
Review of the literature on corro- 
sion. Reprinted from 42nci Annual 
rept. of the Mass. State Board of 
Health, 1911. 68 references. 

Friend, J. N. Corrosion of iron and 
steel. New York, Longmans, 1911. 
289 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Friend, J. N. Corrosion of iron. In 
his Textbook, 9, pt. 2: 67-77 (1921). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Friend, J. N. Corrosion of iron. 
Iron and Steel Inst., Carnegie Schol- 
arship Mem., No. 11, 1922. 156 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Hamlin, M. L., and Turner, F. M., 
Jr. The chemical resistance of en- 
gineering materials. New York, 



Chem. Cat. Co., 1923. 267 p. Bibl. 
at ends of chapters. 

Maveroff, Jose A. [Corrosion in 
metal tubes.] Bol. asoc. Argentina 
de electro-tecnicos 6 : 3-8, 48-57, 81- 
86 (1920). 

Paris, G. The corrosion of iron and 
its prevention by the elimination of 
the gases dissolved in water. Chimie 
& Industrie 6: 11-32 (1921). 

Rawdon, H. S., Grossman, M. A., 
and Finn, A. N. Metallic coatings 
for rust-proofing iron and steel. 
Chem. Met. Eng. 29: 591-592 (1919). 
U. S. Bur. Standards, Circ. No. 80, 
2nd ed. 1922. 72 references. 

Seligman, R., and Williams, P. Ref- 
erences relating to the corrosion of 
aluminium by water. J. Inst. Metals 
23: 183-184 (1920). 

Van Patten, Nathan. Bibliography 
of the corrosion of metals and its 
prevention. Marblehead, Mass., Van 
Patten, 1923. 176 p. 2025 titles by 
authors with subject index. 

Whittaker, Harold F. Research in- 
formation surveys on corrosion of 
metals. No. 1, Nickel. 49 references. 
No. 2, Aluminium. 108 references. 
No. 3, Copper. 187 references. No. 
4, Zinc. 175 references. No. 5, Tin. 
130 references. No. 6, Lead. 213 ref- 
erences. Washington, National Re- 
search Council, 1923-1924. 
CORUNDUM 

Barlow, A. E. Corundum; its occur- 
rence, distribution, exploitation and 
uses. Canada Geol. Sur., Mem. 57 
(Geol. ser., No. 50), 1915. Z77 p. 
Bibl., p. 317-324. 68 references. 

Holland, T. H. Corundum. In Ball, 
A manual of the geology of India. 
Economic geology. 2nd ed. Part 1. 
Corundum. Calcutta, 1898. 79 p. 
Bibl., p. 62-65. 59 titles. 

Lewis, J. V. Corundum and the basic 
magnesian rocks of western North 
Carolina. N. C. Geol. Sur., Bull. 11, 
1896. 107 p. Bibl., p. 99-101. 60 ref- 
erences. 

Pratt, J. H., and Lewis, J. V. Corun- 
dum and the peridotites of western 
North Carolina. N. C. Geol. Sur., 
Vol. 1, 1905. 464 p. Bibl., p. 401-420. 
393 references. 
COSMETICS 

" Cosmetics." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
sen, 4: 222-223 (1923). 

Truttwin, Hans. Handbuch der 
kosmetischen Chemie. Leipzig, Barth, 
1920. 752 p. Contains bibls. 
COTARNINE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Kotarnin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 1035 
(1918). 25 references. 

See also Alkaloids. 



92 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



COTTON 

Addekley, Albert. The physical cause 
of luster in cotton. Shirley Inst. 
Mem. 2: 189-193 (1923). 17 refer- 
ences. 

Armstead, Dorothy, and Harland, 
S. C. The destructive effect of 
microorganisms on raw cotton and 
cotton fibers. Shirley Inst. Mem. 2 : 
108 (1923). 15 references. 

Balls, W. Lawrence. The cotton 
plant in Egypt. London. 202 p. 
Bibl., p. 181-190. 

"Cotton." Bull. Imp. Inst. 16: 84-89 
(1918). List of reports appearing in 
the Bulletin, 1905-1917. 

Cunliffe, Percy W. The action of 
light on cotton. Shirley Inst. Mem. 
2: 248 (1923); J. Text. Inst. 14: 
314-318T (1923). 19 references. 

Fargher, R. G., and Withers, J. C. 
Chemical constituents of raw cot- 
ton. J. Text. Inst., 13: 1-16 (1922). 
108 references. 

Girola, C. D. El algodonero ; su cul- 
tivo en las Varias Partes del mundo. 
Buenos Aires, 1910. 1092 p. Bibl., p. 
1065-1074. 

" List of books relating to cotton and 
the cotton industry in the Library 
of the Franklin Institute, 1909." J. 
Franklin Inst. 167: 315-319 (1908). 

Oppel, a. Die Baumwolle. Leipzig, 
Duncker, 1902. 745 p. 

Penzer, N. M. Cotton in British West 
Africa. London, Fed. Brit. Indus., 
Intel. Dept., 1920. 53 p. 241 titles, 
covering 1881-1920. 

Pierce, Frederick T. The measure- 
ment of the mechanical properties of 
cotton materials. A summary of the 
literature. J. Text. Inst. 14: 181-182 
(1923). 71 references. 

Roux, F. C. La production du coton 
en figypte. Paris, Colin, 1908. 410 
p. Bibl., p. 401-405. 

Urquhart, a. R. Mechanical testing 
of cotton materials ; the effect of hu- 
midity and temperature. J. Text. 
Inst. 14: 188 (1923). 24 references. 

Ward, J. S. M. Raw materials of in- 
dustry : cotton and wool. London, 
Rider, 1921. 270 p. Cotton, p. 156- 
166; wool, p. 261-270. 

Woodbury, Charles J. H. Bibli- 
ography of cotton manufacture. 
Trans. Nat. Assoc. Cotton Manfg., 
No. 86: 339-549; No. 88: 364-414 
(1909-10). Reprinted in 2 vols. Wal- 
tham, Mass., Berry, 1909-1910. 6297 
references. Classified : manufacture, 
finishing, bleaching, dyeing, engineer- 
ing and machinery, history and eco- 
nomics, etc. 



Worden, E. C. Cotton. In his Tech- 
nology of cellulose esters, 1 : 485- 
582. 565 references. 

Worden, E. C. Preparation of cotton 
for esterification. In his Technology 
of cellulose esters, 1: 583-664. 508 
references. 

Sec also Fibers. 
COTTONSEED MEAL 

Halligan, J. E. Cottonseed meal and 
hulls for feeding. Feedingstuffs 35 : 
No. 3, 22-24 ; No. 6, 29-30 ; 36 : No. 
3, 25-26, 55-56; No. 4, 37-38, 55-56; 
No. 5, 47, 51; No. 6, 43-44, 48-49. 
254 references. 

McCandlish, Andrew C. The use of 
cottonseed meal to increase the per- 
centage of fat in milk. J. Dairy Sci. 
4: 310-333 (1921). 60 references. 

Macy, Icie G. Historical notes on 
cottonseed as a food. J. Dairy Sci. 
4: 250-265 (1921). 40 references. 

Nevens, N. B. Proteins of cotton- 
seed meal. I. Amino acid content. 
II. Nutritive value. J. Dairy Sci. 
4: 375-400, 552-588 (1921). 70 ref- 
erences. Also Thesis, Univ. 111., 1921. 
COTTRELL PROCESS. See Electrical 

precipitation. 
COUMARIN 

Dohrn, M., and Thiele, A. Cumarin. 
In Abderhalden, Biochem, Handl. 1 : 
1278-1280 (1911). 50 footnotes. 

Hess, Rudolf. Ueber die Einwirkung 
von Hydroxylamin auf Cumarin. 
Dissertation, Greifswald, 1912. 72 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Cumarin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 672-677 
(1902). Bibl. footnotes. 

SiMONis, H. Die Cumarine. Stuttgart, 
Enke, 1916. References as footnotes 
and as tables in text. 
COUMARONE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Cumaron. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 88-101 
(1915). Bibl. footnotes. 

Stoermer, R. Synthesen und Abbau- 
reactionen in der Cumaronreihe. 
Ann. 312: 237-336; 313: 79-99 
(1900). About 100 footnotes. 

See also Resins. 
COURIN. See Lipoids. 
CREATINE 

Baumann, Louis. Creatin and crea- 
tinin. In Barker, Endocrinology and 
metabolism 3: 171-180; references, 
5: 345-509 (1922). _ 

" Creatine and creatinine." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 1st sen, 3 : 494 (1882) ; 2nd 
sen, 3: 1012 (1898) ; 3rd ser., 4: 
268-270 (1923). 

Hunter, Andrew. Physiology of crea- 
tine and creatinine. Physiol. Rev. 2 : 
586-626 (1922). 218 references. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



93 



Mendel, L. B., and Rose, Wm. C. Role 
of carbohydrates in creatine-creati- 
nine metabolism. J. Biol. Chem. 10 : 
251-253, 264, 270 (1911). 70 refer- 
ences. 
Meyer-Jacobson. Kreatin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 1420-1424 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Peayon, Joseph. Methoden zur Be- 
stimmung des Kreatinins im Harne 
und Untersuchungen ueber Kreat- 
ininausschiedungen im Harne der 
Herbivoren. Dissertation, Bern, 
1910. 46 D. Bibl. footnotes. 

RoNA, Peter. Kreatin und Kreatinin. 
In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 4: 
790 (1911); 9: 192 (1915). 325 
footnotes. 

ScHULZ, WiLHELM. Der Verlauf der 
Kreatininausscheidung im Harn des 
Menschen mit besonderer Beriick- 
sichtigung des Einflusses der Muskel- 
arbeit. Arch. ges. Physiol. 186 : 
171-172 (1921). 25 references. 

Steenbock, H., and Gross, E. G. 
Creatinuria. I. Exogenous origin of 
urinary creatine. J. Biol. Chem. 36 : 
265 (1918). 36 references. 

Zemplen, Geza. Kreatin und Kreatin- 
in. In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 
11: 250-270 (1924). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Amines; Bases, organic. 
CREATININE. See Creatine. 
CREATINURIA. See Creatine. 
CREOSOTE 

Bateman, Ernst. Coal tar and water 

^ gas tar creosotes ; their properties 

and methods of testing. U. S. Dept. 

Agr., Bull. No. 1036, 1922. 114 p. 

Bibl., p. 112-n4. 

"Creosote." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
ser., 3: 498-499 (1882) ; 2nd ser., 3: 
1021-1022 (1898); 3rd sen, 4: 273 
(1923). 
CRESOL 

EiNBECK, H. Kresole. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 1: 561-577 
(1911). 300 footnotes. 

See also Coal tar, Phenols. 
CRITICAL PHENOMENA 

Centnerszwejr, M. Ueber kritische 
Temperaturen der Losungen. Z. 
physikal. Chem. -46: 427-501 (1903). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Dejean, Pierre. Methodes et appareils 
utilises pour la determination des 
points critiques des metaux et alli- 
ages. Chimie & Industrie 9 : 899- 
900 (1923). 62 references. 

Friedrichs, Fritz. Critical phenomena 
in binary systems. J. Am. Chem. 
Soc. 35: 1866-1883 (1913). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Hein, Paul. Untersuchungen ueber 
den kritischen Zustand. Z. physik. 



Chem. 86: 385-426 (1913-14). 80 
footnotes. 
Kuenen, J. P. Die Zustandsgleichung 
der Gase und Fliissigkeitten und die 
Kontinuitatsteorie. Braunschweig, 
Vieweg, 1907. Bibl. throughout text. 

Landolt-Bornstein. Kritische Data. 
In their Tabellen, 4th ed., 1912, p. 
449-451; 5th ed., 1923, p. 265-266. 
About 200 references. 

Pickering, S. F. Review of the criti- 
cal constants of various gases. J. 
Phys. Chem. 28: 97-124 (1924). 
References through text. 

See also Kinetic theory. 
CROTONIC ACID 

Schmidt, Ernst. Crotonsaure. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
1023-1028 (1911). 100 footnotes. 
CROTONIC ALDEHYDE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Crotonaldehyd. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 
1004 (1907). 20 references. 
CRYOLITE. See Fluorspar. 
CRYSTAL STRUCTURE 

Bijvoet, J. M. X-ray investigation of 
the crystal structure of lithium and 
lithium hydride. Rec. trav. chim. 42: 
859-903 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

EwALD, P. P. Kristalle und Rontgen- 
strahlen. Berlin, Springer, 1923. 
" Complete bibl." 

Hall, C. H., Jr. X-ray analysis of 
crystal structure ; a bibliography. 
Bull. Md. Acad. Sci. 2: 87-88, 91-92 
(1922); 3: 15-16 (1923). 193 refer- 
ences. 

Johnsen, a. Die Anordnung der 
Atome in Kristallen. Jahrb. Radio- 
akt. Elektronik 14: 52-129 (1917). 
46 references. 

Johnsen, A. Fortschritte im Berelch 
der Kristallstruktur. Ergeb. exakten 
Naturwiss. 1: 294-297 (1922). 110 
references. 

Karssen, A. Investigation with X- 
rays of the structure of crystals of 
sodium bromate and sodium chlo- 
rate. Rec. trav. chim. 42: 904-930 
(1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Landolt-Bornstein. Krystallstruk- 
turen. In their Tabellen, 5th ed., 
1923, 872-873. 

Neuburger, Maximillan C. Kristall- 
bau und Rontgenstrahlen. Samm- 
lung chem. chem. -tech. Vortrage 27 : 
465-468 (1924). 

Steinmetz, H. [Chemical-crystallo- 
graphic relationships.] Fort. Min- 
eral. Krist. Petrog. 4: 5-30 (1924). 

Wyckoff, Ralph W. G. The struc- 
ture of crystals. New York, Chem. 
Cat. Co., 1924. 462 p. Bibl., p. 423- 
449. About 600 references. 



94 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



CRYSTAL STRUCTURE— Cowr'd 

Wyckoff, Ralph W. G. Survey of ex- 
isting crystal structure data. J. 
Franklin Inst. 195: 549-552 (1923). 
151 references. 
CRYSTALLOGRAPHY 

Chemical Society. Crystallography 
and mineralogy. In Annual reports 
of the progress of chemistry, 1+. 
1904 to date. Bibl. footnotes. Early 
volumes carried the title, " Mineral- 
ogical chemistry." 

" Crystals and crystallization." Ind.- 
Cat. S. G. O., 3rd ser., 4: 298-299 
(1923). 

Groth, p. Chemische Krystallographie. 
5 vols. Leipzig, Engelmann, 1906- 
1919. Bibl. footnotes. 

Mellor, J. W. " Crystals and crystal- 
lization." In his Inorg. theor. chem. 
1: 589-687 (1922). About 800 ref- 
erences. 

Tables Annuelles. Cristallographie 
et Mineralogie. 1: 537-588 (1910); 
2: 616-647 (1911); 3: 426-444 
(1912) ; 4: 1026-1091 (1913-16). 

TuTTON, A. E. H. Crystallography 
and practical crystal measurements. 
2nd ed. 2 vols. Lxtndon, Macmillan, 
1922. 

Serial 

Zeitschrift fiir Krystallographie. Leip- 
zig, Engelmann. 1877- . " Aus- 
ziige " in each number. 
CUBEB. See Oleoresins. 
CUMINIC ALDEHYDE 

WiTTE, E. /'-Cuminaldehvd. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1: 821-823 
(1911). 45 references. 
CUPFERRON 

Braley, S. a. Bibliography on the 
use of cupferron as a quantitative 
reagent. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 11: 
1144-1145 (1919). 13 references. 

LuNDELL, G. E. P., and Knowles, 
H. B. The use of cupferron in quan- 
titative analysis. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 
12: 344-350 (1920). Bibl. footnotes. 

Marvel, C. S., and Kamm, O. Use 
of cupferron in analytical chemistry. 
J. Am. Chem. Soc. 41: 277 (1919). 
14 references. 

PouLENC Preres. Emplois du cupfer- 
ron : bibliographic, n. d. 

Schroder, — . Verwendung des Cup- 
ferrons in der quantitativen Analyse. 
Z. anal. Chem. 61: 66 (1923). 29 
references. 
CUPRAMMONIUM SALTS 

Horn, David N. Some cuprammonium 
salts. Am. Chem. J. 35: 271-286 
(1906); 2,7: 467-483 (1907); 38: 
475-489 (1907); 39: 184-226 (1908). 
90 footnotes. 



Mellor, J. W. Cupric ammino-oxides. 
In his Inorg. theor. chem. 3: 151-153 
(1923). 50 references. 

See also Comple.x salts. 
CURARE 

"Curare." Ind. -Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
3: 561-562 (1882) ; 2nd sen. 3: 1079 
(1898) ; 3rd sen, 4: 306 (1923). 
CYANAMIDE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Cyan-amide. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 1322- 
1328 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
CYANIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Cyansaure. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2, 1287-1292 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
CYANIDES 

Gutbier, a. Cyanide. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
3: 719-749 (1911). References 
through text. 

Jurisch, K. W. Cyanide. In his Sal- 
peter und sein Ersatz, 1908, p. 272- 
293. Covers 1843-1908. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Salze des Blausaure. 
In their Lehrb. org. chem. 1, pt. 2 : 
1270-1281 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
CYANIDE PROCESS 

MacParren, H. W. Textbook of cya- 
nide practice. New York, McGraw, 
1912. 291 p. Classified bibl., p. 215- 
268. 1000 references. 

Mills, H. D. The cyanide process : 
articles on coarse and fine grinding, 
solution of gold and silver and filtra- 
tion. Trans. Intern. Congr., 1915, 
Metal., p. 355-360. 130 references. 

Robine, R., and Lenglen, M. Cyanide 
industry theoretically and practically 
considered. New York, Wiley, 1906. 
408 p. Bibl., p. 331-401. 500 patents. 

Thomson, Francis A. Stamp milling 
and cyaniding. New York, McGraw, 
1915, 285 p. Bibl. at ends of chapters. 
CYANOACETIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Cyan-essigsaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 343- 
346 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
CYANOGEN 

Bertelsmann, W. Cyan und seine 
Verbindungen. In Brauer and d'Ans, 
Fortschritte, 1: 1941-1947 (1922). 
German patents. 

Clennell, J. E. Recent advances in 
the chemistry of the cyanogen com- 
pounds. Trans. Am. Inst. Mining 
Eng. 54: 504-505 (1916). 35 refer- 
ences, mostly patents. 

Hebert, A. Cyanogene. In Moissan, 
Chim, min. 2: 321-328 (1905). 79 
footnotes. 

Joannis, M. Cyanogene. In Fremy, 
Enc. chim. 2, 2" cahier : 271-272, 302- 
303, 486-487 (1885). 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



95 



KoHLER, HiPPOLYT. Die Industrie der 
Cyanoverbindungen. Braunschweig, 
Vieweg, 1914. 200 p. Bibl. footnotes. 
Meyer-Jacobson. Cyan. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 1256- 
1260 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
Wallis, Theodor. Ueber die Synthese 
des Cyans und Cyanwasserstoffs aus 
den Elementen. Ann. 345 : 353-362 
(1906). 38 footnotes. 
Weigejit, — . Cyan. In Abegg, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 2 : 253-276 
(1909). 40 references. 
CYANOGEN CHLORIDE 
Jennings, W. L., and Scott, W. B. 
Preparation of cyanogen chloride. 
J. Am. Chem. Soc. 41: 1241-1248 
(1919). Bibl. footnotes. 
CYANURIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Cyanursaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 
1330-1335 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
CYCLOHEXANE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Cyclohexan. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 784-800 
(1902). Bibl. footnotes. 
Sec also Hydrocarbons. 
CYMENE 

Baum, Fritz. p-Cyvao\. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Hand!. 1: 301-312 
(1911). 105 references. 
CYSTEINE. See Cystine. 
CYSTINE 
Abderhalden, Emil. Die schwefel- 
haltigen Abbauprodukte der Eiweiss- 
korper und deren Konstitution. Bio- 
chem. Centr. 2: 257-262 (1903). 2,2 
references. 
" Cystine and cystinuria." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 1st sen, 3: 575 (1882) ; 2nd 
ser., 3: 1096 (1898) ; 3rd ser., 4: 
317-318 (1923). 
Hoffman, Walter F., and Gortner, 
R. A. The effect of acid hydrolysis 
upon cystine. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 44 : 
341-360 (1922). 25 footnotes. 
Meyer-Jacobson. Cystin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 794-798 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
Zemplen, Geza. Cystin. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 4: 648-659 
(1911); 9: 129-130 (1915). About 
200 footnotes. 
See also Amino acids. 
CYSTINURIA 

Kahn, Max, and Rosenbloom, J. 
Cystinuria. In Barker, Endocrin- 
ology and metabolism 4: 515-539; 
references, 5: 511-694 (1922). 
Rosenfeld, Georg. Die Cystinurie. 
Ergeb. Physiol. 18: 118-121 (1920). 
160 references. 
See also Cystine. 
CYTOSINE. See Pyrimidines. 



DAIRY PRODUCTS 

Brosch, a. [Bibliography of dairy 
literature.] Mitt. deut. Milchw. 
Ver. 31: 223-233 (1914). Covers the 
year 1914. 
Grimmer, W. Bericht iiber die Arbeit- 
en auf dem Gebiete der Milchchemie 
und des Molkereiwesens. Milchw. 
Zentr. 4: 57-74, 337-351 (1908); 
325 references. 5: 49-67, 377-393 
(1909); 343 references; 6: 97-113, 
337-352 (1910); 337 references. 7: 
49-70, 337-361 (1911) ; 347 refer- 
ences. 42: 139-140. 178-185 (1913); 
165 references. 43: 482, 499, 513, 
530, 551, 569 (1914) ; 44: 3, 17, 33 
(1915); 293 footnotes. 47: 25, 38, 
61, 73, 97, 121, 133, 145, 158, 169, 182, 
193, 205, 218, 229, 242, 253, 267, 297 
(1918) ; 48: 2, 13, 25 (1919). 560 
footnotes. 

Monjonnier, Timothy, and Troy, 
H. C. The technical testing of dairy 
products ; treatise on the testing, 
analyzing, standardizing and manu- 
facturing of dairy products. Chi- 
cago, Monjonnier, 1922. 909 p. Ref- 
erences at ends of chapters. 

Palmer, Leroy S. Chemistry of milk 
and dairy products viewed from a 
colloidal standpoint. Ind. Eng. 
Chem. 16: 635 (1924). 33 references. 

RAupNiTZ,_ R. W. [Investigation on 
dairy science and dairy practices in 
the years 1907-1909.] Monatschr. 
Kinderheilk. 6: No. 6, 43 p.; No. 11, 
36 p. (1907) ; 7: No. 7, 46 p. (1908) ; 
8: No. 5, 64 p. (1909) ; 9: No. 2, 
51 p. (1910)." 

Raudnitz, R. W., and Grimmer, W. 
[Bibliography of dairy literature.] 
Arb. Ges. Milchw. u. Molk Praxis, 
1: No. 17, 40 p. (1913). Bibl. for 
1913. 

See also Butter, Cheese, Milk, etc. 
DAKIN'S SOLUTION 

" Dakin's solution." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
3rd sen, 4: 327-328 (1923). 

See also Antiseptics, Chloramine. 
DATOLITE 

Gorgey, R., and Goldschmidt, V. 
tJber Datolith. Z. Kryst. 48 : 619-621 
(1911). 68 references. 
DEHYDROACETIC ACID 

Hale, Wm. J. Constitution of dehy- 
droacetic acid. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 
33: 1119 (1911). 30 references. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Dehydracetsaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2 : 
1184 (1913). 45 references. 
DEHYDROTHIOTOLUIDINE 

Meyer, Martin. Dehydrothiotoluidine : 
its isomers, homologues, analogues 
and derivatives. Dissertation, Co- 
lumbia Univ., 1921. 48 p. Bibl., 
p. 46-47. 82 references. 



96 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



DEHYDROTHIOTOLUIDINE— Conf'rf 

Meyer-Jacobson. Dehydro-thiotolui- 
din. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, 
pt 3: 556-558 (1916). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
DENITRIFICATION 

LuMiA, C. II processo di denitrifica- 
zione nel terreno agrario e I'arrab- 
biaticcio e calda-fredda. Ann. chim. 
appl. 4: 52-55 (1915). Covers 1846- 
1914. 

VooRHEES. E. B. Denitrification. J. 
Am. Chem. Soc. 24: 785-804 (1902). 
80 references. 
DENSITY 

Baxter, G. B., ct al. Densities and 
cubical coefficients of expansion of 
various halogen salts. J. Am. Chem. 
Soc. 38: 259-271 (1916). 

Clarke, Frank W. A table of specific 
gravities for solids and liquids. Con- 
stants of nature, pt. 1. Rev. ed. New 
York, MacmiUan, 1888. 408 p. Val- 
ues for 5227 substances with refer- 
ences. 

Kahlbaum, George A., and Sturm, E. 
Ueber die Veranderlichkeit des spe- 
cifischen Gewichtes. Z. anorg. Chem. 
46: 217-310 (1905). Bibl. footnotes. 

Landolt-Bornstein. Spezifische Ge- 
wichte der chemischen Elementen. 
In their Tabellen, 4th ed., 1912, p. 
162-168; 5th ed., 1923, p. 284-291. 
Spezifische Gewichte fester und 
fliissiger anorganischer Verbindung- 
en. Ibid. 4th ed., 169-189; 5th ed., 
292-313. Spezifisches Gewicht wass- 
eriger Losungen. Ibid. 4th ed., 279- 
282; 5th ed., 413-417. Spezifische 
Gewicht Losungen von Salzen sowie 
von anorganischen Sauren und 
Basen. Ibid. 5th ed., 433-437. Spezif- 
ische Gewicht organischer Sauren. 
Ibid. 5th ed., 447. Spezifische Ge- 
wicht von Losungen der Alkohole, 
der Zuckerarten und anderer organi- 
schen Stoffen, sowie von KoUoiden. 
Ibid. 5th ed., 470-472. Spezifische 
Gewichte, Ausdehnung und Kon- 
trakten von Gemische. Ibid. 5th ed., 
473-476. 

Tables Annuelles. Densites. 1 : 4-30 
(1910) ; 2: 3-21 (1911) ; 3: 5-32 
(1912) ; 4: 8-61 (1913-16). 
DENTAL CEMENTS 

Voelker, Charles C. Dental silicate 
cements in theory and practice. 
Dental Cosmos 58: 1098-1111 
(1916). 
DENTAL CHEMISTRY 

Gibson, Charles S. The chemistry 
of dental materials. London, Benn, 
1922. 176 p. Bibl. footnotes. 



DESMIN 

DoELTER, C. Desmin. In his Handb. 

Mineralchem. 2, pt. 3: 152-170 

(1921). Bibl. footnotes. 
DESMOTROPY 

DiMROTH, Otto. Ueber desmotrope 

Verbindungen. Ann. 335: 1-111 

(1904). 82 footnotes. 
Michael, Arthur. Ueber Desmotropie 

und Merotropie. Ann. 363 : 20, 36, 

64, 94 (1908) ; 364: 64, 129 (1908). 

About 200 footnotes. 
DETONATORS. See Explosives. 
DEXTRINS 

Czapek, F. Dextrine. In his Bio- 

chemie der Pflanzen, 1 : 348-353 ; 2 : 

961-962 (1905). 
Meyer-Jacobson. Dextrine. In their 

Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 1033 

(1913). 
Tollens, B. Dextrine. In his Handb. 

der Kohlenhydrate, 2nd ed., 1 : 177- 

182, 191-193; 2: 210-215 (1898). 
Wolf, R. M. Starke und Dextrin. 

Chem. App. 3: 52-54 (1916). 

Patents. 
Zemplen, Geza. Dextrine aus Starke, 

Glykogen, usw. In Abderhalden, 

Biochem. Handl. 2: 161-184 (1911) ; 

8: 41-46 (1914) ; 10: 263-275 (1923). 

Bibl. footnotes. 
See also Starch. 
DEXTROSE. See Glucose. 
DIABETES 
Allen, Frederick M. Glycosuria and 

diabetes. Boston, Leonard, 1913. 

1179 p. Bibl., p. 1111-1179. Alpha- 
betical by author. 
Allen, Frederick M. The role of fat 

in diabetes. In Harvey Lectures, 

1916-1917, p. 104-111. 125 references. 
Allen, Frederick M. Experimental 

studies in diabetes. IV. Lipemia. 

J. Metabolic Res. 2: 244-298 (1922). 

377 references, annotated. 
Allen, F. M., and Sherrill, ]. W. 

Diet treatment of diabetes insipidus. 

J. Metabolic Res. 3: 479-510 (1923). 
" Diabetes, chemistry of." Ind.-Cat. 

S. G. O., 1st sen, 3: 731-732 (1882) ; 

2nd sen, 4: 199-200 (1899); 3rd 

sen, 4: 472-473 (1923). 
" Diabetes, elimination of sugar in." 

Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd sen, 4: 481- 

482 (1922). 
McGuiGAN, Hugh. Sugar metabolism 

and diabetes. J. Lab. Clin. Med. 3 : 

319-337 (1918). 70 references. 
Kahn, Max and M. H. The lime de- 
ficiency of diabetes. Arch. Inter. 

Med. 18: 212-227 (1916). 50 foot- 
notes. 
NooRPEN, Carl von. Diabetes mellitus. 

In his Handb. der Pathologie des 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



97 



Stoffwechsels 2: 113-137 (1907). 
399 references. 
■ VVooDYATT, R. T. Diabetes. In Wells, 
Chemical pathology, 4th ed., p. 642- 
678 (1920). 80 footnotes. 

WooDYATT, R. T. Pathological metab- 
olism of diabetes mellitus. In 
Barker, Endocrinology and metab- 
olism, 4: 263-287; references, 5: 511- 
694 C1922). 
DIACETYLATION 

DuBSKY, J. V. Ueber Diacetylier- 
ungsmethoden. Chem.-Ztg. 36 : 677- 
678, 697-699 (1912). 46 footnotes. 
DIACETYLSUCCINIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Diacetbernsteinsaure. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2 : 
1208 (1913). 36 references. 
DIAMOND 

BouTAN, E. Diamant. In Fremy, Enc. 
chim. 2, pt. 2: 314-320 (1886). 

DoELTER, C. Diamant. In his Handb. 
Mineralchem. 1: 28-56 (1912). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Fersmann, a. von., and Goldschmidt, 
V. Der Diamant. Heidelberg, 1911. 
274 p. Bibl., p. 42-58. 402 references. 

GuTBiER, A. Diamant. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
3: 473, 488-497 (1911). References 
through text. 

Krauss, F. Ueber die kiinstliche Dar- 
stellung von Diamenten. Brennstoff- 
Chemie 5: 113-121, 133-136 (1924). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

KuNTZ, George F. Diamond and 
moissanite, natural, meteoric and ar- 
tificial. Trans. Am. Electrochem. 
Soc. 12: 39-63 (1907). 52 footnotes. 

Mellor, J. W. Synthesis and genesis 
of diamonds. In his Inorg. theor. 
Chem. 5: 737-738 (1924). 

MoHR, Ernst. Die Baeyersche Spann- 
ungstheorie und die Struktur des 
Diamanten. J. prakt. Chem. 206 : 
315-353 (1918). Bibl. footnotes. 

MoissAN, H. Diamants. In his Chim. 
min. 2: 188-218 (1905). 190 foot- 
notes. 

See also Carbon, Precious stones. 
DIASTASE 

"Diastase." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
sen, 4: 545-547 (1923). 

DiEDERiCH, £mile. Chimie pastorienne. 
L'action diastasique dans les fer- 
mentations industrielles. Paris, Rous- 
set, 1906. 181 p. Bibl., p. 12-19. 

Geyelin, H. R. A clinical study of 
amylase in the urine. Arch. Int. 
Med. 13: 96-120 (1904). 45 foot- 
notes. 

Hawkins, Lon A. Effect of certain 
chlorides, singly and combined in 
pairs, on the activity of malt dias- 
tase. Bot. Gaz. 55: 265-285 (1913). 
30 footnotes. 
7 



McClure, C. W., and Pratt, J. H. 
A study of the diastatic activity of 
urine and feces with special refer- 
ence to diseases of the pancreas. 
Arch. Inter. Med. 19: 568-592 
(1917). 39 footnotes. 

RoBBiNS, Wm. J. Influence of certain 
salts and nutrient solutions on the 
secretion of diastase by PenicilUum 
camembertii. Am. J. Bot. 3 : 234-260 
(1916). 24 references. 

Taliana, Giulio, and Tagliani, 
Giovanni. [Transformation and 
elimination of thickening agents 
fixed upon cotton fibers.] Rev. gen. 
mat. color. 11: 34-46 (1907). 

Thomas, P. [Diastases. Methods of 
research and progress made.] Bull. 
Inst. Pasteur 7: 41-52, 89-100, 137- 
152 (1909). 

Sec also Enzymes. 
DIATOMACEOUS EARTH 

Goodwin, Norris. Diatomaceous earth. 
Chem. Met. Eng. 23: 1159-1160 
(1920). 150 references, including 
patents. 
DIAZO COMPOUNDS 

Cain, John C. The chemistry and 
technology of the diazo compounds. 
2nd ed. London, Arnold, 1920. 199 p. 
Bibl. footnotes with name index. 

Hantzsch, a. Die Diazoverbindungen. 
Sammlung chem. chem. -tech. Vor- 
trage 8: 1-82 (1902). Bibl. footnotes. 

Marvel, Carl S. A study of the pos- 
sible symmetry of the aliphatic diazo 
compounds. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 42, 
2259-2278 (1920). Thesis, Univ. 111., 
1920. Bibl. footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Diazokorper und 
Hydrazine, sowie ihre Abkommlinge. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 
277-303 (1896). 
DIAZOAMINO COMPOUNDS 

Meyer-Jacobson. Diazoamido Ver- 
bindungen. In their Lehrb. org. 
Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 277-303 (1895). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
DIBENZYL 

Meyer-Jacobson. Dibenzyl. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 2: 190 
(1903). 

See also Hydrocarbons. 
DIBROMOSUCCINIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Dibromobernstein- 
saure. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 
1, pt. 2: 524 (1913). 44 references. 
DICHLOROACETIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Dichloressigsaure. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt, 2 : 
496 (1913). 31 references. 
DICHLORODIETHYL SULFIDE. See 

Mustard Gas. 



98 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



DIDYMIUM 

Langmuir, a. C. Index to the litera- 
ture of didymium, 1842-1893. Smith- 
sonian Misc. Coll., No. 972 (Vol. 38, 
No. 4), 1894. 17 p. Also in School 
of Mines Quart. 15, No. 1. Chrono- 
logical. 

See also Rare Earths. 
DIELECTRICS 

GiJNTHER-ScHULZE, A. Die _ dielek- 
trische Festigkeit von Flussigkeiten 
und festen Korpern. Jahrb. Ra- 
dioakt. Elektronik 19: 111-112 
(1922). 24 references, 1879-1914. 

Lattey, R. T. The dielectric constants 
of electrolytic solutions, Phil. Mag. 
(6) 41: 847-848 (1921). 62 refer- 
ences. 

Mathews, Joseph H. The relation be- 
tween electrolytic conduction, spe- 
cific inductive capacity and chemical 
activity of certain liquids. J. Phys. 
Chem. 9: 667-681 (1905). About 250 
references. 

Smyth, Charles P. The electric mo- 
ments of typical organic molecules. 
J. Am. Chem. Soc. 46: 2151-66 
(1924). 37 footnotes. 
DIET 

Bryce, Alex. Modern theories of diet 
and their bearing upon practical die- 
tetics. London, Arnold, 1912. 368 p. 
Bibl., p. 343-350. 

"Diet." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 3: 
773-778 (1882) ; 2nd ser., 4: 261-273 
(1899) ; 3rd ser., 4: 557-564 (1923). 

Fitch, Wm. Edward. Dietotherapy. 
2nd ed. New York, Appleton, 1922. 
3 vols. Contains bibls. 

Folena, U. Esperienzi sul minimo di 
azoto nella razione alimentare nor- 
male in regime di riposo et de 
lavoro. Ann. Ig. Sper., n. s., 22 : 393- 
396 (1912). 

Greenwald, Isidor. a normal diet. 
In Barker, Endocrinology and metab- 
olism 3 : 359-421 ; references, 5 : 345- 
509 (1922). 

Straehlin, R. Untersuchungen iiber 
vegetarischen Diat mit besonderer 
Beriicksichtigung des Nervensys- 
tems, der Blutzirkulation und der 
Diurese. Z. Biol. 49: 251-282 (1907). 
232 references. 

See also Food, Metabolism, Nutri- 
tion, etc. 
5, 5-DIETHYLBARBITURIC ACID. See 

Veronal. 
DIFFUSION 

Desch, Cecil H. Report on diffusion 
in solids. Rept. Brit. Assoc. Adv. 
Sci., 1912: 348-372. 173 references. 

DiGGS, Sterling H. Influence of the 
concentration of potassium iodide on 
the rate of diffusion of iodine in 



potassium iodide solutions. Univ. 
Va. Pub., Bull. Phil. Soc, Sci. ser. 
1: 477-512 (1914). Bibl., p. 509-512. 

Landolt-Bornstein. Diffusion. In 
their Tabellen, 4th ed., 1912, p. 138- 
139; 5th ed., 1923, 251-252. 

Schleussner, Carl A. Diffusion- 
vorgange in Gelatine. Kolloid-Z. 
31: 348-349 (1922). 53 references. 

See also Colloids. 
DIGESTION 

" Alimentation." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st ser., 1 : 192 (1880) ; 2nd ser., 1: 
253-255 (1896); 3rd sen, 1: 290- 
292 (1918). 

Cohnheim, Otto. Die Bedeutung des 
Diinndarm fur die Verdauung. Bio- 
chem. Centn 1: 169-178 (1902). 128 
references. 

Cohnheim, Otto. Die Physiologic der 
Verdauung und Aufsaugung. In 
Nagel, Handb. der Physiologic des 
Menschen, 2: 516-665 (1907). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

" Digestion." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
sen, 4: 568-573 (1923). 

Fitch, Wm. Edward. Dietotherapy. 
Chemistry and physiology of diges- 
tion. Classification and analysis of 
foods. 2nd ed. New York, Appleton, 
1922. Vol. 1. 816 p. Contains bibls. 

London, E. S. Neuere Forschung auf 
dem Gebiete der Verdauung und der 
Resorption von Nahrungsstoffen. In 
Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem., 
Erganzungsband, 405-432 (1913). 126 
footnotes. 

Noll, A. Die Sekretion der Driisen- 
zelle. I. Verdauungsdriisen. Ergeb. 
Physiol. 4: 88-97 (1905). 250 refer- 
ences. 

Scheunert, Arthur. Verdauung der 
Wirbeltiere. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem., 2nd ed., 5: 56-160 (1924). 
405 footnotes. 

Schulz, Fr. N. Verdauung und Re- 
sorption der Wirbellosen Tiere. In 
Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem., 2nd 
ed., 5: 1-55 (1924). 323 footnotes. 
DIGIFOLIN 

"Digifolin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 3rd 
sen, 4: 581 (1923). 

Meier, Hans. Digifolin, ein neues 
digitalis Praparat und seine Wirk- 
ung beim Pferde. Dissertation, 
Bern, 1919. 60 p. Bibl., p. 58-60. 

See also Digitalis. 
DIGITALIS 

^' Digitaline." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 3: 786-787 (1882) ; 2nd sen, 4: 
286 (1899). 

"Digitalis." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 3: 787-791 (1882) ; 2nd sen, 4: 
287-288 (1899) ; 3rd ser., 4: 582-589 
(1923). 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



99 



" Digitalic glucosides and allied drugs." 
In Merck's Annual report, 25 : 31- 
129 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

Hamilton, Herbert C. The biologic 
methods for digitalis assay. Am. J. 
Pharm. 92: 529-537 (1920). 

KiLiANA, H. Digitalis glucosides. 
Arch. Pharm. 254: 255-295 (1916). 
Bibl. footnotes. • 

Mameli, Efisio. Suir estrazione dei 
principi attivi dalle foglie di digitale. 
Giorn. chim. ind. appl. 4 : 355-358 
(1922). 33 footnotes. 

Rising, A., and Lundberg, J. Digital- 
isglucoside. In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 2: 651-657 (1911). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Robinson, G. Canby. The therapeutic 
use of digitalis. Medicine 1 : 130-137 
(1922). 163 references. 

Zemplen, Geza. Digitalisglucoside. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 8 : 
342 (1914); 10: 861-879 (1923). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
DIGITONIN 

KoBERT, K. Digitonin. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 7: 151-155 
(1912). 45 footnotes. 
DIKETONES 

Meyer-Jacobson. Diketone. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 823-845 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Rabe, Paul, and Elze, Fritz. Zur 
Kenntniss des 1, 5-Diketone. Ann. 
323: 83-112 (1902). 40 footnotes. 

Stobbe, Hans. Studien iiber Tautom- 
eric, inbesonders an einem semi- 
cyklischen 1, 3-Diketon der Penta- 
methylenreihe. Ann. 326: 347-370 
(1903). 65 footnotes. 

See also Ketones. 
DIKETOPIPERAZINE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Dioxopiperazin. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3 : 
1356-1365 (1920). Bibl. footnotes. 
DILUTION LAW 

Kendall, James. Extension of the 
dilution law to concentrated solu- 
tions. J. Am. Chem. Soc. Z6: 1069- 
1088 (1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

Partington, J. R. Some recent inves- 
tigations on the dilution law. Trans. 
Farad. Soc. 15: 96-121 (1919). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Wegscheider, Rud. Ueber die Anom- 
alie der starken Elektrolyte und 
die Giiltigkeitsgrenzen des Verdiinn- 
ungsgesetzes. Z. physik. Chem. 69: 
603-629 (1909). Bibl. footnotes. 
DIMETHYL SULFATE 

Lynn, E. V., and Shoemaker, H. A. 
Laboratory preparation of dimethyl 
sulfate. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 46: 999 
(1924). 22 references. 



DINAPHTHAZINE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Die Dinaphthazin 
Systeme. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 
2, pt. 3: 1435-1439 (1920). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
DINITROPARAFFINS 

Meyer-Jacobson. Dinitroderivate der 
Grenzkohlenwasserstoffe. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 213-217 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
DIOPSID. See Calcium silicates. 
DIPHENYL. See Biphenyl. 
DIPHENYLKETENE 

Staudinger, Hermann. Diphenylke- 
ten. Ann. 356: 51-123 (1907). 118 
footnotes. 
DIPHENYLMETHANE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Diphenylmethan. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 2 : 80 
(1903). 17 references. 
DISINFECTANTS 

Chick, H., and Martin, C. J. The 
principles involved in the standardi- 
zation of disinfectants and the influ- 
ence of organic matter upon germi- 
cidal value. J. Hyg. 8: 695-697 
(1908). ?>7 references. 

" Disinfectants and disinfection." Ind.- 
Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 3: 841-847 
(1882) ; 2nd sen, 4: 395-413 (1899) ; 
3rd ser., 4: 643-659 (1923). 

During, E. A. Franz. t)bersicht iiber 
die deutschen Reichspatente betref- 
fend " Heilmittel und Desinfek- 
tionsmittel." 1908. 116 p. Patents, 
arranged numerically, without index. 

England, Joseph W. The phenol co- 
efficient method of testing disinfec- 
tants. J. Am. Pharm. Assoc. 2: 955- 
958 (1913). 

Gotschlicht, E. Desinfektion. In 
Kolle and Wassermann, Handb. der 
pathogenen Mikroorganismen, 4, pt. 
1: 179-265 (1904). Bibl. through 
text. 600 references. 

Laubenheimer, Kurt. Phenol und 
seine Derivate als Desinfektions- 
mittel. Dissertation, Giessen, 1909. 
156 p. Bibl., p. 147-156. 

Moll, Theodor. Untersuchungen ueber 
die Wirksamkeit einiger chemischer 
Desinfektionsmittel auf Tetanus- 
sporen. Jena, Fischer, 1920. 2>7 p. 
Bibl., p. 36-37. 

Reischauer, a. [Comparative ex- 
periments on the reliability of dif- 
ferent methods of disinfecting by 
means of formaldehyde.] Hyg. 
Rundschau 11: 636-655 (1901). 

Rideal, S., and Rideal, E. K. Chemi- 
cal disinfection and sterilization. 
London, Arnold, 1921. 313 p. Bibl. 
at end of chapters. 

Schmitt, Hans. Kritische Zusammen- 
fassung der Arbeiten iiber Hitzdes- 



100 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



DISINFECTANTS— Cowf J 

infektion aus den Jahren 1914 bis 
1919. Ergeb. Hyg. 4: 324-328 
(1920). 136 references. 

Shippen, Lloyd P. Pine oil and pine 
distillate product emulsions ; meth- 
ods of production, chemical proper- 
ties and disinfectant action. U. S. 
Dept. Agr., Bull. No. 989, 1921. 16 p. 
Bibl., p. 15-16. 

TiLLEY, F. W. Phenol coefficients. 
Am. J. Pub. Health, 11: 513-519 
(1921). 16 references. 

Weiss, John M. References to the re- 
cent work on the standardization of 
disinfectants. J. Franklin Inst. 175 : 
625 (1913). 22 references. 

See also Antiseptics ; Books, disin- 
fection ; Germicides. 
DISPERSION 

Pfluger, a. Dispersion. In Kayser, 
Handb. der Spectroscopie 4 : 247-595 
(1908). Bibl. footnotes. 
DISSOCIATION 

Nef, J. U. Dissociationvorgange bei 
den Alkylathern der Salpetersaure, 
der Schwefelsaure und der Halogen- 
wasserstoffsiiuren. Ann. 318: 1-57 
(1902). 80 footnotes. 

Nef, J. U. Dissociationvorgange bei 
den einatomigen Alkoholen, Aethern 
und Salzen. Ann. 318: 137-230 
(1902). 90 footnotes. 

Nef, J. U. Dissociationvorgange in 
der Glycol-Glycerin Reihe. Ann. 
335: 191-333 (1904). 164 footnotes. 

Nef, J. U. Dissociationvorgange in 
der Zuckergruppe. Ann. 403 : 204- 
383 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Electrolytic dissociation. 
DISTILLATION 

Robinson, Clark S. The elements of 
fractional distillation. New York, 
McGraw, 1922. 205 p. Bibl., p. 174- 
200. 

Young, Sydney. Distillation principles 
and processes. London, Macmillan, 
1922. 509 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Vapor pressure. 
DISTILLED LIQUORS. See Beverages, 

Wines, etc. 
DITHIONIC ACID 

Linne, Br. Dithionsaure, H-SzOb. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 1: 593-599 (1907). References 
through text. 
DIURETICS 

" Diuretics and diuresis." Ind.-Cat. S. 
G. O., 3rd sen, 4: 693-694 (1923). 
DOLOMITE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Dolomit. Calcium- 
magnesiumkarbonat. hi Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 2, pt. 
2: 510-512 (1909). 



Leitmeier, H. Dolomit. In Doelter, 
Handb. Mineralchem. 1 : 360-402 
(1912). Bibl. footnotes. 

Linck, G. Die Experimente zur Dar- 
stellung des Dolomits. Hypothesen 
ueber die Entstehung des Dolomits. 
hi Doelter, Handb. Mineralchem. 1 : 
136-138 (1912). 120 references. 
DRUGS 

" Blood, effect of drugs on." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 2nd sen, 2: 455 (1897) ; 3rd 
sen, 3: 63-64 (1922). 

CoHN, Paul. Die Verwendung von 
Chemikalien als Heilmittel. Samm- 
lung chem. chem. -tech. Vortrage 10 : 
411-500 (1905). Bibl. footnotes. 

" Drugs, adulteration of." Ind.-Cat. S. 
G. O., 1st sen, 3: 915-916 (1882); 
2nd sen, 4: 512-514 (1899) ; 3rd sen, 
4: 741-745 (1923). 

Frankel, Sigmund. Die Arzneimittel- 
Synthese auf Grundlage der Bezieh- 
ungen zwischen chemischen Aufbau 
und Wirkung fiir Arzte, Chemiker 
und Pharmazeuten. Berlin, Springer, 
1921. 906 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Klute, Hermann. Zinkperhydrol, 
Zincum Peroxygenatum und Mag- 
nesiumperhydrol. Vergleichende Un- 
tersuchungen iiber ihre Verwendbar- 
keit in der Veterianarmedizin an 
Stelle des Perhydrols. Dissertation, 
Bern, 1910. 48 p. Bibl., p. 44-48. 

Lloyd, John U. History of the vege- 
table drugs of the Pharmacopeia of 
the U. S. Lloyd Library, Bull. No. 
18 (Pharm. Sen No. 4), 1911. 235 p. 
Bibl., p. 94-105. 

Lloyd, John U. Origin and history of 
all the pharmacopoeial vegetable 
drugs, chemicals and preparations, 
with bibliography. I. Vegetable 
drugs. Washington, Am. Drug Mfgr. 
Assoc, 1922, 356 p. Bibl., p. 357-424. 

May, Percy. The chemistry of syn- 
thetic drugs. 3rd ed. London, Long- 
mans, 1921. 248 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Rosen M UND, K. W. Arzneimittelwesen. 
Fortschritte Chem. 14: 179-192 
(1918-19). References through text. 

Salant, Wm. The action of drugs 
under pathological conditions. U. S. 
Dept. Agn, Bun Chem., Circ. No. 81, 
1911. 16 p. Bibl., p. 15-16. 

Spiegel, Leopold. Chemische Konsd- 
tution und physiologische Wirkurg. 
Sammlung chem. chem.-tech. Vor- 
trage 14: 289-384 (1909). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

TsiRCH, A. [Origin of plant and drug 
names.] Schweiz. Apoth.-Ztg. 57: 
471-476, 491-496, 507-513, 519-525, 
531-535, 543-549 (1919). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



101 



DRUGS : Deterioration. 

Eberhardt, E. G., and Eldred, F. R. 
Bibliography of the deterioration of 
drugs and pharmaceutical products. 
Lilly Sci. Bull., ser. 1, No. 5: 181- 
193 (1914) ; J. Am. Pharm. Assoc, 
3: 38-49 (1914). Arranged alpha- 
betically by drugs. " Fair review of 
the field." 
DRUGS: Tolerance. 

GuNN, J. A. Cellular immunity: con- 
genital and acquired tolerance to 
non-protein substances. Physiol. Rev. 
3: 41-74 (1923). 101 references. 
DRYING 

Alliott, Eustace A. Bibliography of 
chemical engineering subjects, 1900- 
1923. In Trans. Inst. Chem. Engr. 
(English) 1: 109-120 (1923). Fil- 
tration, p. 109-115; centrifugal dry- 
ers and separators, p. 116-120. 

Marlow, Thomas G. Drying ma- 
chinery and practice. London, Lock- 
wood, 1910. 326 p. Bibl., p. 279-288. 
DRYING OILS. See Oils; Varnishes 

(Morrell). 
DULCITOL 

Meyer-Jacobson. Dulcit. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 188 
(1913). 30 references. 

Neuberg, C, and Rewald, B. Dulcit. 
In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 2 : 
447-449 (1911); 8: 237-238 (1914). 
60 references. 

Zemplen, Geza. Dulcit. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 10: 661- 
667 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 
DURALUMINIUM 

Fraenkel, W., and Scherrer, E. Das 
Duraluminproblem. Naturwissen- 
schaften 12: 145-148 (1924). 14 
footnotes. 

Knerr, H. C. Duraluminium, a digest 
of information. Trans. Am. Soc. 
Steel Treating 3: 41-42 (1922). 28 
references. 

See also Aluminium, Alloys. 
DUST: Analysis. 

Bill, J. Penteado. The electrostatic 
method of dust collection as applied 
to the sanitary analysis of air. J. 
Ind. Hyg. 1: 323-342 (1919). 40 ref- 
erences. 

Smyth, Henry F. Critical review of 
methods for the study of dust con- 
tent of air. J. Ind. Hyg. 1 : 140-149 
(1919). 25 references. 

Trostel, L. J., and Frevert, H. W. 
Collection and examination of ex- 
plosive dusts in air. Ind. Eng. (3hem. 
15: 236 (1923). 12 references. 
DUST EXPLOSIONS 

Dedrick, W., et al. Grain dust ex- 
plosions. U. S. Dept. Agr., Bull. No. 
681, 1918. 54 p. Bibl., p. 53-54. 39 
references. 



Price, D. J., et al. Dust explosions : 
theory and nature of phenomena ; 
causes and methods of prevention. 
Boston, National Fire Protection 
Assoc, 1922. 246 p. Bibl., p. 241- 
246. 150 references. 

See also Coal dust. 
DUST PREVENTIVES 

American Highway Assoc. Good 
roads year book, 5th ed., 229-231, 
346-358 (1916). 

Carnegie Library of Pittsburgh. 
Road dust preventives. Pittsburgh, 
The Library, 1916. 39 p. 
DUST REMOVAL 

GiBBS, W. E. Industrial treatment of 
fumes and dusty gases. J. Soc. 
Chem. Ind. 41: 195T (1922). 36 
titles. 

See also Electrical precipitation. 
DYES AND DYEING 

Barnett, Edward de B. Coal tar dyes 
and intermediates. London, Bailliere, 
1919. 213 p. Bibl. at end of each 
chapter. 

Bohn, R. Ueber die Fortschritte auf 
dem Gebiete der Kiipenfarbstofife. 
Ber. 43: 987-1007 (1910) ; Rev. gen. 
chim. pure appl. 13: 257-267 (1910). 
Bibl. footnotes to about 75 patents. 

BoLLEY, PoMPEjus Alex. Die Theer- 
farbstoffe. Braunschweig, Vieweg, 
1897. 1791 p. Contains bibls. 

Briggs, T. R. The physical chemistry 
of dyeing — substantive dyes. J. 
Phys. Chem. 28: 368-386 (1924). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Brigl, Percy. Die chemische Erfor- 
schung der Naturfarbstoffe. Braun- 
schweig, Vieweg, 1921. 208 p. Bibl. 
footnotes. 

BucHERER, Hans T. Lehrbuch der 
Farbenchemie, einschliesslich der 
Gewinnung und Verarbeitung des 
Teers sowie der Methoden zur Dar- 
stellung der Vor- und Zwischenpro- 
dukte. 2nd ed. Leipzig, Spamer, 
1921. 636 p. Bibl., p. 603-636. Classi- 
fied by dye groups. 

Clarke, A. Coal-tar colours in the 
decorative industries. London, Con- 
stable, 1922. 166 p. Bibl. at end of 
chapters. 

Crookes, Wm. a practical handbook 
of dyeing and calico-printing. Lon- 
don, Longmans, 1874. 730 p. Bibl., 
p. 702-715. 

Dedekind, Alex. Ein Beitrag zur 
Purpurkunde. Berlin, Mayer, 1898- 
1911. 4 vol. Literatur aus dem Zeit- 
raum der letzverflossenen 4 Jahr- 
hunderte ueber die verschiedenen 
Zweige der Purprologie. v. 4: 321- 



102 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



DYES AND DYEING— Coni'd 

Dehn, Wm. M. Quinhydrone forms 
of dyes in solution. J. Am. Chem. 
Soc. 39: 1347 (1917). 50 references. 

Erban, Franz. [Progress in the prep- 
aration and use of oxidizing agents.] 
Farber-Ztg. 26: 228-232, 242-247 
(1915). Bibl. footnotes. 

Ehrmann, £douard C. A. Traite des 
matieres colorantes organiques et de 
leurs diverses applications. Paris, 
Dunod, 1922. 615 p. Bibl., p. 599-605. 

Erban, Franz. [The advance of the 
preparation and use of vat dyes dur- 
ing the last year.] Farber-Ztg. 28: 
330-334 (1919). 

Freundlich, H., and Losev, G. Ueber 
die Adsorption der Farbstoffe durch 
Kohle und Fasern. Ein Beitrag zur 
Theorie des Farbens. Z. physik. 
Chem. 59: 284-312 (1907). 50 foot- 
notes. 

Friedlander, p. Fortschritte der 
Teerfarbenfabrikation und verwandt- 
er Industriezweige. Berlin, Springer, 
1877-1921. 13 vols. Abstracts of Ger- 
man patents on dyes and dye inter- 
mediates. 

Friedlander, P. Fortschritte auf dem 
Gebiete der Theerfarben Fabrikation 
und den dazu gehorigen Rohpro- 
dukten. Chem.-Ztg. 25: 698-703 
(1901); 88 footnotes. 26: 697-700 
(1902). 34 footnotes. _ 

Garcon, Jules. Repertoire general ou 
dictionaire methodique de bibliogra- 
phy des industries tinctoriales et des 
industries annexes depuis les origines 
jusqu'a la fin de I'annee 1896. Paris, 
Gauthier, 1897. 3 vols. " Originated 
in chem. sect, of Soc. Ind. de Mul- 
house in 1892 and finished in 1897. 
Refers to 2000 distinct works and 110 
periodicals." 

Gebhard, Kurt. Wirkung des Lichtes 
auf Farbstoffsysteme. Z. angew. 
Chem. 23: 820-827 (1910). 47 foot- 
notes. 

Gebhard, Kurt. Ueber die Verander- 
ung von Farbungen im Licht. 
Chem.-Ztg. 2,7: 601, 622, 638, 662, 
679, 717, 765 (1913). 133 footnotes. 

Gebhard, K. Zur Theorie der WoU- 
farbung. I. Z. angew. Chem. 27 : 
297-307 (1914). 40 footnotes. 

Georgievics, Georg von, and Grand- 
mougin, Eug. a text-book of dye 
chemistry (The chemistry of dye- 
stuffs). From the 4th German ed. 
London, Scott, 1920. 560 p. Bibl., 
p. 545-548. 

Georgievics, G. v. Jahresbericht ueber 
die Fortschritte der Teerfarbenfab- 
rikation. Chem.-Ztg. 28: 317-321 
(1904); 69 footnotes. 29: 902-905 



(1905); 86 footnotes. 30: 549-554 
(1906) ; 152 footnotes. 

Grandmougin, E. Fortschritte der 
Farbenchemie von 1908-1910. Chem.- 
Ztg. 35: 1126, 1158, 1175, 1210, 1230, 
1246, 1264, 1274 (1911). 523 foot- 
notes. 

Herzig, J. Fortschritte in der Chemie 
der natiirlichen Farbstoffe. Chem.- 
Ztg. 26: 351-353 (1902); 16 foot- 
notes. 27: 199-203 (1903); 47 
footnotes. 28: 287-292 (1904); 36 
footnotes. 29: 345-349 (1905); 49 
footnotes. 

Heumann, K. Die Anilinfarbstoffe 
und ihre Fabrikation. Braunschweig, 
1888-1906. 4 vols. Patent literature. 

Heyl, G. Acridine dyestuffs. Color 
Trade J. 5: 79-85 (1919). Refer- 
ences through text. 30 patents on 
p. 81-82. 

Heyl, G. Bibliography on colloid 
properties of dyes. Color Trade J. 
15: 6 (1924). 80 references. 

HiJTTiG, Gustav F. Physikalisch- 
chemische Untersuchungen der Oxy- 
und Dioxyanthrachinone mit beson- 
derer Beriicksichtigung ihres Beiz- 
farbevermogens. Z. physik. Chem. 
87: 129-168 (1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

King, O. E. General review and bib- 
liography of dyeing. First report on 
colloid chemisty, p. 20-38 (1919) ; 
Color Trade J. 5: 164-169 (1919); 
6: 18-23 (1920) ; J. Soc. Dyers Col- 
ourists 35: 171-176, 190-195 (1919). 
117 footnotes. 

Matthews, Joseph M. Application of 
dyestuffs to textiles, paper, leather 
and other materials. New York, 
Wiley, 1920. 768 p. Bibl., p. 733-750. 
500 references. 

Mayer, F. Die Fortschritte der Farb- 
stoffchemie. Chem.-Ztg. 46 : 977, 983, 
997, 1026 (1922); 90 footnotes. 47: 
213, 257, 273, 281 (1923) ; 127 foot- 
notes. 48: 213, 242, 250, 289 (1924) ; 
125 footnotes. 

Mayer, Fritz. Chemie der organischen 
Farbstoffe. 2nd ed. Berlin, Springer, 
1924. 265 p. Bibl., p. 248-250. 

Meyer, H. B. B. List of references on 
dyestuffs, chemistry, manufacture 
and trade. Washington, Library of 
Congress, 1919. 186 p. 1650 refer- 
ences, with subject index. 

Michaelis, L. Die Theorie des Farbe- 
prozesses. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 2: 193-212 (1908). 27 
footnotes. 

Murray, Wallace J. Bibliography of 
literature on the fastness of dyes. 
Am. Dyestuff Reporter 10: 123 
(1922). 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



103 



Rheinboldt, H., and Wedekind, E. 
Ueber die Bildung organischer Farb- 
stoffe durch anorganische Substrate. 
Kolloidchem. Beihefte 17: 115-188 
(1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Roux, A., and Martinet, Jh. [Action 
of diazoic compounds upon mole- 
cules with active methylenic groups.] 
Rev. gen. mat. color. 23: 115, 134 
(1923) ; 24: 13, 74 (1924). 386 ref- 
erences. 

RowE, F. M. Colour index. London, 
Soc. D-yers Colourists, 1924. 371 p. 
References to about 1250 dyes. 

RowE, F. M. [Recent progress in col- 
oring matters.] J. Soc. Dyers Col- 
ourists 40: 360-373 (1924). Bibl. 
through text. 

RuPE, H. Fortschritte in der Chemie 
der naturlichen Farbstoffe. Chem.- 
Ztg. 24: 656-662 (1901). 65 foot- 
notes. (Continued by Herzig.) 

Sadtler, S. p., and Matos, L. J. Coal 
tar dyes. In their Industrial org. 
chem., p. 549-551 (1923). Books 
only. 

Schultz, Gustav. Farbstofftabellen. 
6th ed. Berlin, Wiedmannsche 
Buchh., 1923. 2 vols. Bibl., p. 270- 
284. 

Schwalbe, Carl G. Farbstoffe. Chem. 
Z. 2: 208, 239, 405, 431, 466, 675, 702, 
731 (1903); 257 footnotes. 3: 72, 
237, 265, 428, 450, 634, 751, 785 
(1904); 352 footnotes. 4: 82, 106, 
202, 222, 418, 443 (1905) ; 200 foot- 
notes. 

ScHW^ALBE, Carl G. Fortschritte der 
Teerfarbenfabrikation und Farben- 
chemie. Chem.-Ztg. 32: 17-19, 121- 
124 (1908); 174 references. 33: 9, 
31, 38, 59, 66 (1909) ; 248 footnotes. 
33: 958-959,967-968 (1909) ; 91 foot- 
notes. 

Schwalbe, Carl G. Die Farberei im 
Jahre 1908. Kolloid-Z. 5: 129-137 
(1909). 57 footnotes. 

Schwalbe, Carl G. Neuere Farbethe- 
orien. Sammlung chem. chem.-tech. 
Vortrage 12: 113-230 (1907). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Society of Chemical Industry. Col- 
oring matters and dyes. In Reports 
of the progress of applied chemistry 
1: 67-107 (1916) ; 110 footnotes. 2: 
84-125 (1917) ; 124 footnotes. 3: 86- 
114 (1918) ; 69 footnotes. 4: 83-113 

91-124 
79-111 
83-106 
91-128 
100-141 



127 footnotes. 5 

161 footnotes. 6 

224 footnotes. 7 

98 footnotes. 8 

228 footnotes. 9: 

284 footnotes. 

Staeble, Rupert. Die Kiipenfarbstoflfe 

der Anthracenreihe. Chem.-Ztg. 34 : 



(1919) 
(1920) 
(1921) 
(1922) 
(1923) 
(1924) 



731, 757, 766, 774, 782 (1910). 166 
footnotes. 
Truttwin, H. Enzyklopadie der Kiip- 
enfarbstofife, ihre Literatur, Dar- 
stellungsweise, Zusammensetzung, 
Eigenschaften in Substanz und auf 
der Faser. Berlin, Springer, 1920. 
868 p. 
Wahl, Andre. The manufacture of 
organic dyestuffs. London, Bell, 
1914. 338 p. Bibl., p. 325-328. 
Werner, A., and Pfeiffer, P. Kon- 
stitution und Synthese natiirlicher 
Farbstoffe. Chem.-Z. 3 : 323, 355, 
388, 420 (1904). 91 footnotes. 
" Your technical library." Am. Dye- 
stuff Reporter 13: 381-384, 415-418 
(1924). 
DYES: Food. 

Hesse, Bernhard C. Coal tar colors 
used in food products. U. S. Dept. 
Agr., Bur. Chem., Bull. No. 147, 
1912. References through text. In- 
dex of authors. 
DYES: Intermediates. See Intermedi- 
ates. 
DYES: Testing. 

MoTT, Wm. R. Use of the flame arc 
in paint and dye testing. Trans. Am. 
Electrochem. Soc. 28: 388-396 
(1915); Chem. Eng. 21: 118-121 
(1915). 69 references, annotated. 
DYNAMITE. See Explosives. 
DYSPROSIUM. See Rare earths. 
EBULLIOSCOPY 

Landolt-Bornstein. Seidepunkts- 

erhohungen von wasserigen Losung- 
en. In their Tabellen, 4th ed., 1912, 
823-828; 5th ed., 1923, 1461-1467. 
Menzies, a. W. C, and Wright, S. 
L., Jr. Application of a differential 
thermometer in ebullioscopy. J. Am. 
Chem. Soc. 43: 2314-2323 (1921). 30 
references. 
ECGONINE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Ekgonin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3 : 1071-1076 
(1918). Bibl. footnotes. 
EDEMA 

Fischer, Martin H. Oedema and 
nephritis ; a critical, experimental 
and chemical study of the physiology 
and pathology of water absorption 
in the living organism. 3rd ed. New 
York, Wiley, 1921. 922 p. Bibl., p. 
893-897. 
Loeb, Leo. Edema. Baltimore, Wil- 
liams, 1923. 178 p. Bibl., p. 155-178. 
McLean, Franklin C. Edema. In 
Barker, Endocrinology and metabo- 
lism, 4: 153-194; references, 5: 511- 
694 (1922). 
Wells, H. G. Edema. In his Chemi- 
cal pathology, 4th ed., p. 330-366 
(1920). 183 references. 



104 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



EDUCATION. See Chemical educa- 
tion. 
EGGS 

BusHNELL, L. D., and Maurer, O. 
Some factors influencing the bacte- 
rial content and keeping quality of 
eggs. Kansas Agr. Expt. Sta., Bull. 
No. 201, p. 749-777 (1914). 

Jones, Hilton I., and DuBois, Robert. 
The preservation of eggs, including 
a bibliography of the subject. J. Ind. 
Eng. Chem. 12: 754-757 (1920). 
Classified by subject. 

Kossowicz, Alexander. Die Zersetz- 
ung und Haltbarmachung der Eier. 
Eine kritsche Studie mit zahlreichen 
eigenen Untersuchungen. Wiesbad- 
en, Bergmann, 1913. 74 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Needham, Joseph. The metabolism 
of the developing egg. Physiol. Rev. 
5: 51-57 (1925). 309 references. 

Parchtner, J. Chemie der Eier. In 
Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem. 3, 
pt. 1: 433-447 (1910). 78 footnotes. 
EGG PROTEIN 

Bateman, W. G. Digestibility and 
utilization of egg protein. J. Biol. 
Chem. 26; 263-291 (1916). 75 refer- 
ences. 

See also Albumen, Proteins. 
ELASTIC GELS 

Hatschek, Emil. The properties of 
elastic gels. Trans. Faraday Soc. 16, 
app. : 35-39 (1921). 14 references. 

See also Colloids. 
ELECTRIC FURNACE 

BiLLAZ, A. L'application des fours 
electriques a la fusion des metaux et 
alliages non ferreux. Vie Tech. Ind. 
4: 21-31, 91-101 (1922). 

Electric furnace, its origin, transfor- 
mation and application. Electrochem. 
3: 88-100 (1904); Trans. Faraday 
Soc. 1: 77-102 (1905). 

Fink, Colin G. High temperature 
production. In Liddell, Handb. 
chemical engineering, 2: 519-527 
(1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

Gillettt, H. W., and Mack, E. L. 
Present tendencies in electric brass 
furnace. Brass World 20 : 166 
(1924). 40 references, including 
about 25 patents. 

Herold, Karl. Elektrische Laborator- 
iumsofen. In Doelter, Handb. Min- 
eralchem. 1: 618-628 (1912). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Judson, Lyman C, and Martin, 
Harry P. The electric furnace in 
the iron foundry. Trans. Am. Elec- 
trochem. Soc, 41: 295-304 (1922). 
46 references, chronological, 1913- 
1922. 



Kershaw, John B. Electrothermal 
methods of iron and steel produc- 
tion. London, Constable, 1913. 239 p. 
Patents, 1898-1911. 
Lyon, Dorsey A., Keeny, R. M., and 
Cullen, J. F. The electric furnace 
in metallurgical works. U. S. Bur. 
Mines, Bull. No. 77, 1914. Bibl., 
p. 190-207. Classified by metals. 
Minet, Adolph. Bibliography of the 
development of the electric furnace. 
Trans. Faraday Soc. 2 : 25-28 
(1906). 120 references. 
Moissan, Henri. Electric furnace. 
Easton, Chem. Pub. Co., 1904. 305 p. 
Bibl. of 100 papers (1892-1899) on 
p. 303-305. 
Pring, J. N. Electric furnace. New 
York, Longmans, 1921. 485 p. Bibl., 
p. 457-482. 
RiBAUD, G. [High frequency induc- 
tion electric furnace.] Technique 
moderne 15: 225-231 (1923). 
Stansfield, Alfred. The electric fur- 
nace. New York, McGraw, 1914. 
415 p. Bibl. footnotes. 
Stansfield, Alfred. The electric fur- 
nace for iron and steel. New York, 
McGraw, 1923, 453 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
West, Clarence J. Electric furnace 
as applied to metallurgy ; a reading 
list, 1900-1919. Trans. Am. Electro- 
chem. Soc. 38: 365-451 (1920). Is- 
sued as separate in Bibl. series, 
A. D. Little, Inc. No. 4, 1920. 92 p. 
Classified by metals. 
White, A. E. The use of the electric 
furnace in heat treatment. Trans. 
Am. Electrochem. Soc. 46: 402-416 
(1924). 67 annotated references. 
See also Electrodes, Electrometal- 
lurgy, Refractories. 
ELECTRIC INSULATION 

Elektrische Isoliermassen. Kunststoffe 
10: 161-164, 171-173, 177-180, 187- 
188 (1920). Patents. 
Flight, Wm. S. Electric insulators : 
the functions and characteristics of 
electrical insulating materials (solid, 
liquid and gaseous) ; the testing of 
the materials and their use in the in- 
sulation of electrical machinery and 
apparatus with many data and illus- 
trations from practice. London, Pit- 
man, 1923. 107 p. Bibl., p. 101-104. 
Hemming, Emile. Review of patents 
on moulded electrical insulation. In 
his Plastics and moulded electrical 
insulation, 1923, p. 288-306. 
Kausch, Oscar. Die aus der Patent- 
literatur bekannten Isoliermassen 
fiir elektrische und andere Zwecke. 
Kunststoffe 3: 361, 388, 410, 428, 449, 
467 (1913). Patents. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



105 



Main, W. K. [Manufacture of elec- 
trical insulators.] Rev. gen. chim. 
16: 329-337 (1913). 

U. S. Bureau of Standards. Bibliog- 
raphy of books and periodical arti- 
cles on tests, properties and uses of 
electrical insulating materials. Let- 
ter Circ. LC-50, 1922. 17 p., mimeo- 
graphed. About 225 references, 
chronologically. 

U. S. Bureau of Standards. List of the 
more important U. S. patents cov- 
ering the materials and methods of 
manufacture of insulating materials. 
Letter Circular LC-51, 1922. 29 p., 
mimeographed. About 450 patents, 
including materials in Classes 18, 91, 
106, 134, 154. 

See also Plastics. 
ELECTRIC WELDING 

Gamble, W. B. List of works in the 
New York Public Library relating 
to electric welding. N. Y. Public Li- 
brary, Bull. 17: 375-393 (1913). Ar- 
ranged chronologically. 

Jacob, Wm. F. Bibliography of elec- 
tric welding. Gen. Elec. Rev. 21 : 
653-658 (1918). About 200 refer- 
ences, covering 1914-1918. 

Marquand, Hilary S. Electric weld- 
ing ; its theory, practice, application 
and economies. London, Benn, 1920. 
204 p. Bibl., p. 196-198. 

Rawdon, H. S., et al. Electric arc 
welding of steel. L Properties of 
the arc fused metal. U. S. Bur. 
Standards, Tech. Paper No. 179, 
1920. Bibl., p. 60-63. 
ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY 

DuToiT, P. Conductibilite, dissociation 
et propriete des electrolytes dans des 
dissolvants autres que I'eau. J. chim. 
phys. 1: 617-657 (1904). Bibl. up to 
Sept., 1903. 

FoRNAiNi, M. La determinazione della 
conductibilita elettrica specifica nell'- 
esame delle acque potabili. Ann. 
chim. appl. 4: 178-182 (1915). 58 
references. 

Jones, Harry C, and Bingham, Eu- 
gene C. Conductivity and viscosity 
of solutions of certain salts in mix- 
tures of acetone with methyl alco- 
hol, with ethyl alcohol and water. 
Am. Chem. J. 34: 481-554 (1905). 
About 50 footnotes. 

Jones, Harry C, and West, Augus- 
tus P. Study of the temperature co- 
efficients of conductivity in aqueous 
solutions and on the effect of tem- 
perature on dissociation. Am. Chem. 
J. 34: 358-422 (1905). About 40 
footnotes. 

Kendall, James. The water correc- 
tion in conductivity determinations. 



J. Am. Chem. Soc. 39: 7-24 (1917). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Kohlrausch, Friedrich W. G. Das 
Leitvermogen der Elektrolyte, inbe- 
sonders der Losungen. 2nd ed. 
Leipzig, Teubner, 1916. Bibl., p. 226- 
237. 

Kraus, Charles A. Relation between 
the conductance and the viscosity of 
electrolytic solutions. J. Am. Chem. 
Soc. 36: 35-65 (1914). 49 references. 

Kraus, Charles A. Properties of 
electrically conducting systems. New 
York, Chem. Cat. Co., 1922. 415 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Landolt-Bornstein. Elektrisches 
Leitvermogen wasseriger Losungen. 
In their Tabellen, 4th ed., 1912, 1119- 
1120; 5th ed., 1099-1101 (1923). 
Nichtwasseriger Losungen. Ibid 4th 
ed., 1131; 5th ed., 1114-1115. 

MiJLLER, R. Elektrochemie der nicht- 
wasserigen Losungen. Sammlung 
chem. chem. -tech. Vortrage 27 : 243- 
358 (1924). Bibl. through text. 

NoRBURY, A. L. Electrical conductiv- 
ity of dilute metallic solid solutions. 
Trans. Faraday Soc. 16: 595-596 
(1921). 47 references. 

NoYES, Arthur A. Electrical conduc- 
tivity of aqueous solutions. Car- 
negie Inst., Pub. No. 62>. Washing- 
ton, 1907. Bibl. footnotes. 

Partington, J. R. Conductance, ion- 
ization and ionic equilibria. In 
Taylor, Treatise on physical chem- 
istry 1: 485-603 (1924). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Schmidt, Maurice R. Conductivity 
and viscosity in mixed solvents con- 
taining glycerol. Thesis, Johns Hop- 
kins Univ., 1909. 63 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

ScuDDER, Heyward. The electrical 
conductivity and ionization constants 
of organic compounds — a bibliog- 
raphy of the periodical literature 
from 1889 to 1910, inclusive, includ- 
ing all important work before 1889 
and corrected to the beginning of 
1913. New York, Van Nostrand, 
1913. 568 p. 2032 references, alpha- 
betical by author with alphabetical 
list of compounds studied and au- 
thor reference. Formula index. 

Streintz, Franz. Das Leitvermogen 
von gepressten Pulvern. Sammlung 
chem. chem.-tech. Vortrage 4 : 146 
(1903). 

Sutton, Willard J., and Silverman, 
Alexander. The electrical conduc- 
tivity of sodium chloride in molten 
glass. J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 7: 102- 
104 (1924). 



106 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY— Conf'd 

Tables Annuexles. Conductibilite 
electrique des electrolytes. 1 : 460 
(1910); 59 references. 2: 517 
(1911); 60 references. 3: 375-376 
(1912); 61 references. 4: 932-934 
(1913-16). 

Walden, Paul. Elektrochemie nicht- 
wasseriger Losungen. Leipzig, Barth, 
1924. 515 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Walden, Paul. Das Leitvermogen 
der Losungen. I Teil. Allgemeines, 
Methoden, Elektrolyte und Losungs- 
mittel, Uberfiihrungszahl, lonen- 
chemie. Leipzig, Akad. Verlags., 
1924. 383 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Walden, Paul, Das Leitvermogen 
der Losungen. IL Zahlenwerte des 
Leitvermogens in wasserigen und 
nichtwasserigen Losungen. Leipzig, 
Akad. Verlags., 1924. 397 p. Bibl. 
footnotes. Author index. 

Walden, P. Ueber organische Los- 
ungs- und lonisierungsmittel. Z. 
physik. Chem. 46: 103-188 (1903). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Electrochemistry, Electro- 
lytes. 
ELECTRICAL PRECIPITATION (Cot- 

trell's Process). 

Bradley, Linn. Practical application 
of electric precipitation and prog- 
ress of the Research Corporation. 
Proc. Am. Inst. Elec. Eng. 34: 564- 
565 (1915). 30 references. 

Bradley, Linn, Egbert, H. D., and 
Strong, W. W. Dry hot versus cold 
w^et blast furnace gas cleaning. Bull. 
Am. Inst. Mining Eng. 56: 209-224 
(1917). 

Bush, H. J. Electrical precipitation. 
J. Soc. Chem. Ind. 41: 27T (1922). 
30 references. 

CoTTRELL, F. G. Recent progress in 
electrical smoke precipitation. Eng. 
Mining J. 101: 385-389 (1916). 

Cottrell process of electrical precipita- 
tion. Mining Sci. Press 122 : 495-500 
(1921). Complete bibl. 

EscHHOLZ, O. H. Electrostatic pre- 
cipitation. Trans. Am. Inst. Mining 
Met. Eng. 60: 255-256 (1919) ; Bull., 
No. 140: 1305-1306 (1918). 24 ref- 
erences. 

GiBBS, W. E. Disperse systems in 
gases. In Fourth report on colloid 
chemistry, 1922, p. 122-185. 225 ref- 
erences on smoke, dust and electrical 
precipitation. 

Landolt, p. E. Electrical precipitation 
in the chemical industry. J. Ind. 
Eng. Chem. 14: 1018-1020 (1922). 
29 references. 

Schmidt, Walter A. Dust and fume 
collection by the Cottrell process 



of electrical precipitation. Results 
obtained at the smelter of Interna- 
tional Smelting Company, Inspira- 
tion, Arizona ; factory of Riverside 
Portland cement company, River- 
side, California. Los Angeles, Fos- 
ter Co., 1916. 48 p. Bibl., p. 47-48. 

Western Precipitation Co. Selected 
bibliography on . . . electrical pre- 
cipitation of suspended particles 
from gases. 1920. 5 p. 
ELECTRO- ANALYSIS 

Fischer, Arthur. Elektroanalyse mit 
Anwendung intensiv bewegter Elek- 
trolyte. Chem.-Ztg. 31: 25-27 
(1907). 28 references. 

Fischer, A. Recent developments in 
electrochemical analysis. Ion 1 : 355- 
369 (1908). References through text 
and 113 notes at end. 

Fischer, A. Elektroanalytische 
Schnellmethoden. Stuttgart, Enke, 
1908. 304 p. Bibl., p. 292-295. 

Fischer, A., and Scheen, O. Krit- 
ische Betrachtung ueber neuere 
Bestrebungen in der Elektroanalyse. 
Chem.-Ztg. 34: 477-478 (1910). Z7 
footnotes. 

Fresenius, R. Die Entwickelung der 
Elektroanalyse. Z. anorg. Chem. 81 : 
4-23 (1912). Bibl. footnotes. 

Neumann, B. Ueber Elektroanalyse. 
Chem.-Ztg. 24: 455-458 (1900). 60 
footnotes. 

Staehler, Arthur. Ueber einige 
neuere Fortschritte in der quantita- 
tiven Elektroanalyse. Chem.-Ztg. 
30: 1203-1204, 1221-1225 (1906). 45 
footnotes. 

Staehler, A. Elektroanalyse. Fort- 
schritte Chem. 1: 124-133 (1909); 
2: 124-133 (1910) ; 4: 67-76 (1911) ; 
7: 293-315 (1913). References 
through text. 
ELECTROCHEMISTRY 

Abel, Emil. Fortschritte der theoret- 
ischen Elektrochemie. Z. angewr. 
Chem. 15: Z2\-Z27 (1902); 77 
footnotes. 16: 297-304 (1903); 115 
footnotes. 17: 833-845 (1904); 222 
footnotes. 18: 1505-1512, 1553-1560 
(1905) ; 225 footnotes. 19: 1352-1362 
(1906); 205 footnotes. 20: 1271- 
1277, 1298-1303 (1907); 261 foot- 
notes. 

Allmand, a. J., and Ellingham, 
H. J. T. Principles of applied elec- 
trochemistry. 2nd ed. N. Y., Long- 
mans, 1924. 727 p. Bibl. footnotes. 
Author index. 

Arndt, K. Anorganische Elektro- 
chemie. Fortschritte Chem. 1 : 34- 
48, 70-77, 323-331 (1909); 2: 181- 
189 (1910) ; 3: 131-149 (1910-11) ; 
4: 7-14 (1911); 5: 15-29 (1912); 6: 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



107 



157-165 (1912-13) ; 7: 53-62 (1913) ; 
9: 49-60, 177-188 (1914); 10: 303- 
312 (1914-15); 11: 1-10 (1915-16). 
References through text. 

Bancroft, Wilder D. Colloid chem- 
istry and electrochemistry. Trans. 
Am. Electrochem. Soc. Z7 : 55-70 
(1920). 63 footnotes. 

BiLLiTER, Jean. Die elektrolytische 
Alkalichloridzcrlegung mit starren 
Metallkathoden. Halle, Knapp, 1912. 
284 p. Gives lists of U. S., English 
and German patents. 

Blaschke, M. Der Fortschritte der 
Elektrochemie im Jahr 1913. Elek- 
trochem. Z. 20: 302, 339 (1914) ; 21 : 
10, 39, 67, 99, 129, 179 (1915). About 
550 references. 

Blaschke, M. Neuere elektrolytische 
Verfahren auf dem Gebiete der 
Kohlenstoffverbindungen. Elektro- 
chem. Z. 21: 206-211. 261-267 
(1914-15). 49 references. 

Brandt, M. Die Fortschritte der Elek- 
trochemie im Jahre 1914. Elektro- 
chem. Z. 21 : 247, 296 (1914-15) ; 22: 
13, 42, 74, 109 (1915-16). 135 refer- 
ences. 

Chloralkali-Elektrolyse. In Ullmann, 
Enzyk. tech. chem. 3: 406-440 
(1916). References and patents 
through text. 

Clarke, Albert. The manufacture of 
chemicals by electrolysis. III. Or- 
ganic compounds. Beama 13 : 252 
(1923). 53 references. 

Elbs, K. Fortschritte auf dem Gebiete 
der technischen Elektrochemie. 
Chem.-Ztg. 26: 1034-1038 (1902); 
40 footnotes. 27: 1072-1075 (1903); 
27 footnotes. 28: 1037-1043 (1904); 
44 footnotes. 

Ferehland, p. Die englischen 
elektrochemischen Patente. Halle, 
Knapp, 1907. 2 vols. Abstracts of 
patents. Author and subject index. 

Ferehland, P. Die elektrochem- 
ischen Patentschriften der Vereinigt- 
en Staaten von Amerika. Halle, 
Knapp, 1910. 2 vols. Abstracts of 
patents. Author and subject index. 

Fighter, Fr. Electrochemical oxida- 
tion of aromatic hydrocarbons. 
Trans. Am. Electrochem. Soc. 44 : 
75-95 (1924). 56 footnotes. 

Fichter, Fr. Function of peroxides 
and peracids in the electrochemical 
oxidation of organic compounds. 
Trans. Am. Electrochem. Soc. 45 : 
231-254 (1924). 77 footnotes. 

Foerster, Fritz. Elektrochemie wass- 
eriger Losungen. 2nd ed. Leipzig, 
Barth, 1915. 804 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Fortschritte der Elektrochemie im 
letzten Jahre. Elektrochem. Z. 17 : 



39-44, 68-70, 101-104 (1910). 66 
footnotes. 

Grube, Georg. Elektrochemie der Los- 
ungen. Dresden, Steinkopff, 1922. 
268 p. 

Grube, Georg. Grundziige der ange- 
wandten Elektrochemie. Dresden, 
Steinkopff, 1922. 286 p. Bibl., p. 
252-260. 471 titles. 

Hermann, W. O. Die Fortschritte der 
Elektrochemie. Chem.-Ztg. 37 : 749, 
779, 792, 811, 885, 918, 935 (1913) ; 
292 footnotes. 40 : 873, 886, 913, 938, 
957, 979 (1916) ; 440 footnotes. 

Horsch, W. G. Progress in inorganic 
electrochemistry. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 
14: 908-910 (1922). 64 references. 

Kruger, M. Die Elektrochemie in den 
Jahren 1900-1905. Elektrochem.-Z. 
7: 226, 238, 258 (1900); 8: 11, 36 
(1901) ; 227 footnotes. 8: 231, 248, 
275 (1902); 170 footnotes. 9: 218, 
242, 265 (1903); 10: 8-17 (1903); 
280 footnotes. 10: 226, 253, 269 
(1904) ; 11 : 10, 36 (1904) ; 344 foot- 
notes. 11: 213, 234, 254 (1905) ; 12: 
12, 33, 57, 78, 96 (1905) ; 362 foot- 
notes. 12: 228, 256 (1905); 13: 15, 
37, 56, 79, 144, 170 (1906) ; 269 foot- 
notes. 

Langmuir, Irving. The relation be- 
tween contact potentials and electro- 
chemical action. Trans. Am. Elec- 
trochem. Soc. 29: 125-182 (1916). 
References through text. 

Lob, W. Organische Elektrochemie. 
Fortschritte Chem. 1: 118-124 
(1909); 2: 21-28 (1910); 3: 207- 
212 (1910-11); 7: 207-219 (1913). 
References through text. 

Meingast, Rudolf. Die Fortschritte 
der elektrochemischen Industrie in 
den Jahren 1916-1919. Chem.-Ztg. 
44: 873, 917, 942, 955, 981, 992 
(1920). 357 footnotes. 

Moller, Joh. Ueber elektrochemische 
Reaktionen in der organischen 
Chemie. Elektrochem. Z. 11 : 227- 
231, 249-253 (1904) ; 12: 6-11, 24-27, 
51-56 (1905). 84 footnotes. 

Mottelay, p. F. Bibliography of elec- 
trochemistry and allied subjects. 
Trans. Am. Electrochem. Soc. 13 : 
453-479 (1908). 

Society of Chemical Industry. Elec- 
trochemistry. In Reports of the 
progress of applied chemistry, 2 
276-304 (1917) ; 244 references. 3 
238-260 (1918) ; 138 references. 4 
249-280 (1919) ; 216 references. 5 
271-290 (1920) ; 20 references. 6 
295-316 (1921) ; 81 references. 7 
245-276 (1922) ; 94 references. 8 
269-300 (1923); 59 references. 9 
250-277 (1924); 83 footnotes. 



108 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



ELECTROCHEMISTRY— Cont'd 

Springfeldt, B. Elektrochemie im 
Jahre 1907. Elektrochem. Z. 14 : 206- 
210, 254-256; 15: 8-13 (1907-1908). 
95 references. 

Strachan, E. K. Progress in organic 
electrochemistry. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 
14: 910-912 (1922). 27 references. 

Serial 

Jahrbuch der Elektrotechnik. Uber- 
sicht iiber die wichtigeren Erschein- 
ungen auf dem Gesamt-Gebiete der 
Elektrotechnik. Munchen, Olden- 
bourg. 1912- . Contains a section 
on electrochemistry. 

Zeitschrift fiir Elektrochemie. Leip- 
zig, Verlag Chemie. 1894- . Early 
vols, contained abstracts and patents. 
Since 1907, only patents have been 
abstracted. 
ELECTRODE POTENTIALS 

Gerke, Roscoe H. a summary of elec- 
trode potentials. Chem. Rev. 1 : 377- 
395 (1925). Bibl. through text. 

Sullivan, M. X., Cohen, B., and 
Clark, Wm. M. Studies on oxida- 
tion-reduction. IV. Electrode po- 
tentials of indigo sulfonates, each in 
equilibrium with its reduction prod- 
uct. Public Health Repts. 38: 1669- 
1718 (1923) ; Reprint No. 848. 52 p. 
Bibl., p. 50-52. 62 references. 

WiLSMORE, N. T. M. Ueber Eiektrod- 
en Potentials. Z. physik. Chem. 35 : 
291-332 (1900). 50 footnotes. 
ELECTRODES: Calomel. 

Palmaer, Wilh. Ueber das absolute 
Potential der Kalomelelektrode. 
Arkiv. Kemi, Mineral. Geol. 2: No. 
38: 73-78 (1907) ; Z. physik. Chem. 
59: 187-191 (1907). About 125 ref- 
erences, 1875-1906. 
ELECTRODES: Carbon. 

BoHM, Richard. Bogenlicht Elektrod- 
en. Qiem.-Ztg. 40: 637-639, 655- 
657, 667-669, 690-693 (1916). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Manufacture of carbon electrodes for 
electrometallurgical purposes. Chem. 
Met. Eng. 19: 184 (1918). SO refer- 
ences. 

National Carbon Co. The carbon 
electrode. New York, National Car- 
bon Co., 1920. 18 p. Bibl., p. 12-18. 
Ciironological. 

Production of carbon electrodes for 
metallurgical purposes.] Stahl u. 
Eisen 32: 1857-1865 (1912). 

See also Electric furnace. 
ELECTRODES: Hydrogen. 

Loom IS, H. E., and Acree, S. F. Ap- 
plication of the hydrogen electrode 
to the measurement of the hydrolysis 
of aniline acetate and the ionization 



of acetic acid in the presence of neu- 
tral salts. Am. Chem. J. 46: 621- 
637 (1911). 72 references. 
ELECTROLYSIS 

Engelhardt, Viktor. Die Elektrolyse 
des Wassers. Halle, Knapp, 1902. 
117 p. Bibl., p. 3-6. Bibl. footnotes. 

Webb, W. Walter. Index to the lit- 
erature of electrolysis and its appli- 
cations, 1784-1880. Annals N. Y. 
Acad. Sci. 2, 314-349 (1882-1883). 

Sec also Concrete, electrolysis in ; 
Corrosion ; Electrochemistry. 
ELECTROLYTES 

Agree, S. F. Reactions of both the 
ions and the non-ionized form of 
electrolytes. Am. Chem. J. 49: 345- 
368 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Drucker, K. Die Anomalie der stark- 
en Elektrolyte. Sammlung chem. 
chem. -tech. Vortrage 10 : 1-66 
(1905). Bibl. footnotes. 

Ebert, Ludwig. Neuere Forschungen 
iiber die Anomalien starken Elek- 
trolyte. Jahrb. Radioakt. Elektron- 
ik 18: 134-137 (1921-22). 105 ref- 
erences. 

Kendall, James. The abnormality of 
strong electrolytes and the ionization 
theory of Ghosh. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 
44: 717-738 (1922). About 70 foot- 
notes. 

LuNDEN, Harald. Ucbcr amphotere 
Elektrolyte. Arkiv Kemi, Mineral. 
Geol. 2, No. 11: 1-44 (1905). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Snethlage, H. C. S. Eine Hypothese 
ueber den Zustand geloster Elektro- 
lyte. Z. physik. Chem. 90: 1-46, 139- 
188 (1915). Bibl. footnotes. 

Walden, p. Ueber abnorme Elektro- 
lyte. Z. physik. Chem. 43: 385-464 
(1903). About 200 footnotes. 

Winkelblech, K. Ueber amphotere 
Elektrolyte und innere Salze. Z. 
physik. Chem. 36: 546-595 (1901). 
65 footnotes. 

See also Electrochemistry, Electri- 
cal conductivity, Electronics. 
ELECTROLYTIC DISSOCIATION 

Creighton, Henry J. M. Electrolytic 
dissociation in non-aqueous solutions. 
J. Franklin Inst. 182: 745-760 
(1916); 186: 675-698 (1918). 80 
footnotes. 

Drucker, C. Weitere Untersuchungen 
ueber die Dissoziation ternarer Elek- 
trolyte. Z. physik. Chem. 96: 381- 
427 (1920). Bibl. footnotes. 

Jellinek, Karl. Ueber die Leitfjihig- 
keit und Dissoziation von Natrium- 
hydrosulfite und hydroschwefliger 
Siiure in Vergleich zu analogen 
Schwefelsauerstoffverbindungen. Z. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



109 



physik. Chem. 76: 257-354 (1911). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Jones, Harry C. The dissociating 
power of different solvents. Am. 
Chem. J. 25: 232-249 (1901). About 
100 footnotes. 

Landolt-Bornstein. Konstanten der 
elektrolytischen Dissoziation. In 
their Tabellen, 4th ed., 1912, 1176- 
1177, 1186-1187; 160 references. 5th 
ed., 1923, 1120-1123, 1155-1157, 1163- 
1164. 

LuNDEN, Harald. Affinitatmessungen 
an schwachen Sauren und Basen. 
Sammlung. chem. chem. -tech. Vor- 
trage 14: 103-110 (1908). 191 ref- 
ences. 

Rabinowitsch, a. J. Ueber _ die 
anomale Dissoziation an wasserigen 
Losungen. I. Z. physik. Chem. 99: 
338-360 (1921). II. Die elektrolyt- 
ische Dissoziation der Salze in kon- 
zentrierten Losungen, in Schmelz- 
fliissen und im fester Zustande. 
Ibid. 417-433. III. Die Umkehrung 
der Molarleitfahigkeitskurven und 
die anomale Dissoziation. Ihid 434- 
453. Bibl. footnotes. 

Sachanov, a. Ueber die Einwirkung 
der Elektrolyte auf das Dissociation- 
vermogen von Losungsmitteln. Z. 
physik. Chem. 87: 441-448 (1914). 
30 footnotes. 

Sachanov, A. N. Investigations upon 
abnormal electrolytic dissociation. 
J. Phys. Chem. 21: 189 (1917). 20 
references. 

Walden, p. Ueber den Zusammen- 
hang des nicht dissoziierten Anteils 
(1-a) der gelosten Salze mit der 
Dielektrizitatskonstante e der Los- 
ungsmittel. Z. physik. Chem. 94: 
374-404 (1920). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Electrical conductivity, 
Electrochemistry, Electrolytes, 
Electronics. 
ELECTROMETALLURGY 

Gore, George. The art of electro- 
metallurgy including all known pro- 
cesses of electrodeposition. New 
York, Appleton, 1877. 391 p. Pat- 
, ents, p. 370-381. 

Peters, Franz. Die Elektrometallurgie 
der Alkalimetalle, 1909-1915. Gluck- 
auf 52: 437, 457, 477 (1916). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Peters, Franz. Die Elektrometallurgie 
der Erdalkalimetalle, 1909-1915. 
Gliickauf 52: 237-243, 263-267 
(1915). Bibl. footnotes. 

Peters, Franz. Die Elektrometallurgie 
der eisenahnlichen Metalle im Jahr- 
zehnt 1906-1915. Gliickauf 53: 149, 
176, 212, 234, 277 (1917). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 



Peters, Franz. Die Elektrometallurgie 
der Eisenlegierungsmetalle seit 1915. 
Gliickauf 56: 761, 793, 810, 835, 863, 
906 (1920). Bibl. footnotes. 

Peters, Franz. Fortschritte_ in der 
Elektrometallurgie der Leichtmet- 
alle. Gliickauf 45: 1583-1591 
(1909). 

Peters, Franz. Elektrometallurgie, 
1905-1906. Gluckauf 41: 717, 751, 
812 (1905); 42: 1384, 1419, 1443, 
1469, 1519. 1552, 1582, 1619, 1644 
(1906). Bibl. footnotes. 

RiDEAL, Eric K. Industrial electro- 
metallurgy, including electrolysis 
and electrothermal processes. Lon- 
don, Bailliere, 1918. 247 p. Contains 
bibls. 

RoEBER, E. F. Electrometallurgy. 
Intern. Engr. Congr., 1915, Metal- 
lurgy, 457-478. 50 references, criti- 
cally selected. 

Schmidt, F. Die neuere Entwicklung 
der Elektrometallurgie einiger wich- 
tiger Metalle. Chem.-Ztg. 37 : 55, 81, 
209. 257, 330 (1913). 93 footnotes. 

See also Electric furnace. Electro- 
chemistry, Metallurgy and the 
various metals, Metallurgy. 
ELECTROMOTIVE FORCE 

Abegg, Richard W. H., Auerbach, 
Fr., and Luther R. Messungen 
elektromotorischer Krafte galvan- 
ischer Ketten mit wasserigen Elek- 
trolyten. Halle, Knapp, 1911. 213 p. 
Bibl, p. 1-108. 

ScHOCK. E. p. Electromotive force of 
nickel. Am. Chem. J., 41: 208-232, 
233-256 (1909). 26 references. 

Thompson, M. de K. Electromotive 
force of couples. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 
28: 735-736 (1906). 27 references. 

Tables Annuelles. Forces electro- 
motives. (F. E. M.) 1: 491-506 
(1910); 2: 544-571 (1911); 3: 394- 
416 (1912); 4: 980-1015 (1913-16). 

Tolman, Richard C. Electromotive 
force produced in solutions by cen- 
trifugal action. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 
33: 121 (1911). Proc. Am. Acad. 
Arts Sci. 46: 110 (1910). 15 refer- 
ences. 
ELECTRONICS 

Craver, H. W. List of books on the 
electron. J. Am. Inst. Elec. Eng. 41 : 
suppl. 10-12 (1922). 21 titles. 

Herzfeld, Karl F. Bericht iiber die 
Grosse der Molekiile, Atome und 
lonen und die Methoden zu ihrer 
Bestimmung. Jahrb. Radioakt. Elek- 
tronik 19: 260-265 (1922). 153 ref- 
erences. 

Ladenburg, Rudolf. Die Elektronen- 
ordung in den Elementen der gross- 
en Perioden. Naturwissenschaften 
8: 11 (1920). 18 references. 



110 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



ELECTRO'NICS— Cont'd 

LiTERATUR DER Elektronik. (Includes 
electrolytic dissociation, lumines- 
cence, valence, catalysis, chemical 
action of ions, electrolytes, chemical 
action of light, radioactivity.) Jahrb. 
Radioakt. Elektronik 1 : 83, 198, 316, 
433 (1904-5) ; 2: 109, 220, 346, 476, 
(1905-6) ; 3: 94, 227, 338, 483 (1906- 
7) ; 4: 114, 218, 346, 463 (1907-8) ; 
5: 100, 219, 378, 553 (1908-9); 6: 
128, 246, 409, 640 (1909); 7: 188, 
313, 464, 640 (1910); 8: 187, 309, 
440, 549 (1911); 9: 140, 301, 476, 
649 (1912); 10: 124, 278, 409, 534 
(1913); 11: 143, 278, 394, 524 
(1914); 12: 115, 231, 328, 443 
(1915); 13: 126, 263, 342, 453 
(1916); 14: 130, 248, 374, 491 
(1917); 15: 103, 195, 293, 369 
(1917-18); 16: 97, 232, 312, 423 
(1919-20). 
ELECTROOSMOSIS 

Bary, Paul. L'electroosmose. Chimie 
& Industrie 7: 650 (1922). 58 ref- 
erences. 

Briggs, T. R. Electrical endosmose. 
I. II. Second report on colloid chem- 
istry, p. 38-39, 47-52 (1919). Covers 
1912-1918. 

" Endosmosis and exosmosis." Ind.- 
Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 4: 241-242 
(1883). 

Freundlich, H. The effective poten- 
tial difference of electroosmosis and 
allied phenomena. Trans. Faraday 
Soc. 16: App. 146-149 (1921). 17 
references. 
ELECTROPLATING 

Blum, W. Recent progress in elec- 
troplating and electrof orming. Trans. 
Am. Electrochem. Soc. 45: 129-134 
(1924); Brass World 20: 155-156 
(1924). 32 footnotes. 

HoRscH, W. G., and Fuwa, Tyler. 
Study of the throwing power and 
current efficiency of zinc plating so- 
lutions. Trans. Am. Electrochem. 
Soc. 41: 383 (1922). 35 references. 

Hughes, W. E. Modern electroplating. 
London, Frowde, 1923. 160 p. 

Hughes, W. E. The electrodeposition 
of metals. Beama 9: 137-144, 335- 
344, 555-562 (1921); 10: 138-143 
(1922). Nickel, 38 footnotes; zinc, 
51 footnotes; lead, 37 footnotes; tin, 
37 footnotes. 

Neukam, K. Fortschritte auf dem 
Gebiete der Galvanotechnik in den 
Jahren 1912-1914. Z. angew. Chem. 
26: 441-444 (1913); 77 footnotes. 
27: 649-653 (1914); 80 footnotes. 
28: 452-455, 463-467 (1915); 102 
footnotes. 



Sand, Henry J. S. The role of col- 
loids in electrolytic metal deposition. 
Fourth report on colloid chemistry, 
1922, p. 346-356. 64 references. 

Stockmeir, Hans. Fortschritte der 
chemischen Metallbearbeitung und 
verwandter Zweige. Chem.-Ztg. 24 : 
796-798 (1900) ; 26: 523-526 (1902) ; 
27: 697-698 (1903); 28: 182-184 
(1904); 29: 261-263 (1905); 30: 
343-346 (1906); 35: 749-751, 765- 
767 (1911); 36: 1165-1166, 1206- 
1207 (1912); 37: 1417-1419, 1454- 
1455 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
ELECTRO-REDUCTION 

Russ, Rudolf. Ueber Reaktionbe- 
schleunigungen und -hemmung bei 
elektrischen Reduktionen und 
Oxydationen. Z. physik. Chem. 44 : 
641-720 (1903). 70 footnotes. 

Russ, R. Die elektrische Reduktion. 
Jahrb. Radioakt. Elektronik 1: 170- 
197 (1904). Bibl. footnotes. 

Snowden, Ralph C. Electrolytic re- 
duction of nitrobenzene. J. Phys. 
Chem. 15: 797-844 (1911). 125 foot- 
notes. 

See also Electrochemistry. 
ELEMENTS 

Baskerville, Charles. The elements, 
verified and unverified. Proc. Am. 
Assoc. Adv. Sci. 53: 24-56 (1904). 
Elements arranged chronologically. 

Friend, J. N. Elements. In his Text- 
book, 1 : pt. 1 : 26-97, 265-289 (1914). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Landolt-Bornstein. Schmelzpunkte, 
Siedepunkte und enantiotrope Um- 
wandlungspunkte des Elemente. In 
their Tabellen 4th ed., 1912. 162 ff. ; 
5th ed., 1923, 320 ff. 

Mellor, J. W. The classification of 
the elements. In his Inorg. theor. 
chem. 1: 248-269 (1922). 75 refer- 
ences. 

Waegner, Anton. Die Neuentdeck- 
ungen auf dem Gebiete der chem- 
ischen Grundstoffe seit 1888. Chem.- 
Ztg. 26: 1103-1107 (1902). 136 
footnotes. 

See also names of the individual ele- 
ments, Atomic weight. Periodic 
law. 
ELLAGIC ACID 

Nierensten, M. Ellagsaure. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl., 7 : 9-13 
(1912). 40 footnotes. 
EMBALMING 

" Embalming." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 4: 184-185 (1883); 2nd ser., 4: 
857 (1899). 

McCurdy, Charles W. Embalming 
and embalming fluids with the bib- 
liography of embalming. Post- 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



111 



Graduate and Wooster Quarterly, 
Apr., 1896, p. 44-84. 
EMERY. See Abrasives. 
EMETICS 

" Emetics." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 
4: 211-213 (1883) ; 2nd sen, 4: 889- 
890 (1899). 
EMULSIN 

Clausen, Roy E. Behavior of emul- 
sin in the presence of collodion. J. 
Biol. Chem. 17: 413-441 (1914). 50 
footnotes. 

ZuNZ, Edgard. Emulsin. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 5: 564-568 
(1911). 90 footnotes. 

See also Enzymes. 
EMULSIONS 

Clark, G. L., and Mann, Wm. A. 
Quantitative study of the adsorp- 
tion in solution and at interfaces of 
sugars, dextrin, starch, gum arabic 
and egg albumin and the mechanism 
of their action as emulsifying agents. 
J. Biol. Chem. 52: 157-182 (1922). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Clayton, Wm. The theory of emul- 
sions and emulsification. London, 
Churchill, 1923. 160 p. Bibl., p. 145- 
157. 200 references. 

Donnan, F. G. Emulsions and emul- 
sification. Trans. Faraday Soc. 16, 
App. : 17-21 (1921). 80 references. 

Hatschek, Emil. Emulsions. In Sec- 
ond report on colloid chemistry, 1918^ 
p. 20-21. 

Thomas, Arthur W. Emulsions — 
theory and practice. J. Am. Leather 
Chem. Assoc. 15: 186-201 (1920). 
Bibl. through text. 

Thomas, Arthur W. A review of 
the literature of emulsions. J. Ind. 
Eng. Chem. 12: 177-181 (1920). 44 
references through text. 

See also Colloids, Photography. 
ENAMELS 

PuRDY, Ross C. Chemical role of 
boron in glazes. Trans. Am. Ceram. 
Soc. 14: 731-739 (1912). 20 foot- 
notes. 

Staley, Homer F. Materials and 
methods used in the manufacture of 
enameled cast iron ware. U. S. Bur. 
Standards, Tech. Paper No. 142, 
1919. 158 p. About 100 footnotes. 

West, Clarence J. A reading list on 
vitreous enameling on iron and steel. 
J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 4: 47^64 (1921). 
About 350 references, with annota- 
tions, covering 1907-1920. 

West, Clarence J. United States pat- 
ents relating to enamels with special 
reference to enamels for iron and 
steel. J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 3 : 893-899 
(1920). About 100 patents, 1900- 
1920. 



The last two papers were reprinted 
as Bibliographic Series No. 7, A. D. 
Little, Inc., Cambridge, Mass., 1921. 
27 p. 

See also Ceramics, Glass. 
ENZYMES 

Aederhalden, Emil. Abwehrfermente 
des tierischen Organismus gegen 
korper-, blutplasma- und -zellfremde 
StofFe, ihr Nachweis und ihre diag- 
nostische Bedeutung zur Prufung 
der Funktion der einzelnen Organe. 
Berlin, Springer, 1913, 299 p. Bibl., 
p. 207-229. English trans., 3rd ed., 
London, Bale, 1914. 242 p. Bibl., 
p. 215-242. 

Abderhalden, Emil. Schutzfermente 
des tierischen Organismus. Ein Bei- 
trag zur Kenntniss der Abwehrmass- 
regeln des tierischen Organismus 
gegen korper, blut- und zellfremde 
Stoffe. Berlin, Springer, 1912. 100 p. 
Bibl., p. 100-110. 

Batelli, F., and Stern, L. Die Oxydat- 
ionsfermente. Ergeb. Physiol. 12 : 
96-120 (1912). 676 references. 

Bayliss, W. M. Colloid chemistry in 
physiology. In second report on col- 
loid chemistry, 1918, p. 117-172. 
Bibl. at ends of various sections. 

Bayliss, W. M. The nature of enzyme 
action. 3rd ed. New York, Long- 
mans. 1914. 180 p. Bibl., p. 157-174. 

" Blood, ferments of the." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 3rd ser., 3: 74-75 (1922). 
55 references. 

Bonns, Walter W. Etherization of 
tissues and its effect on enzyme ac- 
tivity. Ann. Mo. Botanical Garden 
5: 289-299 (1918). About 200 refer- 
ences. 

CzAPEK, F. Allgemeine Chemie der 
Enzyme. Kinetik der Enzymreak- 
tionen. In his Biochemie der Pflanz- 
en, 3rd ed., 1: 95-127 (1922). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Dox, Arthur W. The intracellular 
enzymes of Penicillium and Asper- 
gillus, with special reference to 
those of Penicillium camemberti. 
U. S. Dept. Agn, Bur. Animal Ind., 
Bull. No. 120, 1910. 70 p. Bibl, 
p. 66-70. 

Effront, Jean. Biochemical catalysts 
in life and industry. Proteolytic 
enzymes. New York, Wiley, 1917. 
752 p. Contains bibls. 

Effront, J. Enzymes and their appli- 
cation. New York, Wiley, 1902. 
334 p. Bibl. at ends of chapters. 

EuLER, H. Allgemeine Chemie der 
Enzyme. Ergeb. Physiol. 6: 187-193 
(1907); 9: 241-243 (1908). About 
450 references. 



112 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



ENZYMES— Cont'd 

EuLER, H. V. Ergebnisse und Ziele der 
allgemeiner Enzym-Chemie. Ber. 55 : 
3583-3600 (1922). About 40 foot- 
notes. 

Falk, K. George. The chemistry of 
enzyme action. 2nd ed. New York, 
Chem. Cat. Co., 1924. 250 p. Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Fischer, Hugo. Die chemische Be- 
standteile der Schizomyceten und 
der Eumyceten. In Lafar, Handb. 
der technischen Mykologie, 1 : 239- 
241, 295-302 (1904-07). 

Funk, Casimir. Proteolytische Zell- 
f ermente. Biochem. Centr. 8 : 421- 
429 (1909). 36 references. 

Green, Joshua R. The soluble fer- 
ments and fermentation. 2nd ed. 
Cambridge, Univ. Press, 1901. 512 p. 
Bibl., p. 463-504. 

Grutzner, p. v., and Waldschmidt, 
W. Ueber Fermentgesetze. Arch, 
ges. Physiol. 141: 63-117 (1911). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Hober, Rudolf. Die Fermente. In his 
Physikalische Chemie der Zelle und 
der Gewebe, 4th ed., p. 662-728 
(1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

Jacoby, Martin. Ueber die Bedeut- 
ung der intracellularen Fermente 
fiir die Physiologic und Pathologic. 
Ergeb. Physiol. 1: 213-215 (1902). 
120 references. 

Kuhn, Richard. Ueber die spezifische 
Natur und der Wirkungsmechanis- 
mus kohlenhydrat- und glykosid- 
spaltender Enzyme. Naturwissen- 
schaften 11: 732-742 (1923). 40 
references. 

Kylin, Harald. Ueber Enzymbildung 
und Enzymregulation bei einigen 
Schimmelpilzen. Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 
Leipzig, 53: 465-501 (1914). 

Lafar, Franz. Handbuch der tech- 
nischen Mykologie. Jena, Fischer, 
1905-1908. 5 vols. Bibl. through 
text. 

Meyerhof, Otto. Ueber Hemmung 
von Fermentreaktionen durch indif- 
ferente Narkotika. Arch. ges. Phys- 
iol. 157: 251-306 (1914). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Opie, Eugene L. Intracellular diges- 
tion. The enzymes and antienzymes 
concerned. Physiol. Rev. 2 : 552-585 
(1922). 109 references. 

Oppenheimer. Carl. Die Fermente 
und ihre Wirkung. 4th ed. Leipzig, 
Vogel, 1913. 2 vols. Bibl. footnotes. 

Oppenheimer, Carl. Die tierischen 
Fermente. In his Handb. Biochem., 
2nd ed., 1: 754-908 (1924). 818 
footnotes. 



Pozzi-EscoT, M-Emm. The reducing 
enzymes. Am. Chem. J. 29: 517-563 
(1903). Bibl. footnotes. 

Samuely, Franz. Tierische Fer- 
mente. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 1: 501-582 (1909). 558 
references. 

Stern, Ernst. Physikalisch-chemische 
Grundlage der Fermentw^irkung. In 
Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem. 4, 
pt. 2: 529-586 (1910). 125 refer- 
ences. 2nd ed., 2: 111-199 (1923). 
196 footnotes. 

Trier, G. [The chemical nature of 
enzymes.] Schweiz. Apoth. Ztg. 54: 
161-165, 176-179 (1916). 

Vandevelde, a. J. J. Sur quelques 
reactions enzymatiques. Bull. soc. 
chim. Belg. 21: 21-33 (1907). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Vernon, H. M. Intrazellulare Enzyme. 
Ergeb. Physiol. 9: 139-147 (1909). 
About 400 references. 

Waksman, Selman a. Enzymes of 
microorganisms. Abst. Bact. 6 : 265- 
299, 331-360 (1922). 957 references. 

Wallis, R. L. Mackenzie. Critical 
review of the protective enzymes of 
the body. Quart. J. Med. 9: 138-163 
(1916). 

Wells, H. G. Enzymes. In his Chemi- 
cal Pathology, 4th ed., p. 48-100 
(1920). About 400 footnotes. 

Willstatter, Richard. Ueber Isolier- 
ung von Enzymen. Ber. 55 : 3601- 
3623 (1922). About 50 footnotes. 

ZuNZ, Edgard. Fermente. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 5 : 538-665 
(1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also names of various enzymes. 
EPHEDRINE 

Fourneau, Ernest, and Kanao, Seizo. 
Sur la synthese de I'ephedrine. Bull, 
soc. chim. 35: 623-625 (1924). 41 
references. 

Schmidt, E. L'ephedrine et la pseu- 
doephedrine. Mon. Sci. 85: 151-159, 
197-206 (1918). Bibl. footnotes. 
EPINEPHRINE. See Adrenaline. 
ERBIUM. See Rare earths. 
EREPSIN 

Blood, Alice F. The erepsin of the 
cabbage. J. Biol. Chem. 8: 215-225 
(1910). 25 footnotes. 

See also Enzymes. 
ERGOT 

Barger, George, and Dale, H. H. 
Ergotoxine and some other constitu- 
ents of ergot. Biochem. J. 2: 298-299 
(1907). 

" Ergot." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 
4: 318-325 (1883) ; 2nd sen, 5: 98- 
99 (1900). 

Haskell, Chas. C, and Eckler, 
Chas. R. Relative strength of fresh 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



113 



and old samples of the fluid extract 
of ergot. J. Am. Pharm. Assoc. 1 : 
412-427 (1912). 21 references. 
ERGOTIN 

" Ergotin and ergotinine." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 1st sen, 4: 325-326 (1883) ; 
2nd sen, 5: 99-100 (1900). 

See also Ergot. 
ERUCIC ACID 

HoLDE, D., and Wilke, C. Ueber 
Erukasaure und Erukasaureanhy- 
drid. Z. angew. Chem. 35: 186-187 
(1922). 21 footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Erucasaure. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 977-978 
(1907). 35 references. 

See also Acids, organic. 
ERYTHRITOL 

Meyer-Jacobson. Erythrit. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 172-177 
(1913). 
ESSENTIAL OILS 

Baudry, Rene. Methode de recherche 
microchimique pour certains con- 
stituants des huiles essentielles. The- 
sis, Univ. Paris, 1919. 154 p. Bibl., 
p. 147-150. 

BouRNOT, K. Fortschritte auf dem 
Gebiete der atherischen Ole und der 
Chemie der Terpene in den Jahren 
1920-1921. Chem.-Ztg. 45: 569-571, 
586-587, 590-591 (1921) ; 65 foot- 
notes. 46: 1041-1042, 1065-1067, 
1086-1087, 1089-1091 (1922). 102 
footnotes. 

Fachini, S. Rendiconto dei lavori 
pubblicati durante I'anno 1913 sugli 
oli eterei e sui profumi. Ann. chim. 
appl. 2: 304-315 (1914); 3: 181-197 
(1915). 114 footnotes. 

Gildemeister, E., and Hoffmann, Fe. 
The volatile oils. 2nd ed. Tn by 
E. Kremers. New York, Longmans, 
1913-1922. 3 vols. Bibl. footnotes.^ 

Hesse, Albert. Die atherischen 5le. 
Chem.-Z. 2: 434, 464, 497, 534 
(1903); 158 footnotes. 2: 697, 728 
(1903); 45 footnotes. 3: 456, 475, 
505, 533, 562_p904); 183 footnotes. 

Leimbach, R. Atherische Ole. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 7: 551- 
682 (1912). Bibl. footnotes. 

Leimbach, Robert. Die atherischen 
Ole. Halle, Knapp, 1910. 331 p. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Bestandteiie ather- 
ischer Ole. In their Lehrb. org. 
Chem. 2, pt. 4: 6-84 (1924). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Pellini, G. Rassegna dei lavori pub- 
blicati durante gli anni 1914-1918 su 
gli olii eterei ed i profumi. Giorn. 
chim. ind. 1: 119-126, 178-188 
(1919). 55 footnotes. 

Reclaire, a. Fortschritte auf dem 
Gebiete der atherischen Ole und 



Riechstoflfe. Z. angew. Chem. 25 : 
2580-2589 (1912); 80 footnotes. 26: 
617-625 (1913); 152 footnotes. 27: 
572-584 (1914); 192 footnotes. 28: 
369-374 (1915); 86 footnotes. 29: 
353-359 (1916); 113 footnotes. 30: 
217-218, 222-224, 225-228 (1917) ; 105 
footnotes. 

Reclaire, A. Fortschritte auf dem 
Gebiete der Terpene und atherischen 
Ole. Chem.-Ztg. 36: 1125-1126, 1150- 
1152, 1161-1162 (1912) ; 109 foot- 
notes. 38: 729-731, 770-771, 783-784, 
874-877 (1914); 162 footnotes. 40: 
977-978, 987-989, 1000-1001, 1019- 
1022 (1916) ; 173 footnotes. 44: 853- 
854, 865-867, 869-871, 875-876, 882- 
884, 894-896, 935-936 (1920); 193 
footnotes. 

RiCHTMANN, W. O. Bibliography of 
aromatic waters. Pharm. Arch. 4: 
1-20, 36-40, 57-60, 64-77, 181-191, 
106-220, 221-240 (1901). Also issued 
as a Sep., 1902. 173 p. Author and 
subject index. 

Rochussen, F. Fortschritte auf dem 
Gebiete des Camphers, der ather- 
ischen Ole und Riechstoffe. Z. an- 
gew. Chem. 17: 140-146, 164-169 
(1904) ; 93 footnotes. 18: 1129-1134, 
1174-1178 (1905) ; 95 footnotes. 
19: 1926-1931, 1955-1961 (1906); 114 
footnotes. 20: 1400-1410 (1907) ; 90 
footnotes. 21: 1501-1506, 1547-1556 
(1908) ; 125 footnotes. 22: 1670-1681 
(1909); 75 footnotes. 23: 1496-1504 

(1910) ; 60 footnotes. 24: 2185-2195 

(1911) ; 64 footnotes. 
Rochussen, F. Fortschritte auf dem 

Gebiete der Terpene und atherischen 
Ole. Chem.-Ztg. 27 : 233-238 (1903) ; 
148 footnotes. 28: 225-229 (1904); 
107 footnotes. 29: 379-384 (1905); 
112 footnotes. 30: 185-189 (1906); 
111 footnotes. 31: 223-225, 239-241 
(1907); 87 footnotes. 32: 473-475, 
486-487, 493-495, 517-519 (1908) ; 
127 footnotes. 33: 677-679, 686-688, 
694-696, 702-705 (1909); 181 foot- 
notes. 34: 385-387, 407-411 (1910); 
133 footnotes and 40 patents. 35 : 
545-546, 565-567, 574-576 (1911) ; 81 
footnotes and 25 patents. 

Sadtler, S. p., and Matos, L. J. Es- 
sential oils and resins. In their In- 
dustrial org. chem. 1923: 139-140. 
Books only. 

Society of Chemical Industry. Fine 
chemicals, medicinal substances and 
essential oils. In Reports of the 
progress of applied chemistry, 1 : 
271-297 (1916); 186 footnotes. 2: 
468-494 (1917); 154 footnotes. 3: 
430-456 (1918); 180 footnotes. 4: 
489-507 (1919); 129 footnotes. 5: 



114 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



ESSENTIAL OILS— Cont'd 

486-504 (1920) ; 107 footnotes. 6 
517-538 (1921); 167 footnotes. 7 
488-509 (1922) ; 105 footnotes. 8 
518-540 (1923) ; 138 footnotes. 9 
551-575 (1924); 133 footnotes. 

Tables Annueles. Huiles essentielles. 
1: 627-631 (1910); 2: 680-685 
(1911) ; 3: 478-482 (1912) ; 4: 1158- 
1173 (1913-1916). Bibl. footnotes. 

Thoms, H. Ueber die wichtigsten 
Fortschritte auf dem Gebiete der 
atherischen Ole. Chem.-Ztg. 24 : 497- 
499 (1900); 50 footnotes. 25: 996- 
998 (1901) ; 46 footnotes. 

Umney, J. C. A dictionary of essen- 
tial oils. Perfumery. Essent. Oil 
Record 7: 152-206 (1916). Bibl. ref- 
erences. Arranged by botanical 
names with index of common names. 

Verschaffelt, Ed. Bloemengem. Een 
Litteratuuroverzicht. Chem. Week- 
blad 5: 456-458 (1908). 77 refer- 
ences. 

" Volatile oils." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
ser., 10: 122 (1889); 2nd ser., 12: 
140 (1907). 
ETHANE 

Baum, Fritz. Ethan. In Abderhalden, 
Biochem. Handl. 1 : 55-58 (1911). 70 
references. 

See also Hydrocarbons. 
ETHYL ACETATE 

WoRDEN, E. C. Ethyl acetate. In his 
Technology of cellulose esters 1 : 
2500-2504 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 
ETHYL ACETOACETATE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Acetessigsaure- 
aethylester. In their Lehrb. org. 
chem. 1, pt. 2: 1125-1140 (1913). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Seymour, Paul H. Bibliography of 
acetacetic ester and its derivatives. 
1840-1891. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 
No. 970, 1894. 136 p. Chronological, 
annotated, with author and subject 
index. 

Tafel, Julius. Eine Anomalie bei der 
Acetessigester Reduktion. Ber. 45 : 
437-452 (1912). Bibl. footnotes. 
ETHYL ALCOHOL 

Demuth, Rudolf v. Ueber die Gewinn- 
ung von Spiritus von Holz. Z. 
angew. Chem. 26: 786-792 (1913). 
69 references. 

Ellrodt, — . Athylalkohol. In Ullmann, 
Enzyk. tech. Chem. 1: 793-795 
(1914). Books and list of periodi- 
cals. See also references through 
text, p. 636-793. 

Gerngross, Otto. Aethylalkohol. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
386-410 (1911). 500 references. 

Herrick, Rufus F. Denatured or in- 
dustrial alcohol. New York, Wiley, 



1907. Patents, p. 494-497. Bibl., 
p. 493. 

Kressmann, F. W. The manufacture 
of ethyl alcohol from wood waste. 
U. S. Dept. Agr., Bull. No. 983, 
1922. 101 p. Patents, p. 98-100. 
Bibl., p. 101. 

McKelvy, E. C. Bibliography of the 
literature of alcohol and alcoholome- 
try. Bull. U. S. Bur. Standards 9: 
436-474 (1913) ; Sci. Paper 197. 
1377 references, 1769-1913, arranged 
chronologically with decimal classi- 
fication of subjects. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Athylalkohol. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 
227-234 (1907). Bibl. footnotes. 

MoNiER- Williams, G. W. Power al- 
cohol, its production and utilization. - 
London, Frowde, 1922. 323 p. Bibl. 
at end of chapters. 

ScHWEizER, Karl. Das Brennereige- 
werbe im Jahre 1914-1920. Schweiz. 
Chem.-Ztg. 1920: 25-33, 513-520. 119 
references. 1921: 395, 407, 419. 77 
references. 

ScHWEizER, K. Athylalkoholindustrie 
im Jahre 1921. Schweiz. Chem. Ztg. 
1922: 551, 567, 599. 244 footnotes. 

SiMMONDS, Charles. Alcohol, its pro- 
duction, properties, chemistry and 
industrial applications ; with chap- 
ters on methyl alcohol, fusel oil and 
spirituous beverages. London, Mac- 
millan, 1919. 574 p. Bibl, p. 551-555. 

West, Clarence J. Production of al- 
cohol from sulfite waste liquors. 
Paper 25, No. 13: 19 (1919). Bibl. 
Series, A. D. Little, Inc., Cambridge, 
Mass., No. 2. 

Worden, E. C. Ethyl alcohol. In his 
Technology of cellulose esters 1 : 
2412-2428 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Alcohols, Fermentation, 
Sulfite waste liquor (Johnsen). 
ETHYL ALCOHOL: Physiological effects. 

Abderhalden, Emil. Bibliographic 
der gesamten wissenschaftlichen Lit- 
eratur ueber den Alkohol und den 
Alkoholismus. Berlin, Urban, 1904. 
504 p. 

" Alcohol." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
1: 173-179 (1880) ; 2nd sen, 1: 217- 
222 (1896); 3rd ser., 1: 243-259 
(1918). 

Athanasiu, I. [Alcohol as a food.] 
Rev. gen. sci. 31: 714-718 (1920). 

Billings, J. S. Bibliography (anno- 
tated) on the physiological and path- 
ological effects of alcohol and alco- 
holic drinks. Washington, 1894. 

FoERSTER, R. Beziehungen zwischen 
Alkohol und Muskelarbeit. Arch, 
ges. Physiol. 144: 51-70 (1912). 
Bibl. footnotes. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



115 



Haneborg, — . [The effect of alcohol 
upon digestion in the stomach.] 
Acta Medica Scand. 1921, suppl. 1. 
182 references. 

Koch MANN, Martin, and Hall, 
Walter. Die Einfluss des Alkohols 
am Hungertier auf Lebensdauer 
und Stoffumsatz. Arch, ges: Physiol. 
127: 280-356 (1909). Bibl. footnotes. 

Miles, Walter R. Comparative con- 
centration of alcohol in human blood 
and urine at intervals after inges- 
tion. J. Pharmacol. 20: 265-319 
(1922). 82 references. 

RosEMANN, R. Umsatz der Nahrstoffe. 
Alkohol. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 4, pt. 1: 413-444 (1911). 
78 footnotes. 2nd ed. 8: 482- (1924). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Schmidt, P. Bibliographic des Alko- 
holismus der letzten zwanzig Jahre 
(1880-1900). Dresden, 1901. 

ScHWEiSHEiMER, — Der Alkoholge- 
halt des Blutes unter verschiedenen 
Bedingungen. Dissertation, Miin- 
chen, 1913. Deutsch Arch. klin. 
Med. 109: 271 (1913). 219 titles. 

Starling, Ernest H. The action of 
alcohol on man. New York, Long- 
mans. 1923. 291 p. Bibl., p. 279-286. 
ETHYL BROMIDE 

Baum, Fritz. Athylbromid. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 63-70 
(1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

" Ethyl bromide." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st sen, 4: 379 (1883) ; 2nd sen, 5: 
161-162 (1900). 
ETHYL CHLORIDE 

Baskejrville, Charles. The chemistry 
of anesthetics. V. Ethyl chloride. J. 
Ind. Eng. Chem. 5: 828-831 (1913). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
' Baum, Fritz. Athylchlorid. /n Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 58-63 
(1911). Bibl. footnotes. 
ETHYL DIAZOACETATE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Diazo-essigsaure- 
athylester. In their Lehrb. org. 
Chem. 1, pt. 2: 803-807 (1913). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
ETHYL ETHER 

Baskerville, Charles, and Hamor, 
W. A. The chemistry of anesthetics. 
I. Ethyl ether. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 
3: 301-317, 378-398 (1911). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

"Ethen" Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 
4: 362-367 (1883) ; 2nd sen, 5: 141- 
146 (1900). 

Gerngross, Otto. Diathylather. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
411-420 (1911). About 175 footnotes. 

Mercier, Charles A. L'ether con- 
sidere comme agent d'anasthesie 
generale. Paris, Steinheil, 1895. 203 
p. Bibl., p. 199-203. 



Meyer-Jacobson. Diathylather. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 292- 
29§ (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
ETHYL IODIDE 

Baum, Fritz. Athyliodid. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1: 70-71 
(1911). 75 footnotes. 
ETHYL MALONATE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Malonsaurediathyl- 
ester. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, 
pt. 2: 334-342 (1913). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
ETHYL NITRITE 

Richtmann, W. O., and Anderson, 
J. A. Spirit of nitrous ether and 
ethyl nitrite. 1900. 168 p. " Bibliog- 
raphical index of chemical research 
and standard pharmaceutical and 
chemical literature." 
ETHYL OXALACETATE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Oxal-essigesten In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 
1198-1204 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
ETHYLENE 

Baum, Fritz. Athylen. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 1: 121-125 
(1911). 100 footnotes. 

CuRME, George O., Jr. Sources and 
uses of ethylene and propylene. 
Chem. Met. Eng. 20: 907 (1921). 

Harvey, Edward M. Some effects of 
ethjdene on the metabolism of 
plants. Bot. Gaz. 60: 213-214 
(1915). Thesis, Univ. Chicago, 1914. 
36 references. 

Malisoff, Wm., and Egloff, Gustav. 
Ethylene. J. Phys. Chem. 23: 132- 
138 (1919). 324 references. 

See al\so Hydrocarbons. 
ETHYLENE CHLOROHYDRIN 

Brooks, Benjamin T. Ethylene and 
propylene chlorohydrins and glycols 
from oil gas. Chem. Met. Eng. 22 : 
629-633 (1920). 41 references. 

CuRME, George O., Jr. Ethylene 
chlorohydrin and ethylene oxide. 
Chem. Met. Eng. 25: 1091 (1921). 
ETHYLENE DICHLORIDE 

Curme, George O., Jr. Ethylene di- 
chloride. Chem. Met. Eng. 25: 999 
(1921). 
ETHYLENE GLYCOL 

Meyer-Jacobson. Athylenglykol. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2 : 79- 
82 (1913). 
ETHYLENE OXIDE 

Bodforss, Sven. Die Aethylenoxyde, 
ihre Darstellung und Eigenschaften. 
Sammlung chem. chem.-tech. Vor- 
trage 26: 145-227 (1922). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
EUCAINE 

" Eucaine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 5: 165-166 (1900). 



116 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



EUCALYPTOL 

Bartelt, K. Cineol (Eucalyptol). In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 7 : 
533-537 (1912). 75 footnotes. 

" Eucalyptus and eucalyptol." Ind.- 
Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 4: 381-382 
(1883) ; 2nd sen, 5: 166-167 (1900). 
EUCUPIN. See Quinine (Laqueur). 
EUGENOL 

EiNBECK, H. Eugenol. In Abderhal- 
den. Biochem. Handl. 1: 647-656 
(1911). 165 references. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Eugenol. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 433-434 
(1896). Bibl. footnotes. 
EUROPIUM. See Rare earths. 
EUTECTICS 

Brady, F. L. The structure of eutec- 
tics. J. Inst. Metals 28: 412-413 
(1922). 19 references. 
EVAPORATION 

Badger, W. L. Vapor recompression 
systems for evaporators. Trans. 
Am. Inst. Chem. Eng. 14: 251-255 
(1923) ; Chem. Met. Eng. 28: 77-78 
(1923). 94 references. 

Livingston, Grace J. Evaporation. 
Mo. Weather Rev. 36: 181-186, 301- 
306. 375-381 (1908) ; 27: 68-72, 103- 
109, 157-160, 193-199, 248-252 (1909). 
Reprinted, 1909. 121 p. Annotated. 
EXPLOSIVES 

Barnett, Edward de B. Explosives. 
London, Bailliere, 1919. 241 p. Bibl, 
p. 15-16. 

Biedermann, Rudolf. Die Spreng- 
stoffe, ijjre Chemie und Technologic. 
Leipzig, Teubner, 1910. 130 p. Bibl., 
p. 129-130. 

Brunswig, H. Die Explosivstoffe ; 
Einfiihrung in die Chemie der explo- 
siven Vorgange. Leipzig, Goschen, 
1907. 158 p. Bibl., p. 151-152. 

CoLVER, E. DE W. S. High explosives. 
London, Lockwood, 1918. 830 p. 
Bibl., p. 750-752; patents, p. 753-765. 

Davis, T. L. Bibliography (on explo- 
sives, 1918-1920). Mem. poudres 19: 
200-215 (1922). 

DuiN, C. F., VAN, and Lennep, B. C. 
R. VAN. Recherches sur les explo- 
sifs nitres. Brisants modernes. Rec. 
trav. chim. 39: 145-177 (1924). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Farmer, Robert C. The manufacture 
and use of explosives, with notes on 
their characteristics and testing, for 
chemists, ordnance officers, mining 
engineers and students. London, Pit- 
man, 1921. 116 p. Bibl., p. 113-114. 

GiUA, Michele. Chimica della sos- 
tange explosive. Milan, 1919. 556 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Guttmann, Oskar. The manufacture 
of explosives ; a theoretical and 



practical treatise on the history, the 
physical and chemical properties and 
the manufacture of explosives. Lon- 
don, Whittaker, 1895. 2 v. Bibl., v. 
2: 411-427. 400 references with au- 
thor index. Also in German. Die 
Industrie der Explosivstoffe. Braun- 
schweig, Vieweg, 1895. 704 p. Bibl., 
p. 673-687. 

Marshall, John A. Manufacture and 
testing of military explosives. New 
York. McGraw, 1919. 261 p. Bibl., 
p. 213-253. 500 references. 

Marshall, John A., and Storm, C. G. 
Military explosives. Rev. ed. U. S. 
War Dept., Doc. No. 947. 1924. 158 
p. Bibl., p. 150-158. 

Mehren, — . Neuere und neueste Ar- 
beiten auf dem Gebiete der Schiess- 
pulver und Sprengstoffe. Z. ges. 
Schiess.-Sprengstoffw. 16: 65-67, 74- 
75 (1921). References through text. 

Munroe, Charles E. Index to the 
literature of explosives. Baltimore, 
Friedenwald, 1886-1893. 2 pts. 

Munroe, Charles E. Notes on the 
literature of explosives. Nos. 1-28. 
U. S. Naval Inst., Proc. 8-23 (1882- 
1897). 

Oddo, Bernardo. Gli alti explosivi. 
Ann. chim. appl. 11: 165-198 (1919). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Oelker, a. Tabellarische Uebersicht 
iiber die wahrend des Krieges auf 
dem Gebiete des Schiess- und 
Sprengstof^^wesen erschienenen In- 
und Auslandpatente. Z. ges. Schiess.- 
Sprengstoffw. 15: 1-3, 20-23. 36-38, 
51-53, 66-68, 76-79 (1920). 188 pat- 
ents. 

Oelker, Adolf. Sprengverfahren nach 
der Patentliteratur tabellarisch zu- 
sammengestellt. Z. ges. Schiess.- 
Sprengstoffw. 9: 344-347, 357-360, 
369-371 (1913). 10: 140-141, 169-170, 
217-218, 342-345 (1914). Patents. 

Oelker, A. [Fuses and igniters.] Z. 
ges. Schiess.-Sprengstoffw. 10 : 4-6, 
27-28, 41-42 (1915). 80 patents, 1877- 
1912. 

Rise and progress of the British ex- 
plosives industry. London, Whit- 
taker, 1909. 418 p. Bibl., p. 170-179. 
125 titles, 1560-1909. 

Society of Chemical Industry. Ex- 
plosives. In Reports of the progress 
of applied chemistry, '4 : 523-573 
(1919); 250 footnotes. 5: 523-565 
(1920); 211 footnotes. 6: 565-591 
(1921); 82 footnotes. 8: 540-566 
(1923). 137 references. 9: 617-636 
(1924) ; 102 footnotes. 

Taylor, Guy B., and Cope, W. C. 
Initial priming substances for high 
explosives. U. S. Bur. Mines, Tech. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



117 



Paper No. 162, 1917. 32 p. Bibl. of 
115 references, p. 25-32. 

Taylor, C. A., and Rinkenbach, 
Wm. H. Explosives, their materials, 
constitution and analysis. U. S. Bur. 
Mines, Bull. No. 219, 1923. 188 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Vries, Edward de. Fortschritte der 
Schiess- und Sprengstofif-Industrie. 
Chem.-Ztg. 30: 893-895 (1906); 20 
footnotes. 32: 765-767, 781-782 
(1908) ; 21 footnotes. Cf. Kelbetz, 
Ibid. 28: 343-345 (1904). 

Weber, Henry C. P. On a modified 
form of stability test for smokeless 
powder and similar materials. Bull. 
U. S. Bur. Standards 9: 128-129 
(1912). 

WoRDEN, E. C. Cellulose nitrate 
smokeless powder. In his Tech- 
nology of cellulose esters 1 : 2921- 
2987 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 

Zahn, Chr. Explosivstoffe und Ziind- 
stoffe. Z. angew. Chem. 26: 145-154 
(1913); 153 footnotes. 27: 257-271 
(1914) ; 258 footnotes. 

See also Nitrocellulose. 
EYE BALL 

Steindorff, Kurt. Chemie des Aug- 
enapfels. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 2, pt. 2: 338-368 (1909). 
160 footnotes. 
FASTING 

Howe, P. E., and Hawk, P. B. Fast- 
ing studies. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 33 : 
215-254 (1911). 70 references. 

See also Nutrition. 
FATIGUE 

Hastings, A. B. The physiology of 
fatigue — Physico-chemical manifes- 
tations of fatigue in the blood. U. 
S. Public Health Bull., No. 117, 1921. 
42 p. Thesis, Columbia Univ., 1921. 
Bibl., p. 41. 

Lee, Frederick S. Effect of tempera- 
ture and humidity on fatigue. Am. 
J. Pub. Health 2: 863-870 (1912). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Spaeth, Reynold A. Tests for fa- 
tigue — chemical reactions. J. Ind. 
Hyg. 1: 50 (1919). 29 references. 
FATS (Including Oils and Waxes). 

Addens, H. Smit. [Review of meth- 
ods for the neutralization of free 
fatty acids in fats.] Olien en Vetten 
3: 277-279 (1919). Dutch and Ital- 
ian literature. 

BoRNEMANN, G. Fortschrittc auf dem 
Gebiete der Fett-Industrie, Seifen- 
und Kerzen-fabrikation. Chem.-Ztg. 
24: 735-738 (1900); 70 footnotes. 
25: 641-645 (1901); 81 footnotes. 
26: 432-435 (1902); 52 footnotes. 
27: 403-406 (1903); 67 footnotes. 
28: 474-477 (1904); 29: 873-876 



(1905); 30: 399-401 (1906); 47 
footnotes. 31: 637-638; 667-668 
(1907); 54 footnotes. 32: 741-743, 
755-756 (1908); 111 footnotes. 33: 
793-795, 802-805 (1909) ; 121 foot- 
notes. 

BoRNE'MANN, G. Fette und fette Oele. 
Chem. Rev. Fett Harz Ind. 9 : 43-44, 
68-71, 94-98 (1902); 10: 100-102, 
128-130, 149-151 (1903); 11: 93-94; 
114-116 (1904). Bibl. footnotes. 

BoRNEMANN, G. Fctte und fette Oele, 
Chem.-Z. 1: 406-408, 696-698 
(1902); 65 footnotes. 2: 151-154, 
461-463, 670-672, 700-701 (1903) ; 87 
footnotes. 3 : 70-72, 271-274, 537-539 
(1904) ; 95 footnotes. 4: 9-13, 249- 
251, 534-537 (1905) ; 150 footnotes. 

Brahm, Carl, and (jrun, Ad. Fette 
und Wachse. In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 3: 1-224 (1911); 8: 
367-460 (1914). Many hundred foot- 
notes. 

Brannt, Wm. T. Practical treatise 
on animal and vegetable fats and 
oils. Philadelphia, 1896. 2 vols. Con- 
tains U. S. patents, 1870-1896. 

Congres de la Production Colo- 
niale, Marseille, 1922. Memoires et 
rapports sur les matieres grasses. 2 
vols. " Bibliographic sommaire de 
I'arachide," vol. 1: 315-325; " Bib- 
liographie," vol. 1 : 403-468. 

CzAPEK, F. Der Reservefett der 
Samen. In his Biochemie der Pflanz- 
en, 3rd ed., 1: 709-733 (1922). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Fabris, G. Rivista dei lavori sugli olii 
grassi. Ann. chim. appl. 1 : 63-83, 
260-264 (1914); 164 footnotes. 3: 
349-371 (1915) ; 228 footnotes. 

Fahrion, W. Die Fettanalyse und die 
Fettchemie, 1901-1915. Z. angew. 
Chem. 15: 125-134 (1902) ; 99 foot- 
notes. 16: 73-85 (1903); 134 foot- 
notes. 17: 810-815, 866-874, 917-926 
(1904); 242 footnotes. 18: 369-374, 
402-416 (1905) ; 223 footnotes. 19: 
985-993, 1044-1053 (1906) ; 241 foot- 
notes. 20: 817-829 (1907) ; 205 foot- 
notes. 21: 1125-1134, 1219-1228 
(1908); 278 footnotes. 22: 769-778 
(1909); 205 footnotes. 23: 446-450, 
490-498 (1910); 244 footnotes. 24 
241-254 (1911) ; 262 footnotes. 25 
870-882 (1912) ; 223 footnotes. 26 
181-197 (1913) ; 352 footnotes. 27 
273-290 (1914) ; 351 footnotes. 28 
161-170, 183-192 (1915) ; 394 foot- 
notes. 29: 137-142, 153-161, 169-172 
(1916) ; 294 footnotes. 30: 125, 138, 
142, 147, 150, 157 (1917) ; 254 foot- 
notes. 

Fahrion, W. Fortschritte der theoret- 
ischen Fettchemie. Chem. Umschau 



118 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



FATS (Including Oils and Waxes)— 

Cont'd 
23: 127-130 (1916); 24: 141-145 
(1917); 25: 121-123 (1918); 26: 
209-211 (1918) ; 26: 209-211 (1919) ; 
27: 225-228 (1920); 28: 281-284 
(1921). Bibl. footnotes. 

Fahrion, W. Fortschritte der tech- 
nischen Fettchemie. Chem. Umschau 
23: 155-161 (1916); 24: 153-156 
(1917); 25: 133-135 (1918); 26: 
221-223 (1919) ; 27: 238-242 (1920) ; 
28: 295-300 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 

Glikin, W. Fette und Lipoide. In Op- 
penheimer, Handb. Biochem. 1 : 90- 
158 (1909). Fats and fatty acids, 144 
footnotes ; cholesterol, 45 references ; 
lipoids, 90 references. 

Grun, Ad. Die Fettchemie und Fett- 
industrie in den Jahren 1914-1922. 
Chem.-Ztg. 43: 717, 72,7, 758, 778, 
801, 821 (1919) ; 418 footnotes. 47: 
817, 825, 838, 845, 857, 865, 877, 885, 
897 (1923) ; 619 footnotes. 

Hefter, Gustav. Fortschritte der Ol- 
und Fettindustrie im Jahre 1909. 
Chem.-Ztg. 34: 837, 846, 855, 866, 
874 (1910) ; 331 footnotes. 

Hepburn, Joseph S. Critical study of 
the natural changes occurring in fats 
and oils. J. Franklin Inst. 168 : 365- 
384, 421-456; 169: 23-54 (1909-1910). 
134 references. 

Herbig, W. Jahresbericht auf dem 
Gebiete der Fette und Oele. Chem. 
Rev. Fett Harz Ind. 12: 44, 75, 96, 
122, 152 (1905) ; 13: 44, 76, 99, 126, 
154, (1906) ; 14: 28, 47, 72, 100, 128, 
156 (1907) ; 15: 44, 100, 128, 156, 
184 (1908) ; 16: 48, 79, 100, 129, 162, 
182, 218 (1909) ; 17: 28, 40, 67, 94, 
121, 148 (1910) ; 18: 70, 98, 126, 154, 
179, 207, 234, 262 (1911); 19: 105, 
131. 156, 181, 206, 235, 261, 288 
(1912) ; 20: 45, 73, 96, 127, 152, 179, 
204, 237 (1913) ; 21 : 44, 75, 99, 132, 
153, 183, 207, 213, 219, 229 (1914) ; 
22: 17, 28, 38, 47, 57, 67, 80, 90, 99, 
108 (1915). Bibl. footnotes. 

Herbig, W. Jahresbericht auf dem 
Gebiete der Fette, Oele und Wachs- 
arten. Seifenfabr. 36: 237, 258, 274, 
290, 310, 325, 341, 358. 374, 393 
(1916) ; 264 references. 2,7: A77, 505, 
577, 602 (1917) ; 38: 27, 51, 118, 141, 
169, 191 (1918); 218 footnotes. 39: 
505, 540, 572, 603. 635, 665, 698 
(1919) ; 40: 17, 65, 97, 131, 148, 163, 
181, 199,216 (1920). Bibl. footnotes. 

Herbig, W. Jahresbericht auf dem 
Gebiete der Fette, Oele und Wachs- 
arten. Z. deut. Oel Fett Ind. 41 : 
353, 386, 403, 417, 435, 450, 481, 500, 
515, 538, 555, 574, 603, 650, 666, 683. 
697, 713, 730, 752, 768, 790, 811, 830, 



853 (1921) ; 42: 7, 39, 76, 98, 137, 
153, 185, 201, 233, 249, 267, 283, 480, ' 
494, 509, 526, 565, 581, 597, 631, 664, 
677, 698, 713, 728, 746, 759, 776, 791, 
897, 922 (1922) ; 43 : 3, 17, 36, 53, 67, 
83. 100, 114, 131 (1923). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 43 : 641, 653. 667, 680, 693. 707, 
720, 729, 741 (1923) ; 44: 13, 27, 38, 
51, 75, 87, 121, 135, 157, 170, 182, 193, 
208, 229, 253, 266, 285, 301, 315, 328, 
340 (1924). 707 footnotes. 

Leathes, John B. The fats. New 
York, Longmans, 1910. 138 p. Bibl., 
p. 125-133. 

Lewkowitsch, J. Chemical technology 
and analysis of oils, fats and waxes. 
6th ed. London, Macmillan, 1923. 
3 vols. Numerous bibl. footnotes. 

Mitchell, C. A. Edible oils and fats. 
London, Longmans, 1918. 159 p. 
Bibl., p. 124-151. 450 references. 

Mock, H., and Blum, A. List of U. S., 
British and German patents cover- 
ing the manufacture of butter sub- 
stitutes, hydrogenated oils and va- 
rious oils and milk products. New 
York, 1918. 120 p. 

Montel, D. [Bibliography on the pro- 
duction of fatty substances.] Bull, 
mat. grasses inst. colonial Marseille, 
1922: 237-300. Classified by oils. 

PowiCK, WiLMER C. Compounds de- 
veloped in rancid fats with observa- 
tions on the mechanism of their 
formation. J. Agr. Res. 26: 360-362 
(1924). 

Sadtler, S. p., and Matos, L. J. Fats 
and fatty oils. In their Industrial 
org. chem., 1923, p. 108-109. Books 
only. 

Schacht, Peter. Beitrage zur Syn- 
these der Fette. Symmetrische Gly- 
ceride. Dissertation, Ziirich, 1908. 
60 p. Bibl., p. 23-26. 

Society of Chemical Industry. Oils, 
fats and waxes. In Reports of the 
progress of applied chemistry, 1 : 
165-179 (1916); 2: 305-321 (1917); 
3: 261-285 (1918); 4: 281-299 
(1919) ; 5: 291-308 (1920) ; 6: 317- 
329 (1921); 7: 271-281 (1922); 8: 
301-318 (1923); 9: 304-327 (1924). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Tables Annuelles. Corps gras et 
cires. 1: 632-636 (1910) ; 2: 686-690 
(1911) ; 3: 483-487 (1912) ; 4: 1174- 
1179 (1913-1916). 

Teixera Da Fonseca, E. Oleos vege- 
taes Brasileiros. Rio de Janerio, 
1922. 130 p. 

Ulzer, Ferdinand. Neuerungen und 
Fortschritte auf dem Gebeiete der 
Fette und Naphthaprodukte. Chem.- 
Ztg. 24: 755-759 (1900); 92 foot- 
notes. 25: 728-730 (1901); 70 foot- 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



119 



notes. 27: 723-727 (1903); 165 
footnotes. 

Ulzer, F., and Pastrovitch, P. Jahres- 
bericht ueber die Fortschritte auf 
dem Gebiete der Fette und Wachse. 
Chem.-Ztg. 29: 652-657 (1905); 172 
footnotes. 31 : 747-748, 770-771, 779- 
781 (1907) ; 178 footnotes. 32: 1237- 
1238, 1252-1253 (1908) ; 83 footnotes. 
33: 1337-1339, 1345-1346 (1909) ; 110 
footnotes. 

White, Horace L. The modification 
of the composition of vegetable oils, 
with special reference to increasing 
unsaturation. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 11 : 
651 (1919). 

Serial 

Chemische Umschau auf dem Gebiete 
der Fette, Oele, Wachse und Harze 
(Continuation of Qiemische Revue 
iiber die Fett- und Harz-industrie). 
1894- . Abstracts classified as fol- 
lows : Theory ; analytical ; technol- 
ogy ; preparation ; resins ; mineral 
oils, hydrogenation ; saponification; 
soaps ; lakes and varnishes ; patents ; 
books. 
FATS: Analytical. 

Berberich, F._M., and Burr, A. Ueber 
die verschiedenen Methoden der 
Fettbestimmung im Rahm. Chem.- 
Ztg. 31 : 813-816, 823-825 (1907) ; 45 
footnotes. 

Fahrion, W. Fortschritte der analyt- 
ischen Fettchemie. Chem. Umschau 
23: 141-145 (1916); 24: 141-145 
(1917); 25: 121-123 (1918); 26: 
209-211 (1919) ; 27: 225-228 (1920) ; 
28: 281-284 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 

McIlhiney, Parker C. Investigations 
on certain methods of analysis of 
fats and resins. Easton, Chem. Pub. 
Co., n. d. References through text. 

Prescher, Johannes. Ueber die Des- 
tination der fliichtigen Fettsauren 
und den Wert der Reichert-Meissl- 
Zahl. Chem.-Ztg. 38: 1081-1083, 
1091-1093 (1914). Ill footnotes. 

Thurston, Azor. Pharmaceutical and 
food analysis ; a manual of standard 
methods for the analysis of oils, fats 
and \yaxes and substances in which 
they exist, together with allied prod- 
ucts. New York, Van Nostrand, 
1922. 416 p. Contains bibl. 
FATS: Extraction. 

Eddy, C. F. Solvent extraction of 
vegetable oils. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 
14: 810-811 (1922). 26 references. 

Kausch, O. Oil and fat extractors. 
Z. deut. Oel Fett Ind. 42 : 4-6, 23-24, 
37-39, 61-63, 100, 123-125 (1922). 
49 German patents listed. 



FATS : Physiological. 

Bloor, W. R. Normal fat metabolism. 
In Barker, Endocrinology and me- 
tabolism, 3: 183-211; references, 5: 
345-509 (1922). 

Bloor, W. R. Fat transport in the ani- 
mal body. Physiol. Rev. 2: 92-115 
(1922). 75 references. 

CoNNSTEiN, Wilhelm. Ucbcr fer- 
mentative Fettspaltung. Ergeb. Phys- 
iol. 3: 194-199 (1904). 151 refer- 
ences. 

Croner, Wilhelm. Die neueren Ergeb- 
nisse der Frage von der Fettre- 
sorption. Biochem. Centr. 3 : 94-98 
(1904). 32 references. 

Dietrich, A., and Kleeberg, J. Die 
Storungen des Zellularen Fettstoff- 
wechsels. Ergeb. allgem. Path. 20, 
pt. 2: 913-931 (1924). 599 refer- 
ences. 

FiJRTH, Otto v. Digestion and resorp- 
tion of fats. Fat metabolism. Obes- 
ity. In his Chemistry of metabolism, 
1916, 350-400. 120 footnotes. 

Magnus-Levy, A., and Meyer, L. F. 
Die Fette im Stoflfwechsel. In Op- 
penheimer. Handb. Biochem. 4, pt. 
1: 445-488 (1911). 245 footnotes. 
2nd ed., 8: 422-481 (1924). 460 foot- 
notes. 

Porges, Otto. Ueber den Abbau der 
Fettsauren im Organismus. Ergeb. 
Physiol. 10: 1-5 (1909). 104 refer- 
ences. 

Rosenfeld, G. Fettbildung. Ergeb. 
Physiol. 1 : 651-654 (1902) ; 2: 50-56 
(1903). 284 references. 

Woringer, Peter. La degradation des 
acides gras dans I'organisme animal. 
Bull. soc. chim. biol. 3, No. 7: 119- 
138 (1922). Also as separate, Paris, 
Masson, 1922. 140 p. 
FECES 

LoHRiscH, Hans. Methoden zur Unter- 
suchungen der menschlichen Faeces. 
In Abderhalden, Handb. biol. Ar- 
beitsm. 4, pt. 6, No. 1 : 33-356 (1923). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

ScHREUER, Max. Kotbildung, Zusamm- 
ensetzung und Chemie der Faces. 
In Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem. 
3, pt. 2: 171-205 (1909). 121 foot- 
notes. 2nd ed., 5: 345-384 (1924). 
179 footnotes. 

ScHUMM, O. Die chemische Unter- 
suchungen der Faeces. In Neuberg, 
Der Harn, p. 1131-1276. 
FELDSPAR 

Baur, Emil. Bildung der Feldspate 
aus wassrigen Losungen bei hohem 
Druck. In Doelter, Handb. Mineral- 
chem. 2, pt. 2: 556-567 (1917). Bibl. 
footnotes. 



120 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



Y'ELDSVA'R— Cont'd 

DoELTER, C. Kalifeldspat. In his 
Handb. Mineralchem. 2, pt. 2: 482- 
488 (1917). Bibl. footnotes. 
Gt. Brit. Imperial Mineral Resources 
Bureau. Mineral industry of the 
British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. War period. Feldspar. (1913- 
1919.) 1920. 16 p. Bibl., p. 15-16. 
Jesser, L. Chemische-technische Ver- 
wertung des Kalifeldspats. In Doel- 
ter, Handb. Mineralchem. 2, pt. 2 : 
567-579 (1917). Bibl. footnotes. 
Kirkpatrick, F. a. Fusion study of 
the mineral systems feldspar calcite 
and feldspar magnesite. Trans. Am. 
Ceram. Soc. 18: 575-618 (1916). 
About 80 references. 
ScHMiD, H. S. DE. Feldspar in Canada. 
Canada, Dept. Mines, Mines Br., 
Pub. No. 401, 1916. 125 p. Bibl., 
p. 107-108 ; includes patents on the 
manufacture of feldspar products. 
33 references. 
FELT. See Textiles. 
FENCHENE 

QviST, Walter. Einige Untersuch- 
ungen ueber die Konstitution der 
Fenchen Kohlenwasserstoffe. Ann. 
417: 278-324 (1918). Bibl. footnotes. 
See also Essential oils. Hydro- 
carbons. 
FERMENTATION 

Amstel, Jeanne E. von. De tempera- 
tuursinvloed op physiologische pro- 
cessen der alcoholgist. Amsterdam, 
Bussy, 1912. 236 p. Bibl. footnotes. 
AsHBY, S. F. Report on the study of 
fermentation in the manufacture of 
Jamaica rum. Rept. Jamaica Sugar 
Expt. Sta. 3: 108-129 (1908-1909). 
Bibl. on rum and fermentation. 
Bau, Arminus. Chemismus der Alko- 
holgarung. In Lafar, Handb. tech. 
Mykologie 4: 404-407 (1905-1907). 
Baudrexel, a. Bericht ueber die 
Fortschritte in der Chemie der Gar- 
ungsgewerbe, 1914-1915. Z. angew. 
Chem. 28: 437-440, 455-456 (1915); 
140 footnotes. 30: 13-14, 19-24, 28-31 
(1917) ; 210 footnotes. 
Berlin. Institut fiJr Garungsgewerbe. 
Biicherei. Katalog der Biicherei des 
Instituts fiir Garungsgewerbe. Ber- 
lin, 1908. 204 p. 
Brown, Adrian G. Colloid chemistry 
in the fermentation industries. In 
First report on colloid chemistry, 
1917, p. 38-41. 
Buchner, Eduard, and Meisenheimer, 
Jakob. Die chemischen Vorgange 
bei der alkoholischen Garung. Ber. 
43: 1773-1795 (1910). 54 footnotes. 
Czapek, F. Die Alkoholgarung. In his 
Biochemie der Pflanzen, 3rd ed., 1 : 
316-338 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 



Emmerling, O. Die neueren Arbeiten 
auf dem Gebiete der Bakteriengar- 
ungen. Biochem. Centr. 9: 397-417 
(1910). 202 footnotes. 

EuLER, Hans v. Neuere Forschung 
ueber alkoholische Garung. Fort. 
Naturw. Forsch. 10: 93-96 (1914). 
125 references. 

" Fermentation and ferments." Ind.- 
Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 4: 651-654 
(1883) ; 2nd ser., 5: 527-531 (1900). 

Hagglund, L. E. Hefe und Garung in 
ihrer Abhangigkeit von Wasserstoff- 
und Hydroxylionen. Sammlung 
chem. chem. -tech. Vortrage 21 : 172- 
174 (1914). 

Green, J. Reynolds. The soluble fer- 
ments and fermentation. 2nd ed. 
Cambridge, Univ. Press, 1901. 512 p. 
Bibl., p. 463-504. 

Hanow, H. Fortschritte in der Spirit- 
us und Presshefe Fabrikation. 
Chem.-Ztg. 25: 1011-1015 (1901) ; 25 
footnotes. 26: 541-545 (1902); 23 
footnotes. 27: 357-361 (1903); 34 
footnotes. 28: 681-686 (1904); 49 
footnotes. 29: 921-925 (1905); 24 
footnotes. 30: 1067-1071 (1906) ; 22 
footnotes. 

Harden, Arthur. Alcoholic fermen- 
tation. 3rd ed. New York, Long- 
mans, 1923. 194 p. Bibl., p. 158-189. 

Heinzelmann, G. Fortschritte und 
Neuerungen in der Spiritus- und 
Presshefefabrikation. Chem.-Z. 2: 
116-118, 145-148, 176-179 (1903) ; 56 
footnotes. 3: 109-111, 140-143, 640- 
645 (1903) ; 65 footnotes. 

Jorgensen, Alfred. Micro-organisms 
and fermentation. London, Macmil- 
lan, 1900. 318 p. Bibl., p. 277-318. 
4th ed., 1911. 489 p. 

Kayser, Edmond. Contribution a 
I'etude des produits volatile dans la 
fermentation alcoolique. Ann. sci. 
agrom. 2: 462-464 (1905). 

Klocker, Alb. Die Garungsorganls- 
men in der Theorie und Praxis der 
Alkoholgarungsgewerbe. Stuttgart, 
Waag, 1900. 318 p. Bibl., p. 280- 
308. 

Kohl, F. G. Die Hefepilze, ihre Or- 
ganization, Physiologic, Biologic und 
Systematik sowie ihre Bedeutung als 
Garungsorganismen. Leipzig, Quelle, 
1908. 343 p. Bibl. footnotes. 
Kossowicz, Alex. Einfiihrung in die 
Mykologie der Genussmittel und 
in die Garungsphysiologie. Berlin, 
Borntraeger, 1911. 211 p. Bibl., 
p. 173-196. 
Lafar, Franz. Technical mycology; 
the utilization of microorganisms in 
the arts and manufactures. London, 
Griffin, 1898-1910. 2 vols. Bibl., v. 
2: 561-695. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



121 



MEiSENHEaMER, Jakob. Ucbcr die 
chemischen Vorgange bei den als 
Enzymereaktionen erkannten Gar- 
ungen. Biochem. Centr. 6: 621-633 
(1907). 68 references. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Die alkohoHsche 
Garung und die Spiritusbrennerei. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 
247-266 (1907). Bibl. footnotes. 

Meyerhof, Otto. Ueber den Zusamm- 
enhang von Atmung und Garung. 
Naturwissenschaften 7: 259 (1919). 
2)3 references. 

MoHR, O. Fortschritte in der Chemie 
der Garungsgewerbe. Z. angew. 
Chem. 17: 10-17, 49-51 (1904); 94 
footnotes. 18: 569-573, 609-615 
(1905); 102 footnotes. 19: 566-569, 
619-624 (1906) ; 108 footnotes. 20 
870-877 (1907); 102 footnotes. 21 
1307-1315 (1908) ; 106 footnotes. 22 
625-630, 674-676 (1909) ; 150 foot- 
notes. 23: 916-924 (1910) ; 150 foot- 
notes. 24: 773-782 (1911); 148 
footnotes. 25: 1102-1110 (1912) ; 130 
footnotes. 26: 305-313 (1913); 171 
footnotes. 27: 361-368 (1914); 162 
footnotes. 

" Molasses fermentation." Sugar 22 : 
633-634, 668 (1920). 75 references. 

Plimmer, Robert H. A. The chemi- 
cal changes and products resulting 
from fermentation. New York, 
Longmans, 1903. 184 p. Bibl., p. 143- 
175. 

RiNCKLELEBEN, Paul. Fortschrittc auf 
dem Gebiete der Garungsindustrie 
(Spiritus-Presshefe, Essigfabrika- 
tion). Chem.-Ztg. ZZ: 777-77^, 786- 
787 (1909); 74 footnotes. 35: 993- 
994, 1006-1008 (1911) ; 93 footnotes. 

Sadtler, S. p., and Matos, L. J. Fer- 
mentation industries. In their In- 
dustrial org. chem., 1923, p. 284-286. 
Books only. 

ScHREiBER, R. Ueber die Fortschritte 
der Garungsgewerbe in den Jahren 
1911-1913. Chem.-Ztg. 38: 629-631 
(1914). 47 footnotes. 

Society of Chemical Industry. Fer- 
mentation industries. In Reports of 
the progress of applied chemistry 1 
243-259 (1916) ; 80 footnotes. 2 
405-448 (1917) ; 159 footnotes. 3 
403-421 (1918) ; 102 footnotes. 4 
422-448 (1919) ; 147 footnotes. 5 
418-449 (1920); 161 footnotes. 6 
446-469 (1921); 149 footnotes. 7 
414-440 (1922); 116 footnotes. 8 
456-488 (1923) ; 116 footnotes. 9 
475-513 (1924); 223 footnotes. 

Vandvelde, a. J. J. Etudes sur la fer- 
mentation panaire. Rev. gen. chim. 
pure appl. 16: 53-61, 86-95, 123-130, 
136-141 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 



Serial 

Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte in 
der Lehre von den Garungsorganis- 
men und Enzymen. 1890- . Classi- 
fied : Books, apparatus, morphology 
of bacteriology and yeasts ; general 
physiology of bacteria; fermenta- 
tion ; alcoholic, lactic ; nitrification ; 
enzymes. Bibl., followed by abstracts 
of the most important articles. 

See also Alcohol, Enzymes, Ethyl 
ALCOHOL, Yeasts. 
FERROALLOYS. See Iron, Alloys. 
FERROMANGANESE. See Iron, Al- 
loys. 
FERROSILICON. See Iron, Alloys. 
FERTILIZERS 

(Includes action of chemicals on 
plants.) 

Bauek, F. C. Relation of organic mat- 
ter and the feeding power of plants 
to the utilization of rock phosphate. 
Soil Science 12: 21-41 (1921). 45 
references. 

Brown, P. E., and Stallings, J. H. 
Inoculated legumes as nitrogenous 
fertilizers. Soil Science 12 : 365-407 
(1921). 46 references. 

BucKMAN, H. O. Moisture and ni- 
trate relations in dry land agricul- 
ture. Proc. Am. Soc. Agron. 2 : 121- 
138 (1910). 27 footnotes. 

Cameron, Frank E., et al. Prelimi- 
nary report on the fertilizer re- 
sources of the United States. U. S., 
62nd Congr., Senate Doc. No. 190. 
1912. Reference list for phosphates, 
p. 78-106. Reference list of papers 
concerning the economic uses of 
algae and concerning the salts de- 
rived from ashes, p. 271-276. Refer- 
ence list to the literature of the 
marine algae, p. 277-290. 

Collins, S. Hoare. Chemical fertil- 
izers and parasiticides. London, 
Bailliere, 1920. 273 p. Bibl. at end 
of chapters. 

Collins, Sidney H. Plant products 
and chemical fertilizers. London, 
Bailliere, 1918. 236 p. Bibl. at end 
of chapters. 

Curtis, Otis F. Stimulation of root 
growths in cuttings by treatment 
with chemical compounds. Cornell 
Univ. Agr. Expt. Sta., Mem. No. 14: 
135-138 (1918). Also, Thesis, Cor- 
nell Univ., 1916. 

Dickson, James G. Value of certain 
nutritive elements in the develop- 
ment of the oat plant. Am. J. Bot. 
5: 323-324 (1918). 

Dudley, F. L., and Miller, M. F. 
Effect of a varying supply of nutri- 
ents upon the character and compo- 
sition of the maize plant at different 



122 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



FERTILIZERS— Conf'd 

periods of growth. Mo. Agr. Expt. 
Sta., Research Bull. No. 42: 1-66 
(1921). 

DuGGAR, B. M. Hydrogen ion concen- 
tration and the composition of nutri- 
ent solutions in relation to the 
growth of seed plants. Annals Mo. 
Bot. Gardens 7: 47-49 (1920). 46 
references. 

Greaves, J. E., and Carter, E. G. In- 
fluence of barnyard manure and 
water upon the bacterial activities 
of the soil. J. Agr. Res. 6: 923-926 
(1916). 

Greaves, J. E., and Carter, E. G. 
Action of some common soil amend- 
ments. Soil Science 7: 121-160 
(1919). 165 references. 

Guthrie, F. B. The relation of fer- 
tilizers to soil fertility. Dept. Agr., 
N. S. Wales, Sci. Bull. No. 9, 1913. 
34 p. Bibl., p. 20-34. 

Halligan, James H. Soil fertility and 
fertilizers. Easton, Chem. Pub. Co., 
1912, 397 p. Bibl., p. 386-388. 

Hatfield, Wm. D. The fertilizer 
value of activated sludge. 111. State 
Water Survey, Bull. No. 16, 91-139 
(1918-19) ; Thesis, Univ. 111., 1918. 
53 p. Bibl., p. 51-53. 43 references. 

Hill, H. H. Study of the influence of 
the lime-magnesia ratio on soils 
under continuous cultivation. Va. 
Agr. Expt. Sta., Tech. Bull. No. 24, 
1922. 15 p. 

Hills, Joseph L. Manufacture of 
commercial fertilizers. Vt. Agr. 
Expt. Sta., Bull. No. 207, 1917. 48 p. 
Bibl., p. 46-48. 

International Institute of Agricul- 
ture. International movement of fer- 
tilizers and chemical products use- 
ful to agriculture. No. 1, 1914, p. 
40-44; No. 2, 1915, p. 44-50; No. 3, 
1915, p. 29-36; No. 4, 1916, p. 37-47; 
No. 5, 1916, p. 64-76; No. 6, 1917, p. 
62-72 ; No. 7, 1918, p. 57-86. See also 
Bull. Agr. Intelligence 5: 1101-1142 
(1914) ; 6: 323-370 (1915) ; 178 ref- 
erences. 6: 499-532 (1915) ; 305 ref- 
erences. Intern. Crop Rept. and 
Agr. Statistics 7: 177-221 (1916). 
445 references. 8: 298-308 (1917). 

Kearney, T. H., and Cameron, F. K. 
The effect upon seedling plants of 
certain components of alkali soils. 
U. S. Dept. Agr., Rept. No. 71, 
1902. Bibl., p. 56-60. 

Lathrop, Elbejit C. The organic ni- 
trogen compounds of soils and fer- 
tilizers. J. Franklin Inst. 183: 489- 
498 (1917). About 200 references. 

Lipman, C. B. a critique of the hy- 
pothesis of the lime magnesia ratio. 



Plant World 19: 83-105, 119-135 
(1916). 

McTaggart, Alexander. The influ- 
ence of certain fertilizers on the 
growth and nitrogen content of some 
legumes. Soil Science 11 : 452-454 
(1921) ; Thesis, Cornell Univ., 1921. 
61 references. 

"Manures." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 8: 558 (1887); 2nd sen, 10: 
117-118 (1905). 

Marais, Jacobus S. Comparative ag- 
ricultural value of insoluble mineral 
phosphates of aluminium, iron and 
calcium. Soil Science 13 : 396-400 
(1922). 85 references. 

Pieters, a. J. Green manuring, a re- 
view of the American Experiment 
Station literature. J. Am. Soc. 
Agron. 9: 173, 183-190 (1917). Ar- 
ranged by States. 

ToTTiNGHAM, W. E. Preliminary study 
of the influence of chlorides on the 
growth of certain agricultural plants. 
J. Am. Soc. Agron. 11: 1-32 (1919). 
80 references. 

Vageler, Hans. Ein Beitrag zur 
Frage der Wirkung von Mangan, 
Eisen und Kupfer auf den Pflanzen- 
wuchs. Lands, vers. Stat. 88: 232- 
241 (1916). 

Warnebold, Heinrich. Zur Kenntniss 
der Wirkung starker Diingesalzgab- 
en auf die Entwicklung und den 
Bau der Pflanzen. Landw. Jahrb. 
49: ZZ2-2,?>i (1916). 

Wichern, G. Bericht iiber die Fort- 
schritte der Diingemittelindustrie in 
den Jahren 1913-1920. Chem.-Ztg. 
45: 3-4, 57-58, 81-82, 110-111, 129- 
131 (1921). 140 footnotes. 

Wyatt, F. a. Influence of calcium 
and magnesium compounds on plant 
growth. J. Agr. Res. 6: 589-619 
(1916). 42 references. 

Serial 

Zeitschrift fiir Pflanzenernahrung und 
Diingung. 1922- . Wissenschaft- 
licher Teil and Wirtschaftlich-Prak- 
tischer Teil. Each contains " Refer- 
ate," which are classified. 

See also Agricultural chemistry, 
Gypsum, Marl, Phosphates, Soils, 
Thomas slag. 
FERTILIZERS: Alkali salts. 

Harris, Frank S. Effect of alkali 
salts in soils on the germination and 
growth of crops. J. Agr. Res. 5 : 1- 
54 (1915). 26 references. 
FERTILIZERS: Amino acids. 

Schreiner, Oswald, and Skinner, 
J. J. Specific action of organic com- 
pounds in modifying plant charac- 
teristics : methylglycocoll versus gly- 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



123 



cocoll. Bot. Gaz. 59 : 445-463 (1915). 
18 footnotes. 
FERTILIZERS: Ammonium sulfate, 

WoLKOFF, M. I. The influence of am- 
monium sulfate on the germination 
and the growth of barley in sand 
and soil cultures kept at diflferent 
moisture contents and at various os- 
motic concentrations of the soil solu- 
tion. Soil Science 5: 468-478 (1918). 
270 references. 
FERTILIZERS: Arsenic. 

Greaves, J. E. Stimulating influence 
of arsenic upon the nitrogen fixing 
organism of the soil. J. Agr. Res. 
6: 389-416 (1916). 44 references. 
FERTILIZERS: Copper salts. 

Forbes, Robert H. Certain effects 
under irrigation of copper com- 
pounds upon crops. Univ. Calif. 
Pub., Agr. Sci., 1, No. 12: 487-489. 
1917. 
FERTILIZERS: Gypsum. 

Crocker, Wm. The history of agricul- 
tural gypsum. Chicago, Gypsum In- 
dustries Assoc, 192 — . 36 p. Bibl., 
p. 35-36. 
FERTILIZERS: Iron sulfate. 

HoRTON, Horace E. A contribution to 
the bibliography of the use of sul- 
fate of iron in agriculture. Chi- 
cago, Am. Steel and Wire Co., 1906. 
71 p. p. 70-71 give references up to 
1909. 452 references. 

WiESSMANN, H. Diingungsversuche 
mit Eisensulf at. Landw. Jahrb. 55 : 
281-286 (1920). Bibl. footnotes. 
FERTILIZERS: Lime. 

KoPBLOFF, Nicholas. Influence of 
fineness of division of pulverized 
limestone on crop yield as well as 
the chemical and bacteriological fac- 
tors in soil fertility. Soil Science 4: 
19-67 (1917). 124 references. 

MacIntire, Walter H. Carbonation 
of burnt lime in soils. Soil Science 
7: 325-446 (1919). 73 references. 
FERTILIZERS : Magnesia. 

Meyer, Diedrich. Die Kalk und Mag- 
nesiadiingung. Berlin, Parey, 1910. 
108 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Strohmer, F., and Fallada, O. [Mag- 
nesia fertilizer for sugar beets.] 
Oesterr-ungar. Z. Zuckerind. Landw. 
42: 221-231 (1913). 
FERTILIZERS : Manganese. 

Kelley, W. p. The function of man- 
ganese in plants. Bot. Gaz. 57 : 226- 
227 (1914). 20 titles. 

McHargue, James S. Effect of dif- 
ferent concentrations of manganese 
sulfate on the growth of plants in 
acid and neutral soils and the neces- 
sity of manganese as a plant nutri- 
ent. J. Agr. Res. 24: 793-794 (1923). 



FERTILIZERS: Nitrogen compounds. 

Bear, Firman E. Nitrogen economy 
in soils. J. Am. Soc. Agron. 14: 151- 
152 (1922). 35 references. 

Petrie, J. M. The role of nitrogen and 
its compounds in plant metabolism. 
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales 33: 
801-844 (1908). 100 references. 

Stuntz, Stephen C. Reference list 
on the electric fixation of atmos- 
pheric nitrogen and the use of cal- 
cium cyanamid and calcium nitrate 
on soils. U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. 
Soils, Bull. No. 63, 1910. 89 p. 

See also Nitrogen Fixation. 
FERTILIZERS: Phosphates. 

BuRLisoN, W. L. Availability of min- 
eral phosphates for plant nutrition. 
J. Agr. Res. 6: 513-514 (1916). 32 
references. 

GuTBiER, A. Phosphate - Verwendung 
zu Diingezwerken. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
3: 158-160 (1911). 

Marais, J. S. The comparative agri- 
cultural value of insoluble mineral 
phosphates of aluminium, iron and 
calcium. Soil Science 13 : 396-400 
(1912). 

Robertson, George S. Basic slags 
and rock phosphates. Cambridge, 
Univ. press, 1922. 120 p. Bibl., p. 
108-109. 

See also Calcium phosphates. 
FERTILIZERS: Potassium compounds. 

De Turk, E. Potassium bearing min- 
erals as a source of potassium for 
plant growth. Soil Science 8: 299- 
301 (1919). 69 references. 

Haley, Dennis E. The availability of 
potassium in orthoclase for plant nu- 
trition. Soil Science 15: 179-180 
(1923). 

Nolte, Otto. Ueber die Wirkung der 
Kali-Endaugen auf Boden und 
Pflanze. Landw. Jahrb. 51 : 563-672 
(1918). Bibl. footnotes. 

Smith, Raymond S. Some effects of 
potassium salts on soils. Cornell 
Univ. Agr. Expt. Sta., Mem. No. 
35: 602-605 (1920). 

Stoklasa, Julius, and Matousek, 
Alois. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der 
Ernahrung der Zuckerriibe. Physi- 
ologische Bedeutung des Kaliumions 
im Organismus der Zuckerriibe. 
Jena, Fischer, 1916. 230 p. Bibl., p. 
220-227. 
FERTILIZERS: Smelter Waste. 

LiPMAN, C. B., and Gericke, W. F. 
Effects of constituents of solid 
smelter wastes on barley growth in 
pot cultures. Univ. Calif., Pub. Agr. 
Sci. 1, No. 13: 495-587 (1917). 126 
footnotes. 



124 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



FERTILIZERS: Sodium chloride. 

LoMANiTZ, S. Influence of sodium 
chloride upon alfalfa grown in solu- 
tion cultures. Soil Science 18: 365- 
368 (1924). 89 references. 
FERTILIZERS: Sodium nitrate. 

Coleman, David A. Influence of so- 
dium nitrate upon nitrogen trans- 
formation in soils with special refer- 
ence to its availability and that of 
other nitrogenous manures. Soil 
Science 4: 345-432 (1917). 226 ref- 
erences. 
FERTILIZERS: Sulfur. 

Ames, J. W., and Boltz, G. E. Sul- 
fur in relation to soils and crops. 
Ohio State Agr. Expt. Sta., Bull. 
No. 292, 1916. Bibl., p. 255. 25 ref- 
erences. 

Feilitzen, H. von. [On the use of 
sulfur for the prevention of potato 
scab and as an indirect fertilizer.] 
K. Landtbr. Akad. Handl. och 
Tidskr. 52: 120-130 (1913). 

LoMANiTZ, S. The needs of the soils 
of Brazos and Jefferson counties for 
sulfur. Texas Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull. 
No. 302: 5-23 (1922). 57 references. 

Miller, H. G. Relation of sulfates to 
plant growth and composition. J. 
Agr. Res. 17: 87-102 (1919). 26 
references. 

Olson, George A., and St. John, J. L. 
An investigation of sulfur as a plant 
food. State College of Washington, 
Agr. Expt. Sta., Bull. No. 165, 1921. 
69 p. Bibl., p. 55-69. Also in Iowa 
Geol. Sur., 28: 514-536. 254 refer- 
ences. 

Peterson, Wm. H. Forms of sulfur 
in plant materials and their varia- 
tion with the soil supply. J. Am. 
Chem. Soc. 36: 1300 (1914). 24 ref- 
erences. 

Reimer, Frank C. Sulfur as a fer- 
tilizer for alfalfa in southern Ore- 
gon. Oregon Agr. Expt. Sta., Bull. 
No. 163, 1919. 40 p. Bibl., p. 39-40. 

Shedd, O. M. The relation of sul- 
fur to soil fertility. Ky. Agr. Expt. 
Sta., Bull. No. 188, 595-630 (1914). 

Woodward, John. Sulfur as a factor 
in soil fertility. Bot. Gaz. 72,: 106- 
109 (1922). Thesis, Univ. Chicago, 
1922. 
FIBERS 

Fleischer, Hertha. Verzeichnis der 
Aufschliessungsverfahren von Fas- 
erstengeln. Faserf orschung 2 : 63-69 
(1922). 116 patents on retting and 
digesting of fibers. Subject index. 

GARgoN, Jules. Bibliographic de la 
technologic chimique des fibres tex- 
tiles ; proprietes — blanchiment — tein- 
ture — matieres — colorantes. Stras- 
bourg, Fischbach, 1893. 170 p. 



Georgievics, Georg C. T. von. Lehr- 
buch der chemischen Technologic 
der Gespinstfasern. Leipzig, 1913. 
2 vols. Bibl., vol. 1 : 527-553.^ 

Harrison, W. Colloid chemistry in 
the textile industry. In Second re- 
port on colloid chemistry, 1918, p 
52-69 ; J. Soc. Dyers Colourists 35 
243-254 (1919) ; Color Trade J. 6 
50-55, 91-95 (1920). Discusses cot- 
ton, mercerized cotton, oxycellulose, 
cellulose, hydrocellulose, cellulose 
esters, artificial silk, etc. 

Lowenthal, Richard. Neuerungen 
auf dem Gebiete der chemischen 
Technologic der Spinnfasern. Chem.- 
Ztg. 26: 752-755 (1902) ; 70 footnotes. 
27: 448-450 (1903); 58 footnotes. 
28: 295-297 (1904); 19 footnotes. 
30: 629-631 (1906); 43 footnotes. 
ZZ: 753-755, 770-772 (1909); 100 
footnotes. 36: 777-779, 822-824, 831- 
833 (1912); 153 footnotes. 39: 669- 
670. 695-698 (1915); 137 footnotes. 
43: 709-711, 719-720, 729-731 (1919) ; 

122 footnotes. 

Massot, W. Fortschritte auf dem 
Gebiete der Faser- und Spinnstoffe. 
Z. angew. Chem. 17: 854-866 
(1904) ; 65 footnotes. 18: 1042-1047, 
1089-1098 (1905); 59 footnotes. 19: 
737-748 (1906); 78 footnotes. 20: 
437.444, 484-490 (1907) ; 60 foot- 
notes. 21: 340-354 (1908) ; 107 foot- 
notes. 22: 241-252, 299-304 (1909); 

123 footnotes. 24: 433-444 (1911); 
88 footnotes. 25: 562-574, 613-616 
(1912); 127 footnotes. 26: 257-271 
(1913); 121 footnotes. 28: 49-54, 
59-64, 65-73 (1915) ; 132 footnotes. 
29: 49-54, 63-68 (1916); 72 foot- 
notes. 30: 73-76, 82-85, 96-99, 103- 
104 (1917) ; 99 footnotes. 

Matthews, J. Merritt. The textile 
fibers. 4th ed. New York, Wiley, 
1924. 1053 p. Bibl., p. 1021-1034. 
600 references. 

RiCHTER, Oswald. [Distribution of 
iron in technically important fibers 
and its importance for analytical 
purposes.] Faserforschung 2: 189- 
225 (1922). 

Society of Chemical Industry. Fi- 
bers, textiles, cellulose and paper. In 
Annual reports of the progress of 
applied chemistry l-(- . 1916 to date. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Stirm, Karl. Chemische Technologic 
der Gespinstfasern. Berlin, Born- 
traeger, 1915. 410 p. Bibl., p. 381- 
383 ; patents, p. 384-390. 

SiJVERN, K. Faser- und Spinnstoffe in 
den Jahren 1917 und 1918. Z. angew. 
Chem. 32: 115-120 (1919). 97 foot- 
notes. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



125 



West, Clarence J. Papermaking ma- 
terials. Bibl. Series, A. D. Little, 
Inc., Cambridge, Mass., No. 6, 1920- 
1921. 170 p. Reprinted from Paper 
Trade J. Classified by botanical 
names. 

See also Cellulose, Paper, Silk, Tex- 
tiles, Wool, etc. 
FIBRIN 

" Fibrin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
4: 962-963 (1883) ; 2nd sen, 5: 772- 
773 (1900). 

Gram, H. C. New method for the de- 
termination of the fibrin percentage 
in blood and plasma. J. Biol. Chem. 
49: 279 (1921). 33 references. 

Samuely, Franz. Fibrin. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 4: 99-102 
(1911). Bibl. footnotes. 
FIG 

EiSEN, G. The fig: its history, culti- 
vation and curing. U. S. Dept. Agr., 
Div. Pomology, Bull. No. 9, 1901. 
317 p. 173 references. 
FILLERS. See Clays; Paper, Fillers. 
FILMS 

Marschalk, J. Die Herstellung von 
Films. Kunststofife 7 : 108-110 (1917). 
23 patents. 

See also Cellulose esters. 
FILTER PAPER. See Paper. 
FILTERS AND FILTRATION 

BiJHLER, F. A. Filters and filter 
presses for the separation of liquids 
and solids. London, Rodger, 1914. 
184 p. Patents, 1901-1913, p. 168-179. 

WoLLASTON, Thomas R. Filtration, an 
elementary treatise. London, Pit- 
man, 1922. 102 p. Bibl., p. 100. 

See also Dryers and Drying (AUiott). 
FIREWORKS. See Pyrotechnics. 
FISH 

Beard, H. R. Bibliography of chemi- 
cal literature pertaining to the fish 
industry. Calif. Fish and Game 7: 
256-260 (1922). Selected list of 
U. S. and foreign literature. 

Clark, E. D., and Almy, L. H. Com- 
position of common food fishes. J. 
Biol. Chem. 33: 483 (1918). 24 ref- 
erences. 

KoNiG, J., and Splittgerber, A. Die 
Bedeutung des Fischfleisches als 
Nahrungsmittel. Z. Nahr. Genussm. 
18: 497-537 (1909). Bibl. footnotes. 

MacDonald, Rose M. E. An analyti- 
cal subject bibliography of the pub- 
lications of the Bureau of Fisheries, 
1871-1920. .Rept. U. S. Commissioner 
Fisheries, 1920. Appendix v (Bu- 
reau of Fisheries No. 899). Chemi- 
cal topics, p. 285-288. 

Tressler, Donald K. Marine prod- 
ucts of commerce ; their acquisition, 
handling, biological aspects and the 



science and technology of their prep- 
aration and preservation. New 
York, Chem. Cat. Co., 1923. 762 p. 
Bibl. at end of most of the chapters. 
FLAME REACTIONS 

Bancroft, W. D., and Weiser, 
Harry B. Flame reactions. J. Phys. 
Chem. 18: 213-263 (1914). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
FLASH POINT. See Gasoline, Kero- 
sene, Petroleum. 
FLAVONE 

Kostanecki, St. de. Les syntheses 
dans les groupes^de la flavone et de 
la chromone. Bull. soc. chim. (3) 
29: i-xxxvii (1903). Bibl. footnotes 
and references through text. 

Meyer- Jacobson. Flavon. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 737-752 
(1917). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Plant pigments. 
FLAX 

Brosch, Anton. Der Flachs in der 
Fachliteratur, mit einer Einfiihrung 
in die Geschichte der deutschen 
Flachswirtschaft und einem Anhang 
mit Bauernregeln, Sprichworten und 
Sagen iiber der Flachsbau. Berlin, 
1922. 86 p. 

See also Fibers. 
FLOCCULATION 

Free, E. Flocculation and defloccula- 
tion. J. Franklin Inst. 170: 54-57 
(1910). 60 references. 

Kruyt, H. R., and Spek, J. ven der. 
Zur Kenntniss des Flockungsvor- 
ganges. Kolloid-Z. 25: 1-20 (1919). 
46 footnotes. 

See also Colloids. 
FLOTATION 

Adam, R. H. Resume of literature on 
the theory of flotation with critical 
notes. Mining Sci. Press 121 : 765- 
770 (1920). Also in Rickard, Con- 
centration by flotation, 1921. 

CoGHiLL, W. H. Molecular forces and 
flotation. Mining Sci. Press 116: 
747-753 (1918). 

Craver, H. W. Bibliography on flota- 
tion. New York, Engineering Soc. 
Library, 1921. 62 p. Typewritten. 
Covers 1910-1921. 449 references. 

Cunningham, Jesse. List of refer- 
ences on concentrating ores by flota- 
tion. Mo. School Mines Met., Bull., 
8: No. 1: 11-90 (1916); 903 refer- 
ences. In part in Trans. Am. Inst. 
Mining Eng. 55: 539-544 (1916). 

Edser, Edwin. The concentration of 
minerals by flotation. In Fourth re- 
port on colloid chemistry, 1922, 263- 
326. About 100 footnotes. 

Fahrenwald, Arthur W. Differen- 
tial flotation. Idaho, Bur. Mines 
Geol., Pamphlet No. 4, 1921. 23 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 



126 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



FLOTATION— Cont'd 

Hoover, Theodore Jesse. Concentra- 
ting ores by flotation, being a descrip- 
tion and history of a recent metal- 
lurgical development, together with 
a summary of patents and litigation. 
3rd ed. London, Mining Mag., 1916. 
320 p. Bibl., p. 201-254, covering 
1900-1913; 2500 references; p. 290- 
312, covering 1914-1916; 600 refer- 
ences. 

Lewis, R. S., and Ralston, O. C. Pat- 
ents relating to oil-flotation pro- 
cesses. Utah Eng. Expt. Sta., Dfpt. 
Metal. Res., Bull. No. 8, 1916. 50 p. 
Annotated. Extension of Cunning- 
ham's bibl. 

Lyon, D. A., Ralston, O. C, Laney, 
F. B., and Lewis, R. S. Bibliog- 
raphy on recent literature on flota- 
tion. U. S. Bur. Mines, Tech. 
Paper No. 135, 1917. 17 p. Covers 
Jan. -June, 1916. Tech. Paper No. 
176, 1917. 27 p. July-Dec, 1916. 

Ralston, O. C. Preferential flotation. 
Mining Sci. Press 110: 980-984 
(1915). Largely patents. 

Stander, Henricus J. The flotation 
process. Chicago, Mining World, 
1916. 175 p. Bibl., p. 148-167. Pat- 
ents, 119-147. 

Vageler, Paul. Die Schwimmauf- 
bereitung der Erze. Dresden, Stein- 
kopff, 1921. 98 p. German patents 
on flotation, p. 88-98. 
FLOUR 

Collatz, Ferdinand A. Flour strength 
as influenced by the addition of di- 
astatic ferments. Thesis, Univ. 
Minnesota, 1922. 74 p. Bibl., p. 63- 
72. 

" Flour and its adulterations." Ind.- 
Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 5: 16 (1884) ; 
2nd sen, 5 : 867-868 (1900). 

Keenan, George L., and Lyons, 
Mary A. The microscopical exami- 
nation of flour. U. S. Dept. Agr., 
Bull. No. 839, 1920. 32 p. 22 refer- 
ences. (Revised, Aug., 1922.) 

Love, E. G. Bibliography on the adul- 
teration and examination of cereal 
products and accessories of flour 
and bread foods. In 2nd annual rept. 
N. Y. State Board of Health, 1882, 
p. 584-589. 

Monier-Williams, G. W. On the 
chemical changes produced in flour 
by bleaching. Repts. Local Govern- 
ment Boards (Gt. Brit.), Pub. 
Health and Med. Subjs., n. s., 1911, 
No. 49 : 34-65. 

RuMSEY, LouYS A. The diastatic 
enzymes of wheat flour and their 
relation to flour strength. Thesis, 



Univ. Minnesota, 1922. Am. Inst. 
Baking, Bull. No. 8, 1922. 86 p. 
Bibl, p. 75-84. 

Sharp, Paul F., and Gortner, 
Ross A. Viscosity as a measure of 
hydration capacity of wheat flour 
and its relation to baking strength. 
LTniv. Minn., Agr. Expt. Sta., Tech. 
Bull. No. 19, 1923. 119 p. Bibl., 
p. 104-119. 

See also Foods. 
FLUIDITY. See Plasticity. 
FLUORESCENCE 

DoBBiE, J. J., et al. List of organic 
compounds " of which the fluores- 
cence or phosphorescence has been 
measured." Rept. Brit. Assoc. Sci., 
1916: 812-816. 

Hewitt, John T. Ueber die Bezieh- 
ung zwischen der Konstitution und 
der Fluorescenz einiger Substanzen. 
Z. physik. Chem. 34: 1-19 (1900). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Kauffmann, Hugo. Ueber Fluores- 
cenz. Jahrb. Radioakt. Elektronik 
1: 339-344 (1904). Bibl. footnotes. 

Kauffmann, Hugo. Die Beziehungen 
zwischen Fluorescenz und chem- 
ischer Konstitution. Sammlung 
chem. chem. -tech. Vortrage 11 : 1-102 
(1906). Bibl. footnotes. 

KoNEN, H. Fluorescenz. In Kayser, 
Handb. der Spectroscopic 4: 841- 
1214 (1908). Bibl. footnotes. 

Pringsheim, Peter. Fluorescenz und 
Phosphorescenz im Lichte der neuer- 
en Atomtheorie. 2nd ed. Berlin, 
Springer, 1923. 228 p. About 325 
references. 

Stevenson, Louisa S. Fluorescence 
of anthracene. J. Phys. Chem. 15: 
864-865 (1911). 42 references. 

See also Luminescence, Phosphores- 
cence. 
FLUORESCEIN 

LiEBiG, Hans v. Ueber Fluorescein. J. 
prakt. Chem. 193: 97-136, 241-284 
(1912); 194: 472-516 (1912). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Liebig, Hans v. Ueber Fluorescein- 
ather und -ester. J. prakt. Chem. 
196: 26-48 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Dyes. 
FLUORINE 

Argo, W. L., et al. Preparation of 
fluorine. Trans. Am. Electrochem. 
Soc. 35: 335-345 (1919); J. Phys. 
Chem. 23: 348-355 (1919). 15 foot- 
notes. 

DiTz. Hugo. Fluor. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 1-13 
(1909). References through text. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



127 



JOLY, A. Fluor. In Fremy, Enc. chim. 
2, 1'' cahier: 714-715 (1885). 

KoTZ, A. Fluor. In Abegg, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 2: 46-49 (1912). 
136 references. 

LoBL, H. Fluor und seine Verbind- 
ungen. In Brauer and d'Ans, Fort- 
schritte, 1: 378-379 (1921). German 
patents. 

Martin, G., and Dancaster, E. A. 
Fluorine. In Friend, Textbook, 8 : 
22-50 (1915). Bibl. footnotes. 

Mellor, J. W. Fluorine. In his Inorg. 
theor. chem. 2: 1-15 (1922). Oc- 
currence, 50 references ; history, 60 
references ; properties, 50 references. 

MoissAN, Henri. Fluor et ses com- 
poses. Paris, Steinheil, 1900. 396 p. 
Bibl. of about 600 references, p. 305- 
390. Also German edition. 

MoissAN, Henri. Fluor. In his Chim. 
min. 1: 64-86 (1904). 167 footnotes. 

Ruff, Otto. Chemie des Fluors. Ber- 
lin. Springer, 1920. 136 p. Bibl. of 
307 references, p. 129-133. 
FLUORINE: Analytical. 

Adolph, Wm. H. The quantitative 
methods for fluorine. Thesis, Univ. 
Pa., 1915. 30 p. Bibl., p. 4-6. 

DiTZ, Hugo. Fluor — Analytisches. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 2: 32-40, 410-411 (1909). 

Wagner, C. R., and Ross, W. H. 
Modified method for the determina- 
tion of fluorine v^^ith special refer- 
ence to the analysis of phosphates. 
J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 9: 1116-1123 
(1917). 47 references. 
FLUORSPAR 

Allen, Milton A. Fluorspar. Ari- 
zona, Bur. Mines, Bull. No. ,114, 
1921. 19 p. Bibl., p. 18-19. 

AuRAND, H. A. Fluorspar deposits of 
Colorado. Colo. Geol. Sur., Bull. 
No. 19, 1920. Bibl., p. 87-91. 69 ref- 
erences. 

BuRCHARD, E. F. Fluorspar and cryo- 
lite. U. S. Geol. Sur., Mineral Re- 
sources, 1916, pt. 2 : 324-325. 31 ref- 
erences. 

Davis, Hubert W. Fluorspar and 
cryolite in 1919. U. S. Geol. Sur., 
Mineral Resources, 1919, pt. 2: 367- 
368 (1921). 40 references. 

Gt. Brit. Imperial Mineral Resources 
Bureau. Mineral industry of the 
British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. War period (1913-1919). 
Fluorspar. 1921. 18 p. Bibl., p. 16- 
18. 
FOODS 

Aederhalden, Emil, and Schau- 
MANN, H. Beitrag zur Kenntniss 
von organischen Nahrungstoffen mit 



spezifischer Wirkung. Arch. ges. 
Physiol. 172: 1-275 (1918). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Baier, Ed. Die Chemie der Nahrungs- 
und Genussmittel in den Jahren 
1919-1921. Chem.-Ztg. 46: 705-706, 
725-727, 750-751, 813-815, 837-840, 
890-891, 905-907 (1922). 423 foot- 
notes. 

BucHKA, K. v. Bericht ueber die 
Fortschritte der Nahrungsmittel- 
chemie in Jahre 1902. Chem.-Ztg. 
27: 515-521 (1903). 76 footnotes. 

BucHKA, Karl H. v. Das Lebensmit- 
telgewerbe, ein Handbuch fiir Nahr- 
ungsmittelchemiker, usw. Leipzig, 
1914-1919. 4 vols. Bibl. footnotes. 

Clatworthy, Linda M., and Hunt, 
Lelia W. Bibliography of food 
economy for the housewife. State 
College of Washington, Library 
Bull. No. 5, 1918. 52 p. Classified 
by kinds of foods. 

CoHN, R. Nahrungsmittelchemie. 
Fortschritte Chem. 14: 114-147 
(1918-1919). References through 
text. 

Colbey, Albert L. Catalogue of the 
literature of the chemistry of food 
and drugs. 2nd Annual Rept. State 
Board of Health, N. Y., 1882, p. 705- 
715. 

CouTTS, F. J. H. On the use of pro- 
prietary foods for infant feeding. 
Repts. Local Govt. Bd. (Gt. Brit). 
Pub. Health Med. Subjects, n. s., 
No. 80: 3-49 (1914). 

Fendler, G. Die Nahrungsmittelchemie, 
1902-1909. Z. angew. Chem. 17 : 650, 
678, 711, 744 (1904) ; 237 footnotes. 
18: 641-648, 692-695 (1905) ; 44 foot- 
notes. 21 : 721-732, 769-777 (1908) ; 
350 footnotes. 22: 827-834, 867-872 
(1909); 176 footnotes. 23: 673-684 
(1910). 188 footnotes. 

Fitch, Wm. Edward. Dietotherapy. 
Chemistry and physiology of diges- 
tion. Classification and analysis of 
foods. 2nd ed. Vol. 1. New York, 
Appleton, 1922. 816 p. Contains bibl. 

" Food." Ind. -Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
5: 51-64 (1884); 2nd ser., 5: 904- 
922 (1900). Includes adulteration 
and inspection, preservation and food 
as cause of disease. 

Georg, Karl. Verzeichnis der Littera- 
tur ueber Speise und Trank, bis zum 
Jahre 1887. Hannover, Klindworth, 
1888. 131 p. 1704 titles, classified, 
with author index. 

Harvey, Lucile S. Food facts tor the 
home maker. Boston, Houghton 
Mififlin, 1920. 314 p. Bibl. p. 295-314. 



128 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



TOOHS— Cont'd 

HiJBNER, O. Nahrungsmittelchemie. 
Fortschritte Chem. 1: 157-160, 207- 
213, 347-351 (1909); 2: 83-89 
(1910); 3: 115-122 (1910-1911); 4: 
95-102 (1911). References through 
text. 

" International trade in feeding stuffs." 
Bull. Bur. Agr. Intelligence 8: 529- 
551 (1917). 

KoNiG, J. Chemische Zusammensetz- 
ung der menschlichen Nahrungs-und 
Genussmittel. 4th ed. Berlin, 
Springer. Vol. 1, 1903, 1535 p. Vol. 
2, 1904, 1557 p. Nachtrag A. Zusamm- 
ensetzung der tierischen Nahrungs- 
und Genussmittel. By J. Grossfeld, 
A. Splittgerber and W. Sutthoff. 
1919. 594 p. Nachtrag B. Zusamm- 
enstezung der pflanzlichen Nahr- 
ungs- und Genussmittel. By Gross- 
feld and Splittgerber. 1923. 1216 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

KoNiG, J. Untersuchungen von Nahr- 
ungs-, Genussmitteln und Gebrauchs- 
gegenstanden. Berlin, Springer, 1910- 
1918. Vol. 3 of his Chemische Zu- 
sammensetzung. In 3 parts. Bibl. 
footnotes. 

KuTTENKEULER, H. Jahresbcricht ueber 
die Fortschritte der Chemie der 
Nahrungs- und Genussmittel, 1906- 
1918. Chem.-Ztg. 31: 1239, 1254, 
1268 (1907) ; 132 footnotes. 32: 693, 
709, 720 (1908); 129 footnotes. 2Z: 
505, 514, 523, 530 (1909) ; 183 foot- 
notes. 34: 426, 437 (1910); 178 
footnotes. 35: 322, 338, 347 (1911) ; 
176 footnotes. 36: 565, 585, 602 
(1912); 180 footnotes. Z7 : 1033, 
1058, 1075, 1087 (1913) ; 277 foot- 
notes. 38: 1229, 1251, 1281 (1914); 
249 footnotes. 40 : 789, 799, 819, 843, 
861 (1916); 510 footnotes. 41: 681, 
700, 714 (1917); 245 footnotes. 43: 
841, 853, 869, 889 (1919) ; Z72, foot- 
notes. 

Langworthy, C. F. Cost and nutri- 
tive value of foods. Trans. 15th. 
Intern. Congr. Hygiene 2, sect 2: 
550-573 (1912). 229 references. 

List, E. Fortschritte auf dem Gebiete 
des Weines und der Nahrungsmittel. 
Chem.-Ztg. 24: 817-818, 832-835 
(1900); 85 footnotes. 25: 1032-1035 
(1901) ; 90 footnotes. 

McCoLLUM, E. V. The newer knowl- 
edge of nutrition. 2nd ed. New 
York, Macmillan, 1922. 449 p. Bibl. 
at end of chapters. 

" Milk/ as food." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st sen, 9: 304-306 (1888) ; 2nd ser., 
10: 880-882 (1905). 

Pott, E. Handbuch der tierischen 
Ernahrung und der landwirtschaft- 



lichen Futtermittel. 2nd ed. 1904- 
1909. 3 vols. 
Oppenheimer, K., and Cohn, R. 
Nahrungsmittelchemie. Fortschritte 
Chem. 5: 207-216 (1912); 7: 137- 

147 (1913). 

Richards, Ellen H. The cost of food. 
3rd ed. New York. Wiley, 1917. 

148 p. Bibl., p. 138-141. 
Rothenfiesser, S. Die Nahrungs- 
mittelchemie im Jahre 1910. Z. 
angew. Chem. 25: 241-250, 293-302 
(1912). 198 footnotes. 

Rousset, H., and Chaplet, A. Les 
metiers et les industries de I'alimen- 
tation. Paris, Delagrave, 1922. 308 
p. Bibl. at end of chapters. 

Ruhle, J. Die Nahrungsmittelchemie 
in den Jahren 1911-1916. Z. angew. 
Chem. 25: 2203-2208, 2244-2252 
(1912); 187 footnotes. 26: 331-343 
(1913); 223 footnotes. 27: 617-624, 
625-630 (1914); 262 footnotes. 28: 
397, 405, 416. 431 (1915) ; 221 foot- 
notes. 29: 209, 213, 223 (1916) ; 300 
footnotes. 30: 253, 261, 271, 280 
(1917) ; 330 footnotes. 32: 9, 17, 27, 
36 (1919) ; 346 footnotes. 

Savage, W. G. Report to the local 
government board on bacterial food 
poisoning and food infections. Rept. 
Local Govt. Bd., (Gt. Brit.), Pub. 
Health Med. Subjs., n. s.. No. 77, 
1913. 80 p. 

Society of Chemical Industry. Foods. 
In Reports of the progress of ap- 
plied chemistry, 3: 386-416 (1918); 
4: 449-464 (1919); 5: 450-470 
(1920) ; 6: 490-497 (1921) ; 7: 441- 
459 (1922); 8: 489-504 (1923); 9: 
514-532 (1924). Bibl. footnotes. 

" Sugar as food." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
2nd ser., 17: 18-19 (1912). 

Tanner, Fred W. Bacteriology and 
mycology of foods. New York, 
Wiley, 1919. 590 p. Disinfection, 
p. 177-181; yeasts, p. 226-227; water, 
p. 356-362; milk, p. 440-450; eggs, 
p. 471-478; meat, p. 491-493; food 
preservation, p. 535-539. 

Thompson, W. H. The food value of 
Great Britian's food supply. Econ. 
Proc. Royal Dublin Soc. 2: 168-220 
(1916). 

U. S. Department of Agriculture. 
Food and nutrition investigations of 
the Office of Experiment Stations — 
organization and publications. U. S. 
Dcpt. Agr., Off. Expt. Sta., Cir. No. 
102. 22 p. 

Vandevelde, a. J. J. Repertoire des 
travaux publics sur la composition, 
I'analyse et les falsifications des den- 
rees alimentaires. Repert. Geschr. 
Voedingsmiddel., 1900, 140 p.; 1901, 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



129 



165 p. Bull. serv. surveill. fabric, et 
com. dendrees aliment., 1903 ; 275- 
355; 691 references. 1904: 537-629; 
725 references. 1905: 371-461; 738 
references. 1906: 115 p.; 904 refer- 
ences. 1907 : 127 p. ; 1040 references. 
Repert. intern, comp. anal, falsif. 
dendrees aliment. 8 : 94 p. (1909); 
1009 references. 9: 80 p. (1910); 
887 references. 10: 104 p. (1911); 
1174 references. 11: 127 p. (1912); 
1551 references; 12: 98 p. (1913). 
13: ? p. (1914); 1102_ references. 
Annotated with author index. 

Vereinbarungen zur einheitlichen 
Untersuchungen und Beurtheilung 
von Nahrungs- und Genussmitteln 
sowie Gebrauchsgegenstanden fur 
das Deutsche Reich. Berlin, 

Springer, 1897-1902. 3 Nos. No. 1 
covers " Allgemeine Untersuchungs- 
methoden," with bibl. footnotes. No. 
2 contains bibls. as follows : Flour 
and bread, p. 49-52 ; 76 references. 
Condiments, p. 73-78. Vinegar, p. 83- 
87. Fruit juices, p. 109; 15 refer- 
ences. Honey, p. 121-122; 32 refer- 
ences. Sweetening agents, p. 137- 
142. No. 3 contains : Beer, p. 19-23 ; 
103 references. Coffee, p. 37-45 ; 165 
references. Tea, p. 57-61 ; 84 refer- 
ences. Mate, p. 66-67; 17 references. 
Cacao, p. 75-81 ; 123 references. To- 
bacco, p. 95-99; 79 references; Air, 
p. 108-114; 116 references. 

Verein Schwbizerischer Analyt- 
iscHER Chemiker. Manucl suisse 
des dendrees alimentaires. Methodes 
d'analyse . . . Berne, Neukomm, 
1919. 436 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

VoiT, Fritz. Nahrungsstoffe. Ergeb. 
Physiol. 1: 678-683 (1902). 115 ref- 
erences. 

VuLTE, Hermann T., and Vanderbilt, 
Sadie B. Food industries ; an ele- 
mentary textbook on the production 
and manufacture of staple foods de- 
signed for use in high schools and 
colleges. Easton, Chem. Pub. Co., 
1923. 323 p. Bibl., p. 312-319. 

WiNTON, A. L. The microscopy of 
vegetaljle foods. New York, Wiley, 
1906. 701 p. 

Serial 

Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte in 
der Untersuchung der Nahrungs- und 
Genussmittel. Gottingen. 1891- 
Classification : General ; milk, cheese, 
butter, eggs, fats and oils, flesh, pres- 
ervation, bread, fruits and fruit 
juices, sugar, coffee, tea, cacao, beer, 
vinegar, wines, water, mineral waters, 
air. 



Zeitschrift fiir Untersuchung der Nahr- 
ungs- und Genussmittel sowie der 
gebrauchsgegenstande. Miinster. 
1898- . Classification varies in 
each number. Covers such fields as 
fermentation ; technical fats, oils and 
soaps; plant foods; meat; diatetic 
foods ; eggs ; sugars ; water ; sewage ; 
etc. 

See also Diet. Metabolism. Nutri- 
tion. 
FOODS: Dehydrated. 

Ekroth, Clarence V. Dehydrated, 
dried and evaporated foods, con- 
densed foods. In Rogers, Manual of 
industrial chem,., p. 1177-1180, 60 
references, covering 1876-1918. 

Fleisher, W. L. Food dryers. J. 
Am. Soc. Heat. Vent. Eng. 24: 382- 
384 (1918). 

Greenman, E. D. a selective bibliog- 
raphy on dehydrated foods. Special 
Libraries 10: 108-118 (1919). 370 
references. 

Jones, Perris. Dehydrated foods : a 
list of references to material in the 
New York Public Library. N. Y. 
Public Library, Bull. 21: 645-655 
(1917). 195 references, annotated. 
FOODS: Preservation. 

McGiLL, A. Food preservatives. Lab. 
Internal Rev. Dept., Canada, Bull. 
No. 126, 1906. 32 p. Bibl. with an- 
notations. 

RuHLE, H. Ueber Obst und Obstver- 
wertung. Z. angew. Chem. 18: 1852- 
1856, 1892-1900, 1941-1946 (1905). 
67 footnotes. 

Serger, H. Die chemischen Konser- 
vierungsmittel. Chem.-Ztg. 35:1127- 
1129, 1150-1152, 1166-1168, 1194- 
1195, 1202-1203 (1911); 103 foot- 
notes. 38: 209-211, 244-246, 354-356, 
370-372 (1914); 92 footnotes. 
FORMALDEHYDE 

Anderson, John F. The antiseptic and 
germicidal properties of solutions of 
formaldehyde and their action upon 
toxins. U. S. Hyg. Lab., Bull. No. 
39, 1907. Bibl., p. 45-48. 39 refer- 
ences. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Formaldehyd. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 
682-707 (1907). Bibl. footnotes. 

Orloff, J. E. Formaldehyd, der bis- 
herige Stand der wissenschaftlichen 
Erkenntniss und der technischen 
Verwendung. Leipzig, Barth, 1909. 
327 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Thiele, Albrecht. Formaldehyd. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
752-763 (1911). About 250 foot- 
notes. 



130 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



FORMALDEHYDE— Cont'd 

Vanino, L., and Skitter, E. Das 
Formaldehyd, seine Darstellung. 
Vienna, 1901. 

See also Disinfectants, Plastics. 
FORMALDEHYDE: Analytical. 

Hinman, J. J., Jr. Determination of 
total formaldehyde in fumigators 
and commercial solutions. J. Ind. 
Eng. Chem. 5: 752 (1913). 36 ref- 
erences. 

LocKEMANN, G., and Croner, F. 
Ueber die Bestimmung von Form- 
aldehyd und Methylalkohol in wass- 
riger Losungen. Gehaltsbestimmung 
von Formalin. Z. anal. Chem. 54 : 
11-13 (1915). About 75 references. 

Mach, F., and Hermann, R. Ver- 
gleichende Priifung der gebrauch- 
lichsten Methoden fiir Bestimmung 
des Formaldehyds in Formalinen. Z. 
anal. Chem. 62: 135-137 (1923). 51 
references. 

Smith, B. H. Comparative study of 
methods of determining formalde- 
hyde. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 25: 1028- 
1035 (1903). 28 references. 
FORMIC ACID 

" Formic acid." Ind. -Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 1: 81 (1880) ; 2nd sen, 1: 111 
(1896); 3rd sen, 1: 114-115 (1918). 
Includes toxicology. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Ameisensaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1: 
509-517 (1907). Bibl. footnotes. 

Schmidt, Ernst. Ameisensaure. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
912-922 (1911). 215 footnotes. In- 
cludes derivatives. 

See also Acids, organic 
FREE RADICALS. See Radicals. 
FRUCTOSE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Fructose. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 977-982 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Ne^jberg, C, and Rewald, B. rf-Fruc- 
tose. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 2: 359-369 (1911); 8: 179- 
185 (1914). About 275 footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Fructose. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 10: 520-549 
(1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Fructose. In Abder- 
halden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 1, pt. 
5: 942-945 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Carbohydrates. 
FRUITS 

BiGELow, W. D., and Dunbar, f. B. 
The acid content of fruits. J. Ind. 
Eng. Chem. 9: 767 (1917). 33 ref- 
erences. 

Parrozzani, a. [Contribution to the 
study of the ripening processes of 
lemons.] Ann. R. Staz. Agrum e 
Frutticol., 1911. 36 p. 



Rice, G. K. Bibliography on the pres- 
ervation of fruits and vegetables in 
transit and storage, with annotations. 
U. S. Dept. Agr., Library Bibl. Con- 
tribution, No. 4, 1922. 76 p., mimeo- 
graphed. 

WiNDiscH, Karl, and Schmidt, 
Philipp. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der 
Fruchtsafte. Z. Nahr.-Genussm. 17: 
584-603 (1909). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Foods (Vereinbarungen). 
FUCOSE 

Clark, Earl P. The structure of 
fucose. U. S. Bur. Standards, Sci. 
Papers No. 459, 1922. Bibl., p. 534. 

See also Carbohydrates. 
FUELS 

American Society of Heating and 
Ventilating Engineers. Recent 
publications relative to fuel and its 
use. J. Am. Soc. Heating Ventilat- 
ing Eng. 24: 547-580 (1918). 

Bacon, Raymond F., and Hamor, 
Wm. a. American fuels. New 
York. McGraw, 1922. 2 vols. Con- 
tains bibls. 

Bartel, Friedrich. Torfkraft. Ber- 
lin. Springer, 1913. 164 p. Bibl., of 
175 references on p. 160-164. 

Bertelsmann, W. Neuerungen in der 
Industrie fliissiger und gasformiger 
Brennstoffe. Chem.-Ztg. 33: 893- 
894. 902-903 (1909). 54 footnotes. 

Bertelsmann, W. Die gasformigen 
Brennstoffe in den Jahren 1912-1919. 
Chem.-Ztg. 40 : 1057, 1070, 1082, 1095 
(1916); 546 footnotes. 41: 845-846, 
853-854 (1917); 121 footnotes. 44: 
197-199, 217-219, 221-223, 237-238 
(1920) ; 342 footnotes. 

Bertelsmann, W. Bericht ueber die 
Brennstoffe und ihre Verwertung in 
den Jahre 1907-1908. Chem.-Ztg. 32: 
513-514, 530-531; 541-542 (1908); 
117 footnotes. 33: 425-426 (1909); 
38 footnotes. 

Bertelsmann, W. Die festen Brenn- 
stoffe. Chem.-Ztg. 38 : 797, 853, 979, 
1002 (1914) ; 289 footnotes. 39: 497- 
499 (1915) ; 125 footnotes. 41: 605- 
608 (1917); 123 footnotes. 43: 641. 
673, 690 (1919) ; 232 footnotes. 44: 
365-366, 370-371 (1920); 110 foot- 
notes. 

Bertelsmann, W., and Hormann, — . 
Die gasformigen Brennstoffe. Chem.- 
Ztg. 34: 894-896 (1910); 56 foot- 
notes. 35: 1245-1246, 1254-1255, 
1262-1264 (1911) ; 181 footnotes. 36: 
1489-1490, 1507-1509 (1912) ; 180 
footnotes. 

Bertelsmann, W., and Hormann, — 
Feste Brennstoffe. Chem.-Ztg. 34 
537-538 (1910) ; 48 footnotes. 35 
1021-1022, 1046-1047 (1911); 124 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



131 



footnotes. 36: 1433-1434, 1454-1455 
(1912) ; 123 footnotes. 

Ellis, Carleton, and Meigs, Joseph 
V. Gasoline and other motor fuels. 
New York, Van Nostrand, 1921. 
700 p. Bibl. on liquid fuels. 

FiJRTH, A. Die fossilen Brennstoffe 
und ihre Verwertung in den Kriegs- 
jahren 1914-1918. Z. angew. Chem. 
32: 201, 209, 217, 225, 236 (1919) ; 
2>3: 205, 211, 217, 223 (1920). Bibl. 
through text. 

Goodrich, Walter F. The utilization 
of low grade and waste fuels. Lon- 
don, Benn, 1924. 368 p. Bibl., p. 
358-360. 

Gt. Brit. Patent office. Subject list 
of works on peat, destructive distil- 
lation, artificial lighting, mineral 
oils and waxes, gas lighting and 
acetylene in the Library of the Pat- 
ent Office. 1911. 98 p. 

Harvey, Leonard C. Pulverized fuel, 
colloidal fuel, fuel economy and 
.smokeless combustion. London, Mac- 
Donald, 1924. 466 p. Bibl., p. 424- 
449. 

Haslam, R. T., and Thiele, E. W. 
Recent progress in the field of fuels 
and fuel technology. Ind. Eng. 
Chem. 16: 752-753 (1924). About 
250 references. 

HoFMAN, H. O. Fuel. In his General 
Metallurgy, 1913, p. 104-340. Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Leslie, Eugene H. Motor fuels; their 
production and technology. New 
York, Chem. Cat. Co., 1923. 681 p. 
Contains bibls. 

Lewes, Vivian B. Liquid and gaseous 
fuels and the part they play in mod- 
ern power production. London, Con- 
stable, 1907. 334 p. Bibl., p. 323-326. 

Meneghini, D. Rivista dei lavori piii 
recenti sui combustibili. Ann. chim. 
appl. 2: 251-275 (1914). 125 foot- 
notes. 

Phillips, Wm. B., and Worrell, S. H. 
The fuels used in Texas. Univ. 
Texas, Bull. No. 307, 1913. Coal, p. 
247-255 ; petroleum, p. 255-267 ; natu- 
ral gas, p. 267-269. 

Society of Chemical Industry. Fuel. 
In Reports of the progress of ap- 
plied chemistry 1: 7-30 (1916); 2: 
16-51 (1917); 3: 18-40 (1918); 4: 
20-40 (1919); 5: 18-41 (1920); 6: 
11-37 (1921); 7: 13-42 (1922) ; 8: 
12-32 (1923) ; 9: 20-50 (1924). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

U. S. Bureau of Mines. Fuel effi- 
ciency publications of the Bureau of 
Mines. 1913. 8 p. 

U. S. Library of Congress. Select list 
of references on fuel combustion. 
1913. 5 p., typewritten. 



Serial 

Brennstoff-Chemie. 1920- . Each num- 
ber contains " Brennstoffchemische 
U m s ch au," " Zeitschriftenschau," 
" Patentberichte," and " Biicherbe- 
sprechungen." 

Feuerungstechnik. Zeitschrift fiir den 
Bau und Betrieb Feuerungstechnisch- 
er Anlagen. 1913- . Lists articles 
relating to fuels and combustion. 

See also Coal, Coke, Gasoline, Pe- 
troleum, Peat, etc. 
FUEL OIL 

Allen, Irving C. Heavy oil as fuel 
for internal combustion engines. 
U. S. Bur. Mines, Tech. Paper No. 
37, 1913. 36 p. Bibl., p. 26-36. 288 
references. 

Demorest, Rose. Oil as a fuel for 
metallurgical furnaces. Blast fur- 
nace Steel Plant 7: 386-389 (1919). 

Fuel oil bibliography. Power 51 : 482- 
484 (1921). 150 references. 

Mitchell, Herbert V. Fuel oils and 
their applications; an introductory 
treatise on the sources, classification 
and production of fuel oils, the prin- 
ciples and apparatus involved in their 
selection, examination and use, with 
notes on colloidal fuels. London, Pit- 
man, 1924. 171 p. Bibl., p. 165-168. 

Motor Union of Great Britian and 
Ireland— Fuels Committee. Report 
of the fuels committee of the motor 
union of Great Britian and Ireland 
together with the evidences of wit- 
nesses and memoranda on petroleum, 
petroleum spirits, paraffin, shale 
spirit, benzene, alcohol, etc., and a 
bibliography. London, 1907. Bibl. on 
fuels for internal combustion engine, 
p. 66-71. 

Phillips, Wm. B. Fuel oil in the 
Southwest, with a bibliography of 
fuel oil generally. Trans. Am. Inst. 
Mining Eng. 48: 582-612 (1914). 
Bull., No. 90 : 1040-1070. " Based on 
Redwood's Treatise on petroleum, 
with many additions." About 1000 
references, classified by uses. 

Wilson, E. M. Petroleo crudo como 
combustible. Bol. de Petroleo 4: 
104-181 (1917). 

See also Petroleum. 
FULGIDES 

Stobbe, Hans. Die Farbe der Fulgide 
und anderer ungesattigte Verbind- 
ungen. Ann. 349 : 333-371 (1906). 87 
footnotes. 
FULLER'S EARTH 

Gt. Brit. Imperial Mineral Resources 
Bureau. Mineral industry of the 
British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. War period. Fuller's earth. 
(1913-1919.) 1920. 15 p. Bibl., p. 13. 



132 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



FULLER'S EARTH— Coni'd 

MiDDLETON, Jefferson. Fuller's earth. 
U. S. Geol. Sur., Mineral Resources, 
1913, pt. 2: 114-115; 1914, pt. 2: 39- 
40. About 35 references. 

Parsons, Charles L. Fuller's earth. 
U. S. Bur. Mines, Bull. No. 71, 1913. 
38 p. Bibl. footnotes. 
FULMINIC ACID 

Meyer- Jacobson. Knallsaure. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 1295- 
1303 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Wieland, Heinrich. Die Knallsaure. 
Sammlung chem. chem. -tech. Vor- 
trage 14: 457-461 (1909). Chrono- 
logical bibl., 1880-1909. 

See also Explosives. 
FULVENES 

CouRTOT, C. H. fitude dans la serie 
des fulvenes. Ann. chim. (9) 4: 58- 
156, 168-224 (1915) ; 5: 52-108, 194- 
224 (1916). Bibl. footnotes. 
FUMARIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Fumarsaure. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2 : 410-421 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Thiele, a. Fumarsaure. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 1: 1144-1147 
(1911). 75 footnotes. 
FUNGI 

Armstrong, George M. Physiology of 
the fungi. Sulfur nutrition. The use 
of thiosulfate as influenced by H ion 
concentration. Ann. Mo. Botanical 
Garden 8: 278-281 (1921). 60 refer- 
ences. 

Brenner, Widar. Die Stickstoffnahr- 
ung der Schimmelpilze. Centr. Bakt, 
2 Abt, 40: 644-647 (1914). 

Ford, Wm. W. Distribution of hem- 
olysins, agglutinins and poisons in 
fungi, especially the Amanitas, the 
Entolomas, the Lactarius and the 
Inocybes. J. Pharmacol. 2 : 285-318 
(1911). 69 references. 

" Fungi, toxicolog-y of." Ind.-Cat. S. 
G. O., 1st sen, 5: 226-228 (1884); 
2nd sen, 5: 1122-1123 (1900). 
FUNGICIDES 

Bain, S. M. The action of copper on 
leaves. Tenn. Agr. Expt. Sta., Bull. 
15: 101-106 (1902). 

CooK, F. C. Pickering (lime water- 
copper sulfate) sprays. U. S. Dept. 
Agr., Bull. No. 866, 1920. Bibl., p. 
46-47. 25 references. 

d'Ippolito, G. [Action of some fungi- 
cides on the germination of certain 
varieties of wheat and oats.] Staz. 
spen agr. ital. 43: 735-757 (1910). 

See also Antiseptics, Bordeaux mix- 
ture, Disinfectants, Germicides, 
Insecticides. 



FUR 

Austin, Wm. E. Principles and prac- 
tice of fur dressing and fur dyeing. 
New York, Van Nostrand, 1922. 
197 p. Bibl., p. 185-186. 
FURANE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Furan (Furfuran). 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3 : 
49-56 (1915). Bibl. footnotes. 
FURANE CARBOXYLIC ACIDS 

Meyer-Jacobson. Carbonsauren der 
Furan-Reihe. In their Lehrb. org. 
Chem. 2, pt. 3: 66-76 (1915). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
FURFURAL 

Meyer-Jacobson. Furfural. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3 : 56-64 
(1915). Bibl. footnofes. 

Miner, Carl S., Trickey, J. P., and 
Brownlee, H. J. Commercial fur- 
fural — its properties and uses. Chem. 
Met. Eng. 27: 363-366 (1922). 267 
references. Chronological. 

Pervier, Norville C, and Gortner, 
R. A. The determination of furfural. 
Ind. Eng. Chem. 15: 1260-1262 
(1923). Thesis, Univ. Minn., 1922. 
28 p. Bibl, p. 24-28. 

Witte, E. Furfural. In Abderhalden, 
Biochem. Handl. 1: 852-858 (1911). 
150 footnotes. 
FURFURAL RESINS. See Plastics. 
FURODIAZOLE COMPOUNDS 

Meyer-Jacobson. Furodiazole Korper. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3 : 
623-649 (1916). Bibl. footnotes. 
FUSEL OIL 

Bigelow, W. D. Index to the litera- 
ture on the detection and estimation 
of fusel oil in spirits. J. Am. Chem. 
Soc. 17: 397-402 (1896). 68 refer- 
ences. 

Foerster, Rudolf. Ueber die Wirk- 
ung der Fuselole im menschlichen 
und tierischen Organismus. Bio- 
chem. Centn 9: 789-799 (1910). 66 
footnotes. 

See also Amyl alcohol. 
GADOLINIUM. See Rare earths. 
GALACTOSE 

Harding, T. Swann. History of ga- 
lactose, its discovery and methods of 
preparation. Sugar 25: 177 (1923). 
34 references. 

Lippmann, E. O. v. rf-Galactose. In 
his Chemie der Zuckerarten 1 : 686- 
766 (1895). References through 
text. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Galaktose. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 974-976 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Neuberg, C, and Rewald, B. d-Galak- 
tose. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 2: 349-357 (1911); 8: 176 
(1914). 200 references. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



133 



Zemplen, Geza. Galaktose. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 10: 521- 
529 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Galaktose. In Ab- 
derhalden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 1, 
pt. 5: 940-942 (1922). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Sec also Carbohydrates ; Sugars. 
GALL STONES 

" Calculus, urinary, chemistry of." Ind.- 
Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 2: 635-636 
(1881); 2nd sen, 3: 77-78 (1898); 
3rd ser., 3: 751 (1922). About 175 
references. 

LiCHTWiTZ, L. Ueber die Bildung der 
Harn- und Gallensteine. Ergeb. 
innere Medizin 13: 1-8 (1914). 227 
references. 

See also Bile^ Cholesterol. 
GALLIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Gallussaure. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1: 646-651 
(1902). Bibl. footnotes. 

NierEnstein, M. Gallussaure. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 7 : 14-19 
(1922). 100 footnotes. 
GALLIUM 

Browning, Philip E. Index to the 
literature of gallium. 1874-1903. 
Smithsonian Misc. Coll., No. 1543, 
1904. 11 p. About 75 references. 

Chabre, C. Gallium. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 4: 126-133 (1906). 29 
footnotes. 

Grossmann, H. Gallium. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 1 : 
207-216, 964-966 (1911). References 
through text. 

Little, H. F. V. Gallium. In Friend, 
Textbook, 4: 143-149 (1917). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Mellor, J. W. Gallium. In his Inorg. 
theor. chem. 5: 373-386 (1924). Bibl. 
through chapter. 

RuDORF, G. Gallium. In Abegg, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 1 : 376-377 
(1906). 59 references, 1875-1905. 
GALLOCYANIN 

Meyer-Jacobson. Gallocyanin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3 : 1477-1479 
(1920). Bibl. footnotes. 
GARBAGE 

Chohurst, Harry R. Municipal 
wastes, their character, collection 
and disposal. U. S. Public Health 
Sen, Bull. No. 107, 1920. 98 p. Bibl, 
p. 88-98. 

Holmes, W. C. Refuse and garbage 
disposal ; references to books and 
magazine articles. Carnegie Library 
of Pittsburgh, Bull., Jan., 1909. 39 p. 

New York, Public Library. List of 
works relating to city wastes and 
street hygiene. N. Y. Public Library, 
Bull., Oct., 1912. 55 p. 



Thiesing, — . [Resume of literature 
concerning removal and treatment 
of domestic wastes during and since 
the war.] Zentr. ges. Hyg., Oct. 12, 
25, 1922. 200 references. 

See also Sewage, Waste. 
GARNET 

Brauns, H. Die chemische Zusamm- 
ensetzung granatfiihrender kristall- 
inischer Schiefer, Cordieritgesteine 
und Sanidinite aus dem Lascher 
Seegebiet. Neues Jahrb. Mineral. 
Geol. 34: 85-175 (1912). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

DoELTER, C. Granatgruppe. In his 
Handb. Mineralchem. 2, pt. 2: 878- 
1076 (1917). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Abrasives, Magnesium alu- 
minium SILICATE. 
GAS : Analysis. 

Alexander, Hans. Fortschritte auf 
dem Gebiete der Gasometrie bezw. 
Gasmessung und Gasanalyse. Chem.- 
Ztg. 24: 515-519 (1900); 93 foot- 
notes. 25: 999-1002 (1901); 85 
footnotes. 26: 781-786 ri902) ; 111 
footnotes. 27: 547-553 (1903); 130 
footnotes. 28: 492-498 (1904); 128 
footnotes. 29: 817-820 (1905); 58 
footnotes. 30: 657-659 (1906); 41 
footnotes. 32: 801-802, 817-819 
(1908); 55 footnotes. 34: 929-931, 
938-940, 947-948 (1910) ; 97 foot- 
notes. 

Hauser, Enrique. L'analyse des gaz 
combustibles. Bull. soc. chim. 33 : 
1141-1232 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Morehead, J. M. Determination of 
califoric power value and of operat- 
ing conditions from analysis of in- 
dustrial gases. Am. Gas Light J. 93 : 
1129; Proc. Am. Gas. Inst. 5: 332 
(1910). 

Sander, A. Gasanalj'se. Fortschritte 
Chem. 5: 271-279 (1912); 8: 57-68 
(1913); 10: 51-67 (1914-15); 11: 
219-227 (1915-16). Bibl. through 
text. 

U. S. Bur. Standards. Standard meth- 
ods of gas testing. 2nd ed. Circu- 
lar No. 48, 1916. 202 p. Bibl., p. 187- 
188. 

See also Air Analysis. 
GAS : Conservation. 

U. S. Library of Congress. List of ref- 
erences on the waste of natural and 
artificial gas. 1921. Mimeographed. 
60 references. 

See also Gas, Natural. 
GAS: Manufacture. 

American Gas Institute. Current 
gas literature. Proc. Am. Gas Inst. 
1: 1005-1021 (1907); 2: 956-976 
(1908). 



134 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



GAS : Manufacture — Cont'd 

Bertelsmann, W. Lehrbuch der 
Leuchtgasindustrie. 1911. 2 vols. 

Brackenbury. C. E. British gas en- 
gineering literature. In British prog- 
ress in gas works' plant and ma- 
chinery, 1905, p. 67-78. About 300 
references. 

Chester, Wm. R. Bibliography of coal 
gas: a subject index to interesting 
matters published in connection with 
coal gas to end of year 1891. Not- 
tingham, Bell, 1892. 232 p. 

Crabtree, Frederick, and Powell, 
A. R. Sulfur in producer gas. Bull. 
Am. Inst. Mining Met. Eng. No. 
153: 2687-2692 (1919). 

Cripps, F. S. Gas literature, English 
and foreign. Trans. Inst. Gas. Engr. 
4: 211-294 (1895). 

Evans, O. B. History of the develop- 
ment of water gas. Trans. Intern. 
Gas. Congr., 1915. 36 p. Bibl. 

Fernald, R. H., and Smith, C. D. Re- 
sume of producer-gas investigations, 
Oct. 1, 1904-June 30, 1910. U. S. 
Bur. Mines, Bull. No. 13, 1911. 393 
p. Bibl., p. 359-378. 514 references. 

FuRTH, Arthur. Leuchtgas, Kokerei, 
Generatorgas. Z. angew. Chem. 
25: 1317-1325, 1362-1371, 1415-1422 
(1912); 258 footnotes. 26: 343-351, 
355-368 (1913); 423 footnotes. 27: 
385-407 (1914); 538 footnotes. 

" Illuminating gas and gas works." 
Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 5: 291- 
293 (1884); 2nd sen, 6: 69-73 
(1901). 

Palmer, C. S. Producer gas, its manu- 
facture and use. J. Eng. Soc. West 
Pa. 34: 347-353 (1918). 70 general 
references. 

Porter, R. G. Report on the complete 
gasification of coal. Tech. Sect, Am. 
Gas Assoc, 4: 129-131 (1922). 60 
references and patents. 

Rittman, W. F., and Whitaker, 
M. C. A bibliography of the chem- 
istry of gas manufacture. U. S. 
Bun Mines, Tech. Paper No. 120, 
1915. 29 p. 274 references, classified, 
with author and subject index. Also 
in Gas Age 36: 412-413, 460-462, 512- 
514 (1915). 

Society of Chemical Industry. Gas, 
tar and destructive distillation. In 
Reports of the progress of applied 
chemistry, 1: 31-60 (1916); 2: 52- 
68 (1917) ; 3: 41-62 (1918) ; 4: 41- 
65 (1919); 5: 42'-70 (1920); 6: 
38-66 (1921); 7: 43-71 (1922); 8: 
33-69 (1923) ; 9: 51-73 (1924). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Steude, M. Die Literatur des Gas- 
und Wasserfaches. Miinchen, 1896. 
77 p. Classified bv subjects. 



Volkmann, Karl Th. Chemische 
Technologic des Leuchtgases. Leip- 
zig, Spamer, 1915. 220 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Warner, A. W. Complete gasification 
of coal. Proc. Am. Gas Assoc. 3 : 
74 (1921). 27 references. 

Weyman, Geoffrey. Modern gas- 
works chemistry. London, Benn, 
1922. 184 p. Bibl. at end of chapters. 

Williams, L. J., Jr. Progress to date 
on steaming retorts. Tech. Section, 
Am. Gas Assoc, 1: 144-147 (1919). 
36 references. 

Wyer, Samuel S. Treatise on pro- 
ducer gas and gas producers. New 
York, McGraw, 1907. 308 p. Bibl., 
p. 277-290. 355 references, 1841- 
1905, with annotations. See also 
Trans. Am. Inst. Mining. Eng. 36 : 
64-78 (1906) ; Rev. de Metal. 3 : 396- 
401, where 200 references, with an- 
notations, are given. 
GAS : Manufacture — Byproducts. 

Bau, O. Die Fortschritte der Gewinn- 
ung der Nebenprodukte bei Kok- 
ereibetriebe. Stahl. u. Eisen, 30: 
1235-1247, 1282-1297 (1910). 117 
references. 

Berolzheimer, D. D. Bibliography of 
foreign articles on byproduct re- 
covery in the gas industry. Proc. 
Am. Gas Inst. 1917. 27 p. 

Bibliography of products of gas manu- 
facture ; conditions prevailing in the 
by-product market as shown by a 
compilation of references to the 
more important articles published in 
Gas Age and other periodicals since 
1910. Gas Age 35 : 321-324, 384-387, 
446-447 (1915). About 350 refer- 
ences ; chronological. 
GAS: Natural. 

Czako, Emerich. Beitrage zur Kennt- 
niss natiirlicher Gasausstromungen ; 
ueber gasanalytische Untersuchung- 
en, Heliumgehalt und Radioaktivi- 
tat kohlenwasserstoffhaltiger Gase. 
Karlsruhe, Braunsche Verlag, 1913. 
85 p. Bibl., p. 80-85. 

JiLLsoN, Willard R. The conserva- 
tion of natural gas in Kentucky. 
Louisville, Morton, 1922. 152 p. 
Bibl., p. 145-146. 

Stopnevic, a. D. Gaz naturel, Erdgas, 
Naturgas, Naturelgas. (Essai de 
bibliographic). Ann. geol. min. 
Russ. 13: 197-205 (1911). 255 ref- 
erences, 1837-1911. 

See also Gasoline, Petroleum. 
GAS: Purification. 

Jacobson, D. L. Resume of literature 
on liquid purification. Proc. Am. 
Gas. Assoc 3: 353-363 (1921). 40 
references. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



135 



KowALKE, O. R. Bibliography of arti- 
cles on naphthalene removal. Gas 
Age 49: 570-571 (1922). About 100 
references, 1905-1922. 

Powell, A. R., and Walker, K. C. 
Selected and annotated bibliography 
on gas purification. Proc. Am. Gas 
Assoc. 3: 242-267 (1921). 

White, Alfred H., and Ball, S. Bib- 
liography on naphthalene removal 
from gas prior to 1904. Am. Gas 
Light J. 81: 605 (1904); J. Gas 
Light 88: 326 (1904). 
GASEOUS EXPLOSIONS 

Jones, G. W., Yant, W. P., and Ber- 
GER, L. B. Bibliography on flamma- 
ble and explosive limits of common 
combustible gases and vapors. Ind. 
Eng. Chem. 16: 355 (1924). 46 ref- 
erences. 

Kratz, Alonzo p., and Rosecrans, 
C. Z. A study of explosions of gase- 
ous mixtures. Univ. 111., Eng. Expt. 
Sta., Bull. 19, No. 50: 75-96 (1922). 
217 references, 1810-1921. 

White, Albert G. Limits for the 
propagation of flame in inflammable 
gas-air mixtures. L Mixtures of air 
and one gas at the ordinary tempera- 
ture and pressure. J. Qiem. Soc. 
125: 2387-88 (1924). 30 references. 
GASES: Absorption (Solubility). 

CosTE, J. H. Absorption of atmos- 
pheric gases by water. J. Soc. Chem. 
Ind. 36: 853 (1917); 37: 171T 
(1918). 89 references. 

King, George. The solubility, rate of 
absorption and of evolution of gases, 
as influenced by colloids, with spe- 
cial reference to physiology and 
brewing. In Third report on colloid 
chemistry, 1920, p. 47-48. 66 refer- 
ence.s. 

Mohr, Wekner. Die Absorption von 
Radiumemanation durch Kokosnus- 
kohle. Ann. Physik 51: 549-576 
(1916). Bibl. footnotes. 

Muhlfarth, p. Ueber Adsorption 
von Gase an Glaspulver. Ann. 
Physik 3: 328-329 (1900). 75 refer- 
ences on adsorption of gases on sur- 
faces of solid compounds. 

See also Adsorption. 
GASES: Diffusion of, 

Mellor, J. W. The diffusion of gases. 
In his Inorg. theor. chem. 1 : 338-343 
(1922). 40 references. 

Sieverts, Adolf. Zur Kenntniss der 
Okklusion und Diffusion von Gases 
durch Metalle. Z. physik. Chem. 60 : 
129-201 (1907). Bibl. footnotes. 
GASES : Liquefaction. 

Caubet, F. Die Verflussigung von 
Gasgemische. Z. physik. Chem. 40: 
265-268 (1902). 58 references. 



KoLBE, LuDwiG. Fliissige Luft, Sauer- 
stoff, Stickstoff, Wasserstoff. Leip- 
zig, Barth, 1920. 430 p. Patents, p. 
382-391. Bibl., p. 392-423. 

Mellor, J. W. The liquefaction of 
gases. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 1 : 
868-873 (1922). 75 references. 

Olszewski, K. The liquefaction of 
gases. Ion 1: 243-245 (1908). 58 
references. 

See also Refrigeration. 
GASES : Measurement. 

LiTiNSKY, L. Messung grosser Gas- 
mengen. Leipzig, Spamer, 1922. 
274 p. Bibl, p. 260-266. 150 refer- 
ences. 
GASES: Physical properties. 

Mathias, E., and Crommelin, C. A. 
Report on the work done in the Lei- 
den cryogenic laboratory concerning 
the equation of state of argon, neon 
and hydrogen between the 3rd and 
4th International Congress of Re- 
frigeration. In Reports and Com- 
munications presented by the Presi- 
dent, Fourth International Congress 
of Refrigeration, London, June, 
1924, p. 115-118. 27 references. 

Mellor, J. W. The physical proper- 
ties of gases. In his Inorg. theor. 
chem. 1: 147-170 (1922). 130 refer- 
ences on Boyle's, Dalton's and 
Charles' laws. 

Mellor, J. W. Specific heat of gases. 
In his Inorg. theor. chem. 1 : 786-795 
(1922). 100 references. 

Partington, J. R., and Shilling, 
W. G. The specific heat of gases. 
London, Benn, 1924. 252 p. Bibl., 
p. 243-249. 352 footnotes, collected 
in bibl. at the end. 

Pederson, F. M. Influence of molecu- 
lar constitution upon the internal 
friction of gases. New York, Mc- 
Ilroy, 1905. 59 p. Bibl., p. 54-59. 
170 references. 

Tables Annuelles. Lois des gaz. 2: 
121-123 (1911); 3: 121-126 (1912); 
4: 325 (1913-1916). 

Trautz, M., and Grosskinsky, O. 
Messung der spezifischen Warme 
von Gasen. Ann. Physik 67 : 521- 
526 (1923). 110 references. 

Wartenberg, H. von. [Scientific sur- 
vey of gas equilibria.] Z. Elektro- 
chem. 21: 464-469 (1915). 

See also Critical phenomena. Kinetic 

THEORY. 

GASES : Poisonous. 

EwERT, Richard. Die Ermittelung der 
in den Teerdampfen enthaltenen 
pflanzenschadlichen Bestandteile und 
die Unterscheidung ihrer Wirkung 
von anderen akuten rauchbeschad- 
igungen der Pflanzen. Landw. 



136 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



GASES: Poisonous — Cont'd 

Jahrb. 50: 695-832 (1917). Bibl. 

footnotes. 
" Gases, irrespirable, offensive and 

poisonous." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 

sen, 5: 293-296 (1884) ; 2nd sen, 6: 

74 (1901). 
Glaister, John, and Logan, D. D. 

Gas poisoning in mining and other 

industries. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 

1915. 550 p. 12 p. of bibl. 

Sec also Chemical warfare, Indus- 
trial POISONS, Smokes. 
GASOLINE 

Cantels, R. C. The absorption of 
gasoline from natural gas. Can. 
Chem. Met. 6: 178-179, 200 (1922). 
46 references. 

Dean, Ernest W., and Jacobs, W. A. 
Production of gasoline by cracking 
heavier oils. U. S. Bur. Mines, Tech. 
Paper No. 258, 1922. 56 p. Bibl., 
p. 51-55. 38 annotated references. 

Ellis, Carleton, and Meigs, Joseph 
V. Gasoline and other motor fuels. 
New York, Van Nostrand, 1921. 
700 p. Bibl., p. 651-656. "Gasoline 
from natural gas." 

Hamor, Wm. a., and Padgett, 
Fred W. The technical examination 
of crude petroleum, petroleum prod- 
ucts and natural gas. New York, 
McGraw, 1920. 591 p. " Select bibl. 
of the extraction of gasoline from 
natural gas," p. 547-549. 

Howard, M. S. Manufacture of gaso- 
line and benzene-toluene from pe- 
troleum and other hydrocarbons. 
U. S. Bun Mines, Bull. No. 114, 

1916. Bibl., p. 215-225. 364 refer- 
ences with subject index. 

Kissling, Richard. Die Gewinnung 
niedrigsiedenden Anteile am Erdol 
durch Zersetzungsdestillation. Pe- 
trol. Ztg. 11: 753-758 (1916). 

Leslie, E. A. The chemical treatment 
of gasoline. Natural gas gasoline. 
In his Motor fuels, 1923, p. 422-423, 
480-481. 40 and 45 footnotes in ad- 
dition to bibl. 

Padgett, Fred W. Gasoline cracking 
processes. Chem. Met. Eng. 23: 911- 
913 (1920). Patents. 

RoBSON, James T., and Withrow, 
James R. The flash and burning 
points of gasoline-kerosene mix- 
tures. Chem. Met. Eng. 21: 252 
(1919). 30 references. 

Singer, Leopold. Die Fabrikation der 
Naturgaskondensate. Petroleum Z. 
9: 453-469 (1914). About 150 refer- 
ences. 

Sec also Fuels, Petroleum. 



GASTRIC JUICE 

Carlson, A. J. Secretion of gastric 
juice in health and disease. Physiol. 
Rev. 3: 1-40 (1923). 

"Gastric juice." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st ser., 5: .301-302 (1884) ; 2nd sen, 
6: 78-80 (1901). 

Sec also Stomach. 
GAYLUSSITE 

Wegscheider, Rud. Gaylussit. In 
Doelter, Handb. Mineralchem. 1 : 
197-199 (1912). 35 footnotes. 
GELATIN 

Ditmar, Rudolf. Bibliographie des 
Leimes. Kolloid-Z. 1: 80-85 (1906). 
Covers 1870-1906. 

Fenn, W. O. Effects of electrolytes 
upon gelatin. J. Biol. Chem. 33 : 279 
(1918). 34 references. 

FrolicHj Per K. Amphoteric char- 
acter of gelatin and its bearing on 
certain electrochemical phenomena. 
Trans. Am. Electrochem. Soc. 46: 
153-169 (1924). 38 footnotes. 

" Gelatin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
5: 324 (1884); 2nd sen, 6: 116-117 
(1901). 

Halen, S. Die Herstellung von Leim 
und Gelatin. Kunststoffe 2: 161-163, 
208-211, 227-231, 267-269 (1912). 
Patents. 

Kissling, Richard. Fortschritte auf 
dem Gebiete der Chemie und Indus- 
trie des Leimes. Chem.-Ztg. 37 : 
1378-1379 (1913); 36 footnotes. 41: 
557-559 (1917); 52 footnotes. 45: 
629-632 (1921); 92 footnotes. Also 
lists of patents. Chem. Umschau 30: 
65-67, 85-87 (1923). References 
through text. 

Luppo-Cramer. Ueber Gerbung und 
Adsorptionsverbindung der Gelatin. 
Kolloid-Z. 1: 353-364 (1907). 50 
footnotes. 

Price, T. Slater. Descriptive bibliog- 
raphy of gelatin. In First report of 
the adhesives research committee, 
p. 51-129. London, 1922. Classified 
with critical comments. 

Proctor, Henry, and Wilson, John 
A. Report on collagen and gelatin. 
In 5th report on colloid chemistry, 
1923, p. 13-31. 60 references, p. 19- 
21, 30-31. 

Sec also Adhesives, Glue. 
GELS 

BoGUE, Robert H. Structure of elastic 
gels. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 44: 1343- 
1356 (1922). 50 footnotes. 

Bradford, S. C. The theory of gels. 
Biochem. J. 12: 380-381 (1918). 65 
references. 

Bradford, S. C. The reversible sol-gel 
transformation. Trans. Faraday Soc. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



137 



16, Appendix: 44-48 (1921). 13 ref- 
erences. 

Wilson, John A. Inhibition of gels. 
In Third report on colloid chemis- 
try, 1920, 57-59, 60-61. 

Sec also Colloids. 
GEMS. Sec Precious stones. 
GEOCHEMISTRY 

Clarke, Frank W. The data of geo- 
chemistry. 4th ed. U. S. Geol. Sur., 
Bull. No. 695, 1920. 832 p. Bibl. 
footnotes. Earlier editions issued as 
Bull. Nos. 330, 491 and 616. 

R0RDAM, K. Studier over udvalgte 
emner af den kemiske geologi og den 
kemiske agrogeologi. K. Danske 
Videns. Selsk. Skrifter 11: 225-315 
(1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

RoscH, S. Unsere heutige Kenntniss 
von der Tiefengliederung der Erde. 
Naturwissenschaften 12: 876 (1924). 
44 references. 
GEOTROPISM 

Phillips, Thomas G. Chemical and 
physical changes during geotropism. 
Bot. Gaz. 69: 168-178 (1920) ; The- 
sis, Univ. of Chicago, 1918. 12 ref- 
erences. 
GERANIOL 

Bartelt, K. Geraniol. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 7: 366-370 
(1912). 70 footnotes. 

Mbyer-Jacobson. Geraniol. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 922 
(1907). 37 references. 

See also Essential oils. 
GERMANIUM 

Browning, Philip E. Index to the 
literature of germanium, 1886-1903. 
Smithsonian Misc. Coll, No. 1544, 
1904, p. 5-7. 34 references. Ar- 
ranged chronologically with author 
and subject index. 

Caven, Robert M. Germanium. In 
Friend, Textbook, 5 : 314-322 (1917). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

MoNiOTTE, M. Germanium. In Mois- 
san, Chim. min. 2: 560-570 (1905). 
29 footnotes. 

Prandtl, W. Germanium. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 
1: 217-232 (1911). References 
through text. 

Priban, Richard. Germanium. In 
Doelter, Handb. Mineralchem. 3, pt. 
1: 110-112 (1918). Bibl. footnotes. 

RuDORF, J. Germanium. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 1 : 481 
(1909). 25 references. 
GERMICIDES 

Owen, W. L. Comparative value of 
various germicides for use in cane 
sugar factories. La. State Agr. 
Expt. Sta., Bull. No. 153, 1915. 54 p. 

See also Antiseptics, Disinfectants, 
Fungicides, Insecticides. 



GERMINATION 

Atwood, W. M. Physiological study of 
the germination of Avena fatua. 
Bot. Gaz. 57: 410-414 (1914); The- 
sis, Univ. Chicago, 1913. 68 refer- 
ences. 

Crocker, Wm., and Davis, Wilmer E. 
Delayed germination in seed of 
Alisnia plantaqo. Bot. Gaz. 58: 319- 
321 (1914). 35 references. 

EcKERsoN, Sophia. Physiological and 
chemical study of after ripening. 
Bot. Gaz. 55 : 286-300 (1913) ; Thesis, 
Univ. of Chicago, 1911. 53 refer- 
ences. 

Gardner, Wright A. Effect of light 
on germination of light sensitive 
seeds. Bot. Gaz. 71 : 249-288 (1921) ; 
Thesis, Univ. of Chicago, 1916. 51 
references. 

Nicklisch, Emil G. Untersuchungen 
ueber den Einfluss einiger chem- 
ischen Agentien auf die Keimfahig- 
keit der Kartoffelknolle. Disserta- 
tation, Erlangen, 1912. 51 p. Bibl., 
p. 48-50. 

Pack, Dean A. After ripening and 
germination of Juniperus seeds. Bot. 
Gaz. 71 : 32-60 (1921). ?,?> references. 

Pack, Dean A. Chemistry of after 
ripening, germination and seedling 
development of Juniper seeds. Bot. 
Gaz. 72: 139-150 (1921). 22 refer- 
ences. 

WoLKOFF, M. I. Influence of ammo- 
nium sulfate on the germination and 
growth of barley in sand and soil 
cultures kept at different moisture 
contents and at various osmotic con- 
centrations of the soil solution. Soil 
Science 5: 421-480 (1918). 270 ref- 
erences. 
GINGER. See Oleoresins. 
GLASS 

Adams, L. H., and Williamson, E. D. 
Annealing of glass. J. Franklin Inst. 
190: 597-632, 835-870 (1920). 62 
footnotes. 

Clarke, J. R. The electrical properties 
of glass. Beama 8: 235-238 (1921). 
38 references. 

Dralle, Rob., and Dralle, Chr. Ueber 
Neuerungen in der Glas Industrie. 
Chem.-Ztg. 24: 464-467 (1900); 32 
footnotes. 25: 1058-1060 (1901); 15 
footnotes. 26: 628-631 (1902); 33 
footnotes. 27: 98-101 (1903); 35 
footnotes. 28: 121-123 (1904); 15 
footnotes. 29: 615-618 (1905); 10 
footnotes. 

EcKERT, Fritz. Ueber die physikal- 
ischen Eigenschaften der Glaser. 
Jahrb. Radioakt. Elektronik 20: 93- 
114 (1923). 383 references. 

Edinburgh. Royal Scottish Museum. 
Library. List of books, etc., relating 



138 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



GLASS— Co7it'd 

to glass, in the library of the Mu- 
seum. Edinburgh, Neill (H. M. S. 
Off.), 1893. 40 p. 

Fenaroli, Piero. Progressi nella chim- 
ica e nella tecnologia del vetro nel 
1913. Ann. chim. appl. 1: 446-459 
(1914). 71 footnotes. 

Flusin, G. Bibliographic sur I'indus- 
trie du verre de silice. Chimie & In- 
dustrie 5: 270 (1921). 55 references 
and 81 patents. 

Flusin, Georges. [Silica glass, its 
properties, history and manufac- 
ture.] Le Verre, 1922: 145, 171, 193, 
217, 241, 266. Silica, 130 references ; 
glass, 60 references and 80 patents. 

Fremy, Elphege. Historic de la manu- 
ture royalc des glaces de France au 
xvii* et au xviii"' siecle. Paris, Plon- 
Nourrit, 1909. 444 p. Bibl., p. ix-xii. 

Harris, J. E., and Schumacher, E. E. 
Gases evolved from glasses of 
known chemical composition. Ind. 
Eng. Chem. 15: 174-177 (1923); 
Bell Tech. J. 2: 122-132 (1923). 39 
references. 

Hemming, Emile. Glass. In his Plas- 
tics and moulded electrical insula- 
tions, 1923, p. 101-105. Patents only. 

Herschkowitsch, M. Chemisch-tech- 
nisches ueber Quarzglass. In Doel- 
ter, Handb. Mineralchem. 2, pt. 1 : 
157-165 (1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

Meyer, H. H. B. List of references 
on the glass industry. In The glass 
industry. Bureau of Foreign and 
Domestic Commerce, Misc. Sen, No. 
60, 1917, p. 405-423. 460 references, 
classified. 

Quincke, G. Struktur und Eigen- 
schaften des Glases. Ann. Physik 
46: 1025-1053 (1915). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Rohr, M. v. Die Entwicklungsjahre 
der Kunst, optisches Glas zu schmel- 
zen. Naturwissenschaften 12 : 797 
(1924). 24 references. 

Rosenhain, Walter. Glass manufac- 
ture. 2nd ed. London, Constable, 
1919. 258 p. Bibl., p. 244-246. 

Schaller, R. Glas. In Abegg, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 2: 393-394 
(1909). 51 references. 

Schulz, Hans. Das Glas. Miinchen, 
Kosel, 1923. 180 p. 

Schumacher, Earlb E. " Electrical 
conductivity of glass." J. Am. 
Chem. Soc. 46: 1776 (1924). 27 ref- 
erences. 

Silverman, Alexander. Alabaster 
glass : history and composition. J. 
Am. Ceram. Soc. 1: 255-261 (1918). 
Includes opal, opaque and opalescent 
glass. 



Silverman, Alexander. Colloids in 
glass. J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 7: 795- 
802 (1924). 26 footnotes. 

Silverman, Alex., and Neckerman, 
Paul D. The silvering of glass. 
Trans. Am. Ceram. Soc. 17: 12-16 
(1915). 125 references. 

Small, Judson G. The cause of the 
opalescence of glass. J. Soc. Chem. 
Ind. 34: 402-405 (1915). 16 foot- 
notes. 

Society of Chemical Industry. Glass. 
In Reports of the progress of applied 
chemistry, 1: 133-149 (1916); 84 
footnotes. 2: 204-241 (1917); 131 
footnotes. 3: 184-208 (1918); 70 
footnotes. 4: 170-177 (1919); 23 
footnotes. 5: 185-202 (1920); 84 
footnotes. 6: 198-210 (1921); 80 
footnotes. 7: 184-196 (1922); 22 
footnotes. 8: 205-217 (1923); 20 
footnotes. 9: 214-225 (1924); 13 
footnotes. 

Solon, M. L. Contributions toward a 
bibliography of the art of glass. 
Glass making and technology. Glass 
painting. Trans. Ceram. Soc. (Eng- 
land) 12: 65-77, 285-324 (1912- 
1913). 

Tool, A. Q., and Valasek, J. Con- 
cerning the annealing and character- 
istics of glass. U. S. Bur. Standards, 
Sci. Paper No. 358, 1920. Bibl., p. 
570-571, covering 1843-1919. 

Turner, W. E. S. Bibliographical con- 
tribution towards the study of the 
durability of glass. J. Soc. Glass 
Tech. 1: 213-222 (1917). Classified. 

Wright, F. E. Synthetic and actual 
chemical analyses of optical glass of 
different types. In The manufacture 
of optical glass and of optical sys- 
tems, p. 62-65. (Ordnance Dept. 
Doc. No. 2037, 1921.) 117 analyses 
with references. 

Zschimmer, E. Glas. In Doelter, 
Handb. Mineralchem. 1: 855-918 
(1912). Bibl. footnotes. 

Serial 

Journal of the Society of Glass Tech- 
nology. 1917- . Abstracts classified 
under headings : Glass making ma- 
terials, glass manufacture and prop- 
erties, lamp worked and general 
scientific apparatus, decorated glass, 
optics and optical instruments, illum- 
ination and illuminating ware, fuels, 
refractories and furnaces, chemical 
analysis, machinery for the working 
of glass, glassware accessories, gen- 
eral. 

Sec also Ceramics, Silicates. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



139 



GLASS SANDS 

Pettke, Charles R. Glass sands. 
Trans. Am. Ceram. Soc. 19: 160-194 
(1919). 13 footnotes. 

Pettke, Charles R. Glass manufac- 
ture and the glass sand industry of 
Pennsylvania. Pa. Geol. Sur., Rept. 
12, 1919. 278 p. Bibl., p. 264-270. 
129 titles. 

Richardson, Charles H. The glass 
sands of Kentucky. Ky. Geol. Sur., 
ser. 6, 1: 139-145 (1920). 135 refer- 
ences. 
GLAUCONITE ). . 

Collet, L. W., and Lee, G. W. Re- 
searches on glauconite. Proc. Royal 
Soc. Edinburgh 26: 238-278 (1905- 
1906). 43 references. 
GLAZES. See Ceramics, Enamels, 

Glass. 
GLIADIN 

Gre:aves, Joseph E. Some factors in- 
fluencing the quantitative determina- 
tion of gliadin. Univ. Calif. Pub. 
Physiol. 4, No. 6: 69-74 (1911). 

See also Proteins. 
GLOBULIN 

"Globulin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 6: 259 (1901). 15 references. 

Sammuely, Franz. Globulin. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 4 : 80- 
102 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Fibrin, Proteins. 
GLUCAL 

Zemplen, Geza. Glucal. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 10: 634-640 
(1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Carbohydrates. 
GLUCINIUM. See Beryllium. 
GLUCOSAMINE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Glucosamin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 1086- 
1090 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. c?-Glucosamin (Chi- 
tosamin). In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 2: 536-545 (1911); 8: 281- 
282 (1914); 10: 731-733 (1923). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
GLUCONIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. d-Gluconsaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2 : 
610-616 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Neuberg, C., and Rewald, B. d-Glu- 
consaure. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 2: 477-480 (1911). 50 foot- 
notes. 
GLUCOSE 

" Glucose." Ind.-Cat. S. G, O., 1st sen, 
5: 458 (1884); 2nd sen, 6: 264 
(1901) ; 3rd ser., 4: 464-465 (1922). 

Hallock, E. J. Bibliography of starch 
sugar. In Report on glucose, pre- 
pared by the National Academy of 
Sciences, 1884, p. 65-102; p. 103-108 
lists patents on manufacture of 



starch and starch sugar. Chronologi- 
cal. 

LiPPMANN, E. O. v. J-Glykose. In his 
Chemie des Zuckerarten 1 : 199-633 
(1895). Bibl. through text. 

Meyer-Jacobson. d-Glucose. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 965-972 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Neuberg, C, and Rewald, B. d-, 1-, 
and (//-Glucose. In Abderhalden, 
Biochem. Handl. 2: 311-341 (1911); 
8: 119-172 (1914). About 950 foot- 
notes. 

WiCHELHAUS, H. Der Starkezucker. 
Chemisch und technologisch behan- 
delt. Leipzig, Akadem. Verlagsge- 
sellschaft, 1913. 222 p. 

Zemplen, Geza. Glucose. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 10: 397- 
516 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Glykose. In Abder- 
halden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 1, pt. 
5: 930-938 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Carbohydrates. 
GLUCOSIDES 

BoURQUELOT, Em. La synthese dcs 
glucosides a I'aide des ferments, re- 
versibilite des actions fermentaires. 
Bull. soc. chim. (4), 13, No. 14: 
i-xxviii (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

EuLER, H., and Lundeerg, J. Gluco- 
side. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 2: 578-722 (1911); 8: 289- 
366 (1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

Herissey, Henri. Les glucosides. 
Bull. soc. chim. (4), 33: 349-413 
(1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Rosenthaler, L. Die Fortschritte der 
Glucosidchemie, 1908-1909. Chem.- 
Ztg. 33: 569-570 (1909); 23 foot- 
notes. 34: 329-330 (1910) ; 32 foot- 
notes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Glucoside. In Abder- 
den. Biochem. Handl. 10: 752-912 
(1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Darstellung von 
natiirlichen Glykosiden. In Abder- 
halden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 1, pt. 
5: 353-465 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Die wichtigsten phys- 
ikalischen, physikalisch-chemischen 
und chemischen Eigenschaften der 
Kohlenhydrate und Glycosiden. In 
Abderhalden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 
1, pt. 5: 972-1064 (1922). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
GLUCURONIC ACID 

" Glycuronic acid." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
2nd ser., 1:111 (1896) ; 2nd sen, 1 : 
115-116 (1918). 

Mayer, Paul. Neuere Untersuchungen 
ueber die Glukuronsaure. Biochem. 
Centn 1: 377-32,3 (1902). 29 refer- 
ences. 



140 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



GLUCURONIC ACID— Cont'd 

Meyer-Jacobson. Glukuronsaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 
1104-1107 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Neuberg, C, and Rewald, B. d-G\u- 
curonsaure. In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 2: 517-526 (1911) ; 8: 
271-279 (1914). 145 footnotes. 

NoRD, F. D. d-Glucuronsaure und ihre 
Paarlinge. Nachweis und Darstell- 
ung. In Abderhalden, Handb. biol. 
Arbeitsm. 1, pt. 5: 1065-1084 (1922). 
Bibl. footnotes. Bibl, p. 1082-1084. 
GLUE 

Alexander, Jerome. Glue and gelatin. 
New York, Chem. Cat. Co., 1923. 
236 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Allen, S. W., and Truax, T. R. Glues 
used in airplane parts. Rept., U. S. 
Nat. Advisory Com. Aeronautics, 
No. 390: 395-396 (1919). 

BoGUE, Robert H. Chemistry and tech- 
nology of gelatin and glue. New 
York, McGraw, 1922. 644 p. Bibl, 
p. 313-317. 100 references. 

BoGUE, Robert H. Contributions to 
the chemistry and technology of 
gelatin and glue. J. Franklin Inst. 
193: 795-825; 194: 75-82 (1922). 100 
footnotes. 

Bogue, Robert H. Evaluation of gela- 
tin and glue. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 14: 
435-441 (1922). 73 references. 

Bogue, Robert H. Properties and con- 
stitution of glues and gelatins. 
Chem. Met. Eng. 23 : 202-203 (1920). 
160 references. 

Bogue, Robert H. Recent chemical 
and technological advances in our 
knowledge of gelatin and glue. J. 
Ind. Eng. Chem. 14: 795-797 (1922). 
38 references. 

Browne, F. L. Water resistant glues. 
Chem. Met. Eng. 21 : 136-138 (1919). 
About 40 references. 

Forest Products Laboratory. List of 
publications on glue, plywood and 
coatings. Madison, 1921. 3 p. 

Margival. F. Les coUes. Paris, Gau- 
thier, 1913. 139 p. 

Thiele, L. a. History and develop- 
ment of the glue industry and grease 
extraction in America. Trans. Am. 
Inst. Chem. Eng. 13, pt. 2: 243-271 
(1920). Patents and literature, 
classified. 

Sec also Adhesives, Casein, Gelatin, 
Leather. 
GLUTACONIC ACID 

Feist, Franz. Zur Stereochemie der 
Glutaconsauregruppe. Ann. 370: 41- 
60 (1909). 50 footnotes. 
GLUTAMINE 

Pringsheim, Hans. Glutamin. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 4 : 616- 



618 (1911) ; 9: 121-122 (1915). 55 
footnotes. 

See also Amino acids. 
GLUTAMINIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Glutaminsaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 783- 
785 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Pringsheim, Hans. Glutaminsaure. 
In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 4 : 
607-612 (1911); 9: 115-118 (1915). 
About 175 footnotes. 

See also Amino acids. 
GLUTARIC ACID 

Meyer- Jacobson. Glutarsaure. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 380-394 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Thiele, Albrecht. Glutarsaure. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
1136-1138 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 
GLYCERIC ALDEHYDE 

Neuberg, C, and Rewald, B. dl-G\y- 
cerinaldehyd. In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 2: 268-270 (1911). 18 
footnotes. 

Witzemann, E. J. Isolation of crys- 
talline c?/-glycerin aldehyde from a 
syrup obtained by the oxidation of 
glycerol. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 36: 
1908-1916, 2223-2234 (1914). About 
50 footnotes. 
GLYCEROL 

" Glycerin." Ind. -Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
5: 459-460 (1884) ; 2nd sen, 6: 266- 
267 (1901). 

Kebler, L. F., and Fuller, H. C. The 
purity of glycerol. U. S. Dept. Agr., 
Bur. Chem., Bull. No. 150, p. 24-35 
(1912). 

Loffl, K. Ueber quantitative Bestimm- 
ung von Glycerin, Rohglycerin 
und Glycerinunterlaugen im wissen- 
schaftlichen Laboratorium und in 
der Technik. Z. angew. Chem. 30 : 
197-200 (1917). 61 footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Glycerin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 117-141 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Pincussohn, Ludwig. Glycerin. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
497-520 (1911). 265 footnotes. 

Schweizer, K. Utilization de la fer- 
mentation alcoolique comme source 
de glycerine. Chimie & Industrie 6 : 
149-159 (1921). 104 footnotes. 

See also Fats. 
GLYCOCOLL 

Meyer-Jacobson. Glykokoll. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 746-750 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Scheibler, Helmuth. Glykokoll. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 4 : 
391-409 (1911); 9: 71-76 (1915). 
About 300 references. 

See also Amino acids. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



141 



GLYCOGEN 

Cremer, Max. Physiologic des Glyko- 
gens. Ergeb. Physiol. 1: 803-844 
(1902). About 1200 references. 

Gierke, E. Physiologic und Pathol- 
ogic der Glykogenablagerung. Ergeb. 
Pathol. 11, pt. 2: 871-874 (1907). 82 
references. 

"Glycogen." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 5: 460-461 (1884) ; 2nd sen, 6: 
267-269 (1901). 

Haffmans, Heinrich. Ucber den 
Einfluss der Fiitterung verschcidener 
Zuckerarten auf den Glykogengehalt 
der Leber. Dissertation, Berne, 1910. 
60 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Langfeldt, Einar. Glycogen forma- 
tion and glycogenolysis. J. Biol. 
Chem. 46: 381 (1921). 40 references. 

" Liver, glycogenolysis in." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 1st ser., 8: 262-264 (1887) ; 
2nd sen, 9: 664-666 (1904). 

Meyer- Jacobson. Glykogen. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 1035-1038 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Neuberg, Carl, and Rewald, Bruno. 
Glykogen. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 2: 255-264 (1911); 8: 85-95 
(1914). 250 footnotes. 

Pfluger, E. Glykogen. Pfluger's 
Archiv 96: 1-398 (1903). Bibl. foot- 
notes. Revised in his Das Glykogen 
und seine Beziehungen zu Zuker- 
krankheit, 2nd ed. Bonn, 1905. 528 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Glykogen. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 10: 347-356 
(1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Liver (Weinland). 
GLYCOL ALDEHYDE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Glykolsaure-aldehyd. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem., 1, pt. 2: 
887-890 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Neuberg, Carl, and Rew^ald, Bruno. 
Glykolaldehyd. In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 2: 265-267 (1911). 40 
footnotes. 
GLYCOLLIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Glykolsaure. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 546-550 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Thiele, a. Glykolsaure. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 1: 1053-1057 
(1911). 75 footnotes. 
GLYCOLS 

Evans, W_. L., and Witzemann, E. J. 
The oxidation of propyleneglycol. 
J. Am. Chem. Soc. 34: 1086-1104 
(1912). Bibl. footnotes. 

KoopAL, S. A. Transposition intra- 
moleculaire dans les a-glycols. Rec. 
trav. chim. 34: 116-186 (1915). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

See also Alcohols. 



GLYCOSURIA 

Cammidge, p. J. Glycosuria and allied 
conditions. London, 1913. 467 p. 

Christ, H. Die Neubildung von Kohl- 
enhydrat im Tierkorper. Die Bild- 
ung von Kohlenhydrat aus Fett. Die 
Physiologic der Ketonkorper. 3. 
Die Beziehungen verschiedener or- 
ganischer Substanzen zur Glykogen- 
und Zuckerbildung im tierischen 
Organismus. Ergeb. Physiol. 22 : 
51-69, 220-228 (1923). 

"Glycosuria." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 5: 461-462 (1884) ; 2nd sen, 6: 
270 (1901). 

Kuriyama, S. Influence of repetition 
of epinephrine injections upon the 
intensity of glycosuria and hyper- 
glycemia. J. Biol. Chem. 34: 269 
(1918). 44 references. 

LusK, G. Phlorhizin Glykosuria. 
Ergeb. Physiol. 12: 315-324 (1912). 
212 references. 

Salant, Wm., and Wise, L. E. Pro- 
duction of glycosuria by zinc salts. 
J. Biol. Chem. 34: 447 (1918). 2>2 
references. 

See also Diabetes. 
GLYCYL-GLYCINE 

Raske, Karl. Glycylglycin. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 4: 211-220 
(1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Polypeptides. 
GLYCYRRHIZIN 

LiNZ, Armin. Vergleichende Unter- 
suchungen der zur Bestimmung des 
Glycyrrhizins .... vorgeschlagen- 
en Methoden. Arch. Pharm. 254: 
216-219 (1916). 
GLYOXAL 

Meyer-Jacobson. Glyoxal. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 813-817 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
GLYOXYLIC ACID 

Debus, Heinrich. Beitrage zur Kennt- 
niss der Glyoxylsaure. Ann. 338 : 
322-360 (1905). 47 footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Glyoxylsaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2 : 
1090-1095 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Thiele, A. Glyoxylsaure. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 1082- 
1084 (1911). 60 footnotes. 
GOLD 

Cumenge, E., and Fuchs, Edmond. 
L'or, ses proprietes, ses gisement et 
son extraction. In Fremy, Enc. 
chim. 3, 16*^ cahier : pt. 1 : 253-258 
(1888). 

£tard. Or. In IMoissan, Chim. min. 
5: 602-648 (1906). 141 footnotes. 

Frary, Francis C. The electrodeposi- 
tion of gold and silver. Trans. Am. 
Electrochem. Soc. 23: 25-97 (1913). 
414 footnotes. 



142 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



GOLD— Cont'd 

Galecki, a. Koagulationsstudien an 
Goldhydrosol. Kolloid-Z. 10: 169- 
178 (1912). 40 footnotes. 

Gt. Brit. Imperial mineral resources 
bureau. The mineral industry of the 
British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. War period. Gold. (1913- 
1919.) 1922. 366 p. Bibl., p. 330-349. 

GuTBiER, A., HuBER, J., and Kuhn, E. 
Ueber kolloides Gold. Kolloid-Z. 
18: 57-65, 263-273 (1916). 41 foot- 
notes. 

LiVERSiDGE, A. Contributions to the 
bibliography of gold. Australian 
Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1895. 22 p. 

LoTTERMOSER, — . Kolloidchemie des 
Goldes. In Abegg, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 2, pt. 1: 849-850 (1907). 46 
references. 

Mellor, J. W. Gold. In his Inorg. 
theor. chem. 3: 491-618 (1923). Oc- 
currence, 50 references ; mining, 10 
references ; cyanide and chlorination 
process, 75 references ; purification, 
10 references ; physical processes, 
250 references ; chemical processes, 
125 references. 

Penzer, N. M. Gold. In his Nonfer- 
rous metals and other minerals, 
1924. Bibl., p. 229-233. 

U. S. Geological Survey. Publica- 
tions of the U. S. Geol. Sur. on gold, 
silver, copper, lead and zinc in the 
Central States. U. S. Geol. Sur., 
Mineral Resources, 1914, pt. 1 : 123- 
124. 28 references. Same for East- 
ern States. Ibid. 161-163. 67 refer- 
ences. 

Vanino, L. Gold. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 2 : 232- 
332, 1547-1654 (1914). References 
through text. 

Walker, A. J. Gold. In Friend, 
Textbook 2: 322-352 (1924). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

WoHLWiLL, H. Gold. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 827- 
833 (1907). 368 references. 
GOLD: Alloys. 

Mellor, J. W. Alloys of gold, silver 
and copper. In his Inorg. theor. 
chem. 3: 571-577 (1923). 125 refer- 
ences. 

Vanino, L. [Gold alloys.] In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 
2: 317-331 (1914). Discusses alloys 
with Al, Zn, Cd, Sn, Pb, Fe, Cu, 
Ag. 

See also Alloys. 
GOLD: Metallurgy. 

Bernewitz, M. W. von. Gold and sil- 
ver. Mineral Ind. 25: 272-368 
(1916); 26: 213-301 (1917); 27: 
249-331 (1918) ; 28: 235-313 (1919) ; 



29: 241-325 (1920); 30: 238-326 
(1921). Bibl. footnotes. 

Clevenger, G. H. The electrolytic pre- 
cipitation of gold, silver and copper 
from cyanide solutions. Trans. Am. 
Electrochem. Soc. 28: 301-302 
(1915). 24 references, "selected." 

Clevenger, G. H. Hydrometallurgical 
treatment of complex gold and sil- 
ver ores. Proc. 2nd Pan-Am. Sci. 
Congr., 8: 448-452; Met. Chem. 
Eng. 14: 203-210 (1916). 48 foot- 
notes. 

Halen, S. Neue Arbeiten auf dem 
Gebiete der Erforschung und Ge- 
winnung des Goldes sowie seiner 
Verbindungen. Edel-Erden u. Erze 
2: 113-115, 121-123 (1921). Refer- 
ences through text. 

Meren, — . Die Gewinnung des 
Goldes aus Erzen, Kiesen, u. dgl. 
auf dem Wege der Chlorextraktion. 
Edel-Erden u. Erze 2: 49-51 (1921). 
Patents through text. 

Rose, T. Kirke. Metallurgy of gold. 
6th ed. London, Griffin, 1915. 601 p. 
Bibl., p. 564-574. 

See also Cyanide process. 
GOLD BROMIDES 

Mellor, J. W. Gold bromides. In his 
Inorg. theor. chem. 3 : 605-608 
(1923). 25 references. 

Vanino, L. Goldbromide. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 
2: 280-281 (1914). 
GOLD CHLORIDES 

Mellor, J. W. Gold chlorides. In his 
Inorg. theor. chem. 3 : 586-605 
(1923). 175 references. 

Vanino, L. Goldchloride. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 
2: 272-280 (1914). 
GOLD HYDROXIDES AND OXIDES 

Mellor, J. W. Oxides and hydroxides 
of gold. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 
3: 577-585 (1923). 50 references. 

Vanino, L. Gold und Sauerstoff. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
5, pt. 2: 260-265 (1914). 
GOLD SULFIDES 

Mellor, J. W. The sulphides of gold. 
In his Inorg. theor. chem. 3 : 610- 
614 (1923). 40 references. 

Vanino, L. Goldsulfide. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 
2: 267-269 (1914). 
GOSSYPOL 

Withers, W. A., and Carruth, F. A. 
Gossypol, the toxic substance in cot- 
tonseed meal. J. Agr. Res. 5 : 261- 
288 (1915); 12: 83-101 (1918). 42 
references. 

See also Cottonseed meal. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



143 



GRANITE 

Andersen, Olaf. Das System Anor- 
thit — Forsterit — Kieselsaure. Neues 
Jahrb. Min. Geol. 40: 701-758 
(1915-1916). Bibl. footnotes. 

Dale, T. Nelson. The chief commer- 
cial granites of Massachusetts, New 
Hampshire and Rhode Island. 
U. S. Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 354, 1908. 
228 p. Bibl., p. 215-217. 46 refer- 
ences. 

Dale, T. N. The granites of Vermont. 
U. S. Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 404, 
1909. 138 p. Bibl., p. 127-129. 59 
references. 

Dale, T. N. Commercial granites of 
New England. U. S. Geol. Sur., 
Bull. No. 738, 1923. 488 p. Bibl., 
p. 464-467. 

Taylor, C. H. Granites of Oklahoma. 
Okla. Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 20, 1915. 
108 p. Bibl., p. 106-108. 38 refer- 
ences. 

Watson, T. L. Granites of the south- 
eastern Atlantic states. U. S. Geol. 
Sur., Bull. No. 426, 1910. 282 p. 
Bibl., p. 272-274. 56 references. 

See also Calcium aluminium sili- 
cate. 
GRAPHITE 

Bastin, Edson S. Graphite. U. S. 
Geol. Sur., Mineral Resources 1908, 
pt. 2: 736-738; 1911, pt. 2: 1102- 
1103; 1913, pt. 2: 246-251; 1914, pt. 
2: 168-174. About 90 different ref- 
erences. 

Beach, L. M., and Bascom, F. Gra- 
phite in 1919. U. S. Geol. Sur., 
Mineral Resources 1919, pt. 2: 323- 
324. 14 references. 

CiRKEL, Fritz. Graphite, its proper- 
ties, occurrence, refining and uses. 
Canada, Dept. Mines, Mines Br., 
1907. 307 p. Bibl., p. 287-289. 41 
references. 

Donath, Eduard. Der Graphit. Eine 
chemisch-technische Monographic. 
Leipzig, Deuticke, 1904. 175 p. Bibl., 
p. 174-175. 

Gt. Brit. Imperial Mineral Resources 
Bureau. Mineral industry of the 
British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. War period. Graphite. 1923. 
57 p. Bibl., p. 54-57. 

GuTBiER, A. Graphit. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem., 1, pt. 
3: 472-474, 482-488, 505-510, 529- 
532 (1911). 

Heinisch, W., and Amberg, R. 
Graphit. In Doelter, Handb. Min- 
eralchem. 1: 57-96 (1912). 115 
footnotes. 

Kohlschutter, V. Ueber den graphit- 
ischen Kohlenstoff. Z. anorg. allgem. 
Chem. 105: 35-68, 121-144 (1918- 
1919). Bibl. footnotes. 



Mellor, J. W. The genesis of graphite. 
In his Inorg. theor. chem. 5 : 743-744 
(1924). 

Miller, Benj. L. Graphite deposits 
of Pennsylvania. Penn. Topog. 
Geol. Sur., Rept. No. 6, 1912. 148 p. 
Bibl., p. 129-140. 82 references, 
1825-1911. 

MoissAN, H. Graphites. In his Chim. 
min. 2: 218-257 (1905). 125 foot- 
notes. 

Penzer, N. M. Graphite. In his Non- 
ferrous metals and other minerals, 
1924. Bibl., p. 233. 

Redfield, Arthur. Foreign graphite 
in 1919. U. S. Geol. Sur., Mineral 
Resources, 1919, pt. 2: 209-210. 
Classified by countries. 

Spence, H. S. Graphite. Canada, 
Dept. Mines, Mines Br., Rept. No. 
511, 1920. 202 p. Bibl., p. 195-196. 
52 references. 
GRIGNARD REACTION 

Schmidt, Julius. Die organischen 
Magnesiumverbindungen und ihre 
Anwendung zu Synthesen. Samm- 
lung chem. chem. -tech. Vortrage 
10: 138-146 (1905); 13: 432-446 
(1908). Also bibl. footnotes and 
tables. 

West, Clarence J., and Gilman, 
Henry. Organomagnesium com- 
pounds in synthetic chemistry ; a 
bibliography of the Grignard re- 
agent, 1900-1921. National Re- 
search Council, Reprint and Circ. 
Ser., No. 24, 1922. 101 p. 1500 ref- 
erences with index of compounds. 

Wren, Henry. Organometallic com- 
pounds of zinc and magnesium. 
New York, Van Nostrand, 1913, 
100 p. Bibl., p. 93-98. 201 refer- 
ences. 
GROWTH 

Aron, Hans. Biochemie des Wachs- 
tums des Menschens und der hoh- 
eren Tiere. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem., Erganzungsband, 1913, p. 
610-674. 246 footnotes. 

Mendel, Lafayette B. Das Wachs- 
tum. Ergeb. Physiol. 15: 103-106 
(1916). 121 references, up to 1914. 

Robertson, T. B. Chemical basis of 
growth and senescence. Philadel- 
phia, Lippincott, 1923. 389 p. Bibl. 
of 538 references. 

RossLE, Robert. Wachstum und Al- 
tern. Physiologischer Teil. Ergeb. 
allgem. Path. 18, pt. 2: 678-696 
(1917). 493 references. 

Wells, H. G. The chemistry of 
growth and repair. In his Chemical 
pathology, 4th ed., p. 276-289 
(1920). 65 footnotes. 

See also Diet, Metabolism, Nutri- 
tion, Vitamines. 



144 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



GUAIACOL 

EiNBECK, H. Guajacol. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 1: 611-616 
(1911). 100 footnotes. 

" Guaiacol and compounds." Ind.-Cat., 
S. G. O., 2nd sen, 6: 518-520 (1901). 
GITANASE. See Amidase, Enzymes. 
GUANIDINE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Guanidin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 1407- 
1419 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

RoNA, Peter. Guanidin. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 4: 783 
(1911); 9: 187-192 (1915). 100 
footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Guanidin. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 11: 243-250 
(1924). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Purines, Amines. 
GUANINE 

Brahm, C., and Schmid, J. Guanin. 
In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 4 : 
1027-1034 (1911). Bibl. f.ootnotes. _ 

Meyer-Jacobson. Guanin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3 : 1331- 
1335 (1920). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Purines, Nucleic acids. 
GUANYLIC ACID. See Nucleic acids. 
GUMS 

Grape, Viktor. Gummisubstanzen, 
Hemicellulosen, Pflanzenschleime, 
Pektinstoffe, Huminsubstanzen. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 2 : 
1-113 (1912); 8: 1-22 (1914). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

See also Resins, Carbohydrates 
(Soc. Chem. Ind.). 
GUN POWDER 

Mellor, J. W. Gun powder. In his 
Inorg. theor. chem. 2: 829 (1922). 
30 references. 

Sec also Explosives. 
GUTTA PERCHA. See Rubber. 
GYPSUM 

BuRCHARD, E. F. GypsLim. U. S. 
Geol. Sur., Mineral Resources, 1910, 
pt. 2: 72)\-72>2>. 50 references. 

Cole, L. H. Gypsum in Canada : its 
occurrence, exploitation, and tech- 
nology. Canada, Dept. Mines, 
Mines Br., No. 245, 1913. 256 p. 
Bibl., p. 165-179. 94 references. 

Grengg, R. Die Entwasserungspro- 
dukte des Gipses. Z. anorg. Chem. 
90: 327-360 (1915). Bibl. footnotes. 

Grimsley, G. P. The gypsum of 
Michigan and the plaster industry. 
Mich. Geol. Sur., 9, pt. 2, 1904. 
246 p. Bibl., p. 234-241. 147 refer- 
ences. 

Grimsley, G. P., and Bailey, E. H. S. 
Special report on gypsum and gyp- 
sum cement plasters. Kansas Geol. 
Sur., 5, 1899. 183 p. Bibl., p. 174- 
178. 107 references. 



Gt. Brit. Imperial Mineral Resources 
Bureau. Mineral industry of the 
British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. War period. Gypsum. 1923. 
31 p. Bibl., p. 27-31. 

Mellor, J. W. The dehydration and 
rehydration of gypsum. In his 
Inorg. theor. chem. 3: 777 (1923). 
50 references. 

Stone, R. W., et al. Gypsum deposits 
of the United States. U. S. Geol. 
Sur., Bull. No. 697, 1920. 326 p. 
Bibl.. p. 309-316. 175 references, 
classified by locality. Includes tech- 
nology. 

Wilder, Frank A. Gypsum. Mineral 
Ind. 26: 319 (1917); 27: 343-350 
(1918); 28: 329-336 (1919); 29: 
340-348 (1920); 30: 334-342 (1921). 
About 70 references. 

Wilder, Frank A. Gypsum : its oc- 
currence, origin, technology and 
uses. With special chapters devoted 
to gypsum in Iowa. Iowa, Geol. 
Sur., Repts. and papers, 28. Annual 
repts, 1917-1918. p. 47-537. Bibl., 
p. 473-536. 

See also Fertilizers. 
HABER PROCESS. See Nitrogen fix- 
ation. 
HAFNIUM 

Urbain, G. Should the element of 
atomic number 72 be called celtium 
or hafnium. Chem. Ind. 42: 764- 
769, 929-930 (1923). 
HAIR 

ScHALL, Max. Die Herstellung kitnst- 
licher Haare. Kunststoffe 4 : 361- 
363, 374-376 ( 1914) . Patents through 
text. 

ScHALL, Max. Die Herstellung kiinst- 
licher Borsten. Kunststoffe 4 : 2>2>7- 
339 (1914). Patents through text. 
HALIDES, DOUBLE 

Mellor, J. W. Double halides. In his 
Inorg. theor. chem. 2: 233 (1922). 
30 references. 

Pfeiffer, p. Die Halogenosalze. Z. 
anorg. Chem. 31: 191-229 (1902). 
175 double salts of iodine and 202 of 
bromine listed with literature ref- 
erences. 

Sec also Complex compounds. 
HALOGENS. Sec Bromine, Chlorine, 

Fluorine and Iodine. 
HALOUS ACIDS 

Mellor, J. W. Chlorine, bromine and 
iodine trioxides and the correspond- 
ing acids. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 
2: 286 (1922). 40 references. 
HARDNESS 

American Society of Mechanical 
Engineers. Bibliography of hard- 
ness testing. Trans. Am. Soc. Steel 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



145 



Treating 4: 507-535 (1923). Anno- 
tated. Covers 1913-1923. 

See also Materials, Testing. 
HEAT OF COMBUSTION 

Dickinson, H. C. Combustion cal- 
orimetry and the heats of combus- 
tion of cane sugar, benzoic acid and 
naphthalene. U. S. Bur. Standards, 
Sci. Paper No. 230, 1914. Bibl, p. 
256-7. 41 references. 

Landolt-Bornstein. Verbrennungs- 

warme organischer Verbindungen. 

In their Tabellen, 4th ed., 1912, p. 

945-946; 5th ed., 1923, p. 1625-1627. 

HEAT OF DILUTION 

Landolt-Bornstein. Verdiinnungs- 
warmen. In their Tabellen, 4th ed., 
1912, 888-891 ; 5th ed., 1923, p. 1562- 
1565. 
HEAT OF FORMATION 

Landolt-Bornstein. Bildungswarme. 
In their Tabellen, 4th ed., p. 850- 
857, 882-884; 5th ed., 1923, 1489- 
1546. 
HEAT OF FUSION 

Landolt-Bornstein. Schmelz- und 
Verdampfungswarme. In their Ta- 
bellen, 4th ed., p. 844-845; 5th ed., 
p. 1470-1471, 1474-1475, 1484-1485. 
HEAT OF HYDRATION 

Jorissen, W. p. De hydratatiewarmte. 
Chem. Weekblad 5: 875-888 (1908). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
HEAT INSULATION 

Herter, Charles H. Bibliography on 
heat transmission. J. Am. Soc. 
Refrig. Eng. 6: 379-403 (1920). 
HEAVY CHEMICALS. See Acids, Alka- 
lies AND Salts ; names of chemicals. 
HEDONAL. See Sedatives. 
HELIUM 

Briscoe, H. Vincent. Helium. In 
Friend, Textbook, 1, pt. 2: 298-321 
(1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

Prandtl, W. Helium, hi Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
1: 150-158 (1907). 

Sabatier, Paul. Helium. In Mois- 
san, Chim. min. 1: 62-65 (1904). 
56 footnotes. 

Weaver, E. R. Bibliography of helium 
literature. 2nd ed. U. S. Bur. Stan- 
dards, Circ. No. 81, 1922. 32 p. 1st 
ed., 1919, also appeared in J. Ind. 
Eng. _ Chem. 11: 682-688 (1919). 
Classified. 

See also Gas, natural (Czako). 
HEMAGGLUTINATION 

Raubitschek, H. Die Hamagglutina- 
tion. Z. Immunitat II, 2: 195-200 
(1910). 239 references. 
HEMATIN 

" Hematin and hemin." Ind.-Cat., S. 
G. O., 1st ser., 5: 707 (1884); 2nd 
ser., 6: 624-625 (1901). 

10 



Reinhold, B. v. Hamatin. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 6: 228-232 
(1911); 9: 340-341 (1914). About 
85 references. 

ScHUMM, O. Bildung, Vorkommen 
und Merkmale des Hamatins ; 
Nachweis und Bestimmung von 
Hamatins im Blutserum. In Abder- 
halden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 1, pt. 
8: 365-382 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Hemoglobin. 
HEMATINIC ACID 

KiJSTER, Wm. Ueber die Constitution 
der Hamatinsaure. Ann. 315 : 174- 
218 (1900); 345: 1-59 (1906). 150 
footnotes. 
HEMATITE. See Iron ores. 
HEMATOPORPHYRIN 

GiJNTHER, Hans. Die Bedeutung der 
Hamatoporphyrine in Physiologie 
und Pathologic. Ergeb. allgem. 
Path. 20, pt. 1: 608-764 (1922). 409 
references, 131 being purely chemi- 
cal. 

Reinhold, B. v. Hamatoporphyrin. 
In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 6 : 
242-250 (1911); 9: 351-358 (1914). 
About 120 footnotes. 
HEMATOXYLIN 

RuPE, H., and Altenburg, H. Hamat- 
oxylin. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 6: 142-147 (1911). 75 foot- 
notes. 

See also Plant pigments. 
HEMICELLULOSE 

Grafe, Viktor. Hemicellulosen. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 2: 
42-60 (1911) ; 8: 6-15 (1914). About 

350 references. 

See also Cellulose, Cotton. 
HEMIN 

Reinhold, B. v. Hamin. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 6: 234-242 
(1911); 9: 342 (1915). About 120 
footnotes. 

See also Hematin. 
HEMOGLOBIN 

Barcroft, Joseph. The significance of 
hemoglobin. Physiol. Rev. 4 : 350- 

351 (1924). 51 references. 

" Hemoglobin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
ser., 5: 718-719 (1884) ; 2nd sen, 6: 
6.39-642 (1901). 

Neill, James M. Studies on the oxi- 
dation-reduction of hemoglobin and 
methemoglobin. I. The changes in- 
duced by pneumococci and by sterile 
animal tissue. J. Exptl. Med. 41 : 
311-313 (1925). 93 references. 

Reinhold, B. v. Hamoglobin, Oxy- 
hamoglobin. In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 6: 188-208 (1911) ; 9: 
331-335 (1915). About 300 foot- 
notes. 



146 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES 01^ 



HEMOGLOBIN— Cont'd 

RoBSCHEiT, Frieda S. Comparative 
study of hemoglobin determination 
.by various methods. J. Biol. Chem. 
41: 209 (1920). 13 references. 

ScHUMM, O. Spektrographische Meth- 
oden zur Bestimmung des Hamo- 
globins und verwandter Farbstoffe. 
In Abderhalden, Handb. biol. Ar- 
beitsm. 4, pt. 3: 63-126 (1921). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Welker, Wm. H., and Williamson, 
C. S. Hemoglobin — optical con- 
stants. J. Biol. Chem. 41 : 75 (1920). 
19 references. 

See also Blood pigments. 
HEMOLYSIS 

Landsteiner, Karl. Hamagglulina- 
tion und Hamolyse. In Oppen- 
heimer, Handb. Biochem. 2 : 393- 
541 (1908). 227 and 568 footnotes. 

Sachs, Hans. Die Hamolysene und 
die cytotoxischen Sera. Ergeb. all- 
gem. Path. 11, pt. 1: 515-533 (1907). 
475 references. 

Stewart, G. N. Mechanism of hemol- 
ysis with special reference to the 
relation of electrolytes to cells. J. 
Pharmacol. 1: 49-121 (1909). 178 
footnotes. 

Wells, H. G. Hemolysis by known 
chemical and physical agencies. In 
his Chemical pathologry, 4th ed., p. 
211-228 (1920). 110 footnotes. 
HEMOPYRROLE 

Hahn, a. [Hemopyrrole and the 
scission of hemin by oxidation.] Z. 
Biol. 64: 141-160 (1914). 

Meyer-Jacobson. Hamopyrrol. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3, 167- 
170 (1915). Bibl. footnotes. 
HEMOSTATICS 

" Hemostatics." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
ser., 5: 771-772 (1884) ; 2nd sen, 6: 
675-676 (1901). 

See also Blood, coagulation. 
HEPTADECYLIC ACID 

Bomer, a., and Limprich, R. Hepta- 
dekylsaure und Triheptadekylin. Z. 
Nahr.-Genussm. 23: 641-653 (1912). 
4U footnotes. 

See also Acids, organic. 

heptane 

Baum, Fritz. Heptane. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1: 100-104 
(1911). 50 footnotes. (Includes de- 
rivatives.) 

See also Hydrocarbons. 
HEROIN 

" Heroin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd ser., 
7: 75-76 (1902). 

See also Morphine. 
HERRING 

Schmidt-Nielsen, Sigval. Chemical 
and microbiological investigations on 



the curing of herring. Kept, on Nor- 
wegian fishery and marine investi- 
gations, 1, No. 8, 1900. 24 p. Bibl. 
See also Fish. 
HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS 

EiNBECK, H. Heterocyclische Ver- 
bindungen. Fortschritte Chem. 2: 
255-271 (1910); 4: 115-134 (1911); 
5: 355-370 (1912); 8: 43-56 
(1913) ; 9: 301-319 (1914) ; 14: 153- 
178 (1918-1919). References through 
text. 
Meyer-Jacobson. Heterocyclische 
Verbindungen. In their Lehrb. org. 
Chem. 2, pt. 3, 1915-1920. 1634 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 
HEULANDITE 

Doelter, C. Heulandit. In his Handb. 
Mineralchem. 2, pt. 3: 171-197 
(1921). Bibl. footnotes. 
HEUSLER ALLOYS 

Heusler, Fr., and Take, W. Heusler 
alloys. Trans. Faraday Soc. 8 : 169- 
184 (1913); Ferrum 11: 207-209 
(1913-1914.) 54 footnotes. 
See also Alloys. 
HEXAMETHYLENE. See Formalde- 
hyde. 
HEXAMETHYLENETETRAMINE 
Howell, E. V., and Keyser, E. V. 
Hexamethylenamine. J. Am. Pharm. 
Assoc. 6: 445-451 (1917). 19 ref- 
erences. 
AIeyer-Jacobson. Hexamethylentetra- 
min. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1 : 
751-753 (1907). Bibl. footnotes. 
HEXANE 

Baum, Fritz. Hexan. In Abderhal- 
den. Biochem. Handl. 1: 93-100 
(1911). 110 footnotes. (Includes 
derivatives.) 
Sec also Hydrocarbons. 
HEXANITRODIPHENYLAMINE 

[Hexanitrodiphenylamine.] Z. ges. 
Schiess.-Sorengstoffw. 12: 233 
(1917). Patents, 1891-1917. 
HEXOSAMINES 

Levene, p. a. Synthese von 2-Hexos- 
aminsauren und 2-Hexosaminen. 
Biochem. Z. 124: 83 (1921). 40 ref- 
erences. 
HEXOSES. See Carbohydrates ; names 

of sugars. 
HIDES. See Leather. 
HIGH TEMPERATURE MEASURE- 
MENTS 

Gillett, H. W. Temperature meas- 
urements in carborundum furnaces. 
J. Phys. Chem. 15: 303-305 (1911). 
96 references. 
HIPPURIC ACID 

" Hippuric acid." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st ser., 1: 81 (1880) ; 2nd ser., 1: 
111-112 (1896); 3rd ser., 1:- 116 
(1918). 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



147 



Meyer-Jacobson. Hippursaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 555 
(1896). 

ScHEiBLER, Helmuth. Hippursaufc. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 4 : 
429-463 (1911); 9: 88-92 (1915). 
About 250 footnotes. (Includes de- 
rivatives.) 
HISTAMINE 

Gerraed, R. W. Presence and signifi- 
cance of histamine in an obstructed 
bowel. J. Biol. Chem. 52: 111-124 
(1922). 39 references. 

See also Amines; Bases, organic. 
HISTIDINE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Histidin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 469-473 
(1916). Bibl. footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Histidin. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 4: 712-719 
(1911); 9: 152-155 (1915). About 
250 footnotes. 

See also Amino acids. 
HISTONE 

Eddy, Walter H. Histon and its prep- 
aration. Biochem. Bull. 2: 439-440 
(1913). 23 references. 

Rollett, Adolf. Histon und Prota- 
min. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 4: 157-168 (1910). 115 ref- 
erences. 

Steudel, H. Histone und Protamine. 
In Abderhalden, Handb. biol. Ar- 
beitsm. 1, pt. 8: 577-584 (1922). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
HISTORY 

Baskerville, Charles. The elements : 
verified and unverified. Am. Assoc. 
Adv. Sci. 53: 24-56 (1904). 

Bolton, H. C. A select bibliography 
of chemistry, 1492-1902. Washing- 
ton, Smithsonian Inst. Section III 
is devoted to " History of chemis- 
try." 

Del Mar, Alex. A history of the pre- 
cious metals from the earliest times 
to the present. 2nd ed. New York, 
Cambridge Enc. Co., 1902. 479 p. 
Bibl., p. xi-xxii. 

Graebe, Carl. Geschichte der organ- 
ischen Chemie. Berlin, Springer, 
1920. 406 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Hoffmann, August. Ueber den An- 
teil Lavoisier's an der Feststellung 
der das Wasser zusammensetzenden 
Case. Leipzig. Barth, 1896. 57 p. 
Bibl., p. 17-52. 

JosEPHSON, Aksel G. S. List of books 
on the history of industry and in- 
dustrial arts. Chicago, John Crerar 
Library, 1915. 486 p. Chemical in- 
dustry, p. 293-315 ; ceramics, p. 315- 
356; paper making, p. 358-362; tex- 
tiles, p. 362-456. 



JosEPHSON, Aksel G. S. List of books 
on the history of science. Chicago, 
John Crerar Library, 1911, 1917. 
Chemistry, p. 154-173, p. 67-71. 
Classified. 

Kahlbaum, Georg W. A., and Hoff- 
mann, August. Die Einfiihrung 
der Lavoisier'schen Theorie insbe- 
sondere in Deutschland. Ueber den 
Anteil Lavoisier's an der Feststell- 
ung der das Wasser zusammensetz- 
enden Case. Leipzig, Barth, 1897. 
211 p. Bibl., p. 167-204. 

Lippmann, Edmund O. Chemisches 
bei Marco Polo. Z. angew Chem. 
21: 1778-1788 (1908). 254 foot- 
notes. 

Lippmann, Edmund O. [Chemistry 
and technology from original his- 
torical scientific writings.] Chem.- 
Ztg. 40: 3-5, 26-28, 48-50 (1916). 
115 footnotes. 

Lippmann, Edmund O. v. Beitrage 
zur Geschichte der Naturwissen- 
schaften und der Teknik. Berlin, 
Springer, 1923. 314 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Lowry, T. M. Historical introduction 
to chemistry. London, Macmillan, 
1915. 581 p. 

Mellor, J. W. The evolution and 
methodology, of chemistry. In his 
Inorg. chem. 1: 1-73 (1922). About 
200 references. 

Meyer, Ernst von. Geschichte der 
Chemie von den altesten Zeiten bis 
zur Gegenwart. Leipzig, Veit, 1914. 
616 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Stillman, John M. The story of 
early chemistry. New York, Apple- 
ton, 1924. 556 p. Bibl., p. 541-555. 

Strunz, Franz. Ueber die Vorge- 
schichte und die Anfange der Chemie : 
eine Einleitung in die Geschichte der 
Chemie des Altertums. Leipzig, 
Deuticke, 1906. Bibl., p. 57-69. 300 
references. 

Wrany, Adalb. Geschichte der Chemie 
und der auf chemischer Grundlage 
beruhenden Betriebe in Bohmen bis 
zur Mitte des 19 Jahrhunderts. Prag, 
Rivnac, 1902. 397 p. 

See also Alchemy. 
HOFMANN'S REACTION 

Darapsky, August. Ueber die Hof- 
mannsche Reaktion von Amid- und 
Hydrazinderivaten der Kohlensaure. 
J. prakt. Chem. 184: 433-466 (1907). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
HOLMIFM. See Rare earths. 
HONEY 

Bryan, A. H. Bibliography of honey. 
U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Chem. Bull. 
No. 110, 1908. Bibl., p. 89-93. About 
150 titles. With additions by F. 



148 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



RO^EY— Cont'd 

MuTTELET, in Monit. Sci. 74: 152- 
154 (1911) ; J. Soc. Chem. Ind. 30: 
702-704 (1911). Covers 1892-1910. 

Bryan, A. H. Chemical analysis and 
composition of imported honey from 
Cuba, Mexico and Haiti. U. S. Dept. 
Agr., Bur. Chem., Bull. No. 154, 
1912. 21 p. Bibl., p. 17-21, covering 
1907-1911 and supplementing the 
earlier list. 

KuTTENKEULER, H. Houig. Natur- 
wissenschaften 3: 445 (1915). 40 
references. 

MuTTELET, F. [Honey and its analy- 
sis.] Ann. fals. 4: 192-196 (1911). 

Reinhardt, F. Beitrage zur Unter- 
suchung des Honigs. Z. Nahr.- 
Genussm. 20: 113-152 (1910). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Spaeth, E. Honig. In Abderhalden, 
Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 4, pt. 8 : 977- 
1050 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Wiley, H. W. Bibliography of honey. 
U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Chem. Bull. 
No. 13, pt. 6: 871-874 (1892). 

WiTTE, H. Honiguntersuchungen. Z. 
Nahr.-Genussm. 18: 625-649 (1909) ; 
21: 305-364 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 
Z. oeffentl. Chem. 18: 362-373, 390- 
397 (1912). 66 footnotes. 

See also Foods (Vereinbarungen). 
HOPS 

Rabak, Frank. Aroma of_ hops — 
study of the volatile oils with rela- 
tion to the geographical sources of 
the hop. J. Agr. Res. 2: 158-159 
(1914). 28 references. 
HORMONES 

Wolff, Bruno. Ueber fetale Hor- 
mone. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem., Erganzungsband, 1913, 
442-495. 142 footnotes. 
HORN 

Marschalk, F. Horn, Elfenbein und 
Fischbeinersatz. Kunststoffe 7 : 185- 
187, 203-206 (1917). 86 patents. 
HORNBLENDE. See Calcium magne- 
sium SILICATE. 
HUMIC ACID AND HUMUS 

Alway, F. J. Nitrogen content of the 
humus of arid soils. J. Agr. Res. 5 : 
909-916 (1916). 17 references. 

Bottom ley, W. B. The formation of 
humic bodies from organic sub- 
stances. Biochem. J. 9: 260-268 
(1915). 

Grafe, Viktor. Die Huminsubstanzen. 
In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 2 : 
94-113 (1911); 8: 20-22 (1914). 
175 footnotes. 

JoDiDi, S. L. The chemistry of humus, 
with special reference to the rela- 
tion of humus to the soil and to the 



plant. J. Franklin Inst. 176: 565-573 
(1913). About 100 references. 

JoDiDi, S. L. The nature of humus 
and its relation to plant life. Bio- 
chem. Bull. 3: 17-22 (1913). About 
50 references. 

Oden, Sven. Die Huminsaure. Kol- 
loidchem. Beiheft 11: 81-99 (1919). 
386 references. 

RoxAS, M. L. Reaction between 
amino-acids and carbohydrates as a 
probable cause of humin formation. 
J. Biol. Chem. 27: 71-93 (1916). 20 
footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Huminstoffe. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 10: 
220-239 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 
HUMIT. See Magnesium silicate. 
HYDANTOIN 

Harries, C, and Weiss, M. Ueber 
das Flydantoin und Isomerien bei 
den Methylhydantoinen. Ann. 327 : 
355-384 (1903). 35 footnotes. 

Johnston, Treat B. Hydantoins. J. 
Am. Chem. Soc. 35: 1135-1136 
(1913). 22 references. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Hydantoin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 455-457 
(1916). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Pyrimidines. 
HYDRASTIN 

" Hydrastin and hydrastinin." Ind.- 
Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 6: 536 (1885) ; 
2nd ser., 7: 501-502 (1902). 

Meyer-Jacobson. Hydrastinin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 1030- 
1035 (1917). 

Schmidt, Julius. Hydrastin. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 5 : 224- 
234 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Alkaloids. 
HYDRATES 

Fricke, R. [The hydration of mole- 
cules and ions.] KoUoid-Z. 35: 264 
274 (1924). 100 references. 

Kendall, J., Booge, J. E., and An- 
drews, J. C. Addition compound 
formation in aqueous solutions. The 
stability of hydrates. J. Am. Chem. 
Soc. 39: 2303-2323 (1917). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Remy, Heinrich. Beitrage zum Hy- 
dratproblem. I. Berechnung der 
Menge des die lonen einhiillenden 
Wassers aus der elektrolytischen 
Beweglichkeiten. Z. physik. Chem. 
89: 467-488 (1914-1915). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Washburn, Edward W. Die neueren 
Forschungen ueber die Hydrate in 
Losung. Jahrb. Radioakt. Elek- 
tronik 5: 493-552 (1908) ; 6: 69-125 
(1908). Bibl. footnotes. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



149 



HYDRAZINE 

Braun, J. V. Hydrazin. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 3: 175- 
188 (1907). SO references. 

Bray, W. C, and Cuy, Eustace J. 
The volumetric analysis of hydra- 
zine by the iodic acid, bromine and 
hypochlorous acid methods. J. Am. 
Chem. Soc. 45: 858-875 (1924). 32 
footnotes. 

Browne, A. W., and Overman, D. R. 
Die angebliche Bedeutung der salpet- 
rigen Saure bei der Bildung 
von Stickstofifwasserstoffsaure durch 
Oxvdation von Hydrazin. Z. anorg. 
Chem. 94: 217-239 (1916). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Browne, O. W., and Shetterly, F. F. 
The oxidation of hydrazine. J. Am. 
Chem. Soc. 29: 1305 (1907) ; 30 : 53 
(1908); 31: 221, 783 (1909). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

FoLPMERS, T. L'action du chlorure 
d'oxalyle avec des derivates de I'hy- 
drazine. Rec. trav. chim. 34 : 34-77 
(1915). 65 footnotes. 

" Hydrazine." Ind.-Cat. S, G. O., 2nd 
sen, 7: 502-503 (1902). 

LiNNE, Br. Hydrazinsalze der Oxy- 
saure des Schwefels. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
1: 641-646 (1907). 

MuLLER, Ernst, and Herrdegen, Leon- 
hard. Einwirkmig von Wasser- 
freiem Hydrazin auf Nitrile. J. 
prakt. Chem. 210: 113-155 (1921). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Schlenk, W. Hydrazin. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
1: 190-196 (1907). 

Schmidt, Julius. Die Anwendung 
der Hydrazine in der analytischen 
Chemie. Stuttgart, Enke, 1907. 92 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Wieland, H. Die Hydrazine. Stutt- 
gart, Enke, 1913. 238 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
HYDRAZINO ACIDS 

Darapsky, August. Ueber Hydra- 
zinosaure. J. prakt. Chem. 204: 251- 
327 (1917). Bibl. footnotes. 
HYDRAZO COMPOUNDS 

Meyer-Jacobson. Hydrazoverbindung- 
en. hi their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, 
pt. 1: 271-276 (1895). 

Jacobson, Paul. [Summary of the 
results of the rearrangement of 
hydrazo compounds.] Ann. 428: 76- 
121 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 
HYDRIDES 

Smythe, J. A. Formation and de- 
composition of hydrides of the non- 
metals. Proc. Univ. Durham Phil. 
Soc. 5: 239-258 (1915). 



HYDRIODIC ACID 

DiTZ, Hugo. Jodwasserstoffsaure. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 1: 313-338 (1909). References 
through text. 

Mellor, J. W.. Hydriodic acid. In his 
Inorg. theor. chem. 2: 170-239 
(1922). About 450 references. 

Skrabal, a. Ueber die Einwirkung 
von Oxydationsmittein auf Jodwas- 
serstoff und die Reaktionen der 
UnterjodigensJiure. Chem.-Ztg. 29: 
550-554 (1905). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Iodine. 
HYDROBROMIC ACID 

DiTZ, Hugo. Bromwasserstoffsaure. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 1, pt. 2: 236-258 (1909). Ref- 
erences through text. 

Mellor, J. W. Hydrobromic acid. In 
his Inorg. theor. Chem. 2 : 167-239 
(1922). 

See also Bromine. 
HYDROCARBONS 

Baum, Fritz. Grenzkohlenwasserstoffe. 
In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
22-156 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

Baum, Fritz. Aromatische Kohlen- 
wasserstoffe. In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 1: 157-368 (1911). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Brooks, Benjamin T. The chemistry 
of the non-benzenoid hydrocarbons 
and their simple derivatives. New 
York, Chem. Cat. Co., 1922. 612 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Fighter, Fr., and Krummenacher, 
Eduard. Das Wesen der elektro- 
chemischen Kohlenwasserstoffsyn- 
these von Herman Kolbe. Helvetica 
Chim. Acta 1: 146-166 (1918). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Leslie, Eugene H. The thermal de- 
composition of hydrocarbons. Gas 
Inst. News 6: 357-372 (1917). 
About 70 footnotes. 

Leslie, E. H. The thermal reactions 
of hydrocarbons. /^^ his Motor 
Fuels, p. 270-326 (1923). 150 ref- 
erences. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Die Grenzkohlen- 
wasserstoffe oder Paraffine. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1: 155-182 
(1907). Die ungesattigten Kohlen- 
wasserstoffe. Ibid. p. 813-892 (1907). 
Benzolkohlenwasserstoffe. Ibid. 2, 
pt. 1: 102-113 (1902). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Sievers, Arthur F. On addition of 
organic acids to unsaturated hydro- 
carbons. Bull. Univ. Wisconsin, No. 
434 (Sci. ser., 4: No. 3), 1911. 42 p. 
Bibl., p. 38-42. 

Tropsch, Han. Literatur ueber die 
Bildung von gasformigen, fliissigen 



150 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



HYDROCARBONS— Confrf 

und festen Kohlenwasserstoffen aus 
Karbiden. Ges. Abh. Kennt. Kohle 
2: 203-213 (1918). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also names of individual hydro- 
carbons, Pyrogenesis. 
HYDROCARBONS: Natural. 

Ladoo, R. B. The natural hydrocar- 
bons : gilsonite, elaterite, wurtzilite, 
grahamite, ozokerite, and others. 
U. S. Bur. Mines, Rents, of Inves- 
tigations, No. 2121, 1920. 19 refer- 
ences. 

See also Asphalts, Bitumens. 
HYDROCELLULOSE 

Clifford, P. H. Hydrocellulose. A 
summary of the literature. J. Tex- 
tile Inst. 14: 69-77 (1923). 

See also Cellulose. 
HYDROCHLORIC ACID 

DiTZ, Hugo. Chlorwasserstoffsaure. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. inorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 2: 75-117 (1909). References 
through text. 

" Hydrochloric acid." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 1st sen, 1: 81-82 (1880); 2nd 
sen, 1: 112-113 (1896); 3rd sen, 1: 
117 (1918). Includes toxicology. 

Mellor, J. W. Hydrochloric acid. In 
his Inorg. theor. chem. 2 : 148-239 
(1922). About 700 references. 

Moore, Hugh K. Production of hy- 
drochloric acid by the direct union 
of hydrogen and chlorine. Trans. 
Am. Inst. Chem. Eng. 14: 91-122 
(1923). Chronological, annotated 
references from 1801 to 1922. 

Rabe, H. Salzsaure. In Brauer and 
d'Ans, Fortschritte, 1: 148-150 
(1921). German patents. 

See also Chlorine. 
HYDROCINNAMIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Hydrozimtsaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 599- 
600 (1902). 
HYDROCYANIC ACID 

" Hydrocyanic acid." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 1st sen, 1: 82-85 (1880); 2nd 
sen, 1: 113-114 (1896); 3rd sen, 1: 
117-118 (1918). Includes toxicology. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Cyanwasserstoff 
oder Blausaure. In their Lehrb. 
org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 1263-1284 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Moore, Wm., and Willaman, J. J. 
Studies in greenhouse fumigation 
with hydrocyanic acid. Physiologi- 
cal effects on plants. J. Agr. Res. 
11: 338 (1917). 26 references. 

Preyer, W. Die Blausaure physiolo- 
gisch untersucht. Bonn, 1870. 168 p. 
Chronological bibl. from 1802-1869. 

Schmidt, Ernst. Blausaure. Cyan- 
wasserstoff. In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 1: 922-928 (1911). 
About 100 footnotes. 



Spiegel, Leopold. Cyanwasserstoff. In 
his Der Stickstoff, 1903, p. 636-681. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Carbon (Weigert), Cyano- 
gen (Wallis). 
HYDROFLUORIC ACID 

DiTZ, Hugo. Fluorwasserstoff. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 2: 13-34 (1909). References 
through text. 

Mellor, J. W. Hydrogen fluoride and 
hydrofluoric acid. In his Inorg. 
theon chem. 2: 127-141 (1922). 125 
references. 
HYDROGEN 

Bauer, E. Wasserstoff. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 100- 
105 (1907). 249 references. 

Engelhardt, v. Die Elektrolyse des 
Wassers. In Brauer and d'Ans, 
Fortschritte, 1: 449 (1921). 23 Ger- 
man patents. 

Mellor, J. W. Hydrogen. In his 
Inorg. theor. Chem. 1: 270-343 
(1922). Occurrence, 50 references; 
preparation, 300 references ; solu- 
bility, 250 references; properties, 
500 references. 

Prandtl, W. Wasserstoff. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
1 : 66-94 (1907). References through 
text. 

Sabatier, Paul. Hydrogene. In Mois- 
san, Chim. min., 1: 59-65 (1904). 
224 footnotes. 

Sander, A. Wasserstoff. In Brauer 
and d'Ans, Fortschritte 1 : 14-16 
(1921). German patents. 

Taylor, Hugh S. Industrial hydro- 
gen. New York, Chem. Cat. Co., 
1921. 210 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Walker, A. J. Hydrogen. In Friend, 
Textbook, 2: 10-51 (1924). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Wendt, G. L., and Landauer, R. S. 
Triatomic hydrogen. J. Am. Chem. 
Soc. 42: 930-946 (1920). 50 foot- 
notes. 
HYDROGEN ION CONCENTRATION 

Beans, H. T., and Oakes, E. T. De- 
termination of the hydrogen-ion 
concentration in pure water by a 
method for measuring the electro- 
motive force of concentration cells 
of high internal resistance. J. Am. 
Chem. Soc. 42: 2116-2132 (1920). 16 
references, 1893-1915. 

Clark, Wm. M. The determination of 
hydrogen ions. 2nd ed. Baltimore, 
Williams and Wilkins, 1921. Bibl., 
p. 233-303. Classified index. 

HoBER, Rudolf. Die quantitative 
Bestimmung der Wasserstoff- und 
Hydroxylionen. In his Physikalische 
Chemie der Zelle, 4th ed., 1914, p. 
144-198. Bibl. footnotes. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



151 



Kempf, Richard. Die heutigen 
Methoden zur Bestimmung des 
Saurecharakters gefarbter Fliissig- 
keiten. Chem.-Ztg. 41 : 697-700, 706- 
708 (1917). 50 footnotes. 

Leeds and Northrup Co. Electro- 
metric methods and apparatus for 
determining hydrogen ion concen- 
tration. Catalog No. 75, 1920. Bibl., 
p. 29-30. Representative papers. 

MiCHAELis, L. Die Wasserstoffionen- 
konzentration. Berlin, 1914. 

MiCHAELis, L. Die allgemeine Bedeut- 
ung der Wasserstoffionkonzentra- 
tion fiir die Biologic. In Oppen- 
heimer, Handb. Biochem., Erganz- 
ungsband, 1913, p. 10-62. 62 foot- 
notes. 

Schmidt, Carl L. A., and Hoagland, 
D. R. Table of pH, H+ and OH- 
values corresponding to electromo- 
tive forces determined in hydrogen 
electrode measurements, with a bib- 
liography. Univ. of Calif., Pub. 
Physiol. 2: 44-69 (1910). 467 refer- 
ences, classified. 

SoRENSEN, S. P. L. Ueber die Mess- 
ung und Bedeutung der Wasser- 
stoffionenkonzentration bei biolog- 
ischen Prozessen. Ergeb. Physiol. 
12: 394-398 (1912). 219 references. 

Will Corporation. Hydrogen con- 
centration. In their Bull. 100, 1921. 
Bibl., p. 13-19. 
HYDROGEN PEROXIDE 

Anderson, Wm. T., Jr., and Taylor, 
Hugh S. The inhibition of the 
photochemical decomposition of hy- 
drogen peroxide solutions. J. Am. 
Chem. Soc. 45: 650-662 (1923). 76 
footnotes. 

Birchenbach, L. Die Untersuchung- 
en des Wasserstoffperoxyd. Stutt- 
gart, Enke, 1909. 142 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Bohnson, Van L. Catalytic decom- 
position of hydrogen peroxide by 
ferric salts. J. Phys. Chem. 25: 
19-54 (1921). 58 footnotes. 

Brauer, a. Wasserstoffperoxyd. In 
Brauer and d'Ans, Fortschritte 1 : 
517-518 (1921). 64 German patents. 

Friend, J. N., and Twiss, Douglas F. 
Hydrogen peroxide. In Friend, 
Textbook, 7, pt. 1: 324-362 (1924). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

GiRSEWALD, C. F. VON. Anorganischc 
Peroxyde und Persalze. Braun- 
schweig, Vieweg, 1914. 98 p. Bibl. 
footnotes. 

" Hydrogen peroxide." Ind.-Cat. S. 
G. O., 1st sen, 6: 564 (1885); 2nd 
sen, 7: 519-521 (1902). 

Leeds, Albert R. Index to the litera- 
ture of peroxide of hydrogen. An- 



nals of N. Y. Acad. Sci. 1 : 416-426 
(1880) ; 3: 153-155 (1884). 

Mellor, J. W. Ozone and hydrogen 
peroxide. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 
1: 877-961 (1922). About 400 ref- 
erences. 

Prandtl, W. Wasserstoffsuperoxyd, 
H2O2. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 1: 124-148 
(1907). References through text. 

Sabatier, p. Bioxyde d'hydrogene. In 
Moissan, Chim. min. 1 : 261-282 
(1904). 230 footnotes. 
HYDROGEN SELENIDE 

Linne, Br. Selenwasserstoff. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 1: 748-756 (1907). References 
through text. 
HYDROGEN SULFIDE 

" Hydrogen sulfide." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 1st sen, 6: 564-565 (1885); 2nd 
sen, 7: 521 (1902). 

Linne, Br. Schwefelwasserstoff, H2S. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 385-426 (1907). Ref- 
erences through text. 
HYROGENATION 

Armstrong, E. F., and Hilditch, T. P. 
Colloids in catalytic hydrogenation. 
In Fourth report on colloid chemis- 
try, 1922, p. 327-346. 78 references. 

Brauer, Rudolf. Reduktion und Hy- 
drierung organische Verbindungen. 
Leipzig, Spamer, 1918. 324 p. Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Ellis, Carleton. The hydrogenation 
of oils, catalyzers and catalysis ; and 
the generation of hydrogen and oxy- 
gen. 2nd ed. New York, Van Nos- 
trand, 1919. 767 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Frejacque, M. L'Hydrogenation des 
huiles. Chimie & Industrie 4: 456 
(1920). 46 references. 

Kariyone, Tatsuo. [Literature on 
catalytic reductions with platinum 
and palladium.] J. Pharm. Soc. 
Japan, No. 506, 282-316 (1924). 199 
references. 

Mock, H., and Blum, A. List of 
U. S., British and German patents 
covering the manufacture of butter 
substitutes, hydrogenated oils and 
various oils and milk products. New 
York, Mock and Blum, 1918. 120 p. 

Meyerheim, G. Die geharteten Ole. 
Fortschritte Chem. 8: 293-307 
(1913). References through text. 

Vavon, G. Empechement sterique et 
hydrogenation catalytique. Rev. gen. 
sci. 35: 505-517 (1924). 65 refer- 
ences. 
HYDROLYSIS 

Landolt-Bornstein. Hydrolyse an- 
organischer Salze. In their Tabel- 
len, 4th ed., 1912, 1188-1195; 5th 



152 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



HYDROLYSIS— CoM^rf 

ed., 1923, 1165-1175. Arranged by 
salts. 
Landolt-Bornstein. Hydrolyse von 
Salzen mit organischen Anion, hi 
their Tabellen, 4th ed., 1912, 1195- 
1198; 5th ed., 1923, 1175-1180. Ar- 
ranged by salts. 
Naumann, Alex., and Rucker, Adolf. 
Seitherige Verfahren zur Bestimm- 
ung der Hydrolyse. J. prakt. Chem. 
182: 209-217 (1906). 66 footnotes. 
Sec also Chemical kinetics. 
HYDRONITRIC ACID 
Dennis, L. M., and Browne, A. W. 
Hydronitric acid and the inorganic 
trinitrides. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 26: 
577-612 (1904) ; Z. anorg. Chem. 
40: 69-109 (1904). 70 footnotes. 
ScHLENK, W. Stickstoffwasserstoff- 
saure. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 1: 184-189 
(1907). 
HYDROPYRROLE 

Pauly, Hermann. Studien in der 
Reihe der Hydropyrrole. Ann. 322 : 
77-130 (1902). 50 footnotes. 
HYDROQUINONE 

EiNBECK, H. Hydrochinon. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 626-634 
(1911). 160 references. 
Meyer-Jacobson. Hydrochinone. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 
420-423 (1896). Bibl. footnotes. 
HYDROSULFITES 

Garth, J. Hydrosulfite. In Brauer 
and d'Ans, Fortschritte 1: 1136- 
1138 (1921). German patents. 
Jellinck, Karl. Hydrosulfit. Stutt- 
gart, Enke, 1911. 2 vols. Bibl., vol. 
2, p. 201-224. 
HYDROSULFUROUS ACID 

LiNNE, Br. Hydroschweflige Saure, 
H2S2O4. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 430-436 
(1907). 
HYDROXYBENZALDEHYDE 

Meyer- Jacobson. Oxyaldehyde. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 516- 
524 (1896). 
WiTTE, E. ^-Oxybenzaldehyd. I» Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 830- 
833 (1911). 50 footnotes. Includes 
derivatives. 
/)-HYDROXYBENZOIC ACID 

Meyer- Jacobson. /^-Oxybenzoesaure. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 
635-639 (1902). 
/3-HYDROXYBUTYRIC ACID 

Hubbard, Roger S. Note on the de- 
termination of ^-hydroxybutyric 
acid. J. Biol. Chem. 49: 351 (1921). 
25 references. 
Meyer-Jacobson. /3-Oxybuttersaure. 
hi their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 
577-579 (1913). 



" jS-Oxybutyric acid." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 3rd sen, 1: 109 (1918). 

Thiele, a. i3-0xybuttersaure. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 1073- 
1075 (1911). 65 footnotes. 
HYDROXYLAMINE 

Braun, J. V. Hydroxylamin. In 
Abegg, Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 
3: 219-239 (1907). 100 references. 

Bray, W. C. Volumetric determina- 
tion of hydroxylamine. J. Am. 
Chem. Soc. 41: 1363 (1919). 17 ref- 
erences. 

Ebler, E., and Schott, E. Zur Kennt- 
niss des Hydroxylamins. J. prakt. 
Chem. 186: 289-342 (1908). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

" Hydroxylamine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
2nd ser., 7: 569 (1902). 

LiNNE, Br. Hydroxylaminsulfat. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 1: 668-672 (1907). 

Michael, Arthur. Structure and re- 
actions of hydroxylamine and its 
derivatives. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 43 : 

■ 315-332 (1921). 80 footnotes. 

Schlenk, W. Hydroxylamin. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 1: 231-240 (1907). 
HYDROXYMETHYLFURFURAL 

Middendorp, J. A. Sur I'oxymethyl- 
f urf ural. Rec. trav. chim. 38 : 1-71 
(1919). Bibl. footnotes. 
HYOSCIN 

" Hyoscin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 6: 733 (1883) ; 2nd sen, 7: 738- 
739 (1902). 
HYOSCYAMINE 

" Hyoscyamine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st ser., 6: 733 (1885) ; 2nd sen, 7: 
739 (1902). 
HYPNONE 

" Hypnone." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 7: 742 (1902). 
HYPNOTICS 

" Hypnotics." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 7: 742-743 (1902). 

See also Pharmaceuticals. 
HYPOBROMOUS ACID 

DiTz, Hugo. Unterbromige Saure. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 2: 258-261 (1907). 

Mellor, J. W. Hypohalous acids. In 
his Inorg. theor. chem. 2 : 243-258 
(1922). 
HYPOCHLOROUS ACID 

Abel, Emil. Hypochlorite und elek- 
trische Bleiche. Halle, Knapp, 1905. 
Ill p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Billiter, J. Halogen-Sauerstcffver- 
bindungen, elektrochemische Ver- 
fahren. In Brauer and d'Ans, Fort- 
schritte, 1: 267-269 (1921). German 
patents. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



153 



DiTZ, Hugo. Unterchlorige Saure. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 2: 120-132 (1909). 

See also Hypobromous acid (Mellor). 
HYPOIODOUS ACID 

DiTZ. Hugo. Unterjodige Saure. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 2: 340-344 (1909). 
Skrabal, a., and Buchta, F. Ueber 
die Natur und das Verhalten der 
wasserigen Losungen der unterjodig- 
en Saure. Chem.-Ztg. 33: 1184-1185, 
1193-1195 (1909). 39 footnotes. 

See also Hypobromous acid (Mellor), 
HYPONITROUS ACID 

Braun, J. V. Untersalpetrige Saure. 
In Abegg, Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, 
pt. 3, 196-199 (1907). 25 references. 

Divers, Edward. Hyponitrites, their 
properties and their preparation by 
sodium and potassium. J. Chem. 
Soc. 95: 125 (1899). 

ScHLENK, W. Untersalpetrige Saure. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 1, pt. 1: 248-252 (1907). 
HYPOPHOSPHORIC ACID 

GuTBiER, A. Unterphosphorsaure, 
H4P2O6. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 3: 120-129 
(1911). 
HYPOPHOSPHOROUS ACID 

GuTBiER, A. Unterphosphorige Saure, 
H3PO2. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 3: 103-111 
(1911). 
HYPOPHYSIS CEREBRI 

Hammett, Frederick S. The pharma- 
cology of hypophyseal extracts. In 
Barker, Endocrinology and metabo- 
lism, 1: 737-765; references, 5: 115- 
161 (1922). 
HYPOSULFUROUS ACID 

LiNNE, Br. Unterschweflige Saure. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 1: 571-586 (1907). 
HYPOXANTHINE 

Brahm, C, and Schmidt, J. Hypoxan- 
thin. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 4: 1034-1040 (1911). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Hypoxanthin. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3 : 
1267-1270 (1920). 
ICE 

Barnes, Howard T. The physical 
constants of ice. Trans. Roy. Soc. 
Canada (3) 3, Sec. 3: 25-27 (1910). 
Classified by properties. 

DoBROWOLSKi, A. B. Les cristaux de 
glace. Arkiv. Kem. Min. Geol. 6: 

^^ No. 7, 1916. 53 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

" Ice, manufacture, impurities, exami- 
nation." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser.. 



6: 770 (1885) ; 2nd sen, 7: 808-809 
(1902). 
See also Refrigeration, Water. 
ICHTHYOL 

"Ichthyol." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 

sen, 7: 810-811 (1902). 
ILMENITE 

Zambonini, F. Ilmenitgruppe. In 

Doelter, Handb. Mineralchem. 3, pt. 

1: 41-54 (1918). Bibl. footnotes. 
IMIDAZOLE COMPOUNDS 

Meyek-Jacobson. Einkernige Imidaz- 

ol-K6rper. In their Lehrb. org. 

Chem. 2, pt. 3: 438-500 (1916). Bibl. 

footnotes. 
IMMUNITY 

Arrhenius, Svante. Immunochemie. 

Ergeb. Physiol. 7: 480-483 (1908). 

140 references. 
Arrhenius, Svante. Anwendung der 

physikalischen Chemie in der 

Immunitatslehre. Z. Chemotherap. 

3: 453-457 (1914). 130 references. 
Bordet, Jules. Traite de I'immunite 

dans les maladies infectieuses. 

Paris, Masson, 1920. 720 p. 
" Complement." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 

3rd sen, 4: 88-90 (1923). 
Czapek, F. Immunoreaktionen. Die 

Kinetik der Immunoreaktionen. In 

his Biochemie der Pflanzen, 3rd ed., 

1: 127^147 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 
" Immunity." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 

sen, 7: 840-849 (1902). 
KoLLE, W., and Wasserman, A. 

Handbuch der pathogenen Mikroor- 

ganismen. Jena, Fischer, 1904. Vol. 

4, pts. 1 and 2. 1354 p. Bibl. through 

text. 
MiCHAELis, Leonor. Die Eiweisspra- 

cipitine. Biochem. Centr. 3 : 693-705 

(1904). 136 references. 
■MiJLLER, Paul T. Bakterien-Agglu- 

tinine und -Prazipitine. In Oppen- 

heimer, Handb. Biochem. 2 : 592-628 

(1908). 131 footnotes. 
MiJLLER, Paul T. Immunitat gegen 

Bakterien. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 

Biochem. 2: 629-688 (1908). 243 

footnotes. 
Petersen, Wm. F. Protein therapy 

and nonspecific resistance. New 

York, Macmillan, 1922. 314 p. Bibl., 

p. 257-307. 
Putter, Erich. Antikorper gegen Bio- 

kolloide. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 

Biochem., 2nd ed., 3 : 357-509 (1925). 

230 footnotes. 
RiCHTiE, J. Current theories on im- 
munity. J. Hyg. 2: 462-464 (1902). 

106 references. 
ScHiFF, F. Agglutination. In Oppen- 
heimer, Handb. Biochem., 2nd ed., 

3: 262-356 (1925). 866 footnotes. 



154 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



immiSNITY— Cont'd 

Wells, H. G. Chemistry of the im- 
munity reaction — antigens, specificity, 
antitoxins, agglutinins, precipitins, 
opsonins and related subjects. /;/ his 
Chemical pathology, 4th ed., p. 159- 
236 (1920). 475 footnotes. 

Wells, H. G. The chemical aspects of 
immunity. New York, Chem. Cat. 
Co., 1925. 254 p. Bibl. at end of each 
chapter. 
INDANTHRENE 

Meyeu-Jacobson. Indanthren. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 1441- 
1444 (1920). Bibl. footnotes. 
INDAZOLE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Indazol. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 428-436 
(1916). Bibl. footnotes. 
INDENE 

CouRTOT, Ch. Indene. Rev. gen. sci. 
34: 607-619 (1923). 150 references. 
INDICAN 

" Indican and indicanuria." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 1st sen, 6: 817 (1885); 
2nd sen, 7: 877 (1902). 

Wang, Eyvin. Om indicanuria. Vid- 
enskabsselskabets skrifter. I. Math- 
ematisknaturvidenskabelig k 1 a s s e , 
1900: No. 4. 156 p. Bibl., p. i-ix. 

See also Indoxyl; Urine, analysis. 
INDICATORS 

Agree, S. F., and Slagle, E. A. The- 
ory of indicators. Am. Chem. J. 42: 
115-147 (1909). Bibl. footnotes. 

Kebler, Lyman F-. " The more valu- 
able literature on indicators during 
the last decade." J. Am. Chem. Soc. 
17:831 (1895). 34 references. 

Salm, Eduard. Studien ueber Indika- 
toren. Z. physik. Chem. 57: 471-501 
(1907). Bibl. footnotes. 

Slagle, Edgar A. On the theory of 
indicators and the reactions of 
phthaleins and their salts. Thesis, 
Johns Hopkins Univ., 1909. 37 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Thiel, a. Der Stand der Indikator- 
enfrage. Sammlung chem. chem.- 
tech. Vortrage 16: 413-422 (1911). 
227 references. 

See also Dyes, Hydrogen ion concen- 
tration. 
INDIGO 

"Indigo." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
6: 817 (1885); 2nd sen, 7: 878 
(1902). 

Meyer-Jacobson. Das Indigoblau. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3 : 280- 
323 (1915). Bibl. footnotes. 

RuPE, H., and Altenburg, H. Indigo. 
In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 6 : 
122-128 (1911). 60 footnotes. 

Truttwin, Hans. Indigo. In his 
Enzyklopadie der Kiipenfarbstoffe, 



1920, p. 1-62. Literature through 

text. 
Wagner, Hugo E. Ueber Vorgange 

bei der Oxydation von Indigo. J. 

prakt. Chem. 197: 377-414 (1913- 

1914). Bibl. footnotes. 
See also Dyes. 
INDIUM 

Browning, Philip E. Index to the 

literature of indium, 1863-1903. 

Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 46, No. 

1571, 1909. 13 p. 110 references; 

chronological. 
Chabrie, C. Indium. In Moissan, 

Chim. min. 4: 134-143 (1905). 26 

footnotes. 
Little, H. F. V. Indium. In Friend, 

Textbook 4: 150-163 (1917). Bibl. 

footnotes. 
Mellor, J. W. Indium. In his Inorg. 

theon chem. 5: 387-405 (1924). 

Bibl. through chapter. 
Roth, W. Indium. In Gmelin-Kraut, 

Handb. anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 1 : 186- 

206, 957-963 (1911). References 

through text. 
RuDORF, G. Indium. In Abegg, Handb. 

anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 1: 402-404 

(1906). 79 references, 1863-1905. 
Sabatier, Paul. Indium. In Fremy, 

Enc. chim. 3, 5" cahier ; 251-252 

(1884). 
INDOLE 
Meyer-Jacobson. Das Indol und seine 

Derivate. In their Lehrb. org. 

Chem. 2, pt. 3: 213-280 (1915). Bibl. 

footnotes. 
Zemplen, Geza. Indol und Indolab- 

kdmmlinge. In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 4: 840-917 (1911) ; 9: 

226-236 (1915); II: 312-319 (1924). 

Bibl. footnotes. 
INDOXYL 

Meyer-Jacobson. Indoxyl. In their 

Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 245-250 

(1915). Bibl. footnotes. 
See also Indigo. 
INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY 

Gt. Britain, Patent Office. Subject 

list of works on chemical technology, 

including oils, fats, soaps, candles 

and perfumery, paints, varnishes, 

gums, resins, india-rubber, paper and 

leather industries in the Patent Office. 

1911. 160 p. 
Guareschi, Icilio. Nuova enciclo- 

pedia di chimica scientifica, tecli- 

nologica e industriale. Torino, 

1906-)-. Numerous bibl. footnotes. 
Martin, Geoffrey. Industrial and 

manufacturing chemistry. Inorganic. 

2 vols. 1917. Organic. 1 vol. 1920. 

New York, Appleton. Contains 

bibls. at beginning of each section. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



155 



Rogers, Allen. Industrial chemistry; 
a manual for the student and the 
manufacturer. 3rd ed. New York, 
Van Nostrand, 1921. 1232 p. Bibl. 
at end of each chapter. 

Sadtler, Samuel P., and Matos, 
Louis J. Industrial organic chemis- 
try. Sth ed. Philadelphia, Lippin- 
cott, 1923. Contains bibliographies. 

Thorpe, Edward. A dictionary of ap- 
plied chemistry. Revised ed. New 
York, Longmans, 1921-1-. 6 vols. 
Contains references through text. 

Ullmann, F. Enzyklopadie der tech- 
nischen Chemie. Berlin, Urban, 
1914-1923. 12 vols. Bibl. at end of 
many of the articles. 

Serial 

Chemisch-technisches Repertorium. 
Uebersichtlich geordnete Mittheil- 
ungen der neuesten Erfindungen, 
Fortschritte und Verbesserung auf 
dem Gebiete der technischen und in- 
dustriellen Chemie mit Hinweis auf 
Maschinen, Apparate und Literatur. 
1862- . Material is classified under 
appropriate headings. 

L' Industrie chimique. Revue univer- 
selle des produits chimiques et des in- 
dustries annexes. 1914- . Materi- 
al classified under : Mineral products, 
organic products, pharmaceuticals, 
plastics and textiles, patents. 

Jahresbericht iiber die Leistungen der 
chemischen Technologic. 1855- 
Since 1906, two volumes have been 
issued (inorganic and organic). Ma- 
terial is classified under the usual 
headings such as : Fuels, metallurgy, 
manufacture of chemicals, glass, cer- 
amics, apparatus, organic chemical 
manufacture, carbohydrates, foods, 
fermentation, fibers, dyes, special or- 
ganic chemical industries. Lists new 
books. Vols. 1-25 edited by R. von 
Wagner, 26- by F. Fischer. 

KunststoflFe. Zeitschrift fiir Erzeug- 
ung und Verwendung veredelter oder 
chemisch hergestellter Stoffe. 1910- 
. Each issue contains selected 
abstracts dealing with various phases 
of applied chemistry. 

Polytechnisches Centralblatt. 1835-1875. 
(Edited by Hiilsse and Weinlig.) 

Reports of the Progress of applied 
chemistry. (Issued by the Society of 
Chemical Industry.) 1916- . Classi- 
fication for 1924 was as follows : 
Plant and machinery; fuel, gas, de- 
structive distillation, tar products ; 
mineral oils ; coloring matters and 
dyes ; fibers, textiles, cellulose and 
paper ; bleaching, dyeing, printing 
and finishing ; acids, alkali, salts, etc. ; 



glass ; iron and steel ; electro-chemi- 
cal and electro-metallurgical indus- 
tries ; ceramics, refractories and 
building materials ; oils, fats and 
waxes ; paints, pigments, varnishes 
and resins ; india rubber ; leather and 
glue ; soils and fertilizers ; sugars, 
starches and gums ; fermentation in- 
dustries ; foods ; sanitation and water 
purification ; fine chemicals, medici- 
nal substances and essential oils ; pho- 
tographic materials and processes ; 
explosives. Bibl. footnotes. 

La Revue de chimie industrielle. 1892- 
. Contains " Revue de la presse 
technique et scientifique." Classified : 
Organic industries ; industrial miner- 
als, analytical patents, books. 

La Revue des produits chimiques. 
1898- . Classified in part as fol- 
lows : Analytical, apparatus and meth- 
ods, technology, fuels, metallurgy, 
acids, alkalies and salts, agricultural 
chemistry, electrochemistry, ceram- 
ics, dry distillation, organic indus- 
tries, bleaching, perfumes, cellulose, 
resins, tanning, fermentation, sugars, 
oils, petroleum, explosives, foods, etc. 

Revue de I'ingenieur et index technique. 
Bibliographie mensuelle de la litera- 
ture technique mondiale. 1905- 
The material is classified according 
to a decimal system, each reference 
being given a number. Abstracts 
are printed on one side of the page 
only, for purposes of clipping. The 
headings of interest are : Chemistry, 
hygiene, chemicals, explosives, bev- 
erages, foods, lighting, ceramics, 
bleaching, metallurgy. 

Technisch-chemisches Jahrbuch. 1879- 
1906. (Edited by R. Biedermann). 
This work covers the general field of 
industrial chemistry : Metals ; acids, 
alkalies and salts ; explosives ; ceram- 
ics ; fuels ; sugar, starch, etc. ; fer- 
mentation ; fats, soaps and waxes ; 
ethereal oils; water; foods; etc. 

Zeitschrift fiir angewandte Chemie. 
1887- . References are classified 
under the headings : Physical, inor- 
ganic, organic, analytical, technology, 
electrochemistry, physiological, phar- 
maceutical, agricultural, mineralogi- 
cal. Patents are listed. In 1913, paged 
separately. Later abstracts were pub- 
lished as part of Chemisches Zentral- 
blatt. 
INDUSTRIAL POISONS. See Poisons, 

industrial. 
INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH. See Re- 
search. 
INDUSTRIAL WASTES. See Wastes. 
INFUSORIAL EARTH. See Diatoma- 

ceous earth. 



156 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



INK 

HiNRiCHSEN, F. W. Die Untersuch- 
ungen von Eisengallustinten. Stutt- 
gart, Enke, 1909. 140 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Mitchell, C. Ainsworth. Colloids in 
relation to the manufacture of ink. 
Fifth report on colloid chemistry, 
1923, 47-50. 9 references. 

Mitchell, Charles A., and Hep- 
worth, T. C. Inks ; their composi- 
tion and manufacture, including 
methods of examination and a full 
list of English patents. 2nd ed., Lon- 
don. Griffin, 1916. 266 p. 

U. S. Bureau of Standards. Inks, their 
composition, manufacture and meth- 
ods of testing. Circular No. 95, 1920. 
24 p. 22 references. 
INORGANIC CHEMICALS. See Acids, 
Alkalis and Salts; names of indi- 
vidual chemicals. 
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

Abegg, R., and Auerbach, Fr. Hand- 
buch der anorganischen Chemie. 
Vols. 2, pts. 1 and 2; 3, pts. 1, 2 and 
3; 4, pt. 1, 2nd half, and pt. 2, issued. 
1905-1921. Leipzig, Hirzel. Bibl. for 
each element. These are listed in 
their proper places in this work. 

d'Ans, J. Jahresbericht ueber die 
Fortschritte der experimentellen 
anorganischen Chemie, 1910-1912. 
Chem.-Ztg. 35: 1281, 1291. 1305, 
1322 (1911) ; 274 footnotes. 26: 301, 
323, 346, 359, 376 (1912) ; 371 foot- 
notes. 2>7: 633, 658, 694, 707, 721, 
745 (1913) ; 498 footnotes. 

BoRCH, H. Anorganische Experimen- 
talchemie. Fortschritte Chem. 3 : 
77-84, 351-359 (1910-1911). 

Chemical Society. Inorganic chem- 
istry. In Annual reports on the 
progress of chemistry. 1-j-. 1904 to 
date. Bibl. footnotes. 

Fremy, E. Encyclopedic chimique. 
1882-1894. 10 vols, in 69 parts. Most 
important bibls. are listed in the 
proper places in this work. 

Friend, J. N. A textbook of inorganic 
chemistry. 10 vols. London, Griffin, 
1915-f-. Numerous bibl. footnotes. 

Gmelin-Kraut. Handbuch der an- 
organischen Chemie. 7th ed. Vols. 
1, pts. 1, 2 and 3; 2, pts. 1 and 2; 
3, pts. 1 and 2; 4, pt. 2; 5, pts. 1, 2 
and 3 issued. Heidelberg, Winter, 
1906-1915. Numerous references 
through text. Elements and most 
important compounds are listed in 
their proper places through this 
work. 

GossLiNG, W. Fortschritte der an- 
organischen Chemie im Jahre 1909. 
Z. angew. Chem. 23 : 1855, 1879, 1925 
(1910). 235 footnotes. 



Gutbier, a. Anorganische Experi- 
mentalchemie im Jahre 1910. Z. 
angew. Chem. 24: 913-923, 961-968 
(1911). 173 footnotes. 

Gutbier, A. Experimentelle anorgan- 
ische Chemie und Elektrochemie, 
1911-1915. Z. angew. Chem. 25: 385- 
396, 459-468 (1912) ; 182 footnotes. 
26: 105-131 (1913); 236 footnotes. 
27: 73-96, 97-116 (1914); 338 foot- 
notes. 28: 77, 93, 113, 131. 153. 173 
(1915); 463 footnotes. 29: 69, 97, 
107, 120 (1916). 179 footnotes. 

Hofmann, K. a. Neuere Fortschritte 
auf dem Gebiete der anorganischen 
Chemie. Chem.-Z. 2: 268-270, 491- 
492, 523-525 (1903) ; 78 footnotes. 
3: 225-229, 501-503, 529-531, 701-704 
(1904) ; 95 footnotes. 4: 73-76, 265- 
268, 481-484 (1905) ; 100 footnotes. 

Howe, Jas. L. Review of inorganic 
chemistry. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 29: 
382-401 (1907) ; 31: 252-272 (1909) ; 
2,2,: 166-188 (1911); 34: 147-161 
(1912); 35: 184-199 (1913); 27: 
536-549 (1915). References as foot- 
notes or through text. 

Keler, H. v. Die wichtigsten Fort- 
schritte auf den Gebiete der an- 
organischen Grossindustrie, 1908- 
1914. Z. angew. Chem. 22: 1396- 
1445 (1909); 23: 625-642 (1910); 
24: 532, 579 (1911); 25: 454, 518 
(1912); 26: 209-227 (1913); 27: 
225, 244 (1914); 28: 177, 201, 214 
(1915). Bibl. footnotes. 

Klemm, W. Fortschritte der anorgan- 
ische Chemie seit 1921. Z. angew. 
Chem. 38: 1-4, 26-30 (1925). 126 
footnotes. 

KoppEL, I. Bericht ueber wichtige 
Untersuchungen der wissenschaft- 
lichen anorganischen Experimental- 
chemie aus den Jahren 1917-1920. 
Z. angew. Chem. 35: 49-54, 57-60, 
94-95, 99-103 (1922). 160 footnotes. 

Mellor, J. W, A comprehensive treat- 
ise on inorganic and theoretical 
chemistry. New York, Longmans, 
19224-. 5 vols, issued. Contains ex- 
tensive bibls. These bibls. are listed 
in this work under the proper head- 
ings. 

Moissan, Henri. Traite de chimie 
minerale. Paris, Masson, 1904-1906. 
5 vols. The most important of the 
bibls. are listed in this work. 

Pick, H. Anorganische Experimental- 
chemie. Fortschritte Chem. 1 : 97- 
106, 360-369 (1909); 2: 181-189 
(1910). 

RoscoE, Henry E., and Schorlem- 
MER, C. A treatise on chemistry. 6th 
ed. London, Macmillan, 1923. 2 vols. 
Bibl. footnotes. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



157 



SoMMER, F. Anorganische Experimen- 
talchemie. Fortschritte Chem. 4 : 
381-393 (1911); 5: 243-261 (1912); 
7: 113-125 (1913); 10: 13-31 (1914- 
1915); 11: 51-63 (1915-1916). Ref- 
erences through text. 

Serial 

Edel-Erzen und -Erze. 1919- . Each 
number contains abstracts, patents 
and books. 

Kali, Zeitschrift fiir Gewinnung, Ver- 
arbeitung und Verwertung der Kali- 
salze. 1907- . Each number con- 
tains an abstract section. 

Zeitschrift fiir anorganische Chemie. 
1892- . Early volumes contained 
an abstract section. 

See also Acids, Alkalis and Salts ; 
names of individual chemical com- 
pounds and properties. 
INOSITE 

Grafe, Viktor. Die Inosite. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 2 : 555- 
570 (1911); 8: 285-287 (1915). 
About' 165 footnotes. 

LipPMANN, E. O. V. Inosit. In his 
Chemie der Zuckerarten, 1019-1032 
(1895). Bibl. through text. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Inosit. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1: 807-810 
(1902). Bibl. footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Inosit. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 10: 743-749 
(1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Phytin. 
INOSITE PHOSPHORIC ACID. See 

Phytin. 
INSECTICIDES 

Anderson, Oscar G. Insecticides and 
fungicides, spraying and dusting 
equipment; a laboratory manual. 
New York, Wiley, 1923. 349 p. Con- 
tains bibls. 

Cook, Frank C, and McIndoo, N. E. 
Chemical, physical and insecticidal 
properties of arsenicals. U. S. Dept. 
Agr., Bull. No. 1147, 1923. 58 p. 
Bibl., p. 55-57. 

Fornaini, M. Rassegna dei mezzi di 
lotta contro i parassiti del corpo 
f ra le truppe. Ann. chim. appl. 4 : 
111-128 (1915). 110 footnotes. 

Fujitani, J. Beitrage zur Chemie und 
Pharmacologie des Insektenpulver. 
Arch. exp. Path. Pharm. 61: 47-53 
(1909). Bibl. footnotes. 

" Insecticides." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
ser., 8: 175-176, 181-182 (1903). In- 
cludes some patents. 

Juillet, a. Le pyrethie insecticide du 
Dalmatie, origine, culture, principes, 
actifs, applications a I'agriculture. 
Paris, Ministere du Commerce et 
de I'Industrie, 1924. 236 p. Bibl., 
p. 215-229. 



McDonnell, C. C. Recent progress in 
insecticides and fungicides. Ind. 
Eng. Chem. 16: 1011-12 (1924). 132 
references. 

McDonnell, C. C, and Roark, R. C. 
Insect powder. U. S. Dept. Agr., 
Bull. No. 824. 1920. 100 p. Bibl., 
p. 83-100. 299 references. 

McIndoo, Norman E. Quassia ex- 
tract as a contact insecticide. J. Agr. 
Res. 10: 528-531 (1917). 

Manaresi, Angelo. Intorno ad alcuni 
nuovi insetticidi richerce ed esper- 
ienze con sali di arsenico, di bario, 
ecc. Bologna, Cuppini, 1909. 81 d. 

Marchal, p. [Arsenicals and mixed 
sprays for fruits.] Min. Agr. 
(France), Ann. serv. fipiphyties 6: 
242-280 (1918). 

Moore, Wm. Spreading and adherence 
of arsenical sprays. Univ. Minn. 
Agr. Expt. Sta., Tech. Bull. No. 2, 

1921. 50 p. Bibl., p. 46-50. 
PiCKNEY, Reuben M. Action of soap 

upon lead arsenates. J. Agr. Res. 
24: 95 (1923). 
Raabe, Jan F. C. Over de waarde van 
sulfoliquid als antiparasiticum en 
antipruriginosum bij kleine huisdier- 
en (bond en kat). Utrecht, Hajer, 

1922. 172 p. Bibl., p. 165-172. 
Rees, Charles C, and MacFarlane, 

Wallace. A bibliography of recent 
literature concerning plant-disease 
prevention. Univ. 111. Agr. Expt. 
Sta., Circ. No. 183, 1915. 78 p. 
Classified. Covers 1909-1914. _ 

Roark, R. C. Plants used as insecti- 
cides. Am. J. Pharm. 91 : 25-37, 91- 
107 (1919). 

Roark, Ruric C, and Keenan, G. L. 
Adulteration of insect powder with 
powdered daisy flowers. U. S. Dept. 
Agr., Bull. No. 795 rev., 1923. 10 p. 
Bibl., p. 7-9. 

ToMMASi, G. Rivista dei lavon re- 
centi sugli anticrittigamici ed inset- 
ticidi. Ann. chim. appl. 3: 111-147 
(1915). 175 footnotes. 

See also Arsenicals, Bordeaux mix- 
ture, Disinfectants, Germicides, 
Hydrocyanic acid. Lead arsenate, 
Nicotine. 
INSECTS: Nutrition. 

Baumberger, J. p. Nutritional study 
of insects, with special reference to 
microorganisms and their substrata. 
J. Expt. Zool. 28: 1-81 (1919). Bibl. 
of 7 p. 
INSULATING MATERIALS. See Elec- 
tric insulators. 
INSULIN 

Allen, F. M. Summary of publica- 
tions on insulin to date. J. Meta- 
bolic Res. 2: 125-140 (1922). Anno- 
tated. 



158 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



INSULIN— CoH/'rf 

Best, C. H., and Scott, D. A. The 
preparation of insulin. J. Biol. 
Chem. 57: 709-723 (1923). 23 ref- 
erences. 

Hepburn, J., and Latchford, J. K. 
The effect of insulin (pancreatic ex- 
tract) on the sugar consumption of 
the isolated surviving- rabbit heart. 
Am. J. Physiol. 62: 183-184 (1922). 
Univ. of Toronto, Physiol, series. 
No. 52. 

Insulin Committee, Univ. Toronto. 
Insulin, its action, its therapeutic 
value in diabetes and its manufac- 
ture. J. Can. Med. Assoc. 13: 480- 
486 (1923). 

Macleod, J. J. R. Insulin. Physiol. 
Rev. 4: 66-68 (1924). 

Staub, H. Insulin. Klin. Wochschr. 
3: 101 (1924). 83 references. 
INTERMEDIATES 

Cain, J. C. The manufacture of in- 
termediate products for dyes. Lon- 
don, Macmillan, 1918. 263 p. Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Crossley, M. L. Chemistry of inter- 
mediates. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 14 : 
802-805 (1922). 76 references. 

Graefe, Ed. Die Braunkohlenteerin- 
dustrie. 1903-1909. Chem.-Ztg. 28 
239-242 (1904); 46 footnotes. 29 
285-289 (1905) ; 62 footnotes. 30 
691-694 (1906); 57 footnotes. 31 
408-411 (1907) ; 80 footnotes. 32 
885-886, 903-904 (1908) ; 74 foot- 
notes. 2,2,: 1053-1055 (1909); 74 
footnotes. 34: 901-904 (1910); 87 
footnotes. 

Lange, O'tto. Die Zwischenprodukte 
der Teerfarbenfabrikation. Leipzig, 
Spamer, 1920. 645 p. Patents. 

Rosenthal, Theodor. Die Braunkohl- 
enteerindustrie in den Jahren 1910 
bis 1912. Chem.-Ztg. 37: 1541, 1559, 
1574, 1591 (1913). 444 footnotes. 

RussiG, F. Die Industrie der Teer- 
produkte. Chem. Z. 1 : 283, 311, 343, 
574, 599 (1902); 143 footnotes. 2: 
179, 205, 234, 495, 531, 601, 640, 672 
(1903); 200 footnotes. 3: 209, 229, 
261, 749, 778. 802 (1904) ; 230 foot- 
notes. 4: 413, 437, 459 (1905); 185 
footnotes. 

See also Dyes. 
INTERNAL FRICTION 

Batschinski, a. J. Untersuchungen 
ueber die innere Reibung der Fliiss- 
igkeiten. Z. physik. Chem. 84 : 643- 
706 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Faust, Otto. Literaturverzeichnis der 
Arbeiten ueber innere Reibung von 
Losungen und Flussigkeitsgemischen. 
Z. physik. Chem. 79: 116-123 (1912). 
121 references ; chronological. 



KuRNAKOw, N., and 2emcuzny, S. 
Die innere Reibung der binaren 
Gemische. Z. physik. Chem. 83 : 481- 
506 (1913). 65 footnotes. 
INTERNAL PRESSURE 

Lewis, Wm. C. M. Internal, molecu- 
lar or intrinsic pressure — a survey of 
the various expressions proposed for 
its determination. Trans. Faraday 
Soc. 7: 94-115 (1911). 34 refer- 
ences. 
INTERNAL SECRETIONS 

Biedl, Artur. Innere Sekretion. 
2nd ed. 1913. Bibl., vol. 2: 395-653. 

Peritz, Georg. Nervensystem und in- 
nere Sekretion. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem., Erganzungsband, 
1913, 496-536. 196 footnotes. 

See also Secretions. 
INTESTINES 

Gerhardt, D. Ueber Darmfaulnis. 
Ergeb. Physiol. 3: 107-115 (1904). 
344 references. 

" Intestines, juices of." Ind.-Cat. S. 
G. O., 2nd sen, 8: 245-246 (1903). 

Sec also Digestion. 
INULASE 

Young, V. H. Some factors affecting 
inulase formation in Aspergillus 
niqer. Plant World 21: 132-133 
(1918). 

See also Enzymes. 
INULIN 

Czapek, F. Die Polysaccharide der 
Inulingruppe. In his Biochem. der 
Pflanzen, 3rd ed., 1: 457-461 (1922). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Inulin. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 2: 184-190 
(1911); 8: 46-48 (1914). 135 foot- 
notes. 

See also Carbohydrates. 
INAR, See Steel, Nickel. 
INVERTASE 

Bloom field, Grover. Some character- 
istics of invertase action and their 
significance in interpreting the na- 
ture of the reaction. Thesis, Co- 
lumbia Univ., 1922. 43 p. Bibl., p. 
42-43. 

Born, Sidney. The chemical consti- 
tution of invertase. The acetolysis 
of carbohydrates. Thesis, Columbia 
Univ., 1913. 40 p. Bibl., p. 37-39. 45 
references on invertase; 42 refer- 
ences on acetolysis. 

Vinson, A. E. The endo- and ketoin- 
vertase of the date. J. Am. Chem. 
Soc. 30: 1005-1020 (1908). About 
50 footnotes. 

Willstatter, Richard, and Rache, 
Fritz. Zur Kenntniss des Invertins. 
Ann. 425: 1-135 (1921). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



159 



ZuNZ, Edgard. Invertase. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 5 : 539-543 
(1911). 100 footnotes. 

See also Enzymes. 
IODIC ACID 

DiTZ, Hugo. Jodsaure. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
2: 348-364 (1909). References 
through text. 

Mellor, J. W. Iodic acid and its salts. 
In his Inorg. theor. chem. 2 : 296 
(1922). 

See also Iodine. 
lODIMETRY 

Barnebey, O. L. Differential iodim- 
etry. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 38 : 330- 
341 (1916). About 50 references. 

See also Analytical chemistry. 
IODINE 

Abel, E., and Haller, F. Jod. In 
Abegg, Handb. anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 
2: 560-589 (1912). 1512 references. 

DiTZ, Hugo. Jod. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 285- 
313 (1909). References through 
text. 

" Iodine and compounds." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 1st sen, 7: 87-93 (1886); 
2nd ser., 8: 322-327 (1903). 

Joly, A. lode. In Fremy, Enc. chim. 
2, P cahier: 691-693 (1885). 

Lebeau, p. lode. In Moissan, Chim. 
min. 1: 151-187 (1904). 585 foot- 
notes. 

Lottermoser, a. Kolloidchemie des 
Jods. In Abegg, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 4, pt. 2: 597-598 (1912). 34 
references. 

Martin, G., and Dancaster, E. A. 
Iodine. In Friend, Textbook, 8 : 
189-255 (1915). Bibl. footnotes. 

Mellor, J. W. Iodine. In his Inorg. 
theor. chem. 2: 15-126 (1922). Oc- 
currence, 40 references ; history, 10 
references ; preparation, 80 refer- 
ences ; properties, 185 references ; 
colloidal iodine, 50 references ; color 
of solutions, 35 references. 
IODINE: Analytical. 

DiTZ, Hugo. Jod-Analytisches. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 2: 311-312, 334-338, 435, 438 
(1909). 
IODINE: Biochemistry. 

Cameron, A. T., and Carmichael, J. 
Biochemistry of iodine. III. Com- 
parative effects of thyroid and iodine 
feeding on growth in rats and rab- 
bits. J. Biol. Chem. 45: 69 (1921). 
25 references. 
Wheeler,_ H. L., and Mendel, L. B. 
The iodine complex in sponges. 3, 5- 
Diiodotyrosine. J. Biol. Chem. 7: 
1-9 (1910). 25 references. 



IODINE: Organic compounds. 

Willgerodt, Conrad. Die organischen 
Verbindungen mit mehrwertigem 
Jod. Stuttgart, Enke, 1914. 265 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 
IODINE: Pharmacology. 

BoYD, L. J., and Nast, A. G. Study 
of the action of iodine. J. Am. Inst. 
Homeopathy 17: 729-734 (1924). 
50 references. 
IODINE CHLORIDES 
DiTz, Hugo. Jod und Chlor. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
2: 394-402 (1909). References 
through text. 
Mellor, J. W. Chlorine and iodine. 
In his Inorg. theor. chem. 2: 116- 
122 (1922). 50 references. 
IODINE COULOMETER 

Washburn, Edward W., and Bates, 
Stuart J. The iodine coulometer 
and the value of the Faraday. Trans. 
Am. Electrochem. Soc. 22: 397-433 
(1912). About 40 footnotes. 
IODINE PENTOXIDE 
DiTZ, Hugo. Jodpentoxyd. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
2: 346-348 (1909). 
Mellor, J. W. Iodine pentoxide. In 
his Inorg. theor. chem. 2 : 293-295 
(1922). 50 references. 
lODIPIN 

" lodipin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd ser., 
8: 327-328 (1903). 
IODOFORM 

Baum, Fritz. Iodoform. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 45-47 
(1911). 75 footnotes. 
"Iodoform." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 7: 93-96 (1886); 2nd sen, 8: 
328-331 (1903). 
Meyer-Jacobson. Jodoform. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 16-19 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
IONIZATION 

Kendall, J., and Booge, J. E. The 
mechanism of the ionization pro- 
cess. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 39: 2323- 
2333 (1917). Bibl. footnotes. 
Stark, J. Bericht ueber die lonisier- 
ung der chemischen Elemente durch 
Elektronstoff. Jahrb. Radioakt. Elek- 
tronik 13: 396-400 (1916). 85 ref- 
erences. 
See also Electrical conductivity. 
IRIDIUM 

Friend, J. N. Iridium. In his Text- 
book, 9, pt. 1: 235-255 (1920). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
Leidie, E. Iridium. In Fremy, Enc. 
chim. 3, 17"= cahier: 267-272 (1901). 
Pechard, — : Iridium. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 5: 893-925 (1906). 188 
footnotes. 
See also Platinum (Howe) ; Rare 

EARTHS. 



160 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



IRIDIUM OXIDE 

WOHLER, LOTHAR, and WiTZMANN, W. 

Die Oxyde des Iridiums. Z. anorg. 
Chem. 57: 323-352 (1908). 50 foot- 
notes. 
IRON 

Blumhof, Johann G. R. Volstandige 
systematische Literatur von Eisen, in 
mineralogischer, chemischer, tech- 
nologischer, okonomischer, camaral- 
istischer und medicinisher Riicksicht. 
Braunschweig, 1803. 271 p. 

Friend, J. Newton. Iron and its 
compounds. In his Textbook, 9, pt. 
2, 1921. 265 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Gt. Brit. Library of the Patent Office. 
Subject list of works on mineral 
industries in the library of the Pat- 
ent Office. Part 2. Iron manufac- 
tures, alloys and metallography. 
1912. 70 p. 

" Iron and compounds." Ind.-Cat. S. 
G. O., 1st sen, 7: 117-124 (1886); 
2nd sen, 8: 353-359 (1903). 

JoANNis, M. Le fer et ses composes. 
In Fremy, Enc. chim. 3, 9" cahier : 
153-162 (1884). Classified by com- 
pounds. 

McClelland, E. H. Review of iron 
and steel literature. A classified list 
of the more important books, serials 
and trade publications during the 
year; with a few of earlier date, 
not previously announced. Blast 
Furnace Steel Plant 8: 8-10 (1920) ; 
9: 6-8 (1921) ; 10: 4-8 (1922) ; 11: 
7-11 (1923); 12: 13-17 (1924). Is- 
sued as a reprint by the Carnegie 
Library of Pittsburgh. 

Metzner, R. Fer. In Moissan, Chim. 
min. 4: 297-437 (1905). 1156 foot- 
notes. 

Mueller, Erich. Das Eisen und seine 
Verbindungen. Dresden, Steinkopff, 
1917. 558 p. Bibl., p. 390-419. 1129 
references. Author index. Alloys, 
p. 549-553. 218 references. 

RoozEBOOM, H. W. B. Eisen und Stahl 
vom Standpunkte der Phasenlehre. 
Z. physik. Chem. 34: 437-488 (1900). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Society of Chemical Industry. Iron 
and steel. In Reports of the prog- 
ress of applied chemistry, 2 : 242-261 
(1917) ; 3: 209-223 (1918) ; 4: 202- 
225 (1919); 5: 229-248 (1920); 6: 
257-273 (1921); 7: 216-229 (1922); 
8: 233-250 (1923) ; 9: 226-249 (1924). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
IRON: Alloys. 

Alleman, G., and Darlington, C. J. 
Occluded gases in ferrous alloys. J. 
Franklin Inst. 185: 161-198, 333-357, 
461-480 (1918). 40 footnotes. 



Arnold, J. O., and Read, A. A. Chemi- 
cal and mechanical relations of iron, 
tungsten, nickel and carbon. Engi- 
neering 97 : 433-436. 

Australia. Advisory council of sci- 
ence and industry. The manufacture 
and uses of ferro-alloys and alloy 
steels, being the report of a special 
committee appointed to investigate 
the manufacture of ferro-alloys and 
alloy steels from the raw materials 
occurring in Australia. Melbourne, 
1918 46 p. Bibl., p. 45-46. 

Berggreen, Paul H. Bibliography of 
the different forms and combina- 
tions of carbon and iron, including 
those in iron alloys. Bull. Am. Inst. 
Mining Eng. 1914, 914-927. 

Bibliography of patents covering 
unions of copper or its alloys with 
iron or steel by the aid of heat. J. 
Ind. Eng. Chem. 5: 893-895 (1913). 

Buck, E. C. Bibliography of the 
manufacture of ferromanganese. 
Met. Chem. Eng. 17: 638-642 
(1917). 

Cheney, W. L. Preparation and prop- 
erties of pure iron alloys. U. S. Bur. 
Standards, Bull. 18: 635; Sci. Paper 
No. 463, 1923. 50 references. 

Krohnke, O. Kurze Einfiihrung in 
den inneren Gefiigeaufbau der 
Eisenkohlenstofflegierungen. Berlin, 
1911. Bibl., p. 77-110. Arranged by 
authors. 

Levy, Donald M. Study of the man- 
ganese sulfides and silicates in iron 
and steel. Iron and Steel Inst., Car- 
negie Scholarship Mem. 3 : 279-281 
(1911). 48 references. 

Stead, J. E. Some of the ternary al- 
loys of iron, carbon and phosphorus. 
J. Soc. Chem. Ind. 33: 184 (1914). 
41 references. 

Sec also Alloys ; Steel. 
IRON: Analytical. 

Ardaugh, E. R. G., and Broughall, 
G. M. Method of separating nickel 
and copper from iron. Can. Chem. 
Met. 17: 198-200 (1923). 22 refer- 
ences. 

Barnebey, O. L. Permanganate deter- 
mination of iron in the presence of 
chlorides. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 36 : 
1447-1448 (1914). 65 references. 

Macallum, a. B. Eisen in den 
Geweben und Zellen. Ergeb. Phy- 
siol. 7: 552-556 (1908). 94 refer- 
ences. 

PuLSiFER, H. B. Colorimetric estima- 
tion of iron. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 26 : 
974-975 (1904). 50 references. 

PuLSiFER, H. B. The determination 
of sulfur in iron and steel. J. Ind. 
Eng. Chem. 8: 1119-1123 (1916). 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



161 



Chronological, 1797-1916. Brief com- 
ments. Also in his Determination of 
sulfur in iron and steel, Easton, 
Chem. Pub. Co., 1922. Bibl., p. 53- 
155. 
IRON: Biochemical. 

Meyer-Erich. Ueber die Resorption 
und Ausscheidung des Eisens. Ergeb. 
Physiol. 5: 698-702 (1906). 125 ref- 
erences. 
IRON: Case hardening. See Case Hard- 
ening. 
IRON: Cast. 

Hurst, J. Edgar. Cast iron, with spe- 
cial reference to engine cylinders. 
Engineering 103: 40-41, 51-54, 75-76 
(1917). 

Porter, John J. Chemical standards 
for iron castings. Trans. Am. Foun- 
dryman's Assoc. 19: 134-149 (1911). 
Alphabetical list of castings with 
analyses. 201 references. 

Malleable cast iron. In British cast 
iron research assoc, Bull. No. 1 : 10- 
14 (1923). 130 references. 

Schwartz, H. A. American malleable 
cast iron. Cleveland, Fenton Pub. 
Co., 1922. 416 p. Bibl., p. 385-402. 
150 references, classified and anno- 
tated. 
IRON: Crystallization. 
1 Mellor, J. W. The crystallization of 
iron and steel. New York, Long- 
mans, 1905. 144 p. Bibl. footnotes. 
IRON: Electrolytic. 

Belcher, Donald. Progress in electro- 
lytic iron. Trans. Am. Electrochem. 
Soc. 45: 157-172 (1924). 30 foot- 
notes. 

Cain, J. R., Schramm, E., and 
Cleaves, H. E. Preparation of pure 
iron and iron-carbon alloys. Bull. 
U. S. Bur. Standards 13: 1-26 
(1916-1917) ; Sci. Paper No. 266. 21 
references. 

Hughes, W. E. On the electrodeposi- 
tion of iron. Gt. Brit., Dept. Sci. 
Ind. Res., Bull. No. 6, 1922. 50 p. 
Bibl., p. 44-50. 120 references. Con- 
tains the most important literature. 

Kern, E. F. The electrolytic refining 
of iron. Trans. Am. Electrochem. 
Soc. 13: 103-119 (1908). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Neuburger, Albert. Die Fortschritte 
der Elektrometallurgie des Eisens. 
Z. angew. Chem. 20: 97-108 (1907). 
36 footnotes. 

Storey, Oliver W. Review of recent 
progress in electrolytic iron. Trans. 
Am. Electrochem. Soc. 29 : 366-367 
(1916). Supplements Kern. 15 ref- 
erences. 

Yensen, T. D. Magnetic and other 
properties of electrolytic iron melted 

11 



in vacuo. Univ. of 111., Eng. Expt. 
Sta., Bull. No. 72, 1914. Bibl., p. 70- 
71. 60 references. 
IRON: Galvanized. 

Heise, George W., and Clemente, 
Amando. The stripping and analy- 
sis of galvanized iron. Philipp. J. 
Sci. IIA: 135-146 (1916). 31 foot- 
notes. 
IRON: History. 

Friend, J. N. Iron in antiquity. Iron 
Steel Inst., Carnegie Scholarship 
Mem. 12: 219-290 (1923). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Meyer, Oswald. Geschichte des Elek- 
troeisens. Berlin, Springer, 1914. 
182 p. Bibl. footnotes. 
IRON: Industry. 

Brooks, A. H., and La Croix, N. F. 
The iron and associated industries 
of Lorraine, the Sarre district, Lux- 
emburg and Belgium. U. S. Geol. 
Sur., Bull. No. 703, 1920. 131 p. 
Bibl., p. 125-127. 73 references. 
1904-1919. 

Comite des Forges de France, Paris. 
Bibliotheque. Catalogue de la bib- 
liotheque du Comite des forges de 
France. Rennes, Simon, 1902. 166 p. 
1049 entries. 

Griffin, A. P. C. Select list of books 
relating to iron and steel in com- 
merce. Washington, Library of 
Congress, 1907. 25 p. 

Levaniville, J. L'industrie du fer en 
France. Paris, Colin, 1922. 211 p. 
Bibl. at end of chapters. 
IRON: Metallurgy. 

Dornhecker, K. Ueber die Fort- 
schritte auf dem Gebiete der Eisen- 
hiittenkunde in den letzten Jahren. 
Z. angew. Chem. 33 : 96-100, 103-104, 
106-111 (1920). 100 footnotes. 

Geiger, C. Handbuch der Eisen und 
Stahlgiesserei. Berlin, Springer, 1911. 
2 vols. Bibl. at end of chapters. 

Hadfield, Robert. Method of pro- 
ducing sound ingots. J. Iron Steel 
Inst. 86, pt. 2: 30-38 (1912) ; Proc. 
Am. Railway Eng. Assoc. 14 : 466- 
475. 200 references, covering 1873- 
1912. 

JuPTNER, Hans v. Grundzijge der 
Siderologie. Leipzig, FeHx, 1900. 3 
vols. Bibl., vol. 1: 291-307; vol. 2: 
388-399; vol. 3: 400-418. 

Lebeduc, a. Handbuch der Eisenhiitt- 
enkunde. 5th ed. Leipzig, Felix, 
1906. 3 vols. Bibl. at end of chap- 
ters. 

Neumann, Bernhard. Technische 
Fortschritte im Eisenhiittenwesen. 
Z. angew. Chem. 21: 2305-2311 
(1908); 94 footnotes. 22: 1746-1757 
(1909); 121 footnotes. 23: 1745- 



162 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



IRON: Metallurgy— Coni'd 

1751 (1910) ; 74 footnotes. 24: 2451- 
2459 (1911) ; 95 footnotes. 

Neumann, B. Das Eisenhiittenwesen 
in dem Jahren 1914-1915. Gliickauf 
52: 1073, 1105, 1128 (1916). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Neumann, B. Das Eisenhiittenwesen. 
Giackauf 41: 961-971 (1905); 42: 
879-889 (1906); 43: 1104-1113 
(1907); 44: 1177-1187 (1908); 45: 
1179-1185, 1216-1221 (1909); 46: 
1811-1815, 1845-1852 (1910); 47: 
1875-1882, 1911-1917 (1911); 48: 
2071-2078, 2104-2112 (1912); 49: 
2102-2111, 2145-2151 (1913); 51: 
191, 214, 235 (1915) ; 52: 1075, 1105, 
1128 (1916). Bibl. footnotes. 

Osann, Bernhard. Lehrbuch der 
Eisenhiittenkunde. Leipzig, Engel- 
mann, 1915. 2 vols. Bibl. footnotes. 
See also vol. 1, p. 83-89. 

Simmersbach, Oskar. Die Fort- 
schritte der Eisenhijttenchemie in 
den letzten fiinf Jahren. Chem.-Ztg. 
34: 1233, 1246, 1254, 1269, 1286, 1294 
(1910). 626 footnotes. 

Stoughton, Bradley. The metallurgy 
of iron and steel. 3rd ed. New 
York, McGraw, 1923. Bibl., p. 493- 
499. 

Turner, Thomas. The metallurgy of 
iron. 4th ed. London, Griffin, 1915. 
486 p. Bibl. footnotes. 
IRON: Metallurgy-electric furnace. 

DiCKMANN, Herbert. Bibliographie 
ueber die Darstellung des Roheisens 
im elektrischen Ofen. Duesseldorf, 
Stahleisen. 

JuDsoN, Lyman C, and Martin, 
Harry P. The electric furnace in 
the iron foundry. Trans. Am. Elec- 
trochem. Soc. 41: 127-136 (1922). 
45 titles, 1913-1922. Annotated. 

LeChatelier, C. Electrometallurgy of 
iron. Rev. Metall. 5: 85-109 (1908). 

Lyon, Dorsey, and Keeney, Robert 
N. Electric furnaces for making 
iron and steel. U. S. Bur. Mines, 
Bull. No. 67, 1914. 142 p. Bibl., p. 
134-136. 58 references. 

Stansfield, _A., and WissleR, W. A. 
The smelting of titaniferous ores of 
iron. Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada 10: 
43-44 (1916). 17 references. 

See also Electric furnace. 
IRON: Ores. 

Barrett, Guy, and Rogerson, T. B. 
Notes on the present knowledge and 
practice in regard to the briquetting 
of iron ores. Trans. Iron Steel Inst. 
96, pt. 2: 43-48 (1917). Ill refer- 
ences. 

BuRCHARD, E. F. Iron ores, pig iron 
and steel. U. S. Geol. Sur., Mineral 
Resources, 1911, pt. 1: 168-174. 219 



references. 1916, pt. 1 : 559-564. 133 
references. 

Eckel, E. C. Iron ores; their occur- 
rence, valuation and control. New 
York, McGraw, 1914. 430 p. Bibl. 
through text. 

Roesler, Max. The iron ore resources 
of Europe. U. S. Geol. Sur., Bull. 
No. 706, 1921. Bibl., p. 124-148. By 
countries. 
IRON: Physical properties. 

Burgess, G. K., and Crowe, J. J. 
Critical ranges A2 and A3 of pure 
iron. Trans. Am. Inst. Mining Eng. 
46: 702-703 (1911); Bull., No. 82: 
2573-2575; U. S. Bur. Standards, 
Bull. 10: 315-370 (1913). 80 refer- 
ences. 

Hadfield, R. a. Experiments on the 
effect on mechanical and other prop- 
erties of iron and its alloys produced 
by liquid air temperatures. J. Iron 
Steel Inst. 1905, 1 : 206-210. 75 ref- 
erences. 

Juptner, Hans v. Beziehungen zwis- 
chen den mechanischen Eigenschaft- 
en, der chemischen Zusammen- 
setzung, dem Gefiige und der 
Vorbehandlung von Eisen und Stahl. 
2nd ed., Leipzig, 1920. 2 vols. 

NoRBURY, A. L. Effect of various ele- 
ments on the electrical resistivity of 
iron. J. Iron Steel Inst. 101: 627- 
644 (1920). iZ references. 

Oertel, W. Festigkeitseigenschaften 
von Eisen und Stahl in der Kalte 
und Warme. Stahl u. Eisen 43 : 
1403-1404 (1923). 54 references. 

Wever, Franz. Zur Physik des tech- 
nischen Eisen. Naturwissenschaften 
12: 1114 (1924). 85 references. 
IRON: Pickling. 

Polansky, Victor S. Pickling of iron 
and steel — a bibliography. Blast 
Furnace Steel Plant 12: 326-328, 
368-371, 431-434 (1924). Classified 
and annotated. 
IRON: Rust-proofing. See Corrosion. 
IRON: Testing. 5"e^^ Materials : Test- 
ing. 
IRON BACTERIA 

Harder, E. C. Iron depositing bacteria 
and their geologic relations. U. S. 
Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper No. 113, 
1919. 89 p. Bibl., p. 84-85. 69 ref- 
erences. 
IRON CARBIDE 

Honigschmid, O. Eisencarbid, FesC. 

. In Doelter, Handb. Mineralchem. 1 : 
548-552 (1912). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Carbides, Iron alloys. 
IRON CARBONATE 

Leitmeier, PI. Ferrocarbonat (FeCOa). 
In Doelter, Handb. Mineralchem. 1 : 
418-440 (1912). Bibl. footnotes. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



163 



IRON CARBONYLS 

FiELDNER, A. C, and Jones, G. W. 
Iron carbonyls : their physical and 
chemical properties. Am. Gas. 
Assoc. Mo. 6: 447 (1924). 29 refer- 
ences. 
IRON PEROXIDE 

Manchot, W. Ueber Peroxydbildung 
beim Eisen. Ann. 325: 105-124 
(1902). 36 footnotes. 
IRON PHOSPHATES 

Leitmeier, H. Eisenoxydphosphate. 
In Doelter, Handb. Mineralchem. 3, 
pt. 1: 526-546 (1918). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
IRON SILICATES 

Doelter, C. Eisen und Mangansili- 
cate. In his Handb! Mineralchem. 2, 
pt. 3: 315-323 (1921). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Doeltee, C. Eisenchlorite. In his 
Handb. Mineralchem. 2, pt. 3 : 323- 
355 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 

Doelter, C. Mangan- und Eisenoxyd- 
ulgranate. In his Handb. Mineral- 
chem. 2, pt. 3: 355-385 (1921). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
IRON SULFATE 

WiRTH, F., and Bakke, B. Unter- 
suchungen ueber Ferrisulfate. Z. 
anorg. Chem. 87 : 13-46 (1914). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
ISATIN 

DoHRN, M., and Thiele, A. Isatin. 
In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
1291-1295 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Isatin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 257-268 
(1915). Bibl. footnotes. 
ISOAMYL ALCOHOL 

Gerngross, Otto. Isoamylalkohol. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
444-450 (1911). 130 references (in- 
cludes derivatives). 

See also Alcohols. 
ISOBUTYL ALCOHOL 

Gerngross, Otto. Isobutylalkohol. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
437-442 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Alcohols. 
ISOBUTYL BROMIDE 

Michael, A. The rearrangement of 
iso- into tertiary-butyl bromide. J. 
Am. Chem. Soc. 38: 653-675 (1916). 
30 footnotes. 
ISOBUTYRIC ACID 

Schmidt, Ernst. Isobuttersaure. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
968-973 (1911). 110 footnotes (in- 
cludes derivatives). 

See also Acids, organic. 
ISOCAMPHANE 

Lipp, Peter. Ueber Isocamphan. Ann. 
382: 265-305 (1911). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 



ISOLEUCINE 

Zemplen, Geza. Isoleucin. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 4: 578-583 
(1911). 70 footnotes. 

See also Amino acids. 
ISOMALTOSE 

Neuberg, C, and Rewald, B. Isomal- 
tose. .In Abderhalden, Bioichem. 
Handl. 2: 414-416 (1911). 

See also Carbohydrates. 
ISOMERISM 

Lowry, T. M. Dynamic isomerism. 
Rept. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 1904, 
p. 193-224. Bibl. footnotes. 

Michael, Arthur. Configuration of 
organic compounds and their rela- 
tion to chemical and physical prop- 
erties. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 40: 704- 
723, 1674-1707 (1918). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Montagne, p. J. [Structure problems 
in organic chemistry.] Chem. Week- 
blad 13: 926-947 (1916). 

Warder, Robt. B. Bibliography of 
geometrical isomerism. Proc. Am. 
Assoc. Adv. Sci. 29: 130-136 (1890). 
ISOMORPHISM 

Hlawatsch, C. Bemerkung /nr Defin- 
ition des Isomorphismus. Z. Kryst. 
51: 417-420 (1913). 119 reierences. 
ISOPRAL. See Sedatives. 
ISOPRENE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Isopren. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1: 886 
(1907). 17 references. 

See also Hydrocarbons ; Rubber, syn- 
thetic. 
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL 

CuRME, George O., Jr. Isopropanol. 
Chem. Met. Eng. 25: 1049 (1921). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Gerngross, Otto. Isopropylalkohol. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
428-430 (1911). 60 footnotes. 

See also Alcohols. 
ISOPROPYLBENZENE 

Baum, Fritz. Isopropylbenzol (Cu- 
mol). In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 1: 281-285 (1911). 45 ref- 
erences. 

See also Hydrocarbons. 
ISOQUINOLINE 

Kautzsch, Karl. Isochinolin. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 1428- 
1488 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Die Isochinolin- 
Gruppe. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 
2, pt. 3: 1014-1048 (1918). Bibl. 

■' footnotes. 
ISOTHIAZOLE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Isothiazol- und 
Thiazol-Korper. In their Lehrb. 
org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 533-558 (1916). 



164 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



ISOTOPES 

Aston, F. W. Atomic weights and 
isotopes. J. Franklin Inst. 193: 581- 
608 (1922). 
Aston, F. W. Isotopes. London, Arn- 
old, 1922. . 
Brunetti, Rita. Sulla isotopia degli 
elementi. Nuovo cimento 22: 38-42 
(1921). 100 references. 
Damiens, a. Les isotopes. Paris, 

Gauthier, 1923. 118 p. 
Fajans, K. Radioaktivitat und die 
neueste Entwickelung der Lehre von 
den chemischen Elementen. Vieweg, 
1921. Chapters 6-8 deal with iso- 
topes in the radioactive group, chap- 
ter 11 with the detecti9n of isotopes 
by positive ray analysis. 
Harkins, Wm. D. The stability_ of 
atom nuclei, the separation of iso- 
topes and the whole number rule. 
J. Franklin Inst. 194: 645-681, 783- 
814 (1922) ; 195: 67-106 (1923). 100 
footnotes. 
Meyer, Stefan. Zur Frage nach der 
Existenz von Isotopen mit gleichem 
Atomgewicht. Z. physik. Chem. 95 : 
407-433 (1920). Bibl. footnotes. 
MuLLiKEN, R. S., and Harkins, W. D. 
The separation of isotopes. J. Am. 
Chem. Soc. 44: 37-65 (1922). 28 
references . 
ISOXAZOLE COMPOUNDS 

Meyer-Jacobson. Isoxazole-Korper. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 
500-520 (1916). Bibl. footnotes. 
ISOVALERIC ACID 

Schmidt, Ernst. Isovaleriansaure. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
977-983 (1911). 125 footnotes. In- 
cludes derivatives. 
See also Acids, organic. 
IVORY 

Fischer, E. J. Ersatzmittel fur Elfen- 
bein. Kunststoffe 6: 101-103, 116- 
119 (1916). 34 patents. 
Marschalk, F. Horn, Elfenbein und 
Fischbeinersatz. Kunststoffe 7: 85- 
187, 203-206 (1917). 86 patents. 
JADE , . ^ 

Bauer, Max. Nephrit und Jadeit. In 
Doeher, Handb. Mineralchem. 2, pt. 
1: 649-704 (1914). Bibl. footnotes. 
Bishop, Heber R. Investigation and 
studies of jade. New York, 1906. 2 
vols. Bibl., vol. 1 : 257-260. 42 ref- 
erences. 
Welter, Otto A. Bericht ueber neuere 
Nephritarbeiten. Geolog. Rundschau 
2: 75 (1911). 
See also Precious stones. 
KAOLIN 

Endell, K. Ueber die chemische und 
mineralogische Veriinderung bas- 
ischer Eruptivgesteine bei der 



Zersetzung unter Mooren. Neues 
Jahrb. Mineral. Geol. 31: 49-54 
(1911). 102 references. 
Logan, Wm. N. Kaolin of Indiana. 
Indiana, Dept. Conservation, Pub. 
No. 6, 1919. 131 p. Bibl., p. 13-14. 
London, Museum of practical geol- 
ogy. Note on the literature of kao- 
lin. In Handbook to the collection 
of kaolin, china clay and china stone 
in the Museum of practical geology, 
1914, p. 254-259. 
RiEKE, Reinhold. Kaolin. In Doelter, 
Handb. Mineralchem. 2, pt. 2: 98- 
103 (1917). Bibl. footnotes. 
Rosler, H. Beitrage zur Kenntniss 
einiger Kaolinlagererstatten. Neues 
Jahrb. Mineral. Geol. 14: 231-243 
(1901). 303 references. 
Sproat, Ira E. Refining and utiliza- 
tion of Georgia kaolins. U. S. Bur. 
Mines, Bull. No. 128, 1916. 59 p. 
Bibl., p. 15-17. 
Stremme, H. Die Chemie des Kao- 
lins. Fortschr. Mineral. 2: 87-128 
(1912). Bibl. footnotes. 
Stremme, H. Kaolin. In Doelter, 
Handb. Mineralchem. 2, pt. 2 : 77- 
89 (1917). Bibl. footnotes. 
Stremme, H. Die Genesis des Kaolins 
in der Literatur. In Doelter, Handb. 
Mineralchem. 2, pt. 2: 130-134 
(1917). Bibl. footnotes. 
KEFIR. See Kumiss. 
KERATIN 

Strauss, E. Die Keratine. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 4: 193-197 
(1911). Bibl. footnotes. 
KEROSENE. See Petroleum. 
KEROSENE: Testing. 

Elliott, Arthur H. Literature re- 
lating to the testing and safety of 
kerosene oil. In 2nd Annual Rept., 
N. Y. State Board Health, 1882, 
p. 484-491. Annotated. 
KETONES 

Harries, C. Zur Kenntniss der Reak- 
tionen ungesiittigter Ketone. Ann. 
330: 185-228 (1904). 125 footnotes. 
Meyer-Jacobson. Ketone. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 716-785, 
1015-1032 (1907). 2, pt. 1: 488-496 
(1896). Bibl. footnotes. 
Strauss, Fritz. Ueber die Bindungs- 
art der Halogenatome bei den Ke- 
tohalogeniden ungesattigten Ketone. 
Ann. 370: 315-367 (1909). 74 foot- 
notes. 
Thiele, Albrecht. Ketone der aliphat- 
isclien Reihe. In Abderhalden, 
Biochem. Handl. 1: 783-807 (1911). 
About 500 footnotes. 
VoRLANDER, D. Addition von Sauren 
und Salzen zu a,/3-ungesattigten 
Ketone. Ann. 341: 1-80 (1905); 150 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



165 



footnotes. 345: 155-250 (1906); 50 

footnotes. 
Witte:, E. Ketone der aromatischen 

Reihe. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 

Handl. 1: 862-904 (1911). Bibl. 

footnotes. 
KETONIC ACIDS 

Erlenmeyer, E., Jr. Ueber a-Keton- 

sauren und ihre Umwandlungen. 

Ann. ZZ2>: 160-227 (1904). 45 foot- 
notes. 
KIDNEY 

FiJRTH, Otto v. Chemische Physiol- 
ogic Nierensekretion niederer Tiere. 

Ergeb. Physiol. 1: 395-398 (1902). 

96 references. 
Magnus, R. Die Tatigkeit der Niere. 

In Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem. 

3, pt. 1: 477-535 (1910). 187 foot- 
notes. 
Noll, A. Die Sekretion der Drusen- 

zelle. II. Die Niere. Ergeb. Physiol. 

6: 1-7 (1907). 176 references. 
PiNCUssoHN, LuDWiG. Chemie der 

Niere. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 

Biochem. 3, pt. 1: 470-476 (1910). 

58 footnotes. 
SiEBECK, Richard. Ueber die " osmo- 

tischen Eigenschaften " der Nieren. 

Arch. ges. Physiol. 148: 443-521 

(1912). Bibl. footnotes. 
KIESELGUHR. See Diatomaceous 

EARTH. 

KINETIC THEORY 

KuENEN, J. P. Die Eigenschaften der 
Gase. Kinetische Theorie. Zustands- 
gleichung. Leipzig, Akad. Verlags., 
1919. 548 p. Bibl. footnotes. Author 
index. 

Mellor, J. W. The kinetic theory of 
atoms and molecules. In his Inorg. 
theor. chem. 1: 740-876 (1922). 
About 115 references. 

PoLVANi, Giovanni. [Historical origin 
and fundamental concepts of the ki- 
netic theory of gases.] Nuovo cimen- 
to, n. s.,_l : 1-48 (1924). "Very com- 
prehensive bibl." 

See also Gases : Physical properties. 
KJELDAHL METHOD. See Nitrogen, 

determination. 
KOLA 

"Kola." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
7: 523 (1886); 2nd ser., 8: 815-816 
(1903). 

See also Caffeine. 
KRYOFINE 

"Kryofine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 8: 868 (1903). 18 references. 
KRYPTON 

Briscoe, H. Vincent. Krvpton. In 
Friend, Textbook, 1, pt. 2: 346-350 
(1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Rare gases. 



KUMYSS 

Brush, Edward E. Kumyss. New 
York, Styles and Cash, 190-. " Mod- 
ern bibl.," p. 25-31. 

"Kephir." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 
7: 375-376 (1886) ; 2nd sen, 8: 618- 
619 (1903). 

"Koumiss." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 7: 533-534 (1886) ; 2nd sen, 8: 
835-836 (1903). 

RuBiNSKY, Benjamin. Studien ueber 
den Kumiss. Centr. Bakt. Parasit- 
enk. (2) 28: 161-219 (1910). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Stahlberg, Eduard. Der Kumys, 

seine physiologischen und therapeut- 

ischen Wirkung. St. Petersburg, 

Marcks, 1869. 70 p. Bibl., p. 69-70. 

KYNURENIC ACID 

DoHRN, M., and Thiele, A. Kynur- 
ensaure. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 1: 1341-1343 (1911). 50 
footnotes. 
LABORATORIES 

Haferkorn, H. E. Reference list on 
laboratories arranged according to 
subjects. Bull. Engineer School Li- 
brary 2, No. 8 : 1-10 (1919). 

West, Clarence J. Chemical and en- 
gineering laboratories. J. Ind. Eng. 
Chem. 12: 295-296 (1920); Am. 
Architect 117: 295-296 (1920). 62 
references. 
LABORATORY APPARATUS 

Barladean, a. G. [Cleaning and steri- 
lizing of glass medicine containers 
and laboratory apparatus.] Pharm. 
Zentralhalle 56: 631-637 (1915). 

See also Chemical apparatus. Plati- 
num. 
LABRADORITE 

DoELTER, C. Labradorit. In his Handb. 
Mineralchem. 2, pt. 3: 254-286 
(1921). 185 analyses with refer- 
ences, also bibl. footnotes. 
LACQUERS 

Mehren. Neuerungen auf dem Ge- 
biete der Zelluloseesterlacke. Kunst- 
stoffe 12: 99-100 (1922). Patents. 

ScHALL, M. Die Herstellung von 
Lacken aller Art ausschliesslich der 
Zelluloidlacke. Kunststoffe 1 : 361- 
364, 391-393, 411-413 (1911); 6: 
141-144 (1916). Patents. 

ScHALL, M. Herstellung von Zellu- 
loidlacken. Kunststoffe 1 : 201-204 
(1911); 6: 113-115 (1916). Patents. 

ScHALL, M. [Manufacture of leather 
lacquers.] Kunststoffe 6: 157-159 
(1916). Patents. 

Worden, E. C. Cellulose nitrate 
lacquers, varnishes and bronzing 
liquids. In his Technology of cellu- 
lose esters 1: 2572-2599 (1921). 
Bibl. footnotes. 



166 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



LACTASE 

ZuNZ, Edgard. Lactase. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 5: 546-548 
(1911). 40 footnotes. 

See also Enzymes. 
LACTIC ACID 

CuRRiE, James N. Optical forms of 
lactic acid produced by pure cul- 
tures of Bacillus bulgaricus. J. Biol. 
Chem. 10: 201-211 (1911). 30 foot- 
notes. 

CzAPEK, F. Milchsauregarung. In his 
Biochemie der Pflanzen, 3rd ed., 1 : 
338-347 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

"Lactic acid." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 1: 85-86 (1880) ; 2nd ser., 1: 
114-115 (1896); 3rd sen, 1: 119-121 
(1918). 

Meyer- Jacobson. a-Oxypropionsaure. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 
555-568 (1913). 

Meyerhof, Otto. Ueber die Rolle der 
Milchsaure in der Energetik des 
Muskels. Naturwissenschaften 8 : 
696-704 (1920). 19 references. 

Thiele, a. Gewohnliche Garungs- 
milchsaure, a-Oxypropionsaure. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
1057-1067 (1911). 250 footnotes 
(includes derivatives). 
LACTIC ACID: Analytical. 

Clausen, S. W. Determination of 
small amounts of lactic acid. J. Biol. 
Chem. 52: 263-280 (1922). 35 ref- 
erences. 
LACTOCHROME 

Palmer, L. H., and Cooledge, L. H. 
Lactochrome — the yellow pigment 
of milk vv^hey. Its probable identity 
vv^ith urochrome, the specific yellow- 
pigment of normal urine. Missouri 
Agr. Expt. Sta., Research Bull. No. 
13: 453-487 (1914). 19 references. 

See also Carotinoids. 
LACTONES 

HjELT, Edv. Ueber die Laktone. 
Sammlung chem. chem.-tech. Vor- 
trage 8: 84-146 (1903). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Ott, Erwin. Neuere Untersuchungen 
ueber Laktone. 1907-1915. Samm- 
lung chem. chem.-tech. Vortrage 26: 
1-36 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 
LACTOSE 

Beltzer, F. J. G. Industries du lactose 
et de la caseine vegetale de " soja." 
Paris, Tignol, 1918. 144 p. Bibl. 

" Lactose." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
ser., 9: 164 (1904). 24 references. 

Lippmann, E. O. v. Laktose. In his 
Chemie des Zuckerarten, 2: 1520- 
1584 (1895). Bibl. through text. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Milchzucker. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 
1012-1016 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 



Neuberg, C, and Rewald, B. Laktose. 
In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 2: 
417-427 (1911); 8: 221-226 (1914). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Laktose. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 10: 611-623 
(1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Carbohydrates. 
LACTOSE: Analytical. 

Adriano, F. T. Volumetric method 
for the determination of lactose by 
alkaline potassium permanganate. 
Philipp. J. Sci. 17: 213-220 (1920). 

Bleyer, B., and Steinhauser, H. 
[Methods for the determination of 
lactose.] Milchwirtschaft Forsh. 1: 
131-199 (1924). 
LAKES 

Schall, M. [Tabular review of the 
patents for the preparation of lake 
and color mordants.] Kunststoffe 6: 
274-278, 293-296 (1916). Patents. 
LAMP BLACK 

McClelland, E. H. Lamp black; a 
bibliography. Carnegie Library of 
Pittsburgh, Mo. Bull. 24: 194-199 
(1919). 61 entries. 

See also Carbon black. 
LANOLIN 

BouvET, M. Les emplois de la lanoline. 
Bull. sci. Pharmacol. 25 : 233-246 
(1918). Bibl. footnotes. 

Lanolin. Zusammenstellung der in 
den Jahren 1885 bis 1894 ueber das 
Lanolin veroffentlichten Arbeiten 
aus den medizinischen Fachblattern 
des In- und Auslandes. 3rd ed. 
Berlin, 1895. 97 p. 

See also Fats. 
LANTHANUM 

Magee, W. H. Indexes to the litera- 
ture of cerium and lanthanum. 
Smithsonian Misc. Coll. No. 971, 
1895. Lanthanum, p. 32-40. 180 ref- 
erences. 

See also Rare earths. 
LARD 

" Lard, adulteration of." Ind.-Cat. S. 
G. O., 2nd sen, 9: 216 (1904). 21 
references. 

See also Fats. 
LATERITE 

Luz, A. Laterit, seine Betrachtung im 
Lichte der Kolloidchemie. Kolloid-Z. 
14: 81-90 (1914). 41 fo9tnotes. 

Swanson, C. O. The origin, distribu- 
tion and composition of laterite. J. 
Am. Ceram. Soc. 6: 1247-1260 
(1923). Bibl. footnotes. 
LAURIC ACID 

Schmidt, E. Laurinsiiure. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1: 997-999 
(1911). 55 footnotes (includes de- 
rivatives). 

See also Acids, organic. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



167 



LEAD 

Bergen, R. C. Lead. Mineral Ind. 26 : 
375-404 (1917). Bibl. footnotes. 

Bender, C. H. Lead. Mineral Ind. 25 : 
437-475 (1916). Bibl. footnotes. 

BoucHONNET, A. Bismuth, etain, 
plomb. Paris, Doin, 1920. Bibl., p. 
353-365. 

BoucHONNET, A. Industries du plumb 
et du mercure. Paris, Doin, 1909. 
2 vols. Bibl., vol. 1: 281-287; vol. 
2: 341-346. 

Caven, R. M. Lead. In Friend, Text- 
book, 5: 365-442 (1917). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Gt. Brit. Imperial mineral resources 
bureau. Mineral industry of the 
British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. War period (1913-1919). 
Lead. 1922. 95 p. Bibl., p. 84-95. 

Heap, Harri. The actions of various 
waters upon lead. J. Soc. Chem. 
Ind. 32: 854 (1913). 28 references. 

" Lead and compounds." Ind. -Cat. S. 
G. O., 1st ser., 7: 895-897 (1886); 
2nd sen, 9: 334 (1904). 

Lemoult, — '. Plomb. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 4: 953-1058 (1905). 1251 
footnotes. 

Mathers, Frank C. The electrodep- 
osition of lead. Trans. Am. Elec- 
trochem. Soc. 23: 153-192 (1913). 
Extensive review of literature. 

Parmentier, F. Plomb et ses com- 
poses. In Fremy, Enc. chim., 3, 13" 
cahier, pt. 2: 130-134 (1892). 

Penzer, N. M. Lead. In his Non- 
ferrous metals and other minerals, 
1924, p. 234-237. 

Peters, Franz, and Schaar-Rosen- 
berg, F. Blei. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem., 4, pt. 2: 1- 
180, 795-842 (1924). References 
through text. 

Pick, H., and Ahrens, — . Blei. In 
Abegg, Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 
2: 759-776 (1909). 1005 references. 

Pulsifer, H. B. Lead. Mineral Ind. 
28: 393-432 (1919); 29: 405-436 
(1920); 30: 399-441 (1921); 31: 
416-450 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

Smythe, J. A. Lead, its occurrence 
in nature, the modes of its extrac- 
tion, its properties and uses with 
some account of its principal com- 
pounds. New York, Longmans, 
1923. 343 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Thum, Ernest E. Lead. Mineral Ind. 
27: 411-452 (1918). Bibl. footnotes. 

U. S. Geological Survey. Survey 
publications on lead and zinc. U. S. 
Geol. Sur., Mineral Resources, 1914, 
pt. 1: 916-919 (1916). 102 refer- 



LEAD: Alloys. 

Peters, F., and Schaar-Rosenberg, F. 
Lead alloys. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. chem. 4, pt. 2 (1924) 
Al, p. 600; Ba, p. 579; Bi, p. 714 
Ca, p. 585; Cd, p. 736; Cr, p. 617 
Li, p. 558 ; Mg, p. 595 ; Mn, p. 662 
Mo, p. 647 ; Na, p. 560 ; Sb, p. 690 
Si, p. 604; Sn, p. 742; Sr, p. 583 
Te, p. 711; Tl, p. 789; W, p. 640 
Zn, p. 726. References through text 

See also Alloys. 
LEAD: AnalyticaL 

Peters, F., and Schaar-Rosenberg, F. 
Blei — Analytisches. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 2: 164- 
180, 839-842 (1924). Classified. 

Woudstra, H. W. Lood in drink- 
water, zijne schadelijkheid en de 
methoden om het to bepalen. 
Chem. Weekblad 5 : 185-204, 206-216 
(1908). Bibl. footnotes. 
LEAD: Metallurgy. 

Collins, Henry F. The _ metallurgy 
of lead. London, Griffin, 1910. 
538 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

HoFMAN, H. O. Metallurgy of lead. 
New York, McGraw, 1918. 664 p. 
Extensive bibl. footnotes. 
LEAD: Radioactive. 

Davis, Arthur L. Atomic weight of 
lead from samarskite. J. Phys. 
Chem. 22: 639 (1918). 24 refer- 
ences. 

Lucas, Richard. Radioaktives Blei. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 3, pt. 2: 38-40 (1908). 
LEAD BROMIDE 

Peters, F., and Schaar-Rosenberg, F. 
Bleibromide. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 2: 366- 
373, 885-886 (1924). 
LEAD CARBONATE 

Leitmeier, H. Bleicarbonat. In Doel- 
ter, Handb. Mineralchem. 1 : 509-516 
(1912). Bibl. footnotes. 

Peters, F., and Schaar-Rosenberg, F. 
Bleicarbonate. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 2: 429- 
462, 893-895 (1924). 
LEAD CHLORIDE 

Peters, F., and Schaar-Rosenberg, F. 
Bleichloride. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 2: 323- 
342, 879-882 (1924). 
LEAD CHROMATE 

Peters, F., and Schaar-Rosenberg, F. 
Bleichromate. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 2: 618- 
634 (1924). 
LEAD IODIDE 

Peters, F., and Schaar-Rosenberg, F. 
Bleijodide. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 2: 380-390, 888- 
889 (1924). 



168 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



LEAD NITRATE 

Peters, F., and Schaar-Rosenberg, F. 
Bleinitrate. In Gmelin-Kraut. Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 2: 243-256, 864- 
868 (1924). 
LEAD ORES 

Hall, T. C. F. Lead ores. London, 
Murray, 1921. (Imperial Inst. Mon.) 
Bib!., p. 123-127. 82 references, 1864- 
1920. 
LEAD OXIDES 

Peters, F., and Schaar-Rosenberg, F. 
Blei und Sauerstoff. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 
2: 181-238, 843-863 (1924). 
LEAD POISONING 

Hamilton, Alice. Lead poisoning in 
the smelting and refining of lead 
Bur. Labor Statistics, Whole No. 
141, 1914. 97 p. 

" Lead pipes and water contamina- 
tion." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 
7: 897-898 (1886) ; 2nd ser., 9: 344- 
345 (1904). 

" Lead poisoning." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st ser., 7: 898-907 (1886); 2nd 
♦sen, 9: 334-344 (1904). 

Teleky, L. German literature on the 
white lead question. J. Ind. Hyg. 4 : 
100-105 (1922). 

Sec also Poisons, industrial. 
LEAD SILICATES 

Sjogren, H., ct al. Bleisilicate. In 
Doelter, Handb. Mineralchem. 2, pt. 
1: 793-806 (1914). 
LEAD SULFATE 

Peters, F., and Schaar-Rosenberg, F. 
Bleisulfate. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 2: 290- 
310, 871-877 (1924). 
LEAD SULFIDE 

Peters, F., and Schaar-Rosenberg, F. 
Bleisulfid. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 2: 275-288, 868- 
871 (1924). 

WoELFEL, A., and Carlson, A. J. Solu- 
bility of lead sulfide ores and of 
lead sulfide in human gastric juice. 
Bur. Labor Statistics, Whole No. 
141, p. 82-84 (1914). 
LEATHER 

Allen, Frederick J. The shoe indus- 
try. New York, Holt, 1922. 415 p. 
" Shoe and leather bibl.," p. 397-400. 

Fahrion, W. Ueber die Vorgange bei 
der Lederbildung. Z. angew. Chem. 
22: 2083, 2135, 2187 (1909). 70 
footnotes. 

Jackson, D. D., and Hou, Te Panj. 
The more important works in 
leather industry. J. Am. Leather 
Chem. Assoc. 16: 248-250 (1921). 
34 books, 12 journals. 

Lauffmann, R. [Progress in the 
leather industry.] Gerber 48: 59-60, 



69, 99-101, 113-114, 120-122, 135-136, 
143-145, 152-156, 161-163 (1922) ; 
49: 65-66, 75-77, 81-82, 92, 101-103, 
109-110 (1923); 50: 73, 82, 89, 105, 
125, 133, 141, 149 (1924). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Society of Chemical Industry. 
Leather and glue. In Annual re- 
ports of the progress of applied 
chemistry, 1: 226-242 (1916); 2: 
353-374 (1917); 3: 321-341 (1918); 
4: 347-364 (1919); 5: 351-369 
(1920) ; 6: 379-402 (1921) ; 7: 334- 
358 (1922) ; 8: 383-406 (1923). Bibl. 
footnotes. Reprinted in J. Am. 
Leather Chem. Assoc. 12: 487-505 
(1917); 14: 179-202 (1919); 15: 
380-397 (1920) ; 18: 639-659 (1923). 

Stiasny, Edm. Fortschritte auf dem 
Gebiete der Lederindustrie. Chem.- 
Ztg. 31: 1179, 1196, 1206, 1217, 1241, 
1270, 1281 (1907). 250 footnotes. 

Wilson John A. The chemistry of 
leather manufacture. New York, 
Chem. Cat. Co., 1923. 343 p. Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Wilson, J. A. Preparation of skin 
for tanning. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 14: 
834-836 (1922). 30 footnotes. 

Wood, J. T. The bacteriology of the 
leather industry. J. Soc. Chem. Ind. 
30: 267-268 (1910) ; J. Am. Leather 
Chem. Assoc._6: 249-252 (1911). 57 
references, with author index. 

Wood, Joseph T. The puering, bating 
and drenching of skins. New York, 
Spon, 1912. 300 p. 

Serial 

Journal of the American leather chem- 
ists' association. Easton. 1906- 
Abstracts and patents (not classified) 
are published of the important Avork 
in leather chemistry. 

Journal of the Society of Leather 
Trades Chemists. 1917- . (For- 
merly Collegium). Abstracts classi- 
fied as follows : Leather manufac- 
ture, analysis, theory of tanning, or- 
ganic, inorganic and physical, mis- 
cellaneous. Patents are included. 

Sec also Tanning, Waste. 
LEATHER: Analytical. 

Veitch, F. p., and Frey, R. W. Re- 
view of analytical work applicable 
to leather and tanning. J. Ind. Eng. 
Chem. 14: 825-829 (1922). 87 ref- 
erences. 
LEATHER: Artificial. 

Kausch, Oscar. Verfahren zur Her- 
stellung von Kunstleder. Kunststoffe 
1: 1-3, 25-28, 51-54 (1911) ; 4: 87-89 
(1914). Patents. 

Mock, H., and Blum, A. List of 
United States, British and German 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



169 



patents covering the manufacture of 
leather substitutes. New York, 1918. 
51 p. 

ScHALL, M. [The manufacture of ar- 
tificial pelts.] Kunststoffe 4: 263- 
266, 289-291 (1914). Patents. 

ScHALL, M. [Artificial leather from 
paper pulp.] Kunststoffe 4: 385 
(1914). Patents. 

ScHALL, M. Die Herstellung von 
Kunstleder. Kunststoffe 9: 141, 159, 
187, 201, 218, 281, 300 (1919). 265 
patents. 

WoRDEN, E. C. Artificial leather. In 
his Technology of cellulose esters 1 : 
2599-2610 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 
LEAVES 

Brown, Horace T., and Morris, G. 
Harris. The chemistry and physi- 
ology of foliage leaves. J. Chem. 
Soc. 63: 674-677 (1893). 63 refer- 
ences. 

ScHERTZ, Frank M. Chemical and 
physical study of mottling of leaves. 
Bot. Gaz. 71: 128-130 (1921). 
LECITHIN 

CzAPEK, F. Die pflanzlichen Lecithide 
(Phospholipoide). In his Biochemie 
der Pflanzen, 3rd ed., 763-784 
(1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

Forbes, E. G., and Keith, M. Helen. 
A review of the literature of phos- 
phorus compounds in animal metab- 
olism. Ohio Agr. Expt. Sta., Tech. 
Series, Bull. No. 5, 1914. 748 p. 
Bibl., p. 589-709. About 1900 refer- 
ences, covering chemistry and me- 
tabolism. 

Kade, F. Zur Synthese der Lecithine. 
Dissertation, Zurich, 1911. 

Landsberg, G. Das Lecithin, seine 
Rolle im Organismus und seine 
therapeutische Verwendung. Zentr. 
ges. Physiol. Path. Stoffw. 1: 193- 
212 (1906). 203 references. 

"Lecithin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 9: 354-355 (1904). 

Maclean, Hugh. Lecithin and allied 
substances. New York, Longmans, 
1918. 206 p. Bibl., p. 181-202. 

Merck, E. Lecithin. In his Annual 
report of recent advances in phar- 
maceutical chemistry and therapeu- 
tics, 26: 50-71 (1913). 

Meyer-Jacobson. Lecithin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 152-154 
(1913). 

See also Lipoids. 
LEGAL CHEMISTRY 

Dennstedt, M. Ueber neuere Fort- 
schritte auf dem Gebiete der forens- 
ischen Chemie. Ber. 44: 5-38 (1911). 
Bibl. footnotes. 



LEUCINE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Leucin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 758-764 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
Zemplen, Geza. Leucin. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 4: 543-562 
(1911); 9: 103-105 (1915). Many 
bibl. footnotes. 
LEUCITE. See Potassium aluminium 

SILICATE. 

LEVOGLUCOSAN 

Zemplen, Geza. Levoglucosan. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 10: 
557-560 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 
LEVULINIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Lavulinsaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 
1161-1167 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
LEVULOSE. See Fructose. 
LEVULOSURIA 

Abler, Oskar. Die Lavulosurien. 
Arch. ges. Physiol. 139: 93-120 
(1911). Bibl. footnotes. 
LICHENS 

Brieger, Walter. Synthetische Ver- 
suche auf dem Gebiete der Flech- 
tenstoffe und ihre Bausteine. In Ab- 
derhalden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 1, 
pt. 10: 205-438 (1921). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
Hesse, O. Die Flechtenstoffe. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 7: 32- 
144 (1912). About 450 footnotes. 
LIESEGANG PHENOMENON 

Hatschek, E. The Liesegang phe- 
nomenon. In Second report on col- 
loid chemistry, 1918, p. 25-26. 
LIGHT 

Bancroft, Wilder D. Chemical pro- 
duction of light. J. Franklin Inst. 
175: 129-149 (1913). 43 footnotes. 
Harned, Herbert S. Radiation and 
chemical reactions. J. Franklin Inst. 
196: 201-202 (1923). 39 references. 
See also Bioluminescence, Photo- 
chemistry, Photosynthesis. 
LIGHT: Absorption. 

LiFSCHiTZ, J. Die Anderungen der 
Lichtabsorption bei der Salzbildung 
organischer Sauren. Sammlung 
chem. chem.-tech. Vortrage 21 : 288- 
289 (1914). 25 references. 
RuDORF, George. Die Lichtabsorption 
in Losungen vom Standpunkt der 
Dissociationstheorie. Sammlung 

chem. chem.-tech. Vortrage 9: 1-80 
(1904). Bibl. footnotes. 
See also Spectra, Absorption. 
LIGHT: Biological action. 

BoviE, W. T. The action of Schu- 
mann rays on living organisms. Bot. 
Gaz. 61: 27-29 (1916). 39 refer- 
ences. 



170 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



LIGHT: Biological action — Cont'd 

Clark, Jane H. Physiological action 
of light. Physiol. Rev. 2: 277-309 
(1922). 90 references. 
HuYGE, C. Bibliographic concernant 
Taction abiotique des rayons ultra- 
violets. Ann. Sta. Agron. Etat 
Gembloux 1: 210-214 (1912). 
MacDougal, Daniel T. The influence 
of light and darkness upon growth 
and development. Mem. N. Y. Bo- 
tanical Garden, vol. 2, 1903. 319 p. 
About 200 footnotes. 

PiNcussEN, LuDwiG. Biologischc 
Lichtwirkung, ihre physikalischen 
und chemischen Grundlagen. Ergeb. 
Physiol. 19: 80-94 (1921). 726 ref- 
erences. 

See also Photosynthesis. 
LIGHT: Chemical action. See Photo- 
chemistry. 
LIGHT SCATTERING 

Martin, Wm. H. Light scattering; 
bibliography. Trans. Royal Soc. 
Canada, 3rd sen, 16: 275-281 (1923). 
LIGNIN 

Czapek, F. Verholzte Zellmembranen. 
In his Biochemie der Pflanzen, 3rd 
ed., 1: 682-694 (1922). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

RiEFENSTAHL, RuD. Der gegenvi'artige 
Stand der Ligninchemie. Z. angew. 
Chem. 2,7: 169-177 (1924). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Lignocellulose und 
Lignin (Holzsubstanz). In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 2 : 233-245 
(1911); 8: 81-82 (1914); 10: 328- 
346 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Coal (Strache). 
LIGNITE 

Glenk, Robert. Louisiana lignite, its 
occurrence and utilization. Louis- 
iana Dept. Conservation, Bull. No. 
8, 1921. 65 p. Bibl., p. 64-65. 

See also Coal, Fuel, Briquetting. 
LIGNUM VITAE 

Record, Samuel J. Lignum vitae, a 
study of the wood of Zygophyllaceae 
vvith reference to the true lignum 
vitae of commerce, its sources, prop- 
erties, uses and substitutes. Yale 
Univ., School of Forestry, Bull. No. 
6, 1921. 48 p. Bibl., p. 45-48. 
LIME AND LIMESTONE 

BuRCHARD, E. F. Lime. U. S. Geol. 
Sur., Mineral Resources, 1911, pt. 
2: 717-718. 51 references. 

National Lime Association. Publi- 
cations of the National Lime Asso- 
ciation, construction, agricultural 
and chemical departments. Wash- 
ington, National Lime Assoc, 1922. 
7 p. 



Osten-Sacken, O. B. Beitrage zur 
Kenntniss einiger vorweigend aus 
zoogenen Komponenten auf ge- 
bauter Kalksteine. Berlin, 1914. 
154 p. Bibl., p. 140-152. 405 refer- 
ences. 

Stone, Ralph W. United States and 
State publications relating to lime- 
stone and lime. U. S. Geol. Sur., 
Mineral Resources, 1913, pt. 2: 322- 
324. 

West, Clarence J. Bibliography on 
lime. Special Libraries 12: 71-87 
(1921). About 600 references, 1900- 
1921. 
LIME LIQUORS 

Burton, Donald. The analysis of 
lime liquors. J. Soc. Leather 
Trades Chem. 4: 32-44 (1920); J. 
Am. Leather Chem. Assoc. 15 : 309- 
310 (1920). 34 references. 
LIMONENE 

Bartelt, K. Limonen. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 7: 273-285 
(1912). 125 footnotes. 

See also Essential oils. 
LIMONITE. See Iron ores. 
LINALOOL 

Bartelt, K. Linalool. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 7 : 371-375 
(1912). 75 footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Linalool. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 925-926 
(1907). 53 references. 
LINOLEUM 

Fritz, Felix. 60 Jahre Linoleum- 
fabrikation. Chem.-Ztg. 47 : 749, 771, 
794, 812, 830, 870 (1923). 50 foot- 
notes. 

Kausch, Oscar. Tabelle ueber die 
patentierten Verfahren und Vor- 
richtungen zur Herstellung von 
Linoleum. Kunststoffe 4: 145, 188, 
229, 250 (1914). Patents. 

Schall, M. Herstellung von Linoleum 
und Wachstuch nach der Patent- 
literatur. Kunststoffe 7: 41-43 
(1917). 20 patents. 
LINSEED OIL 

Fahrion, W. [Polymerization of 
linseed oil and wood oil.] Chem. 
Umschau 24: 102, 117, 144 (1917); 
25: 14, 27, 39, 51, 63, 74, 87 (1918). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Friend, J. Newton. The chemistry of 
linseed oil. New York, Van Nos- 
trand, 1917. 96 p. Bibl., p. 83-93. 

Unruh, a. v. Leinolersatzmittel. 
Kunststoffe 3: 1-4, 22-26 (1913). 
61 references. 

See also Fats. 
LIPASE 

Connstein, Wilhelm. Ueber fer- 
mentative Fettspaltung. Ergeb. Phy- 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



171 



siol. 3, pt. 1: 194-199 (1904). 151 
references. 
Hull, Mary, and Keetton, Robert W. 
Existence of a gastric lipase. J. 
Biol. Chem. 32: 127 (1917). 25 ref- 
erences. 
" Lipase." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd sen, 

9: 570-571 (1904). 44 references. 
Rice, Frank E.. and Markley, Al- 
ton L. Proof of the presence of 
lipase in milk and a new method for 
the detection of the enzyme. J. 
Dairy Science 5: 64-82 (1922). 67 
references. 
ZuNZ, Edgard. Lipase. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl 5: 572-578 
(1911). 135 footnotes. 
See also Enzymes; Fats, physiologi- 
cal. 
LIPEMIA 
Allen, Fredekick M. Experimental 
studies on diabetes. Series IV. 
Lipemia. 2. The production of dia- 
betic lipemia in animals and obser- 
vations on some possible etiologic 
factors. J. Metabolic Res. 2 : 244-298 
(1922). 377 references, annotated. 
See also Diabetes. 
LIPOIDS 
Bang, Ivar. Biochemie der Zelllipoide. 
Ergeb. Physiol. 6: 132-133 (1907); 
8: 464-466 (1907). 200 references. 
Bang, Ivar. Chemie und Biochemie 
der Lipoide. Wiesbaden, Bergmann, 
1911. 187 p. Bibl. footnotes. 
Bang, Ivar, and Fuchs, D. Phospha- 
tide. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 3: 225-249 (1911); 8: 461- 
468 (1914). About 225 footnotes. 
" Blood, fats and lipoids in." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 3rd sen, 3: 73-74 (1922). 
75 references. 
Bloor, W. R. Distribution of the li- 
poids (fat) in human blood. J. Biol. 
Chem. 25: 577-599 (1916). 72 ref- 
erences. 
CzAPEK, F. Die Lipoide in Stoflfwech- 
sel der Pflanze. In his Biochemie 
der Pflanzen, 3rd ed., 1: 709-820 
(1922). Bibl. footnotes. 
Frankel, Sigmund. Gehirn- Chemie. 
Ergeb. Physiol. 8: 212-213 (1907). 
75 references. 
Jarisch, Adolf. Beitrage zur Pharma- 
kologie der Lipoide. I. Versuche an 
roten Blutkorperchen. Arch. ges. 
Physiol. 186: 316-317 (1921). 40 
references. 
Jobling, Jas. W. Relation of lipoids 
to immune reactions. J. Immunol- 
ogy 1: 491-500 (1916). 67 refer- 
ences. 
Levene, p. a., and Rolf, Ida P. 
Structure and significance of the 



phosphatides. Physiol. Rev. 1 : 363- 
393 (1921). Classified. 
ScHULz, Fr. N. Phosphatide und 
Sulfatide. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem., 2nd ed., 1 : 213-238 (1923). 
125 footnotes. 
Winterstein, E. Darstellung von 
Phosphatiden aus Pflanzen. In Ab- 
derhalden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 1, 
pt. 6: 129-144 (1922). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
See also Cholesterol, Lecithin, 
Kephalin, etc. 
LIQUID AIR. See Air : Liquid. 
LIQUID CRYSTALS 

Lehmann, O. Die Hauptsatze der 
Lehre von den flijssigen Kristallen. 
Physik. Z. 19: 73-80, 88-100 (1918). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
Lehmann, Otto. Die Lehre von den 
fliissigen Krystallen und ihre Bezieh- 
ung zu den Problemen der Biol- 
ogic. Ergeb. Physiol. 16: 256-509 
(1918). Bibl. footnotes. 
Lehmann, Otto. Die neue Welt der 
fliissigen Krystalle und deren Bedeu- 
tung fiir Physik, Chemie, Technol- 
ogie und Biologic. Leipzig, 1911. 
388 p. Bibl. footnotes. 
Lehmann, Otto. Einfluss von Wirb- 
elbewegung auf die Struktur fliissig- 
er Kristalle. Ann. Physik 39: 80- 
110 (1912). Bibl. footnotes. 
Lehmann, Otto. Fliissige Krystalle 
und Kolloide. Kolloid-Z. 15: 65-75 
(1914). 72 footnotes. 
Lehmann, Otto. Fliissige Krystalle 
und die Theorien des Lebens. 2nd 
ed. Leipzig, Barth, 1908. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
Lehmann, Otto. Methoden zur Dar- 
stellung und Untersuchungen fliissig- 
er Kristalle. In Abderhalden, 
Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 3A : 123-352 
(1922). Bibl. footnotes. 
Lingen, J. S. Anisotropic liquids. J. 
Franklin Inst. 191: 674-677 (1921). 
52 references. 
Rotarski, Th. Molekular-mechanische 
Theorie der anistropen Fliissigkeiten 
oder der sogennanten fliissigen 
Kristalle. J. prakt. Chem. 190: 23- 
37 (1910). Bibl. footnotes. 
Schenck, Rudolf. Kristallinische 
Fliissigkeiten und fliissige Kristalle. 
Leipzig, 1905. 
Schenck, Rudolf. Bericht ueber die 
neueren Untersuchungen der kris- 
tallinischen Fliissigkeiten. Jahrb. 
Radioakt. Elektronik 6: 572-578 
(1909). 120 references. 
Stumpf, Felix. Doppelbrechung und 
optische aktivitat fliissigkristallin- 
ischer Substanzen. Jahrb. Radioakt. 
Elektronik 15: 1-5 (1918). 75 titles, 
supplementing Schenck's bibl. 



172 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



LIQUID CRYSTALS— Cont'd 

VoRLANDER, D. Kristallinsch-flussigc 
Substanzen. Sammlung chem. 
chem-tech. Vortrage 12: 398-402 
(1908). 
LIQUIDS 

Mathews, J. H., and Cooke, R. D. 
All properties of liquid mixtures. 
J. Phys. Chem. 18: 575-585 (1914). 
193 references. 

Mellor, J. W. The kinetic theory of 
liquids. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 
1: 840-848 (1922). 50 references. 
LIQUORS: Fermented. 

Engelhardt, F. E. Literature of 
wines, liquors and malt liquors. In 
N. Y. State Board of Health, 2nd 
Ann. Rept., 1882, p. 628-686. About 
350 references. 

See also Brewing, Fermentation, 
Wines. 
LITHIUM 

Auerbach, Fr., and Brislee, J. F. 
Lithium. In Abegg, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 1, pt. 1: 151-154 (1907). 160 
references. 

Ephraim, Fritz. Lithium. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 2, pt. 
1: 234-272 (1906). References 
through text. 

FoRCRAND, R. DE. Lithium. In Fremy, 
Enc. chim. 3, 3^ cahier : 59-63 
(1884). 

Lebeau, p. Lithium. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 3: 454-488 (1904). 328 
footnotes. 

" Lithium and its salts." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 1st ser., 8: 171 (1887) ; 2nd sen, 
9: 582-583 (1904). 37 references. 

Walker, A. J. Lithium. In Friend, 
Textbook, 2: 52-80 (1924). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

See also Alkali metals (Mellor). 
LITHOPONE 

Maas, E., and Kempf, R. Zur Kennt- 
niss der Lithopone. Z. angew. Chem. 
36: 293-297 (1923). 51 footnotes. 

O'Brien, W. J. A study of lithopone. 
J. Phys. Chem. 19: 113-144 (1915). 
LIVER 

Bauman, Louis. The physiological 
and pathological chemistry of the 
liver. In Barker, Endocrinology and 
metabolism, 4 : 643-655 ; references, 
5: 511-694 (1922). 

Hooper, Charles W. The internal 
secretions of the liver and its dis- 
orders. In Barker, Endocrinology 
and metabolism, 2: 673-687; refer- 
ences, 5: 303-311 (1922). 

Weinland, E. Die Physiologic der 
Leber. In Nagel, Handb. der Phy- 
siologic des Menschen 2: 425-515 
(1907). Bibl. footnotes. 



Wohlgemuth, Julius. Leber und 
Galle. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 3, pt. 1: 150-223 (1910). 
315 footnotes. 

Wohlgemuth, Julius. Chemie der 
Leber. In Oppenheimer, Handb. Bio- 
chem., 2nd ed., 4: 595-602 (1924). 66 
footnotes. 

Wohlgemuth, Julius. Die Leber als 
sekretorisches Organ. In Oppen- 
heimer, Hand. Biochem., 2nd ed., 4: 
603-630 (1924). 154 footnotes. 
LOGANBERRY 

Daughters, Mild R. A chemical ex- 
amination of the loganberry. Ore- 
gon Agr. Expt. Sta., Bull. No. 151, 
1918. 10 p. Bibl., p. 9-10. 
LORETIN 

" Loretin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 9: 749 (1904). 15 references. 
LOW TEMPERATURE DISTILLA- 
TION. See Coal. 
LUBRICATING OILS 

Dunstan, a. E., and Thole, F. B. 
Relation between viscosity and the 
chemical constitution of lubricating 
oils. J. Inst. Petroleum Tech. 4: 
191-216 (1918); Petrol. Rev. 38: 
245-246, 267-268 (1918). 40 refer- 
ences. 

Garner, F. H. Carbonization of lu- 
bricating oils in internal-combustion 
engines. J. Inst. Petroleum Tech. 7 : 
139-148 (1921). 150 references. 

Herschel, Winslow H. Testing the 
quality of lubricating oils. Proc. 
Eng. Soc. Western Pa., 38: 539-541 
(1923). 23 references. 

Hersey, Mayo D. Problems in lubri- 
cation research. J. Am. Soc. Naval 
Engn 35: 673-678 (1923). 30 refer- 
ences. 

Robertshaw, G. Methods of examin- 
ing lubricating oils. J. Inst. Petro- 
leum Tech. 6: 354-364 (1920). 193 
references. Classified by methods. 

Waters, C. E. The action of sunlight 
and air upon some lubricating oils. 
Bull. U. S. Bur. Standards 7: 227- 
234 (1918) ; Sci. Paper No. 153. 20 
references. 

See also Petroleum. 
LUMINAL. See Sedatives. 
LUMINESCENCE 

Baerwold, H. Bericht ueber Lumines- 
zenzerregung durcli Kanalstrahlen. 
Jahrb. Radioakt. Elektronik 16 : 65- 
67 (1919-1920). 27 references, 1886- 
1917. Bibl. footnotes. 

Becker, J. A. Bibliography of lum- 
inescence. Bull. Nat. Research 
Council 5, pt. 5: 80-126 (1923). 46 
books and 1329 journal references, 
covering 1906-1922. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



173 



Merritt, Ernest. Luminescence. Phys. 
Rev. (2) 5: 319-334 (1915). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
Trautz, M. Bericht ueber die Lumin- 
eszenz bei chemischen Vorgiingen. 
Jahrb. Radioakt. Elektronik 4: 136- 
138 (1907). 68 references. 
Trautz, Max. Studien ueber Chemi- 
lumineszenz. Z. physik. Chem. 53 : 
1-111 (1905). 100 footnotes. 
ZocHER, H., and Kantsky, H. Ueber 
Luminescence bei chemische Reak- 
tionen. Naturwissenschaften 11 : 198 
(1923). 
See also Electronics, Fluorescence, 
Phosphorescence. 
LUOINirS 

"Alkaloids of luoinus." Ind.-Cat. S. 
G. O., 1st ser., 8: 432 (1887); 2nd 
sen, 9: 827-828 (1904). 20 refer- 
ences. 
See also Alkaloids. 
LUMBER 

Bryant, R. C. Lumber, its manufac- 
ture and distribution. New York, 
Wiley, 1922. 539 p. Bibl., p. 439- 
448. 180 references. 
Kellogg, Royal S., and Smith, F. H. 
Lumber and its uses. 3rd ed. New 
York, U. P. C. Book Co., 1924. 370 
p. " Forest Service Pub.," p. 360- 
365. " Pub. of N. L. M. A.," p. 365- 
366. 
See also Wood. 
LUNGS 

PiNCUSSOHN, LuDwiG. Chcmie der 
Lunge. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 2, pt. 2: 369-376 (1909). 
38 footnotes. 2nd ed., 4: 288-296 
(1923). 47 footnotes. 
LUTECIUM. See Rare earths. 
LYMPH 

Asher, Leon. Die Bildung der 
Lymphe. Biochem. Centr. 4: 1-8, 
45-52 (1905). 107 references. 
Ellinger, Alex. Die Bildung der 
Lymphe. Ergeb. Physiol. 1 : 355-361 
(1902). 174 references. 
Gerhartz, Heinrich. Chemie der 
Lymphe. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 2, pt. 2: 116-136 (1909). 
96 footnotes. 
Magnus, R. Bildung der Lymphe. In 
Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem. 2, 
pt. 2: 99-115 (1909). 72 footnotes. 
LYSINE 

" Lysine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd sen, 

9: 87 (1904). 10 references. 
Meyer-Jacobson. Lysin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 771-773 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
Winterstein, E., and Trier, G. Ly- 
sin. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 4: 637-644 (1911); 9: 127- 



128 (1915). About 180 footnotes 
(includes derivatives). 
See also Amino acids. 
LYSOFORM 

Geissendorfer, Georg. Untersuchung- 
en uber Lysoform. Dissertation, 
Bern, 1903. 52 p. Bibl., p. 52. 
" Lysoform." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 9: 871 (1905). 15 references. 
LYSOL 

" Lysol." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd sen, 

9: 871-872 (1904). 
See also Disinfectants. 
LYXOSE 

Zemplen, Geza. Lyxose. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 10: 386- 
387 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 
See also Carbohydrates. 
MAGNESIA CEMENTS. See Cements. 
MAGNESIUM 
American Magnesium Corporation. 
Magnesium ; a handbook of infor- 
mation and data relating to the use 
of magnesium alloys as they are 
made by the American magnesium 
corpn. Niagara Falls, Am. Magnes- 
ium Corpn., 1923. 177 p. Bibl., p. 
167-170. 81 references. 
Dawson, H. M. Magnesium. In 
Abegg, Handb. anorg. Chem. 2, pt. 
2: 76-79 (1905). 158 references, 
1820-1904. 
Ephraim, Fritz. Magnesium. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 2: 363-514 (1909). References 
through text. 
Geuther, Th. Magnesiumverbindung- 
en. In Brauer and d'Ans, Fort- 
schritte 1: 3204-3206 (1923). Ger- 
man patents. 
" Magnesium and its salts." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 1st sen, 8: 512-513 (1887) ; 
2nd sen, 10: 50 (1905). 
Massal, G. Magnesium. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 3: 906-985 (1904). 759 
footnotes. 
Mellor, J. W. Magnesium. In his 
Tnorg. theor. Chem. 4: 249-397 
(1923). Bibl. through chapten 
Peters, Franz. Forschungen und 
Fortschritte auf dem Gebiete der 
Elektrometallurgie des Magnesiums. 
1908-1915. Gliickauf 52: 141-147 
(1916). Bibl. footnotes. 
MAGNESIUM: Organic compounds. See 

Grignard reaction. 
MAGNESIUM ALUMINIUM SILICATE 
Doelter, C. Magnesium-Aluminium- 
silicate. In Doelter, Handb. Min- 
eralchem. 2, pt. 2: 602-635 (1917). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
Jacoby, R. Magnesiumaluminiumsili- 
kate. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 1: 302-308 
(1912). References through text. 



174 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



MAGNESIUM BORATE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Magnesiumborat. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 2: 452-458 (1909). 
MAGNESIUM BROMIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Magnesiumbromid. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 2, pt. 2: 428-431 (1909). _ 

Mellor, J. W. Magnesium bromide. 
In his Inorg. theor. chem. 4: 315- 
316 (1923). About 50 references. 
MAGNESIUM CARBONATE 

Dolbear, Samuel H. Magnesite. Min- 
eral Ind. 25: 476-484 (1916); 26: 
405-414 (1917) ; 27: 453-458 (1918) ; 
28: 433-441 (1919); 29: 437-442 
(1920) ; 30: 442-448 (1920). 82 ref- 
erences. 

Ephraim, Fritz. Magnesiumkarbonat. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 2, pt. 2: 459-470 (1909). 

Gt. Brit. Imperial mineral resources 
bureau. Mineral industry of the 
British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. War period. Magnesite. 1920. 
42 p. Bibl., p. 39-41. 

Kraft, Philip. Ueber die genetischen 
Beziehungen des dichten Magnesits 
zu den Mineralien der Nickelsilikat- 
gruppe. Arch. Lagerstattenforsch- 
ung, 1915, No. 20. 115 p. Bibl., p. 
109-115. 179 references. 

Leitmeier, H. Magnesiumcarbonat. 
Magnesit. In Doelter, Handb. Min- 
eralchem. 1: 220-243 (1912). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Leitmeir, H., and d'Achiardi, G. Die 
Hydrate des Magnesiumcarbonats. 
In Doelter, Handb. Mineralchem. 1 : 
261-272 (1912). Bibl. footnotes. 

Mellor, J. W. Magnesium carbonate. 
In his Inorg. theor. chem. 4 : 353- 
354, 357-358, 366-367, 376-378 (1923). 
About 600 references. 

Redlich, K. a. Entstehung und Vor- 
kommen des Magnesits. Verwertung 
des Magnesits. In Doelter, Handb. 
Mineralchem. 1: 243-261 (1912). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Redlich, Karl A. Die Bildung des 
Magnesits und sein naturlich.es 
Vorkommen. Fortschr. Mineral. 
Krist. Petr. 4: 9-42 (1914). 54 ref- 
erences. 

U. S. Tariff Commission. Magnesite. 
In its Tariff information survey No. 
20, 1920. Bibl., p. 118-119. 22 ref- 
erences. 

Whitewell, G. E., and Patty, E. N. 
Magnesite deposits of Washington. 
Wash. Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 25, 1921. 
Bibl., p. 180-189. 160 references. 
1882-1920. 

Yale, C. G., and Gale, H. S. Mag- 
nesite. U. S. Geol. Sur., Mineral 
Resources, 1914, pt. 2: 585-586. 



MAGNESIUM CHLORIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Magnesiumchlorid. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 2, pt. 2: 419-428 (1909). Ref- 
erences through text. 

Mellor, J. W. Magnesium chloride. 
In his Inorg. theor. chem. 4: 310-312 
(1923). About 250 references. 
MAGNESIUM HYDROXIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Magnesiumhydroxid. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg 
Chem. 2, pt. 2: 389-391 (1909). 

See also Magnesium oxide. 
MAGNESIUM NITRATE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Magnesiumnitrate. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 2, pt. 2: 394-398 (1909). 
MAGNESIUM OXIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Magnesium und 
Sauerstoff. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 2, pt. 2 : 386- 
389 (1909). 

Mellor, J. W. Magnesium oxides and 
hydroxide. In his Inorg. theor. 
chem. 4: 293-296 (1923). About 400 
references. 
MAGNESIUM PHOSPHATE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Magnesium, Phos- 
phor und Sauerstoff. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 2, pt. 
2: 435-445 (1909). 

Mellor, J. W. Magnesium orthophos- 
phates. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 
4: 388-389 (1923). About 125 ref- 
erences. 
MAGNESIUM SILICATES 

Doelter, C. Olivingruppe. In his 
Handb. Mineralchem. 2, pt. 1 : 294- 
313 (1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

Doelter, C. Magnesiummetasilicate. 
In his Handb. Mineralchem. 2, pt. 
1: 324-356 (1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

Doelter, C, et al. Magnesium hydro- 
silicat^. In his Handb. Mineralchem. 

2, pt. 1: 356-445 (1914). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Jacoby, R. Magnesiumsilikat. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

3, pt. 1: 255-257 (1912). 
Sjogren, Hj. Fluorhaltige Magnesi- 

umsilicate. In Doelter, Handb. 
Mineralchem. 2, pt. 1 : 313-323 
(1914). Bibl. footnotes. 
MAGNESIUM SULFATE 

Diner, Jacob. Magnesium sulfate. J. 
Am. Pharm. Assoc. 17: 150-159 
(1918). 51 references to pharma- 
cological uses. 

Ephraim, Fritz. Magnesiumsulfat. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 2: 401-413 (1909). 

Mellor, J. W. Magnesium sulfate. In 
his Inorg. theor. chem. 4 : 332-335 
(1923). About 400 references. 

Mellor, J. W. The complex and dou- 
ble salts of magnesium sulfate. In 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



175 



his Inorg. theor. chem. 4: 347-349 
(1923). About 200 references. 
MAGNETITE. See Iron ores. 
MAGNETOCHEMISTRY 

Wedekind, E. Magnetochemie. Bezie- 
hungen zwischen magnetischen Eig- 
enschaften und chemischer Natur. 
Berlin, Borntraeger, 1911. 114 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Wedekind, E. Magnetochemie. Fort- 
schritte Chem. 9: 287-299 (1914). 
References through text. 
MAIZE. See Corn. 
MALACHITE. See Copper carbonate. 
MALIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Aepfelsaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2 : 
644-657 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Thiele, a. /-Aepfelsaure. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1: 1149- 
1154 (1911). 115 references. 
MALNUTRITION. See Nutrition. 
MALONIC ACID 

Meyer- Jacobson. Malonsaure. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 327-346 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Thiele, Albrecht. Malonsaure. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
1124-1127 (1911). 55 footnotes. 
MALT 

" Malt and malt extract." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 1st sen, 8: 558-559 (1887) ; 
2nd ser., 10: 80-81 (1905). 

See also Brewing. 
JMALTASE 

Zunz, Edgard. Maltase. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 5: 544-545 
(1911). 50 footnotes. 

See also Enzymes. 
MALTOSE 

LippMANN, E. O. V. Maltose. In his 
Chemie der Zuckerarten 2 : 1439- 
1505 (1895). Bibl. through text. 

"Maltose." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 10: 82-83 (1905). 17 refer- 
ences. 

Neuberg, C, and Rewald, B. Maltose. 
In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 2 : 
407-411 (1911); 8: 216-221 (1914). 
About 200 footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Maltose. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 10: 600- 
608 (1923). 80 footnotes.' 

See also Carbohydrates. 
MANDELIC ACID 

Dohrn, M., and Thiele, A. Mandel- 
saure. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 1: 1287-1289 (1911). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
MANGANESE 

Bolton, Henry C. Index to the litera- 
ture of manganese, 1596-1874. Sa- 
lem, Salem Press, 1876. 44 p. Re- 
printed from Annals of the Lyceum 
Nat. Hist., N. Y., 11: 208-249 
(1875). Chronological, 



Butts, Allison. Manganese. Mineral 
Ind. 25: 485-499 (1916); 26: 415- 
445 (1917); 27: 459-482 (1918). 70 
references. 

Ephraim, Fritz. Mangan. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 
2: 217-410 (1908). References 
through text. 

Gt. Brit. Imperial mineral resources 
bureau. Mineral industry of the 
British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. War period. Manganese. 
(1913-1919.) 1921. 151 p. Bibl., p. 
132-140. 

Lottermoser, a. Kolloidchemie des 
Mangans. In Abegg, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 4, pt. 2: 895 (1912). 12 ref- 
erences. 

Martin, G., and Dancaster, E. A. 
Manganese. In Friend, Textbook, 
3: 256-321 (1915). Bibl. footnotes. 

Miolati, a. Mangan. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 2: 861- 
889 (1912). 1497 references. 

MoissAN, H. Le manganese et ses 
composes. In Fremy, Enc. chim. 3, 
10\cahier: 209-228 (1886). Chrono- 
logical and by author. 

Penzer, N. M. Manganese. In his 
Nonferrous metals and other min- 
erals, 1924. Bibl., p. 237-238. 

Thomas, V. Manganese. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 4: 487-594 (1906). 1568 
footnotes. 

Weld, C. M., and others. Manganese ; 
uses, preparation, mining costs and 
the production of ferro-alloys. U. 
S. Bur. Mines, Bull. No. 173, 1920. 
209 p. Selected bibl., p. 200-201. 
20 references. Also bibl. footnotes. 

Wheeler, Harold L. A bibliography 
on the occurrence, geology and 
mining of manganese, with some ref- 
erences on its metallurgy and uses. 
Colorado Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 15, 
1919. Bibl., p. 54-69. Revised and 
extended in Econ. Geol. 14 : 245-261 
(1919). 240 references. Classified. 
MANGANESE: AnalyticaL 

Cunningham, T. R., and Coltman, 
R. W. The determination of man- 
ganese. I. A study of the bismu- 
thate method. Ind. Eng. Chem. 16 : 
63 (1924). 21 references. 

Ephraim, Fritz. Nachweis, Bestimm- 
ung und Trennung des Mangans. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
_ Chem. 3, pt. 2: 230-232 (1908). 

Osch, Joseph. Kritische Studien iiber 
Mangan. Dissertation, Zurich, 1907. 
124 p. Bibl., p. 117-124. 100 refer- 
ences. 

Sernagiotto, Emilio. Esame compara- 
tivo dei metodi analitici alle leghe 
metallische. Giorn. chem. ind. appl. 
3: 148-152 (1921). 25 footnotes. 



176 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



MANGANESE: Analytical— Coni'd 

Talbot, H. P., and Brown, J. W. A 
bibliography of the analytical chem- 
istry of manganese, 1785-1900. 
Smithsonian Inst. Misc. Coll., Pub. 
No. 1313, 1902. 124 p. 700-800 ref- 
erences ; chronological. 

WiLLARD, H. H., and Greathouse, 
L. H. A complete bibliography of 
the colorimetric determination of 
manganese. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 39: 
2376-2377 (1917). 34 references. 
MANGANESE: Ores. 

Clevenger, Galen H., and Cornejo, 
A. Abstracts from the literature 
on treatment of manganese silver 
ores. U. S. Bur. Mines, Repts. of 
Investigations, No. 2458 (1923). 14 
p. Z7 references, annotated. 

Curtis, A. H. Manganese ores. Lon- 
don, Murray, 1919. 118 p. (Impe- 
rial Inst. Mon.) Bibl., p. 112-118. 
159 references. 

Fremor, L. L. The manganese deposits 
of India. India Geol. Sun, Mem. 
No. 27, 1909. 1274 p. Bibl., p. 1161- 
1171. 263 references. "List of lit- 
erature on foreign manganese ore 
deposits," p. 12-16. 

Harder, E. C. Manganese deposits of 
the United States with sections on 
foreign deposits. Chemistry and 
uses. U. S. Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 
427, 1910. 298 p. Bibl., p. 284-288. 
158 references. 

Hewett, D. F. Manganese and ma- 
ganiferous ores. U. S. Geol. Sur., 
Mineral Resources 1916, pt. 1 : 752- 
756. 86 references. Ibid. 1917, pt. 
1 : 691-696. 120 references. 

Jenison, H. a. C. Manganese and 
maganiferous ores in 1919. U. S. 
Geol. Sur., Mineral Resources 1919, 
pt. 1 : 141-148. 

Miser, Hugh D. A list of papers 
treating of the manganese deposits 
of west-central Arkansas and the 
adjoining part of Oklahoma. U. S. 
Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 660-C, p. 60-61. 
1917. 
MANGANESE CARBONATE 

Ephraim, F. Manganokarbonat. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
3, pt. 2: 327 (1908). 

Leitmeier, H. Manga ncarbonat 
(MnCOs). In Doelter, Handb. 
Mineralchem. 1: 411-418 (1912). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
MANGANESE CHLORIDES 

Ephraim, F. Mangan und Chlor. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
3, pt. 2: 298-305 (1908). 
MANGANESE OXIDES 

Ephraim, Fritz. Mangan und Sauer- 
stoff. In Gmelin-Kraut,, Handb. 



anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 2: 233-261 
(1908). 

Salinger, M^x. Zur Kenntniss des 
Manganits. Z. anorg. Chem. 2>2) : 
322-354 (1903). 50 footnotes. 
MANGANESE SILICATES 

Doelter, C. Mangan- und Eisenoxyd- 
ulsilicate. In his Handb. Mineral- 
chem. 2, pt. 1: 711-722 (1914). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Ephraim, F. Mangansilikate. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handla. anorg. Chem. 
3, pt. 2: 389-392 (1908). 
MANGANESE STEEL. See Steel. 
MANGANESE SULFATES 

Ephraim, F. Mangano- und Mangani- 
sulfate. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 2: 280-288 
(1908). 
MANGANESE SULFIDES 

Ephraim, F. Mangan und Schwefel. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 3, pt. 2: 273-280 (1908). 

Meckwitz, Alex., and Landesen, 
Georg. Zur Kenntniss der Bildung 
der griinen Manganosulfide. Z. 
anorg. allgem. Chem. 131: 101-118 
(1923). Bibl. footnotes, supplement- 
ing Gmelin-Kraut. 
MANNA 

" Manna." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 8: 582 (1887); 2nd sen, 10: 
11 (1905). 26 references. 
MANNITOL 

Meyer-Jacobson. Mannit. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 183-187 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Neuberg, C, and Rewald, B. d-Man- 
nit. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 2: 451-456 (1911); 8: 238- 
242 (1914). About 160 footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Mannit. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 10 : 667- 
677 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 
MANNOSE 

Lippmann, E. O. v. d-Mannose. In 
his Chemie der Zuckerarten, 1 : 639- 
666 (1895). Bibl. through text. 

Neuberg, C, and Rewald, B. r/-Man- 
nose. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 2: 341-345 (1911); 8: 173- 
175 (1914). About 125 footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Mannose. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 10: 517- 
521 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Mannose. In Abder- 
halden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 1, 
pt. 5: 938-939 (1922). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
MAPLE PRODUCTS 

Bryan, A. H. Maple sap sirup : its 
manufacture, composition and effect 
of environment thereupon. U. S. 
Dept. Agr., Bur. Chem., Bull. No. 
134, 1910. 110 p. Bibl., p. 104-110. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



177 



Sy, Albert P. History, manufacture 
and analj^sis of maple products. J. 
Franklin Inst. 166: 249-280, 321-352, 
433-445 (1908). Bibl. footnotes. 
MARBLE 

Dale, T. N. The commercial marbles 
of western Vermont. U. S. Geol. 
Sur., Bull. No. 521, 1912. 170 p. 
Bibl., p. 55-60. 139 references. Ver- 
mont, State Geol. Rept., No. 9, 1914- 
1915, p. 48-54. 148 references. 

Prouty, W. F. Preliminary report on 
the crystalline and other marbles 
of Alabama. Ala. Geol. Sur., Bull. 
No. 18. 1916. 212 p. Bibl., p. 120- 
122. 37 references. 
MARGARINE 

Clayton, Wm. Emulsion problems in 
margarine manufacture. Trans. Far- 
aday Soc. 16, Appendix : 22-26 
(1921). 16 references. 

Clayton, Wm. Margarine. New 
York, Longmans, 1920. 187 p. Bibl., 
p. 144-179. 

Halliburton, W. D., and Drummond, 
J. C. The nutritive value of mar- 
garine and butter substitutes with 
reference to their content of the fat 
soluble accessory growth substances. 
J. Physiol. 51: 235-251 (1917). 31 
references. 

" Margarine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 10: 133 (1905). 23 references. 

" Oleomargarin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st ser., 10: 127-128 (1889); 2nd 
ser., 12: 146-147 (1907). 

See also Butter, Dairy products. 
MARINE INVERTEBRATES 

Clarke, Frank W., and Wheeler, 
Walter C. The inorganic constitu- 
ents of marine invertebrates. U. S. 
Geol. Sun, Prof. Paper No. 124, 
1922. 62 p. 80 footnotes. 
MARINE PRODUCTS 

Tressler, Donald K. Marine prod- 
ucts of commerce. New York, 
Chem. Cat. Co., 1923. 762 p. Bibl. 
through text. 
MARL 

Parsons, A. L. Greensand marl. U. 
S. Geol. Sur., Mineral Resources, 
1901 : 823-827. 11 references. 
MATCHES 

" Matches and match manufacture." 
Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 8: 680- 
681 (1887) ; 2nd sen, 10: 229 (1905). 
MATE 

Herrero Ducloux, Enrique and Leo- 
POLDO. Datos analiticos de la yerbe 
mate y sus falsificaciones. In De la 
Revista del Museo de La Plata, 23 : 
126-131 (1915). 

"A^ate." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 
8: 681 (1887); 2nd sen, 10: 229 
(1905). 29 references. 

See also Foods (Vereinbarungen). 

12 



MATERIALS: Testing. 

Batson, R. G. Testing of materials. 
Intern. Eng. Congr., 1915, paper 
113, p. 598-622. Bibl. on impact test- 
ing and brittleness, 200 references. 
Hardness and abrasion testing, 215 
references. 

Index of publications concerning test- 
ing materials. Proc. Intern. Assoc. 
Testing Materials 2, pt. 1 : 69-216, 
285-384 (1910-1913). Covers 1908- 
1910. 
MEAT PRODUCTS 

Chemical technology of the frozen 
meat industry. New Zealand J. Sci. 
Tech. 4: 97-107, 155-164 (1921). 57 
references. 

" Meat and meat extracts." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 1st sen, 8: 757-764 (1887) ; 
2nd sen, 10: 311-326 (1905). In- 
cludes inspection, hygiene, care, pois- 
oning, preservation. 

OsTERTAG, Robert. Konservierung des 
Fleisches. In his Bibliographic des 
Fleischbeschau, 1905, p. 319-336, 431- 
438. 

ScHENKE, V. [Meat meal made from 
diseased animals.] Landw. Vers. 
Stat. 58: 36-54 (1903). 

Spiecker, — . [Meat poisoning and its 
relation to diseases of men and of 
animals.] Hyg. Rundschau 29: 113- 
124 (1919). 150 references. 

Street, John P. Meat extracts and 
meat preparations. Conn. Agr. State 
Sta. Rept., 1907-1908, pt. 9: 664-672. 
About 200 references. 

Wright, A. M. Chemical and bac- 
teriological study of fresh and froz- 
en New Zealand lamb and mutton. 
J. Soc. Chem. Ind. 31: 965 (1912). 
28 references. 
MECONIUM 

" Meconium." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 8: 768 (1887) ; 2nd sen, 10: 329 
(1905). 29 references. 

See also Alkaloids. 
MEDICINES. See Pharmaceuticals. 
MEERSCHAUM 

DoELTBR, C. Meerschaum (Sepiolith). 
In his Handb. Mineralchem. 2, pt. 
1: 374-383 (1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Magnesium silicate. 
MELANIN 

FuRTH, O. v. Melanine und sonstige 
Farbstoffe. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 1: 743-756 (1909). 52 
footnotes. 

GoRTNER, Ross A. Melanin. Biochem. 
Bull. 1: 207-215 (1911). 15 refer- 
ences. 

GoRTNER, R. A. Studies on melanin. 
J. Am. Chem. Soc. 35: 1262-1268 
(1913). 12 references. 



178 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



MELANIN— Cont'd 

" Melanin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
ser., 9: 9 (1888) ; 2nd sen, 10: 647 
(1905). 20 references. 

Samuely, Franz. Melanine und 
iibrige Farbstoffe der Tierwelt. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 6: 
293-378 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

Wells, H. G. Melanin. In his Chemi- 
cal pathology, 4th ed., 471-478 
(1920). 45 footnotes. 

See also Pigments, animal. 
MELEZITOSE 

Harding, T. Swann. History of 
melezitose, its discovery and meth- 
ods of preparation. Sugar 25 : 241 
(1923). 22 references. 

Henry, A. Manna of larch and Doug- 
lass fir. Melezitose and lethal honey. 
Pharm. J. 112: 387-390 (1924). 32 
references. 

See also Carbohydrates. 
MELIBIOSE 

LiPPMANN, E. O. V. Melibiose. In his 
Chemie der Zuckerarten, 2: 1585- 
1596 (1895). Bibl. through text. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Melibiose. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 1017 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Carbohydrates. 
MELILITH. See Granite. 
MELLITIC ACID 

Dorhn, M., and Thiele, A. Mellit- 
saure. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 1: 1332-1334 (1911). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Mellithsaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 
592 (1902). Bibl. footnotes. 
MELTING POINTS 

Bridgman, p. W. Change of phase 
under pressure. Phase diagrams of 
eleven substances. Phys. Rev. (2) 
3: 126-141, 153-203 (1914). 

Day, Arthur L. Das Studium der 
Mineralschmelzpunkte. Fortschritte 
Mineral. 4: 115-160 (1914). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Menge, George A. A study of melting 
point determinations with special 
reference to the melting point re- 
quirements of the U. S. Pharma- 
copeia. U. S. Hyg. Lab., Bull. No. 
70, 1910. Bibl., p. 100-101. 
MEMBRANES 

Zangger, Heinrich. Ueber Mem- 
branen und Membranfunktionen. 
Ergeb. Physiol. 7: 99-118 (1908). 
MEMBRANE EQUILIBRIA 

Garner, W. E. Membrane equilibria. 
In Fourth rept. on colloid chemis- 
try, 1922, p. 114-121. 35 references. 
MENTHOL 

Bartelt, K. Menthol. In Abderhal- 
den. Biochem. Handl. 7: 376-384 
(1912). 100 footnotes. 



"Menthol." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 9: 164-165 (1888) ; 2nd sen, 10: 
647 (1905). 25 references. 

See also Essential oils. 
MENTHONE 

Bartelt, K. Methon. In Abderhalden, 
Biochem. Handl. 7: 432-443 (1912). 
60 footnotes. 

"Methone." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 9: 164 (1888) ; 2nd sen, 10: 
729 (1905). 25 references. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Methon. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1: 891-902 
(1902). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Essential oils. 
MERCAPTANS 

Funk, Casimir. Mercaptane. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 4: 934- 
943 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

Goodridge, Frederic G. Biochemical 
studies of mercaptan. Thesis, Co- 
lumbia Univ., 1915. 60 p. Bibl., p. 
58-60. 
MERCERIZATION 

Clibbens, Douglas A. The merceri- 
sation of cotton. J. Textile Inst 
14: 217-249T (1923); Shirley Inst. 
Mem. 2: 187-189 (1923). 79 refer- 
ences. 

Gardner, Paul. Die Mercerisation 
der Baumwolle und die Appretur 
der mercerisierten Gewebe. Berlin, 
Springer, 1912. 194 p. Patents, p. 
35-60. 

WiLHELM, G. Mercerisierverfahren. 
Kunststoffe 10: 105-106, 115-118 
(1920). 86 patents. 

See also Cotton (Woodbury), Tex- 
tiles. 
MERCURY 

Andre, G. Mercure. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 5: 196-485 (1906). 1756 
footnotes. 

Evans, Isabel P. Quicksilver in 
North America. U. S. Geol. Sur., 
Mineral Resources, 1917, pt. 1 : 425- 
455; 1918, pt. 1: 179-182. Includes 
occurrence, chemistry, physics and 
metallurgy, mercury lamp. Subject 
index. Supplement in Ibid. 1923, pt. 
1 : 42-46. 57 references. 

Gt. Brit. Imperial mineral resources 
bureau. The mineral industry of the 
British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. War period. Quicksilver. 
(1913-1919.) 1922. 39 p. Bibl., p. 
35-39. 

GuTBiER, et al. Ueber kolloides Queck- 
silben Kolloid-Z. 19: 33-36, 291-297 
(1916). 46 footnotes. 

JoANNis, M. Mercure. In Fremy, 
Enc. chim. 3, 14^ cahier: 292-299 
(1885). Classified by compounds. 

Ley, H. Quecksilben In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 2, pt. 2: 677- 
687 (1905). 485 references. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



179 



McCaskey, H. D. Quicksilver. U. S. 
Geol. Sun, Mineral Resources 1910, 
pt. 1: 705-710; 1911, pt. 1: 920-921. 
183 references, 1854-1910. 

Mehren, — . Fortschritte auf dem 
Gebiete der Erforschung des Queck- 
silbers. Edel-Erden u. -Erze 2: 89- 
91, 97-99 (1921). References 
through text. 

Mellor, J. W. Mercury. In his Inorg. 
theor. chem. 4: 695-1048 (1923). 
Bibls. through chapter. 

" Mercury and its compounds." Ind.- 
Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 9: 173-192 
(1888); 2nd ser., 10: 736-752 
(1905). 

Peters, F., and Lowenstbin, W. 
Quecksilber. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 2 : 32>i- 
1287, 1655-1752 (1914). References 
through text. 

Ransome, F. L. Quicksilver in 1920- 
1921. U. S. Geol. Sur., Mineral Re- 
sources 1920, pt. 1: 437-439; 1921, 
pt. 1: 117-120. 80 references. 

U. S. Tariff Commission. Quicksilver. 
In its Tariff information survey, No. 
21. 1920, p. 269-276. 
MERCURY: Ammonium compounds. 

Franklin, Edward C. Mercury nitro- 
gen compounds. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 
29: 35-66 (1907). 200 footnotes. 

Franklin, Edward C. Theory of the 
mercury ammonia compounds. Am. 
Chem. J. 47: 361-397 (1912). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Mellor, J. W. Ammoniobasic and 
aquo-ammonia-basic salts of mer- 
curic chloride. In his Inorg. theor. 
chem. 4: 871-872 (1923). About 125 
references. 

Peters, F., and Lowenstein, W. 
Quecksilber, Stickstoff und andere 
Elemente im Allgemeinen. In Gmel- 
in-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 5, 
pt. 2: 533-542, 562-570, 612-621, 701- 
710, 756-763, 857-860 (1914). Refer- 
ences through text. 
MERCURY: Analysis. 

BouTON, Craig M., and Duschak, 
L. H. The determination of mer- 
cury. U. S. Bur. Mines, Tech. Paper 
No. 227, 1920. 44 p. Bibl., p. 24-41. 
124 references, annotated ; arranged 
by method with author index. 

Peters, F., and Lowenstein, W. 
Quecksilber — Analytisches. In Gmel- 
in-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 5, 
pt. 2: 495-504 (1914). Classified. 

Pretzfeld, C. J. Gravimetric deter- 
mination of mercury. J. Am. Chem. 
Soc. 25: 198-209 (1903). 30 refer- 
ences. 



MERCURY: Ores. 

Bradley, W. W. Quicksilver re- 
sources of California with a section 
on metallurgy and ore-dressing. 
Calif. State Min. Bur., Bull. No. 78, 
1918. 399 p. Bibl., p. 354-362. 300 
entries. 

Halse, Edward. Mercury ores. Lon- 
don, Murray, 1923. 101 p. Bibl., p. 
93-101. 
MERCURY: Organic compounds. 

Brieger, Richard, and Schulemann, 
Werner. Ueber die Mercurierung 
einiger Naphthalin Derivative. J. 
prakt. Chem. 197: 97-183 (1913- 
1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

JiJRGENs, J. [Review of the organic 
mercury compounds.] Chem. Week- 
blad 18: 627-630, 641-643 (1921). 

Peters, F., and Lowenstein, W. Ver- 
bindungen von Oxyden und Salzen 
des Quicksilbers mit organischen 
Stoffen. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 2: 876-978 
(1914). References through text. 

White, E. C. New organic mercurials 
and their therapeutic applications. 
Ind. Eng. Chem. 16: 1038 (1924). 
Z2i references. 

Whitmore, Frank C. Bibliography 
of the literature of organic mercur- 
ials. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 11: 1084- 
1091 (1919). About 850 references, 
arranged by compounds. 

Whitmore, Frank C. Organic com- 
pounds of mercury. New York, 
Chem. Cat. Co., 1921. 397 p. Bibl., 
p. 371-380. Includes patents. 

Whitmore, Frank C. Recent devel- 
opments in the chemistry of organic 
mercury compounds. Ind. Eng. 
Chem. 15: 419 (1923). Z7 refer- 
ences. 
MERCURY BROMIDES 

Mellor, J. W. Mercurous and mercu- 
ric bromides. In his Inorg. theor. 
Chem. 4: 876-877, 882-884 (1923). 
40 and 150 references. 

Peters, F., and Lowenstein, W, 
Quicksilber und Brom. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 
2: 740-748 (1914). References 
through text. 
MERCURY CHLORIDES 

Mellor, J. W. Mercurous and mercu- 
ric chlorides. Double and complex 
salts of mercuric chloride. In his 
Inorg. theor. chem. 4: 813-816, 834- 
839, 861-862 (1923). 400, 550 and 
100 references. 

" Mercurous and mercuric chlorides." 
Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 9: 185- 
190 (1888); 2nd ser., 10: 738-744 
(1905). 



180 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



MERCURY CHLORIDES— Cont'd 

Peters, F., and Lowenstein, W. 
Mercuro- und Mercurichloride. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
5, pt. 2: 630-677 (1914). References 
through text. 
MERCURY CYANIDE 

" Mercury cyanide." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 1st sen, 9: 190 (1888) ; 2nd ser., 
10: 744 (1905). 30 references. 
Peters, F., and Lowenstein, W. 
Mercuricyanid. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 2 : 831- 
844 (1914). 
MERCURY IODIDES 

Mellor, J. W. Mercurous and mer- 
curic iodides. Double and complex 
salts of mercuric iodide. The iodo- 
mercuroates. In his Inorg. theor. 
chem. 4: 900-901, 918-920, 941-942 
(1923). 100, 400 and 150 references. 
Peters, F., and Lowenstein, W. Mer- 
curijodid. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 2: 773-792 
(1914). 
MERCURY NITRATES 

Mellor, J. W. Mercurous and mer- 
curic nitrates. In his Inorg. theor. 
Chem. 4: 990-991, 998-999 (1923). 
100 and 125 references. 
Peters, F., and Lowenstein, W. 
Mercuro- und Mercurinitrate. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
5, pt. 2: 549-562 (1914). 
MERCURY OXIDES 

Mellor, J. W. Mercurous and mer- 
curic oxides. In his Inorg. theor. 
chem. 4: 770-771, 781-784 (1923). 
40 and 300 references. 
Peters, F., and Lowenstein, W. Mer- 
curioxyd. hi Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 2: 507-524 
(1914). 
MERCURY OXYCHLORIDE 

Peters, F., and Lowenstein, W. 
Quicksilber, Chlor und Sauerstoff. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 5, pt. 2: 679-696 (1914). 
MERCURY SULFATES 

Mellor, J. W. Mercurous and mer- 
curic sulfates. In his Inorg. theor. 
chem. 4: 968-969, 976-977 (1923). 
50 and 100 references. 
Peters, F., and Lowenstein, W. Mer- 
curisulfat. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 2: 599-605 
(1914). 
MERCURY SULFIDES 

Mellor, J. W. The sulfides of mer- 
cury. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 4 : 
957-961 (1923). 450 references. 
Peters, F., and Lowenstein, W. Mer- 
curisulfid. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 2: 571-588 
(1914). 



MESITYL OXIDE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Mesityloxide. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 
1019 (1907). 40 references. 
MESITYLENE 

Baum, Fritz. Mesitylen (1, 3, 5-Tri- 
methylbenzene). In Abderhalden, 
Biochem. Handl. 1: 292 (1911). 110 
references (includes derivatives). 
MESOTAN 

"Mesotan." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 10: 765 (1905). 24 references. 
MESOTHORIUM 

ScHLUNDT, Herman. Mesothorium. 
U. S. Bur. Mines, Tech. Bull. No. 
265, 1922. 57 p. Bibl., p. 54-56. 56 
references. 

See also Monazite, Radium, Rare 
EARTHS, Thorium. 
MESOXALIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Mesoxalsaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 
1192-1197 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
METABOLISM 

Aaron, Hans, and Gralka, Richard. 
Allgemeine Stoffwechsellehre. 1. 
AUgemeine biochemische Grundlag- 
en der Ernahrung. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem., 2nd ed., 6: 279- 
344 (1924). 163 footnotes. 

Abderhalden, Emil. Synthese der 
Zellbausteine in Pflanze und Tier ; 
Losung des Problems der kiinstlich- 
en Darstellung der Nahrungsstoffe. 
Berlin, Springer, 1912. 128 p. Bibl., 
p. 113-128. 

Alperin, David. Contribution to the 
knowledge of nucleoprotein metabo- 
lism, with special reference to uri- 
colysis and to the properties of uri- 
case. Thesis, Columbia Univ., 1912. 
46 p. Bibl., p. 37-46. 

Atkinson, Harry V. The transfor- 
mation of protein into fat and fat 
into carbohydrate in the body. J. 
Metabolic Res. 1: 565-608 (1922). 
Thesis, Univ. Illinois, 1922. 43 p. 
Bibl., p. 40-43. 

Aub, Joseph C, and Taylor, Martha. 
The effect of body tissues other than 
the thyroid upon the basal metabo- 
lism rate. Endocrinology 6 : 255-269 
(1922). 59 references. 

Barbour, Henry G. The effects of 
certain drugs and poisons upon the 
metabolism. In Barker, Endocrin- 
ology and metabolism, 3 : 717-785 ; 
references, 5: 345-509 (1923). 

Barker, Lewellys F. Endocrinology 
and metabolism. New York, Apple- 
ton, 1922. 5 vols. Vol. 5 is bibl. and 
general index. 694 p. p. 345-509 deal 
with metabolism specifically. 

Benedict, Francis G., and Talbot, 
Fritz B. Metabolism and growth 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



181 



from birth to puberty. Washington, 
Carnegie Inst., Pub. No. 302. 213 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

BicKEL, A., and Wohlgemuth, J. Die 
Rolle der Leber im intermediaren 
Eiweissstoffwechsel. Ergeb allgem. 
Path. 12: 606-612 (1908). 170 refer- 
ences. 

BooTHBY, W. M., and Sandiford, 
Irene. Normal standards for the 
estimation of the basal metabolism 
rate. J. Biol. Chem. 54: 783-803 
(1922). 28 references. 

BoOTHBY, Walter M., and Sandiford, 
Irene. Laboratory manual of the 
technic of basal metabolism rate de- 
terminations. Philadelphia, Saun- 
ders, 1920. 117 p. Bibl, p. 89-93. 

BooTHBY, Walter M., and Sandiford, 
Irene. Basal metabolism. Physiol. 
Rev. 4: 69-161 (1924). 714 refer- 
ences. 

Calvary, Martin. Die Bedeutung des 
Zuckers in der Sauglingsnahrung. 
Ergeb. inneren Medizin 10 : 699-702 
(1913). 

Caspari, W. Der parenterale Eiweiss- 
stoffwechsel. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem., Erganzungsband, 
1913, 708-738. 136 references. 

Cronheim, Walter. Gesamtstoff- 
wechsel der Nichtsauger. Die kalt- 
blutigen Wirbeltiere. In Oppen- 
heimer, Handb. Biochem. 4, pt. 2 : 
405-445 (1910). 117 footnotes. 

Dakin, H. D. Oxidations and reduc- 
tions in the animal body. New 
York, Longmans, 1922. 176 p. Bibl., 
p. 145-172. 

Du Bois, Eugene F. Basal metabolism 
in health and disease. Philadelphia, 
Lea, 1924. 372 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

FiJRTH, Otto v. Stoffwechsel des 
Herzens und des Muskels. In Op- 
penheimer, Handb. Biochem. 2nd 
ed., 8: 31-80 (1923). 142 references. 

FuRTH, Otto v. The problems of 
physiological and pathological chem- 
istrv of metabolism. Philadelphia, 
Lippincott, 1916. 667 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes. References to many earlier 
bibls. not referred to in this work. 

Grafe, E. Quantitative Bestimmung 
des Gasstoffwechsels mittels Petten- 
kofer-Tigerstedt-Jaquet und Bene- 
dict-Apparatus. In Abderhalden, 
Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 4, pt. 10: 
309-414 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Grosser, Paul. Organische und an- 
organische Phosphate im Stoff- 
wechsel. Ergeb. inneren Medizin 11 : 
119-123 (1913). 

Harris, J. Arthur, and Benedict. 
Francis G. A biometric study of 
basal metabolism in man. Wash- 



ington, Carnegie Inst., Pub. No. 279, 
1919. 266 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Herbst, O. [Concerning the physi- 
ology of metabolism in boyhood 
with special reference to certain 
mineral constituents.] Jahrb. Kind- 
erheilk, 76, Erganzungsh. : 40-130 
(1912). 

Hober, Rudolf. Zur physikalischen 
Chemie des Stoff- und Energie- 
wechsels. In his Physikalische 
Chemie der Zelle, 4th ed., 1914, p. 
729-780. Bibl. footnotes. 

Jacoby, Martin. Der Stoffwechsel 
und Energiewechsel der Zelle und 
der Einzelligen. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem. 2: 142-192 (1908). 
183 footnotes. 

Klotz, Max Die Bedeutung der 
Getreidemehle fiir die Ernahrung. 
Ergeb. inneren Medizin 8: 593-597 
(1912). 216 references. 

Krummacher, Otto. Prinzipien der 
allgemeinen Stoff- und Energie- 
wechsels. Ergeb. physiol. 5 : 746-747 
(1906); 7: 445-446 (1908). 54 ref- 
erences. 

Langstein, Leo. Die Energiebilanz 
des Sauglings. Ergeb. Physiol. 4 : 
851-853 (1905). 56 references. 

LoEwi, Otto. Untersuchungen iiber 
den Nucleinstoffwechsel. Leipzig, 
Vogel, 1900. 29 p. Bibl., p. 24-25. 

London, E. S. Mundverdauung und 
Magenverdauung. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem. 3, pt. 2: 56-94 
(1909). 153 footnotes. 

LusK, Graham. History of metabo- 
lism. In Barker, Endocrinology and 
metabolism, 3: 3-78; references, 5: 
345-509 (1922). 

LusK, Graham. The specific dynamic 
action of various food factors. 
Medicine 1: 353-354 (1922). 43 ref- 
erences. 

McCrudden, F. C. The effect of cas- 
tration on the metabolism. J. Biol. 
Chem. 7: 185-197 (1910). 100 foot- 
notes. 

Mackenzie, George M. The suprare- 
nal system and carbohydrate me- 
tabolism. Arch. Inter. Med. 19: 
593-610 (1917). 87 footnotes. 

Magnus, Adolf. Physiologic des 
Stoffwechsels. In Noorden, Handb. 
pathologie des Stoffwechsels, 1906, 
1 : 1-480. References through text. 

Marriott, W. McKim. Review of the 
literature on the metabolism of nor- 
mal infants. Am. J. Diseases Chil- 
dren 12: 88-102 (1916). 54 foot- 
notes. 

Mattlll, Henry A., and Helen I. 
Mineral metabolism. In Barker, 
Endocrinology and metabolism, 3 : 



182 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



METABOLISM— Co»rd 

303-340; references, 5: 345-509 
(1922). 

Meier, Kurt. Beitrage zur Stoff- 
wechsel des Kaninchens. Disserta- 
tion, Zurich, 1920. 146 p. Bibl., p. 
142-144. 

Meigs, E. B., Blatherwick, N. R., 
and Cary, C. A. Physiology of 
phosphorus and calcium metabolism 
as related to milk secretion. J. Biol. 
Chem. 2,7: 1-75 (1919). 60 foot- 
notes. 

" Metabolism." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 10: 767-772 (1905). 

MuRLiN, John R. Metabolism of 
mother and off-spring before and 
after parturition. In Harvey Lec- 
tures, 1916-1917: 242-247. 110 ref- 
erences. 

MuRLiN, John C. Normal processes of 
energy metabolism. In Barker, En- 
docrinology and metabolism, 3: 515- 
660; references, 5: 345-509 (1922). 

Oppenheimer, Carl and Pincussohn, 
LuDWiG. Der intermediare Stoff- 
wechsel. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 4, pt. 1: 658-721 (1911). 
183 footnotes. 

Pack, Geo. T., and Underbill, Frank 
P. Influence of benzyl benzoate 
upon nitrogen metabolism. J. Met- 
abolic Research 2: 73-105 (1922). 
60 references. 

Paton, Diarmid N. The nervous and 
chemical regulators of metabolism. 
London, Macmillan, 1913. 217 p. 
Bibl., p. 212-217. 

Pincussen, Ludwig. Die Ausnutzung- 
der Nahrstoffe. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem., 2nd ed., 5 : 295- 
344 (1924). 157 footnotes. 

Prym, O. Diinndarmverdauung. In 
Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem., 3, 
pt. 2: 95-123 (1909). 136 footnotes. 

Rose, Wm. C. Purine metabolism. 
Physiol. Rev. 3: 588-602 (1923). 
336 references. 

ScHEUNERT, A. Vorgange im End- 
darm (Dickdarm). /n Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem. 3, pt. 2: 124-152 
(1909). 203 footnotes. 

Scheunert, a. Besonderheiten der 
Verdauung bei Tieren mit mehr- 
holigem Magen (Wiederkauer, 
Kaltbliitern und Vogeln). In 
Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem., 3, 
pt. 2: 153-170 (1909). 90 footnotes. 

Schittemhelm, Alfred. Der Nuklein- 
stoffwechsel. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem. 4, pt. 1: 489-539 
(1911). 300 footnotes. 

Schulz, F. N. Verdauungsdriisen 
niederer Tiere. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem. 3, pt. 1: 224-244 



(1910). 81 footnotes. 2nded.,4: 631- 
651 (1924). Ill footnotes. 

Sherwin, Carl P. Fate of foreign 
organic compounds in the animal 
body. Physiol. Rev. 2: 238-276 
(1922). 107 references. 

Shohl, a. T. Mineral metabolism in 
relation to acid-base equilibrium. 
Physiol. Rev. 3: 531-543 (1923). 
242 references. 

SiEBECK, R. Gasometrische Methoden 
zur Bestimmung des Stoffwechsels 
von Zellen und Geweben. In Abder- 
halden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 4, pt. 
10: 251-288 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Speck, C. Ueber Kraft- und Ernahr- 
ungsstoffwechsel. Ergeb. Physiol. 2 : 
1-5 (1903). 158 references. 

Stehle, R. L. Effect of hydrochloric 
acid upon mineral excretion. J. Biol. 
Chem. 31: 461 (1917). 40 refer- 
ences. 

Tangl, Franz. Allgemeine biochem- 
ische Grundlagen der Ernahrung- 
In Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem. 
3, pt. 2: 1-55 (1909). 69 footnotes 

Tigerstedt, Robert. Der Energie- 
wechsel. Die potentielle Energie der 
Nahrungsstoffe. Umfang des Ener- 
giewechsels. Die Energiebilanz des 
menschlichen Korpers. In Oppen- 
heimer, Handb. Biochem. 4, pt. 2: 
1-92 (1910). 101 footnotes. 

Tigerstedt, R. Die Physiologic des 
Stoffwechsels. In Nagel, Handb. 
Physiologic des Menschen, 1 : 331- 
556 (1905). Bibl. footnotes. 

Tigerstedt, R. Nahrungsbedarf des 
erwachsenen Menschen in dessen 
Beziehung zu der korperlichen Ar- 
beit. Fortschr. Naturw. Forsch. 5 : 
297-300 (1912). 

Weber, S. Ueber die Beeinflussung des 
Stoffwechsels durch einige pharma- 
kologisch wichtige Stoffe. Ergeb. 
Physiol. 3: 233-252 (1904). 550 ref- 
erences. 

Wendt, George v. Mineralstoffwechsel. 
In Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem. 4, 
pt. 1: 561-657 (1911). 176 footnotes. 
2nd ed., 8: 183-255 (1924). 176 foot- 
notes. 

WiELAND, Ernest. Verdauung und 
Resorption bei Wirbellosen. In Op- 
penheimer, Handb. Biochem. 3, pt. 
2: 299-343 (1909). 221 footnotes. 

Wieland, Ernst. Gesamtstoffwechsel 
der Nichtsauger. Der Stoffwechsel 
der Wirbellosen. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem. 4, pt. 2: 446-528 
(1910). 2,77 footnotes. 

Zuntz, Leo. Stoffaustausch zwischen 
Mutter und Frucht. In Oppen- 
heimer, Handb. Biochem. 4, pt. 2 : 
93-103 (1910). 51 footnotes. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



183 



ZuNTz, N. Betrachtungen ueber die 
Beziehungen zwischen Nahrstoffen 
und Leistungen des Korpers (Die 
Quellen der Muskelkraft). In Op- 
penheimer, Handb. Biochem. 4, pt. 
1: 826-881 (1911). 105 footnotes. 

ZuNTZ, L. Der Stoffaustausch zwisch- 
en Mutter und Frucht. Ergeb. 
Physiol. 7: 403-409 (1908). 186 ref- 
erences. 

ZuNTZ, L. Stoffwechsel und Sexuali- 
tat des Weibes. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem., Erganzungsband, 
1913, p. 675-707. 109 footnotes. 

Serial 

Zentralblatt fiir die gesamte Physiolog- 
ic und Pathologic des Stoffwechsels 
mit Einschluss der experimentellen 
Therapie. 1906- . (Continuation 
of Zentralblatt fiir Stoffwechsel- und 
Verdauungskrankhciten). Covers 
experimental biology, pharmacology, 
toxicology, physiology and physio- 
logical chemistry, experimental clini- 
cal studies, immunity, foods and feed- 
ingstuffs. 

See also Fats, Lecithin, Nutrition, 
Proteins. 
METABOLISM: Abnormal. 

Bergmann, G. von. Storungen des 
Allgemeinstoffwechsels. Die Kastra- 
tion. In Oppenheimer, Handb. Bio- 
chem. 4, pt. 2: 194-207 (1910). 35 
footnotes. 

Bergmann, G. von. Storungen des 
Allgemeinstoffwechsels. Die Fett- 
sucht. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 4, pt. 2: 208-237 (1910). 
51 footnotes. 

Brugsch, Th. Der Hungerstoffwechs- 
el. In Oppenheimer, Handb. Bio- 
chem. 4, pt. 1: 285-306 (1911). 98 
footnotes. 

Du Bois, Eugene F. Metabolism in 
fever and in certain infections. In 
Barker, Endocrinology and metabo- 
lism 4: 95-151; references, 5: 511- 
694 (1922). 

Gamble, James L. Review of recent 
literature on conditions of abnormal 
metabolism in infants. Am. J. Dis- 
eases Children 13: 362-389 (1917). 
70 references. 

Grafe, E. Der Stoff- und Kraftwechs- 
el bei der Ontogenese. Biochem. 
Centr. 6: 441-448 (1907). 30 refer- 
ences. 

Grafe, E. Die pathologische Physiol- 
ogic des Gesamtstoff- und Kraft- 
wechsels bei der Ernahrungs des 
Menschen. Ergeb. Physiol. 21, pt. 
2: 1-499 (1923). About 1900 refer- 
ences through text. Has references 
to bibls. on various aspects of the 
subjects covered. 



Halverson, J. O., Bergeim, O., and 
Hawk, P. B. Metabolic study of 
goiter with the effect of thyroid and 
thymus treatment. Arch. Inter. Med. 
18: 800-829 (1916). 73 footnotes. 

HiRSCH, R. Storungen des Allgemein- 
stoffwechsels. Der Morbus Base- 
dowii. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 4, pt. 2: 164-180 (1910). 
64 footnotes. 

HiRSCH, R. Storungen des Allgemein- 
stoffwechsels. Myxodem, Kretinis- 
mus. In Oppenheimer, Handb. Bio- 
chem. 4, pt. 2: 181-190 (1910). 44 
footnotes. 

JosLiN, Elliott P. Diabetic metabo- 
lism with high and low diets. Car- 
negie Inst., Pub. No. 323. Washing- 
ton, 1923. 334 p. Bibl., p. 1-2. Bibl. 
footnotes. 

" Metabolism in diabetes." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 3rd sen, 4: 486-488, 515- 
516 (1922). 

MoHR, L. Gesamtstoffwechsel bei 
Anamien, Kachexien, usw. In Op- 
penheimer, Handb. Biochem. 4, pt. 
2: 372-404 (1910). 209 footnotes. 

Morawitz, P. Spezielle Stoffwechsel- 
storungen. Pathologic des Wasscr- 
und Mincralstoffwechsels. In Oppen- 
heimer, Handb. Biochem. 4, pt. 2: 
238-333 (1910). 671 footnotes. 2nd 
ed., 8: 256-337 (1924). 527 footnotes. 

MosENTHAL, HERMAN O. MctaboHsm 
in nephritis. In Barker, Endocrin- 
ology and metabolism 4: 311-409; 
references 5: 511-697 (1922). 

Neuberg, Carl. Spezielle Stoffwechs- 
elstorungen. Anomalien des Eiweiss- 
abbaues. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 4, pt. 2: 334-371 (1910). 
194 footnotes. 

NooRDEN, Carl v. Handtuch der 
Pathologic des Stoffwechsels. Ber- 
lin, Hirschwald, 1906-1907. 2 vols. 
Bibls. through text. 

Peritz, G. Storungen des Allgemein- 
stoffwechsels. Erkrankungen des 
Nervensystems. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem. 4, pt. 2: 148-163 
(1910). 71 footnotes. 

Pratt, Joseph H. The metabolism in 
gout. In Barker, Endocrinology and 
metabolism 4: 411-455; references, 
5: 511-694 (1922). 

Richter, p. F. Storungen des Allge- 
meinstoffwechsels. Fieber. In Op- 
penheimer, Handb. Biochem. 4, pt. 
2: 104-143 (1910). 195 footnotes. 

Utheim, Kirsten. Advanced chronic 
nutritional disturbances in infancy. 
J. Metabolic Res. 1 : 913-917 (1922) ; 
Am. J. Diseases Children 22: 330- 
350 (1921). 165 references. 

Watanabe, C. K. Change of phos- 
phate and calcium content in serum 



184 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



METABOLISM: Abnormal— Con fc? 

in guanidine tetany. J. Biol. Chem. 
36: 531 (1918). 40 references. 

Weber, Siegfried. Ueber Hunger- 
stoffwechsel. Ergeb. Physiol. 1 : 702- 
709 (1902). 190 references. 

Wells, H. G. Pathological conditions 
due or associated with, abnormali- 
ties in metabolism, including auto- 
intoxication. In his Chemical path- 
ology, 4th ed., p. 530-596 (1920). 
360 footnotes. 

Wilder, R. M., Boothby, W. M., and 
Beeler, C. Metabolism in diabetes. 
J. Biol. Chem. 51: 311-357 (1922). 
48 references. 
METALLOGRAPHY 

Belaiew, N. T. Crystallisation of 
metals. London, Univ. London 
press, 1923. 143 p. Bibl. at end of 
each chapter. 

Campbell, Wm. Recent progress in 
metallography. Trans. Am. Inst. 
Metals 10: 269-331 (1916); School 
of Mines Quart. 36: 249-279 (1915). 
Classified. 

Desch, Cecil H. Metallography. 3rd 
ed. London, Longmans, 1922. 440 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

GuRTLER, W. Metallographie. Fort- 
schritte Chem. 1: 39-48, 77-79, 369- 
376 (1909) : 2: 29-38 (1910) ; 3: 53- 
69 (1910-1911); 4: 272-292 (1911); 
6: 125-139 (1912-1913); 8: 107-116 
(1913); 10: 193-207 (1914-1915). 
References through text. 

Hadfield, R., et al. Radiometallog- 
raphy. Trans. Faraday Soc. 15 : 1- 
24 (1920). Bibl. to Dec, 1918. 

Heyn, E. Report on the progress of 
metallography since the commence- 
ment of the year 1909 to the end of 
the year 1911. Intern. Assoc. Test- 
ing Materials, VI Congress, 1912, 
2: No. 1. 58 p. 540 references. 

Janecke, Ernst. Employment of 
physical chemistry in metallography. 
Ion 1: 136-155, 209-229 (1908). 
Bibl. through text. 

Oberhoffer, p., et al. Fortschritte der 
Metallographie. Stahl u. Eisen 34 : 
1299, 1348, 1715, 1744, 1798, 1853, 
1888 (1914) ; 35: 269, 934 (1915); 
36: 804 (1916); 37: 112, 140, 211, 
481, 502, 1003, 1054 (1917); 38: 15, 
37 (1918). Bibl. footnotes. 

Ruer. Rudolf. Elements of metallog- 
raphy. New York, Wiley, 1909. 342 
p. 200 references on binary fusion 
diagrams, p. 329-336. 

Savoia, Umberto. Metallography ap- 
plied to siderurgic products. New 
York, Spon, 1910. 180 p. Bibl. at 
ends of chapters. 



Tammann, Gustav. a textbook ot 
metallography. Chemistry and phy- 
sics of the metals and their alloys. 
New York, Chem. Cat. Co., 1924. 
385 p. 
METALLURGY 

Backstrom, Helmer. Grain growth 
in metals. Jernkonterets Annaler 
103: 357-395 (1919). 

Desch, Cecil H. Intermetallic com- 
pounds. New York, Longmans, 
1914. 116 p. Bibl., p. 109-113. 

Frankel, W. Metallurgie einschl. 
der Elektrometallurgie. Fortschritte 
Chem. 3: 151-172 (1910-1911). Ref- 
erences through text. 

Gt. Brit. Subject list of works on 
mineral industries in the library of 
the patent office. Part 3. Non-fer- 
rous and general metallurgy, assay- 
ing and fuel combustion. London, 
1912. 132 p. 

Hatfield, W. H., and Thirkell, G. L. 
Bibliography of investigations on 
cold work and allied subjects. J. 
Inst. Metals 22: 85-91 (1919). 167 
references. 

HoFMAN, H. O. General metallurgy. 
New York, McGraw, 1913. 909 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Hoffmann, R. Das Metallhiittenwes- 
en. Chem.-Ztg. 29: 935-941 (1905). 
109 footnotes. 31: 635-637, 651-653, 
665-667 (1907). 92 footnotes. 32: 
780-781, 792-794 (1908). 53 foot- 
notes. 2i: A77A7^, 490-491, 498-499 
(1909). 55 footnotes. 

Kaufmann, F. Ueber Fortschritte in 
den Metalhiittenkunde. Chem.-Ztg. 
30: 539-541 (1906). 43 footnotes. 

Lange, Otto. Metallurgie. In his 
Chemisch-Technische Vorschriften 
1: 1-463 (1923). Largely patents. 

LoEBE, R. Metallurgie einschl. der 
Elektrometallurgie. Fortschritte 
Chem. 5: 31-52 (1912); 6: 229-240, 
295-308 (1912-13); 8: 255-276 
(1913). References through text. 

Neumann, B. Technische Fortschritte 
im Metallhiittenwesen. Z. angew. 
Chem. 21: 1789-1798, 1835-1842 
(1908); 197 footnotes. 22: 2181- 
2187, 2229-2234 (1909); 116 foot- 
notes. 23: 2068-2077 (1910); 88 
footnotes. 25: 193-203 (1912); 113 
footnotes. 

Neumann, B. Metallhiittenwesen. 
Gliickauf 41: 1047-1059 (1905); 42: 
811-814, 845-853 (1906); 43: 1370- 
1375, 1405-1411 (1907); 44: 1627- 
1633, 1664-1667 (1908); 45: 1473, 
1516, 1550 (1909); 46: 1645-1658 
(1910) ; 47: 1669, 1724, 1764 (1911) ; 
48: 1529. 1569, 1613 (1912); 49: 
1677, 1723, 1766 (1913) ; 51 : 6, 38, 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



185 



60, 84 (1915) ; 52: 569, 589, 613, 633, 
657, 686 (1916) ; 54: 6, 21, 36, 45, 64, 
77, 98 (1918). Bibl. footnotes. 

Peddie, Robt. a. Metallurgical bib- 
liography, 1901-1906. London, Li- 
brary supply CO., 1907. 12 p. Re- 
printed from Library World, 1907. 

Peters, F. Metallurgie einschl. der 
Elektrometallurgie. Fortschritte 
Chem. 1 : 279-301 (1909) ; 2: 281-297 
(1910). References through text. 

Peters, Franz. Forschungen und 
Fortschritte auf dem Gebiet der 
weniger haufigen Metalle in den 
Jahren 1906-1915. Gliickauf 52: 705, 
729, 745, 771, 789, 814, 836, 861, 885 
(1916). Bibl. footnotes. 

Schnabeh:., C. Ueber die Fortschritte 
in der Gewinnung der Metalle 
(ausser dem Eisen). Chem.-Ztg. 
27: 135-140 (1903); 48 references. 
28: 335-338 (1904); 28 references. 

Society of Chemical Industry. Me- 
tallurgy of the non-ferrous metals. 
In Reports of the progress of ap- 
plied chemistry, 2: 262-275 (1917); 
3: 224-237 (1918); 4: 226-248 
(1919) ; 5: 249-270 (1920) ; 6: 274- 
294 (1921); 7: 230-244 (1922); 8: 
251-268 (1923). Bibl. footnotes 
(about 80 each year). 

Stockmeier, H. Fortschritte der 
chemischen Metallbearbeitung und 
verwandter Zweige. Chem.-Ztg. 31 : 
431-434 (1907); 36 footnotes. 32: 
743-744, 756-758 (1908); 59 foot- 
notes. 

Tables Annuej^les. Metallurgie. 1 : 
672-722 (1910); 2: 727-753 (1911); 
3: 538-587 (1912); 4: 1274-1372 
(1913-1916). Includes references to 
all important numerical data. 

Varley, Thomas, et al. The chloride 
volatilization process of ore treat- 
ment. U. S. Bur. of Mines, Bull. 
No. 211, 1923. 99 p. Bibl. of Howe's 
work, p. 26-27. Partial list of pat- 
ents relating to the chloride volatili- 
zation process, p. 93-95. Publications 
on the volatilization of ores, p. 96. 

Serial 

Bulletin, The institution of mining and 
metallurgy (London). Each bulletin 

■ contains a list of recent books and 
papers on mining and metallurgical 
subjects. Brief abstracts are given. 

Gliickauf, Berg und Hiittenmannische 
Zeitschrift. 1865- . Each number 
contains brief abstracts on mineralo- 
gy and geology, metallurgy, chemical 
technology, chemistry and physics. 
Books and patents are included. 

Journal of the Iron and Steel Institute. 
. Abstracts are classified as 



follows : Analysis, iron ores, fuels, 
refractories, production of iron and 
steel, physical and chemical proper- 
ties. List of new books is included 
in each volume. 

Metal industry (London). 1912- 
Some numbers contain brief abstracts 
of recent literature on non-ferrous 
metals. 

Metallurgie. 1904- . Each number 
contains an abstract section. Contin- 
ued as Ferrum in 1912. 

Stahl und Eisen. Since 1907 there has 
appeared " Zeitschriftenschau," a 
classified list of references with brief 
annotations. Some years this was 
reprinted as a separate. 

Transactions of the American Society 
for Steel Treating. 1921- . Con- 
tains brief abstracts of publications 
of interest to metallurgists and steel 
treaters. "Reviews of recent patents." 

Zeitschrift fiir das Berg, Hutten und 
Salinenwesen in preussische Staate. 
1853- _ . The Abhandlungsheft 
contains " Ubersicht des Inhalts den 
technischen Zeitschriften." There are 
no abstracts. The classification used 
is : Geological works ; mining, metal- 
lurgical and saline industries ; metal- 
lurgy ; saline practices ; chemical in- 
dustries ; machinery; chemical meth- 
ods ; physical methods. 

Zeitschrift fiir Metallkunde. 1910- 
The abstracts cover the general field 
of metals and are classified as fol- 
lows: General, structure, chemical, 
physical, mechanical, standards, melt- 
ing and casting, surface treatment, 
uses, waste metals, factory practice. 

See also Electrometallurgy ; names 
of metals. 
METALS 

" EfTect of temperature upon the prop- 
erties of metals." Proc. Am. Soc. 
Testing Materials 24, II: 128-140 
(1924). 216 references. Chronologi- 
cal, 1828-1924. 

Evans, Isabel F. Publications by sur- 
vey authors on metals and non- 
metals, except fuels. U. S. Geol. 
Sur., Bull. No. 580, 1915. 1200 ref- 
erences on p. 413-455. 

See also names of metals. 
METALS: Distillation, 

Kahlbaum, Georg W. A., Roth, K., 
and SiEDLER, P. Ueber Metalldestil- 
lation und ueber destillerte Metalle. 
Z. anorg. Chem. 29: 177-294 (1902). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
METALS: Fatigue. 

Mailander, Richard. Ermiidungser- 
scheinungen und Dauerversuche. 
Stahl u. Eisen 44: 721-725 (1924). 
225 references. 



186 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



METALS: Fatigue— Cowf'd 

Moore, H. F., and Kommers, J. B. 
An investigation of the fatigue of 
metals. Univ. 111. Eng. Expt. Sta., 
Bull. No. 124, 1921. 178 p. Bibl., p. 
168-178. 132 references. Supplement 
in Bull. No. 142, 1924, p. 82-86. 55 
references. 
METALS: Gases in. 

BosE, E. Chronologische Uebersicht 
der Literatur ueber Absorption 
(Okklusion) und Diffusion von 
Gasen, speziell Wasserstoff und Sau- 
erstoff in Metallen. Z. physik. Chem. 
34: 710-712 (1900). About 80 ref- 
erences, covering 1834-1899. 

Hadfield, Robert. The occlusion of 
gases in metals. Trans. Faraday 
Soc. 14: 173-191 (1919). 7Z refer- 
ences. 

Jordan, Louis. Gases in metals. 
Proc. Am. Soc. Testing Materials 
23, pt. 2: 7-20 (1923). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Smith, Donald P. The occlusion of 
hydrogen by the metallic elements 
and its relation to magnetic proper- 
ties. J. Phys. Chem. 23: 186-202. 
38 references. 
METALS: Hardness. 

AiTCHisoN, Leslie. Engineering steels. 
London, MacDonald, 1921. 427 p. 
" Bibliography of original papers on 
the hardness of metals," p. 326-331. 

KuRNAKOW, N. S., and Zeczuzny, 
S. F. Die Harte der festen Metall- 
losungen und der bestimmten chem- 
ischen Verbindungen. Z. anorg. 
Chem. 60: 1-37 (1908). 60 foot- 
notes. 

See also Hardness ; Materials, test- 
ing. 
METALS: Passivity. See Passivity. 
METALS : Pyrophoric. 

BoHM, C. Richard. Pyrophore Me- 
talle. Chem.-Ztg. 34: 361-363, 2,77- 
379 (1910). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Cerium (Hirsch). 
METALS: Season cracking. 

Bibliography of season cracking. 
British non-ferrous metals research 
association, Bull. No. 6, 1922. 47 
references, p. 14-18. 

Hatfield, W. H., and Thirkell, G. L. 
Bibliography ... on cold work and 
allied subjects. J. Inst. Metats 22: 
85-91 (1919). Chronological. 

See also Corrosion. 
METALS: Surface tension. 

Smith, Sydney W. The surface ten- 
sion of molten metals. J. Inst. 
Metals 12: 208-209 (1914). Stan- 
dard works on capillarity and sur- 
face tension. 



Smith, Sydney W. Surface tension 
and cohesion in metals and alloys. 
J. Inst. Metals 17: 100-103 (1917). 
Classified by subject. 
METAPHOSPHORIC ACID 

GuTBiER, A. Metaphosphorsaure. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chera. 
1, pt. 3: 178-201 (1911). References 
through text. 
METASTABILITY 

Mellor, J. W. Undercooling, super- 
saturation and metastability. In his 
Inorg. theor. chem. 1: 456 (1922). 
100 references. 
METEORITES 

Berwerth, Friedrich. Fortschritte in 
der Meteoritenkunde seit 1900. 
Fortschritte Mineral. Kristal. Petr. 
1: 258-276 (1911); 2: 227-229 
(1912); 3: 245-248 (1913); 5: 265- 
270 (1916). 553 titles. 

Farrington, O. C. Catalogue of the 
meteorites of North America to Jan. 
1, 1909. Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. No. 
13, 1915. 513 p. Selected bibl. with 
each fall. 

Meunier, Stanislas. Meteorites. In 
Fremy, Enc. chim. 2nd Appendix, 
2^^ cahier, 1884. 532 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Michel, H. Die Feldspate der Mete- 
oriten. Tschermak's Min. Petr. 
Mitt. 31: 616-623 (1912). 176 refer- 
ences. 

Michel, H. Fortschritte in der Mete- 
oritenkunde seit 1900. Fortschritte 
Mineral. Krist. Petr. 7: 245-326 
(1922). 223 references from 1914- 
1922. Continues Berwerth. 
METHANE 

Baum, Fritz. Methan. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 23-28 
(1911). 140 references. 

Haslam, R. T., and Forrest, H. O. 
Methane by catalysis from CO in 
blue water gas. Gas Age Record, 
52: 615-618, 620 (1923). 46 refer- 
ences. 

Malisoff, Wm., and Egloff, Gustav. 
Methane. J. Phys. Chem. 22: 570- 
575 (1918). 150 references. 

Schleede, Arthur, and Luckow, 
Curt. Ueber die Chlorierung des 
Methans. Ber. 55:3710-3726 (1922). 
40 footnotes. 

See also Hydrocarbons. 
METHANOL 

Baskerville, Charles. Wood alco- 
hol : a report on the chemistry, tech- 
nology and pharmacology and the 
legislation pertaining to methyl al- 
cohol. New York, College of the 
City of N. Y. n. d. About 200 foot- 
notes. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



187 



Gerngross, Otto. Methylalkohol 
(Methanol). In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 1: 369-383 (1911). 
275 footnotes. 

"Methyl alcohol." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
2nd sen, 10: 781-782 (1905). 

WoRDEN, E. C. Methyl alcohol. In his 
Technology of cellulose esters 1 : 
2402-2412 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Acetic acid (Klar) ; Alco- 
hols. 
METHANOL: Analytical. 

Bauer, Hugo. Analytische Chemie des 
Methylalkohols. Sammlung chem. 
chem.-tech. Vortrage 20: 279-352 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Gettler, Alex. O. Critical study of 
methods for the detection of methyl 
alcohol. J. Biol. Chem. 42: 311-328 
(1920). 123 references. 

Lawall, Charles H. The detection 
of methanol in the presence of etha- 
nol. Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci. 
10: 55-62 (1923). Bibl. through 
text. 

VoRisBiK, Anton. Detection of methyl 
alcohol in ethyl alcohol. J. Soc. 
Chem. Ind. 28: 825 (1909), 22 ref- 
erences. 
METHANOL: Toxicity. 

MoRSON, Thomas D. The toxicity of 
methyl alcohol in relation to its in- 
dustrial uses ; a review of the pub- 
lished data. J. Soc. Chem. Ind. 37 : 
29-31T (1918). 65 references. 
METHYLAMINE. See Amines. 
METHYL CHLORIDE 

Baum, Fritz. Methylchlorid. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 28- 
30 (1911). 45 footnotes. 

" Methyl chloride." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st ser., 9: 223 (1888) ; 2nd sen, 10: 
781 (1905). 21 references. 
METHYL ETHYL KETONE 

Thiele, Albrecht. Methylethylketon. 
In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
797-799 (1911). 45 footnotes. 
METHYL GLYOXAL 

Meyer-Jacobson. Methylglyoxal. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 
855-857 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
METHYL IODIDE 

Baum, Fritz. Methyljodid. /n Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 43-44 
(1911). 50 references. 
METHYL PROPYL KETONE 

Thiele, Albrecht. Methylpropylketon. 
In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
799-800 (1911). 35 footnotes. 
METHYL SALICYLATE 

Kremers, E., and James, M. M. On 
the occurrence of methyl salicylate. 
Pharm. Rev. 16: 100-108 (1898). 22 
footnotes. Occurrence in plants. 



METHYLENE CHLORIDE 

" Methylene chloride." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 1st ser., 9: 223-224 (1888) ; 2nd 
sen, 10: 783 (1905). 
METHYLENE BLUE 

" Methylene blue." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
2nd sen, 10: 783-784 (1905). 

Meyer-Jacobson. Methylenblau. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3 : 
1496-1500 (1920). 
METHYLQUINOLINES 

Meyer-Jacobson. Methylhomologe des 
Chinolins. In their Lehrb. org. 
Chem. 2, pt. 3: 939 (1920). 95 ref- 
erences. 
METRIC SYSTEM 

Drudy, Aubrey. World metric stan- 
dardization. San Francisco, World 
metric stand, council, 1922. 524 p. 
Bibl., p. 439-495. 

Hildebrand, C. Metric literature 
clues. San Francisco, World Trade 
Club, 1920. 64 p. "List of refer- 
ences to books, pamphlets, docu- 
ments and magazine articles on stan- 
dardization of weights and meas- 
ures." 

Meyer, H. H. B. The metric system. 
Special Libraries 13: 1-16 (1922). 
350 references. 

National Industrial Conference 
Board. The metric versus the Eng- 
lish system of weight and measures. 
New York, Century, 1921. 261 p. 
Bibl., p. 252-254. 
MICA 

Carnegie Library of Pittsburgh. 
Mica. In its Mo. Bull. 13: 530-542 
(1908). 

CiRKEL, Fritz. Mica, its occurrence, 
exploitation and uses. Canada, Dept. 
Mines, Mines Br., 1905. 148 p. 
Bibl., p. 131-132. 21 references. 

DoELTER, C. Biotit (Magnesiumkalium- 
glimmer). In his Handb. Mineral- 
chem. 2, pt. 2: 680-736 (1917). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Gt. Brit. Imperial Mineral Resources 
Bureau. The mineral industry of the 
British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. War period. Mica. (1913- 
1919.) London, 1922. 32 p. Bibl., 
p. 30-32. 

Lewis, J. Volney. Mica. Mineral 
Ind. 25: 508 (1916); 29: 450-457 
(1920). 12 references. 

Schaller, W. T. Mica in 1918. U. S. 
Geol. Sur., Mineral Resources, 1918, 
pt. 2: 695-694. 36 references. 

Schmid, Hugh S. de. Mica, its oc- 
currence, exploitation and uses. 2nd 
ed. (of Cirkel). Canada, Dept. 
Mines, Mines Bn, No. 118, 1912. 
411 p. Bibl., p. 391-398. 129 refer- 
ences. 



188 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



miCA— Cont'd 

Sterrett, D. B. Mica deposits of the 
United States. U. S. Geol. Sur., 
Bull. No. 740, 1923. 354 p. Bibl., p. 
1-3. 55 references 

Sterrett, D. B. Mica. U. S. Geol. 
Sur., Mineral Resources 1912, pt. 2 : 
1089-1091. 55 references. 
MICHLER'S HYDROL 

RuDERMAN, Aaron. Some new con- 
densations with p, p-bis- (dimethyl- 
amino) -benzhydrol (Michler's hy- 
drol). Thesis, Columbia Univ., 1922. 
14 p. Bibl., 2 p. at end. 

See also Intermediates. 
MICROCHEMISTRY. See Analytical 

chemistry ; Botanical chemistry. 
MICROSCOPY 

Chamot, Emile M. Elementary chem- 
ical microscopy. 2nd ed. New York, 
Wiley, 1921. 479 p. Bibl., p. 463-465. 

Hadfield, Robert. Bibliography of 
the chief literature relating to mi- 
crography. Trans. Faraday Soc. 16: 
30-36 (1920-1921). Chronological. 

Wallis, Thomas E. Analytical mi- 
croscopy, its aims and methods. 
London, Arnold, 1923. 149 p. Bib!., 
p. 139-143. 

WiNTON, Andrew L. The microscopy 
of vegetable foods with special ref- 
erence to the detection of adultera- 
tion and the diagnosis of mixtures. 
2nd ed. New York, Wiley, 1916. 701 
p. Bibl., p. 671-674. Special bibl. 
for each food. 
MIGRATION VELOCITY 

Jones, H. C, and Rouiller, C. A. 
Relative migration velocities of the 
ions of silver nitrate. Am. Chem. J. 
36: 427-487 (1906). 80 references. 
MILK 

Aikman, Charles M. Milk, its na- 
ture and composition ; a handbook 
on the chemistry and bacteriology of 
milk, butter and cheese. 3rd ed. 
London, Black, 1909. 180 p. Bibl., 
p. 175-176. 

Betterlin, Jean. Le lait sec, son 
empoli chez le nourrisson malade. 
Paris, Vigot, 1922. 48 p. Bibl., p. 
46-48. 

Clayton, Wm. Colloid problems in 
dairy chemistry. In Second report 
on colloid chemistry, 1918, p. 96-117. 
Bibl. through text. 

Fleischmann, W. Lehrbuch der 
Milchwirtschaft. Berlin, Parey, 1915. 
597 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Harvey, Ellery H. Bibliography of 
United States patents relating to 
milk. Am. Food J. 19: 287-288 
(1924). Covers 1908-1923. Classi- 
fied. 



Heineman, p. G. Milk. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1919. 624 p. Bibl. at end 
of chapters. 

HuYGE, C. Index bibliographique des 
travaux parus sur le lait et les pro- 
duits laitiers pendant I'annee 1912. 
Ann. Sta. Agron. Etat. Gembloux 
2: 253-352 (1913). 757 references. 
Author index. 

Kastle, Joseph H. The chemistry of 
milk. U. S. Hyg. Lab., Bull. No. 56, 
1912, p. 315-425. Composition and 
general characteristics, 80 refer- 
ences ; action of heat and acids, 70 
references ; action of milk enzymes, 
50 references ; action of digestive 
ferments, 40 references ; action of 
bacteria, 36 references ; milk poison- 
ing, 24 references ; milk standards 
and adulterations, 80 references. 

Kirchner, Wilhelm. Handbuch der 
Milchwirtschaft auf wissenschaft- 
licher und praktischer Grundlage. 
7th ed. Berlin, Parey, 1922. 579 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

KoBER, G. M. Milk in relation to pub- 
lic health. U. S. 57th Congr., 1st 
Session, Senate Doc. 441. 235 p. 

"Milk." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 
9: 291-306 (1888); 2nd ser., 10: 
857-882 (1905). 

Raudnitz, R. W. Bestandteile, Eigen- 
schaften und Veranderungen der 
Milch. Ergeb. Physiol. 2: 193-207 
(1903). 669 references. 

RiEVEL, Heinrich. Haudbuch der 
Milchkunde. 2nd ed. Hannover, 
Schaper, 1910. 463 p. Bibl., p. 436- 
448. 

Rothschild, Henri J. N. C. de. 
Bibliographia lactaria ; bibliographie 
generale des travaux parus sur le 
lait et sur I'allaitement jusqu'en 
1899. Paris, Doin, 1901. 584 p. 
8375 titles, arranged chronologically 
under subjects with author index; 
list of patents. Premier supplement, 
1901. 98 p. 1324 references. Deux- 
ieme supplement, 1902. 106 p. 1578 
references. 

SiEGFELD, M. Die Chemie der Milch 
und der Molkereiprodukte. Chem.- 
Ztg. 30: 469-472 (1906); 102 foot- 
notes. 31: 701-703, 714-715 (1907); 
126 footnotes. 32: 673-675, 686-688 
(1908) ; 154 footnotes. 33: 865, 869, 
878 (1909) ; 177 footnotes. 34: 617- 
619, 628-630 (1910) ; 150 footnotes. 
35: 969-971, 986-987 (1911); 155 
footnotes. 36: 1369, 1378, 1394 
(1912) ; 153 footnotes. 

Sommerfeld, p., ct al. Handbuch der 
Milchkunde. Wiesbaden, 1909. 999 p. 

Vandevelde, a. J. J. Recherches sur 
la proteolyse du lait de vache. Bull. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



189 



soc. chim. Belg. 21: 434-458 (1907). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Weigmann, H. Fortschritte der Wiss- 
enschaften und der Technik auf dem 
Gebiet der Einengung und Verarb- 
eitung der Milch. Chem.-Ztg. 24 
1035-1039, 1051-1055 (1900) ; 235 
footnotes. 25: 1073-1080 (1901) 
224 footnotes. 26: 593-597 (1902) 
167 footnotes. 27: 383-390 (1903) 
252 footnotes. 28: 229-232 (1904) 
128 footnotes. 29: 408-411 (1905); 
145 footnotes. 

See also Butter, Cheese, Dairy 
PRODUCTS, Foods, Kumiss. 
MILK: Analysis and Inspection. 

American Public Health Associa- 
tion. Laboratory section. Standard 
methods of milk analysis, bacterio- 
logical and chemical. 4th ed. Bos- 
ton, Am. Public Health Assoc, 1923. 
40 p. Bibl., p. 24-25. 

Bauer, J. Die Methodik der biolog- 
ischen Milchuntersuchungen. Stutt- 
gart, Enke, 1913. 112 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

HiLDEBRANDT, ALFRED. Die Verfahren 
zur Unterscheidung roher von ge- 
kochter Milch. Ein Beitrag zur 
Kenntniss der Peroxydasereaktionen 
der Kuhmilch. Landw. Jahrb. 50: 
299-301 (1916). 

HoRTVET, Julius. Cryoscopy of milk. 
J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 13: 198-208 
(1921). 51 footnotes. 

Martin, Edward W. (Bibliography 
on milk; analysis, composition and 
adulteration.) hi New York State 
Dairy Commission, 2nd Annual 
Rept. (Senate Doc, No. 24), p. 122- 
135. Classified. 

Mullie, G. [Comparative tests of 
different methods of distinguishing 
raw and heated milks.] Rev. gen. 
Lait 2: 77-86, 100-108, 128-133 
(1902) ; 3: 149-152, 178-182, 200-209 
(1903). 

Race, Joseph. The examination of 
milk for public health purposes. 
New York, Wiley, 1918. 224 p. Bibl. 
at end of chapters. 

Rammsledt, O. Kochprobe, Alkohol- 
probe und Sauregrad der Milch. Z. 
oeffent. Chem. 17: 441-455, 467-471 
(1911). 56 footnotes. 

Splittberger, a. Ueber die Bestimm- 
ung der Trockensubstanz der Milch. 
Z. Nahr.-Genussm. 22: 583-599 
(1911). 50 footnotes. 

TiLLMANS, J. Ueber der Nachweis 
und die quantitative Bestimmung 
von Salpetersaure in der Milch 
mit Diphenylamin-Schwefelsaure. Z. 
Nahr.-Genussm. 20: 676-707 (1910). 
40 footnotes. 



Tromsdorff, R. [On the reducing 
properties of milk and the Schar- 
dinger reaction.] Centbl. Bakt, I 
Abt., Orig., 49: 291-301 (1909). 

Weber, Ewald. Die zur Unterschied- 
ung roher und gekochter Milch 
dienenden Untersuchungsmethoden 
und ihre Verwendbarkeit im Dienste 
der Verterinar- und SanitJitspolizei. 
Dissertation, Leipzig, 1902. 136 p. 
Bibl., p. 131-136. 

Wilcox, E. V. Production and in- 
spection of milk. Hawaii Agr. Expt. 
Sta. (Special Pub.), 1912. 348 p. 
Bibl., p. 316-343. 

See also Urine (Neuberg). 
MILK: Bacteriology. 

Hammerschmidt, Johann. Gegen- 
wartiger Stand der Forschung ueber 
die Bakteriologie der Milch, 1912- 
1922. Zentr. ges. Hyg. 5: 367-371 
(1923-1924). 341 references. 
MILK: Coagulation. 

Brauler, Richard. Der Einfluss ver- 
schiedener Labmengen und ver- 
schiedener Temperaturen auf die 
Gerinnung der Milch und auf die 
mikroscopische Struktur der Kasein- 
und Fibringerinnsel. Arch. ges. 
Physiol. 133: 519-551 (1910). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Fuld, E. Ueber Milchgerinnung 
durch Lab. Ergeb. Physiol. 1: 468- 
472 (1902). 114 references. 

Laquer, E. Ueber die Wirkung der 
Labfermente auf Milch und Kasein. 
Biochem. Centr. 4: 333-347 (1905). 
122 references. 

Schlossmann, A., and Engel, St. 
Milchgerinnung. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem. 3, pt. 1: 405-432 
(1910). 59 footnotes. 
MILK: Composition. 

Clothier, R. W. Seasonal variation in 
butter fat content of milk in South- 
ern Arizona. Proc Soc. Prom. Agr. 
Sci. 39: 75-112 (1919). 100 refer- 
ences. 

Wardlaw, H. S. R. On the composi- 
tion of human milk in Australia. 
The composition during the early 
stages of lactation. J. and Proc. 
Roy. Soc New South Wales 49: 
169-198 (1915). 

Zagarrio, V. [Chemical composition 
of milk.] Gior. R. Soc Naz. Vet. 
61: 432-442, 450-457 (1912). Bibl. 
of Italian work. 

See also Milk. 
MILK: Condensed. 

CouTTS, F. J. H. Condensed milks, 
with special reference to their use 
as infants' foods. Reports Local 
Government Board (Gt. Brit), Pub. 
Health and Med. Subjects, n. s.. No. 
56, 1911. 64 p. 



190 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



MILK: Condensed — Cont'd '^ 

SiDLER, Franz. Untersuchungen ueber 
die g-ebrauchlichsten, in der Schweiz 
Fabrikmassig hergestellten Milch- 
praparate pasteurisierte, sterilisierte 
und kondensierte Milch, mit beson- 
derer Beriicksichtigung der chem- 
ischen Zusammensetzung, des Keim- 
gehaltes, der Gerinnungsfahigkeit 
und Verdaulichkeit " in vitro." 
Dissertation, Zarich, 1903. 88 p. 
Bibl., p. 85-88. Also in Arch. Hyg., 
47: No. 4. 

ViALE, G., and Rabbeno, A. [Analyti- 
cal researches on the ageing of con- 
densed milk.] Biochim. e terapia 
sper. 8: 324-352 (1921). 43 refer- 
ences. 
MILK: Dried. 

BiTTERLiN, Jean. Le lait sec, son em- 
ploi chez le nourrisson malade. 
Paris, Vigot, 1922. 48 p. Bibl., p. 
46-48. 

Cazalas, Xevier. Le lait desseche ; 
etude de son emploi dans Talimen- 
tation de la premiere enfance. Paris, 
Asselin, 1912. 168 p. Bibl., p. 163- 
166. 

Clark, T., and Collins, S. D. Dried 
milk powder in infant feeding. Pub. 
Health Repts. 37: 2415-2433 (1922). 
Reprint No. 789. 20 p. Bibl., p. 19- 
20. 

CouTTS, F. J. H. Dried milks, with 
special reference to their use in in- 
fant feeding. Repts. Local Govern- 
ment Board (Gt. Brit), Pub. Health 
and Med. Subjects, n. s., No. 116, 
1918. 138 p. 
IVriLK: Fermented. 

Harrison, F. C. [Bitter milk and 
cheese.] Rev. gen. lait 1 : 457-469, 
485-499 (1902). 

HoHEDANEL, M. [Studics of youg- 
hourt, with special reference to 
dried preparations.] Arch. Hyg. 78: 
193-217 (1913). 

KuNTZE, W. [Studies on fermented 
milk. I. Youghourt and matzoon. 
n. Kefir.] Centbl. Bakt. H Abt, 21 : 
737-768 (1908); 24: 101-122 (1909). 

Rogers, L. A. Fermented milks. U. S. 
Dept. Agr., Bur. Animal Ind., Circ. 
No. 171, 1909. Annual Report, 1909, 
p. 133-161. 76 references, p. 156-161. 

Rogers, L. A. Fermented milks. U. S. 
Dept. Agr., Bull. No. 319, 1916. 30 p. 
Bibl., p. 25-30. 82 references. 

Weigmann, H. Die Garung der 
Milch und der Abbau ihrer Bestand- 
teile. In Lafar, Hand. tech. Mykol- 
ogie 2: 48-189 (1905-1908). Bibl. 
through text. 

See also Koumiss. 



MILK: Food value. 

Carstarphen, W. T. Some physio- 
logic and biochemic observations on 
milk. Va. Med. Semi-Mo. 20: 319- 
326 (1915). 

Hamburg. Allgemeine Ausstellung fiir 
hygienische Milchversorgung. Wiss- 
enschaftliche Abteilung. Die Milch 
und ihre Bedeutung fiir Volkswirt- 
schaft und Volksgesundheit. Ham- 
burg, Boysen, 1903. 522 p. Contains 
bibls. 

Lane-Clayton, Janet C. Report to 
the local government board upon the 
available data in regard to the value 
of boiled milk as a food for in- 
fants and young animals. Repts. 
Local Government Board (Gt. 
Brit.), Pub. Health Med. Subjects, 
n. s.. No. 63, 1912. 60 p. Ergeb. 
innere Medizin 10: 635-637 (1913). 
67 references. 

Mattill, H. a., and Conklin, Ruth 
E. Nutritive properties of milk. J. 
Biol. Chem. 44: 137 (1920). 42 ref- 
erences. 

Ohly, C. H. Milchdiat und Milchkur, 
mit einer Anleitung zur ihrer meth- 
odischen Ausiibung. Freiburg, Spey- 
er, 1913. 151 p. Bibl., p. 141-151. 

PiROCCHi, A. [Skim milk as a feed- 
ing stuff for calves.] Ann. 1st Agr. 
(Milan), 6: 123-189 (1901-1905). 

Rose, Flora. Milk: a cheap food. 
Cornell Reading Course for Farm 
Homes, No. 3, 75-85 (1917). 

Schrape, Wilhelm J. Experimentelle 
Beitrage zur Ernahrung tierischer 
Sauglinge mit arteigener und art- 
fremder Milch. Dissertation, Leip- 
zig, 1912. 83 p. Bibl., p. 77-82. 87 
references. 

Washburn, R. M., and Jones, C. H. 
Studies of the values of different 
grades of milk in infant feeding. 
Vt. Agr. Expt. Sta., Bull. No. 195, 
1916. 134 p. 60 references on p. 119- 
120. 
MILK: Pasteurization and sterilization. 

Ayers, Samuel H. The present status 
of the pasteurization of milk. U. S. 
Dept. Agr., Bull. No. 342, 1922. 27 p. 
Bibl., p. 25-27. 

Bandini, p. [The action of formalin 
and hydrogen peroxide in milk.] 
Centbl. Bakt. I Abt., Orig., 41 : 271- 
279; 379-386 (1906). 

HuYGE, C. The sterilization of milk 
by ultraviolet rays. Ann. Sta. 
Agron. Gembloux, 1912: 201-214. 61 
references. 

Moore, A. V. The pasteurization of 
skim milk and whey as food for 
calves. N. Y. Dept. Agr., Bull. No. 
81: 1780-1797. 1916. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



191 



Rothschild, H. de. Pasteurisation et 
sterilisation du lait. Paris, Doin, 
1901. 91 p. 
MILK: Physiological. 

Bardelli, C. Contribution to the study 
of the germicidal power of milk. 
Hyg. Viande et Lait 3: 249-265 
(1909). 

Basch, K. Die Physiologic der Milch- 
absonderung. Ergeb. Physiol. 2: 
326-334 (1903). 237 references. 

Lane-Clayton, Janet E. " Biologi- 
cal properties " of milk, both of the 
human species, and of cows, consid- 
ered in special relation to the feed- 
ing of infants. Repts. Local Gov- 
ernment Board (Gt. Brit.), Pub. 
Health. Med. Subjects, n. s., No. 76, 
1913. 95 p. 

Lane-Clayton, J. E. Milk and its 
hygienic relations. London, Long- 
mans, 1916. 348 p. Bibl. at end of 
chapters. 

Meigs, E. B. Milk secretion in rela- 
tion to diet. Physiol. Rev. 2: 204- 
237 (1922). 105 references. 

VoLTZ, Wl. Milchriise und Milchse- 
kretion. Vergleichende Chemie der 
Milch. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 3, pt. 1: 382-404 (1910). 
169 footnotes. 
MILK SUPPLY 

Erdmann, Henry E. The marketing 
of whole milk. New York, Mac- 
millan, 1921. ZZZ p. Bibl., p. 317- 
322. 

Gooren, G. L. J. [Investigation of 
market milk.] Centbl. Bakt., H 
Abt, 35: 625-646 (1912). 

Kelly, Ernest, and Clement, C. E. 
Market milk. New York, Wiley, 
1923. 445 p. Bibl. at end of chap- 
ters. 

Meyer, H. H. B. List of references 
on the milk industry. Special Li- 
braries 8: 10-22 (1917). 400 refer- 
ences. 

"Milk supply." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
2nd sen, 10: 883-890 (1905). 

Waele, H. de, Sugg, E., and Vande- 
VELDE, A. J. J. [Obtaining raw 
sterile milk.] Centbl. Bakt., II Abt., 
13: 30-35 (1904). 
MINE GASES 

Darton, N. H. Occurrence of explo- 
sive gases in coal mines. U. S. Bur. 
Mines, Bull. No. 72, 1915. Bibl., p. 
233-237. 
MINERAL ACIDS. See Acids, alkalis 

AND SALTS. 

MINERAL METABOLISM. See Metab- 
olism. 
MINERAL OILS. See Petroleum. 



MINERAL PAINTS 

d'Ans, J., and Waeser, B. Verschie- 
dene Mineralfarben. In Brauer and 
d'Ans, Fortschritte, 1 : 3635-3637 
(1923). German patents. 

Hill, James M. Mineral paints, pig- 
ments and vehicles. U. S. Geol. Sur., 
Mineral Resources, 1913, pt. 2: 67- 
70; 117 references, 1901-1914. 1914, 
pt. 2: 117-122; ZZ references, 1914- 
1915. 

Phalen, W. C. Mineral paints. U. S. 
Geol. Sur., Mineral Resources, 1911, 
pt. 2: 898-993. 148 references, 1903- 
1912. 

Rose, Friedrich. Die Mineralfarben 
und die durch Mineralstoffe erzeugt- 
en Farbungen. Leipzig, Spamer, 
1916. 395 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Waser, Bruno. Fortschritte in der 
Industrie der Erdfarben, 1905-1913. 
Chem.-Ztg. 38: 1029, 1058, 1075 
(1914). Bibl. footnotes. 
MINERAL RESOURCES 

Great Britain. Patent Office. Sub- 
ject list of works on mineral indus- 
tries in the library of the patent 
office. London, 1912. 3 pts. 

McCaskey, H. D., and Burchard, 
E. F. Our mineral supplies. U. S. 
Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 666, 1919. 278 
p. Bibl., p. 221-278. About 3000 ref- 
erences, 1885-1918. 

NiCKLES, John M. Geologic literature 
on North America, 1785-1918. U. S. 
Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 746, 747. 1923- 
1924. 2 vols., part 1 being the bibl., 
part 2 the index. Includes material 
found in Bulletins 127, 188, 189, 301, 
372, 409, 444, 495, 524, 545, 584, 617, 
645, 665, 684, 698 and much addi- 
tional. 

NicKLES, John M. Bibliography of 

North American geology for 1919- 

. U. S. Geol. Sun, Bull. No. 731, 

1922. 282 p. 2108 references. No. 758, 

1924. 273 p. 2241 references. 

See also names of the various min- 
erals. 
MINERAL WATERS. See Watek. 
MINERALOGY 

Ahlander, Fr. E. [Catalog of Swedish 
geological, paleontological, petro- 
graphic and mineralogical literature.] 
Geol. Fon Forh. 23: 185-198 (1901) ; 
231 entries. 25: 432-448 (1903) ; 293 
entries. 29: 49-67 (1907); 271 en- 
tries. 41: 539-606 (1919); 1036 en- 
tries. 42: 453-464 (1920); 193 en- 
tries. 43: 663-668 (1921); 74 en- 
tries. 44: 777-782 (1922) ; 110 refer- 
ences. 45: 598-605 (1923); 137 en- 
tries. Some of these are of chemical 
interest. 



192 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



MINERALOGY— CoH^d 

Anderson, C. Bibliography of Aus- 
tralian mineralogy. New South 
Wales, Geol. Sur., Mineral Re- 
sources, No. 22, 1916. 164 p. 

Bruggen, J. Bibliography of Chilean 
geology and mineralogy. Bol. min- 
ero sociedad nacional mineria 
(Chile) (3) 31: 441-513, 539-593 
(1919). 1350 titles. 

Dana, James D. The system of min- 
eralogy. Descriptive mineralogy. 
1870. Bibl., p. xxxv-xlv. 1st suppl., 
1899, p. v-vi. 2nd suppl., 1909, p. 
v-vi. 

DoELTER, C. Handbuch der Mineral- 
chemie. Dresden, Steinkopf, 1912- 

1921. 3 vols. Extensive bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Eakle, Arthur S. Minerals of Cali- 
fornia. Calif. State Mining Bur., 
Bull. No. 91. 328 p. Bibl., p. 306- 
321. 

Gordon, Samuel G. The mineralogy 
of Pennsylvania. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Philadelphia, Special Pub. No. 1, 

1922. 255 p. Bibl., p._ 240-255. 
Gossner, B. Mineralogische und geol- 

ogische Chemie. Fortschritte Chem. 
1: 93-95, 145-153 (1909) ; 2: 229- 
241 (1910) ; 4: 53-63 (1911) ; 7: 
221-233 (1913); 9: 233-248 (1914); 
11: 107-118 (1914-1915); 13: 97-105 
(1917-1918); 15: 139-163 (1919- 
1920). References through text. 

Hamilton, S. H., and Withrow, 
J. R. Progress of mineralogy in 
1898. Bull. Am. Inst. Mining Eng. 
1: 1-30 (1899). 

Lacroix, Alfred. La mineralogie. La 
science Francaise, vol. 1. Paris, 
1915. Bibl, p. 185-200. 224 refer- 
ences. 

Marc, R., and Himmelbauer, — . Die 
Bedeutung der Kolloidchemie fiir 
die Mineralogie. Fortschr. Mineral. 
Krist. 3: 11-62 (1913). 127 refer- 
ences. 

Moses, A. J., and Parsons, C. L. 
Elements of mineralogy, crystallog- 
raphy and blowpipe analysis from a 
practical standpoint. 5th ed. New 
York, 1916. 631 p. Bibl., p. xi-xiii. 
74 references. 

Penfield, S. L., and Pirsson, L. V. 
Contributions to mineralogy and 
petrography from the laboratories 
of the Scheffield scientific school of 
Yale University. New York, 1901. 
482 p. Bibl., p. 9-21, 384-386. 275 
references. 

Scott, Alex. The application of col- 
loid chemistry to mineralogy and 
petrology. In Fourth report on col- 
loid chemistry, 1922, p. 204-243. 485 
references. 



Smithsonian Institution. Mineral- 
ogy. In its Annual Report 1880 : 
290-312; 1882: 533-549; 1883: 661- 
679; 1884: 543-561; 1885: 687-712; 
1887: 449-476; 1888: 455-473. Con- 
tains bibls. 

Serial 

American mineralogist. 1916- . Ab- 
stracts all literature on the subject. 

Mineralogical abstracts. 1921- . Pub- 
lished with Mineralogical magazine. 
Classified. 
MINERALS 

Bruhns, Willy. Die nutzbaren Min- 
eralien und Gebirgsarten im Deut- 
schen Reiche. Berlin, Reimer, 1906. 
859 p. Bibl., p. 71-760. 

Castello, Walter O. The commer- 
cial minerals of California, with 
notes on their uses, distribution, 
properties, ores, field tests and prep- 
aration for the market. Calif. State 
Mining Bur., Bull. No. 87, 1920. 124 
p. Bibl, p. 110-115. 

Frechett, Howells. Report on the 
non-metallic minerals used in the 
Canadian manufacturing industries. 
Canada, Dept. Mines , Mines Br., 
1914. 199 p. Bibl., p. 137-149. 

Merrill, G. P. The non-metallic min- 
erals. Their occurrence and uses. 
New York, 1904. 414 p. Bibl. 
through text. 

NiGGLi, Paul. Neuere Mineralsynthe- 
sen. Fortschr. Mineral. Geol. 5 : 167- 
172 (1916); 6: 64-66 (1920). 243 
references. 

Ratel, C. Bibliographie mondiale 
moderne des materiaux et minerais. 
Paris, Bureau d'organisation econ- 
omique, 1920. 350 p. 

ScHNEiDERHOHN, Hans. Die mikro- 
skopische Untersuchungen undurch- 
sichtiger Mineralien und Erze im 
afifallenden Licht und ihre Bedeu- 
tung fiir Mineralogie und Lager- 
stattenkunde. Neues Jahrb. Min- 
eral.. Geol. 43: 404-410 (1919- 
1920). 86 references. 
MINERALS: Color. 

Hermann, Walter. Ueber die Ein- 
wirkung oxydierender und redu- 
zierender Gase auf die Farbung ein- 
iger Minerale. Z. anorg. Chem. 60 : 
369-404 (1908). Bibl. footnotes. 
MINERALS: Melting points. 

Landolt-Bornstein. Schmelz- und 
Umwandkmgspunkte einiger natiir- 
lichen und kiinstlichen Minerale. In 
their Tabellen, 4th ed., 1912, p. 702- 
703; 5th ed., 1923, p. 501-503. 

Sec also Melting points (Day). 
MINERALS: Thermal expansion. 

Schulz, K. Die Koeffizienten der 
thermischen Ausdehnung der Min- 



I 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



193 



eralien und Gesteine und der kiinst- 
lich hergestellten Stoffe von 
entsprechender Zusammensetzung. 
Fortschr. Mineral. Geol. 4: 337-384 
(1914); S: 293-324 (1916); 6: 137- 
206 (1920); 7: 327-426 (1922). 313 
references through text. Index by 
author and subject. 
MIXED ACIDS 

WoRDEN, E. C. Mixed acids. In his 
Technology of cellulose esters 1 : 
1403-1518 (1921). 9376 references, 
including patents. 

Sec also Nitric acid, Sulfuric acid. 
MOISSANITE. See Silicon carbide. 
MOLASSES 

Daude, — . [Desugaring molasses by 
precipitating calcium sucrate.] Z. 
Ver. Zuckerind. 65: 617-640 (1915). 
Patents. 

ScHMOEGER, M. [Beet diffusion resi- 
due and molasses.] Landw. Vers. 
Stat. 59: 83-155 (1903). 

U. S. Bureau of Standards. Summary 
of technical methods for the utiliza- 
tion of molasses, collated from pat- 
ent literature. Circular No. 145, 
1924. 72 p. 

West, Clarence J. Molasses. Bib- 
liographic Series, A. D. Little, Inc., 
No. 5, 1920. 52 p. Classified. 
MOLDING SANDS 

Eckel, Edwin C. Molding sand — its 
use, properties and occurrence. N. 
Y. State Mus., 55th Ann. Rept., r91- 
95 (1905). 6 references. 

National Research Council — Divis- 
ion of Engineering. Summary of 
published work on natural and syn- 
thetic foundry sands and clays and 
employment of greater proportions 
of used sands in molding and core 
making operations. New York 
(1921?). 65 p., mimeographed. Con- 
tains bibls. 
MOLECULAR ASSOCIATION 

Turner, W. E. S. Molecular associa- 
tion. New York, Longmans, 1915. 
170 p. 275 references. 
MOLECULAR REARRANGEMENTS 

GiLLET, Alf. Transpositions en milieu 
acide dans les composes non satures. 
Bull. soc. chim. Belg. 30: 138-153, 
226-252 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 

Stieglitz, J., and Leech, P. M. 
Molecular rearrangement of tri- 
arylmethylhydroxylamines and the 
" Beckmann " rearrangement of ke- 
toximes. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 36: 
272-301 (1914). 50 footnotes. 

Stieglitz, J., and Stagner, B. A. Mo- 
lecular rearrangement of ;8-triphenyl- 
methyl-/3-methylhydroxylamine. J. 
Am. Chem. Soc. 38: 2046-2068 
(1916). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Beckmann rearrangement. 

13 



MOLECULAR VOLUME 

Le Bas, Gervaise. The molecular vol- 
ume of liquid chemical compounds 
from the point of view of Kopp. 
New York, Longmans, 1915. Bibl., 
p. 273-275. 
MOLECULAR WEIGHTS 

Friend, J. N. Molecular weights. In 
his Textbook, 1: 128-158 (1914). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

RiJGHEiMER, L., and Rudolfi, E. Das 
Molekulargewicht der Metallchlor- 
ide. Ann. 339: 311-349 (1905). 62 
footnotes. 
MOLYBDENUM 

Gt. Brit. Imperial mineral resources 
bureau. The mineral industry of 
the British Empire and foreign 
countries. War period. Molybde- 
num. (1913-1919.) London, 1923. 
87 p. Bibl., p. 80-87. 

Halen, S. Die Verwendung des 
Molybdans und seiner Verbindung- 
en. Edel-Erden u. -Erze 1 : 157-161 
(1920). References through text. 

HoRTON, Frederick W. Molybdenum : 
its ores and their concentration, with 
a discussion of markets, prices and 
uses. U. S. Bur. Mines, Bull. No. 
Ill, 1916. 132 p. Bibl., p. 121-125. 
87 references, 1894-1916. 

Jander, G. Kolloidchemie des Molyb- 
dans. In Abegg, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 4, pt. 1, 2nd half: 701 (1909). 
22 references. 

KiESER, A. J. Molybdan. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 
1: 875-1043, 1446-1529 (1912). Ref- 
erences through text. 

KoppEL, I. "Molybdan. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 4, pt. 1, 2nd 
half: 674-686 (1919). 472 refer- 
ences (1790-1919). 

Parmentier, F. Molybdene. In Fremy, 
Enc. chim. 3, 8" cahier : 68 (1886). 

PiCHARD, — . Molybdene. In Moissan, 
Chim. min., 4: 685-758 (1905). 392 
footnotes. 

Rastall, Robert H. Molybdenum 
ores. London, Murray, 1922. 86 p. 
(Imperial Inst. Mon.) Bibl., p. 78- 
86. 

Walker, T. L. Report on the molyb- 
denum ores of Canada. Canada, 
Dept. Mines, Mines Br., No. 93, 
1911. 58 p. 

Wilson, Alfred W. G. Molybdenum. 
Mineral Ind. 25: 509-518 (1916); 
26: 454-467 (1917); 27: 490-497 
(1918); 28: 475 (1919). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Worcester, P. G. Molybenum deposits 
of Colorado with general notes on 
the molybdenum industry. Colo. 
Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 14, 1919, 131 p. 
Bibl., p. 120-123. 65 titles. 



194 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



MOLYBDENUM: Analytical. 

BoNARDi, J. P. Bibliography on the 
qualitative and quantitative chem- 
istry of molybdenum. U. S. Bur. 
Mines, Bull. No. 212, p. 125-130 
(1923). 115 references. 

BoNARDi, J. P., and Barrett, E. P. 
Determination of molybdenum. U. 
S. Bur. Mines, Tech. Paper No. 230, 
1920. Bibl, p. 31-32. 57 references. 

Crook, W. J., and M. L. A. Deter- 
mination of molybednum in ores. 
Mining Sci. Press 117: 313-314 
(1918). 

KiESER. A. J. Molybdan-Analytisches. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 3, pt. 1: 885-888, 1451-1452 
(1912). 
MOLYBDENUM OXIDES 

KiESER, A. J. Molybdan und Sauer- 
stoff. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 1: 889-909 
(1912). 
MONAZITE 

Bowman, H. L. Beitrage zur Kennt- 
niss des Monazit. Z. Krystal. 33 : 
125-126 (1900). 56 references. 

DoELTER, C. Monazit. In his Handb. 
Mineralchem. 3, pt. 1 f 546-559 
(1918). Bibl. footnotes. 

Gt. Brit. Imperial mineral resources 
bureau. Mineral industry of the 
British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. War period. Monazite! 
(1913-1919.) London, 1920. 15 p. 
Bibl., p. 12-14. 

Johnstone, Sydney J. Monazite. 
Mineral Ind. 26: 468-473 (1917); 
29: 469-477 (1920). 17 references. 

KiTHiL, Karl L. Monazite, thorium 
and mesothorium. U. S. Bur. Mines, 
Tech. Paper No. 110, 1915. 31 p. 
Bibl., p. 30. 23 references. 

NiTZE, Henry B. C. Monazite and 
monazite deposits in North Caro- 
lina. N. C. Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 9, 
1895. 47 p. Bibl., p. 38-43. 

Sterrett, D. B. Monazite and zircon. 
U. S. Geol. Sur., Mineral Resources 
1911, pt. 2: 1196. 22 references, 
1888-1910. 

See also Thorium. 
MORDANTS 

Bancroft, W. D. Mordants. J. Phys. 
Chem. 26: 447-470, 502-536, 7Z6-772 
(1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

Rheinbold, H., and Wedekind, E. 
Ueber die Bindung organischer 
Farbstoffe durch anorganische Sub- 
strate. Kolloidchem. Beihefte 17: 
115-188 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Dyes and dyeing. 
MORINDINE 

Oesterle, O. a., and Tisza, Ed. Zur 
Kenntniss des Morindins. Arch. 



Pharm. 245: 534-553 (1907). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
MORPHINE 

Brown, Herman E. Chemical bib- 
liography of morphine, 1875-1896. 
Pharm. Rev. 15: 204-226 (1897); 
Pharm. Arch. 1: 17, 25, 29 (1898). 
Separate, 1898. 60 p. Annotated. 
Chronological with author and sub- 
ject index. 

Faltis, F. [Constitution of mor- 
phine.] Arch. Pharm. 255: 85-112 
(1917). 

Gulland, John M., and Robinson, 
Robert. The morphine group. I. 
A discussion of the constitutional 
problem. J. Soc. Chem. 123 : 996- 
998 (1923). Classified by derivatives. 

Halle, Walter L. Die Entwickelung 
und der gegenwartige Stand der 
Frage nach der Konstitution des 
Morphins (Kodeins, Thebains). 
Chem.-Ztg. 29: 1264-1268 (1905). 
58 footnotes. 

"Morphine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 9: 462-467 (1888) ; 2nd ser., 11: 
92-97 (1906). 

Schmidt, Julius. Morphin. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 5 : 261- 
270 (1911). 50 footnotes. 

See also Alkaloids. 
MORTAR 

Cantzler, a., and Splittgerber, A. 
[The mixing proportions of trass 
and lime.] Zement 12: 57-58, 63-64 
(1923). Complete bibl. on trass 
mortar. 

Rohland, — . Mortel. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 2, pt. 2 : 205- 
206 (1906). 65 references. 

See also Lime, Cements. 
MUCIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Schleimsaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 
704-705 (1913). 

Neuberg, C, and Rewald, B. Schleim- 
saure. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 2: 506-510 (1911). 60 foot- 
notes. 
MUCIN 

" Mucin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd sen, 
11: 165 (1906). 25 references. 

Sammuely, Franz. Mucine und Mu- 
coide (sog. " Glucoproteide."). In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 4 : 
137-153 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

ScHULZ, F. N. Schleimdriisen und 
Schleim. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 3, pt. 1: 1-6 (1910). 14 
footnotes. 
MUSCARINE 

" Muscarine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 9: 548-549 (1888); 2nd sen, 
11: 202 (1906). 28 references. 

See also Choline. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



195 



MUSCLE 

" Chemistry of muscle." Ind.-Cat. S. 
G. O., 1st sen, 9: 549-551 (1888); 
2nd sen, 11: 202-204 (1906). 

Frey, M. v. Chemie des Muskels. In 
Nagel, Handb. der Physiologie des 
Menschen 4: 464-482 (1909). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

FuRTH, Otto v. Chemie des Muskel- 
gewebes. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 2, pt. 2: 244-281 (1909). 
155 footnotes. 2nd ed., 4: 297-352 
(1924). 211 footnotes. 

FuRTH, Otto v. Ueber chemische 
Zustandsanderungen des Muskels. 
Ergeb. Physiol. 2: 574-579 (1903). 
131 references. 

FiJRTH, Otto v. Zur Gewebschemie 
des Muskels. Ergeb. Physiol. 1 : 110- 
113 (1902). 95 references. 

FiJRTH, Otto v. Die Kolloidchemie 
des Muskels und ihre Beziehungen 
zu den Problemen der Kontraktion 
und der Starre. Ergeb. Physiol. 17 : 
Z67-2>76 (1919). About 400 refer- 
ences. 

Hill, A. V. Die Beziehungen zwisch- 
en der Warmebildung und den im 
Muskel stattfindenden chemischen 
Prozessen. Ergeb. Physiol. 15 : 431- 
432 (1916). 59 references. 

Verzar, Fritz. Der Gaswechsel des 
Muskels. Ergeb. Physiol. 15 : 2-5 
(1916). 118 references. 

Wilson, D. W. Partition of non-pro- 
tein water-soluble nitrogen in mus- 
cle. J. Biol. Chem. 17: 400 (1914). 
40 references. 
MUSK 

"Musk." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 0., 1st sen, 
9: 592 (1888) ; 2nd sen, 11: 256 
(1906). 50 references. 

NoELTiNG, E. Le muse artificiel. 
Chimie & Industrie 6: 719-736 
(1920). Footnotes and bibl., p. 735- 
736. 
MUSTARD GAS 

Warthin, Alfred S., and Weller, 
C. V. The medical aspects of mus- 
tard gas poisoning. St. Louis, 
Mosby, 1919. 267 p. Bibl., p. 256- 
264. 

See also Chemical Warfare. 
MUSTARD OILS 

Funk, Casimir. Schwefelhaltige Ver- 
bindungen. In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 4: 918-924 (1911). 90 
footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Senfole. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 1315- 
1320 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Peterson, W. H. Metabolism of the 
mustard oils. J. Biol. Chem. 34 : 583 
(1918). 14 references. 



Wehrmann, Fr., Wegener, K., 
Braunwarth, Fr. H., and Meyer, 
K. Bestimmung des Senfols. Arch. 
Pharm. 253: 306-327 (1915). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
MYOSINASE. See Enzymes. 
MYRISTIC ACID 

Schmidt. E. Myristinsaure. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 999- 
1003 (1911). 55 footnotes (includes 
derivatives). 

See also Acids, organic. 
NAPHTHALENE 

Baum, Fritz. Naphthalin. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 326-343 
(1911). 200 footnotes (includes de- 
rivatives). 

Meyer-Jacobson. Naphthalin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 2: 294-313 
(1903). Bibl. footnotes. 

"Naphthalene." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st sen, 9: 626 (1888) ; 2nd ser., 11 : 
321 (1906). 

Reverdin, F., and Noelting, E. Sur 
la constitution de la naphthaline et 
ses derives. Bull. soc. ind. Mulhouse, 
Dec, 1887. Separate, Mulhouse, 
Bader, 1888. 76 p. Bibl. footnotes 
to tables. 

Reverdin, F., and Fulda, H. Tabel- 
larische Ubersicht der Naphthalin- 
derivate. Basel, Georg, 1894. 56 p. 
Based on the preceding work. 

Tauber, Ernst, and Norman, R. Die 
Derivate des Naphthalins. Berlin, 
Gaertner, 1896. Bibl., p. 183-219. 
Includes patents. 

See also Gas, purification. 
NAPHTHENES 

Aschan, Ossian. Zur Genese der 
Naphthene und der Naphthensauren. 
Ann. 324: 1-39 (1902). 54 footnotes. 

Wischin, R. a. Die Naphtene und 
ihre Stellung zu anderen hydrier- 
ten cyclischen Kohlenwasserstoffen. 
Braunschweig, 1901. 

See also Petroleum (Redwood). 
NAPHTHENIC ACIDS. See Naph- 

thenes, Petroleum (Redwood). 
NARCEINE 

" Narceine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 9: 629 (1888); 2nd sen, 11: 
324 (1906). 

See also Alkaloids. 
NARCOSIS 

Hober, Rudolf. [Physical chemistry 
of stimulation and narcosis.] Z. 
Elektrochem. 22: 296-301 (1916). 

Hober, Rudolf. Die Theorien der 
Narkose. In his Physikalische 
Chemie der Zelle und der Gewebe, 
4th ed., 1914, p. 445-471. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Traube, J. Theorie der Narkose. 
Arch. ges. Physiol. 153: 276-308 



196 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



NARCOSIS— Co^ti'd 

(1913); 160: 501-510 (1914-1915). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

WiECHMANN, Ernst. Zur Theorie der 
Magnesiumnarkose. Arch. ges. Phy- 
siol. 182: 74-103 (1920). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

WiNTERSTEiN, Hans. Die Narkose in 
ihrer Bedeutung fiir die allgemeine 
Physiologic. Berlin, Springer, 1919. 
319 p. Bibl., p. 279-310. 

See also Anesthetics. 
NARCOTICS 

Gazenbeek, Leo. Experimentelle Un- 
tersuchungen ueber die narkotische 
Wirkung von Magnesium Sulfuri- 
cum nach subkutaner und intraperi- 
tonealer Applikation bei Hund und 
Kaninchen unter Beriicksichtigung 
der praktischen Verwendbarkeit 
dieses Mittels als Narkotikum. Dis- 
sertation, Bern, 1917. 41 p. Bibl., 
p. 40-41. 

" Narcotics." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 9: 629-631 (1888) ; 2nd sen, 11 : 
326-327 (1906). 

WiEGERT, WiLHEXM K. A. Uebcf die 
Wirkung von Magnesium Sulfuri- 
cum bei subkutaner, intravenoser 
und intratrachealer Anwendung. 
Dissertation, Bern, 1909. 39 p. Bibl, 
p. 37-39. 

See also Alkaloids, Drugs, etc. 
NARCOTINE 

Rabe, Paul, and McMillian, An- 
drew. Ueber Narkotin und Hydras- 
tin. Ann. 377: 223-258 (1910). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

See also Alkaloids. 
NATROLITH. See Sodium aluminium 

silicate. 
NAVAL STORES 

Schorger, a. W. Contribution to the 
chemistry of American conifers. 
Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts Letters 
19: 728-765 (1919). 60 references. 

Schorger, A. W., and Betts, H. S. 
The naval stores industry. U. S. 
Dept. Agr., Bull. No. 229, 1915. 58 p. 
Bibl., p. 53-58. 96 references, includ- 
ing patents. 

Veitch, F. p., and Grotlisch, V. E. 
Progress in the chemistry of naval 
stores. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 14: 781- 
784 ■■(1922). 58 references. 

See also Resins, Turpentine, Wood 
distillation. 
NEODYMIUM, See Rare earths. 
NEON 

Briscoe, H. Vincent. Neon. In 
Friend, Textbook, 1 : 322-329 (1914). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Rare gases. 
NEOSALVARSAN. See Arsphenamine. 



NERVES 

Cremer, M. Chemie der Nerven. In 
Nagel, Handb. der Physiologic des 
Mcnschen, 4: 812-817 (1909). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Halliburton, W. D. Die Biochemie 
der peripheren Nerven. Ergeb. 
Physiol. 4: 24-26 (1905). 107 ref- 
erences. 

Peritz, Georg. Biochemie des Zen- 
tralnervensystems. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem. 2, pt. 2: 282-337 
(1909). 179 footnotes. 

Peritz, G. Der Stoffwechsel des Ner- 
vensystems. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem., 2nd ed., 8: 91-148 (1924). 
151 footnotes. 
NEURONAL. See Sedatives. 
NEURINE. See Choline. 
NICKEL 

Browne, David H., and Thompson, 
John F. Physical properties of 
nickel. Trans. Am. Inst. Mining 
Met. Eng. 64: 387-414 (1920). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Copaux, H. Nickel. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 4: 245-296 (1905). 467 
footnotes. 

Dumas, M. L. Recherches sur les 
aciers au nickel a hautes teneurs. 
Paris, 1902. 208 p. Bibl., p. 202- 
204. From Ann. Mines (10) 1: 357- 
561 (1902). Bibl, 553-555. 

Friend, J. Newton. Nickel. In his 
Textbook, 9, pt. 1: 78-135 (1920). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Gt. Brit. Imperial mineral resources 
bureau. The mineral industry of the 
British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. War period. Nickel. (1913- 
1919.) London, 1922. 56 p. Bibl, 
p. 46-55. 

GuTBiER, A. Nickel In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 1 : 1- 
189, 1385-1440 (1909). References 
through text. 

Hammond, L. D. The electrodeposi- 
tion of nickel. Trans. Am. Electro- 
chem. Soc. 30: 103-134 (1917). 50 
references. 

Merica, Paul D. Physical properties 
of nickel. Chem. Met. Eng. 24: 73- 
76 (1921). 35 references through 
text. 

Meunier, M. J. Nickel. In Fremy, 
Enc. chim. 3, 12" cahier: 273-280 
(1889). 

Moissan, Henri. Le nickel. Paris, 
Gauthier, 1896. 183 p. Bibl, p. 175- 
178. 

Royal Ontario Nickel Commission. 
Report . . . with appendix. Toron- 
to, 1917. 584+219 p. Bibl, p. 529- 
584. 755 references. 1803-1917. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



197 



RuMBOLD, W. G. Nickel ores. London, 
Murray, 1923. 81 p. Bibl., p. 75-81. 

U. S. Bureau of Standards. Nickel. 
2nd ed. Circular No. 100, 1924. 162 
p. Bibl., p. 132-162. 1317 references, 
classified. 

Watts, Oliver P. The electrodeposi- 
tion of cobalt and nickel. Trans. 
Am. Electrochem. Soc. 2i: 150-152 
(1913). 100 references. 
NICKEL: Analysis. 

SouLE, Byron A. a-Furildioxime as a 
reagent for the detection and deter- 
mination of nickel. The determina- 
tion of nickel in steel by means of 
a-furildioxime. Thesis, Univ. of 
Michigan, 1924. 28 p. Bibl., p. 27-28. 

Sec also Cobalt. 
NICKEL CARBONYL 

Armit, H. W. Toxicity of nickel 
carbonyl. J. Hyg. 7: 550-551 (1907). 

Gutbier, a. Nickelcarbonyl. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
5, pt. 1: 104-108 (1909). 

MiTTASCH, Alwin. Uebcr die chem- 
ische Dynamik des Nickelkohlen- 
oxyds. Z. physik. Chem. 40 : 1-83 
(1902). Bibl. footnotes. 
NICKEL CHLORIDES 

Gutbier, A. Nickel und Chlor. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
5, pt. 1: 82-92 (1909). 
NICKEL OXIDES 

Gutbier, A. Nickel und Sauerstoff. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
5, pt. 1: 40-55 (1909). 
NICKEL SILICATES 

Leitmeier, H. Nickelsilicate. In Doel- 
ter, Handb. Mineralchem. 2, pt. 1 : 
758-773 (1914). 
NICKEL STEELS. See Steel. 
NICKEL SULFATES 

Gutbier, A. Nickelsulfat. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 
1: 64-74 (1909). 
NICOTINE 

McIndoo, N. E. Effects of nicotine as 
an insecticide. J. Agr. Res. 7 : 89- 
121 (1916). 25 references. 

"Nicotine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
ser., 9: 934-935 (1888) ; 2nd sen, 11 : 
683-684 (1906). 

Rasmussen, H. B. [Determination 
of nicotine in tobacco and tobacco 
extracts.] Z. anal. Chem. 50: 81-133 
(1916). 

Schmidt, Julius. Nicotin. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 5 : 33-34 
(1911). 44 footnotes. 

See also Alkaloids, Insecticides. 
NIOBIUM. See Columbium. 
NIRVANINE 

" Nirvanine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 11: 697-698 (1906). 



NITON 

Briscoe, H, V. Niton. In Friend, 
Textbook, 1, pt. 2: 355-360 (1914). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Rare gases. 
NITRATES 

Bertrand, a. Bibliografia de la tec- 
nologia del salitre. 1795-1918. Ca- 
liche 1: 18-24 (1919). 

Gt. Brit. Imperial mineral resources 
bureau. Mineral industry of the 
British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. War period. Nitrates. (1913- 
1919.) London, 1920. 28 p. Bibl., 
p. 25-28. 

JuRiscH, Konrad W. Salpeter und 
sein Ersatz. Leipzig, Hirzel. 1908. 
356 p. Contains bibls. 

Ossa, Diaz. Patentes de invencion 
referentes a la extracion del salitre, 
1853-1907. Caliche 1: 26-31, 64-69 
(1919). 

Semper, — , and Michels, — . La in- 
dustria del salitre en Chile. Santi- 
ago, 1908. 418 p. Bibl., p. 414-418. 
105 references. 

SiNGEWALD, J. T., Jr., and Miller, 
B. L. The genesis of the Chilean 
nitrate deposits. Proc. 2nd Pan.- 
Am. Sci. Congr., Washington, D. C, 
7: 878-879 (1917). 26 references. 
NITRATES: Analysis. 

Chamot, E. M., and Pratt, D. S. 
Study of the phenolsulfonic acid 
method for the determination of ni- 
trates in water. The composition of 
the reagent and of the reaction 
product. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 31 : 
922-928 (1909). 48 references. 

Davies, Charles W. Studies of the 
phenoldisulfonic acid method for 
determining nitrates in soils. J. Ind. 
Eng. Chem. 9: 290-295 (1917). 35 
references. 

See also Nitrogen : Analysis. 
NITRATION 

Tingle, J. B., and Blamck, F. C. 
Studies on nitration. J. Am. Chem. 
Soc. 30: 1395-1412, 1587-1599 (1908). 
150 footnotes. 
NITRIC ACID 

Bleier, O., and Chwala, A. Hoch- 
konzentration der Salpetersaure und 
Denitrierung. In Brauer and d'Ans, 
Fortschritte, 1: 1508-1509 (1922). 
German patents. 

Boyce, John C. Bibliography of the 
production of synthetic nitric acid 
and synthetic ammonia. Met. Chem. 
Eng. 17: 328-337 (1917). Includes 
patents. 

Braun, J. V. Salpetersaure. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 3 : 155- 
174 (1907). 116 references. 



198 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



NITRIC ACID— Conifd 

CoTTRELL, Allin. The manufacture of 
nitric acid and nitrates. London, 
Gurney, 1923. 454 p. Bibls. on p. 
36-37, 204-207, 268, 319-320, 349-358, 
393-397; patents listed on p. 208- 
242 (annotated), 268, 397. 

JuRiscH, K. W. Salpetersaure. In his 
Salpeter und sein Ersatz 1908, p. 
133-138. Covers 1888-1908. 

Melzek, L., and Brauer, A. Salpeter- 
saure aus Nitraten. In Brauer and 
d'Ans, Fortschritte 1: 1455 (1922). 
German patents. 

Oelke», Adolf. Verfahren zur Her- 
stellung, Reinigung und Konzentra- 
tion von Salpetersaure. Z. ges. 
Schiess- Sprengstw. 9: 317-320, 329- 
332 (1914). Patents, 1886-1914. 

ScHLENK, W. Salpetersaure. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 1: 289-321 (1907). Refer- 
ences through text. 

Spiegel, Leopold. Salpetersaure. In 
his Der Stickstoff, 1903, p. 181-234. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Waser, Bruno. Die Luststickstoffin- 
dustrie, mit besonderer Beriick- 
sichtigung der Gewinnung von 
Ammoniak und Salpetersaure. Leip- 
zig, Spamer, 1922. 586 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes. Bibl., p. 551-567. 

Webb, H. W. Absorption of nitrous 
gases. New York, Longmans, 1924. 
364 p. Bibl. covers 1860-1923. 

Worden, E. C. Nitric acid. In his 
Technology of cellulose esters, 1 : 
665-1006. 10,386 references, includ- 
ing patents. 

See also Acids, alkalis and salts ; 
Ammonia. 
NITRIC ACID: Analytical. 

ScHLENK, W. Salpetersaure — Analy- 
tisches. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 317-321 
(1907). 
NITRIC ACID: Toxicology, 

" Toxicology of nitric acid." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 1st ser., 1 : 86 (1880) ; 2nd 
ser., 1 : 115 (1896) ; 3rd ser., 1 : 121- 
122 (1918). 
NITRIC ANHYDRIDE 

ScHLENK, W. Stickstoffpentoxyd, 
Salpetersaureanhydrid, N2O6. In 
Gmelin-Kraut. Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 1: 286-289 (1907). 

See also Nitrogen oxides. 
NITRIC OXIDE 

Braun, J. V. Stickoxyd. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 3 : 123- 
131 (1907). 100 references. 

McEachron, Karl B., and George, 
R. H. The production of nitric 
oxides and ozone by high voltage 
electric discharges. Purdue Univ., 



Eng. Expt. Sta., Bull. No. 9, 1922. 
189 p. Bibl., p. 181. 

ScHLENK, W. Stickoxyd, NO. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 1: 252-261 (1907). 
NITRIFICATION 

Allen, E. R., and Bonazzi A. Nitri- 
fication. Preliminary observations. 
Ohio State Agr. Expt. Sta., Tech. 
Bull. No. 7, 1915. 42 p. 42 refer- 
ences. 

Brigham, Reed O. Assimilation of 
organic nitrogen by Zea mays and 
the influence of Bacillus subtilis on 
such assimilation. Soil Science 3 : 
155-195 (1917). 60 references. 

Brown, P. E., and Gowda, R. N. 
Effect of certain fertilizers on nitri- 
fication. J. Am. Soc. Agron. 16 : 
145-146 (1924). 24 references. 

Chambers, C. D. The fixation of ni- 
trogen by certain fungi. Plant 
World 19: 175-194 (1916). 

Christensen, H. R. [Fixation of the 
free atmospheric nitrogen by micro- 
organisms.] Tidsskr. Landbr. Plan- 
teavl. 16: 303-336 (1909). 

Coleman, David A. The influence of 
sodium nitrate upon nitrogen trans- 
formations in soils with special ref- 
erence to its availability and that of 
other nitrogenous manures. Soil 
Science 4: 345-432 (1918). 226 ref- 
erences. 

Doryland, C. J. T. Influence of 
energy material upon the relation of 
soil microorganisms to soluble plant 
food. North Dakota Agr. Expt. 
Sta., Bull. No. 116, 1916, p. 319-401. 
70 references. 

Fulmer, H. L. Influence of carbo- 
nates of magnesium and calcium on 
bacteria of certain Wisconsin soils. 
J. Agr. Res. 12: 463-504 (1918). 
64 references. 

Gainey, P. L. The significance of 
nitrification as a factor in soil fer- 
tility. Soil Science 3: 414-416 
(1917). 32 references. 

Goddard, H. N. Can fungi living in 
agricultural soil assimilate free ni- 
trogen. Bot. Gaz. 56: 303-305 
(1913). 47 references. 

Greaves, J. E. Azofication. Soil 
Science 6: 163-217 (1918). 211 ref- 
erences. 

Greaves, J. E., Carter, E. G., and 
Lund, Y. Influence of salts on azo- 
fication in soil. Soil Science 13 : 497- 
499 (1922). 51 references. 

Hall, Thomas D. Nitrification in 
some South African soils. Soil 
Science 12: 301-363 (1921). 49 ref- 
erences. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



199 



Hesselman, H. [Studies on nitrifica- 
tion in natural soils and its impor- 
tance from an ecological point of 
view.] Meddel. Stat. Skogsforsoks- 
anst, No. 13-14: 297-528 (1916- 
1917). 87 references. 

Hesselman, H. [The effect of re- 
generation measures on the for- 
mation of nitrates in soil and its 
importance in the regeneration of 
coniferous forests.] Medel. Stat. 
Skogsforsoksanst, No. 13-14: 923- 
1076 (1916-1917). 51 references. 

Hills, T. L. Influence of nitrates on 
nitrogen-assimilation bacteria. J. 
Agr. Res. 12: 185-230 (1918). 49 
references. 

Hutchinson, H. B., and Miller, N. 
H. J. Direct assimilation of inor- 
ganic and organic forms of nitrogen 
by higher plants. Centbl. Bakt., U 
Abt, 30: 537-547 (1911). 

Jacobitz, E. Die Assimilation des 
freien, elementaren Stickstoffs. Zu- 
sammenfassende Darstellung nach 
der umschlagigen Literatur. Centbl. 
Bakt., II Abt., 7: 783-794, 833-844, 
876-890 (1901). 113 references. 

Kelley, W. p. Nitrification in semi- 
arid soils. J. Agr. Res. 7: 417-438 
(1916). 35 references. 

Lafae, Franz. [Dentrification. Nitri- 
fication.] In his Handb. der tech- 
nischen Mykologie, 2nd ed., 3 : 177, 
182. 

LuTZ, L. Les microorganismes fixa- 
teurs d'azote. Paris, Lechevelier, 
1904. 187 p. 500 references. 

Lyon, T. L., and Bizzell, J. A. Some 
relations of certain higher plants to 
the formation of nitrates in soils. 
N. Y. Cornell Agr. Sta., Mem. No. 
1, 1913. 109 p. 

Nedokvochayev, N. [Conditions of 
accumulation and reduction of ni- 
trates in plants.] Izv. Moscov Selsk. 
Khoz. Inst. (Ann. Inst. Agron. 
Moscou) 10: 257-347 (1904). 126 
references. 

"Nitrification." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
2nd sen, 11: 699-700 (1906). 

Palmans, L. [Present state of 
knowledge of micro-organisms 
which fix free nitrogen.] Ann. 
Gembloux 18, 289-309 (1908). 60 
references. 

Rossi, Gino de. Ueber die Mik- 
roorganismen, welche die Wurzel- 
knollchen der Leguminosen erzeug- 
en. Centbl. Bakt., II Abt., 18: 483- 
491 (1907). 

Vogel, J. Die Assimilation des freien, 
elementaren Stickstoffes durch Mik- 
roorganismen. Centbl. Bakt., II 



Abt, 15: 33-53, 174-188, 215-227 
(1905). 148 references. 

Waksman, Selman a. Soil fungi 
and their activities. Soil Science 2: 
148-155 (1916). 125 references. 

Waksman, Selman A. Methods for 
the study of nitrification. Soil 
Science 15: 258-260 (1923). 51 ref- 
erences. 
NITRIMIC ACID 

Scholl, Roland. Zur Kenntniss der 
Nitrimine und Nitriminsauren. Ann. 
338: 1-15 (1905). 50 footnotes. 

ScHOLL, Roland. Konstitution der 
Nitrimine. Ann. 345: 363-375 
(1906). 38 footnotes. 
KITROAMINES 

Backer, H. J. Die Nitramine und ihre 
Isomeren. Sammlung chem. chem.- 
tech. Vortrage 18: 359-474 (1912). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
NITROBENZENE 

Baum, Fritz. Nitrobenzol. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1: 174-182 
(1911). 140 footnotes (includes de- 
rivatives). 

Meyer-J ACOBSON. N itroverbindungen. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 
148-161 (1895). Bibl. footnotes. 

" Nitrobenzene." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st ser., 9: 949-950 (1888) ; 2nd ser., 
11: 700-701 (1906). 
NITROBENZOIC ACIDS 

Meyer- Jacobson. Nitrobenzoesauren. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 
565-568 (1902). Bibl. footnotes. 
NITROCELLULOSE 

Chrystall, E. R. Nitrocellulose ex- 
plosives from the standpoint of col- 
loidal chemistry. In First report on 
colloid chemistry, p. 84 (1917). 19 
references. 

Haussermann, C. Die Nitrocellulosen. 
Braunschweig, Vieweg, 1914. 34 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Weber, H. C. P. On a modified form 
of stability test for smokeless 
powder and similar materials. U. 
S. Bur. Standards, Bull. 9: 128-129 
(1912). 22 references. 

Worden, E. C. Nitrocellulose. In his 
Technology of cellulose esters, 1 : 
1567-2375 (1920). 8359 references, 
including patents. 

WoRDEN, Edward C. Nitrocellulose in- 
dustry. New York, Van Nostrand, 
1911. 2 vols. Bibl footnotes. 
NITRO COMPOUNDS 

Brand, Kurt. Die elektrochemische 
Reduction organischer Nitrokorper 
und verwandter Verbindungen. 
Sammlung chem. chem. -tech. Vor- 
trage 13: 51-319 (1908). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 



200 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



NITRO COMPOUNDS— Confd 

Meisenheimer, Jakob. Reactionen un- 
gesattigter Nitrokorper. Ann. 355 : 
249-311 (1907). 56 footnotes. 

MoLLER, JoH. Die elektrochemische 
Reduktion der Nitroderivative or- 
ganischer Verbindungen in experi- 
menteller und theoretischer Bezieh- 
ung. Halle, Knapp, 1904. 208 foot- 
notes. 

Snowden, Ralph C. Electrolytic re- 
duction of nitrobenzene. J. Phys. 
Chem. 15: 797-844 (1911). 125 foot- 
notes. 

Steinkopf, Wilhelm. Beitrage zur 
Kenntniss des Einflusses negativer 
Atome und Atomegruppen bei Deri- 
vaten des Acetonitrils und Aceta- 
mids. J. prakt. Chem. 189: 97-148 
(1910). Bibl. footnotes. 

Steinkopf, Wilhelm, and Jurgens, 
B. Ueber die Konstitution der aci- 
Nitrokorper. J. prakt. Chem. 192 : 
686-713 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 
NITROGEN 

Braun, J. V. Stickstoff. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 3, 219- 
239 (1907). 1126 references. In- 
cludes ammonia, nitrogen oxides, 
nitric acid, nitrous acid, hydroxyla- 
mine, etc. 

Fischer, Herman E. The nitrogen 
industry. J. Franklin Inst. 190: 187- 
209 (1920). 

Gilbert, Chester G. Political and 
commercial control of the nitrogen 
resources of the world. Chem. Met. 
Eng. 22: 558-559 (1920); selected 
bibl. of 80 references. 

Gt. Brit. Ministry of munitions. Ni- 
trogen products committee. Final 
report. London, 1919. 357 p. " Classi- 
fied list of references to official re- 
ports and technical publications," p. 
325-326. About 100 references. 

HIbert, Alexander. Azote. In Mois- 
san, Chim. min. 1: 555-661 (1904). 
1185 footnotes. 

Moldenhauer, Wilhelm. Die Reak- 
tionen des freien Stickstoffs. Ber- 
lin, Borntrager, 1920. 178 p. 

"Nitrogen." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 9: 950 (1888); 2nd ser., 11: 
702-703 (1906). 

Pollitzer, F. Stickstoff. In Brauer 
and d'Ans, Fortschritte, 1: 1195- 
1197 (1922). 97 German patents. 

ScHLENK, W. Stickstoff. Ill Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
1: 168-331 (1907). References 
through text. 

Spiegel, L. Der Stickstoff und seine 
wichtigsten Verbindungen. Braun- 
schweig, Vieweg, 1903. Numerous 
bibl. footnotes. 



Waeser, Bruno. Fortschritte der an- 
organischen Grossindustrie, 1921- 
1923. Stickstoff und seine Verbind- 
ungen. Chem.-Ztg. 48: 821, 825, 841, 
846, 861, 866, 883, 890, 905, 913, 934, 
954 (1924). 692 footnotes. 
NITROGEN: Analytical. 

Greaves, J. E., and Hirst, C. T. Some 
factors influencing the quantitative 
determination of nitric nitrogen in 
the soil. Soil Science 4: 200-203 
(1917). 58 references. 

Hepburn, Joseph S. Modifications of 
the Kjeldahl method for the quan- 
titative determination of nitrogen. J. 
Franklin Inst. 166: 82-99 (1908). 39 
references. 

HuRUN, pREDEiRiK, and Fay, Henry. 
The determination of nitrogen in 
steel. Chem. Met. Eng. 26: 218-222 
(1922). 

Kebler, L. F. Index to the literature 
on the estimation of nitrogen by 
Kjeldahl's method and its modifica- 
tions. J. Anal. Appl. Chem. 5 : 260- 
278 (1891). 59 references on Kjel- 
dahl method, 208 references on 
other methods. 

Mestrezat, W., and Janet, N. P. 
[Nitrogen titratable by the Kjeldahl 
method.] Bull. soc. chim. biol. 3 : 
105-130 (1921). 

Waller, E., and Bowen, H. C. The 
Kjeldahl process for the determina- 
tion of nitrogen. J. Anal. Appl. 
Chem. 2: 292-300 (1888). 45 refer- 
ences. 
NITROGEN: Fixation. 

Askenasy, Paul, and Crude, F. 
Ueber die Einwirkung von Stick- 
stoff auf Gemenge von Bariumoxyd 
und Kohle bei hoher Temperatur. 
Z. Elektrochem. 28: 150-151 (1922). 
56 references. 

Benetsch, a. Die volkswirtschaftliche 
Bedeutung der Torfmoore und 
Wasserkrafte unter besonderer Be- 
riicksichtigung der Luftstickstoff- 
frage. Berlin, Siemenroth, 1914. 
229 p. 212 references and list of pat- 
ents on nitrogen fixation. 

Bertrand, Alejandro. [The Haber 
process for the industrial synthesis 
of ammonia.] Bol. soc. nac. mineria 
29: 343-387; 30: 441-471 (1917). 
The second part is a complete bibl. 
of the subject. 

Brion, G. Luftsalpeter. Berlin, 1912. 
154 p. 87 references on electrical 
methods. 

Creighton, Henry J. M. Bibliog- 
raphy of literature on and relating 
to nitrogen fixation and the oxida- 
tion of ammonia. J. Franklin Inst. 
187: 716-735 (1919). About 400 ref- 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



201 



erences. Classified as follows : Gen- 
eral ; direct oxidation ; direct com- 
bination with hydrogen ; cyanamide ; 
nitrides ; cyanides. 

DoNATH, — , and Frenzel, — . Die 
technische Ausnutzung des Atmos- 
pharischen Stickstoff. Leipzig, 1907. 

HosMER, Helen R. Literature of the 
nitrogen industries, 1912-1916. J. 
Ind. Eng. Chem. 9: 424-438 (1917) ; 
Gen. Elec. Rev. 20: 76-85. 156-164, 
252-259 (1917). 152 references, 
classified by processes, uses, costs 
and recovery. 

JuRiscH, K. W. [Nitric acid from 
air.] In his Salpeter und sein 
Ersatz, 1908, p. 339-356. Covers 
1781-1908. 

JuRiscH, K. W. Ueber Luftsalpeter. 
Leipzig, Degener, 1914. 20 p. 

Knox, J. The fixation of atmospheric 
nitrogen. New York, Van Nostrand, 
1914. 132 p. 153 references on p. 
115-121. 

Marshall, F. Ueber die Ausnutzung 
des atmospharischen Stickstoffs auf 
natiirlichem und kiinstlichem Wege. 
Naturwissenschaften 1 : 791-795, 
805-809 (1^13). Bibl. footnotes. 

Maxted, E. B. Ammonia and the 
nitrfdes. London, Churchill, 1921. 
124 p. 

Maxted, E. B. The nitrogen industry 
in 1922. Chem. Age (London) 7: 
917-922 (1923). References through 
text. 

Norton,. Thomas H. Utilization of 
atmospheric nitrogen. U. S. Dept. 
Commerce, Special Agent Series No. 
52, 1912. 178 p. Bibl., p. 177-178. 
About 50 references. 

ScHUCHART, G. Die technische Ge- 
winnung von Stickstoff, Ammoniak 
und schwefelsaurem Ammonium. 
Sammlung chem. chem. -tech. Vor- 
trage 25: 240-260 (1919). Patents. 

Stuntz, Stephen C. Reference list 
on the electric fixation of atmos- 
pheric nitrogen and the use of cal- 
cium cyanamid and calcium nitrate 
on soils. U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. 
Soils, Bull. No. 63, 1910. 89 p. 

U. S. Ordnance Dept. Nitrate Divis- 
ion. Report on the fixation and 
utilization of nitrogen. Washington, 
1922. 353 p. Bibl., p. 343-353. 125 
references. 

Waeser, Bruno. Die Luftstickstofifin- 
dustrie. Mit besonderer Beriick- 
sichtigung der Gewinnung von Am- 
moniak und Salpetersaure. Leipzig, 
Spamer, 1922. 586 p. Bibl., p. 551- 
567. 

Ware, Ezra J. An index of researches 
upon the production of ammonia 
from atmospheric nitrogen. Proc. 



Mich. State Pharm. Assoc, 1888, 

124-134. 
See also Ammonia, Fertilizers: 

Nitrogen compounds (Stuntz) ; 

Nitric acid, Nitrification, Nitro- 
gen. 
NITROGEN: Stereochemistiy. 

Wedekind, E. Die Entwicklung der 

Stereochemie des fiinfwertigen 

Stickstoffs im letzten Jahrzehnt. 

Sammlung chem. chem. -tech. Vor- 

trage 14: 173-212 (1909). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
NITROGEN IODIDE 
Chattaway, F. D., and Orton, _K. 

J. P. Formation and constitution 

of nitrogen iodide. Am. Chem. J. 

24: 355 (1900). 2>i references. 
DiTZ, Hugo. Jodstickstoffe. In Gmelin- 

Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 

2: Z72,-?,79 (1909). 
NITROGEN OXIDES 

Pauling, H. Stickoxyde. In Brauer 

and d'Ans, Fortschritte 1 : 1258- 

1262 (1922). German patents. _ 
Spiegel, Leopold. [Nitrogen oxides.] 

In his Der Stickstoff, 1903. 
See also names of the various oxides. 
NITROGEN PEROXIDE 

Braun, J. V. Untersalpetersaure. In 

Abegg, Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 

3: 131-139 (1907). 75 references. 
ScHLENK, W. Stickstofftetroxyd. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

1, pt. 1: 276-286 (1907). References 

through text. 
NITROGEN SULFIDE 

LiNNE, Br. Schwefelstickstoff, N4S4. 

In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 

Chem. 1, pt. 1: 614-620 (1907). 
NITROGEN TRICHLORIDE 

DiTZ, Hugo. Chlorstickstoff. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

1, pt. 2: 161-164 (1909). 
NITROGLYCEROL 

" Nitroglycerol." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 

1st ser., 9: 951 (1888) ; 2nd ser., 11 : 

703-704 (1906). 
See also Explosives. 
NITRON 

Cope, W. C, and Barab, J. Bibliog- 
raphy of literature on nitron. J. Am. 

Chem. Soc. 39: 513-514 (1917); 

Chem. Eng. 25: 94-95 (1917). 30 

references. 
NITROPARAFFINS 

Meyer-Jacobson. Alkylnitroverbind- 

ungen (Nitroparaffin). In their 

Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1: 400-419 

(1907). Bibl. footnotes. 
See also Nitro compounds. 
NITROPHENOLS 

Meyer-Jacobson. Nitrophenole. In 

their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 

382- (1902). 



202 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



NITROPROTEINS 

Johnston, Treat B., and Kohmann, 
E. F. Nitrated proteins. J. Am. 
Chem. Soc. Z7 : 1863-1884 (1915). 
50 references. 
NITROSO COMPOUNDS 

Schmidt, Julius. Die Nitrosover- 
bindungen. Sammlung chem. chem.- 
tech. Vortrage 8: 409-448 (1903). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
NITROSYLSULFURIC ACID 

Ephraim, F. Nitrosylschwefelsaure. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 1, pt. 1: 265-276 (1907). Ref- 
erences through text. 
NITROUS ACID 

Braun, J. V. Salpetrige Saure. In 
Abegg, Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 
3: 142-153 (1907). 75 references. 

Schlenk, W. Salpetrige Saure, 
HNO2. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 265-276 
(1907). 
NITROUS ACID: Analytical. 

Fischer, Ferd. Bestimmung der salpet- 
rigen Saure im Trinkwasser. Ding. 
Polyt. J. 212: 404-409. Chronologi- 
cal. 

Schlenk, W. Salpetrige Saure — 
Analytisches. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 272- 
274 (1907). 
NITROUS ANHYDRIDE 

Braun, J. v. Stickstofftrioxyd. In 
Abegg, Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 
3: 139-142 (1907). 16 references. 

Schlenk, W. Stickstofftrioxyd, 
Salpetrigsaureanhydrid, N2O3. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 1: 261-264 (1907). 

Trautz, M. [Existence of N2O3] Z. 
physik. Chem. 47: 519-520 (1904). 
40 references. 
NITROUS OXIDE 

Baskerville, Charles, and Steven- 
son, Reston. Contributions to the 
chemistry of anesthetics. III. Ni- 
trous oxide. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 3: 
579-582 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

Braun, J. v, Stickoxydul. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 3 : 201- 
207 (1907). 70 references. 

" Nitrous oxide." Ind. -Cat. S. G. O., 
1st ser., 9: 951-954 (1888) ; 2nd sen, 
11: 704-707 (1906). 

Schlenk, W. Stickoxydul, N2O. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 1: 240-248 (1907). 

Wieland, Hejnrich. Ueber Addition- 
reactionen mit nitrosen Gasen. 
Ann. 328: 154-255 (1903). 97 foot- 
notes. 
NOVOCAIN 

" Klinische Berichte und wissenschaft- 
liche Abhandlungen ueber Novo- 



cain." Hoechst a. M., Farbv^rerke 
vorm Meister Lucius und Bruning, 
1915?. 360 p. Bibl., p. 329-360. 
NUCLEASES. See Enzymes. 
NUCLEIC ACIDS 

Brahm, Carl. Nukleinsauren und 
Spaltprodukte. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem., Erganzungsband, 
1913, 80-104. 64 footnotes. 2nd ed., 
1: 324-350 (1924). 90 footnotes. 

Feulgen, R. Chemie und Physiologic 
der Nukleinstoffe nebst Einfiihrung 
in die Chemie der Purinkorper. Ber- 
lin, Borntraeger, 1923. 432 p. 928 
footnotes. 

Jones, Walter. Nucleic acids. In 
Barker, Endocrinology and metabo- 
lism, 3: 135-160; references, 5: 345- 
509 (1922). 

Jones, Walter. Nucleic acids, their 
chemical properties and physiologi- 
cal conduct. 2nd ed. New York, 
Longmans, 1920. 150 p. Bibl., p. 129- 
148. 

" Nucleic acid." Ind. -Cat. S. G. O., 
3rd sen, 1: 134-135 (1918). 

"Nuclein." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 11: 822-823 (1906). 

" Nucleoproteids." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
2nd sen, 11 : 824 (1906). 

" Nukle.in und Nukleinsaure." In 
Merck's annual report, 27 : 1-43 
(1914). Footnotes. Bibl., p. 32-42. 

Rollett, Adolf. Nucleoproteide und 
Nukleinsauren. In Abderhalden, 
Biochem. Handl. 4: 986-1013 
(1911); 9: 237-254 (1915). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Schittenhelm, Alfred, and Brahm, 
Karl. Nukleoproteide und ihre 
Spaltprodukte. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem. 1: 599-653 (1909). 
220 footnotes. 

Tannhauser, S. J. Nucleoproteide 
und NucleinsJiuren. In Abderhalden, 
Biochem. Handl. 10: 96-112 (1923). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
NUTRITION 

American Red Cross. Nutrition bib- 
liography. New York, Am. Red 
Cross Health Service, 1921. 30 p. 
Contains a list of bibls. 

American Research Institute. Medi- 
cal Dept. Bibliography of titles on 
nutrition contained in the supple- • 
mentary card catalogue of the Li- 
brary of the Surgeon General's 
Office, 1906-1917. Washington, 1917. 
16 p. Mimeographed. 

Aron, Hans. [The important results 
of researches in nutrition, metabo- 
lism and growth in 1914-1918.] 
Monatsschr. Kinderheilk 17 : 257-290 
(1921). 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



203 



Benedict, Francis G., and Ritzman, 
Ernest G. Undernutrition in steers. 
Its relation to metabolism, diges- 
tion and subsequent realimentation. 
Washington, Carnegie Inst, Pub. 
No. 324, 1923. 333 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Crumbine, S. J. Report of committee 
to assemble current literature on 
subject of nutritional disorders. The 
results of so-called devitalized foods. 
Proc. Assoc. Am. Dairy Food and 
Drug Officials, 1916, p. 81-86. 

FoLENA, Umberto. Espericuze sul 
minimo di azoto nella razione ali- 
mentare normale in regime di ripo- 
so e di lavoro. Ann. Ig. Sper., n. s. 
22: 393-396 (1912). 

Hofmeister, Franz. Ueber qualitativ 
unzureichende Ernahrung. Ergeb. 
Physiol. 16: 1-6, 510-520 (1918). 

Legrendre, R. Problemes scientifiques 
d'alimentation en France pendant la 
guerre. Paris, Masson, 1919. 169 p. 
Annotated bibl. of French publica- 
tions on nutrition during 1914-1918. 

LusK, Graham. Physiological effects 
of undernutrition. Physiol. Rev. 1 : 
550-552 (1921). 58 references. 

McCoixuM, Elmer V. The newer 
knowledge of nutrition ; the use of 
food for the preservation of vitality 
and health. New York, Macmillan, 
1918. 199 p. Bibl., p. 191-195. 

MoRGULis, Sergius. Fasting and un- 
dernutrition ; a biological and socio- 
logical study of inanition. New 
York, Dutton, 1923. 407 p. Bibl., p. 
311-396. 

MouLTON, Charles R. The use of 
meat; digests of scientific literature 
and original articles on the nutritive 
value of _ meat and its place in the 
diet. Chicago, Bureau of Nutrition, 
Inst. Am. meat packers, 1924. 15 p. 
(Bull. No. 2.) 

Neumann, R. O. Experimentelle 
Beitrage zur Lehre von dem tag- 
lichen Nahrungsbedarf des Men- 
schen unter besonderer Beriick- 
sichtung der notwendigen Eiweiss- 
menge. Arch. Hyg. 45: 82-87 
(1902). 136 references. 

"Nutrition." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
ser., 9: 1043-1048 (1888); 2nd sen, 
11: 845-858 (1906). 

Rothschild, Hendri de. L'allaitement 
mixte et l'allaitement artificiel. 
Paris, Masson, 1898. 659 p. Bibl., 
p. 355-651. 

Sherman, H. C. Chemistry of food 
and nutrition. 2nd ed. New York, 
1918. Bibl. at end of chapters. 

Sjollema. B. Ergebnisse und Prob- 
leme der modernen Ernahrungs- 



lehre. Ergeb. Physiol. 20: 207-406 
(1921). Bibl. footnotes. 

Vandevelde, a. J. J., and van Bere- 
steyn, H. W. J. [Bibliography of 
Belgian publications on nutrition 
and hygiene.] Verslag en Meded. K. 
Vlaam. Acad. Taal en Letterk, 1913 : 
697-756. 

Woll, R. W. On the relation of food 
to the production of milk and but- 
ter fat by dairy cows. Wisconsin 
Agr. Expt. Sta., Bull. No. 116, 1904. 
85 p. Bibl., p. 80-84. 151 references. 

See also Corn, Foods, Metabolism, 
Vitamins. 
NUX VOMICA 

" Nux vomica." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st sen, 9: 1048-1049 (1888); 2nd 
sen, 11: 855 (1906), 

See also Alkaloids; Strychnine. 
OATS 

Ebert, W. [Composition of oats as 
affected by fertilization, hilling and 
rate of seeding.] Mitt. Landw. Inst. 
Leipzig, 1911, No. 10: 3-88. 123 ref- 
erences. 
OCTANES 

Baum, Fritz. Octane. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 1: 104-107 
(1911). 40 references (includes de- 
rivatives). 

See also Hydrocarbons. 
OCTOIC ACID 

Schmidt, E. Octansaure. hi Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1: 991-993 
(1911). 40 footnotes (includes de- 
rivatives). 

See also Acids, organic. 
OIL: Fuel. See Fuel oil. 
OIL SHALE 

Alderson, Victor C. The oil shale 
industry. New York, Stokes, 1920. 
175 p. Bibl., p. 163-170. 125 refer- 
ences. 

Alderson, Victor C. Directory of oil 
shale retorts with bibliography. 
Colorado School of Mines Quar- 
terly 15 : suppl. for Oct., 1920. 21 p. 
Bibl., p. 18-21. 

Alderson, Victor C. The oil shale in- 
dustry — a selected bibliography. Col- 
orado School of Mines Quarterly 
16: 27-38 (1921). 

Alderson, Victor C. Oil shale — bib- 
liography of recent articles. Colo- 
rado School of Mines Quarterly 16 : 
74-76 (Oct., 1921). 

Alderson, Victor C. Oil shale — a re- 
sume for 1921-1923. Railroad Red 
Book 39: 7-14 (1922); 40: 23-32 
(1923) ; 41: 11-16 (1924). Colorado 
School of Mines, Circ. of Informa- 
tion, 1922. 8 p. Colorado School of 
Mines Quarterly 18: No. 1, Suppl. 
B, 1923. 28 p. 19: No. 1 (1924). 



204 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



OIL SB.ALE— Cont'd 

Burroughs, E. H., and Gavin, M. J. 
Oil shale. Bur. of Mines, Repts. of 
Investigations, No. 2277. 295 ref- 
erences, covering period 1915-1920. 
A selected bibl. is also given in Bull. 
No. 210, 1922, p. 185-194. 74 ref- 
erences. 

Cronshaw, Harry B. Oil shales. 
London, Murray, 1921. 80 p. Bibl., 
p. 75-80. 

Dalton, W. H. Bibliography of Brit- 
ish oil shale (including torbanite). 
J. Inst. Petroleum Tech. 2: 178-182 
(1916). 

Ells, S. C. Notes on the economic 
aspects of a Canadian oil shale in- 
dustry. Can. Chem. J. 9: 185-186 
(1920). 100 references. 

Gavin, M. J., Hill, H. H., and Per- 
DEW, W. E. Notes on the oil shale 
industry with particular reference to 
the Rocky Mountain district. U. S. 
Bur. Mines, Rept. of Investigations, 
No. 2256, 1921. 258 references. 

Hinds, Norman E. A. The oil shales 
of northwestern Colorado. Colo- 
rado Bur. Mines, Bull. No. 8, 1919. 
Bibl., p. 47-51. 50 references. 

McKee, Ralph H., and Lyder, E. E. 
The thermal decomposition of 
shales. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 13 : 617- 
618 (1921). 28 references. 

McKee, R. H., and Goodwin, R. T. 
Chemical examination of the or- 
ganic matter in oil shales. Colorado 
School Mines Quarterly 18: No. 1, 
suppl. A: 40-41 (1923). 61 refer- 
ences. 

MuHLEN, Leo v. Die Olschiefer des 
europaischen Russlands. Leipzig, 
Teubner, 1921. 31 p. Bibl., p. 30-31. 

"Oil shale bibliography, 1919-1920." 
Railroad Red Book, 37: 33-36 
(1920) ; 38: 30-37 (1921). 1924. Ibid. 
42, no. 1: 12-15,272 (1925). 

Winchester, D. E. Oil shale in 
northwestern Colorado and adjacent 
areas. U. S. Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 
641, 1916. Bibl., p. 139-198. 126 ref- 
erences. Annotated. 

Winchester, Dean E. Oil shale of 
the Rocky Mountain region. U. S. 
Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 729, 1923. 204 
p. Bibl., p. 143-202. Complete up to 
Mar. 1, 1922. 
OILS. See Fats, Oils and Waxes ; 
Petroleum ; names of individual 
oils. 
OILS: Drying. 

Meyerheim, G. Die gehiirteten Oele. 
Fortschritte Chem. 8: 293-307 
(1913). References through text. 

Sec also Linseed oil, etc. 



OILS: Emulsification. 

Herschel, Winslow H. Resistance 

of an oil to emulsification. U. S. 

Bur. Standards, Tech. Paper No. 

86, 1917. 37 p. 40 footnotes. 
See also Emulsions. 
OILS: Textile. 

Erban, Franz. Die Anwendung von 

Fettstofifen und daraus hergestellter 

Produkten in der Textil-Industrie. 

Halle, Knapp, 1911. 364 p. Bibl., 

p. 311-342. 
OLEIC ACID 

Fahrion, W. Zur Geschichte der Oel- 

saure. Chem. Umschau 23 : 2-8 

(1916). 40 footnotes. 
Meyer-Jacobson. Oelsaure. In their 

Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 972-977, 

992 (1907). Bibl. footnotes. 
Schmidt, Ernst. Olsaure. In Abder- 

halden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 1037- 

1041 (1911). 80 footnotes. 
OLEOMARGARINE. See Margarine ; 

Dairy products. 
OLEORESINS 

DuAIez, Andrew G. A century of the 

U. S. Pharmacopoeia, 1820-1920. I. 

The gelenical oleoresins. Trans. 

Wis. Acad. Sci. 19: 1135-1194 

(1919). Bull. Univ. Wisconsin, No. 

980. 288 p. Annotated with subject 

index. Includes aspidum, capsicum, 

cubeb, ginger, lupulin, parsley, pep- 
per, etc. 
OLIGOCLASE 

Doelter, C. Oligoklas. In his Handb. 

Mineralchem. 2, pt. 3: 219-236 

(1921). Bibl. footnotes. 
OLIVE OIL 

"Olive oil." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 

ser., 10: 129 (1889); 2nd sen, 12: 

148 (1907). 
See also Fats, Oils and Waxes. 
OPAL 
Leitmeier, H. Opal (Si02.xH20). In 

Doelter, Handb. Mineralchem. 2, pt. 

1: 240-265 (1914). Bibl. footnotes. 
See also Precious stones, Silica. 
OPIANIC ACID 

Dohrn, M., and Thiele, A. Opian- 

saure. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 

Handl. 1: 1323-1325 (1911). Bibl. 

footnotes. 
Mbyer-Jacobson. Opiansaure. In their 

Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 717 

(1902). 
OPIUM 

Kappelmeier, Paul. Die Konstitu- 

tionserforschung der wichtigsten 

Opiumalkaloide. Sammlung chem. 

chem. -tech. Vortriige 18 : 225-358 

(1912). Bibl. footnotes. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



205 



Klee, Walter. Ueber die Alkaloide 
von Papavcr orientale. Arch. Pharm. 
252: 211-273 (1914). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

" Opium." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 
10: 157-169 (1889); 2nd sen, 12: 
184-190 (1907). 

ZwALUWENBERG, Abr. VAN. Bibliog- 
raphy of the opium assay and dic- 
tionary of its methods. Proc. Mich. 
State Pharm. Assoc. 5: 140-157 
(1887). 

See also Alkaloids, Morphine. 
OPTICAL ACTIVITY 

Adriani, J. H. Erstarrungs- und 
Unwandlungsercheinungen optischer 
Antipoden. Z. physik. Chem. 3Z : 
453-476 (1900). Bibl. footnotes. 

Cheneveau, C. Les proprietes op- 
tiques des solutions. Paris, Gau- 
thier, 1913. 240 p. Bibl., p. 225-236. 
See also Ann. chim. phys. 12 : 143- 
228, 289-393 (1908). 

Grossmann, H., and Wreschner, 
Marie. Die anomale Rotationsdis- 
persion. Sammlung chem. chem.- 
tech. Vortrage 26: 259-314 (1922). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Jaeger, F. M. [The rotatory power 
of chemical compounds in relation 
to their molecular configuration and 
the theory of asymmetric atoms.] 
Bull. soc. chim. 33: 853-889 (1923). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Landolt-Bornstein. Spezifische 

Drehung aktiver organischer Sub- 
stanzen. In their Tabellen, 4th ed., 
1912, p. 1052-1059; 5th ed., 1923, p. 
999-1007. Bibl. through text. 

Rakuzin, M. a. [Collection of data 
on the optical activity of albumins, 
enzymes, toxins and sera.] J. Russ. 
Phys. Chem. Soc. 48: 1251-1294 
(1916). 

RuPE, H. Ueber den Einfluss der 
Kohlenstoffdoppelbindung auf das 
Drehungsvermogen optisch aktiver 
Substanzen. Ann. 327: 157-186 
(1903). 80 footnotes. 

RuPE, Hans. Einige Untersuchungen 
ueber den Einfluss der Constitution 
auf das Drehungsvermogen optisch 
activer Substanzen. Ann. 369: 311- 
369 (1909). 63 footnotes. 

RupE, H. Influence of certain groups 
on rotatory power. Trans. Faraday 
Soc. 10: 46-59 (1914). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

ScHOLTZ, M. Die optisch-aktiven Ver- 
bindungen des Schwefels, Selens, 
Zinns, Siliziums und Stickstoffs. 
Sammlung chem. chem.-tech. Vor- 
trage 11: 442-480 (1907). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 



Table Annuelles. Pouvior rotatoire. 
1: 189-217 (1910); 2: 329-338 
(1911) ; 3: 239-257 (1912) ; 4: 624- 
626 (1913-1916). References to all 
quantitative work from 1910-1916, 
incl. 

Tschugaeff, Leo. Anomalous rota- 
tory dispersion. Trans. Faraday Soc. 
10: 70-79 (1914). Bibl. footnotes. 
OPTOCHIN. See Quinine (Laqueur). 
ORCINOL 

Einbeck, H. Orcin. Li Abderhalden, 
Biochem. Handl. 1: 6"39-644 (1911). 
80 footnotes. 

Mever-Jacobson. Orcin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1: 418 
(1896). 
ORES 

Emmons, W. H. Enrichment of ore 
deposits. U. S. Geol. Sur., Bull. No. 
625, 1917. 503 p. Bibl., p. 20-33. 
Bibl. footnotes. 
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

AcKERMANN, F. Orgauische Arbeits- 
methoden. Fortschritte Chem. 1 : 
179-184 (1909); 2: 243-254 (1910). 
References through text. 

Baum, Erich. Die organische Ele- 
mentarsynthese in der Technik. 
Naturwissenschaften 8: 577-581, 
596-600, 616-622 (1920). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Benary, E. Organische Chemie. 
Fortschritte Chem. 5: 131-154 
(1912); 7: 31-38, 63-70 (1913); 8: 
277-292 (1913); 10: 225-242 (1914- 
1915); 14: 25-42 (1918-1919). Ref- 
erences through text. 

Blumberg, B. Organische Arbeits- 
methoden. Fortschritte Chem. 4: 
177-194 (1911). References through 
text. 

Chemical Society. Organic chemis- 
try. In Annual reports on the prog- 
ress of chemistry, l-\- . 1904 to date. 
Bibl. footnotes. In vols. 1-8 there 
are two main divisions : aliphatic 
and aromatic and other cyclic com- 
pounds. In vols. 9 to date there are 
three such divisions : aliphatic, 
homocyclic and heterocyclic com- 
pounds. 

CoHN, Lassar. Arbeitsmethoden fiir 
organisch-chemische Laboratorien. 
5th ed. Leipzig, Voss, 1923. 2 vols. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

CoNNERADE, E. Deux annecs de prog- 
res en chimie organique. Bull. soc. 
chim. Belg. 23 : 13-66, 148-170, 226- 
252 (1909). 179 footnotes. 

Gossling, W. Die Industrie organ- 
ischen Praparate. Z. angew. Chem. 
22: 961-967 (1909); 75 footnotes. 
23: 869-878 (1910); 98 footnotes. 



206 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



ORGANIC CHEMISTRY— Cont'd 

GossLiNG, W. Fortschritte der organ- 
ischen Chemie im Jahre 1909. Z. 
angew. Chem. 23: 1855, 1879, 1925 
(1910). 235 footnotes. 

HoLLEMAN, A. F. Some factors in- 
fluencing substitution in the benzene 
ring. Cliem. Rev. 1: 229-230 (1924). 
51 references. 

HoLLiNS, Cecil. The synthesis of ni- 
trogen ring compounds. London, 
Benn, 1924. Author and patents in- 
dex. 

HouBEN, J. Die Methoden der organ- 
ischen Chemie. Leipzig, Thieme, 
1922. 3 vols. Bibl. footnotes. 

Grossmann, H. Organische Arbeits- 
methoden. Fortschritte Chem. 6: 33- 
43 (1912-1913). References through 
text. 

LiEBEKMANN, H. Orgauischc Experi- 
mentalchemie. Fortschritte Chem. 
1: 107-118, 185-192, 269-275, 301-306 
(1909) ; 2: 123-137 (1910); 3: 85- 
103 (1910-1911); 4: 23-33 (1911). 
References through text. 

LowY, Alexander, and Hakrow, 
Benjamin. An introduction to or- 
ganic chemistry. New York, Wiley, 
1924. 389 p. Bibl., p. 365-375. 

Meyer, Hans. Analyse und Konsti- 
tutionsermittlung organischer Ver- 
bindungen. Berlin, Springer, 1922. 
1191 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Meyer, Victor, and Jacobson, Paul. 
Lehrbuch der organischen Chemie. 
Berlin, Veit, 1902-1924. 2 vols, in 6 
parts. Bibl. footnotes. 

Mohr, E. Fortschritte der organ- 
ischen Chemie. Chem.-Ztg. 36 : 269- 
270, 274-276, 286-288 (1912); 37: 
549-550, 562-564, 590-591 (1913) ; 
38: 493-494, 527-529, 570-572. 602- 
603 (1914); 40: 557-559, 579-581, 
607-608, 618-620, 646-648 (1916). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

MiJLLER, W. Organische Arbeits- 
methoden. Fortschritte Chem. 8: 
27-42 (1913) ; 10: 33-40 (1914-1915). 

Pope, F. G. Modern research in or- 
ganic chemistry. New York, Van 
Nostrand, 1913. 324 p. Bibl. at end 
of chapters. 

Prager, Bernhard, and Jacobson, 
Paul. Beilstein's Handbuch der or- 
ganischen Chemie. Berlin, Springer, 
1918- ? . 4th ed. is to be issued in 
about 15 vols., of which 6 have ap- 
peared (1924). 

Schmidt, Julius. Ueber den Einfluss 
der Kernsubstitution auf die Reak- 
tionsfahigkeit aromatischer Ver- 
bindungen. Sammlung chem. chem.- 
tech. Vortrage 7: 283-376 (1902). 
Bibl. footnotes. 



Stelzner, Robert. Literatur-Register 
der organischen Chemie, geordnet 
nach M. M. Richters Formelsystem. 
Berlin, Springer, 1913-1923. 4 vols. 
This gives a complete survey of the 
literature of organic chemistry be- 
tween 1910 and 1917. It thus sup- 
plements Beilstein. 

Wedekind, E. Fortschritte der or- 
ganischen Chemie. Z. angew. Chem. 
18: 721-726, 769-775, 803-813 
(1905); 291 footnotes. 19: 1247- 
1261, 1293-1302 (1906) ; 313 foot- 
notes. 20: 1089-1098, 1177-1184, 
1229-1233 (1907) ; 316 footnotes. 
21: 1442-1453, 1491-1501 (1908), 
286 footnotes. 22: 1297-1309, 1349- 
1360, 1406-1410 (1909) ; 327 foot- 
notes. 

Werner, A. Die neueren Forschungen 
auf organischem Gebiete. Chem. Z. 
1 : 214-217, 242-246, 275-278, 470-473, 
501-503 (1902). 150 footnotes. 

Werner, A. Die theoretischen Bestreb- 
ungen auf organische Gebiete. 
Chem. Z. 1: 1-5, 25-28 (1901). 120 
footnotes. 

Werner, A., and Pfeiffer, P. Organ- 
ische Chemie. Chem. Z. 3 : 585, 607, 
629, 653, 677, 705, 729 (1904). 158 
footnotes. 

Winther, Adolf. Zusammenstellung 
der Patente auf dem Gebiete der 
organischen Chemie, 1877-1905. 
Giessen, Topelmann, 1908. 3 vols. 
4000 p. Principally German patents. 

Serial 

Jahrbuch der organischen Chemie. (Ed- 
ited by G. Minunni). 1893-1895. 
Classified by groups of chemical 
compounds. 

Jahrbuch der organischen Chemie. (Ed- 
ited by J. Schmidt.) 1908-1913, 1923. 
The volumes covering 1914-1922 have 
not appeared. The material is classi- 
fied in the usual manner. 

See also numerous headings through 
this work dealing with special as- 
pects of organic chemistry. 
ORNITHINE 

Winterstein, E., and Trier, G. Orni- 
thin. In Abderhalden, Handb. Bio- 
chem. 4: 633-637 (1911); 9: 126 
(1915). 35 footnotes. 

See also Amino acids. 
ORTHOCHLORITE 

DoELTER, C. Orthochlorit. In his 
Handb. Mineralchem. 2, pt. 2 : 637- 
668 (1917). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Silicates. 
ORTHOCLASE. See Feldspar, Potas- 
sium aluminium silicate. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



207 



ORTHOFORM 

" Orthof orm." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 12: 227 (1907). 
ORTHOPHOSPHORIC ACID 

GuTBiER, A. Orthophospliorsaure. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 3: 129-173 (1911). 

See also Phosphoric acid. 
OSMIITM 

Friend, J. N. Osmium. In his Text- 
book, 9, pt. 1: 208-234 (1920). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Pechard, — . Osmium. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 5: 667-689 (1906). 147 
footnotes. 

,5"^^ also Platinum (Howe), Rare 

EARTHS. 

OSMOTIC PRESSURE 

Bartell, F. E. Membrane potentials 
and their relation to anomalous os- 
mose. In Colloid symposium mono- 
graph, Univ. Wisconsin, 1923, p. 120- 
135. 30 footnotes. 

BoTTAZzi, FiL. Osmotischer Druck 
und elektrische Leitfahigkeit der 
Fltissigkeiten der einzelligen pflanz- 
lichen und tierischen Organismen. 
Ergeb. Physiol. 7: 162-171 (1908). 
233 references. 

Carpenter, Dwight C. The anoma- 
lous osmose of solutions of electro- 
lytes with collodion membranes. 
Thesis, Univ. Michigan, 1921. 56 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Findlay, Alex. Osmotic pressure. 
2nd ed. New York, Longmans, 1919. 
116 p. Bibl., p. 107-111. 177 refer- 
ences. 

Hober, Rudolf. Der osmotische Druck 
und die Theorie der Losungen. Der 
osmotische Druck in den Organism- 
en. In his Physikalische Chemie der 
Zelle, 4th ed., 1914, p. 1-84. Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Lanl'olt-Bornstein. Osmotischen 
Druck. In their Tabellen, 5th ed., 
1923, p. 1423. 

" Osmosis." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 10: 221 (1889); 2nd sen, 12: 
239-241 (1907). 
OSTWALD PROCESS. See Nitrogen 

fixation. 
OVALBUMIN 

Samuely, Franz. Ovalbumin. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 66- 
78 (1910); 9: 16-17 (1915). 140 
footnotes. 
OVERVOLTAGE 

Bennett, C. W., and Thompson, J. G. 
Overvoltage. Trans. Am. Electro- 
chem. Soc. 29: 269-300 (1916). 54 
references. 
OXALIC ACID 

Gutbier, a. Oxalate. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
3: 702-707 (1911). 



Meyer-Jacobson. Oxalsaure. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 305-326 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Schroder, K. Studien ueber die Mit- 
wirkung des Luftsauerstoffs bei der 
Oxydation der Oxalsaure durch 
hohere Manganoxyde. Z. oeffentl. 
Chem. 16: 270-283 (1910). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Thiele, Albrecht. Oxalsaure. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
1114-1123 (1911). 225 footnotes. 

" Toxicology of oxalic acid." Ind.- 
Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 1: 87-88 
(1880); 2nd sen, 1: 116 (1896); 
3rd sen, 1: 122-123 (1918). 
OXALURIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Oxalursaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 
1401 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
OXAZOLE COMPOUNDS 

Meyer-Jacobson. Oxazin-Korper. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3 : 
520-533 (1916). Bibl. footnotes. 
OXAZINE COMPOUNDS 

Meyer-Jacobson. Oxazin-Korper. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3 : 
1454-1487 (1920). Bibl. footnotes. 
OXIDASES 

Atkins, W. R. G. Oxydases and their 
inhibitors in plant tissues. Sci. 
Proc. Roy. Soc. Dublin, 14: 155-156, 
168, 206 (1914). 48 references. 

Bach, A. Neuere Arbeiten auf dem 
Gebiete der pflanzlichen und tieri- 
schen Oxydasen und Peroxydasen. 
Biochem. Centn 9: 1-13, 73-87 
(1909-1910). 122 references. 

Behrens, J. Glykosidspaltung und 
Oxydasewirkungen. In Lafar, 
Handb. tech. Mykologie 1 : 691-695 
(1904-1907). 

Bunzel, Herbert H. Measurement of 
the oxidase content of plant juices. 
J. Am. Chem. Soc. 34: 303 (1912). 
30 references. 

Clark, Ernest D. The plant oxidases. 
Thesis, Columbia Univ., 1910. Ill p. 
Bibl., p. 94-111. 

Kastle, J. H. The oxidases and other 
oxygen-catalysts concerned in bio- 
logical oxidations. U. S. Hyg. Lab., 
Bull. No. 59, 1910. 164 p. Bibl., p. 
141-161 ; 467 references. 

LoELE, W. Histologischer Nachweis 
und biochemische Bedeutung oxy- 
dierender und reduzierender Sub- 
stanzen innerhalb der Zelle. Ergeb. 
allgem. Path. 16, pt. 2: 760-766 
(1912). 174 references. 

"Oxidases. " Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 12: 372 (1907). 



208 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



OXIDASES— Cont'd 

Rose, D. H., Kraybill, H. R., and 
Rose, R. C. Effect of salts upon 
oxidase activity of apple bark. Bot. 
Gaz. 69: 218-236 (1920). 33 refer- 
ences. 

TscHiRCH, A., and SteveiTsts, A. _B. 
Ueber den Japanlak (Ki-urushi). 
Arch. Pharm. 243: 504-553 (1905). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

ZuNZ, Edgard. Oxydasen. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 5: 631-646 
(1911). 260 footnotes. 

See also Enzymes. 
OXIDATION 

JoRissEN, W. P. De ontwikkeling van 
de denkbeelden op het gebied der 
oxydativerschijnselen. Chem. Week- 
blad 5: 741-744 (1908). Classified. 

Manchot, W. Zur Theorie der Oxy- 
dationsprocesse. Ann. 325 : 93-104 
(1902). 38 references. 

WiELAND, Heinrich. Ucbcr den 
Mechanismus der Oxydationsvor- 
g'ange. Ergeb. Physiol. 20: 478-481 
(1922). 86 references. 
OXIDATION: Physiological. 

Arkin, Aaron. The influence of 
chemical substances in immune re- 
actions with special reference to oxi- 
dation. Thesis, Univ. Chicago, 1913. 
Reprinted from J. Infectious Dis- 
eases 11: 427-432 (1912); 13: 408- 
424 (1913). Bibl., p. 422-424. 

Dakin, H. D. Physiological oxida- 
tions. Physiol. Rev. 1: 419-420 
(1921). 54 references. 

Dakin, H. D. Oxidations and reduc- 
tions in the animal body. 2nd ed. 
New York, Longmans, 1922. 176 p. 
Bibl., p. 145-172. 

Enriguez, E., and Sicard, J. A. Les 
oxydations de I'organisme. Paris, 
Bailliere, 1902. 87 p. 

LoEWY, A. Das Gaswechsel der Or- 
gane, Gewebe und isolierten Zellen. 
In Onpenheimer, Handb. Biochem., 
Erganzungsband, 1913, p. 183-247. 
159 footnotes. 

" Physiological oxidation." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 1st ser., 10: 332 (1889); 
2nd sen, 12: 373 (1907). 

WiELAND, Heinrich. Mechanismus 
der Oxydation und Reduktion in 
den lebenden Substanzen. In Oppen- 
heimer, Handb. Biochem., 2nd ed., 
2: 252-272 (1923). 64 footnotes. 
OXIDES: Reduction. 

Weiss, L., and Aichel, O. Ueber die 
Reduktion von Metalloxyden mit 
Hiilfe von Ceritmetallen. Ann. 357: 
370-389(1904). 53 footnotes. 
OXONIUM THEORY 

Knox, Joseph, and Richards, Marion 
B. The basic properties of oxygen 



in organic acids and the quadriva- 
lencv of oxygen. J. Chem. Soc. 115: 
508-531 (1919). 

See also Radicals, Free. 
OXYCELLULOSE. See Cellulose. 
OXYGEN 

Baskerville, Charles, and Steven- 
son, Reston. The chemistry of an- 
esthetics. II. The examination of 
commercial oxygen. J. Ind. Eng. 
Chem. 3: 471-476 (1911). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Friend, J. N., and Twiss, Douglas F. 
Oxygen. In Friend, Textbook 7, pt. 
1: 10-137 (1924). Bibl. footnotes. 

Jorgensen, S. M. Die Entdeckung 
des Sauerstoffes. Sammlung chem. 
chem. -tech. Vortrage 14 : 1-62 
(1909). Bibl. footnotes. 

Mellor, J. W. Oxygen. In his Inorg. 
theor. chem. 1 : 344-404 (1922). Dis- 
covery, 25 references ; preparation, 
150 references; physical properties, 
250 references ; chemical properties, 
200 references. 

"Oxvgen." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
ser., 10: 374-375 (1889) 2nd sen, 
12: 332-335 (1907). 

Prandtl, W. Sauerstoff. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
1: 1-28 (1907). 

Sabatier, P. Oxygene. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 1: 191-216 (1904). 257 
footnotes. 

Sander, A. Sauerstoff. In Brauer 
and d'Ans, Fortschritte 1: 402-403 
(1921). 54 German patents. 

See also Air, Atmosphere, Explo- 
sives (Howell), Ozone. 
OXYHEMOGLOBIN 

" Oxyhemoglobin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
2nd sen, 12: 378-379 (1907). 

See also Blood pigments, Hemoglo- 
bin. 
OXYPINENES 

Blomen, J. E. Some historical and 
bibliographical notes on the thera- 
peutics and chemistry of the oxy- 
pinenes. Am. J. Pharm. 87: 398-406 
(1915). 
OZOKERITE 

Gosling, E. B. Ozokerite. School 
Mines Quarterly 16: 62-68 (1894). 
Chronological. 

See also Hydrocarbons, natural; 
Petroleum (Redwood). 
OZONE 

Downey, Wm. E. Relation between 
the glow of phosphorus and the for- 
mation of ozone. J. Chem. Soc. 125 : 
348-349 (1924). 50 references. 

Engelhardt, v. Ozon. In Brauer and 
d'Ans, Fortschritte 1 : 470-472 
(1921). 61 German patents. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



209 



Fischer, Franz, and Massenez, 
Karl. Ueber die Darstellung von 
Ozon durch Elektrolyse. Z. anorg. 
Chem. 52: 202-218 (1907). 30 foot- 
notes. 

Friend, J. N., and Twiss, Douglas F. 
Ozone. In Friend, Textbook 7, pt. 
1: 138-155 (1924). Bibl. footnotes. 

Grafenberg, Leopold. Beitrage zur 
Kenntniss des Ozons. Z. anorg. 
Chem. 36: 355-379 (1903). 70 foot- 
notes. 

Harries, C. Ueber die Einwirkung 
des Ozons auf organische Verbin- 
dungen. Ann. 343: 311-344 (1905). 
57 footnotes. 

Jahn, Stephan. Beitrage zur Kennt- 
niss des Ozons. Z. anorg. Chem. 42 : 
203 (1904) ; 48: 260 (1906) ; 60: 
292, i2,7 (1908). Bibl. footnotes. 

Leeds, Albert E. Index to the lUera- 
ture of ozone, 1785-1879. Annals, 
N. Y. Acad. Sci. 1: 373-404 (1880). 
Supplement, 1879-1883. Ibid. 3: 
150-152 (1884). The latter is also in 
Chem. News 50: 215 (1884). 

Mellor, J. W. Ozone and hydrogen 
peroxide. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 
1: 877-961 (1922). Discovery, 50 
references ; preparation, 300 refer- 
ences ; occurrence, 50 references ; 
physical properties, 120 references ; 
chemical properties, 250 references ; 
constitution, 50 references. 

" Ozone." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
10: 338-341 (1889); 2nd sen, 12: 
388-390. 

Prandtl, W. Ozon. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 28-50 
(1907). 

Sabatier, p. Ozone. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 1: 216-237 (1904). 218 
footnotes. 

VosMER, A. Ozone, its manufacture, 
properties and uses. New York, 
Van Nostrand, 1916. 107 p. Bibl., 
p. 185-191. 140 references. Patents, 
p. 182-183. 

See also Oxygen. 
PAINT 

Andes, Louis E. Ueber Neuerungen 
in der Fabrikation von Anstrich- 
farben. Chem.-Ztg. 24: 1062-1065 
(1900); 73 footnotes. 25: 1035-1038 
(1901); 30 footnotes. 26: 582-584 
(1902); 42 footnotes. 27: 261-264 
(1903) ; 61 footnotes. 

HoLLEY, Clifford D. Analysis of 
paint vehicles, japans and varnishes. 
New York, Wiley, 1920. 203 p. 
Bibl., p. 194-195. 

Jennings, Arthur S. Paint and color 
mixing. London, Spon, 1902. 94 p. 
Bibl, p. 92-94. 

14 



Morrell, R. S. Varnishes, paints and 
pigments. In Third report on col- 
loid chemistry, 1920, p. 102-113. Ref- 
erences through text. 

Society of Chemical Industry. 
Paints, pigments, varnishes and res- 
ins. In Reports of the progress of 
applied chemistrv 1 : 180-196 
(1916) ; 2: 322-326 (1917) ; 3: 286- 
297 (1918); 4: 300-314 (1919); 5: 
309-331 (1920); 6: 330-352 (1921); 
7: 228-307 (1922); 8: 319-346 
(1923); 9: 328-373 (1924). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

ZiMMER, E. Bleifarben. In Brauer 
and d'Ans, Fortschritte 1 : 3685- 
3688 (1923). German patents. 

See also Mineral paints, Varnishes, 
Resins, etc. 
PAINT REMOVERS 

Marschalk, — . Mittel zur Entfer- 
nung alter Lackanstriche, sog. Ab- 
beizmittel. Kunststoffe 9: 19-23, 35- 
37 (1919). 145 patents. 

Schall, M. Tabellarische Uebersicht 
ueber die Herstellung von Lack- 
und Farbenbeizen. Kunststoffe 6 : 
274-278, 293-296 (1916). Patents. 

Worden, E. C. Paint and varnish re- 
movers. In his Technology of cellu- 
lose esters 1: 2562-2658 (1921). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
PALLADIUM 

Amberg, Richard. Ueber chemische 
Eigenschaften und das Verbindungs- 
gewicht des Palladiums. Ann. 341 : 
235-308 (1905). 127 footnotes. 

Chavanne, — . Palladium. In Mois- 
san, Chim. min. 5: 852-892 (1906). 
174 footnotes. 

Friend, J. N. Palladium. In his Text- 
book 9, pt. 1: 174-207 (1920). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

GuTBiER, A., Huber, J., and Krauter, 
J. Ueber kolloides Palladium. 
Kolloid-Z. 18: 65-71 (1916). 19 
footnotes. 

Leidie, E. Palladium. In Fremy, Enc. 
chim. 3, 17^ cahier: 135-144 (1901). 

McKeehan, L. W. Crystal structure 
of the system palladium-hydrogen. 
Phys. Rev. 21: 339-342 (1923). 66 
references, 1879-1921. 

Sievert, Adolf. Palladium and Wass- 
erstoff. Z. physik. Chem. 88: 103- 
127, 451-478 (1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Platinum (Howe), Rare 
earths. 
PALMITIC ACID 

Schmidt, E. Palmitinsaure. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 1003- 
1008 (1911). _ 100 footnotes (in- 
cludes derivatives). 

See also Acids, organic; Fats, oils, 
waxes. 



210 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



PANCREAS 

Lesser, E. J. Pankreas und sein Se- 
kret. In Oppenheimer, Handb. Bio- 
chem. 2nd ed., 4: 577-594 (1924). 
118 footnotes. 

MuRLiN, John R. Progress in the 
preparation of pancreatic extracts 
for the treatment of diabetes. En- 
docrinology 7: 519-535 (1923). 80 
references. 

" Pancreatic juices." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 1st sen, 10: 391-392 (1889) ; 2nd 
sen, 12: 450-453 (1907). 

Rosenberg, Siegfried. Pankreas und 
sein Sekret. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem. 3, pt. 1: 122-149 
(1910) ; Erganzungsband, 1913, 433- 
441. 190 footnotes. 

Rosenberg, Siegfried. Pankreas und 
Glykolyse. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 3, pt. 1: 245-270 (1910). 
144 footnotes. 

See also Digestion. 
PAPAIN 

" Papain." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
10: 400 (1889); 2nd sen, 12: 464- 
465 (1907). 

See also Enzymes. 
PAPAVERINE 

" Papaverine." In Merck's Annual re- 
ports 28: 74-94 (1914). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

See also Alkaloids. 
PAPER 

Barbillion, — . Paper research lit- 
erature. V. A list of the contribu- 
tions by the staff of L'Ecole Fran- 
caise de Papeterie. Paper 25, No. 
23: 20-22 (Feb. 11, 1920). 

Curtis, F. A., and West, C. J. A list 
of contributions by members of the 
Bureau of Standards, Department of 
Commerce, 1910 to Dec. 31, 1922. 
Paper Trade J. 76, No. 6: 47-52 
(Feb. 8, 1923). Earlier list ap- 
peared in Paper Trade J. 71, No. 
19: 48 (Nov. 4, 1920). 

Davis, Charles T. The manufacture 
of paper. Processes for fabrication, 
coloring and finishing of paper. 
Philadelphia, Baird, 1886. 608 p. 
Patents. 

Dickinson, Maude V. History of 
papermaking in the United States. 
Paper Trade J. 71, No. 21 : 176, 178, 
180, 182, 184, 186 (Nov. 18, 1920). 

DuMERCY, Charles. Bibliographic de 
la Papeterie. Translated by Dard 
Hunten Paper Trade J. 72, No. 11 : 
56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66; No. 12: 54, 
56, 58, 60, 62 (Man 10, 17, 1921). 

Griffin, R. B., and Little, A. D. The 
chemistry of papermaking. New 
York, Lockwood, 1894. 517 p. Criti- 
cal list of U. S. patents relating to 



the sulfite process, 1857-1893, p. 471- 
477. 

Halle, — . Ueber Papier- und Zell- 
stoffmassen. Kunststoffe 6 : 269-273, 
289-292, 304-311 (1916). 259 pat- 
ents. 

HnaiZBERG, Wm. Paper research lit- 
erature. VI. A list of the contri- 
butions by the staff of the Konig- 
liche Materialpriifungsamt zu Ber- 
lin-Lichterfelde West. Translated 
and augmented by C. J. West. 
Paper Trade J. 71, No. 17: 48, 50, 
52, 54, 56, 58 ; No. 18 : 52, 54, 56, 58, 
60, 62, 64, 66, 68 (Oct. 21, 28, 1920). 

Hubbard, M. British patent office li- 
brary accessions. A select bibliog- 
raphy of cellulose, paper and allied 
subjects. Paper 25: No. 4: 32, 34, 
36, 38, 40, 41, 44, 46, 48, 50, 52; No. 
9: 15-19; No. 10: 25 (Oct. 1, Nov. 
5, 12, 1919). 

Hubbard, M. Forest products statis- 
tics. Adapted from a compilation of 
U. S. Central Bureau of Planning 
and Statistics. Appendix : Bibliog- 
raphies of official publications. 
Paper 23, No. 26: 11-14; 26, No. 
1: 15-17, 38 (Man 5, 12, 1919). 

Hubbard, M. Literature of the paper 
industry. A bibliography adapted 
from Akesson-Everling-Fliickiger. 
Paper 21, No. 23: 54, 56, 60, 62, 64, 
66, 68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 80 (Feb. 
12, 1919). 

Hubbard, M. L. C. card references 
for paper men. A descriptive book 
bibliography of the arts, technology 
and economics of paper. Compiled 
with extensive emendations from the 
Library of Congress printed index 
cards. Paper 26, No. 7: 150, 152- 
158, 160, 164, 168, 173-174, 176, 178, 
180, 182, 184, 186, 188, 190, 192, 196, 
198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210 ; No. 
8: 11-15, 25-28 (Apn 21, 28, 1920). 

Hunter, Dard. The literature of pa- 
permaking, 1390-1800. Chillicothe, 
Ohio, Hunter, 1925. 47 p. 

Juritz, C. F. The grasses of the East- 
ern Coast Belt available for the 
manufacture of paper and the possi- 
bilities and prospects of papermak- 
ing in the Union of South Africa. 
Union South Africa, Indus. Bull. 
Sen, No. 7, 1919. 115 p. 

Little, Arthur D. Paper research 
literature. IV. A list of contribu- 
tions by members of the laboratory 
of Arthur D. Little, Inc., Boston, 
Mass., 1889-1918. Paper 24, No. 17: 
24-26 (July 2, 1919). 

Lofton, Roscoe E. Photomicrography 
of paper fibers. U. S. Bur. Stan- 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



211 



dards, Tech. Paper No. 217, 1922. 
Bibl., p. 649-650. 
Matthews, Etta L. Paper research 
literature. I. A list of contribu- 
tions by members of the U. S. For- 
est Service, Forest Products Labora- 
tory: 1910-1918. With appendix of 
contributions by other members of 
the service, 1877-1918, by H. E. 
Stockbridge!. Paper 24, No. 8: 259- 
264 (Apr. 30, 1919). 
Meyer, H. H. B. Paper manufacture. 
Paper Trade J. 72, No. 13: 56, 58, 
60, 62, 64, 66 ; No. 14 : 50, 52, 54, 56, 
58; No. 15: 48, 50, 52, 54, 56, 58, 60 
(Mar. 24,31, Apr. 7, 1921). 
" Paper bibliography." Contents of the 
Patent Office Library. World's 
Paper Trade Rev. 76: 424, 426, 428, 
520, 522, 524, 526, 606, 608, 610, 688, 
690 (July 29, Aug. 5, 12, 19, 1921). 
Reed, Edward O. Paper research lit- 
erature, in. A list of contributions 
by members of the U. S. Bureau of 
Chemistry, 1904-1918. Paper 24, 
No. 13: 15-16 (June 4, 1919). 
ScHWALBE, Carl G. Ausziige aus 
der Literatur der Zellstoff und Pap- 
ierfabrikation (Chemischer Teil). 
Verlag des Vereins des Zellstoff- 
und Papier-Chemiker. Issued an- 
nually from 1909 to 1920. The ma- 
terial is classified and each volume 
has subject and author index. It 
was usually published in one or more 
of the German paper magazines in 
quarterly installments. The bibl. 
now appears in ZelLitoff und Papier. 
Smith, Eva M. Paper research lit- 
erature. II. A list of contributions 
by members of the Forest Products 
Laboratories of Canada: 1913-1918. 
With appendix of contributions by 
other members of the Canadian For- 
estry branch. Paper 24 : No. 9 : 15- 
16 (May 7, 1919). 
Stockbridge, Helen E. Government 
paper bibliography: United States 
government publications pertaining 
to pulp and paper. Supplement No. 
1. Paper 22, No. 11: 38, 40 (May 
22, 1918). 
Surface, Henry E. Bibliography of 
the pulp and paper industries. U. S. 
Dept. Agr., Forest Service, Bull. No. 
123, 1913. 48 p. Alphabetical by au- 
thors. 
Surface, Henry E. United States 
government publications pertaining 
to pulp and paper. Paper 19, No. 4: 
25-30 (Oct. 4, 1920). 2nd ed. of bibl. 
appearing in J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 5 : 
614-616 (1913). 
Technical Section, Papermakers' As- 
sociation of Great Britain and Ire- 



land. Bibliography of periodical 
publications on papermaking and al- 
lied subjects. 1920. 40 p. 1921, 47 p. 
1922, 2,7 p. Classified. 
Textor, Clinton K. Sulfate pulp and 
kraft paper. List of references cov- 
ering the literature up to 1912. 
Paper Trade J. 72,, No. 4: 46+; 
No. 6 : 46-f ; No. 7 : 54+ (July 28, 
Aug. 11-18, 1921). 
West, Clarence J. The sizing of 
paper. Paper Trade J. 71, No. 20: 
50, 52, 54, 56; No. 21: 110, 112, 114, 
116 (Nov. 11, 18, 1920). 
West, Clarence J. The bleaching of 
paper pulp. Paper Trade J. 71, No. 
24: 36, 38, 40, 42, 48 (Dec. 9, 1920). 
West, Clarence J. Papermaking ma- 
terials. Paper Trade J., 71 : Nos. 25- 
26; 72: Nos. 1-10 (1920-1921). Re- 
printed as Bibliographic Series No. 
6, A. D. Little, Inc., Cambridge, 
Mass. 1921. 170 p. 
West, Clarence J. The dyeing of 
pulp and paper. Paper Trade J. 72, 
No. 20: 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 58 (May 
12, 1921). 
West, Clarence J. Clay in the paper 
industry. Paper Trade J. 72, No. 
23: 52, 54, 56 (June 2, 1921). 
West, Clarence J. Recent literature 
on soda and sulfate pulps. Paper 
Trade J. 72,, No. 16: 46+; No. 17: 
42+ (Oct. 20-27, 1921). 
West, Clarence J. Beating and re- 
fining. In The manufacture of pulp 
and paper, 4, sect. 3: 71-77 (1924). 
West, Clarence J. Paper research 
literature. I. revised. A list of the 
contributions of the members of the 
Forest Products Laboratory on pulp 
and paper. Paper Trade J. 77, No. 
7: 46-50 (Aug. 16, 1923). 
West, Clarence J. Rubber latex in 
papermaking. Paper Trade J. 79, 
No. 7: 45-46 (Aug. 14, 1924). 
West, Clarence J. Chlorine in the 
manufacture of paper pulp. Paper 
Trade J. 79, no. 12: 43-44 (Oct. 2, 
1924). 
West, Clarence J. Bibliography of 
papermaking, 1920, 1921. Paper 28, 
No. 7: 164+ (Apr. 20. 1921). 21 p. 
Paper Trade J. 74: Nos. 16-20 
(Apr. 20, May 18, 1922) ; Tech. 
Assoc. Papers 5: 96-114 (1922). 
West, Clarence J., and Papineau- 
Couture, a. Bibliography of paper- 
making for 1922, 1923. Paper Trade 
J. 76: Nos. 16-26 (1923); Tech. 
Assoc. Papers 6: 119-148 (1923). 
Paper Trade J. 78: Nos. 17-25 
(1924) ; Tech. Assoc. Papers 7: 106- 
132 (1924). 



212 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



PAPER— Coni'ci 

West, Clarence J., and Papineau- 
CouTURE, A. Bibliography of paper- 
making for 1924. Paper Trade J. 
80, nos. 8-16 (1925). 

Serial 

Paper makers' monthly journal. Lon- 
don. Since Apr., 1912, there has ap- 
peared a bibl. of current paper trade 
literature, covering the most impor- 
tant magazines, classified as follows : 
General, raw materials, testing, chem- 
istry of papermaking, papermaking 
machinery. 

Papierfabrikant. Berlin. Publishes ab- 
stracts of the more important articles 
on papermaking. 

Technical association of the pulp and 
paper industry. This association pre- 
pares, in cooperation with the Ca- 
nadian association, abstracts of all 
material relating to papermaking; 
these are published in The Paper 
Trade Journal, The Pulp and Paper 
Magazine of Canada and the Paper 
Mill. 

Zellstoff und Papier. 1921- . This 
magazine publishes a bibl. of paper- 
making in quarterly installments but 
it is limited by the fact that it is 
confined to German literature. Before 
1921, this bibl. was published in vari- 
ous German magazines and then re- 
printed as a separate. Abstracts are 
very brief. 
PAPER: Analysis. 

Herzberg, Wilhelm. Papierpriifung, 
eine Anleitung zum Untersuchen 
von Papier. Berlin, Springer, 1915. 
276 p. Bibl., p. 260-273. 

" Paper testing." In The manufacture 
of pulp and paper, 5, pt. 5 : 72-79 
(1925). 

Technical Association of the Pulp 
AND Paper Industry. Paper test- 
ing methods ; microscopical, chemi- 
cal, and physical processes described 
with the apparatus employed. New 
York, 1922. 39 p. Bibl., p. 38-39. 
PAPER: Blotting. 

West, C. J. Blotting paper. Paper 
Trade J. 71, No. 22: 48, 50, 52 
(Nov. 25, 1920). 
PAPER: Cigarette. 

West, Clarence J. Special papers. 
III. Cigarette paper. Paper Trade 
J. 72, No. 25: 44-f (June 2, 1921). 
PAPER: Deterioration. 

Lydenburg, H. M. Bibliography of 
paper deterioration. Paper 22, No. 
19: 12-13 (July 17, 1918). 
PAPER: Filter. 

West, Clarence J. Filter paper ; a 
reading list. Paper Trade J. 71, No. 
15: 34, 36, 38, 40 (Oct. 7, 1920). 



PAPER: Handmade. 

Hunter, Dard. Handmade paper and 
its watermarks. Paper 20, No. 12: 
20-26 (May 30, 1917). 
PAPER: Marbled. 

Hunter, Dard. A bibliography of 
marbled paper. Paper Trade J. 72, 
No. 18: 52-1- (Apr. 28, 1921). 
PAPER: Periodicals. 

Clark, F. C, and West, C. J. Ameri- 
can and foreign paper trade periodi- 
cals ; a list of subscribers. Paper 21, 
No. 4, 90+ (Oct. 3. 1917) ; revised 
in Paper Trade J. 76, No. 4: 45-49 
(Jan. 25, 1923). 
PAPER: Roofing. 

Marschalk, — . Herstellung von 
Dachpappe und Dachpappeanstrichen 
nach der Patentliteratur in tabel- 
larische Uebersicht. Kunststofife 10 : 
5-7, 27-30 (1920). 91 patents. 
PAPER TEXTILES 

West, Clarence J. Reading list on 
paper yarns and textiles. Paper 
Trade J. 72, No. 22: 42+ (May 26, 
1921). About 125 references. 
PARABANIC ACID 

BiLTz, Heinrich, and Topp, Ernst. 
Synthese der Parabansaure und sub- 
stituierter Parabansaure. Ber. 46 : 
1387-1404 (1913). 40 footnotes. 

Brahm, C. Parabansaure. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 4: 1156- 
1158 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Parabansaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 
463-464 (1916). Bibl. footnotes. 
PARAFFIN 

Campbell, A., and Wilson, W. J. 
Paraffin wax and its manufacture. 
J. Inst. Petroleum Tech. 5: 128-130 
(1919). 50 references. Supplements 
Redwood, 3rd ed. 

" Paraffin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
10: 409-410 (1889); 2nd ser., 12: 
473-475 (1907). 

Sec also Hydrocarbons, Petroleum. 
PARALACTIC ACID 

Thiele, a. Fleischmilchsciure. Para- 
milchsaure. In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 1: 1067-1072 (1911). 
125 footnotes. 

Sec also Lactic acid. 
PARASITES 

Wells, H. G. Chemistry of the ani- 
mal parasites. In his Chem. Path- 
ology, 4th ed., 1920, p. 128-137. 80 
footnotes. 
PARATHYROID 

Booth BY, Walter M. The parathy- 
roid gland. Endocrinology 5 : 426- 
440 (1921). Chronological, from 
1851-1920. 

Simpson, Sutherland. Physiology, 
physiological chemistry and experi- 
mental pathology (of the parathy- 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



213 



roid glands). In Barker, Endocrin- 
ology and metabolism, 1 : 509-555 ; 
references, 5: 91-114 (1922). 
PARSLEY. See Oleoresins. 
PARTITION COEFFICIENTS 

Landolt-Bornstein. Verteilungsko- 
efficienten. In their Tabellen, 4th 
ed., 1912, 587; 5th ed., 1923, 749-750. 
65 references. 
PASSIVITY 

Bennett, C. W., and Burnham, W. 
S. The passive state of metals. 
Trans. Am. Electrochem. Soc. 29 : 
217-268 (1916); J. Phys. Chem. 21: 
110-112 (1917). 200 references. 

Brunet, Louis. L'etat actuel de la 
question de la passivite des metaux. 
Rev. gen. chim. pure appl. 17: 66-72 
(1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

Byers, H. G. Passive state of metals. 
•J. Am. Chem. Soc. 30: 1718-1742 
(1908). 100 references. 

Byers, Horace G., and Langdon, 
Seth C. Relation between the mag- 
netic field and the passive state of 
iron. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 35 : 759 
(1913). 40 references. 

Heathcote, Henry L. The passivify- 
ing, passivity and activifying of 
iron. J. Soc. Chem. Ind. 26 : 915-917 
(1907). 204 references. 

MuLLER, Erich, and Spitzer, Fritz. 
Ueber anodische Oxydbildung und 
Passivitat. Z. anorg. Chem. 50: 321- 
355 (1906). 70 footnotes. 

Reichinstein, G. Passivity of metals. 
Trans. Faraday Soc. 9: 228-246 
(1914). 25 footnotes. 

Senter, G. Passivity of metals. 
Trans. Faraday Soc. 9: 203-213 
(1914). 30 references. 
PATENTS 

Smith, Julian F. Patent reference 
sources. Ind. Eng. Chem. 16: 527- 
528 (1924). 

Worden, Edward C. Patent index. A 
card index to United States chemical 
and industrial patents issued since 
1900, comprising more than 1,800,000 
references. The index is open for 
consultation without charge during 
office hours by appointment. Arrange- 
ments can also be made to obta'n 
typed lists bearing on specified sub- 
iects. The index is described bv 
Payne, Chem. Met. Eng. 32: 17 
(1925). 
PATHOLOGY: ChemicaL 

" Chemical patholoev." Ind. -Cat. S. 
G. O., 2nd sen, 12 T 665-666 (1907). 

Wells, H. Gideon. Chemical path- 
ology, being a discussion of general 
pathology from the standpoint of 
the chemical processes involved. 4th 
ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1920. 



695 p. Bibl. footnotes and numerous 
references to bibls. on various topics. 
PEAT 

Bastin, Edson S., and David, C. A. 
Peat deposits of Maine. U. S. (jCoI. 
Sur., Bull. No. 376, 1909. 127 p. 
Bibl., p. 123-124. 32 references. 

BjoRLiNG, Philip R., and Gissing, 
F. T. Peat, its manufacture and use. 
London, Griffin, 1907. 173 p. Bibl., 
p. 156-160. 125 references. Patents, 
p. 161-165, covering 1900-1907. 

Dachnowski, Alfred P. Quality and 
value of important types of peat ma- 
terial. A classification of peat based 
upon its botanical composition and 
physical and chemical characteris- 
tics. U. S. Dept. Agr., Bull. No. 
802, 1919. 40 p. Bibl., p. 39-40. 

Davis, C. A. Peat. Essays on its ori- 
gin, uses and distribution in Michi- 
gan. Mich. Geol. Sur., Rept., 1906. 
395 p. Bibl., p. 173-179. 113 refer- 
ences, 1802-1907. 

Davis, C. A. The use of peat for fuel 
and other purposes. U. S. Bur. 
Mines, Bull. No. 16, 1911. 214 p. 
Bibl., p. 204-205. 58 references. 

EcHE, Ch. v. Exploitation industrielle 
de la tourbe. Paris, Dunod, 1918. 
Bibl., p. 352-363. 170 books. 

Gissing, F. T. Commercial peat, its 
uses and possibilities. Philadelphia, 
Lippincott, 1910. 191 p. Bibl., p. 
163-169 ; patents, p. 170-176. 

Harper, Roland. Preliminary report 
on the peat deposits of Florida. Flo- 
rida State Geol. Sur., 3rd Annual 
Rept, p. 359-366 (1910). 82 refer- 
ences, 1823-1910. 

Hausding, a. Handbook on the win- 
ning and utilization of peat. Gt. 
Brit., Dept. Sci. Ind. Res., 1921. 506 
p. Patents, p. 481-494. 

Holmes, J. A., et al. Preliminary re- 
port on the operation of the fuel 
testing plant of the U. S. Geol. Sur., 
St. Louis, Mo., 1905. U. S. Geol. 
Sur., Bull. No. 290, 1906. 240 p. 
Bibl. of peat and its utilization, p. 
11-16. 

HuELS, Frederick W. The peat re- 
sources of Wisconsin. Wis. Geol. 
Sur., Bull. No. 45, 1915. 274 p. Bibl., 
p. 264-266. 61 references. 

Lees, J. H. Peat deposits in Iowa. 
Iowa Geol. Sur. 19: 689-733 (1909). 
Bibl., p. 731-733. 63 references. 

McCourt, W. E. Distribution of peat 
in Northern New Jersey. N. J. Geol. 
Sur., Ann. Rept., 1905, p. 309-313. 
140 references. 

Parsons, A. L. Peat : its formation, 
uses and occurrence in New York. 
N. Y. State Museum, 57th Rept., 1 : 



214 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



TEAT— Cont'd 

85-88 (1905) ; 23rd Annual Rept. 
State Geol., 85-88 (1903). 87 ref- 
erences. 

Ryan, Hugh. Report upon the Irish 
peat industries. Econ. Proc. Royal 
Dublin Soc. 1: 534-546 (1908). 
Classified. 

SoPER, E. K. The peat deposits of 
Minnesota. Minn. Geol. Sur., Bull. 
No. 16, 1919. 261 p. Bibl., p. 254- 
256. 69 references. 

Serial 

Jahrbuch der Moorkunde. Bericht iiber 
die Fortschritte auf alien Gebieten 
der Moorkultur und Torfverwert- 
ung. 1912- . Contains abstracts. 

Journal of the American Peat Society. 
1908- . " Contains abstracts on 
all contemporary literature and pat- 
ents " relating to peat and its use. 

See also Coal, Fuels. 
PECTIN 

CzAPEK, F. Die Pektinsubstanzen. In 
his Biochemie der Pflanzen, 3rd ed., 
1: 665-672 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

DoRE, W. H. Recent progress in the 
chemistry of pectin and its indus- 
trial applications. Ind. Eng. Chem. 
16: 1044 (1924). 16 references. 

Grafe, Viktor. Pektinstoffe. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 2: 80- 
94 (1911); 8: 18-20 (1914). About 
130 references. 

McNair, Jas. B. The consistency of 
pectin gels. J. Phys. Chem. 20 : 639 
(1916). 9 references. 
PECTINASE 

Harter, L. L., and Weimer, J. L. In- 
fluence of the substrate and its hy- 
drogen ion concentration on'pecti- 
nase production. J. Agr. Res. 24: 
877-878 (1923). 

See also Enzymes. 
PENTAMETHYLENE GROUP 

Meyer-Jacobson. Die Pentamethylen- 
oder Cyclopentangruppe. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 25-36 
(1895). 
PENTANE 

Baum, Fritz. Pentan. fn Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 1: 89-93 
(1911). 85 footnotes (includes de- 
rivatives). 

See also Hydrocarbons. 
PENTATHIONIC ACID 

Linne, Br. Pentathionsaure, HjSsOo. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 1, pt. 1: 609-614 (1907). 
PENTOSANS 

Czapek, F. Hemicellulosen und Pen- 
tosane der Zellwand. In his Bio- 
chemie der Pflanzen, 3rd ed., 1 : 654- 
665 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 



Grafe, Viktor. Pentosane. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 2 : 60- 
65 (1911); 8: 10-15 (1914). About 
150 footnotes. 

Steenbergen, H. D. De bespaling der 
pentosanen. Chem. Weekblad IS : 
784-808 (1918). Bibl. footnotes. 
PENTOSES 

Meyer-Jacobson. Pentosen. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 947-960 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

" Pentoses." Ind. -Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 12: 797-798 (1907). 

See also Carbohydrates, names of the 
individual sugars. 
PENTOSURIA 

Neuberg, Carl. Die Physiologic der 
Pentosen und der Glukuronsaure. 
Ergeb. Physiol. 3: 373-379 (1904). 
292 references. 

" Pentosuria." Ind. -Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
ser., 12: 798 (1907). 

Wohlgemuth, J. Zur Pentosefrage. 
Biochem. Centr. 1: 533-536 (1902). 
41 references. 
PEPPERS 

ToLMAN, L. M., and Mitchell, L. C. 
Composition of different varieties of 
red peppers. U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur 
Chem., Bull. No. 163, 1913. 32 p. 
Bibl., p. 30-32. 

See also Oleoresins. 
PEPSIN 

Bang, Ivar. Labgerrinnung und Lab. 
Ergeb. inneren Medizin 9 : 435 
(1912). 37 references. 

Effront, J. " Bibliography on pep- 
sin." In his Biochemical catalysts 
in life and industry, p. 262-271 
(1917). 

Glaessner, Karl. Pepsin und Pepsin- 
verdauung. Biochem. Centr. 2 : 177- 
185 (1903). 75 references. 

" Pepsin." Ind. -Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
10: 678-679 (1889); 2nd ser., 12: 
801-802 (1907). 

Ross, Victor. On the mode of action 
of pepsin, vi^ith special emphasis on 
the influence of the concentration 
of the " intermediate product " on 
the velocity of digestion. Thesis, 
Columbia Univ., 1923. 27 p. Bibl., 
p. 25-26. 

Vahlterich, H. W., and Glover, C. C. 
Pepsin — methods used for its quan- 
titative estimation — its permanence 
and effectiveness of some of its prep- 
arations. J. Am. Pharm. Assoc. 10: 
595-605 (1921). 29 references. 

Waldschmidt, Wilhelm. Ueber die 
verschiedenen Methoden, Pepsin und 
Trypsin quantitative zu bestimmen, 
nebst Beschriebung einer einfachen 
derartigen Methode. Arch. ges. 
Physiol. 143: 189-229 (1911-1912). 
Bibl. footnotes. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



215 



ZuNZ, Edgard. Pepsinase. hi Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 5: 580-587 
(1911). 160 f6otnotes. 

See also Enzymes ; Milk, Coagula- 
tion. 
PEPTISATION 

Bancroft, Wilder D. Report on pep- 
tisation and precipitation, hi Sec- 
ond report on colloid chemistry, 
1918, p. 2-16. 89 footnotes. 

See also Colloids. 
PEPTONES 

Langstein, Leo. Peptone. Biochem. 
Centr. 2: 97-100 (1902). 24 refer- 
ences. 

"Peptones." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 10: 679-681 (1889); 2nd sen, 
12: 803-805 (1907). 

Siegfried, M., and Weil, A. Peptone 
und Kyrine. In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 4: 198-206 (1910) ; 9: 
33-35 (1915). About 65 footnotes. 

See also Proteins. 
PER ACIDS 

Girsewald, C. Anorganische Per- 
oxyde und Persalze. Braunschweig, 
Vieweg, 1914. 98 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Price, T. Slater. Per-acids and their 
salts. New York, Longmans, 1912. 
123 p. Bibl., p. 111-119. 

See also names of individual acids. 
PERBROMIC ACID 

Mellor, J. W. Perbromic acid' and 
the perbromates. In his Inorg. theon 
chem. 2: 384-395 (1922). 200 ref- 
erences. 
PERCHLORIC ACID 

DiTZ, Hugo. Perchlorsaure, HClOi. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 1, pt. 2: 152-161 (1909). 

Goodwin, H. M., and Walker, E. C. 
The electrolytic oxidation of hydro- 
chloric acid to perchloric acid. 
Chem. Met. Eng. 25: 1095 (1921). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Mellor, J. W. Perchloric acid and 
the perchlorates. In his Inorg. theor. 
Chem. 2: 370-384 (1922). 300 ref- 
erences. 

WiLLARD, H. H., and Smith, G. F. 
The perchlorates of the alkali and 
alkali earth metals and ammonium. 
Their solubility in water and other 
solvents. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 45 : 
286 (1923). 30 references. 
PERFUMES 

Charabot, Eugene T. Industrie des 
parfums naturels. Les principes odo- 
rants des vegetaux (methodes de 
dosage, d'extraction, d'identifica- 
tion). Paris, Doin, 1912. 388 p. 
Bibl., p. 375-376. 

Mann, H. Die moderne Parfumerie. 
Eine Anweisung und Sammlung von 
Vorschriften zur Herstellung samt- 



licher Parfumerien und Kosmetika 
unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung 
der kiinstlichen Riechstoffe, nebst 
einem Anhang ueber die Parfiimier- 
ung der Toilettseifen. 3rd ed. Augs- 
burg, Ziolkowsky, 1912. 609 p. Bibl., 
p. 585-593. 

"Perfumes." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 10: 691 (1889); 2nd sen, 12: 
812-813 (1907). 

Satie, C. [Chemistry of perfumes 
since 1914.] Chimie & Industrie 2: 
271-280; 393-408 (1919). 

See also Essential oils. 
PERHALIDES 

Mellor, J. W. Perhalides or polyha- 
lides. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 2 : 
233-239 (1922). 100 references. 
PERIODIC ACID 

DiTZ, Hugo. Perjodsaure. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
2: 364-373 (1909). 

Mellor, J. W. Periodic acid and peri- 
odates. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 
2: 386-395, 406-418 (1922). 175 ref- 
erences. 
PERIODIC LAW 

Brauner, Bohuslav. Ueber die Stell- 
ung der Elemente der seltenen Erd- 
en im periodischen System nach 
Mendelejeff. Z. anorg. Chem. 32: 
1-30 (1902). 49 footnotes. 

Paneth, Fritz. Das periodische Sys- 
tem der chemischen Elemente. Er- 
geb. exakten Naturwiss. 1 : 400-403 
(1922). 116 references. 

RuDORF, Georg. Das periodische Sys- 
tem, seine Geschichte und Bedeut- 
ung fiir die chemische Systematik. 
Hamburg, Voss, 1904. 370 p. Bibl., 
p. 247-249. 

Venable, Francis P. Development of 
the periodic law. Easton, Chem. 
Pub. Co., 1896. 321 p. Bibl., p. 285- 
308. 
PERMANGANIC ACID 

Epheaim, F. Permangansaure, Ueber- 
mangansaure. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 2: 263- 
269 (1908). 
PERMEABILITY 

Denny, F. E. Permeability of certain 
plant membranes to water. Bot. 
Gaz. 63: 395-397 (1917). 30 refer- 
ences. 

HoBER, Rudolf. Der Permeabilitat 
der Zellen und die Theorien der 
Permeabilitat. Die Permeabilitat der 
Gewebe. In his Physikalische 
Chemie der Zelle und der Gewebe, 
4th ed., 1920, p. 349-445; 606-662. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Shull, Charles A. Semipermeabil- 
ity of seed coats. Bot. Gaz. 56: 197- 
199 (1913). 36 references. 



216 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



PERMEABILITY— Co »r(f 

Stiles, Walter. Permeability. Lon- 
don, Wheldon, 1924. 296 p. Bibl., 
p. 258-291. 817 references. 

See also Osmotic pressure. 
PERMUTIT 

Rothmund, V., and Kornfeld, G. 

Der Basenaustauch im Permutit. Z. 

anorg. allgem. Chem. 103 : 160-163 

(1919). 

PERNICIOUS ANEMIA See Anemia. 

PERONIN 

" Peronin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
ser., 13: 115 (1908). 15 references. 
PERSPIRATION 

Melzner, R. Die Absonderung des 
Hauttalgs und des Schweisses. In 
Nagel, Handb. der Physiologie des 
Menschens, 2: 406-410 (1907). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Talbert, George A. The hydrogen ion 
and ash of human sweat produced 
by heat and work. Am. J. Physiol., 
51: 442; 61: 500; 63: 357 (1919- 
1923). Thesis, Univ. Chicago, 1921. 
PERSULFURIC ACID 

LiNNE, Br. Perschwefelsaure, HjS^Os. 
In Gmelin-Kraut. Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 1, pt. 1: 558-567 (1907). 
PETROLATUM 

Hance, S. S. Examination of vase- 
lin and petrolatum. Proc. Mich. 
State Pharm. Assoc. 5: 192-193 
(1887). 
PETROLEUM 

Burroughs, E. H. Bibliography of 
petroleum and allied substances. U. 
S. Bur. of Mines, Bull. No. 149, 
1918. 147 p. 1455 references. Bull. 
No. 165, 1919. 159 p. 1357 refer- 
ences. Bull. No. 180, 1920. 170 p. 
1489 references. Bull. No. 189, 1921. 
180 p. 1725 references. Bull. No. 
216, 1923. 374 p. 4532 references. 
Bull. No. 220, 1923. 230 p. 2703 ref- 
erences. Classified. Includes prop- 
erties, their determination, refining, 
utilization. Author and subject in- 
dex. Between Nov., 1919, and Apr., 
1922, this was also issued monthly in 
the Reports of Investigation series ; 
the following numbers were issued : 
2044, 2062, 2075, 2085, 2093, 2108, 
2120, 2132, 2146, 2155, 2168, 2172, 
2188, 2198, 2210, 2222, 2241, 2252, 
2261, 2269, 2271, 2305, 2317, 2330, 
2340, 2348. 

Cadman, John. Notes on the devel- 
opment of the Trinidad oil fields. 
J. Inst. Petroleum Tech. 1: 112-116 
(1914). 100 references. 

Campbell, A. " Current bibliog- 
raphy." J. Inst. Petroleum Tech. 7 : 
No. 1, and succeeding numbers. 



Campbell, Andrew. Petroleum refin- 
ing. London, Griffith, 1922. 297 p. 
Bibl., p. 223-282. Classified. 

Clapp, Frederick G. The occurrence 
of petroleum. In Day, Handbook of 
the petroleum industry 1 : 1-166 
(1922). References arranged by 
states and countries. 

Cross, Roy. Handbook of petroleum, 
asphalt and natural gas. Bull. No. 
15, Kansas City Testing Lab. 1919. 
496 p. U. S. Petroleum patents, p. 
439-458. Books, 459-460. U. S. and 
state publications, p. 461-466. 1924 
revision. Bibl., p. 705-711. 

Day, David T. Characteristics of pe- 
troleum. In his Handbook of the 
petroleum industry, 1 : 457-586 
(1922). Refers especially to the hy- 
drocarbons of petroleum. 

Day, David T. Petroleum and natural 
gas. Mineral Ind. 26: 515-516 
(1917); 27: 550-552 (1918). 100 
references. 

Day, David T. Survey publications, 
1910-1914, on the oil fields of the 
United States. U. S. Geol. Sur., 
Mineral Resources, 1914, pt. 2 : 1093- 
1098. 106 references. 

Ehrhardt, Udo. Ueber die synthe- 
tische Gewinnung von Mineralolen 
aus Gasen. Ges, Abb. Kennt. Kohle 
4: 471-506 (1919). Bibl. footnotes. 

Engler. C, and Hofer, H. v. Das 
Erdol, seine Physik, Chemie, Geol- 
ogic, Technologic und sein Wirt- 
schaftsbetrieb. Leipzig, Hirzel, 1913- 
1916. 5 vols. Bibl. footnotes. 

Goodwin, H. M., and Ellis, Risdale. 
The separation of oil from con- 
denser water by electrolysis. Trans. 
Am. Electrochem. Soc. 27: 421-423 
(1915). 56 references. 

Gurwitsch, L. Chemie und Technol- 
ogic des Erdols. Z. angew. Chem. 
22: 1061-1070 (1909); 85 footnotes. 
23: 1299-1306, 1353-1359 (1910); 
129 footnotes. 24: 1249-1256 
(1911) ; 81 footnotes. 25: 1897-1904, 
1948-1953 (1912) ; 127 footnotes. 
26: 377-385 (1913); 96 footnotes. 
27: 441-447 (1913); 108 references. 

Gt. Brit. Imperial Institute, London. 
Mineral resource committee. Petro- 
leum. London, Murray, 1921. 110 p. 
Bibl., p. 90-110. 

Hofek, Hans v. Das Erdol und 
seine Verwandten. Braunschweig, 
Vieweg, 1912. 351 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Holde, D. Chemie und Technologic 
des Erdols und verwandter Min- 
eralole. Chem. Z. 1: 283-285. 308- 
311, 341-342, 606-608, 627-629 
(1902); 78 footnotes. 2: 148-151, 
341-343, 369-371, 536-538, 608-609 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



217 



(1903); 75 footnotes. 3: 233-237, 
478-481 (1904) ; 50 footnotes. 

Kewley, James. The petroleum and 
allied industries ; petroleum, natural 
gas, natural waxes, asphalt and al- 
lied substances, and shale oil. Lon- 
don, Bailliere, 1922. 302 p. Contains 
bibls. 

KissLiNG, Richard. Die Erdol In- 
dustrie. Chem.-Ztg. 24: 605-607 
(1900); 55 footnotes. 25: 486-488 
(1901); 65 footnotes. 26: 490-492 
(1902); 65 footnotes. 27: 366-369 
(1903); 68 footnotes. 28: 540-544 
(1904); 70 footnotes. 29: 405-408 
(1905); 50 footnotes. 30: 659-662 
(1906); 76 footnotes. 31: 604-606, 
616-618 (1907); 103 footnotes. 32: 
849-850, 867-868, 879-880 (1908) ; 
163 footnotes. 2>3: 461-462, 471-472 
(1909); 102 footnotes. 34: 961-962, 
969-972 (1910); 205 footnotes. 35: 
861-862, 879-880 (1911) ; 134 foot- 
notes. 36: 1009-1011, 1040-1041, 
1056-1057, 1087-1088 (1912) ; 304 
footnotes. 38: 1273-1276, 1284-1286, 
1290-1293 (1914) ; 313 footnotes. 
40: 713-715, 735-738, 759-760, 782- 
784 (1916) ; 263 footnotes. 43: 897- 
899, 905-909, 913-917 (1919) ; 351 
footnotes. 44: 569-571, 577-579, 
590-591 (1920) ; 188 footnotes. 
45: 1121-1122, 1145-1147, 1169-1170, 
1173-1174, 1197-1199 (1921) ; 242 
footnotes. 46: 1113-1114, 1129-1133, 
1137-1140, 1153-1156, 1165-1168 
(1922) ; 459 footnotes. 

Klaudy, Jos. Die Mineralole und 
verwandte Produkte im II Halb- 
jahre 1904. Chem. Z. 4: 324-328, 
343-345, 364-367 (1905) ; 101 foot- 
notes. 

KoETSCHAU, Rudolph. Kolloidchemie 
und Erdolindustrie. Kolloid-Z. 31 : 
314-319 (1922). 29 footnotes. 

LpSLiE, E. H. Composition of pe- 
troleum. In his Motor fuels, p. 36- 
55. 1923. Bibl. footnotes and bibl., 
p. 54-55. . 

Leslie, E. H. Cracking processes. In 
his Motor fuels, p. 328-397 (1923). 
69 footnotes and bibl., p. 395-397. 

McLaughlin, R. P., and Waring, 
C. A. Petroleum industry of Cali- 
fornia. Calif. State Mining Bur., 
Bull. No. 69, 1914. 519 p. Bibl., p. 
497-508. 

Marcusson, J. Die optisch aktiven 
Bestandteile des Erdols. Chem.- 
Ztg. 32: m-Z7i, 391 (1908). 38 
footnotes. 

Mexico. Departmento de petroleo. 
Boletin del petroleo. Vol. 1, 1916. 
Each issue contains a section headed 
" Bibliografia." 



Munroe, Charles. Petroleum refin- 
ing. In Bureau of Commerce, Bull. 
No. 70, 1907. Digest of U. S. pat- 
ents relating to petroleum refining, 
p. 29-57. 

Peckham, Stephen F. List of books, 
papers and references on rock oil 
and gas. Extracted from U. S Cen- 
sus report, 1880, vol. x, p. 281-290. 
In Pa., Geol. Sur., Annual Kept., 
1886, 2: 828-895. Based 'on a bibl. 
of petroleum prepd. by B. S. Lyman 
in 1875. 

"Petroleum." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 10: 1042-1043 (1889) ; 2nd ser., 
13: 146-147 (1908). 

Polish and German bibliography of 
the Galician petroleum industry, 
1875-1922. J. Inst. Petroleum Tech. 
8: 666-687 (1922). 

Rakuzin, M. a. Die moderne Adsorp- 
tionslehre in ihrer Bedeutung fitr 
die Chemie und Technologic des 
Erdols. Petroleum Z. 20: 1695-9, 
1761-6 (1924). Bibl. footnotes. 

Redwood, Boverton. Petroleum : a 
treatise on the geographical distri- 
bution and geological occurrence of 
petroleum and natural gas ; the phy- 
sical and chemical properties, pro- 
duction and refining of petroleum 
and ozokerite ; the characters and 
uses, testing, transport and storage 
of petroleum products ; and the leg- 
islative enactments relating thereto. 
4th ed. London, Griffin, 1922. 3 vols. 
Bibl., compiled by W. H. Dalton, 
L. V. Dalton, S. L. James and E. S. 
Ward, vol. 3: 1155-1317. 8804 ref- 
erences, alphabetically by authors 
with subject index. Contains refer- 
ences to asphalt, ceresin, naph- 
thenes, ozokerite, etc. 

Rogers, G. Sherburne. Relation of 
sulfur to variation in the gravity of 
California petroleum. Trans. Am. 
Inst. Mining Eng. 57: 989-1005 
(1918). 35 footnotes. 

Sadtler, S. p., and Matos, L. J. Min- 
eral oils and allied bitumens. In 
their Industrial organic chemistry, 
1923, p. 56-57. Books only. 

Sa'n Francisco. Mechanics' institute. 
Library. Literature available in the 
library on petroleum with some ref- 
erences on asphaltum. Prepared by 
F. J. Teggart. San Francisco, 1903. 
24 p. 

SiNGiER, Leopold. Ueber Neuerungen 
auf dem Gebiete der Mineralolanal- 
yse und Mineralolfabrikation. Chem. 
Rev. Fett- Harz-Ind. 9: 45, 71, 98, 
120, 146, 174 (1902) ; 10: 29, 47, 68, 

' 93, 118, 144, 169, 194, 227 (1903) ; 
11: 28, 46, 71, 94, 120, 142, 170, 196, 



218 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



PETROLEUM— Co«rj 

220, 248, 268 (1904); 12: 49, 68, 
102, 128, 154, 178, 209, 233, 265, 288 
(1905) ; 13: 74, 105, 134, 158, 182 
(1906); 14: 52, 78, 107, 133, 162 
(1907); 16: 189, 213, 243, 268, 295 
(1909); 17: 98, 127, 154, 175, 212, 
237, 256, 285 (1910); 18: 161, 190, 
211, 249, 275, 293 (1911); 19: 133, 
162, 184, 212, 239, 267, 292 (1912) ; 
20: 106, 136, 159, 187, 209, 244, 262 
(1913) ; 21 : 32, 49, 80, 105, 134, 161, 
190, 208, 215, 222, 232 (1914); 22: 
51, 61, 70, 82 (1915) ; Chem. Um- 
schau 23: 103, 113, 133, 145 (1916) ; 
Petrol. Z. 11: 1109, 1174. 1237, 
1302 (1916) ; Petrol. Z. 19: 571, 
724, 803, 835, 882, 969, 1001, 1038, 
1069, 1110, 1170, 1208, 1243, 1278 
(1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Singer, L. Uber Neuerungen auf dem 
Gebiete der Mineralolanalyse und 
Mineralolindustrie, sowie Olschiefer- 
Untersuchungen und -Verarbeitung 
in den Jahren 1920-1921. Petroleum 
Z. 20: 15, 51, 88, 122, 159, 194, 234, 
283, 325, 415, 451, 501, 539, 605, 675, 
734, 787, 850, 910, 957, 1021, 1083, 
1132, 1207, 1265, 1327, 1387, 1435, 
1497, 1613, 1708, 1770, 1825, 1898, 
1958, 2018 (1924). 3215 footnotes. 
Bibl., p. 2024-9. 

Society of Chemical Industry. Min- 
eral oils. In Annual reports of the 
progress of applied chemistry, 1 : 
61-66 (1916); 2: 69-83 (1917); 3: 
63-85 (1918); 4: 66-83 (1919); 5: 
71-90 (1920); 6: 67-78 (1921); 7: 
72-82 (1922); 8: 70-90 (1923); 9: 
74-99 (1924). Bibl. footnotes. 

Stewart, P. C. A. Petroleum indus- 
try of Mexico. J. Inst. Petroleum 
Tech. 2: 7-2,7 (1915). 150 refer- 
ences. 

ScHWEER, Walther. Die turkisch- 
persischen Erdolvorkommen. Ham- 
burg, Friedrichsen, 1919. 247 p. 
Bibl., p. 149-169. 

Waters, C. E. Behavior of high boil- 
ing mineral oils on heating in the 
air. U. S. Bur. Standards, Sci. 
Paper No. 160; Bull. 7: 365-376 
(1911). 25 references. 

Waters, C. E. Oxidation of automo- 
bile cylinder oils. U. S. Bur. Stan- 
dards, Tech. Paper No. 72,, 1916. 
20 p. 26 footnotes. 

Wilson, W. J. Petroleum. J. Inst. 
Petroleum Tech. 8: 690-714 (1922) ; 
9: 179a-202a, 287a-322a (1923). 

WiscHiN, Rudolf. Die cyclischen Poly- 
methylene des Erdols. Chem.-Ztg. 
26: 334-335, 354-356 (1902); 37 
footnotes. 28: 814-818 (1904); 93 
footnotes. 29: 1126-1127 (1905); 
27 footnotes. 



Serial 

Institution of Petroleum Technolo- 
gists, Journal. Contains a current 
bibliography since 1919. 

Petroleum, Zeitschrift fiir die gesamten 
Interessen der Petroleum-Industrie 
und des Petroleum-Handels. 1905- . 
Each number contains an abstract 
section and list and reviews of new 
books. 

See also Fuel oil. Gasoline, Oil 
shale, Pyrogenesis. 
PETROLEUM: Iodine value. 

Johansen, E. M. Iodine and bro- 
mine values of petroleum products. 
J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 14: 288-292 
(1922). 30 references. 
PETROLEUM: Testing. 

Allen, Irving C, and Crossfield, 
A. S. The flash point of oils : meth- 
ods and apparatus for its determina- 
tion. U. S. Bur. Mines, Tech. Paper 
No. 49, 1914. 38 p. Bibl., p. 31-37. 
144 references. 

Elliott, Arthur H. Report on the 

methods and apparatus for testing 

inflammable oils. N. Y. State Board 

Health, Annual Rept, 1882, p. 38-45. 

PETROLEUM: Viscosity. 

Dean, E. W., and Lane, F. W. Vis- 
cosity-temperature curves of frac- 
tions of typical American crude oils. 
J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 13: 786 (1921). 
36 references. 
PHARMACEUTICALS 

Fourneau, Ernest. Organic medica- 
ments and their preparation. Phila- 
delphia, Blakiston, 1924. 

Harrison, L. W. The treatment of 
syphiHs. Quart. J. Med. 10: 291- 
360 (1917). 150 references. 

Henius, Max. Die Bedeutung der 
Farbstofife in der Medizin. Z. 
Chemotherap. 2: 1053-1057; 1209- 
1210 (1913). 

Mai, C. Neuerungen in der Darstell- 
ung pharmazeutisch-chemiker Prap- 
arate. Chem.-Ztg. 28 : 99-104 (1904) ; 
29: 153-155 (1905); 30: 169-173 
(1906). 225 footnotes. 

"Medicines." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 9: 48-66 (1888); 2nd sen, 10: 
618-628 (1905). Includes patent 
rnedicines, adulteration and analy- 
sis, physiological action. 

Messner, J. Vierteljahrsbericht ueber 
neue Arzneimittel. Z. angew. Chem. 
29: 257-261, 319-323, 401-402, 408- 
409 (1916); 115 footnotes. 30: 49- 
50, 54-56 (1917) ; 50 footnotes. 

Nickell, G., and Kippenberger, C. 
Ueber Neuerungen in der Dar- 
stellung chemisch-pharmaceutischer 
Praparate. Chem.-Ztg. 24: 715-718 
(1900); 80 footnotes. 25: 1045-1050 
(1901); 114 footnotes. 26: 643-651 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



219 



196-197, 

(1912) 

422-423, 

502-503 

305-307, 



189-190, 
258-260 
413-414, 
487-489, 



(1902); 221 footnotes. 27: 467-475 
(1903) ; 246 footnotes. 
Rabow, S. Uebersicht der bekannt 
gewordenen therapeutischen Neu- 
heiten, einschliesslich der Speziali- 
taten und Geheimmittel. Chem.-Ztg. 
31: 155-158, 172-173, 203-204, 265- 
268 (1907); 130 footnotes. 32: 309- 
311, 330-331, 346, 366-368 (1908) ; 
136 footnotes. 32,: 393-395, 418-419, 
439-441 (1909); 118 footnotes. 34: 
201-203, 209-211 (1910) ; 81 foot- 
notes. 35: 162-163, 173-175. 190-192 
(1911) ; 127 footnotes. 36: 
^ 206-207, 246-247, 
211 footnotes. 2>7 : 
450-451, 466-468, 
(1913) ; 330 footnotes. 38: 
319, 387-388, 410-411, 427- 
428, 479-480, 506-507, 540, 547-549 
(1914); 431 footnotes. 39: 211-212, 
241-242, 254-255, 263-265 (1915) ; 
152 footnotes. 40: 145-147, 167-169, 
183-185 (1916); 174 footnotes. 41: 
285-286, 298-300, 314-316 (1917) ; 
186 footnotes. 43: 73-75, 87, 99-101 
(1919); 137 footnotes. 44: 109-110, 
138-140, 146-147 (1920) ; 162 foot- 
notes. 45: 277-278, 302-303, 325-328 
(1921) ; 239 footnotes. _ 
Zernik, F. Die wichtigsten neuen 
Arzneimittel des Jahres 1915. Z. 
angew. Chem. 29: 89-92 (1916) ; 31 
footnotes. 
See also Essential oils (Soc. Chem. 
Ind.) 
PHARMACOGNOSY 

Hanausek, Eduard. Ueber Neuheiten 
in der Waarenkunde (Pharmakog- 
Chem.-Ztg. 25: 1008-1011 
28 footnotes. 26: 786-790 
footnotes, 
footnotes, 
footnotes, 
footnotes, 
footnotes, 
footnotes. 
647-648 (1908) ; 
273-274, 291-292 



nosie). 

(1901) 

(1902) 

(1903) 

(1904) 

(1905) 

(1906) 

(1907) 

618-619 

notes 



60 
57 
41 
35 
48 
39 



27 

28 
29: 
30: 
31: 
32: 



Z2, 



349-352 
82-85 
289-291 
Z72>-2,7S 
299-301 
605-606. 
64 foot- 
(1909) 



53 footnotes. 34: 157-158, 175-176, 
194-196 (1910) ; 54 footnotes. 

Youngken, Heber W. Review of the 
literature in pharmaceutical botany 
and pharmacognosy. J. Am. Pharm. 
Assoc. 12: 122-129 (1923); 13: 536- 
546 (1924). Includes plant chem- 
istry, ash determination, drug adul- 
teration and micro-methods. 
PHARMACOLOGY 

Aberdeen University. Library, Mari- 
schal college. Subject catalogue of 
the Phillips library of pharmacol- 
ogy and therapeutics. Aberdeen 
Univ. Press, 1911. 240 p. Compiled 
by Maud S. Best and Helen Pater- 



Bachem, Carl. Sammelreferat aus 
dem Gebiete der Pharmakologie. 
Zentr. innere Med. 35: 12-13, 242- 
244, 611-612, 726-727, 1089-1091 
(1914) ; 357 references. 36: 169-170, 
349-350, 557-558, 798-799 (1915) ; 
198 references. Z7 : 144-145, 370-371, 
650-652, 827-829 (1916) ; 229 refer- 
ences. 38: 123-125, 320-321, 569, 
779-780 (1917); 179 references. 39: 
123-124, 3Z2-ZZZ, 523-524, 761-762 
(1918) ; 232 references. 40: 190-191, 
371-372, 636-637, 939-941 (1919) ; 
270 references. 41: 243-245, 396- 
397, 715-716, 844-847 (1920) ; 311 
references. 42: 294-295, 513-514, 
755-756, 939-941 (1921) ; 303 refer- 
ences. 43 : 210-212, 404-405, 605-607, 
821-822 (1922); 331 references. 44: 
197-199, 394-396, 583-586, 760-762 
(1923) ; 481 references. 

Clark, Alfred J. Applied pharma- 
cology. London, Churchill, 1923. 
390 p. Bibl. at end of chapters. 

CusHNEY, Arthur R. A text-book of 
pharmacology and therapeutics ; or, 
the action of drugs in health and 
disease. 6th ed. Philadelphia, Lea, 
1915. 708 p. Contains bibls. 

Dixon, W. E., and Ransom, F. Die 
selektive Wirkung von Arzneien auf 
das periphere Nervensystem. Ergeb. 
Physiol. 12: 765-768 (1912). 133 
references. 

Heffter, A. Handbuch der experi- 
mentellen Pharmakologie. Berlin, 
Springer, vol. 1, 1923. 1296 p. vol. 2, 
2nd half, 1924. 1974 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

HiRSCHFELDER, Arthur D. Influence 
of modern chemistry on pharma- 
cology. Ind. Eng. Chem. 15: 455- 
460, 524 (1923). 60 references. 

" Pharmacology." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st sen, 11 : 4-7 (1890) ; 2nd ser., 
13: 167-174 (1908). 

Salant, Wm. The pharmacology of 
heavy metals. J. Ind. Hyg. 2: 72- 
78 (1920). 25 references. 

Seifert, Otto. Die Nebenwirkungen 
der modernen Arzneimittel. Wiirz- 
burg, Kabitzsch, 1915. 283 p. Con- 
tains bibls. 

SoLLMANN, Tarold H. A manual of 
pharmacology and its application to 
therapeutics and toxicology. 2nd ed. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1922. 1066 
p. Bibl., p. 965-1043. 

SoLLMANN, T. The pharmacology of 
the autonomic system. Physiol. Rev. 
2: 479-504 (1922). 80 references. 

Tigerstedt, Robert. Die chemischen 
Bedingungen fiir die Entstehung des 
Herzschlages. Ergeb. Physiol. 12 : 
269-274 (1912). 145 references. 



220 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



PHARMACOLOGY— Cont'd 

Serial 

Bulletin des sciences pharmacologiques. 
1898- . Each number contains an 
abstract section. 
PHARMACOPOEIAS 

" Pharmacopoeias." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 1st sen, 11: 7-17 (1890) ; 2nd 
sen, 13: 175-190 (1908). 
PHARMACY 

Arny, Henry V. Principles of 
pharmacy. 2nd ed. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1917. 1056 p. Bibl. at 
end of each chapter. 

BucHTiNG, A. Bibliotheca pharma- 
ceutica, oder Verzeichniss aller auf 
dem Gebiete der Pharmacie in den 
letzten 20 Jahren, 1849-1868, im 
deutschen Buchhandel erschienenen 
Biicher und Zeitschriften. Ein bibli- 
ographisches Handbi^ichlein fiirPhar- 
maceutisch-Medicinalbehorden und 
Buchhandler. Nordhausen, 1869. 

DoRVEAUx, Paul M. J. Catalogue des 
theses de pharmacie soutenues en 
province depuis le creation des eco- 
les de pharmacie jusqu' a nos jours 
(1803-1894) ; suivi d'un appendice 
au " Catalogue " des theses soute- 
nues devant I'Ecole de pharmacie de 
Paris. Paris, Welter, 1894. 117 p. 

Du Mez, Andrew G. Digests of com- 
ments on the pharmacopoeia of the 
United States of America and on the 
national formulary for the calendar 

year ending December 31, . U. 

S. Hyg. Lab. Bull. No. 118 (1915) ; 
455 p. 119 (1916); 316 p. 125 
(1917) ; 340 p. 127 (1918) ; 356 p. 
129 (1919) ; 378 p. 131 (1920) ; 410 
p. 137 (1921) ; 283 p. 

Federation Internationale Pharma- 
ceutique. Liste des journaux et 
revues pharmaceutiques du monde 
entien La Haye, 1910. 39 p. 

Flury, Ferdinand. Jahresbericht ueber 
die Fortschritte der pharmazeut- 
ischen Chemie. Z. angew. Chem. 19: 
321-327, 377-385 (1906) : 56 foot- 
notes. 20: 613-623, 646-653 (1907); 
49 footnotes. 21: 821-832, 867-880 
(1908); 69 footnotes. 22: 778-784, 
818-827, 872-878, 921-929 (1909) ; 
132 footnotes. 23: 1060-1069, 1108- 
1115, 1159-1165 (1910) ; 104 foot- 
notes. 24: 322-333 (1911) ; 145 foot- 
notes. 25: 1045-1054 (1912); 113 
footnotes. 27: 410-422 (1914); 177 
footnotes. 

Hamilton, Herbert C. Pharmaceuti- 
cal assaying. J. Am. Pharm. Assoc. 
8: 49-64 (1919). 78 references. 

HiJBNER, O. Pharmaceutische Chemie. 
Fortschritte Chem. 4: 147-154 



(1911); 5: 371-380 (1912); 7: 127- 
135 (1913). References through 
text. 

LiJDERS, R. Bericht ueber die Arbeiten 
in der chemischen-pharmazeutischen 
Industrie und pharmazeutischen 
Chemie, 1908-1909. Chem.-Ztg. Z2>: 
909-911, 918-920 (1909) ; 77 foot- 
notes. 34: 633-634, 642-643, 659-660, 
675-676, 682-684 (1910) ; 124 foot- 
notes. 

Mannich, C. Pharmaceutische Chemie. 
Fortschritte Chem. 1 : 199-206 
(1909); 2: 299-305 (1910). Refer- 
ences through text. 

Nederlandsche Maatschappij Ter 
Bevordering Der Pharmacie. Bib- 
liotheek. Catalogus van de Alge- 
meene pharmaceutische bibliotheek 
en van de boeken over pharmacie en 
aanverwante vakken, aanvvezig in de 
Universiteitsbibliotheek van Amster- 
dam. Uitgegeven door de Neder- 
landsche maatschappij ter bevorder- 
ing der pharmacie. Amsterdam, 
Centen, 1911. 261 p. "A classified 
catalogue with alphabetical author 
and subject indexes," by T. P. Sev- 
ensma. 

Pharmaceutical Society of Great 
Britain. Library. Catalogue of the 
library of the Pharmaceutical so- 
ciety of Great Britain, in London. 
10th ed. Compiled by John Wm. 
Knapman, librarian. Also catalogue 
of the library of the society in Edin- 
burgh. London, 1911. 560 p. 

Pharmaceutical syllabus. 2nd ed., out- 
lining a minimum course of instruc- 
tion of twelve hundred hours. Al- 
bany, N. Y., Williams, 1913. 220 p. 
Bibl., p. 159-192, 195-211. 

"Pharmacy." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
ser., 11: 17-64 (1890); 2nd sen, 13: 
190-218 (1908). 

Plohn, R. Pharmazeutische Chemie. 
Fortschritte Chem. 10: 215-223 
(1914-1915). References through 
text. 

Strassburg. Universitat. Pharma- 
zeutisches Institut. Bibliothek. Kat- 
alog der Fliickiger-Bibliothek im 
pharmazeutischen Institute der Uni- 
versitat Strassburg. Strassburg, 1904. 
159 p. 

WiLBERT, M. I. Digests of comments 
on the pharmacopoeia of the United 
States of America and on the na- 
tional formulary. U. S. Hyg. Lab.. 
Bull. No. 49 (1905), 293 ' p. 58 
(1906), 523 p. 63 (1907), 464 p. 75 
(1908), 564 p. 79 (1909), 735 p. 84 
(1910), 784 p. 87 (1911), 683 p. 93 
(1912), 495 p. 98 (1913), 518 p. 105 
(1914), 516 p. Continued by Du 
Mez. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



221 



Serial 

American Pharmaceutical Associa- 
tion. Proceedings, 1852-1911 (59 
vols.). Yearbook, 1912 to date. 
Contains abstracts of all important 
work on pharmacy. 

Berlinisches Jahrbuch fiir Pharmazie 
und fiir die damit verbunden Wis- 
senschaften. 1795-1838. 

Braithwaite, J. O., Editor. Year- 
book of pharmacy, comprising ab- 
stracts of papers relating to phar- 
macy, materia medica and chemistry 
contributed to British and foreign 

journals from July 1, , to July 

1, , etc. London, Churchill. Is- 
sued annually. 

Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte der 
Pharmacie, Pharmacognosie und 
Toxikologie. 1841- 

Journal of the American Pharmaceuti- 
cal Association. 1921-. " Bibliogra- 
phy of pharmaceutical research," 
conducted by H. V. Arny. Includes : 
Pharmacopoeial revision ; pharma- 
ceutical preparations ; general botany 
and bacteriology ; therapeutics and 
new remedies ; vegetable and animal 
materia medica ; general and physi- 
cal chemistry; inorganic chemicals; 
organic chemicals ; clinical and diag- 
nostic methods. 
PHASE RULE 

FiNDLAY, Alex. The phase rule and 
its applications. Sth ed. New York, 
Longmans, 1923. 298 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

PHELLANDRENE 

Bartelt, K. Phellandren. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 7: 295-300 
(1912) ; 80 footnotes. 
PHENACETIN 

" Phenacetin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
sen, 11: 75 (1890) ; 2nd sen, 
235-236 (1908). 
PHENANTHRENE 

Baum, Fritz. Phenanthren. In 
derhalden, Biochem. Hand!. 1 
358 (1911). 50 references. 

KuNz, Max A. Untersuchungen ueber 
Phenanthren. Berlin, Springer, 1901. 
99 p. References are given to tables 
of derivatives. 

Sandquist, Hakan. [Tabular review 
of the literature on phenanthrene de- 
rivatives for the years 1902-1912, in- 
clusive.] Arb. Utgifna Med. Under- 
stod of Vilhelm Ekmans Univer- 
sitetsfond, Upsala, No. 14. 106 p. 

Sandquist, H. Studien ueber die 
Phenanthrensulfosauren. Arkiv 



1st 
13: 



Ab- 
353- 



Kem. Mineral. Geol. 4, No. 2,2,. 1912. 
118 p. Bibl. footnotes. 
PHENAZINE GROUP 

Meyer-Jacobson. Die Phenazin- 
Gruppe. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 
2, pt. 3: 1388-1421 (1920). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
PHENOCOLL 

" Phenocoll." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 13: 237-238 (1908). 
PHENOLS 

" Carbolic acid." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st sen, 1: 75-78 (1880); 2nd sen, 
1: 103-109 (1896) ; 3rd sen, 1: 110- 
113 (1918). IncUides toxicology. 

Einbeck, H. Phenol. In Abderhalden, 
Biochem. Handl. 1: 530-560 (1911). 
About 600 references. Includes de- 
rivatives. 

GiBBS, H. D. The compounds which 
cause the red color in phenol. 
Philipp. J. Sci. 3: 361-370 (1908). 
2,2, footnotes. 

GiBBS, H. D. The action of sunlight 
upon phenolic compounds and am- 
ines. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 34: 1190- 
1207 (1912). Bibl. footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Die einwertige Phe- 
nole. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 
2, pt. 1: 359-407 (1896). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

" Phenols." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 
11: 76 (1890) ; 2nd sen, 13: 237-238 

(1908). 
PHENOLS: Analytical. 

Fox, J. J., and Barker, M. F. The 
estimation of phenol in cresylic acid. 
J. Soc. Chem. Ind. 2,7: 268T (1918). 
30 references. 

Lloyd, S. J. Determination of phenols. 
J. Am. Chem. Soc. 27: 16-24 (1905). 
30 references. 

Tisdall, Frederick F. Estimation of 
phenolic substances in urine. J. Biol. 
Chem. 44: 409 (1920). 48 references. 
PHENOLS : Physiology. 

DuBiN, Harry. Physiology of the 
phenols. J. Biol. Chem. 26: 69 
(1916). 16 references. 

Pelkan, K. F., and Whipple, G. H. 
Physiology of the phenols. Metabo- 
lism. J. Biol. Chem. SO: 499-511 
(1922). 24 references. 
PHENOLCARBOXYLIC ACIDS 

Anschutz, Richard. Ueber die Ein- 
wirkung von Phosphorpentachlorid 
und Phosphortrichlorid auf substi- 
tuierte o-Phenolcarbonsaure. Ann. 
346: 286-381 (1906). 80 footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Phenolcarbonsauren. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 
622-686 (1902). Bibl. footnotes. 



222 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



PHENOLPHTHALEIN 

Margosches, B. M. Betrachtungen 
ueber die Konstitution der Alkali- 
salze des Phenolphthaleins. Z. angew. 
Chem. 20: 181-191, 226-231 (1907). 
128 footnotes. 

See also Dyes, Indicators. 
PHENYLACETIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Phenylessigsaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 
596-598 (1902). 

See also Acids, organic. 
PHENYLALANINE 

WiNTERSTEiN, E., and Trier, G. Phenyl- 
alanin. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 4: 668-676 (1911); 9: 131- 
132 (1915). About 160 footnotes. 

See also Amino acids. 
PHENYL ETHER 

Cook, Alfred N. Phenyl ether and 
some of its derivatives. J. Am. 
Chem. Soc. 32: 1285-1294 (1910). 
38 footnotes. 

Jones, H. I., and Cook, A. N. Mon- 
onitro phenyl ethers. J. Am. Chem. 
Soc. 38: 1547-1550 (1916). 56 ref- 
erences. Chronological. 
PHENYL SALICYLATE 

"Salol." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 
12: 489-490 (1891) ; 2nd ser., 15: 59 
(1910). 
PHENYLENEDIAMINES 

Meyer-Jacobson. Zweiwerthige Amine. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 
228-234 (1895). Bibl. footnotes. 
PHENYLHYDRAZINE 

Meye»-Jacobson. Hydrazine. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1: 303-320 
(1895). Bibl. footnotes. 

" Phenylhydrazine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 2nd sen, 13: 239 (1908). 
PHLOGISTON. See Alchemy. 
PHLORGLUCINOL 

Einbeck, H. Phloroglucin. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1: 674-681 
(1911). 150 footnotes. Includes de- 
rivatives. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Phloroglucin. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 425- 
427 (1896). Bibl. footnotes. 
PHLORHIDZIN 

" Phlorhidzin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 11: 108 (1890) ; 2nd ser., 13: 
255-256 (1908). 

Zemplen, G. Phlorrhizin. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 10: 845-848 
(1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Glycosuria (Lusk). 
PHORONE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Phoron. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 1: 1028 
(1907). 25 references. 
PHOSGENE 

Berolzheimer, D. D. Bibliography of 
carbonyl chloride (phosgene) and 



its derivatives. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 
11: 263-266 (1919). 255 references. 

Germann, Albert F. O. Reactions in 
phosgene solutions. J. Phys. Chem. 
28: 879-886 (1924). Bibl. footnotes. 

Mellor, J. W. Carbonyl chloride. In 
his Inorg. theor. chem. 5 : 962-971 
(1924). 

Meyer-Jacobson. Carbonylchlorid. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 
1348-1351 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 
PHOSPHATES 

Camekon, F. K., and Jurst, L._ A. 
Action of water and saline solutions 
upon certain slightly soluble phos- 
phates. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 26 : 885- 
913 (1904). Bibl. footnotes. 

Greaves, J. E. Effects of soluble salts 
in insoluble phosphates. J. Biol. 
Chem. 7: 287-319 (1910). 59 refer- 
ences. 

Gt. Brit. Imperial mineral resources 
bureau. Mineral industry of the 
British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. War period. Phosphates. 
(1913-1919.) London, 1921. 72 p. 
Bibl., p. 67-72. 

Knorre, G. v. Beitrage zur Kenntniss 
der Metaphosphate. Z. anorg. Chem. 
24: 369-401 (1900). 40 footnotes. 

Mansfield, G. R. The phosphate re- 
sources of the United States. Pan- 
Am. Sci. Congr., Washington, Proc. 
2nd sec, 7: 764-766 (1917). 57 ref- 
erences. 

Mansfield, G. R. Phosphate rock in 
1922. U. S. Geol. Sur., Mineral Re- 
sources, 1922, pt. 2 : 128-132. 

Matson, G. C. The phosphate de- 
posits of Florida. U. S. Geol. Sur., 
Bull. No. 604, 1915. 101 p. Bibl., p. 
95-98. 83 references. 

Phalen, W. C. The conservation of 
phosphate rock in the United States. 
Pan-Am. Sci. Congr., Washington, 
Pfoc. 2nd sec, 7: 806-808 (1917). 
76 references. 

Phalen, W. C. Report on the phos- 
phate rocks of central Kentucky. 
Kentucky Geol. Sur., Bull., 1915. 80 
p. Bibl., p. 78-80. 85 references. 

ScHUCHT, L. Die Fabrikation des 
Superphosphats. 3rd ed. Brunswick, 
1909. 460 p. 

U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. Fertilizer 
resources of the United States. 62nd 
Congr., 2nd Sess., Senate Doc. No. 
.190. 290 p. Bibl. on phosphates, p. 
78-106. 

U. S. Geological Survey. Survey pub- 
lications relating to phosphates. U. 
S. Geol. Sur., Mineral Resources, 
1913, pt. 2: 288-289 (1914); 1914, 
pt. 2: 55-56 (1915). 41 references. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



223 



Waggaman, W. H. Phosphate rock. 
Mineral Ind. 25: 568-585 (1916); 
26: 517-532 (1917); 27: 553-568 
(1918); 28: 534-548 (1919); 29: 
531-545 (1920) ; 30: 536-553 (1921) ; 
31: 553-568 (1922). About 150 ref- 
erences. 
Waggaman, W. H., and Fry, W. H. 
Phosphate rock and methods pro- 
posed for its utilization as a ferti- 
lizer. U. S. Dept. Agr., Bull. No. 
312, 1915. List of patents. 

See also Fertilizers. 
PHOSPHATIDES. See Lipoids. 
PHOSPHINE 

GuTBiER, A. Phosphor und Wasser- 
stoff. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg-. Chem. 1, pt. 3: 52-76 (1911). 
References through text. 
PHOSPHOMOLYBDIC ACID 

KiESER, A. J. Molybdan und Phos- 
phor. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 1: 953-963 
(1912). References through text. 
PHOSPHORESCENCE 

Kayser, H. G. J. Phosphorescenz. In 
his Handb. der Spectroscopic 4 : 599- 
838 (1908). Bibl. footnotes. 

" Phosphorescence." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 1st sen, 11 : 110 (1890) ; 2nd sen, 
13: 262 (1908). 

Waentig, Percy. Zum Chemismus 
phosphoreszierender Erdalkalisulfide. 
Z. physik. Chem. 51 : 435-472 (1905). 
50 footnotes. 

See also Bioluminescence, Lumines- 
cence. 
PHOSPHORIC ACID 

Gutbier, A._ Phosphor und Sauerstoff. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 1, pt. 3: 76-204 (1911). 

" Phosphoric acid." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 1st ser„ 1 : 88 (1880) ; 2nd ser., 
1: 117 (1896); 3rd sen, 1: 123-124 
(1918). 

See also Phosphorus (Schenck). 
PHOSPHORIC ACID: Analytical. 

Gutbier, A. Nachweis, Bestimmung 
und Trennung der HaPO* und der 
Orthophosphate. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 3 : 162- 
173, 849-850 (1911). Classified by 
methods. 

JoDiDi, S. L., and Kellogg, E. H. On 
the factor to be used for the cal- 
culation of the phosphoric acid in 
Neumann's method. J. Franklin 
Inst. 180: 349-367 (1915). 30 foot- 
notes. 

Jorgensen, G. [On the determination 
of phosphoric acid as magnesium- 
ammonium phosphate and as am- 
monium molvbdate.] K. Danske 
Vidensk. Selsk. Skn (7) 2: 141-238 
(1905). 269 references. 



PHOSPHORITE 

Samojloff, J. Phosphorite. In Doel- 
ter, Handb. Mineralchem. 3, pt. 1 : 
352-364 (1918). Bibl. footnotes. 
PHOSPHOROUS ACID 

Gutbier, A. Phosphorige Saure. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 3: 111-119 (1911). References 
through text. 
PHOSPHORUS 

Giran, H. Phosphore. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 1: 691-802 (1904). 814 
footnotes. 

Gutbier, A. Phosphor. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
3: 1-52 (1911). References through 
text. 

Lemoine, George. Phosphore et ses 
composes. In Fremy, Enc. chim. 2, 
2' cahier: p. 242-508 (1885). Refer- 
ences through text. 

" Phosphorus." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 11: 110-120 (1890); 2nd sen, 
13: 263-270 (1908). 

Schenck, — . Phosphor. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 3: 482- 
489(1907). Classified by compounds. 

Waeser, B., and d'Ans, J. Phosphor 
und seine Verbindungen. In Brauer 
and d'Ans, Fortschritte 1 : 2147-2148 
(1922). 31 German patents. 
PHOSPHORUS: Analytical. 

Artmann, P. Phosphorbestimmung 
in Eisen und Stahl. Z. angew. 
Chem. 26: 203-208 (1913). 60 foot- 
notes. 

Gutbier, A, Nachweis und Bestimm- 
ung des Phosphors. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
3: 49-52, 831-832 (1911). 

HiBBERD, P. L. A study of the Pem- 
berton-Kilgore method for the de- 
termination of phosphoric acid. J. 
Ind. Eng. Chem. 5: 1008-1009 
(1913). 

Lundell, G. E. F., and Hoffman, J. I. 
Notes on the determination of phos- 
phorus. Ind. Eng. Chem. 15 : 44-47 
(1923). 16 references. 

WoRSHAM, Wm. a. a study of the 
stability of magnesium ammonium 
phosphate (MgNH4P04.6H20) and 
a method of determining phosphorus 
as magnesium ammonium phosphate. 
Thesis, Columbia Univ., 1924. 35 p. 
Bibl., p. 33-34. 
PHOSPHORUS: Organic compounds. 

Anderson, Rudolph J. The occur- 
rence of organic phosphorus com- 
pounds in plants. Thesis, Cornell 
Univ., 1919. 70 p. Bibl., p. 64-70. 
Originally published in J. Biol. 
Chem. as a series. 

Michaelis, a. Ueber die organischen 
Verbindungen des Phosphors mit 



224 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



PHOSPHORUS: Organic compounds— 

Cont'd 
dem Stickstoff. Ann. 326: 129-258 
(1903). 125 footnotes. 
Meyer-Jacobson. Verbindungen des 
Phorsphors. In their Lehrb. org. 
Chem. 1, pt. 1: 423-432 (1907); 2, 
pt. 1: 352-354 (1896). 
SjOLLEMA, B. Die biochemisch bel- 
angrijke organische phosphorzuur- 
verbindungen. Chem. Weekblad 12 : 
128-148, 282-302 (1915). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
PHOSPHORUS: Pharmaceutical. 

Boyd, L. J. Phosphorus. Hahnemann- 
ian Mo. 59: 129-138 (1924). 62 ref- 
erences. 
PHOSPHORUS BROMIDES 

GuTBiER, A. Phosphor und Jod. In 
Gmelin-Krant, Ilandh. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 3: 352-359 (1911). 
PHOSPHORUS CHLORIDES 

GuTBiER, A. Phosphor und Chlor. Iti 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 3: 303-322 (1911). 
PHOSPHORUS FLUORIDES 

GuTBiER, A. Phosphor und Fluor. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1. pt. 3: 291-303 (1911). 
PHOSPHORUS IODIDES 

GuTBiER, A. Phosphor und Jod. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 3: 373-383 (1911). 
PHOSPHORUS OXIDES 

GuTBiER, A. Phosphor und Sauerstoff. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 1, pt. 3: 76-103 (1911). 
PHOSPHORUS OXYCHLORIDE 

GuTBiER, A. Phosphor, Chlor und 
Sauerstoff. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 3 : 325-335 
(1911). 
PHOSPHORUS SULFIDES 

GuTBiER, A. Phosphor und Schwefel. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 1, pt. 3: 244-270 (1911). 
PHOSPHOTUNGSTIC ACID 

KiESER, A. J. Phosphorwolframsauren. 
Ill Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 3, pt. 1: 768-780 (1912). 
PHOTOCHEMISTRY 

Anderson, Wm. T., Jr., and Taylor, 
Hugh S. The inhibition of the pho- 
tochemical decomposition of hydro- 
gen peroxide solutions. J. Am. 
Chem. Soc. 45: 650-662 (1923). 76 
footnotes. 
Baudisch, O., and Mayer, E. Pho- 
tociiemical studies on the assimila- 
tion of nitrates and nitrites. Z. phy- 
siol. Chem. 89: 175-227 (1914). 
Blaschke, M. Photochemie. Fort- 
schritte Chem. 11: 147-169 (1915- 
1916) ; 13: 49-57 (1917-1918) ; 14: 
55-93 (1918-1919); 15: 89-98 (1919- 
1920). References through text. 



Bolin, Iwan. Ueber die photochem- 
ische Zersetzung von Milchsaure in 
Gegenwart von Uranylsulfat. Z. 
physik. Chem. 87: 490-506 (1914). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Byk, a. Photochemie. Fortschritte 
Chem. 1: 14-24 (1909) ; 2: 11-19 
(1910); 3: 339-350 (1910-1911); 
6: 17-32 (1912-1913). References 
through text. 

Coehn, Alfred. Photochemische Vor- 
gjinge in Gase. Jahrb. Radioakt. 
Elektronik 7: 577-639 (1910). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

CusTis, Horace H. Studies in actino- 
chemistry. J. Franklin Inst. 184: 
617-636, 849-884 (1917). 249 foot- 
notes. 

Eder, Joseph M. Geschichte der Pho- 
tochemie und Photographic von Alt- 
erthume bis in die Gegenwart. Halle, 
1891. 147 p. 

Eder, Joseph M. Photochemie, die 
chemische Wirkung des Lichtes. 
Halle, Knapp, 1906. 533 p. Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Eder, J. M. Ueber Sensibilisatoren 
bei photochemischen, photograph- 
ischen und biologischen Prozessen. 
Jahrb. Radioakt. Elektronik 19: 73- 
92 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

Gebhardt, K. Photochemie. Fort- 
schritte Chem. 9: 27-47 (1914). 

GiBBS, H. D. The action of sunlight 
upon methyl alcohol. Philipp J. Sci. 
7: 57-74 (1912). 56 footnotes. 

Hansen, Christian J. Bericht ueber 
die Fortschritte der Photochemie im 
Jahre 1911. Z. angew. Chem. 25: 
1671-1678, 1715-1722 (1912). 123 
footnotes. 

Heise, George W., and Mathews, J. H. 
A review of the progress in photo- 
chemistry since the last international 
congress. In 8th Intern. Congr. 
Appl. Chem., 20: 181-187 (1912). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

HouBEN, J. Belichten. In his Method- 
en der organischen Chemie 2 : 
912-1043 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

Mellor, J. W. Action of light on 
silver halides. In his Inorg. theor. 
chem. 3: 408-418 (1923). 200 refer- 
ences. 

Plotnikov, Ivan S. Allgemeine Pho- 
tochemie, ein Hand- und Lehrbuch 
fiir Forschung, Praxis und Studium. 
Berlin, Gruyter, 1920. 729 p. Bibl. 
through text. 

Plotnikov, I. Photochemische Ver- 
suchstechnik. Leipzig, 1912. Bibl. 
at end of chapters. 

Schaum, Karl. Photochemie und 
Photographic. Leipzig, Barth, 1908. 
228 p.^ Bibl. footnotes. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



225 



Sheppard, S. E. Photochemistry. 
London, Longmans, 1914. 446 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 
Taylor, Hugh S. Photochemistry. In 
his Treatise on physical chemistry, 
2: 1205-1251 (1924). Bibl. footnotes. 
Trivelli, a. p. H. Neuere Theorje 
der photochemischen Vorgange in 
der Bromsilbergelatine Platte. Jahrb. 
Radioakt. Elektronik 8: 334-383 
(1911). Bibl. footnotes. 
TucKERMAN, ALFRED. Bibliography of 
the chemical influence of light. 
Smithsonian Misc. Coll., No. 785. 
1891. 22 p. 
Valenta, E. Fortschritte auf dem 
Gebiete der Photochemie und Pho- 
tographic. Chem.-Ztg. 29: 634-637 
(1905); 107 footnotes. 30: 1007- 
1009 (1906) ; 100 footnotes. 31: 867- 
869 (1907) ; 98 footnotes. 32: 1089- 
1090, 1102-1104 (1908) ; 77 footnotes. 
2>2,: 933-935, 942-943 (1909); 105 
footnotes. 34: 713-714, 722-723 
(1910); 114 footnotes. 35: 941-943, 
962-963 (1911); 97 footnotes. 36: 
1337-1340 (1912) ; 113 footnotes. 45: 
709, 7Z2,, 777, 801, 805, 830, 854 
(1921) ; 347 footnotes. 

Weigert, Fritz. Die chemische Wirk- 
ung des Lichtes. Sammlung chem. 
chem.-tech. Vortrage 17: 183-296 
(1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

WiNTHER, Chr. Die theoretische Pho- 
tochemie, 1909-1913. Z. wiss. Phot. 
14: 30-32. 141 references. 

See also Electronics, Photosynthe- 
sis. 
PHOTOGRAPHY 

Bancroft, Wilder D. Photographic 
plate, the latent image. J. Phys. 
Chem. 15: 313-366, 551-579 (1911); 
16: 29-68, 89-125 (1912); 17: 93- 
153 (1913). 200 footnotes. 

Blaschke, M. Photographic. Fort- 
schritte Chem. 14: 43-54 (1918- 
1919); 15: 121-130 (1919-1920). 

Biicher und Zeitschriften auf dem 
Gebiete der Photographic und Re- 
produktionstechnik. Halle, Knapp, 
n. d. 32 p. Classified. 

BuGUET, Abel, and Gioppi, L. La bib- 
liotheque du photographe en fran- 
cais, italien, anglais, allemand, es- 
pagnol. Paris, 1892. 84 p. 

Coventry Public Library. Photog- 
raphy. In its Readers' Bull. 2: 63- 
72 (May, 1924). 

Ferguson, W. B., ed. A memorial vol- 
ume containing an account of the 
photographic researches of Ferdi- 
nand Hunter and Vero C. Driffield ; 
being a reprint of their published 
papers together with a history of 
their early work and a bibliography 
15 



of later work on the same subject. 
London, Royal Photographic^ Soc, 
1920. 374 p. Bibl., p. 342-366. 

Gamble, Wm. B. Color photography. 
A list of references in the New 
York Public Library. Bull. N. Y. 
Pub. Library 28: 475-498, 557-577 
(1924). Chronological, 1761-1923. 
2355 titles of books and periodical 
articles. 

Gt. Brit. Patent office library. Sub- 
ject list of photomechanical printing 
and photogra'^hy in the Library of 
the Patent Office. London, 1914. 121 
p. Includes photographic chemistry, 
color photography, etc. 

Halen, S. Die chemische Herstellung 
und Behandlung von Filmen. Kunst- 
stoffe 12: 73-76 (1922). Patents 
through text. 

Lehman, E. Photographic. Fort- 
schritte Chem. 5: 299-305 (1912); 
7: 235-243 (1913); 10: 1-11 (1914- 
1915). References through text. 

Luppo-Cramer. Photographic. Fort- 
schritte Chem. 1: 25-27, 251-254 
(1909). References through text. 

Luppo-Cramer, — . Ueber die kolloid- 
chemischen Verhaltnisse in den Kol- 
loidiumschichten. Kolloid-Z. 12 : 309- 
317; 13: 35-41 (1913). 79 footnotes. 

Luppo-Cramer, and Liesegang, R. Ed. 
Zur Kolloidchemie der photograph- 
ischen Bildentwicklung. Kolloid-Z. 
9: 290-296 (1911). 32 footnotes. 

Mathews, J. H., and Heise, G. W. 
Review of the progress in the the- 
ory of photography since the last 
international congress (1909-1912). 
In 8th Intern. Congr. Appl. Chem. 
20: 259-265 (1912). 45 footnotes. 

Mees, C. E. K. Recent advances in 
photographic theory. J. Franklin 
Inst. 195: 1-21 (1923). 26 footnotes. 

MuHLESTEiN, Emile. Problcmcs fon- 
damentaux de la plaque photo- 
graphique. Arch. sci. phys. nat. (5) 
5: 110-128 (1923). 190 references. 

NiETZ, A. H. The theory of develop- 
ment. New York, Van Nostrand, 
1922. 190 p. Bibl., p. 179-185. 

NiETZ, A. H., and Huse, K. The sen- 
sitometry of photographic intensifi- 
cation. J. Franklin Inst. 185: 408 
(1918). 20 references. 

" Photography." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st ser., 11: 121 (1890) ; 2nd sen, 
13: 272-273 (1908). 
Reindeers, W. Studien ueber die Pho- 
tohaloide. II. Die Konstitution der 
Photohaloide. Z. physik. Chem. 77 : 
356-366 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 
Renwick, F. F. Photographic images, 
visible and invisible. J. Soc. Chem. 
Ind. 39: 162-163T (1920). 100 ref- 
erences. 



226 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



PHOTOGRAPHY— Cowfd 

ScHAUM, Karl. Fortschritte auf dem 
Gebiete der wissenschaftlichen Pho- 
tographic. Chem. Z. 3: 268-271, 567- 
570 (1904) ; 86 footnotes. 4: 131-133 
(1905) ; 92 footnotes. 

ScHLOEMANN, E. Fortschrittc der 
wissenschaftlichen Photographic. Z. 
wiss. Phot. 15: 55-64, 78-96 (1916) ; 
17: 169-192, 218-240, 241-250 (1918). 
Bibl. through text. 

Sheppard, S. E. Gelatin in photog- 
raphy. New York, Van Nostrand, 
1923. 263 p. Bibl, p. 229-245. In- 
dex of authors. 

Sheppard, S. E. The dispersity of the 
silver halides in relation to their 
photographic properties. In Colloid 
symposium Mon., Univ. Wisconsin, 
1923, p. 346-366. 42 footnotes. 

Sheppard, S. E. Recent contributions 
of chemistry to photography. J. Ind. 
Eng. Chem. 14: 820-823 (1922). 86 
references. 

Slade, R. E. Colloid chemistry in pho- 
tography. In Third report on colloid 
chemistry, 1920. p. 77-80; Brit. J. 
Phot. 67: 645-647 (1920). 

Snodgrass, Lloyd L. The science and 
practice of photographic printing. 
Effingham, 111., 1923. 304 p. Bibl., 
p. 293-296. 

Society of Chemical Industry. Pho- 
tographic materials and processes. In 
Reports of the progress of applied 
chemistry 1: 298-315 (1916); 2: 
495-509 (1917); 3: 457-466 (1918); 
4: 508-522 (1919); 5: 505-522 
(1920) ; 6: 539-564 (1921) ; 7: 510- 
530 (1922) ; 9: 576-616 (1924). Bibl. 
footnotes. Reprinted in the Brit. J. 
Phot. 

Stenger, E. Photographic. Fort- 
schritte Chem. 2: 157-168 (1910); 
3: 213-220 (1910-1911). References 
through text. 

Trivelli, a. p. H., and Sheppard, 
S. E. The silver bromide grain of 
photographic emulsions. New York, 
Van Nostrand, 1922. 143 p. 

Wall, E. J. Practical color photog- 
raphy. Am. Photographic Pub. Co., 
1922. 

Worden, E. C. Collodion in the pho- 
tographic art, color photography, etc. 
In his Technology of cellulose es- 
ters 1: 2795-2921 (1921). Many 
hundred references and patents. 

Zuchold, Ernst A. Bibliotheca pho- 
tographica. Verzeichness der auf 
dem Gebiete der Photographic, 
sowie der damit verwandten Kiinste 
und Wissenschaften seit Erfindung 
der Daguerreotypie bis zu Anfang 
des Jahres 1860 erschienenen Schrift- 
en. Leipzig, 1860. 



Serial 

Jahrbuch fiir Photographic und Re- 
produktionstechnik. 1887- 

Monthly abstract bulletin. (Eastman 
Kodak Co.) 1915- . Covers pho- 
tography, physics, chemistry, tech- 
nology, books, patents. 

Photographic abstracts. 1921- 
Covers color photography, kinema- 
tography, manufacture of photo- 
graphic materials, photographic op- 
tics, photomechanical processes, ra- 
diography, applications of photogra- 
phy, sensitometry, actinometry, pho- 
tometry, theory of photography, 
photographic processes. Includes pat- 
ents. 

Photographisches Centralblatt. 1895- 
1904. Continued as Photographische 
Rundschau und photographisches 
Centralblatt, 1905-1911. Continued 
as Photographisches Rundschau und 
Mitteilungen, 1912- 
PHOTOMETRY 

Powell, A. L., and Summers, J. A. 
Commercial photometry. Gen. Elec. 
Rev. 24: 57 (1921). 

Walsh, John W. T. The elementary 
principles of lighting and photom- 
etry. London, Methuen, 1923. Bibl., 
p. 196-211. 
PHOTOSYNTHESIS 

Benecke, W., and Jost, L. Pflanzen- 
physiologie. I. Stoffwechsel. Jena, 
Fischer, 1924. 441 p. Chapters on 
the assimilation of carbon, nitrogen, 
etc. Bibl. footnotes. 

Brown, W. H., and Heise, G. W. The 
application of photochemical temp- 
erature coefficients to the velocity of 
carbon dioxide assimilation. Philipp. 
J. Sci. 12C: 1-26 (1917). 31 foot- 
notes. 

Brown, W. H., and Heise, G. W. The 
relation between light intensity and 
carbon dioxide assimilation. Philipp. 
J. Sci. 12C: 85-98 (1917). 23 refer- 
ences. 

Brunner, Karl. Ueber den chem- 
ischen Prozess der Synthese durch 
die Aufnahme der Kohlensaure. 
Ann. 351: 313-331 (1907). 55 foot- 
notes. 

CzAPEK, F. Die photochemische Zuck- 
ersynthese in der Pflanzen. In his 
Biochemie der Pflanzen, 3rd ed., 1 : 
506-629 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

Gutbier, a. Assimilation (of CO2). 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 1, pt. 3: 673-676 (1911). Ref- 
erences through text. 

JoRGENSEN, Ingvar, and Stiles, 
Walter. Carbon assimilation. Lon- 
don, Wesley, 1917. 180 p. Reprinted 
from New Phytologist. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



227 



KiMPFLiN, G. Essai sur rassimilation 
photochlorophyllienne du carbone. 
Thesis, Lyon, 1908. 150 p. 500 ref- 
erences. 

Knudson, L. Influence of certain car- 
bohydrates on green plants. New 
York, Cornell Agr. Expt. Sta., 
Mem. 9: 5-75 (1916). Bib!., p. 71-75. 

LuBiMENKO, W. N. [The relation be- 
tween chlorophyll and photosyn- 
thetic energy.] Trav. Soc. Imp. 
Nat. St. Petersburg, 41, No. 3 
(1910). 366 p. 

Mangham, S. The translocation of 
carbohydrates in plants. Sci. Prog- 
ress 5: 256-285, 457-479 (1910). 

Ottenwalder, a. Lichtintensitat und 
Substrat bei der Lichtkeimung. Z. 
Bot. 6: 785-848 (1914). 

Schmidt, A. Die Abhangigkeit der 
Chlorophyllbildung von der Wellen- 
lange des Lichtes. Beitr. Biol. 
Pflanz. 12: 269-294 (1914). 

ScHONFELD, E. Ucbcr den Einfluss des 
Lichtes auf etiolierte Blatter. Beitr. 
Biol. Pflanz. 12: 351-412 (1914). 

Spoehr, H. a., and McGee, J. M. 
Studies in plant respiration and 
photosynthesis. Carnegie Inst. 
Washington, Pub. No. 325, 1923. 98 
p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Stoklasa, J. [Significance of the 
action of ultraviolet rays on the 
photochemical synthesis of carbo- 
hydrates in cells containing chloro- 
phyll.] Strahlentherapie 6: 119-172 
(1915). "General survey of litera- 
ture." 

WoKER, Gertrud. Zum Assimilations- 
problem. Arch. ges. Physiol. 176: 
11-38 (1919). Bibl. footnotes. 

ZoN", Raphael, and Graves, Henry S. 
Light in relation to tree growth. 
U. S. Dept. Agr., Forest Service 
Bull. No. 92, 1911. 59 p. Bibl., p. 54- 
59. 

See also Photochemistry. 
PHOTOTROPY 

Stobbe, Hans. Phototropieerschein- 
ungen. Ber. Verhandl. Sachs Akad. 
Wiss. Leipzig, 4: 161-250 (1922). 
Bibl., p. 164, 175, 192. 
PHTHALIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Orthophthalsaure. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 
581-589 (1902). 
PHTHALIC ANHYDRIDE 

Phillips, M. Phthalic acid deriva- 
tives. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 13: 247- 
249 (1921). 
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 

Baume, Georges. Revue de la chimie 
physique. J. chim. phys. 7 : 245-259 
(1909) ; 8: 426-445 (1910) ; 9: 423- 
474 (1911); 10: 354-413 (1912); 
11: 327-404 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 



BoDLANDER, G. Fortschritte der phy- 
sikalischen Chemie. Chem.-Z. 1 : 
533-535, 566-568, 596-599, 659-661 
(1902) ; 113 footnotes. 2: 81-83, 112- 
114, 143-145; 396-397, 427-429, 459- 
461 (1903) ; 131 footnotes. 
Herz, W. Die physikalische Chemie, 
1903-1904. Chem.-Z. 3: 564-567, 
709-710 (1904); 86 footnotes. 4: 
128-131, 389-391 (1905) ; 91 foot- 
notes. 

Herz, W. Bericht ueber die Fort- 
schritte der physikalischen Chemie. 
Chem.-Ztg. 34: 81-82, 89-91 (1910) ; 
129 footnotes. 35: 49-50, 78-79, 86- 
88 (1911) ; 229 footnotes. 36: 77-78, 
84-86, 111-112, 881-882, 894-896 
(1912); 216 footnotes. 2>7 : 109-110, 
115-117 (1913); 111 footnotes. 38: 
25-28, 42-46 (1914) ; 183 footnotes. 
39: 133-135, 151-153 (1915); 174 
footnotes. 40: 409-412, 423-425 
(1916); 146 footnotes. 41: 497-498, 
530-532, 550-552 (1917) ; 148 foot- 
notes. 43: 57-58, 62-64, 75-77 
(1919); 159 footnotes. 44: 61-62, 
74-76, 94-96 (1920) ; 214 footnotes. 
45: 341-342, 350-352, 389-391, 398- 
399, 421-423, 438-439 (1921) ; 324 
footnotes. 46 : 497-498. 522-523, 527- 
528, 569-570, 589-590, 613-616, 638- 
640, 662-664, 683-685 (1922) ; 526 
footnotes. 47: 297-298, 301-303, 346- 
348, 391-393, 405-408, 470-472, 493- 
495, 514-515 (1923) ; 566 footnotes. 

Jellinek, Karl. Lehrbuch der phy- 
sikalischen Chemie. Stuttgart, Enke, 
1914. 4 vols. Bibl. footnotes. 

Nordmeyer, p. Bericht ueber die 
Fortschritte der Physik und phys- 
ikalischen Chemie. Chem.-Ztg. 30: 
493-497 (1906); 219 footnotes. 31: 
443-445, 463-465 (1907) ; 261 foot- 
notes. 32: 425-426, 438-440 (1908); 
106 footnotes. Zi: 710-712, 726-728, 
736-738 (1909) ; 151 footnotes. 

RuDOLPHi, M. Bericht ueber die Fort- 
schritte der Physik und physikal- 
ischen Chemie. Chem.-Ztg. 27 : 319- 
323 (1903); 166 footnotes. 29: 837- 
841 (1905). 183 footnotes. 

RuDOLPHi, M., and Nordmeyer, P. 
Bericht ueber die Fortschritte der 
Physik und physikalischen Chemie 
im Jahre 1903. Chem.-Ztg. 28: 445- 
450 (1904) ; 230 footnotes. 

ScHADE, Heinrich. Die physikalische 
Chemie in der inneren Medizin ; die 
Anwendung und die Bedeutung phys- 
ikochemischer Forschung in der 
Pathologie und Therapie f iir Studier- 
ende und Arzte. 3rd ed. Dresden, 
Steinkopff, 1923. 605 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 



228 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY— Con^d 

Schwab, G. M. Fortschritte in der 
physikalischen Chemie seit 1921. Z. 
angew. Chem. 37 : 20-22, 32-35 
(1924). 288 footnotes. 

Taylor, Hugh S. A treatise on physi- 
cal chemistry. 2 vols. New York, 
Van Nostrand, 1924. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Traube, J. Jahresbericht ueber die 
Fortschritte der physikalischen 
Chemie und Fhysik im Jahre 1901. 
Chem.-Ztg. 26: 747-752 (1902); 105 
footnotes. 

Serial 

Beiblatter zu den Annalen der Physik. 
1877- . Contains a section on 
physical chemistry. 

Physikalisch-chemisches Centralblatt. 
1904-1912. Covers radioactivity, 
chemical statics and dynamics, elec- 
trochemistry, photochemistry, ther- 
mochemistry, colloids, metallogra- 
phy, analytical, apparatus. 

Science Abstracts. 1898- . Contains 
a section of physical chemistry. 

Zeitschrift fiir physikalische Chemie, 

Stochiometrie und Verwandtschafts- 

lehre. The first 56 volumes (1887- 

1905) contained an abstract section. 

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES 

Carnelley, Thomas. Melting and 
boiling point tables. London, Har- 
rison, 1885-1887. 2 vols. 796 p. 
Values and authority. About 50,000 
data. 

Landolt-Bornstein. Physikalische- 
chemische Tabellen. 5th ed. Ber- 
lin, Springer, 1923. 2 vols. Numer- 
ous bibls. through the work. 

Tables annuelles de constantes et don- 
nees numeriques de chimie, de phy- 
sique et de technologic. Vol 1+- 
1910 to date. Contains references to 
all published numerical data of 
chemistry, physics and engineering 
since 1910. 

See also Density, Electrical conduc- 
tivity. Hardness, Speclfic heat, 

ETC. 

PHYSIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY 

Abderhalden, Emil. Lehrbuch der 
physiologischen Chemie in Vorles- 
ungen. 4th ed. Berlin, Urban, 1920. 
2 vols. Bibl. footnotes. 

Bayliss, Wm. M. Principles of gen- 
eral physiology. 3rd ed. London, 
Longmans, 1920. 862 p. Bibl., p. 
741-827. 

Bayliss, W. M. Colloid chemistry in 
physiology. In Second report on col- 
loid chemistry, 1918, p. 122, 135, 142, 
150, 154. 



Bayliss, W. M., and Starling, E. H. 
Die chemische Koordination der 
Funktionen des Korpers. Ergeb. 
Physiol. 5: 664-666 (1906). 77 ref- 
erences. Discusses respiration, di- 
gestion, etc. 

Berg, Wm. N. Die Beziehung zwisch- 
en der physiologischen Wirkung 
der lonen und ihrer physiko-chem- 
ischen Eigenschaften. Ion 2: 161- 
188 (1910). 117 footnotes. 

Chemical Society. Physiological 
chemistry. In Annual reports on the 
progress of chemistry, vol. 1+. 
1904 to date. Bibl. footnotes. 

Frankel, Sigmund. Stereochemische 
Konfiguration und physiologische 
Wirkung. Ergeb. Physiol. 3: 290- 
291 (1904). 37 references. 

Jolles, Adolf. Jahresbericht ueber die 
Fortschritte auf dem Gebiete der 
physiologischen Chemie. Chem.- 
Ztg. 30: 524-528 (1906); 166 foot- 
notes. 31: 580-582, 591-593 (1907); 
131 footnotes. 

Liebermann, H. Fortschritte der 
physiologischen Chemie im Jahre 
1909. Z. angew. Chem. 23: 1155- 
1159 (1910). 68 footnotes. 

Mathews, Albert P. Physiological 
chemistry, a text-book and manual 
for students. 3rd ed. New York, 
Wood, 1920. 1154 p. Bibl. at end of 
chapters. 

Parsons, Thomas R. Fundamentals 
of biochemistry in relation to human 
physiology. Cambridge, Heffer, 1923. 
281 p. Bibl. at end of chapters. 

Pincussohn, L. Physiologische 
Chemie. Fortschritte Chem. 1 : 192- 
199, 376-384 (1909); 2: 391-400 
(1910); 3: 361-376 (1910-1911); 4: 
195-209 (1911); 5: 189-206 (1912); 
6: 319-332 (1912-1913); 8: 141-157, 
209-225 (1913); 9: 249-268 (1914); 
17: 33-62 (1921). References 
through text. 

Ramsden, W. Colloidal and capillary 
phenomena in their bearing on phy- 
siology and biochemistry. In First 
report on colloid chemistry, p. 85-86 
(1917). A few general references. 
Schulz, Fr. N. Die physiologische 
Chemie. Chem. Z. 3: 106-108, 132- 
136, 168-172 (1904) ; 105 footnotes. 
4: 1-5, 32-38, 537-539, 553-561 
(1905) ; 238 footnotes. 

See also Biochemistry. 
PHYTIN 

" Phytin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd ser., 

13: 352 (1908). 
Rose, Anton R. Resume of the litera- 
ture on inosite phosphoric acid, with 
special reference to the relation of 
that substance to plants. Biochem. 
Bull. 2: 46-49 (1912). 62 references. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



229 



Thompson, Alice R. Organic phos- 
phoric acid of rice. J. Agr. Res. 3: 
425-430 (1915). 14 references. 

See also Phosphorus, organic com- 
pounds. 
PHYTOSTEROL. See Cholesterol. 
PICOLINE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Picoline. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 806-807 
(1917). 
PICRIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Pikrinsaure. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 382 
(1902). 

" Picric acid." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
ser., 1: 75 (1880) ; 2nd sen, 1: 117 
(1896); 3rd ser., 1: 124-125 (1918). 
Includes toxicology. 

Sec also Explosives. 
PICROTOXIN 

" Picrotoxin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
ser., 11: 294 (1890) ; 2nd sen, 13: 
359 (1908). 
PIEZOCHEMISTRY 

Cohen, Ernst, and Schut, W. Piezo- 
chemie kondensierter Systeme. Leip- 
zig, Akad. Verlags. 1919. 449 p. 
Bibl. footnotes and bibls., p. 434-437. 
PIGMENTS: Animal. 

Fischer, Hans. Farbstoffe mit Pyrrol- 
kernen. In Oppenheimer, Handb. 
Biochem. 1: 351-404 (1924). 126 
footnotes. 

FuRTH, O. Melanine, Lipochrome, 
Farbstoffe der Wirbellosen. In Op- 
penheimer, Handb. Biochem., 2nd 
ed., 1: 944-960 (1924). 74 footnotes. 

Kayser, Heinrich G. J. Tierische 
Farbstoffe. In his Handb. der Spec- 
troscopic 4: 194-202 (1908). 214 
references. 

Oberndorfer, S. Pigment und Pig- 
mentbildung. Ergeb. Path. 12: 460- 
498 (1908). References through 
text. 

" Pigments and pigmentation." Ind.- 
Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 11: 303-304 
(1890); 2nd sen, 13: 367-369 
(1908). 

Przibram, Hans. Griine tierische 
Farbstoffe. Arch. ges. Physiol. 153 : 
385-400 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Samuely, Franz, and Strauss, Edu- 
ard. Tierische Pigmente und Farb- 
stoffe. In Abderhalden, Handb. biol. 
Arbeitsm. 1, pt. 8: 731-790 (1922). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Bacterial pigments. Blood, 
Bile, Hemoglobin, Melanine, etc. 
PIGMENTS: Plant. 

Horowitz, B. Plant pigments — their 
color and interrelationships. Bio- 
chem. Bull. 4: 161-172 (1915). 37 
footnotes. 

Kayser, Heinrich G. J. Natiirliche 
Farbstoffe der Pflanzen. In his 



Handb. der Spectroscopic, 4: 6-21 
(1908). 450 references. 

RupE, H., and Altenburg, H. t)brige 
Pflanzenfarbstoffe. In Abderhalden, 
Biochem. Handl. 6: 23-187 (1911). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Wakeman, Nellie A. Pigments of 
flowering plants. Wis. Acad. Sci., 
Arts Letters 19: 767-906 (1919). 
Bibl. footnotes. Bibl. through text. 

West, C. J. Plant pigments (other 
than chlorophyll). Biochem. Bull. 
4: 151-160 (1915). 36 footnotes. 

Willstatter, Richard. Ueber Pflanz- 
enfarbstoffe. Ber. 47: 2831-2874 
(1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Anthocyans, Carotin, 
Chlorophyll, etc. 
PILOCARPINE 

" Pilocarpine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 11: 309-313 (1890); 2nd sen, 
13: 374-376 (1908). 
PIMELIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Pimelinsaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2 : 
401-402 (1913). 
PINABIETIC ACID 

Virtanen, Arthur I. Die Konstitu- 
tion der Pinabietinsaure. Ann. 424 : 
150-215 (1921). 75 footnotes. 

See also Abietic acid. 
PINACONE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Pinakon. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 86-89 
(1913). 40 references. 
PINEAL GLAND 

McCord, Carey P. Physiology, phy- 
siological chemistry and experimen- 
tal pathology (of the pineal gland). 
In Barker, Endocrinology and me- 
tabolism 2: 7-32; references, 5: 161- 
166 (1922). 
PINENE 

Bartelt, K. Pinen. In Abderhalden, 
Biochem. Handl. 7: 304-328 (1912). 
225 footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Pinen. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1: 983-998 
(1902). Bibl. footnotes. 
PIPERAZINE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Piperazin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3 : 1351- 
1355 (1920). 

" Piperazine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 13: 384-385 (1908). 
PIPERIDINE 

Kautzsch, Karl. Piperidin. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 1437- 
1447 (1911). 115 references. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Piperidin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 818-829 
(1917). Bibl. footnotes. 

" Piperidine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 11: 324 (1890); 2nd sen, 13: 
385 (1908). 



230 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



PIPERONAL 

WiTTE, E. Piperonal. Heliotropin. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
842-844 (1911). 50 references. 
PITCH. See Asphalt, Coal tar, Wood 

DISTILLATION. 

PITUITARY 

Faust, Edwin S. Hypophyse. In Ab- 
derhalden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 4, 
pt. 7, 1st half: 771-774 (1923). Bibl. 
footnotes. 29 references. 

" Pituitary body, extract." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 2nd ser., 13: 396-397 
(1908). 

Roth, George B. Pituitary standardi- 
zation. U. S. Hyg. Lab., Bull. No. 
109, 1917. Bibl., p. 32-33. 26 refer- 
ences. 
PLACENTA 

" Chemical composition of the pla- 
centa." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd ser., 
13: 405 (1908). 9 references. 

GiESY, Paul M. A chemical study of 
the placental hormone. Thesis, Co- 
lumbia Univ., 1920. 84 p. Bibl., p. 
82-83. 

Hammett, Frederick S. The func- 
tions of the internal secretions of 
the placenta. Endocrinology 3 : 307- 
317 (1919). 55 references. 
PLANT JUICES 

Clevenger, Clinton B. Hydrogen ion 
concentration of plant juices. Soil 
Science 8: 217-226, 227-242 (1919). 
53 references. 
PLANT SLIMES 

Grafe, Viktor. Pflanzenschleime. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 2 : 
65-80 (1911); 8: 15-18 (1915). 
About 150 references. 
PLANT TOXINS 

Truog, E., and Sykora, J. Soil con- 
stituents which inhibit the action of 
plant toxins. Soil Science 3 : 333- 
351 (1917). 48 references. 
PLANTS: Chemicals, action of. See 

Fertilizers. 
PLANTS: Biochemistry. 

Czapek, Friedrich. Ueber einige be- 
merkenswerte Fortschritte auf dem 
Gebiete der Pflanzen-Biochemie im 
Jahre 1901. Ergeb. Physiol. 1: 747- 
749 (1902). 48 references. 

Czapek, F. Der Stickstoff im Stoff- 
wechsel der Pflanze. Ergeb. Physiol. 
2: 639-672 (1903); bibl. footnotes. 
3: 309-310 (1904); 81 references. 

Czapek, Friederich. Die organische 
Ernahrung bei holieren griinen 
Ptlanzen. Naturwissenschaf ten 8 : 
226-231 (1920). 44 footnotes. 

Mangham, S. Observations on the 
osazone method of locating sugars 
in plant tissues. Ann. Bot. (Lon- 
don) 29: 369-391 (1915). 



MoNTEMARTiNi, LuiGi. Sulla uutriz- 
ione e riproduzione nelle plante. In- 
troduzione. Bibliografica. Atti 1st. 
Bot. Univ. Pavia, (2) 14: 92-106 
(1910). 

Ravin, Paul. Nutrition carbonee des 
plantes a I'aide des acides organ- 
iques libres et combines. Ann. Sci. 
Nat. Bot. (9) 18: 440-446 (1913). 

See also Botanical chemistry. 
PLANTS: MedicinaL 

Adams, J. Medicinal plants and their 
cultivation in Canada. Canada 
Exptl. Farms, Bull. No. 23, 1915. 
60 p. 

Kilmer, F. B. The cultivation of 
medicinal plants. Am. J. Pharm. 87 : 
343-359, 421-435 (1915). 

Schneider, Albert. Literature on 
medicinal plants and drug plant cul- 
ture. Pharm. Rev. 26 : 201-214, 236- 
245 (1908). 

See also Drugs. 
PLASTERS. See Cements, Gypsum, 

ETC. 

PLASMA 

" Chemistry of blood plasma." Ind.- 
Cat. S. G. O., 3rd ser., 3: 83-84 
(1922). 

Fischer, H. W. Das Wasser im 
Plasma. KoUoid-Z. 8: 291-302 
(1911). 40 footnotes. 

See also Blood. 
PLASTICS: Synthetic. 

Baekeland, L. H. The synthesis, con- 
stitution and uses of bakelite. J. 
Ind. Eng. Chem. 1: 149-161 (1909); 
Chem.-Ztg. 33 : 317-318, 326-328, 347- 
348, 358-359 (1909). 31 footnotes. 

Baekeland, L. H. Phenol-formalde- 
hyde condensation products. J. Ind. 
Eng. Chem. 4: 737-743 (1912); 
Chem.-Ztg. 36: 1245-1249 (1912). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Baekeland, L. H. Die chemische 
Zusammensetzung von harzartigen 
Phenolkondensationprodukten. Z. 

angew. Chem. 26: 473-478 (1913). 
32 footnotes. 

Baekeland, L. H., and Bender, H. L. 
Phenol resins and resinoids. Ind. 
Eng. Chem. 17: 237 (1925). 67 ref- 
erences. 

Blucher, Hans. Plastische Massen ; 
die Erzeugung, Verarbeitung und 
Verwendung von Kunststoffe. Leip- 
zig, Hirzel, 1924. 291 p. Bibl., p. 
x-xii. 

Ellis, Carleton. Synthetic resins and 
their plastics. New York, Chem. 
Cat. Co., 1923. 514 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Fischer, E. J. Hartgummiersatzmass- 
en ohne Kautschukzusatz. Kunst- 
stoffe 8: 2-7 (1918). Patents. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



231 



Halen, S. Die neuen patentierten 
Verfahren zur Herstellung von 
plastischen Massen. Kunststoffe 4 : 
285-287, 354-356, 365-368 (1914). 
Patents. 

Halen, S. Die Herstellung von plast- 
ischen Massen aus Kasein. Kunst- 
stofife4: 301-302 (1914). Patents. 

Halen, S. Verfahren zur Herstellung 
plastischen Massen. Kunststoffe 9: 
62-65, 78-81 (1919). Covers war pat- 
ents. 

Halen, S. Tabellarische Uebersicht 
der deutschen Reichspatente betreff- 
end die Verfahren zur Herstellung 
von Kunstharzen und Kunststoffen 
aus Phenolen und Aldehyden. 
Kunststoffe 14: 17-20, 38-40 (1924). 
97 patents. 

Halle, — . Die Herstellung der 
Formaldehydharze. Kunststoffe 7 : 
149-152, 167-169 (1917). 56 patents 
and literature references. 

Hemming, Emile. Plastics and 
moulded electrical insulation. New- 
York, Chem. Cat. Co., 1923. 313 p. 
Patent references through book. 

Kausch, Oskar. Verfahren zur Her- 
stellung plastischer Massen. Kunst- 
stoffe 1: 62, 86, 109, 131, 170, 226, 
250, 270, 290, 311, 334, 349 (1911). 
Patents. 

Kausch, Oskar. Verfahren zur Her- 
stellung von Kunstharze u. dgl. aus 
Phenol und Formaldehyd. Kunst- 
stoffe 3: 301-302 (1913) ; 4: 268-269 
(1914). Patents. 

Lebach, H. Bakelite und seine Ver- 
wendung. Chem.-Ztg. 37 : 733-736, 
750-752 (1913) ; J. Soc. Chem. Ind. 
32: 559-563 (1913). 50 footnotes. 

Marschalk, J. Herstellung plastischer 
Massen mittels harzhaltiger Stoffe. 
Kunststoffe 7: 120-125 (1917). 81 
references. 

Marschalk, J. Herstellung plastischer 
Masses aus Leim, u. dgl. Kunst- 
stoffe 7: 136-140, 155-159, 173-177 
(1917). 215 patents. 

Redman, L. V., Weith, A. J., and 
Brock, F. P. Bibliography of phe- 
nols, methylenes and their conden- 
sation products. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 
6: 15-16 (1914). 

See also Pyroxylin. 
PLASTICITY 

Bingham, E. C. Fluidity and plas- 
ticity. New York, Chem. Cat. Co., 
1922. 440 p. Bibl., p. 347-429. 

Lehmann, O. Plastizitat fester Kri- 
stalle und erzwungene Homootropie 
I und II Art. Ann. Phys. 50: 555- 
559 (1916). Bibl. footnotes. 



PLATINUM 

Chavanne, — . Platine. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 5: 717-851 (1906). 528 
footnotes. 

Friend, J. N. Platinum. In his Text- 
book, 9, pt. 1: 256-329 (1920). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Gt. Brit. Imperial mineral resources 
bureau. Mineral industry of the 
British Empire and foreign coun- 
tries. War period. Platinum and al- 
lied metals. London, 1922. 84 p. 
Bibl., p. 78-84. 

GuTBiER, A., and Wagner, A. Ueber 
kolloides Platin. Kolloid-Z. 19: 298- 
302 (1916). 53 footnotes. 

Halen, S. Neue Mitteilungen und 
Arbeiten ueber das Platin. Edel- 
Erden u. -Erze 2: 56-59 (1921). 
References through text, covering 
1917-1920. 

Howe, J. L., and Holtz, H. C. Bib- 
liography of the metals of the plati- 
num group : platinum, palladium, iri- 
dium, rhodium, osmium, ruthenium, 
1748-1917. U. S. Geol. Sun, Bull. 
No. 694, 1919. 558 p. Revision of 
Smithsonian Misc. Pub. No. 1084 
(1897). The part on assaying ap- 
pears in Bur. Mines, Tech. Paper 
No. 270 (1921). 

KuNz, Geo F. Platinum. Mineral 
Ind. 30: 554-573 (1921). 20 refer- 
ences. 

LowENSTEiN, W. Platin. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 3 
(1915). 992 p. Bibl. through text. 

LuMB, A. D. The platinum metals. 
London, Murray, 1920. Bibl., p. 60- 
63. 90 references. 
PLATINUM: Analysis. 

Davis, C. W. The detection and esti- 
mation of platinum in ores. U. S. 
Bur. Mines, Tech. Paper No. 270, 
1921. 27 p. Bibl., p. 23-25. 34 refer- 
ences. 

LowENSTEiN, W. Platin- Analytisches. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 5, pt. 3: 240-247 (1915). 
PLATINUM: Catalytic action. 

LowENSTEiN, W. Platin : Katalytische 
Wirkungen. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 3 : 129- 
164 (1915). 

See also Hydrogenation, Catalysis. 
PLATINUM ALLOYS 

Lowenstein, W. [Platinum alloys.] 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 5, pt. 3: 759+ (1915). Ag, 
p. 963; Al, p. 872; As, p. 893; 
Ba, p. 838; Bi, p. 901; Ca, p. 855; 
Cd, p. 908; Co, p. 946; Cr, p. 
879; Cu, p. 955; Fe, p. 935; Hg, 
p. 984; In, p. 910; K, p. 759; Mg, 
p. 863 ; Mn, p. 890 ; Mo, p. 887 ; Ni, 



232 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



PLATINUM XIXOYS— Cont'd 

p. 942; Pb, p. 927; Sb, p. 897; Si, 
p. 876; Sn, p. 911; Te, p. 899; Th, 
p. 921; Ti, p. 875; U, p. 889; V, 
p. 889; W, p. 884; Zn, p. 901. 
Sec also Platinum (Howe). 
PLATINUM AMMINES 

JoRGENSEN, S. M. Zur Konstitutioti 
der Platinbasen. Z. anorg. Chem. 
24: 153-182 (1900); 25: 2,SZ-Z77 
(1900). 50 footnotes. 
LowENSTEaN, W. Platiake. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 
3: 429-758 (1915). 
PLATINUM CHLORIDES 

LowENSTEiN, W. Platin und Chlor. 
Platinchloride. /;; Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 3 : 285- 
297 (1915). 
PLATINUM OXIDES 
LowENSTEiN, W. Platin und Saner- 
stoff. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 5, pt. 3: 248-263 
(1915). 
PLATINUM SUBSTITUTES 

Mock, H., and Blum, A. Abridge- 
ment of U. S., British and German 
patents on- alloys, covering the pro- 
duction of platinum substitutes, in- 
cluding alloys having certain of the 
properties of platinum. New York, 
Moch and Blum, 1918. 319 p. 
PLATINUM WARES 
Burgess, George K., and Sale, P. D. 
Study of the quality of platinum 
ware. U. S. Bur. Standards, Sci. 
Paper No. 254, 1915. 28 p. 18 ref- 
erences, 11 of which are annotated. 
PODOPHYLLIN 

" Podophyllum and podophylline." 
Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd sen, 13 : 588- 
589 (1908). 
POISON GASES. See Chemical war- 
fare. 
POISONING: Industrial. 

CuRSCHMANN, Fritz. [Industrial pois- 
oning by benzene and its deriva- 
tives.] Deut. Vierteljahresschr. oef- 
f entl. Gesundheitspflege 43 : 242 
(1911). 29 references. 
Davis, Paul A. Aniline poisoning in 
the rubber industry. J. Ind. Hyg. 3 : 
57-61 (1921). 
Drinker, F. Certain aspects of the 
problem of zinc toxicity. J. Ind. 
Hyg. 4: 194-197 (1922). 
Edsall, David L., Wilbur, F. P., and 
Drinker, Cecil K. Occurrence, cause 
and prevention of chronic man- 
ganese poisoning. J. Ind. Hyg. 1 : 
183-193 (1919). 20 references. 
Glaister, John, and Logan, D. D. 
Gas poisoning in mining and other 
industries. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 
1914. 550 p. 12 p. of bibl. 



Hamilton, Alice. Industrial poison- 
ing by compounds of the aromatic 
series. J. Ind. Hyg. 1: 200-212 
(1919). 22 references. 

Hamilton, Alice. Inorganic poisons 
other than lead in American indus- 
tries. J. Ind. Hyg. 1: 89-102 (1919). 
38 references. 

Hamilton, Alice. Lead poisoning in 
American Industry. J. Ind. Hyg. 1 : 
8-21 (1919). 31 references. 

Haythorn, Samuel R. Experimental 
TNT poisoning. J. Ind. Hyg. 2: 298- 
318 (1920). 27 references. 

KoBER, George M., and Hayhurst, 
Emery R. Industrial health. Phila- 
delphia, Blakiston, 1924. 1184 p. 
Carbon disulfide, p. 367-368 ; ii ref- 
erences. Carbon monoxide, p. 409- 
411 ; 67 references. Arsenic, p. 313- 
314, 320. Copper, p. Z27. Zinc, p. 
339-340; 54 references. Brass, p. 
351-352; 29 references. Lead, p. 469- 
470 ; 23 references. Mercury, p. 494 ; 
16 references. 

McNally, W. D. Carbon monoxide 
poisoning. J. Am. Med. Assoc. 69: 
1586-1590 (1917). 38 references. 

Minot, George R. Blood examination 
of trinitrotoluene workers. J. Ind. 
Hyg. 1: 301-318 (1919). 19 refer- 
ences. 

Mitchell, Claude W., and Daven- 
port, S. J. Hydrogen sulfide litera- 
ture. U. S. Public Health Repts. 
39: 10-13 (1924). 84 references. 

" Poisoning by carbon disulfide." Ind.- 
Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 2: 701 (1881) ; 
2nd ser., 3: 158-159 (1898) ; 3rd ser., 
3: 847 (1922). 

" Poisonous colors." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 1st sen, 3: 312-313 (1882); 2nd 
sen, 3: 780 (1898). 

Rambousek, Josef. Industrial poison- 
ing from fumes, gases and poisons 
of manufacturing processes. Lon- 
don, Arnold, 1913. 360 p. Bibl., p. 
339-354. 

Shie, Marvin D., and Deeds, F. E. 
Importance of tellurium as a health 
hazard in industry. A preliminary 
report. Public Health Repts. 35 : 
939-954 (1920); Reprint No. 590. 
18 p. Bibl., p. 17-18. 

Voegtlin, Carl, Hoopfr, C. W., and 
Johnson, J. M. Trinitrotoluene 
poisoning — its nature, diagnosis and 
prevention. U. S. Hyg. Lab., Bull. 
No. 126: 38-40 (1920). 50 refer- 
ences. 

See also Lead poisoning. 
POISONS: Animal. 

Barger, Geiirge. Poisons and drugs of 
animal origin. J. Soc. Chem. Ind. 
37: 34-35T (1918). 30 references. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



233 



Faust, Edwin S. Tierische Gifte. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 5 : 
453-494 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. _ 

Faust, Edwin S. Die tierische Gifte. 
Braunsweig, Vieweg, 1906. 248 p. 

Faust, Edwin S. Darstellung und 
Nachweis tierischer Gifte. In Ab- 
derhalden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 
4,_ pt. 7, 1st half: 753-928 (1923). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Faust, Edwin S. Tierische Gifte. In 
Heffter, Handb. exp. Pharmakologie, 
2, 2nd half: 1748-1931 (1924). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Flury, F. Tierische Gifte. Natur- 
wissenschaften 7: 619 (1919). 24 
references. 

Maas, Th. a. Tierische Gifte. In Op- 
penheimer, Handb. Biochem. 3, pt. 
1: 742-775 (1910). 232 footnotes. 

" Poisons, mineral and vegetable." 
Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st sen, 11: 469- 
476 (1890); 2nd sen, 13: 597-603 
(1908). 

See also Ptomaines, Venoms. 
POISONS: General. 

" Arrow-poison." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
1st ser., 1 : 563-564 (1880) ; 2nd ser., 
1: 671-672 (1896); 3rd sen, 2: 8-9 
(1920). 

Blyth, Alexander W., and Blyth, 
M. W. Poisons : Their effects and 
detection. 5th ed. New York, Van 
Nostrand, 1920. 779 p. 

Hausman, W. Die Gewohnung an 
Gifte. Ergeb. Physiol. 6: 58-63 
(1907). 135 references. 
POISONS: Vegetable. 

Brenchley, Winifred E. Inorganic 
plant poisons and stimulants. Cam- 
bridge, Univ. Press, 1914. 110 p. 
Bibl., p. 97-106. 

McNair, James B. A study of Rhus 
diversiloba, with special reference to 
its toxicity. Am. J. Bot. 8: 127-146 
(1921). 64 references. 

McNair, James B. Transmission of 
rhus poison from plant to person. 
Am. J. Bot. 8: 238-250 (1921). 49 
references. 

McNair, James B. Rhus dermatitis 
from Rhus toxicodendron, radicans 
and diversiloba (poison ivy). Chi- 
cago, Univ. Chicago Press, 1923. 298 
p. 77 p. of bibl. 

Pammel, L. H. a manual of poison- 
ous plants. II. Cedar Rapids, Iowa, 
1911. 977 p. 1000 references. 

Vegetable drugs and poisonous plants. 
Bull. Imp. Inst. 13: 28-65 (1915). 
References through text. 
POLARISCOPE 

RoLFE, George W. The polariscope in 
the chemical laboratory ; an intro- 
duction to polarimetry and related 



methods. New York, Macmillan, 
1905. 320 p. Bibl., p. 279-283. 

SiDERSKY,D. Polarisation et saccharim- 
etrie. 2nd ed. Paris, Gauthiers, 
1908. 168 p. Bibl., p. 161-164. 

Sec also Optical activity. 
POLENSKE NUMBER 

Fritz.sche, Martin. Die bisherigen 
Erfahrungen und Urteile iiber die 
Polenske'sche Zahl und ein Beitrag 
zur Kenntniss derselben bei holland- 
ischer Versandbutter. Z. Nahr.- 
Genussm. 15: 193-233 (1908). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
POLLEN 

Paton, Julia B. Pollen and pollen 
enzymes. I. The theoretical and 
practical aspects of the occurrence 
of pollen enzymes. Am. J. Bot. 8 : 
471-501 (1921). 57 references. 
POLONIUM 

Lucas, Richard. Polonium. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
3. pt. 2: 35-36 (1908). 
POLYMERIZATION 

Walden, p. Ueber den Molekular- 
zustand binarer Salze in schwach- 
ionisierenden Losungsmitteln. Bei- 
trage zur Solvolyse und Polymeric. 
Z. physik. Chem. 94: 295-373 (1920). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
POLYMETHYLENES 

AscHAN, Ossian. Chemie der alicyk- 
lischen Verbindungen. Braunsch- 
weig, Vieweg, 1905. 1163 p. Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Baum, Fritz. Polymethylene und 
Terpene. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 1: 131-151 (1911). 175 foot- 
notes. 

Slocum, Edward M. The reactions 
of polymethylene derivatives in the 
preparation of higher olefine pri- 
mary alcohols. Thesis, Columbia 
Univ., 1924. 46 p. Bibl., p. 41-44. 
POLYPEPTIDES 

Abderhalden, Emil. Abbau der Pro- 
teine. In Oppenheimer, Handb. Bio- 
chem. 1: 347-437 (1909). 162 foot- 
notes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Polypeptide. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 742-746 
(1913). Bibl.- footnotes. 

Raske, Karl. Polypeptide. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 4: 211-359 
(1910). Bibl. footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Polypeptide. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 11 : 1-46 
(1924). Bibl. footnotes. 

Zemplen, Geza, and Fuchs, D. Poly- 
peptide. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 9: 37-64 (1915). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 



234 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



POLYTHIONIC ACIDS 

LiNNE, Br. Polythionsauren. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 1: 587-614 (1907). References 
through text. Includes the di-, tri-, 
tetra- and pentathionic acids. 
PORCELAIN 

Grellier, Camille. L'industrie de la 
porcelaine en Limousin : ses orig- 
ines — son evolution. Thesis, Paris, 
1908. 511 p. Bibl., p. 502-508. 

Klein, A. A. Constitution and micro- 
structure of porcelain. Trans. Am. 
Ceram. Soc. 18: 377-423 (1916). 13 
references. 

RiEKE, Reinhold. Die Chemie des 
Porzellans. In Doelter, Handb. 
Mineralchem. 2, pt. 2: 94-120 
(1917). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Ceramics, glass. 
POTASH 

Alunite deposits of Australia and their 
utilization. Advisory Council Sci. 
Ind., Australia, Bull. No. 3, 1917. 
38 p. 

Beckman, J. W. Potash. Mineral Ind. 
25: 602-607 (1916); 26: 556-573 
(1917) ; 27: 582-603 (1918). 44 ref- 
erences. 

Berry, R. A., and McArthur, D. N. 
Recovery of potash from blast fur- 
nace dust. J. West Scotland Iron 
Steel Inst., 1917-1918; 36 p. Bibl. p. 
25-28. See also J. Soc. Chem. Ind. 
Z7\ 5T (1918) ; 20 references. 

Bradley, Linn. Recovery of potash 
from blast furnace and cement kilns 
by electrical precipitation. J. Ind. 
Eng. Chem. 10: 837-838 (1918). 38 
references. 

Brown, Frederick W. Potash. Min- 
eral Ind. 28: 568-583 (1919); 29: 
565-575 (1920) ; 30: 574-579 (1921) ; 
31: 581-585 (1922). About 60 ref- 
erences. 

Bruckmiller, F. W. Literature of the 
potash industry, 1912-1917. Chem. 
Met. Eng. 19: 447-449 (1918). 159 
references, classified according to 
the source of the potash. 

Buck, E. C. Bibliography of the ex- 
traction of potash from complex 
mineral silicates, such as feldspar, 
leucite and glauconite. Met. Chem. 
Eng. 18: 2,Z-i7, 90-95 (1918). 250 
references. 

Erdmann, E. Die Entstehung der 
Kalisalzlagerstatten. Z. angew^. 
Chem. 21: 1685-1702 (1908). 92 
footnotes. 

Gale, H. S. Potash. U. S. Geol. Sur., 
Mineral Resources, 1916, pt. 2: 72,- 
171. 230 references, 1848-1917. Spe- 
cial bibl. references through text. 



Gale, H. S. The potash deposits of 
Alsace. U. S. Geol. Sur., Bull. 715B, 
p. 49-55 (1920). 25 annotated refer- 
ences. 

Gale, H. S., and Hicks, W. B. Potash 
in 1917. U. S. Geol. Sur., Mineral 
Resources, 1917, pt. 2: 467-481. 421 
references, 1830-1918. Classified. 
Chronological. 

Hagen, Max. Fortschritte auf dem 
Gebiete der Kali Industrie. Chem.- 
Ztg. 27: 747-749 (1903); 14 foot- 
notes. 28: 206-209 (1904); 25 foot- 
notes. 

Hicks, W. B., and Nourse, M. R. 
Potash in 1919. U. S. Geol. Sur., 
Mineral Resources 1919, pt. 2: 87- 
94. Bibl. for 1918-1919. Includes list 
of patents for processes of extract- 
ing potash from silicate rocks. 

Hop, Hans. Fortschritte der Kaliin- 
dustrie. Chem.-Ztg. 34: 444-445 
(1910); 89 footnotes. Z7 : 401-404 
(1913); 131 footnotes. 38: 1045- 
1047 (1914); 83 footnotes. 40: 537- 
540 (1916) ; 120 footnotes. 41: 421- 
423 (1917); 63 footnotes. 43: 193- 
194, 201-203 (1919) ; 88 footnotes. 
47: 805-806, 818-820 (1923); 133 
footnotes. 

Johnstone, Sydney J. Potash. 2nd 
ed. London, Murray, 1922. 122 p. 
Bibl., p. 114-122. 180 references. 

LippMANN, Edmund O. v. Zur Ge- 
schichte der Pottasche und ihres 
Namens. Chem.-Ztg. 32: 977-978 
(1908) ; Z7 footnotes. 34: 1217-1219, 
1226-1228, 1235-1237 (1910) ; 178 
footnotes. 

Mansfield, George R. Potash in 
1922. U. S. Geol. Sur., Mineral Re- 
sources, 1922, pt. 2: 104-107. Pat- 
ents covering extraction from phos- 
phate rock, p. 103. 

Mellor, J. W. Occurrence and ex- 
traction of potash. In his Inorg. 
theor. chem. 2: 427-442 (1922). 250 
references. 

Neumann, B., and Draisbach, F. 
Die Aufschliessung von Feldspat 
zum Zwecke der technischen Kalige- 
winnung. Z. angew. Chem. 29 : 313- 
319, 326-331 (1916). 83 references 
and complete list of patents for re- 
covering potash from feldspar. 

NouRSE, M. R. Potash in 1920 and 
1921. U. S. Geol. Sur., Mineral Re- 
sources 1920, pt. 2: 118-121; 1921, 
pt. 2: 59-63. References for 1919- 
1922. 

Phalen, W. C. Potash salts. U. S. 
Geol. Sur., Mineral Resources, 1913, 
pt. 2: 106-107; 1914, pt. 2: 33-34; 
1915, pt. 2: 132-133. 56 references. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



235 



Phalen, W. C. Salt resources of the 
United States. U. S. Geol. Sur., 
Bull. No. 669, 1919. 277 p. Bibl., 
p. 250-251. 

PoMiLio, Umberto. La production de 
la potasse et de I'alumine a partir 
des leucites italiennes au moyen du 
chlore. Chimie & Industrie 7 : 437 
(1922). 50 references. 

Van't Hoff, J. H. Der Verband fiir 
die wissenschaftliche Erforschung 
der deutschen Kalisalzlagerstatten. 
Sitzber. k. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. 39: 
772-786 (1910). Annotated refer- 
ences. 

Wilson, Wilfred W. G. Potash re- 
covery at cement plants. Canada, 
Dept. Mines, Mines Br., Bull. No. 
29, 1919. 34 p. Bibl., p. 32-34. 50 
references, 1911-1919. 

Wysor, R. J. Potash as a by-product 
from the blast furnace. Trans. Am. 
Inst. Mining Eng. 56: 286-288 
(1916). 45 references. 

See also Fertilizers. 
POTASSIUM 

Ephraim, Fritz. Kalium. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 2, pt. 
1: 1-187 (1906). References through 
text. 

DE FoRCRAND, R. Potassium. In Mois- 
san, Chim. min. 3: 25-184 (1904). 
1175 footnotes. 

HiNRiCHSEN, W. Kalium. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 1 : 405- 
413 (1907). 417 references. 

Rousseau, M. Potassium. In Fremy, 
Enc. chim. 3, 2^ cahier : 208-220 
(1887). 

Walker, A. J. Potassium. In Friend, 
Textbook, 2: 152-187 (1924). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

See also Alkali metals (Mellor). 
POTASSIUM: Analytical. 

Christensen, Harald R. Ueber die 
Bestimmung von Kalium in Erde 
und Diingemitteln. Landw. Verstat. 
97: 56 (1920). 6 references. 

HiBBARD, P. L. A study of the deter- 
mination of potash, chiefly con- 
cerned with the Lindo-Gladding 
method. J. Ind. Eng. Chem. 9: 512- 
513 (1917). 30 references. 

HoLGBN, H. J. Kaliumbespalingen. 
Chem. Weekblad. 14: 578-585 
(1917). Bibl. footnotes. 

Vurtheim, a. Biographic van de 
methoden voor Kali-onderzoek. 
Chem. Weekblad 15: 827-842 (1918). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
POTASSIUM: Physiological. 

VooRMOLEN, C. M. Die Bedeutung des 
Kaliums im Organismus. Natur- 
wissenschaften 7: 900 (1919). 22 
references. 



ZwAARDEMAKER, H. Die Bedcutung 
des Kaliums im Organismus. Arch, 
ges. Physiol. 173: 28-77 (1918). 
Bibl. footnotes. 
POTASSIUM ALUMINIUM SILICATE 
DoELTER, C. Kaliumaluminiumsilicate. 
In his Handb. Mineralchem. 2, pt. 
2: 408-579 (1917). Bibl. footnotes. 
Jacoby, R. Kaliumaluminiumsilicate. 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
3, pt. 1: 264-271 (1912). 
POTASSIUM ALUMINIUM SULFA.TE 
Ephraim, Fritz. Kaliumaluminium- 
sulfat. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 2, pt. 2 : 657-664 
(1909). 
POTASSIUM BICARBONATE 

Wegscheider, R. Kalicin. In Doelter, 
Handb. Mineralchem. 1: 207-209 
(1912). 25 footnotes. 
See also Potassium carbonate. 
POTASSIUM BISULFATE 

BoRNTRAEGER, Arturo. Delia reazione 
tra solfato neutro di potassio ed 
acido tartrico in varia condizioni, 
come pure del comportarnento del 
solfato acido di potassio verso 
I'alcool. Ann. chim. appl. 12 : 21-23 
(1919). 40 references. 
See also Potassium sulfate. 
POTASSIUM BROMIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Kaliumbromid. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 1: 107-111 (1906). 
" Potassium bromide." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 1st sen, 11 : 532-535 (1890) ; 2nd 
sen, 13: 659 (1908). 
See also Alkali metals (Mellor). 
POTASSIUM CARBONATE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Kaliumkarbonat. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 1: 154-164 (1906). 
See also Alkali metals. Potash. 
POTASSIUM CHLORATE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Kaliumchlorat. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 1: 100-107 (1906). 
See also Chloric acid (Mellor). 
POTASSIUM CHLORIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Kaliumchlorid. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 1: 91-99 (1906). 
See also Alkali metals (Mellor). 
POTASSIUM CYANIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Kaliumcyanid. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

2, pt. 1: 177-182 (1906). 

" Potassium cyanide." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 

O., 1st ser., 11 : 537-538 (1890) ; 2nd 

sen, 13: 660-661 (1908). 
POTASSIUM DICHROMATE 

Stern, Dora. Kaliumdichromat. In 

Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

3, pt. 1: 625-629 (1912). 



236 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



POTASSIUM FERRICYANIDE 

Grube, Georg. Die elektrolytische 
Darstellung des Ferricyankaliums. 
Sammlung chem. chem.-tech. Vor- 
trage20: 167-278 (1913). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
POTASSIUM FLUORIDE 

Ephr.^im, Fritz. Kaliumfluorid. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 1: 89-91 (1906). 
See also Alkali metals (Mellor). 
POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Kaliumhydro.xyd. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 1: 13-21 (1906). 
See also Alkali metals (Mellor). 
POTASSIUM IODIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Kaliumjodid. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

2, pt. 1: 113-122 (1906). 

" Potassium iodide." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 

O., 1st ser., 11 : 538-540 (1890) ; 2nd 

sen, 13: 661-662 (1908). 
See also Alkali metals (Mellor). 
POTASSIUM MOLYBDATE 

KiESER, A. J. Kaliummolybdate. In 

GmeHn-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

3. pt. 1: 974-978 (1912). 
POTASSIUM NITRATE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Kaliumnitrat. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
2, pt. 1: 30-38 (1906). 

Kailan, a. Kaliumnitrat. In Doelter, 
Handb. Mineralchem. 3, pt. 1 : 282- 
289 (1918). Bibl. footnotes. 

" Potassium nitrate." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 1st ser., 11 : 541 (1890) ; 2nd ser., 
13: 663-664 (1908). 

See also Alkali metals (Mellor). 
POTASSIUM PERCHLORATE 

" Potassium perchlorate." Ind.-Cat. S. 
G. O., 1st sen, 11: 535-537 (1890); 
2nd sen, 13: 660 (1908). 

See also Perchloric acid. 
POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Kaliumpermanganat. 
hi Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 3, pt. 2: 343-350 (1908). 

" Potassium permanganate." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 1st sen, 11: 542 (1890); 
2nd ser., 13: 664 (1908). 
POTASSIUM SALTS 

d'Ans, J. Kalisalze. In Brauer and 
d'Ans, Fortschritte 1: 2687-2693 
(1923). German patents. 

Dolbear, S. H. Potassium salts. Min- 
eral Ind. 23: 611-622 (1915). 
POTASSIUM SILICATE 

Jacobv, R. KaliumsiHkat. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 
1: 219-223 (1912). 

See also Potassium aluminium sili- 
cate, Silcates. 



POTASSIUM SULFATE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Kaliumsulfat. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

2, pt. 1: 48-58 (1906). 

See also Alkali metals (Mellor). 
POTASSIUM SULFIDE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Kalium und Schwef- 
el. In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 2, pt. 1: 38-45 (1906). 
Sec also Alkali metals (Mellor). 
POTASSIUM TARTRATE 

Ephraim, Fritz. Weinsaures Kalium. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 2, pt. 1: 171-175 (1906). 
POTASSIUM VANADATE 

Prandtl, W. Kaliumvanadat. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 

3, pt. 2: 132-140 (1908). 
POTENTIAL, SINGLE 

Gibbons, V. L., and Getman, F. H. 
Potential of silver in non-aqueous 
solutions of silver nitrate. J. Am. 
Chem. Soc. 36: 1630-1655 (1914). 
Bibl. footnotes and chronological 
bibl. of 65 references. 

Kahlenberg, Louis, and Montgom- 
ery, John A. The effect of amalga- 
mation upon the single potentials of 
the binary alloys of aluminium with 
copper, zinc and nickel. Trans. Am. 
Electrochem. Soc. 36: 289-322 
(1919). Bibl. footnotes. 
POTTERY. See Ceramics, Clays, etc. 
PRASEODYMIUM. See Rare earths. 
PRECIPITATION, ELECTRICAL. See 

Electrical precipitation. 
PRECIOUS METALS 

VoisiN, Jean. Les metaux precieux. 
Paris, 1922. 264 p. 

See also Gold, Platinum, Silver, etc. 
PRECIOUS STONES 

EscARD, Jean. Les pierres precieuses. 
Paris. Dunod, 1914. 520 p. Bibl., p. 
461-510. 

Sterrett, D. B. Precious stones. U. 
S. Geol. Sur., Mineral Resources 
1906: 1251-1252. 27 references. 

Stoddard, B. H. Gems and precious 
stones in 1919. U. S. Geol. Sur., 
Mineral Resources 1919, pt. 2: 179- 
180. 

Wade, Frank B. A textbook of preci- 
ous stones. New York, Putnams, 
1918. 318 p. Bibl., p. 301. 

WoDiSKA, Julius. A book of precious 
stones. New York, Putnams, 1910. 
365 p. Bibl., p. 307-342. 506 refer- 
ences. 
PRECIPITINS 

MicHAELis, Leonor. Die Prazipitine. 
In Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem. 
2: 552-591 (1908). 94 footnotes. 

" Precipitins." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 13: 687-688 (1908). . 

See also Immunity. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



237 



PRESERVES. See Canning and pre- 
serving. 
PRESSURE: Internal. See Internal 

PRESSURE. 

PROLINE 

Zemplen, Geza. Prolin. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 4: 722-726 
(1911); 9: 157-159 (1915). 135 
footnotes. 
Sec also Amino acids. 
PROPANE 

Baum, Fritz. Propan. In Abderhal- 
den, Biocherry. Handl. 1 : 77-86 
(1911). 210 footnotes. Includes de- 
rivatives. 
See also Hydrocarbons. 
PROPEPTONE 

" Propeptone." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 13: 838' (1908). 
See also Peptone, Proteins. 
PROPIONIC ACID 

Schmidt, Ernst. Propionsaure. In 
Abderhalden, Biothem,. Handl. 1 : 
951-953 (1911). 65 footnotes. 
See also Acids, organic. 
PROPONAL 

" Proponal." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 13: 838-839 (1908). 13 refer- 
ences. 
PROPYL ALCOHOL 
Gerngross, Otto. Propylalkohol. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 
420-425 (1911). 110 references (in- 
cludes derivatives). 
Worden, E. C. Propyl alcohol. In his 
Technology of cellulose esters 1 : 
2428-2437 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 
See also Alcohols. 
PROPYLENE 

Baum, Fritz. Propylene. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1: 125-128 
(1911). 55 references. 
See also Hydrocarbons. 
PROPYLENE GLYCOL 

Meyer-Jacobson. Propylenglykol. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 85 
(1913). 30 references. 
PROTAGON. See Cerebrosides, Lipoids. 
PROTAMINES 

" Protamines." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 

sen, 13: 899 (1908). 
Rollett, Adolf. Protamine. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 4: 162- 
168 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 
PROTARGOL 

"Protargol." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 

sen, 13: 899-900 (1908). 
See also Collargol. 
PROTEINS 

Bailey, C. H., and Blish, M. J. Iden- 
tity of the proteins extracted from 
wheat flour by the usual solvents. 
J. Biol. Chem. 23: 345-357 (1915). 
30 references. 



Bergell, Peter, and Quade, Fritz. 
Ueber neuere Arbeiten auf dem 
Gebiete der Eiweisskorper und ihre 
Spaltungsprodukte. Biochem. Centr. 
6: 38-41 (1907). 

Chick, Harriette, and Martin, C. J. 
The " heat coagulation " of proteins. 
J. Phvsiol. 40: 404; 43: 1; 45: 61, 
261 (1910-1912) ; Kolloidchem. Bei- 
hefte 5: 138-140 (1913). 85 refer- 
ences. 

CoHN, Edwin J. The solubility of cer- 
tain proteins at their isoelectric 
points. J. Gen. Physiol. 4: 697-722 
(1921-1922). 49 references. 

CoHNHEiM, O. Chemie der Eiweiss- 
korpen 3rd ed. 1911. 388 p. 

CzAPEK, Friedrich. Die Proteide im 
pflanzlichem Stoffwechsel. Die Pro- 
teide im Stoffwechsel der Bakterien 
und Pilze. Die Proteide im Stoff- 
wechsel der Bliitenpflanzen. In his 
Biochemie der Pflanzen, 2nd ed., 
vol. 2: 1-326. 1920. Bibl. footnotes. 

Friedmann, E. Der Kreislauf des 
Schwefels in der organischen Natur. 
A. Ueber die Bindung des Schwef- 
els im Eiweiss. Ergeb. Physiol. 1 : 
15-16 (1902). 48 references. 

FiJRTH, O. v. Oxydative Abbaupro- 
dukte der Proteine. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 4: 207-210 
(1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

Handovsky, Hans. Die neueren Fort- 
schritte in der experimentellen Kol- 
loidchemie der Eiweisskorper. Kol- 
loid-Z. 7: 183-193, 267-277 (1910). 
113 footnotes. 

Handovsky, Hans. Allgemeine 
Chemie der Proteine. In Oppen- 
heimer, Handb. Biochem., 2nd ed., 
1: 555-595 (1924). 136 footnotes. 

Hitchcock, David I. Proteins and the 
Donnan equilibrium. Physiol. Rev. 
■4: 529-531 (1924). 70 references. 

Hoffman, Walter F., and Gortner, 

Ross A. Physicochemical studies on 

proteins. I. The prolamines — their 

chemical composition in relation to 

acid and alkali binding. In Colloid 

Symposium Mon., II : 359-368 (1925). 

HoFMEisTER, F. Ueber Bau und 

Gruppierung der Eiweisskorper. 

Ergeb. Physiol. 1: 759-764 (1902). 

147 references. 

Kossel, a. Ueber die einfachsten 

Eiweisskorper. Biochem. Centr. 5 : 

1-8, 33-39 (1906). 64 references. 

Mann, G. Chemistry of the proteids. 

New York, Macmillan, 1906. 606 p. 

Osborne, Thomas B. The vegetable 

proteins. New York, Longmans, 

1924. 154 p. Bibl., p. 123-151. 



238 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



•PROT-EmS—Confd 

Osborne, Thomas B. Die Pflanzen- 
proteine. Ergeb. Physiol. 10 : 49-54 
(1909). 219 references. 

Osborne, Thomas B. Proteine der 
Pflanzenwelt. In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 4: 1-50 (1910) ; 9: 1- 
32 (1915). About 400 footnotes. 

Osborne, Thomas B., and Strauss, 
E. Darstellung der Proteine der 
Pflanzenwelt. In Abderhalden, 
Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 1, pt. 8: 383- 
454 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 

Pauli, Wolfgang. Die kolloiden 
Zustandsanderungen der Eiweiss- 
korper. Fortschr. Naturw. Forsch. 
4: 270-272 (1912). 72 references. 

Plimmer, R. H. The chemical consti- 
tutions of the proteins. 3rd ed. 
Part 1. Analysis. New York, Long- 
mans, 1917. 174 p. Bibl., p. 137-165. 
2nd ed. Part 2. Synthesis. 1912. 
107 p. Bibl., p. 91-104. 

"Proteins." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 11: 713-714 (1890); 2nd ser., 
13: 900-903 (1908). 

Robertson, T. B. The physical chem- 
istry of the proteins. New York, 
Longmans, 1918. 483 p. Bibl. at end 
of chapters. 

Robertson, T. Brailsford. Ueber die 
Verbindungen der Proteine mit an- 
organischen Substanzen und ihre 
Bedeutung fiir die Lebensvorgange. 
Ergeb. Physiol. 10: 216-264 (1909). 
1057 references. 

Robertson, T. B. Theory of the mode 
of action of inorganic salts upon 
proteins in solution. J. Biol. Chem. 
9: 303-326 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 

RoNA, Peter. Allgemeine Chemie der 
Eiweisskorper. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem. 1: 226-273 (1909). 
324 references. Erganzungsband, 
1913, p. 63-79. 44 footnotes. 

RoNA, Peter. Eiweisssynthese im tier- 
ischem Organismus. In Oppen- 
heimer, Handb. Biochem. 4, pt. 1 : 
540-560 (1911). 70 footnotes. 

RoNA, P., and Strauss, E. Methoden 
zur Enteiweissung von eiweiss- 
haltigen Fliissigkeiten. In Abder- 
halden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 1, pt. 
8: 715-730 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

Samuely, Franz. Einteilung und 
Eigenschaften der tierischen Pro- 
teine. In Oppenheimer, Handb. Bio- 
chem. 1: 274-346 (1909). 330 refer- 
ences. 

Samuely, Franz, and Strauss, E. 
Eigentliche Proteine. In Abderhal- 
den, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 1, pt. 8: 
461-550 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 

Samuely, F., and Weil, Arthur. 
Proteine der Tierwelt. In Abderhal- 



den, Biochem. Handl. 4: 51-210 
(1909) ; 9: 12-32 (1915). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Schryver, S. B. Xhe general charac- 
ters of the proteins. New York, 
Longmans, 1909. 86 p. Bibl., p. 78- 
84. 

Siegfried, M. Die Carbamino- und Hy- 
droxylkohlensaurereaktion. Ergeb. 
Physiol. 9: 334-335 (1908). 23 ref- 
erences. 

Strauss, Eduard, and Collier, Wer- 
ner A. Spezielle Chemie der Pro- 
teine (Proteine, Proteide, Protein- 
oide, Histone und Protamine). In 
Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem., 2nd 
ed., 625-702 (1924). 477 footnotes. 

See also Amino acids, Bence Jones 

PROTEIN, NiTROPROTEINS, POLYPEP- 
TIDES, ETC. 

PROTEINS: Detection. 

Beyer, P. E. Ueber den Nachweis von 

Eiweiss im Tierharn mit Merck's 

Tabletten. Dissertation, Bern, 1909. 

39 p. 75 references. 

PROTEINS: Hydrolysis and hydrolytic 

products. 

Abderhalden, Emil. Abbau der Pro- 
teine. In Oppenheimer, Handb. Bio- 
chem., 2nd ed., 1: 596-624 (1924). 
72 footnotes. 

Ellinger, Alexander. Die Chemie 
der Eiweissfaulnis. Ergeb. Physiol. 
6: 29-34 (1907). 149 references. 

Lathrop, Elbert C. Protein decom- 
position in soils. Soil Science 1: 
529-532 (1916). 60 references. 

Mendel, A. F., and Mendel, L. B. 
Some peculiarities of the proteolytic 
activity of papain. J. Biol. Chem. 8: 
177-213 (1910). 50 footnotes. 

" Proteolysis." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 13: 903-904 (1908). 

Samuely, Franz. Intermediare und 
sekundare Abbauprodukte der 
Eiweisskorper. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem. 1: 438-500 (1909). 
293 footnotes. 

Siegfried, M. Ueber partielle Eiweiss- 
hydrolyse. Berlin, Borntraeger, 1916. 
64 p. 267 footnotes. 

Strauss, Eduard. Umwandlungspro- 
dukte der Proteine. In Abderhalden, 
Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 1, pt. 8: 697- 
714 (1922). Bibl. footnotes. 

Strauss, Eduard, and Collier, W. A. 
Produkte des partiellen Abbau der 
Proteine ; Umwandlungsprodukte. In 
Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem., 2nd 
ed., 1: 703-753 (1924). 315 foot- 
notes. 

See also Amino acids, Polypeptides. 
PROTEINS : Metabolism. 

Caspari, W. Der Eiweissstoffwechsel. 
In Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



239 



4, pt. 1: 722-825 (1911). 523 foot- 
notes. 

Caspari, W. Der parenterale Eiweiss- 
stoffwechsel. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem., Erganzungsband, 
1913, p. 708-738. 136 footnotes. 

Cathcart, E. p. The physiology of 
protein metaboHsm. New York, 
Longmans, 1912. 142 p. Bibl., p. 
123-140. 430 references. 

FuRTH, Otto v. Protein digestion in 
the stomach. In his Oiemistry of 
metabolism, 1916, pt. 1-32. 93 foot- 
notes. 

Langstein, Leo. Die Kohlenhydrat- 
bildung aus Eiweiss. Ergeb. Physiol. 
1: 63-69 (1902) ; 3: 453-456 (1904). 
286 references. 

LuTHjE, Hugo. Die Eiweissregenera- 
tion im tierischem Korper. Ergeb. 
Physiol. 7: 795-797 (1908). 53 ref- 
erences. 

Mendel, Lafayette B. Theorien des 
Eiweissstoffwechsels nebst einigen 
praktischen Konsequenzen derselben. 
Ergeb. Physiol. 11: 419-424 (1911). 

Mitchell, H. H. The nutritive value 
of proteins. Physiol. Rev. 4 : 470- 
478 (1924). ISO references. 

Ringer, A. I. The proteins and their 
metabolism. In Barker, Endocrin- 
ology and metabolism, 3: 81-133; 
references, 5: 345-509 (1922). 

ZuNz, Edgard. Die Eiweissverdauung 
im Magen. Ergeb. Physiol. 5 : 622- 
629 (1906). 167 references. 
PROTOCATECHUIC ACID 

DoHRN, M., and Thiele, A. Proto- 
catechusaure. hi Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 1: 1297-1299 (1911). 
60 footnotes. 
PROTOPLASM 

Brooks, S. C. Methods of studying 
permeability of protoplasm to salts. 
Bot. Gaz. 64: 245-249 (1917). 70 
references. 

CowDRY, E. V. Mitrochondrial con- 
stituents of protoplasm. Washing- 
ton, Carnegie Inst, Pub. No. 271 : 
39-160 (1918). Bibl. of 12 p. 

Czapek, F. Protoplasmastrukturen 
und ihre biochemische Bedeutung. 
In his Biochemie der Pflanzen, 3rd 
ed., 1: 50-66 (1922). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Fischer, Martin H., and Hooker, 
Marian O. Ueber die Analogic des 
Verhaltens von Emulsione und das 
Verhaltens von Fett im Protoplasm. 
Kolloid-Z. 18: 242-262 (1916). 56 
footnotes. 

Kanitz, Aristides. Das Protoplasm 
als chemische System. In Oppen- 
heimer, Handb. Biochem. 2 : 213-258 
(1908). 208 footnotes. 



Mares, F. Der physiologische Pro- 
toplasmastoffwechsel und die Pur- 
inbildung. Arch. ges. Physiol. 134: 
59-102 (1910). Bibl. footnotes. 
RuHLAND, W. Kolloidchemische Pro- 
toplasmastudien. Kolloid-Z. 12: 113- 
124 (1913). 40 references. 
Seifriz, Wm. Viscosity values of pro- 
toplasm as determined by microdis- 
section. Bot. Gaz. 70: 360-386 
(1920). 30 references. 
Weber, Friedl. Die Viskosimetrie des 
lebenden Protoplasmas. KoUoid-Z. 
20: 169-173 (1917). 30 footnotes. 
PSEUDOCUMENE 

Baum, Fritz. Pseudocumene. 1, 2, 4- 
Trimethylbenzol. In Abderhalden, 
Biochem. Handl. 1: 285-292 (1911). 
80 footnotes. 
PTOMAINES 

" Ptomaines." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 11: 755-759 (1890); 2nd ser., 
14: 46-47 (1909). 
See also Poisons, animal. 
PULEGON 

Mbyer-Jacobson. Pulegon. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 918-922 
(1902). 
PURINES 
Bennett, C. B. The purines of muscle. 
J. Biol. Chem. 11: 221-234 (1912). 
50 footnotes. 
Block, Bruno, Die Umwandlung der 
Purinkorper im Saugetierorganis- 
mus. Biochem. Centr. 5: 521-529, 
561-569 (1906)._ 150 references. 
Brahm, C. Pyrimidine und Purine. 
In Oppenheimer, Handb. Biochem., 
2nd ed., 1 : 267-323 (1924). 202 foot- 
notes. 
Brahm, Carl, and Schmid, J. Purin- 
substanzen. In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 4: 1014-1130 (1911); 
9: 262-312 (1915). Bibl. footnotes. 
FuRTH, Otto v. Physiology and pa- 
thology of purine metabolism. In his 
Chemistry of metabolism, 1916, p. 
148-193. 115 footnotes. 
Hall, I. W. The purine bodies of 
food stuffs. 2nd ed. Philadelphia, 
Blakiston, 1904. 202 p. Bibl., p. 159- 
180. 
Meyer-Jacobson. Die Purin-Gruppe. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 
1247-1339 (1920). Bibl. footnotes. 
"Purines." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 

ser., 14: 160-161 (1909). 
Tannhauser, S. J. Purinsubstanzen. 
In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 
10: 113-155 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 
Wells, H. Gideon. Purine metabolism 
of the monkey. J. Biol. Chem. 7: 
171-183 (1910). 32 references. 



240 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



PURPUROGALLIN 

NiERENSTEaN, M., and Spiers, C. W. 
Ueber Purpurogallin. Ber. 43 : 3151- 
3157 (1913). 41 footnotes. 
See also Dyes. 
PUTREFACTION 

" Putrefaction, chemistry and chemi- 
cal tests." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 11: 891-893 (1890); 2nd ser., 
14: 177-178 (1909). 
PUTRESCINE. See Amines, Pto- 
maines. 
PYRAMIDON 

Meyer-Jacobson. Pyramidon. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 394-3% 
(1916). Bibl. footnotes. 
" Pyramidon." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 14: 195 (1909). 
PYRAZINE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Pyrazin-Korper. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 
1345-1368 (1920). Bibl. footnotes. 
PYRAZOLE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Einkernige Pyrazol- 
Korper. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 
2, pt. 3: 353-438 (1915-1916). 
" Pyrazole and derivatives." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 2nd ser.. 14: 196 (1909). 
PYRETHRUM POWDER. See Insecti- 
cides. 
PYRETICS 

LoEWi, O. Pharmakologie des Warme- 
haushalts. Ergeb. Physiol. 3: 2)2>2- 
338 (1904). 169 references. 
PYRIDAZINE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Pyridazin-Korper. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3 : 
1156-1171 (1920). Bibl. footnotes. 
PYRIDINE 

Constam, E. J., and White, John. 
Physico-chemical investigations in 
the pyridine series. Am. Chem. J. 
29: 1-49 (1903). 50 footnotes. 
Feenstra, Rudolf. Ueber Pyridin- 
metallsalze. Dissertation, Ziirich, 
1904. 212 references. 
Kautzsch, Karl. Pyridin. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Hand!. 1 : 1419- 
1428 (1911). 125 references. 
Metzger, Sigmund. Pyridin, Chinolin 
und deren Derivate. Braunschweig, 
Vieweg, 1885. Bibl. p. 38-40. 136 
references. Tables, giving deriva- 
tives with references, p. 42-91. 
Meyer-Jacobson. Einkernige Pyridin- 
Korper. In their Lehrb. Org. Chem. 
2, pt. 3: 782-911 (1917). 
"Pyridine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
ser., 11: 906 (1890); 2nd sen, 14: 
197 (1909). 
PYRIDINE CARBOXYLIC ACIDS 

Meyer-Jacobson. Pyridincarbonsaur- 
en. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, 
pt. 3: 867-899 (1917). 103 refer- 
ences and bibl. footnotes. 



PYRIMIDINES 

Brahm, Carl, and Schmidt, Julius. 
Pyrimidinbasen. In Abderhalden, 
Biochem. Handl. 4: 1131-1150 
(1911); 9: 312-322 (1915). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
Johnston, Treat B. Pyrimidines. J. 
Am. Chem. Soc. Zi: 764 (1911). 50 
references to papers from his lab- 
oratory. 
Kleiner, Israel S. Physiological ac- 
tion of some pyrimidine compounds 
of the barbituric acid series. J. Biol. 
Chem. 11: 443-470 (1912). 35 ref- 
erences. 
Meyer-Jacobson. Pyrimidin-Korper. 
/;;. their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3 : 
1172-1230 (1920). Bibl. footnotes. 
" Pyrimidines." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 

sen, 14: 197 (1909). 
Thannhauser, S. J. Pyrimidine. In 
Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 10: 
142-155 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 
See also Purines. Nucleic acids, 
names of individual bases. 
PYROCATECHOL 

Einbeck, H. Brenzcatechin. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 603- 
610 (1911). 140 footnotes (includes 
derivatives). 
Meyer-Jacobson. Brenzcatechin. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 
410-413 (1896). Bibl. footnotes. 
PYROGALLOL 

Einbeck, H. Pyrogallol. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 667-674 
(1911). 120 footnotes (includes de- 
rivatives). 
Meyer-Jacobson. Pyrogallol. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 2: 423-424 
(1896). Bibl. footnotes. 
PYROGENESIS 

Dunstan, A. E., and Thole, F. B. 
Chronological index of the litera- 
ture on pyrogenesis. J. Inst. Petro- 
leum Tech. 3: 90-96 (1916) ; J. Ind. 
Eng. Chem. 9: 890-895 (1917). 137 
patents and 153 references. 
PYRONES 

Meyer-Jacobson. Pyrone. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 696-719 
(1916). Bibl. footnotes. 
PYROPHOSPHORIC ACID 

Gutbier, a. Pyrophosphorsaure. In 
Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 
1, pt. 3: 173-178 (1911). References 
through text. 
PYROSULFURYL CHLORIDE 

Sanger, Charles R., and Riegel, 
Emile R. Pyrosulfurychloride und 
Chlorsulfonsiiure. Z. anorg. Chem. 
76: 126-128 (1912). 60 references. 
PYROTECHNICS 

Brock, Alan St. H. Pyrotechnics ; 
the history and art of firework mak- 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



241 



ing. London, O'Connor, 1922. 197 p. 
Bibl., p. 182-185. 

Oelker, a. [Collective table of do- 
mestic and foreign patents on light 
rockets, signal cartridges, etc.] Z. 
ges. Schiess-Sprengstoffw. 11 : 166- 
167, 185-188 (1916). 

See also Explosives. 
PYROXYLIN 

WoRDEN, E. C. Pyroxylin plastics, 
celluloid substitutes, etc. In his 
Technology of cellulose esters 1 : 
2655-2779 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Celluloid, Lacquers, Plas- 
tics. 
PYRROLE 

Kautzsch, Karl. Pyrrol. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1: 1379- 
1392 (1911). 85 references. 

KusTER, Wm. Pyrrolderivate. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 10 : 39- 
95 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

Mbyer-Jacobson. Einkernige Pyrrol- 
Korper. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 
2, pt. 3: 146-205 (1915). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
PYRROLIDINE 

Kautzsch, K. Pyrrolidin. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 1406-1414 
(1911). Bibl. footnotes. 
PYRROLINE 

Kautzsch, Karl. Pyrrolin. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 1401- 
1406 (1911). Bibl. footnotes. 
PYRUVIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Brenztraubensaure. 
In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 
1116-1122 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

" Pyruvic acid." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
3rd sen, 1: 125 (1918). 

Thiele, a. Brenztraubensaure. Pyruv- 
insaure. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 1: 1085-1088 (1911). 75 
footnotes. 
QUARTZ 

DoELTER, C. Quarz (Si02). In Doel- 
ter, Handb. Mineralchem. 2, pt. 1 : 
118-157 (1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

Grossmann, H. Quarz. In Abegg, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 2 : 368- 
370 (1909). 

Jacoby, R. Quarz. In Gmelin-Kraut, 
Handb. anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 1 : 131- 
136 (1912). 

See also Silica, Silicon. 
QUERCETIN 

Meyer-Jacobson. Quercetin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 749-750 
(1917). Bibl. footnotes. 

RupE, H., and Altenburg, H. Quer- 
cetin. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 6: 32-35 (1911). 40 refer- 
ences. 

See also Plant pigments. 

16 



QUINAZOLINE 

BoGERT, Marston T. Rcvicw of some 
recent investigations in the quinazo- 
line group. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 32: 
784-795 (1910). 60 footnotes and 
list of 28 papers from his labora- 
tory. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Chinazolin-Korper 
/;; their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3 : 
1231-1243 (1920). Bibl. footnotes. 
QUINIC ACID 

DoHRN, M., and Thiele, A. China- 
saure. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 1: 1309-1311 (1911). SO 
footnotes. 
QUININE 

Berger, Hermann. Das Chinin. Z. 
Chemotherap. 2: 613-630 (1913). 

KoENiGS, WiLHELM. Ueber das Mero- 
chinen und ueber die Konstitution 
der Chinaalkoide. Ann. 347 : 143-232 
(1906). 127 footnotes. 

Laqueur, Ernst. Die neueren Chemo- 
therapeutischen Praparate aus der 
Chininreihe und aus der Akridin- 
reihe. Ergeb. inneren Medizin 23 : 
469-474 (1923). 

Murray, Benjamin L. The constitu- 
tion of quinine. School Mines 
Quart. 27: 57-60 (1905). 68 refer- 
ences, 1820-1902. 

" Quinine." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
11: 953-967 (1890); 2nd ser., 14: 
226-234 (1909). 

Rabe, Paul. Zur Kenntniss der China- 
alkaloide. Ann. 350 : 180-203 (1906). 
45 footnotes. 

Schmidt, Julius. Alkaloide der Chin- 
olingruppe. In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 5: 120-190 (1911). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Alkaloids. 
QUININE TANNATE 

Puchner, W. a., and Warren, L. E. 
Preparation, quality and testing of 
quinine tannate. J. Am. Pharm. 
Assoc. 1: 587-590 (1912). Anno- 
tated, 1827-1911. 
QUINOLINE 

Kautzsch, Karl. Chinolin. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 1465- 
1476 (1911). 125 footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Die Chinolin- 
Gruppe. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 
2, pt. 3: 912-1013 (1918). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

" Quinoline." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
ser., 11: 967 (1890); 2nd ser., 14: 
235 (1909). 
QUINONE 

Einbeck, H. Chinon. In Abderhalden. 
Biochem. Handl. 1: 634-639 (1911). 
100 references (includes deriva- 
tives). 



242 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



QUINONE— Conf'd 

Meyer-Jacobson. Chinone. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1: 438-447 
(1896). Bibl. footnotes. 

Schmidt, Julius. t)ber Chinone und 
chinoide Verbindungen. Sammlung 
chem. chem.-tech. Vortrage 11: 434- 
440 (1907). 

WiTTE, E. Chinone. In Abderhalden, 
Biochem. Hand!. 1: 904-911 (1911). 
About 200 footnotes. 
QUINONIMID DYES 

Kehrmann, F. Ueber die Natur der 
ringformige Chinonimidfarbstoffe. 
Ann. 414: 131-188 (1917). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

See also Dyes. 
QUmOPHTHALON 

EiBNER, A., and Lange, O. Zur Con- 
stitution der Chinophthalons und der 
beiden isomeren Chinophthaline. 
Ann. 315: 303-356 (1900). 90 foot- 
notes. 
QUINOSOL 

" Quinosol." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 2nd 
sen, 14: 235 (1909). 
RACEMIC COMPOUNDS 

Byk, a. Zur Frage der Spaltbarkeit 
von Razemverbindungen "^durch zir- 
kularpolarisiertes Licht, ein Beitrag 
zur primaren Entstehung optisch- 
aktiver Substanzen. Z. physik. 
Chem. 49: 641-687 (1904). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Gadamer, J. Ueber die Racemisation 
der Tropasaure und ihrer Ester ; 
zugleich eine Theorie der Racemisa- 
tion, Substitution und Waldenschen 
Umkehrung. J. prakt. Chem. 195 : 
312-392 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Ladenburg, a. Ueber Racemie. 
Sammlung chem. chem.-tech. Vor- 
trage 8: 449-465 (1903). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Winther, Chr. Studien ueber katalyt- 
ische Razemisierung. Z. physik. 
Chem. 56: 465-511, 703-718 (1906). 
Bibl., p. 466-468. 
RADICALS 

Gomberg, M. The existence of free 
radicals. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 36: 
1144-1170 (1914). Bibl. footnotes. 

Lecher, Hans. Die Radikale in der 
alteren und in der modernen organ- 
ischen Chemie. Naturwissenschaften 
9: 565-566 (1921). 55 references. 

Lipp, P. Freie organische Radikale. 
Jahrb. Radioakt. Elektronik 12 : 35- 
74 (1915). Bibl. footnotes. 

ScHMiDLiN, Julius. Das Triphenyl- 
methyl. Stuttgart, Enke, 1914. 233 
p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Walden, p. Ueber freie Radikale. 
Rec. trav. chim. 41: 530-556 (1922). 
Bibl. footnotes. 



RADIUM AND RADIOACTIVITY 

Barker, George F. Radioactivity and 
chemistry. School Mines Quar. 
24: 296-302 (1903). 160 references. 

Barker, Howard H. Experiments on 
the extraction and recovery of ra- 
dium from typical American carno- 
tite ores, including contributions to 
methods of measuring radium. 
Univ. Mo. Bull. 24, No. 26: 75-77 
(1923). Univ. Mo. Eng. Expt. Sta., 
Ser. No. 23. 

Blanc, G. A. Die radioaktiven Stoffe 
in der Erdatmosphare. Jahrb. Ra- 
dioakt. Elektronik 6: 502-571 (1909). 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Borne, Georg V. d. Die Radioaktiven 
Minerah'en, Gesteine und Quellen. 
Jahrb. Radioakt. Elektronik 2 : 77- 
79 (1905). 103 references. 

Cameron, A. T. Radiochemistry. 
London, Dent, 1910. 174 p. 100 ref- 
erences. 

Campbell, Norman R. Die Radioak- 
tivitat als allgemeine Eigenschaft 
der chemischen Elemente. Jahrb. 
Radioakt. Elektronik 2: 434-462 
(1906). Bibl. footnotes. 

Chemical Society. Radioactivity. In 
Annual reports on the progress of 
chemistry. 1+. 1904 to date. Bibl. 
footnotes. Chapter missing in some 
volumes. 

Curie, P. Recent researches in radio- 
activity. Am. Chem. J. 31: 443-445 
(1904). Classified list of references 
up to 1903. 

Curie, S. Untersuchungen ueber die 
radioaktiven Substanzen. Braun- 
schweig, Vieweg, 1904. Covers the 
work up to 1903. 

Ebler, E., and Bender, W. Neuc 
Methoden zur Gewinnung des Ra- 
diums aus Uranerzen. Z. angew. 
Chem. 28: 25-48 (1915). 139 foot- 
notes. 

Elster, J., and Geitel, H. Die Radio- 
aktivitat des Kaliums und Rubid- 
iums. Jahrb. Radioakt. Elektronik 
10: 323-339 (1913). 23 references. 

Fajans, K. Radioactivity and the 
latest developments in the study of 
tiie chemical elements. Translated 
from 4th German ed. London, Me- 
thuen, 1923. 138 p. Bibl, p. 121-129. 

Fleck, Alex. The chemistry of the 
radioelements. J. Rontgen Soc. 11 : 
53-69 (1915). 

Gager, Charles S. Discovery and na- 
ture of radioactivity. In Mem. N. 
Y. Bot. Garden, 4: 14-21 (1908). 
149 references. 

Geitbl, H. Die Radioaktivitat der 
Erde und der Atmosphare. In Marx, 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



243 



Handbuch der Radiologic, 1 : 401- 
458 (1920). Bibl. footnotes. _ 

GocKEL, A. Die Radioaktivitat von 
Boden und Quellen. Braunschweig, 
Vieweg, 1914. 108 p. 

Gruner, p. Die Fortschritte der Ra- 
dioaktivitat, 1908-1909. loii 2: 67- 
71 (1910). 80 references. 

Halen, S. Die neuesten Forschungen 
auf dem Gebiete des Radiums und 
seiner Emanation. Erdel-Erden u. 
-Erze, 2: 74-76 (1921). References 
through text. 

Heinrich, Ferd. Neuere Forschungen 
auf dem Gebiete der Radioaktivitat. 
Z. angew. Chem. 22 : 385-391 
(1909); 27 footnotes. 23: 769-777 
(1910); 42 footnotes. 24: 1011-1020 
(1911); 31 footnotes. 26: 289-303 
(1913); 108 footnotes. 28: 287-291, 
297-303, 305-308, 313-315 (1915) ; 
93 footnotes. 30: 57-64, 65-70, 78- 
80 (1917) ; 77 footnotes. 

Hess, V. F. Radioaktivat. Fort- 
schritte Chem. 1: 7-14, 227-236 
(1909); 2: 59-73 (1910); 3: 9-23. 
297-320 (1910-1911); 4: 238-254 
(1911); 5: 101-113, 157-174 (1912) ; 
7: 153-194 (1913); 9: 141-150 
(1914); 11: 33-43, 65-76 (1915- 
1916); 13: 143-174 (1917-1918); 
15: 1-22 (1919-1920). References 
through text. 

Hevesy, G. v. Die Eigenschaften 
der Emanationen. Jahrb. Radioakt. 
Elektronik 10: 198-199 (1913). 
About 60 references. 

Hevesy, George v., and Paneth, F. 
Lehrbuch der Radioaktivitat. Leip- 
zig, Barth, 1923. 213 p. Bibl., p. 201- 
207, covers 1916-1923. 

Ikle, M. Literatur der Radioaktivitat 
vor dem Jahre 1904. Jahrb. Ra- 
dioakt. Elektronik 1: 413-442 (1904). 
Chronological. 

Kausch, — . Die patentierten Ver- 
fahren zur Gewinnung radioaktiver 
Stofife. Edel-Erden u. -Erze 1 : Z7- 
40, 53-55, 66-68 (1919). Patents 
through text. 

Lacks, Hilary. Ueber den kolloiden 
Zustand der radioaktiven Stoffe. 
Kolloid-Z. 21: 165-176 (1917). 48 
footnotes. 

LiND, Samuel C. The chemical effects 
of a-particles and electrons. New 
York, Chem. Cat. Co., 1921. 182 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Lucas, Richard. Bibliographic der 
radioaktiven Stoffe. Hamburg, Voss, 
1908. 98 p. About 1300 references. 

Lucas, Richard. Radioaktive Stoffe. 
In Gmelin-Kraut, Handb. anorg. 
Chem. 3, pt. 2: 1-53 (1908). Ra- 
dium, p. 17-35. 



Marckwald, W. Radioactivity. Ber. 
41: 1524 (1908); Am. Chem. J. 41: 
515-557 (1909). Bibl. footnotes. 

Mellor, J. W. Radium and radioac- 
tivity. In his Inorg. theor. chem. 4: 
53-154 (1923). Bibl. through chap- 
ter. 

Meyer, Stefan. Mitteilungen aus dem 
Institut fiir Radiumforschung, 1911- 
1920. Jahrb. Radioakt. Elektronik 
17: 23-29 (1920). 133 references. 

Meyer, St., and Schweidler, E. v. 
Bericht ueber die Endglieder der 
Radiumzcrfallsrcihe (Radioblei). 
Jahrb. Radioakt. Elektronik 3: 381- 
384 (1907). 77 references. 

Meyer, St., and Schweidler, E. v. 
Radioaktivitat. Leipzig, 1916. 541 p. 

" Radioactivity." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 
2nd sen, 14: 251-259 (1909). 

Ramsay, Wm., and Rudorf, George. 
Die radioaktiven Emanationen. In 
their Die Edelgase, p. 305-312, 358- 
362 (1918). 

Randall, Merle. The Boltwood stand- 
ard of radioactivity. Trans. Am. 
Electrochem. Soc. 21: 463-497 
(1912). 69 references. 

RiGHi, AuGUSTO. La moderna teoria 
dei fenomeni fisici (radioattivita, 
ioni, elettroni). 2nd ed. Bologna, 
1904. 165 p. Bibl., p. 159-165. 

Russell, Alexander S. An introduc- 
tion to the chemistry of radioactive 
substances. London. Murray, 1922. 
173 p. Bibl., p. vi-vii. 

Rutherford, E. Radioaktive Substanz- 
en und ihre Strahlungen. Vol. 2 of 
Marx, Handbuch der Radiologic. 
1913. 642 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Schmidt, Heinrich W. Bericht ueber 
die Anfangsglieder der Radiumzcr- 
fallsrcihe. Jahrb. Radioakt. Elektro- 
nik 4: 195-197 (1908). 54 refer- 
ences. 

SoDDY, Frederick. Chemistry of the 
radio-elements. New York, Long- 
mans, 1911-1914. 138 p. 121 refer- 
ences. 

Tables Annuelles. Radioactivite. 1 : 
265-269 (1911); 2: 401-409 (1910); 
3: 299-302 (1911); 4: 698-705 
(1913-1916). References to all quan- 
titative numerical data. 

Wendt, G. L. The constants of radio- 
activity. Phys. Rev. (2) 7: 389-393 
(1916). 38 footnotes, covering 1911- 
1915. 
RADIUM: Analysis, 

LiND, S. C. " Analytical methods for 
radium." U. S. Bur. Mines, Bull. 
No. 212: 197-198 (1923). 22 refer- 
ences. 



244 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



RADIUM: Biological action. 

American Institute of Medicine. 
Bibliography on radium ; its uses and 
results from its discovery up to 
January, 1922. New York, Adams 
and Grace, 1922. 132 p. 

American Institute of Medicine. 
Radium ; abstracts of selected arti- 
cles on radium and radium therapy. 
New York, Adams and Grace, 1922. 
164 p. 

Gager, Charles S. The effect of the 
rays of radium on plants. Mem. N. 
Y. Botanical Garden, vol. 4, 1908. 
278 p. Bibl. through text. About 
300 references. 

" Index of articles relating to the 
therapeutic use of radium and ra- 
dioactive substances which appeared 
in 1923-1924." Radium 3: 67-95 
(1924); 3rd ser., no. 1: 33-64 
(1925). 

Korosy, Kornel V. Radioaktivitat 
und Fermentwirkung. Arch. ges. 
Physiol. 137: 123-143 (1911). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Kramer, John B. Radiations from 
slow-radium, with a note on their 
therapeutic value, by John Hall- 
Edwards. London, Bailliere, 1921. 
105 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Lazarus, Paul. Handbuch der Ra- 
dium-biologie und Therapie, ein- 
schliesslich der anderen radioaktiven 
Elemente. Wiesbaden, Bergmann, 
1913. 521 p. Bibl., p. 485-513. About 
1000 references. 

LoEB, Leo. Efifects of Roentgen rays 
and radioactive substances on living 
cells and tissues. J. Cancer Research 
7: 229-282 (1922). 

Loewenthal, Siegfried. Grundriss 
der Radiumtherapie und der biolog- 
ischen Radiumforschung. Wiesbad- 
en, Bergmann, 1912. 255 p. Bibl., p. 
225-251. 

London, E. S. Das Radium in der 
Biologic und Medizin. Leipzig, 
Akadem. Verlags., 1911. 199 p. Bibl, 
p. 179-199. 

Plesch, J. Die Biochemie der radio- 
aktiven Substanzen. In Oppen- 
heimer, Handb. Biochem., Erganz- 
ungsband, 1913, p. 537-568. 93 foot- 
notes. 

Simpson, Frank E. Radium therapy. 
St. Louis, Mosby, 1922. 391 p. Bibl., 
p. 325-383. 

Sugiura, K., and Benedict, S. R. Ac- 
tion of radium emanation on the 
vitamines of yeast. J. Biol. Chem. 
39: 421 (1919). 40 references. 
RADIUM BROMIDE 

" Radium bromide." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 2nd ser., 14: 255-256 (1909). 
' See also Radium. 



RAFFINOSE 

Harding, T. Swann. History of 
raffinose, its discovery and methods 
of preparation. Sugar 25 : 310 
(1923). 40 references. 

KuRiYAMA, S., and Mendel, L. B. 
Physiological behavior of raffinose. 
J. Biol. Chem. 31: 125 (1917). 51 
references. 

LiPPMANN, E. O. V. Raffinose. In his 
Chemie der Zuckerarten, 2 : 1623- 
1664 (1895). Bibl. through text. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Raffinose. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2: 1019- 
1021 (1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

Neuberg, C, and Rewald, B. Raffinose 
(Melitriose). In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 2: 430-434 (1911) ; 8: 
227-229 (1914). About 130 foot- 
notes. 

Zemplen, Geza. Raffinose. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 10 : 628- 
631 (1923). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Carbohydrates. 
RARE EARTHS 

BoHM, C. Richard. Die Darstellung 
der seltenen Erden. Leipzig, Veit, 
1905. 2 vols. Bibl. footnotes. 

BoHM, C. Richard. Die Dissertation- 
en ueber seltene Erden. Charlotten- 
burg, Heydenreich, 1912. 16 p. Also 
in Z. angew. Chem. 25 : 758-761 
(1912); 28: 356 (1915). 149 refer- 
ences, 1856-1912. Chronological. 

BoHM, C. Richard. Das Gasglueh- 
licht, seine Geschichte, Herstellung 
und Anwendung. Leipzig, 1905. 
Bibl., p. 459-514. 

Browning, Philip E. Introduction to 
the rarer elements. New York, 
Wiley, 1917. 250 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Cleve, P. T. Bibliographic, compre- 
nant le cerium, le lanthane et le 
didyme. In Fremy, Enc. chim. 3, 5® 
cahier: p. 140-144 (1884). _ Refer- 
ences to other rare earths in same 
volume. 

Halen, S. Neueste Arbeiten betreff- 
end der Platinbegleitmetalle, Irid- 
ium, Palladium Osmium, Rhodium 
and Ruthenium, sowie deren Ver- 
bindungen. Edel-Erden u. -Erze 2 : 
145-146, 156-157 (1921). References 
through text. 

Johnstone, Sydney J. The rare earth 
industry. New York, Appleton, 
1915. 136 p. Bibl. and patents at be- 
ginning of each chapter. 

Little, H. F. V. The rare earth ele- 
ments. In Friend, Textbook, 4 : 216- 
440 (1917). Bibl. footnotes. 

Mellor, J. W. The rare earths. In his 
Inorg. theor. chem. 5 : 494-710 
(1924). References through chapter. 
Meyer, R. J. Bibliographic der selt- 
enen Erden. Hamburg, Voss, 1905. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



245 



79 p. Also in Z. anorg. Chem. 43 : 
416-492 (1905). 777 references, 
chronologically arranged, covering 
1751 to 1905, with author and subject 
index. See also Abegg, Handb. 
anorg. Chem. 3, pt. 1 : 342-358 
(1906), where 725 references are 
given. 

Schilling, Johannes. Das Vor- 
kommen der " seltenen Erden " im 
Mineralreiche. Miinchen, 1904. 115 
p. Bibl. through text under names 
of the minerals. 

Spencer, J. F. The metals of the rare 
earths. London, Longmans, 1919. 
279 p. Bibl. p. 241-262. 1029 refer- 
ences with author index. 

Stern, E. Gasbeleuchtungswesen und 
seltene Erden. Fortschritte Chem. 
2: 139-146 (1910); 3: 233-238 
(1910-1911); 5: 263-269 (1912). 
References through text. 

Urbain, G. Terres rares. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 3: 770-860 (1904). 875 
footnotes. 
RARE EARTHS: Analysis. 

Meyer, R. J., and Hauser, O. Die 
Analyse der seltenen Erden und der 
Erdsauren. Stuttgart, Enke, 1912. 
320 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

Schoeller, W. R., and Powell, A. R. 
Analysis of minerals and ores of 
the rarer elements. London, Griffin, 
1919. 239 p. Bibl. footnotes. 
RARE GASES 

Hebert, a. Gaz de I'air. In Moissan, 
Chim. mill. 1: 686-690 (1904). 61 
footnotes. 

Prandtl, W. Helium, Argon, Neon, 
Krypton und Xenon. In Gmelin- 
Kraut, Handb. anorg. Chem. 1, pt. 
1: 149-167 (1907). References 
through text. 

Ramsay, Wm.. and Rudorf, George. 
Die Edelgase. Leipzig, Akad. Ver- 
lags, 1918. 416 p. Bibl. p. 3-4, 286- 
299. 

See also names of the individual gases. 
RASPBERRY JUICE 

Buttenberg, p. Die Untersuchung 
und Beurteilung des Himbeersafte 
und Himbeersirupes. Arch. Pharm. 
245: 81-97 (1907). Bibl. footnotes. 

See also Fruit juices. 
REACTION PRESSURE 

Landolt-Bornstein. ^ Zersetzungs- 
drucke. In their Tabellen, 5th ed., 
1923, p. 1412-1416. 
REACTION VELOCITY 

Herzfeld, Karl F. Zur Theorie der 
Reaktionsgeschwindigkeiten in Gas- 
en. Ann. Physik (4) 59: 635-667 
(1919). Bibl. footnotes. 

RowE, Allam W. Die Geschwindig- 
keit der Knallgasreaktion. Z. physik. 



Chem. 59: 41-71 (1907). 57 foot- 
notes. 

Trautz, Max. Der Temperaturko- 
effizient chemischer Reaktionsge- 
schwindigkeiten. Z. physik. Chem. 
65: 53-88 (1908); 69: 496-511 
(1909). About 100 references. 

Trautz, Max. Reaktionsgeschwindig- 
keit und Katalyse. Z. Elektrochem. 
18: 908-919 (1912); 19: 133-151 
(1913). Bibl. footnotes. 

TuBANDT, C. Zur Kenntniss der Reak- 
tionskinetik in nichtwassrigen Los- 
ungen. Ann. 354: 259-324 (1907). 
60 footnotes. 

See also Chemical kinetics. 
REDMANOL. See Plastics. 
REFRACTIVE INDEX 

Cheneveau, C. Sur les proprietes 
optiques des solutions et des corps 
dissous. Ann. chim. phys. (8) 12 : 
384-393 (1907). 146 references. 

Cheneveau, C. Les proprietes op- 
tiques des solutions. Paris, Gauthier, 
1913. 240 p. Bibl., p. 225-236. 

Kanthack, R. Table of refractive 
indices. L Essential oils. New 
York, Van Nostrand ; London, Hil- 
ger, 1918. 148 p. Bibl. of 282 refer- 
ences, p. 8- 16C. 500 oils are listed 
with references to the bibl. 

Kanthack, R. Tables of refractive 
indices. II. Oils, fats and waxes. 
London, Hilger, 1921. 295 p. Bibl. 
of 478 references, p. 7-26. Author 
index with alphabetical index of ma- 
terials. 

Landolt-Bornstein. Literatur, be- 
treffend Brechungsindices ausge- 
wahlter Krystalle und deren Ander- 
ung mit der Temperatur. In their 
Tabellen, 4th ed., 1912, p. 977-978; 
5th ed., 1923, p. 920-922. 

Landolt-Bornstein. Literatur, be- 
treffend Brechungsexponenten. In 
their Tabellen, 4th ed., 1912, p. 1010- 
1012, 1016, 1020, 1037, 1051 ; 5th ed., 
1923, p. 952-955, 958-959, 964-965, 
967, 982, 983, 984, 998. Covers va- 
rious classes of substances. 

Rimbach, E. Beziehungen zwischen 
Lichtbrechung und chemischer 
Zusammensetzung der Korper. In 
Graham-Otto, Lehrb. der Chemie 1, 
pt. 3: 567-665 (1898). 

Spangenberg, K. Die Einbettungs- 
methode. Fortschr. Mineral. Krist. 
Petr. 7: 61-64 (1922). 75 references. 
REFRACTOMETERS 

Zeiss, Carl. Literatur iiber die An- 
wendung unserer technischen Re- 
fraktometer. Jena, Zeiss, 1905. 2)7i 
references. Supplementary refer- 
ences in Mess. Leaflet No. 178, 1907. 



246 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



REFRACTORIES 

American Ceramic Society. Bibliog- 
raphy of magnesite refractories. 
Columbus, Ohio, Am. Ceram. Soc, 
1924. 41 p. Chronological, 1873-1921. 
Brief annotations. 

American Ceramic Society. Bibliog- 
raphy of silica refractories. Col- 
umbus, Ohio, Am. Ceram. Soc, 1924. 
125 p. 

American Gas Institute. Bibliog- 
raphy of articles on refractory ma- 
terials. New York, Am. Gas Inst., 
1915. 104 p. Subject index. 

Andersen, Olaf. [Physical chemistry 
of refractory oxides.] Norg. Geol. 
Undersokelse, Statens Raastofkom- 
ite Pub. No. 1, 1922. 55 p. 

Bleininger, a. v., and Brown, G. H. 
Testing of clay refractories, with 
special reference to their load car- 
rying capacity at furnace tempera- 
tures. U. S. Bur. Standards, Tech. 
Paper No. 7, 1911. About 60 foot- 
notes. 

Cellerier, — '. Resume des _ travaux 
sur la fabrication des briques de 
silice. Paris, 1919. 

Cronshaw, H. B. Deterioration of 
refractory materials in the iron and 
steel industries. Trans. Faraday 
Soc. 12: 247-249 (1917). 50 refer- 
ences. 

Gilard, P. Sur la conductibilite ther- 
mique des materiaux refractaires. 
Rev. universelle mines (7) 4:50 
(1924). 38 references. 

Hadfield, R. Refractories. Trans. 
Faraday Soc. 12: 98-108 (1916). 
About 55 books and 80 articles 
listed. 

Hemming, Emile. Ceramic products. 
In his Plastics and molded electrical 
insulation, 1923, p. 17-29. Patents 
only. 

Hofman, H. O. Refractory materials. 
In his General metallurgy, 1913, p. 
341-378. Bibl. footnotes. 

Hougen, O. a. Refractories for in- 
dustrial plant use. Chem. Met. Eng. 
30: 741 (1924). 97 references. 

Howe, R. M. Testing of refractories. 
J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 6: 296-298 
(1923). 18 references. 

McDowell, J. Spott, and Howe, 
R. M. Magnesite refractories. J. 
Am. Ceram. Soc. 3: 237-246 (1920). 
Select bibl. of magnesite and mag- 
nesite brick. 

McDowell, J. Spott, and Robertson, 
H. S. Chrome refractories. J. Am. 
Ceram. Soc. 5: 865-887 (1922). 130 
references, p. 882-887. 

MoTT, Wm. Roy. Relative volatilities 
of refractory materials. Trans. Am. 



Electrochem. Soc. 34: 282-285 
(1918). 18 references. 

National Research Council. Engi- 
neering division. Summary of pub- 
lished material on refractories 
(other than manufactured ware) 
used in foundries. New York, 1921. 
82 p., mimeographed. Contains bibls. 

Norton Co. Some references concern- 
ing alundum and crystolon. hi their 
Refractories, Worcester, Mass., n. d. 
Bibl., p. 53-55. 

Society of Chemical Industry. Re- 
fractories. In Reports on the prog- 
ress of applied chemistry, 2 : 204-241 
(1917); 3: 184-208 (1918); 4: 178- 
188 (1919) ; 5: 203-215 (1920) ; 6: 
211-227 (1921). Bibl. footnotes. 
In later volumes, combined with 
ceramics. 

Watts, A. S., and King, R. M. The 
transfer of heat through refractories 
and its determination. J. Am. 
Ceram. Soc. 6: 1075-1089 (1923). 
Bibl. footnotes and bibl. of 31 refer- 
ences, p. 1088-1089. 

See also Ceramics, silica. 
REFRIGERATION 

American association of ice and 
refrigeration. Committee on pa- 
pers and lectures. Bibliography of 
American literature relating to re- 
frigeration, with synopsis of papers 
and reports covering the year 1915- 

. Compiled under the direction 

of the Committee on papers and lec- 
tures of the American association of 
ice and refrigeration. Chicago, 111., 
The Association 1920- . 1915 is 
2nd edition; 1st edition (56 p.) has 
date, 1916. Since 1916, each volume 
covers two years, each with special 
t.-p. and index, but paged continu- 
ously. 

Ferretti, Uberto. L'industria del 
freddo e sue applicazioni all' igiene, 
air agricoltura, al commerci, ecc. 
Rocca San Casciano, Cappelli, 1909. 
445 p. Bibl., p. 437-442. 

Gt. Brit. Department of scientific and 
industrial research. Food investiga- 
tion board. The literature of refrig- 
eration. By G. C. Hodsdon and C. H. 
Lees. Special report No. 2, 1919. 
8 p. 170 references. 

Kanolt, C. W. The production of 
cold. J. Optical Soc. Am. 9: 411- 
454 (1924). Bibl. footnotes. 

Wallis-Tayler, Alexander J. Re- 
frigeration, cold storage and ice- 
making ; a practical treatise on the 
art and science of refrigeration. 6th 
ed. London, Lockwood, 1920. 662 p. 
Bibl., p. 622-624. 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



247 



Serial 

Monthly bulletin of information on 
refrigeration. 1920- . Classified 
under : Scientific questions, refriger- 
ating materials, general applications 
of refrigeration, refrigerated trans- 
port. 
RENNET 

"Rennet." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st ser., 
12: 39 (1891) ; 2nd sen, 14: 438 
(1909). 

See also Enzymes. 
RESEARCH 

Fleming, A. P. M., and Pearce, J. G. 
Research in industry. London, Pit- 
man, 1922. 244 p. Bibl., p. 221-236. 
Classified. 

Mees, C. E. Kenneth. Organization 
of industrial scientific research. 
New York. McGraw, 1920. 175 p. 
Bibl., p. 156-167. 

West, Clarence J. A reading list on 
scientific and industrial research and 
the service of the chemist to indus- 
try. Reprint and Circular Ser., Na- 
tional Research Council, No. 9, 
1920. 45 p. In part in Special 
Libraries, Jan., 1920, and Biblio- 
graphic Series, A. D. Little, Inc., 
Cambridge, Mass., No. 3. 10 p. 1920. 
RESIN ALCOHOLS 

PiNCUSsoHN, LuDwiG. Harzalkohol. 
In Abderhalden, Biochem. Handl. 7 : 
727 (1912). 60 footnotes. 
RESINS 

AusTERWELL, Geza, and Roth, J. 
Gewinnung und Verarbeitung von 
Harz und Harzprodukten. Berlin, 
Oldenbourg, 1917. 180 p. Bibl., p. 
7-8. 

Bruhn, Bruno. Ueber Harzsaure, 
Harzessenz und Harzol. Chem.-Ztg. 
24: 1105-1108 (1900). 30 footnotes. 

DiETERicH, Carl. The analysis of 
resins with a bibliography. 2nd ed. 
New York, Van Nostrand, 1920. 
447 p. 

DiETERiCH, Karl. Harze. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 7: 682-726 
(1912). About 200 footnotes. 

DoHRN, M., and Thiele, Albrecht. 
Harzsauren. In Abderhalden, Bio- 
chem. Handl. 7: 747-776 (1912). 
About 135 footnotes. 

Dupont, G. Les constituants acides 
des resines coniferes. Bull. soc. chim. 
(4) 35: 1263-1270 (1924). 147 ref- 
erences. 

Hawkes, Emma B. Gums, resins and 
extracts. In Catalog of publications 
relating to forestry, U. S. Dept. 
Agr., Library Bull., No. 76, p. 237- 
243 (1912). 

HoLDT, P. C, Gardner, H. A., and 
Jameson, P. E. Bibliography of 



varnish resins. Paint Mfgr. Assoc. 
U. S., Sci. Sect., Circ. No. 159, 1922. 
Bibl., p. 94-95. 100 references. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Sauerstoflfhaltige 

Bestandteile von Harzen und Milch- 
saften. In their Lehrb. org. Chem. 
2, pt. 4: 125-180 (1924). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

RicHTER, Paul. Zur Kenntniss des 
Guajakharzes. Arch. Pharm. 244: 
90-119 (1906). Bibl. footnotes. 

ScHALL, Max. Harze. Kunststoffe 2: 
45-48, 71-74, 93-96 (1912). Patents. 

SoANE, C. E. The chemistry of rosin 
and rosin oil. J. Oil Color Chem. 
Assoc. 5: 320-347 (1922). 

TscHiRCH, A. Die Harze und die 
Harzbehalter. Leipzig, Borntrager, 
1906. 1092 p. Bibl. footnotes. 

See aiso Abietic acid, Balsams, 
Gums, Plastics. 
RESORCINOL 

EiNBECK, H. Resorcin. In Abderhal- 
den, Biochem. Handl. 1 : 617-626 
(1911). 170 footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Resorcin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 1 : 413-420 
(1896). Bibl. footnotes. 

"Resorcin." Ind.-Cat. S. G. O., 1st 
sen, 12: 49-50 (1891) ; 2nd sen, 14: 
449 (1909). 
RESPIRATION 

Bach, A. Oxydationsprozesse in der 
lebenden Substanz. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem., Erganzungsband, 
1913, p. 133-182. 100 footnotes. 

Billings, John S., Mitchell, S. W., 
and Bergey, D. H. The composition 
of expired air and its effect upon 
animal life. Smithsonian Inst. Pub. 
No. 989, 1895. 81 p._ Bibl., p. 29-31, 

Crozier, W. J. On biological oxida- 
tions as function of temperature. J. 
Gen. Physiol. 7: 214-216 (1924). 80 
references. 

Jaquet, a. Der respiratorische Gas- 
wechsel. Ergeb. Physiol. 2: 456-573 
(1903). 246 references through text. 

Krogh, August. The respiratory e'x- 
change of animals and man. New 
York, Longmans, 1916. 173 p. Bibl., 
p. 151-168. Classified. 

Loewy, a. Der Respiratorische- und 
der Gesamtumsatz. In Oppenheimer, 
Handb. Biochem. 4, pt. 1 : 133-284 
(1911). 396 footnotes. 

LoEWY, A. Die Case des Korpers und 
der Gaswechsel. I. Die Gase des 
Korpers. II. Die Wanderung der 
Gase im Korper. Die Respirator- 
ische- und Gesamtumsatz. In Op- 
penheimer, Handb. Biochem., 2nd 
ed., 6: 1-278 (1923). 936 footnotes. 

LoEWY, A. Der Gaswechsel der Or- 
gane und Gewebe. In Oppenheimer, 



248 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



RESPIRATION— Co »rrf 

Handb. Biochem., 2nd ed., 8: 1-30 
(1923). 90 footnotes. 
Meyerhof, Otto. Chemical dynamics 
of life phenomena. Philadelphia, 
Lippincott, 1924. 110 p. Bibl., p. 
101-108. 163 references. 
" Respiration, chemistry of." Ind.-Cat. 
S. G. O., 1st ser., 12: 56-58 (1891) ; 
2nd ser., 14: 452-454 (1909). 
Warburg, Otto. Beitrage zur Physi- 
ologic der Zelle, inbesonders ueber 
die Oxydationsgeschwindigkeit in 
Zellen. Ergeb. Physiol. 14: 253-337 
(1914). 123 references. 
See also Metabolism. 
RHAMNOSE 

Harding, T. Swann. History of 
rhamnose, its discovery and meth- 
ods of preparation. Sugar 25 : 83 
(1923). 36 references. 
LipPMANN, E. O. V. Rhamnose. In his 
Chemie der Zuckerarten, 1 : 163-190 
(1895). Bibl. through text. 
Neuberg, C, and Rewald, R. Rham- 
nose. In Abderhalden, Biochem. 
Handl. 2: 303-309 (1911); 8: 116- 
117 (1914). About 100 footnotes. 
Zemplen, Geza. Rhamnose. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 10: 391-395 
(1923). Bibl. footnotes. 
Zemplen, Geza. Rhamnose. In Ab- 
derhalden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 1, 
pt. 5: 926-929 (1922). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 
See also Carbohydrates. 
RHAMNUS BARK 

Gathercoal, E. N. The pharmacog- 
nosy of the medicinal rhamnus 
barks. J. Am. Pharm. Assoc. 4: 369- 
371 (1915). 104 references. 
RHODIUM 

Friend, J. N. Rhodium. In his Text- 
book 9, pt. 1: 154-173 (1920). Bibl. 
footnotes. 
Lerdie, E. Rhodium. In Fremy, Enc. 
chim. 3, 17« cahier : 379-382 (1901). 
Pechard, — . Rhodium. In Moissan, 
Chim. min. 5: 926-955 (1906). 324 
footnotes. 
See also Platinum (Howe), Rare 
earths. 
RIBOSE 

Zemplen, Geza. Ribose. In Abder- 
halden, Biochem. Handl. 10: 387-389 
(1923). Bibl. footnotes. 
RICIN 

Pfeiler, Willy. Ueber den Nachweis 
von Rizin in Futtermitteln mit Hilfe 
der serologischcn (Prazipitations-, 
Komplementablenkungs- und Kon- 
glutinations-) Methoden sowie der 
Hamagglutination. Landw. Jahrb. 
53: 582-583 (1919). 25 references. 



" Ricin and ricinus." Ind.-Cat. S. G. 
O., 1st ser., 12: 201 (1891) ; 2nd ser., 
14: 600-601 (1909). 
RICINOLIC ACID 

Meyer-Jacobson. Ricinus-olsaure. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 1, pt. 2 : 
633-636 (1913). 40 references. 

See also Fats, Oils and Waxes. 
ROCKS 

Buckman, H. O. Bibliography of 
analyses of fresh rocks and their 
residues. Trans. Am. Ceram. Soc. 
13: 379-384 (1911). 24 rocks re- 
ported. 

Buckman", H. O. Bibliography of 
rock weathering. Trans. Am. 
Ceram. Soc. 13: 364-379 (1911). 
156 references. 

Cole, G. A. J. Rocks and their origin. 
Cambridge, Univ. Press, 1922. Bibl., 
p. 162-169. 

Iddings, Joseph P. Chemical compo- 
sition of igneous rocks expressed by 
means of diagrams with reference 
to rock classification on a quantita- 
tive chemico-mineralogical basis. U. 
S. Geol. Sur., Prof. Paper No. 18, 
1903. 98 p. 

Iddings, Joseph P. Igneous rocks. II. 
Classification, texture and classifica- 
tion, description and occurrence. 
New York, 1913. 685 p. Bibl., p. 
659-674. 977 references. 

JoHANNSEN, Albert. A quantitative 
mineralogical classification of igne- 
ous rocks — revised. J. Geol. 28 : 38- 
60, 158-177, 210-232 (1920). 150 ref- 
erences. 

Lang, R. [Weathering.] Fortschr. 
Mineral. Krist. Petr. 7: 175-224 
(1922). 71 references. 

NiKLAS, H. Chemisches Verwitterung 
der Silikate auf der Gesteine mit 
besonderer Beriicksichtigung des 
Einflusses der Humusstoffe. Berlin, 
1912. 143 p. 

OsANN, A. Versuch einer chemischen 
Classification der Eruptivgesteine. 
Tschermak's Mineral. Petr. Mitt., 
n.s., 19: 445-450; 20: 346-403; 444- 
448 (1900-1902). 770 references to 
analyses. 
Washington, Henry S. Chemical 
analyses of igneous rocks published 
from 1889 to 1913, inclusive, with a 
critical discussion of the character 
and use of analyses. U. S. Geol. 
Sur., Prof. Paper No. 99, 1917. 1201 
p. 8602 analyses with references to 
original publications. Revision of 
Prof. Paper No. 14, 1903. 
Washington, Henry S. The superior 
analvses of igneous rocks from 
Roth's Tabellen. 1869-1884. arranged 
according to the quantitative system 



CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY, 1900-1924 



249 



of classification. U. S. Geol. Sur., 
Prof. Paper No. 28, 1904. 68 p. 
1800 analyses with references. 
ROSINDULINE 

Meyer-Jacobson. Rosindulin. In their 
Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 3: 1429- 
1432 (1920). Bibl. footnotes. 
ROTATORY POWER. See Optical ac- 
tivity. 
RUBBER 

Barrow, J. R. History of the develop- 
ment of direct uses for latex in the 
rubber and other industries. India 
Rubber Rev. 33: 1236-1246 (1923). 
Patents. 

Bary, Paul. La regeneration der 
caoutchouc. Rev. gen. chim. pure 
appl. 15: 243-250, 267-270 (1912). 
Largely patents. 

Bary, Paul. Le caoutchouc. Paris, 
Donoud, 1923. 255 p. Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Bedford, Clayton, and Winkleman, 
Herbert A. Systematic survey of 
rubber chemistry ; a bibliography, 
with copious abstracts, of the entire 
literature of rubber chemistry and 
closely allied subjects ; thoroughly 
indexed by authors and subjects 
and completely cross-referenced ; to- 
gether with a patent index and in- 
troductory chapters summarizing 
the present status of rubber chem- 
istry. New York, Chem. Cat. Co., 
1923. 385 p. Author index, p. 75- 
222 ; patent index, p. 377-385. 

CusHMAN, Josephine A. A special 
library for the rubber industry. 
Akron, Ohio, Municipal Univ., 1920. 
21 p. 

Ditmar, Rudolf. Der Kautschuk. 
Berlin, Springer, 1912. 140 p. 200 
patents on p. 114-124. 

Ditmar, Rudolf. Kautschuk. In Ab- 
derhalden, Biochem. Handl. 7 : 777- 
791 (1912). 150 footnotes. 

Ditmar, R. Technologic des Kaut- 
schuks. Vienna, Hartleben, 1915. 

Ditmar, R. Die Kautschukchemie. 
Kolloid-Z. 5: 177-186 (1909); 30 
footnotes. 7: 278-287 (1910); 39 
footnotes. 10: 41-45, 88-97 (1912); 
93 footnotes. 12: 49-54, 85-96 
(1913); 70 footnotes. 15: 36-49 
(1914); 80 footnotes. 16: 39-53 
(1915) ; 50 footnotes. 

Ditmar, R. Der pyrogene Zerfall des 
Kautschuks. Gummi-Ztg. 18 : 1013, 
1038, 1058 (1904); 19: 336 (1904). 
69 footnotes. Bibl., p. 1060-1061. 

DuBOSC, A., and Luttringer, A. Rub- 
ber : its production, chemistry and 
synthesis in the light of recent re- 
search. 1918. 383 p. Bibl. footnotes. 



Patents on reclaimed rubber, p. 41- 
45. 

Embden, Friedrich. Fortschritte auf 
dem Gebiete des Kautschuks und 
der Guttapercha (1919-1923). Z. 
angew. Chem. 37: 561-569, 594-598 
(1924). 261 footnotes. 

EscH, W. Jahresbericht ueber die 
Fortschritte der Kautschuk-, Gutta- 
percha- und Balata-Industrie. Chem.- 
Ztg. 28: 171-173 (1904); 30 foot- 
notes. 29: 265-270 (1905) ; 83 foot- 
notes. 30: 195-198 (1906); 48 foot- 
notes. 

Falconner, H., Seeligmann, T., and 
Torrilhon, G. L. India rubber and 
gutta-percha. London, Scott, 1903. 
402 p. Bibl., p. 385-396. 404 refer- 
ences. 

Fischer, E. J. Regenieren und ander- 
weitige Verwendung von vulkanis- 
ierten Kautschukabfallen. Kunst- 
stoffe 1: 477-478 (1911). 143 pat- 
ents. 

Fonrobert, E. Der Kautschuk, 1919- 
1920. Kolloid-Z. 27 : 316-326 (1920) ; 
129 footnotes. 29: 148-156, 200-204 
(1921). 230 footnotes. 

Fonrobert, Ewald. Nachweis, Iso- 
lierung und Reindarstellung auf 
dem Gebiete des Kautschuks. In 
Abderhalden, Handb. biol. Arbeitsm. 
1, pt. 10: 1-138 (1921). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Garelli, F. Rivista dei lavori recenti 
publicati sui caucciu. Ann chim. 
appl. 1: 339-357 (1914). 91 foot- 
notes. 

Gaunt, R. The viscosity of rubber 
solutions. J. Soc. Chem. Ind. 32 : 
447-452 (1914). 30 footnotes. 

Halen, S. Tabelle der neueren Ver- 
fahren zur Fallung von Kau- 
tschukmilch. Kunststoffe 14: 117- 
118 (1924); India Rubber Rev. 25: 
34, 36 (1925). 31 patents. 

Harries, C. Beitrage zur Kenntniss 
der Konstitution des Kautschuks 
und verwandte Verbindungen. Ann. 
406: 173-226 (1914). Bibl. foot- 
notes. 

Harries, C. Ueber Abbau und Auf- 
baustudien auf dem Gebiete der 
natiirlichen und kiinstlichen Kaut- 
schukarten. In Abderhalden, Handb. 
biol. Arbeitsm. 1, pt. 10: 139-198 
(1921). Bibl. footnotes. 

Hillen, G. H. Arbeiten ueber Kau- 
tschuk und Guttapercha. Z. angew. 
Chem. 27: 489-494 (1914) ; 56 foot- 
notes. 28: 349-356,357-361 (1915); 
244 footnotes. 29: 241-244, 253-256 
(1916); 193 footnotes. 32: 293-297, 
301-304, 309-312 (1916) ; 403 foot- 
notes. 



250 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES ON 



RUBBER— Cont'd 

HiJBENER, G. Die Entwicklung der 
Chemie und Technologic des Kau- 
tschuks in den Jahren 1905-1910. 
Chem.-Ztg. 35: 469-471, 486-488, 
494-496, 513-515 (1911). 75 foot- 
notes. 

HiJBENER, G. Zusammenfassende Be- 
sprechung der bisher erschienen 
Arbeiten ueber die Natur und 
Aufbereitung des Latex. Kolloid-Z. 
16: 5-13 (1915). 20 footnotes 

HuBENER, G. Die Kautschukchemie 
im Jahre 1915. Kolloid-Z. 18: 152- 
162 (1916). References through 
text. 

Jacobsohn, F. Ueber den Harzgehalt 
des Kautschuks. Gummi-Ztg. 30 : 
5-6, 28-30, 53-56 (1915). 85 foot- 
notes. 

Kausch, Oskar. Regenerierung von 
Altkautschuk. Kunststoffe 1 : 146- 
151 (1911). Patents. 

Luff, B. D. W. The chemistry of rub- 
ber. London, Benn, 1923. 237 p. 
Bibl. footnotes. 

Meyer-Jacobson. Kautschukarten. In 
their Lehrb. org. Chem. 2, pt. 4: 87- 
124 (1924). Bibl. footnotes. 

Olsson-Seffer, Pehr. Bibliography 
of rubber. Am. Rev. Tropical Agr., 
1: 173-177, 214-216, 255-260 (1910). 

Pelizzola, Camillo. Sulla peciosita 
della gomma greggis e sull' invec- 
chiamento della gomma vulcanizzata. 
Giorn. chim. ind. appl. 4: 200-203 
(1922). 37 footnotes. 

Porritt, B. D. The rubber industry — 
past and present. J. Royal Soc. 
Arts 67: 252-267 (1919); India 
Rubber J. 57: 411-415, 445-447 
(1919). Early patent and literature 
references. 

Porritt, B. D. The chemistry of rub- 
ber. London, Gurney, 1913. 96 p. 
Bibl., p. 88-93. 170 references. 

RoEMER, Mary V. Books and articles 
on india rubber. St. Louis Pub. Li- 
brary Bull 16: 29-32 (1918). Classi- 
fied. 

Rutgers, A. A. L. Rubber bibliog- 
raphy, 1901-1916. Mededeelingen 
van het Algemeen Proefstation der 
A. V. R. O. S., Rubber ser., No. 5, 
1917. 84 p. Arch. Rubbercult. Need- 
erland. Indie 1: 455-547 (1917). An- 
notated. 

Slingervoet, Ramondt a. Zur Ge- 
schichte der Kautschukforschung. 
Zusammenstellung der wissenschaft- 
lichen Veroffentlichungen aus dem 
Gesamtgebiet des Kautschuks. Dres- 
den, Steinkopff, 1907. 70 p. Bibl., p. 
53-65. 



Society of Chemical Industry. India 
rubber. In Reports of the progress 
of applied chemistry 1 : 197-225 
(1916) ; 2: 337-352 (1917) ; 3: 298- 
320 (1918); 4: 315-346 (1919) ; 5: 
332-350 (1920); 6: 353-378 (1921); 
7: 308-333 (1922); 8: 347-382 
(1923); 9: 374-401 (1924). Bibl. 
footnotes. 

Spire, C, and Spire, A. Le caoutchouc 
en Indo-Chine. Paris, Challanel, 
1905. 262 p. 100 references. 

Stevens, Henry P. Rubber. In First 
report on colloid chemistry, 1917, 
p. 41-43. Fourth report, 1922, p. 376- 
380. 

Tassilly, EuGEasTE. Caoutchouc et 
guttapercha. Paris, Doin, 1911. 395 
p. Bibl., p. 381-386. 150 references. 

Terry, H. L. India rubber and its 
manufacture. 1920. 294 p. 

Twiss, D. F. Rubber as a colloid. J. 
Soc. Chem. Ind. 38: 47-50T_ (1919). 

U. S. Training Service. Training in 
the rubber industry. Training Bull. 
No. 20, 1919. 75 p. Bibl., p. 65-75. 

Whitby, G. S. Plantation rubber a